We bya e ie SCIENCE AN Ws ied JOURNAL Te Tole) SHUIED) hh als KY VOLUME XIX JANUARY—JUNE 1802 ZS pee LON NEW YORK K sf N. D.C. HODGES \ = 5 , ed S< VATION rr 1892 INDEX A Aaron, Eugene Murray, on museums, 77. Abbctt’s The Evolution of Christianity, 333. Soagemy; National, of Sciences, 242; New Members of, 243. Accidents in Germany, 117. Actinism, 142. Adams, J. C., death of, 78. Agriculture, status of experimental, 270. Airy, Sir G. B., 64. Alaska, native fairs Ip, 287. Aldricb, J. M., on the diptera, 244. Algol, system of, 298. Allen, Harrison, on teaching anatomy, 85. Alphabet, origin of the, 25. Altenburg Oriertal Society, 200. Aluminium, production of, 284; soldering of, 74. Amenhotep, tomb of King, 212. Amiulets from the East, 172. Anatomical nomenclature, 341. Anatomy teaching, 85. Aner ographs, 326. Anemometer comparisons, 27 Annalen der Physik und Chemie, 177. Antarciic expedition, 2. x Anthropology, 165; application of psychological re search to, 2/2; notes on, 146; of Europe, 49. Anthropometric scheme, 202. Ant-nest beetles, 117. Archeology at University of Pennsylvania, 130. Architectural exhibition in Brooklyn, 254; scholar- ship for PhiladeJphia, C9. Argentine Republic, F. J. Matthew’s journey in, 354. l British Museum Psychological Memoirs, 179; New Quinea, Sir Wm. Macgregor’s journey in, 355. Brockway’s Essentials of Phy+ics, 177. Brooklyn Ii stitute, 33; and political science, 282. Brooks, W. K., on Johns Hopkins marine laboratory, 10. Browning Cyclopedia, 11. Buckley’s Moral Teachings of Science, 67. Buddhism in the Occident. 316. Bulfinch’s Age of Fable, 361. Bullet, modern, wo iuds from, 341. Butler's ‘he Place of Comenius in the History of Education, 361. Bythoscopide, local, 318. C Call, R. Ellsworth, on artesian wells ia Iowa, 310; on human hyoid bone, 60. Campbell’s The Puritan in Holland, England, and America, 332. Canada, Royal Society of, 307, 337. Carlyle lectures, 25. Carus’s Homilies ot Science, 11, 39. Cathcart’s Literary Reader, 278. Cats, singular, 173. -| Celis, the question of the, 146, 175, 194, £07, 235. Chaffaujon, on Venezuela, 171. Chalicotherium, ancestry of, 276. Chamberlain, A. F., on Nanibozhu, 19, Chambers’s Encyclopedia—IX., 293. Chandler, C. F., on arsenic 3. Chandler, H., on rain-making, 66. Charencey, H. de, on a native Maya historian, 23). Armstrong and Norton’s Laboratory Manual of;Chatelier, A., on Mahgreb, 342. Chemistry, 181. i y Arsenic in common life, 38; poisoning from fabrics, 104. Art-Motives, identity of primitive, 286. Artesian wells in the Sahara, 327; in Iowa, 310. Appalachian Mountain Club exploration, 327. Appleton’s General Guide, 363. Ashmead, Albert S., on immunity from disease, 342. Asia Minor, pre-historic ethnology of, 286. Ass, origin of, 73. Astronomical Handbook, 110; lectures, popular, 103. Astronomy and Astro-Physics for May, 275. Atlantic Monthly, 12. Atmosphere, circulation of the, 301. Auchincloss, W. S., on yearly tides, 242. Aurora, periodicity of the, 250. Australia, Koebele’s second trip to, 80; exploration In, 75. Autenrieth’s Homeric Dictionary, 47. B Bacteria in drinking water, 128; some uses of, 258. Baldwin, J. Mark, on infanvs movements, 15; on psychological laboratory at Toronto, 143. Balloon problem, 136. Bamboo products, 354. Barbour, E. H., on gigantic fossils, 99; on pocket gopher, 204. Barnes, é. R., on botany in high schools, 91. Bartholomew’s Graphic Atlas, 96, 236. Batteries, secondary, 324. Baur, G., on Galapagos Islands, 38, 166; on fauna of Galapagos Islands, 176. Bayley, C. C., on a fire-ball, 249. Beal, W. J., on making an herbarium, 123. Beals, A. H., on magnetic cane, 123. Beauchamp, W. M., on Indian occupation of New York, 76. | Becher, F. A., on business and college education> 297. Bent, J. Theodore, on Zimbabwe, 343. Bereman, T. A., on circulation of the atmosphere, 301. Bibltotheca Electrotechnica, 333. Bigelow, R. P., 5. Birds, extinct, in New Zealand, 163. Blackberry seedling, 94. Blair's Organic Analysis of Potable Waters, 177. Blocd, } emoglobin in, 18. Blowholes, 33; detection of, 75. Boas, F., on Chinook jargon, 129; on growth of chil- dren, 256; -} Natives of South America, 146. Natural Science, 178 Naval architecture at Cornell, 116. Nebraska Academy of Sciences, 60. Neumann’s Parasites of Domesticated Animals, 332. Neurasthenia, Dr. Cowles on, 13”. New Jersey, pleistocene formaticns of, 285. Newcomb, Simon, 100. Newell's Flower and Fruit, 40. 6; on gems of | Nichols, C. F., on divine healing, 43. Nile, source of, 5. [Jan.—JUNE, 1892 Rissen's Swedish System of Educational Cymnas- cs, 1 Numismatic association, B o:klyn, 3. Nuttall, G. H. F., on influenza bacillus, 193. oO Ohio Academy of Science, 348. Oil as insulator, 201; deblooming mineral, 245, Oliver, J. E., on estimates of distance, 149, Onomatopes, Siouan, 4. Orang-ulu, 103. Order in the Physical World, 177. Oriental Club, Phila., 129. Osborn. Henry F’, on Chalicotherium, 276; on scion- tific alliance, 176. OsP orn) Herbert, on homoptera injurious to grasses, 99) O’Sloane’s Electricity Simplified, 173. Osteological notes, 203. Owl, barn, in Ohio, 123. Oxygen, magnetic, 2. P Palenque tablet, 328. Pamirs, journey in, 120. Pammel, L. H., on wind-storms and trees, 205. Paper manufacture in Corea, 327. Parsons’s French Schools, 243. Patent office, a new, 211; building, 183. Patents, foreiga, 301, 348. Pauperism, 172. Pearson’s Grammar of Science, 179. Pear-tree Psylla, 343. Peat bogs swell and burst, 187. Peck, W. G., death of, 102 Peirce, C. &., 17. Petrie’s discoveries in Tel-el-Amarna, 246. Phillipss Abroad and at Home, 292 Philosophical Review, 25; Society, Philadelphia, ses- qui-centennial, 326. ped Phonograph for deaf-mutes, 2. . : Photography, anniversary of introduction of gela- tino- bromide process in, 103; star, 339. Phosphate rocks of Florida. 3. Physa heterostropha Say., 323. Physical and mental correlation, 317. Physics, a question in, 135; problem in, 166. Planet 313, 9. - E Planets, new, 171. 4 ; a Plant diseases, work ov, by Department of Agricul- ture, 113 : ie Plympton’s How to Become an Engineer, 12, Pneumonia, blood serum as cure for, 89. Poison, snake, 284. Poisoned arrows, 145. Polariscopes, direct reflecting, 323, Political science at Brooklyn Institute, 282. Poteat, W. L., on Physa heterostropha Say, 323. abrenie. E., on rain-making, 52. reble, Jun., W. P., on four-fold space, 304. Preserving meat ten years, 101. Prize, Alvarenga, 46; of Boston Society of Natural History, 271; in pbysies, 173; to Agricultural De- partment, 313. Psychical Research Society, 61. Psychological laboratories, 129; laboratory at Colum- bia, 172; laboratory at Toronto, 143; research ap- plied in anthropology, 202; training, 127; training, need of physiology and anatomy in, 165, Psychology, American Journal of, 277. Psylla, pear-tree, 343. Puma, the, 169. Pyrite incrustationg, 151. Q, Quatrefages, M. de, death of, 63. R Railway, Afcican, 354. Rain convention, 61. Rain-drops, 326. Rainfall of Jamaica, 102; records, 2/2; In Russia, 61. Rain: making, 52; by faith, 66. Rameses II., statue of, 130. Rand’s Economic History, 173. Rankin, A., on dust jn the atmosphere, 242. Reclus, Elisée, 207. Recurd of Scientific Progress, 153. Redgrave, G. R., on flexible tubing, 206. Régamey’s Japon Pratique, 4. Reid’s Peeps iato China, 361. Religions, ancient, 130; early, 155. Religious exhibition, 111; symbolism, 129; Remondino’s The Mediterranean Shores of Amer- ica, 179. Remsen, Ira, 159. Renan’s Recollections, 55 Retina, neuro-epithelioma of the, 93. Review of Reviews, 194. Richar’s, Edgar, 47. Hisley, H. H., on value of nasal index, 202. River pirate, 7. Rivers, evolution of Loup, 59, 107, 137, 148, 220, 288. Rogers, Wm. A., on hardness of cut diamonds, 331. Romanes’s Darwin and After Darwin, 179. Rowe’s Instruction in Frerch Universitiss, 179. Ruffuer, W. H , on Minerals in Washington, 69. Russell, R., on the untenability of almospheric the- ory of epidemics, 144. Rust, iron, 271. iS) Sahara, artesian wells In the, 327. Salisbury, R. D., on pleistocene formations of New Jersey, 285. Salmon iodustry, 74. Saltpeter in Kilima Njaro district, 131. Wor, XIX] Samokrasc ff's Chronological Classification of Anti- quities, 236. Sandstone, prismatic, 34. } Sanford, F. C., ou four-fold space, 332. Sanford’s Labcratory Course in Psycho’ ogy, 137. Saunders’s Discovery of the New World, 265. — Schaffhausen, on the Celts, 146 Schmidt, Emi}. on anthropological methods, 286. School and C: lege, 38. __ Schweinfurtb, G., on commerce of ancient Egypt, 175. Scientific Alliance of New York, 141, 176. Scorpi ns, 18. Scott, R. H., on Atlantic weather, 200. a Serlpture, BE. W., 13), 313; on psychological training, 127; on skin temperatures, 258. Seal habits of fur, 271. Sericulture in Asia Minor, 79. Ship-~, rolling of, 247. Shuofelit, R. W., on zoology in Washington school3, | fe Shufeldt, R. W., 32. Sidereal Messenger. 78. Signalling at nignt, 27. Silver in Argentine Republic, 103; memoir on, by Stas, 2:1 Sineerland, M. V., on wire-worms, 18. S nrett’s The Rationale of M esmerism, 152. Slistrurus and Crotalophorus, 290. Skin, temperature of, 258. Skull, evolution of human, 146. Slade, D. D., osteological notes, 203. Smith, John B.,on Hemipterous mouth, 189. Snake poison, 284. Snyder, M. B., university extension, 1. Southwick, E. B., on local Jassid~, 287; on local By thoscopids and Cercopida, 318; on local Mem- Pracide and Fulgoride, 357. Sowerby, Wm.. on coffee-tea, 178. Space, four-fold, 272, 304, 319, 331, 352. Spear’s Leaves and Flowers, 334. Specfalist, the, 161. - Species, variation in, 316. Spectrum photography, 118. Spencer, J. W., on Great Lakes, 312. Spencer’s Roll Turning, 109. Spercer’s Social Statios, 138. Spitzbergen, 158. Star, new, 10 Auriga, 160, 229. Sfars, proper motions of, 343. Stqg, death of, 5; on silver, 201. Sfalisti-al congress, 74. Siéamship routes, 18. Stéi I, effects of surface scratches on, 327. Stevens, G. T., on facial expression, 253. Stevenson, Mrs. C., on ancient forms of religious symbolism, 129; on Egyptian religions, 130; on tomb of King Amenhotep, 212; on discoveries in Tel-el- marna, 246, Stifes, C. W., 159. Stone, G_H., on rain-making, 52. Stopes, H.. on retcogressive culture in prehistoric times, 174. END ES Storeria victa, 199. Sugar beets, 200; reactions with acetone, 117, 324. Suicide in European armies, Sully’s The Human Mind, 47. Sumatra, survey of, 3-7. Suuflower industry, 205. Sun’s parallax, 9. Sunshine recorders, 354. Swagger, decline of, 115. Sybel’s German Empire, 11. school, 9 T Taber, C, A. M., on climatic changes, 359; on glacial period, 118. Tea, aboriginal American, 51, 137, death from, 101. Teaching of sclence, 223 Tel-el-Amarna, discoveries in, 246. Temperature, sensalions of, 89; of air, snow, and earth, 89; of melting steel, 201. Texas Academy of Science, 60, 358. Thaw, silver, 131. 166; brick, 355; | Thibet, explorations in, 284. Thomas, Cyrus, on a key to the mystery of the Maya codices, 295; on the Palenque tablet, 328. Thompson, E. P , on foreign patents, 31, 348. | Thomson. W. d., on language of Easter Island, 256. Thorne, C. E., on wheat in Ohio, 48. Throwing-sticks, 332, Thunder-storms, 4. | Thurston’s Steam-engine, Part II., 167. Tides at Kiangchow, 326; yearly, 242. Tierra del Fuego, 172, 334. Tiger, sabre-toothed, 17. Time-service of Harvard observatory, 87. Todd, J. E., on Loup Rivers, 148. Topinard, P.,on human skull, 146. Topinard’s latest work, 230. Tortoise, food for, 95. Townsend, C. H. Tyler, on the Diptera, 320; on in- sects held in dread, 337. Traches of insects, 65. Trees of West Virginia, 161; wind-storms and, 205. Treves's Physical Education, 215. Trimble’s The Tannins, 181. Troy, D. S., on motion and heat, 132, 147. True, F. W., on the puma, 169. Tubing, flexible, 206 Turner, C. H., on the avian brain, 16. Tuskaloosa formation, 274 Tyndall’s New Fragments, 69. U Unconsciousness, explanations of, 284. University extension, 1; preceedings, 333; of Dublin tercentenary, 200. vy Vaccination in India, 243. Variation in species, 316; in types, %7 production of, 236; in vertebrates, 292. 7; artificial | | [Jan.JUNE, 1892 Veeder, M. A., on the aurora, 250. Vein formation, 214. Venezuela and Colombia, 171. Vesicles of Savi, 128. Vesuvius, eruptions of, 9. Victoria Nyanza, 330. Voleanic action in England, 145. Ww | Wabnschaffe’s Examtnation of Soils, 178. Wake, C. Staniland, on actinism, 142; on cclor, 264; on four-fold space, 33!. Wallace's Island Life, 236. Ward, R. deC , on ariver pirate, 7. Ward, Stanley H., on first locomotlve, 80. Warder, R. B., on a lump of salt anda glass of water, 71. | Water, bacteria in, 128; discoloration of, 32. | Waves, height of, 69. Weather of Parls, 32; of the Atlantic and of Great Britain, 200. —=-Weeds, 116; asfertilizing material, 356; at Chicago Exposition, 159. Weismann’s Heredity, 361. Welch. Wm. H., on tox-album\n diphtheria, 198. | West, G. M., on variation in type, 236. Whaling in the Antarctic, 355. Wheat in Ohio, 48; rust, 271. Whipple, G. M., on anemozraphs, 326. White race, origin of, 360. White’s Number Lessons, 13. Whitman, C. O , on variation in types, 277. Whymper’s Great Andes, 176. Wiley, H. W., on floridite, 3; on midzu-ame, 45. Will, analysis of, 62. Williams, C. T., on meteorological observations at health resoris, 214. Williams, E. H., Jun., on family traits, 220. Wind-storms and trees, 205. Wines of Medoc, 74; sophisticated French, 185. Wire-worms, 18. Woeikof, A., on Russian famine, 131. Woman, criminal anthropology of, 316. W rk and its relation to gaseous compression, 156. Wright, G. F., on H. Carvill Lewis's work on glacial phenomena, 305. Wright, J. McN., on food for tortoise, 95; on hypno- usm emOne animals, 95; on traumatic hypno- m, 66. Y Yale Review, 320. Yellow-fever, cold treatment of, 131. Youngbusband’s, Capt. F. E., journeys in the Pa- mirs, 120. Z Zeitschrift fiir anorganische Chemie, 179, Zimbabwe ruins, 144, 343. Zoology in Washington schools, 207. {Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y.,as Second-Cla yee. 8 6 18 N Tenta YEAR. 5 Vou. XIX. No. 465. NEW YORK, January 1, 1892. Vk Oe. ni - Copizs, TEN CENTS. R YEAR, IN ADVANCE, ANY OF Prof. A. MELVILLE BELL'S WORKS AONE Elocution — Visible Speech — Principles of Speech—Faults of Speech— Phonetics —Line Writing — World - English, etc., “SUPPLIED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. ¥. WORLD-ENGLISH. 25 Cents. HANDBOOK OF WORLD-ENGLISH. 25 Cents. Ex - President Andrew D. White, of Cornell University, says: ‘‘I believe that the highest interests of Chris- tian civilization and of humanity would be served by its adoption.” “So set down, our tongue is the best for the world to unite upon.”—Brooklyn Eagle. «The idea of Mr. Bell has much to recommend it, and the presentation is charmingly clear.”°—Ameri- can, Phila. “The result is a language which cannot fail to meet with acceptance.’’—Boston Traveller. “ World English deserves the careful consideration of all serious scholars.’’— Modern Language Notes. Sent, postpaid, on receipt of price. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. AMERICAN WOODS A book on Woods, containing actual and authentic specimens. PREPARATIONS OF WOODS 3 FoR MICROSCOPE anp STERE- OPTICON, and WOODEN CARDS, for invita- _ tions, calling cards, etc. _ Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH, Lowviile, N. V. Course of Mineralogy for Young People. Condueted by correspondence; minerals and books furnished. _ Collection and book, “First Grade,’ one dolar; - postage. 25 cents. Send for circulars to : GUSTAVE GUTTENBERG, Central High School, Pittsburgh, Pa. MINERALS CABINET SPECIMENS. COLLECTIONS » For BLOWPIPE ANALYSIS. Largest and finest stock in U. S. 100pp. Illustrated Catalogue, paper bound, 15c ; cloth bound, 25c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & CO, Mineralogists, Removed to 733 & 735 Broadway, New Yorl. BOOKS: How to Sell them. - stating condition, edition, ete., to Science Asercy, 871 Breadway, New York. Send a list Book JUST PUBLISHED,< THE LABRADOR COAST. A JOURNAL OF TWO SUMMER CRUISES TO THAT REGION. WITH NOTES ON ITS EARLY DISCOV- ERY, ON THE ESKIMO, ON ITS PHY- SICAL GHOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY, TOGETHER WITH A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WORKS, ARTI- OLES, AND CHARTS RELATING TO THE CIVIL AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE LABRADOR PENINSULA. By ALPHEUS SPRING PACKARD, M.D., Ph.D. Sportsmen and ornithologists will be interested in the list of Labrador birds by Mr. L. W. Turner, which has been kindly reyised and brouyht down to date by Dr. J. A. Allen Dr.S H. Scudder has con- tributed the list of butterflies, and Prof. John Macoun, of Ottawa, Canada, has prepared the list of Labrador plants. Much pains has been taken to render the bibliog- raphy complete, and the author is indebted to Dr Franz Boas and others for several titles and impor- tant suggestions; and it is hoped that this feature of the book will recommend it to collectors of Amevi- cana. It is hoped that the volume will serve as a guide to the Labrador coast for the use of travellers, yachtsmen, sportsmen, artists, and naturalists, as well as those interested in geographical and histori- eal studies. 513 pp., 8°, $3.50. N. D. C. HODGES, Publisher, 874 Broadway, New York. INSECTS AND INSECTICIDES, A PRACTICAL MANUAL, Concerning Noxious Insects and the Methods of Preventing their Injuries. By CLARENCE M. WEED, Professor of Entomology and Zoology, New Hampshire State College. WHAT IS SAID ABOUT IT. “TI think that you haye gotten together a very useful and valuable little book.”—Dr. C. V. Riley, U.S. Entomologist, Washington, D. C. “Tt is excellent.”"—James Fletcher, Dominion En- tomologist, Ottawa, Canada. “T am well pleased with it.—Dr. F. M. Hexamer, Editor American Agriculturist, New York. “It seems to me a good selection of the matter which every farmer and fruit grower ought to have at his immediate command.”’—Prof. S. A. Forbes, State Entomologist of Illinois, Champaign, Ill. “A good book, and it is needed.’—Prof. L. H. Bailey, Corne!l University. “It is one of the best books of the kiod I have ever seen.”—J. Freemout Hickman, Agriculturist, Ohio Experiment Station, Columbus, Ohio. “I shall gladly recommend it.”’°—Prof. A. J. Cook, Michigan Agricultural College. Price, $1.25. Sent postpaid to any address on receipt of price. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. New Method of Protecting Property from Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller. Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a condue- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company, United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. QUERY. Can any reader of Sczence cite a case of lightning stroke in which the dissipation of a small conductor (one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter, say,) has failed to protect between two horizon- tal planes passing through its upper and lower ends respective- ly? Plenty of cases have been found which show that when the conductor is dissipated the build- ing is not injured to the extent explained (for many of these see volumes of Philosophical Trans- actions at the time when light- ning was attracting the attention of the Royal Society), but not an exceptiun is yet k though this query has lished far and wide 2° tricians. Furst inserted | to date. N.D 874 BR 11 SCIENCE. Wants. Any person seeking a position for which he ts quali- fied by his scientific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘ Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF Cost, if he satisfies the publisher of the suit- able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any scientific question, the address of any scientific man, or whocan in any way use thiscol- umn for a purpose consonant with the nature of the paper, ts cordially invited to do so. ANTED.— Science, No. 178, July 2, 1886, also Index and Title-page to Vol. VII. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York. YOUNG MAN (31) would like a position in a college, laboratory, or observatory, is also will- ing to assist at a steam engine, etc. Address J. W., care of Science, 874 Broadway, New York. ANTED.—A position in the philosophical or pedagogical department of a college or uni- versity by a young man (30) who has had five years’ practical experience in teaching, and who has done four years’ post-graduate work in philosophy, devot- ing his attention during the last two years espe- cially to study and original investigation in scien- tific psychology and its applications in education. eee E. A., care Science, 874 Broadway, N. Y. ity. \\/ANTED. =A suitable position in Washington, D. C., not connected with the Government, and with a salary not to exceed $650 a year, by an experienced biologist with six years’ university training. Applicant has been a skilful surgeon for fourteen years; is a practical photographer, car- tographer, and accustomed to the use of the type- writer. He is also capable of making the most fin- ished drawings, of any description, for all manner of illustrative purposes in science; trained in mu- seum methods and work; also field operations and taxidermy in its various departments, and model- ing, production of casts, restorations of paleonto- logical specimens and similar Sep ements. Address U.S. R., care Science, 47 Lafayette Place, N. Y. W ANTED.—By a young man (27), B.A. and Ph.D., with three years’ experience as assistant in chemistry, position as instructor in chemistry or in natural scierces in college or academy, or other ad- vantageous position as chemist. Give particulars as to work, salary, etc. F.W. MAR, L. Box 23, West Haven, Conn. Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, if ofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] Wanted to bu North American Philadelphia, 1842. G. Worcester, Mass. For sale or exchange, LeConte, ‘* Geology;’’ Quain, “Anatomy,” 2 vols.; Foster, ‘‘Physiology,” Eng. edition; Shepard, Appleton, Elliott, and Stern, “‘ Chemistry ;” Jordan, ** Manual of Vertebrates;”’ “* International Scien- tists’ Directory; Vol. I. ¥ournal of Morphology; Bal- four, ‘‘Embryology,’’ 2 vols.; Leidy, ‘* Rhizopods;”’ ScZence, 18 vols., unbound. C. T. McCLINTOCK, Lexington, Ky. For sale.—A 614 x 844 Camera; a very fine instrument, with lens, holders and tripod, all new; it cost over $40; price, $25. Edw. L. Hayes, 6 Athens street, Cambridge, Mass. . To exchange Wright’s ‘‘ Ice Age in North America” and Le Conte’s ‘‘Elements of Geology’’ (Copyright 1882) for ‘‘Darwinism,”’ by A. R. Wallace, “Origin of Species,’’ by Darwin, ‘‘Descent of Man,’’ by Darwin, ‘‘Man’s Place in Nature,’ Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Ani- mals,” by Romanes, ‘*Pre-Adamites,’? by Winchell. No books wanted except latest editions, and books in good condition. C. S. Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g. to 1-1omg.), platinum dishes and crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part orwhole. Also complete file of S7liman’s fournad, 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883; U. S. Coast Survey, 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. For exchange or sale at a sacrifice, an elaborate micro- scope outfit. Bullock stand; monocular objectives, one- sixth homeogeneous immersion, four-tenths, and three inch, Bausch & Lomb, also one-fourth and one inch Spencer. Four eye-pieces. Objectives are the best made. Rcdress Mrs. Marion Smith, 41 Branch Street, Lowell, ass. PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W.T.Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. or exchange a copy of Holbrook’s erpetology, by John Edwards. 5 vols. BAUR, Clark University, PROTECTION FROM LIGHTNING. All the capital desired for the parent company to handle my patents on a new method of protect- ing buildings from lightning has been subscribed. Sub-companies and agencies to introduce the invention are forming, and any desirous of tak- ing State-rights should address The American Lightning Protection Co., Sioux City, Iowa. The English patent is for sale, and offers ‘excellent opportunity for the formation of a \any now that the American company is so ‘bly started. \D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. -- (Vor. XIX. No. There is ease for those far gone in consumption—not recovery—ease. There is cure for those not far gone. i There is prevention—bet- ter than cure—for those who are threatened. : Let us send youa book on CAREFUL LIVING and Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil, even if you are only a little thin. Free. Scott & Bowne, Chemists, 132 South sth Avenue, New York. Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil—all druggists everywhere do. $1. 3° POSTAL DICTIONARY. A Manual of Postage Rates, and Information upon Every Postal Subject which concerns Merchants, Professional Men, Occasional Correspondents, and All who Use the Mails. Sixth edition, revised to date. Arranged in dictionary form, comprising about 150 titles (with complete index of over 400 references), designed to furnish all facts bearing upon any par- ticular topic, under its subject title. “About as convenient a little book as we have seen for some time. Costs only 15 cents, but ought to save at least that amount every other day, directly or indirectly.”"—Chicago Standard. “Likely to be of great and constant service to all who make much use of the mails. The ninety-four pages contain a great-amount of information, very well arranged, knowledge of which should prevent most of the delays and losses in the mails.”—Boston Literary World. “Worth its weight in gold to the busy ‘man of affairs.’ It will enable him to settle almost at a glance the points of inquiry in postal matters that are constantly arising..—New York Home Journal, “Tf all who use the mails (and who does not?) will turn to the pages of this useful little guide, the labor of the postal authorities will be greatly simplified, fewer mistakes will be possible, and the public will be better served. Its simplicity and low cost will commend it to all, and give it what it deseryes, a universal sale.’"—Hon. Thomas L. James, ex-Post- master General. Price, 15 Cents, Postpaid. appress N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New Work. BOOKS: How to Exchange them for others. Send a postal to the SclENcE exchange column (insertion free), stating briefly what you want to exchange. ScIENCE, 874 Broadway, New York. - x \ \ r" \Ward sNatural Science Establishment Stuffed Animals and Skins, Mounted Skeletons, ineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. | s.aromsens Yend for Circular. ROCHESTER, N. Y. Models, i invertebrates SCIENCE ~ - NEW YORK, JANUARY 1, 1892. A NEW PHASE OF UNIVERSITY EXTENSION. Just at the present critical stage of the American movement for extension teaching the practical pedagogy of this imported phase of educational activity is up for sharp and earnest discus- sion. Itis agreed that however properly the system may have been been reared in England, American methods must be applied to its life if it is to become a recognized force in American educa- tion. The naturalization of University Extension must therefore pre-eminently mean its further organization toward useful ends. The recent article of Professor Willis Boughton on ‘ Graded Work in Philadelphia,” strikes the key-note for an earnest and scientific discussion, which we hope may be continued until the American society shall have nurtured extension teaching into one of the most vital forms of educational activity. Professor Bough- ton has outlined the plan for graded work to be pursued at certain centres, and has, moreover, called attention to the division of the Philadelphia work into ‘‘ departments,” although a thorough or- ganization of these ‘‘ departments” has not as yet been distinctly mooted. It is also here pertinent to note that the president of the American society, Dr. Edmund J. James, has in Philadelphia in- troduced the excellent plan of faculty meetings of the lecturers, with the view of eliciting the practical pedagogics of the subject. As an attempt to continue a discussion looking toward efficient organization of university extension, the writer presents for can- did criticism the following somewhat comprehensive suggestions. Stated with almost dogmatic brevity, the scheme is submitted, none the less, in the scientific spirit; and expects no other mark of favor than that derived from its accordance with the experi- enced facts. The scheme proposes to establish in each great university centre extension faculties and sub-faculties of the various departments of knowledge for the development of real class-work and individ- ual study, alongside the present lecture system. Each faculty shall in itself form a complete organization, with officers of good executive talent and broad sympathies. The presidents of the faculties, together with the president of the centre, shall form a - body advisory to the executive committee of the centre. It shall be the duty of each president, in concert with his fac- ulty, to develop the best methods of exciting popular interest in the special subjects, and especially to determine upon the peda- gogie methods best adapted to the particular subjects and to the various grades of students seeking the extension classes. Each facuilty shall, as far as practicable, arrange for class in- struction continuing during eight or nine months.of the year, or at any rate for courses of sufficient length to meet some tangible purpose. : Each faculty, and finally each professor, shall aim to carry along the individual in his work, rather than aim to present finely- wrought lectures — the latter being used as accessory only to the main purpose. Inasmuch as such proposed instruction would of necessity be - more expensive and demand a closer relation between the profes- sor and the student than the present methods of extension organi- zation seem to encourage, it would seem desirable that these spe- cial extension. classes be sharply distinguished from the general extension classes. The latter are and should be open to all mem- bers, but the former only to such members as meet the terms for the special tuition, and are willing to engage in regular student work, It would also seem proper that the tuition for each special class course should, to some extent, depend upon the number of students applying, as well as upon the nature of the subject de- veloped. The eventual outcome of such scheme of instruction would doubtless be the award of highly-prized certificates of the work done, or what comes to the same, the conferring of degrees, either through the universities or through the extension society itself. As an application of this scheme of organization to a particular department, let us suppose the mathematical professors, say of the Philadelphia extension course, to be organized as a unit fac- ulty. The courses they should propose would range from algebra, through a goodly variety of applied mathematics, to general, or even practical astronomy. Hach course would be carried on in « some relation to the other courses. The most cordial co-operation would exist between the several classes and professors, and both students and professors work in one or the other class, as the furtherance of the most efficient work and teaching might de- mand. As an example of the method suggested, when carried down to an actual class course, the writer may be permitted to instance a course in the theory and practice of surveying, intended as one element of a school of mathematics recently proposed by him to the Philadelphia Society for University Extension. The course is based on a demand for such instruction coming to him from two classes of students, viz., (1) practical surveyors ill equipped in the mathematics of the subject, and (2) young men, who, although busily engaged during the day in other employments, desire, if possible, to equip themselves for the life of a surveyor or civil en- gineer. The instruction is to be given in class, by correspondence, and in the field. The class instruction, given one evening each week for eight months, embraces text-book work pursued under direction, and as rapidly as each student is able lectures on in- struments, their construction, adjustment, and use, and on meth- ods of field and office work. Correspondence is encouraged for the purpose of eliciting a better knowledge of each man’s difficul- ties. Replies are to be given through the medium of a specially- trained stenographer or in class. Field instruction is necessarily limited to occasional work of Saturday afternoons. Practically every student is also his own class, pursuing his own work, and : receiving help according to his individual needs. The method of learning by doing — ever a good one provided it is doing by method — meets also, as thus guided, the requirements of the ungraded mass of students seeking the special knowledge. The writer would violate the very spirit of his suggestion were he to attempt to show in detail how it might apply to well-organ- ized evening schools of chemistry, or biology, or history. But he ventures to suggest the pedagogic purposes must in these subjects diifer inter se and from those of mathematics, and that here the chemical laboratory, the museum of natural history, and the seminar method might find interesting and useful extension. A fair appreciation of the occasion for the above suggestions requires a concise statement of some of the assumptions made in reference to the aims and ends of university extension. It has been assumed that the final aim is to bring as much of each sub- ject attempted, to each individual student, as the nature of the subject, the time, and the capacity of the individual student may warrant. It has been assumed that the extension society, as the popular representative of the university, is jealously alive to the danger of indirectly promulgating false conceptions concerning the higher education, of placing mental intoxication on the same plane with mental work, or of discrediting university training, either by un- suitable methods of popular instruction, or by appearing to give all of the university training in twelve easy evening lessons. It has been assumed that there is a popular demand, active or latent, for highly specialized information fully up to date, and ¢ SCIENCE. such as it is alone the province of the specialist of the university to collect and promulgate. Finally it has been assumed that as pochine save advantage can come to those seeking the special knowledge, whether for use or culture, so nothing save advantage can accrue to the university extension system or to the university itself from the adoption of a scheme of evening instruction fairly suited to the needs of the individual student. M. B. SNYDER. NOTES AND NEWS. Ir will interest cremationists to hear that the Japanese, who some time ago adopted burial of the dead, in imitation of European nations, have reverted, according to the Indian Medical Gazette, to their own custom of burning the dead on account of its sanitary recommendations. —The death of Dr. F. C. Dietrich, keeper of the Botanical Museum at Berlin, is announced. He was eighty-six years of age. — A despatch to the New York Tribune, from Franklin, Ind., Dec. 26. states that Professor Gorby, State Geologist, has given his collection to Franklin College. The collection consists of 40,000 to 60.000 specimens, gathered from almost every State in the Union, and from many foreign countries. — At the Dec. 10 meeting of the Royal Society, according to Nature, the president read from the chair a letter from Professor Dewar, which had been put into his hand as he entered the meet- ing-room, in which Professor Dewar stated that he had at 3 P.M. that afternoon ‘‘ placed a quantity of liquid oxygen in the state of rapid ebullition in air (and therefore at a temperature of — 181° C.) between the poles of the historic Faraday magnet in a cup- shaped piece of rock salt (which is not moistened by liquid oxygen and therefore keeps it in the spheroidal state),” and to his surprise, Professor Dewar saw the liquid oxygen, as soon as the magnet was stimulated, ‘‘ suddenly leap up to the poles and remain there permanently attracted. until it evaporated.” — The educated classes of Italy are delighted with the Propose changes at the ancient University of Bologna. The commission appointed by the Government to consider the advisability of making reforms in the old institution has recommended the adoption of the plans of Signor Buriani, the well-known engineer. The cost of the new buildings, which will be an ornament to the city, is estimated at 5,000,000 lire. The philosophical and legal faculties will be housed in future in the old ‘+ Archiginnasio,” while the School of Mines will occupy the present university building on the Via Zamboni. The library united with the royal and city libraries will be placed in a new palace. Great improvements will be made also in the School of Medicine, which in recent years has suffered somewhat in reputation. The University of Bologna has as grand traditions as any university in the world, and college men in all countries feel an interest in its welfare. It is, in many ways, the mother of universities, and had centuries ago 12,000 students. — Dr. Langer, says The Medical Record, has been investigating the subject of suicide among the soldiers in European armies, his statistics including the years from 1875 to 1887. The largest num- ber of suicides occurred in the Austrian army, averaging 122 year in each 10,000 soldiers. Next to Austria is Germany, which averaged 63 suicides to every 10,000 soldiers. In the Italian army on the average 40 soldiers in every 10,000 committed suicide every year. The French army from 1872 to 1889 lost in Europe 29 soldiers to every 10,000 annually, and in Algeria it lost just twice as many by suicide. In Belgium there occurred 24, in England 23, in Russia 20, and in Spain 14 to every 10,000. The cause of suicide in the army appears in most cases to be the fear of punish- ment, though not a few are driven to the act through aversion to military service and despair of ever being able to return to civil life. —In a paper, read before the Sanitary Convention at Vicksburg, the proceedings of which are published, Dr, Baker of the Michigan State Board of Health gave official statistics’and evidence which he summarized as follows: ‘* The record of the great saving of [Vor. XIX. No. 465 : human life and health in Michigan in recent years is one to which, it seems to me, the State and local boards of health in Michigan can justly ‘ point with pride.’ Itis a record of the saving of over one hundred lives per year from small-pox, four hundred lives per year saved from death by scarlet fever, and nearly six hundred lives per year saved from death by diphtheria — an aggregate of eleven hundred lives per year, or three lives per day saved from these three diseases. This is a record which we ask to have ex- amined, and which we are willing to have compared with that of the man who ‘made two blades of grass grow where only one grew before.’ ” z —A recent press dispatch states that Superintendent Johnson of the Deaf and Dumb Institute at Indianapolis has been making experiments with the phonograph, and believes that in connection with it he can teach the majority of the deaf-mutes under his charge to talk. He finds that the instrument concentrates the sound at the drum of the ear in such a way that many of the pupils otherwise deaf are enabled to hear. He intends to carry the experiments further, and thinks the phonograph may become a means of teaching the use of their voices to some mutes whose inability to speak is due to the fact that they have never heard ~ speech. He tried the phonograph with 27 boys and 29 girls. Of - these, only 3 girls were unable to hear something. Twenty boys and girls could hear instrumental music, while 11 boys and 15 girls could distinguish spoken words. Of the 56 whose hearing was tested, 28 could hear better with the left ear and 14 with the right, while 11 heard alike in both. —It is much to be feared that, after all the stir which has been made about it, the Antarctic expedition which was to have beeu sent out next year, at the joint expense of the Australian colonies and Baron Oscar Dickson of Gothenburg, may have to be dropped owing to the supineness of the Australians. In July last it was announced that the Queensland Government was to place £2,000 in the colonial estimates as a contribution to the expedition. Sir Henry Parkes undertook to get £2,000 from New South Wales, while from Victoria a sum was expected commensurate with the importance of that colony.. Sir Thomas Elder also promised £5,000 on certain conditions, while Baron Oscar Dickson under- took to give another £5,000, and, indeed, was quite prepared to spend double that amount to insure that the expedition should be a success. What with cash and promises, the sum of £14 000 seemed secure in July last, and it was confidently expected that £2,000 should be raised, so as to be well over the £15,000 which it was calculated the expedition would cost. Baron Nordenskjold was quite prepared to take charge of the expedition; and, as stated in the London Times, Baron Dickson had actually selected the two ships which he thought suitable for the work. Now we learn that the Queensland - Parliament has refused to pass the vote of £2,000 which was placed upon the estimates. It is not only the direct loss of this subscription which is to be deplored, but it affects the other promises, which were made conditionally. Baron Dickson's offer of £5,000 lapses at the end of this month, and as he has had no information from Australia that the remainder of the £15,000 is secured, he has probably made up his mind that the whole scheme has fallen through, as did the similar proposal a few years ago. Indeed, it would seem as if Baron Dickson had not been treated with the courtesy which might have been ex- -pected. He had not been informed of the progress of matters in Australia, and has received no certain information as to the actual state of the movement. The fact is, the movement seemes to have been sadly mismanaged. No proper steps have been taken to en- list the sympathies and the active support of the public in Aus- tralia, where there is plenty of money to spare for purposes of this kind. True, one or two newspapers appear to have supported the proposal with some energy, but much more is wanted than that in Australia, where evidently the public is not too enthusias- tic for the promotion of knowledge. The leaders of the movement on behalf of the proposed Antarctic expedition seem to have been a few members of learned societies, not quite in touch with the general public. The result is that the wealthy Australian colonies have been placed in the ridiculous position of having appealed to a small nation like Sweden for assistance, and in the end have January 1, 1892.] been unable to fulfil the conditions on which that assistance was asked. It is to be hoped that it is not yet too late to lead the movement to a more worthy result. j —The Telegram Herald of Grand Rapids says that the tallest men of Western Europe are found in Catalonia, Spain; Normandy, France; Yorkshire, England; and the Ardennes districts of Bel- -gium. Prussia gets her tallest recruits from Schleswig-Holstein, the original home of the irrepressible Anglo-Saxons; Austria from the Tyrolese highlands. In Italy the progress of arse degen- eration has extended to the upper Appennines, but the Albanian “ Turks are still an athletic race, and the natives of the Caucasus "are as sinewy. and gaunt as in the days of the Argonauts. In the ‘United States the thirty-eighth parallel, ranging through Indiana and northern Kentucky, is as decidedly the latitude of big men as _the forty-second is that of big cities. The tallest men of South " America are found in the western provinces of the Argentine Re- public, of Asia in Afghanistan and Kaypooana, of Africa in the highlands of Abyssinia. ee correspondent of the Times of India, referring to recent ‘long fasts in this country, says that in India fasts of thirty to forty days are common among the Jains, from among whom, once in each year, some individual comes forward and undertakes to fast thirty-five, forty, and even sixty days. They do this with noth- ing but warm water to drink, and will die rather than take food during the prescribed period. Quite recently two Jains of Bom- _ bay fasted, one for sixty-one, the other for forty-eight days, at the end of which time, having been congratulated by twenty-five thousand Jains who went for the purpose, they recommenced _taking food in the manner prescribed in their own books and _shastras. On Sept. 22, in commemoration of this event, all the chief bazaars in Bombay were closed, and about five thousand _ Jains, male and female, fasted all day, while a large sum was Spent in securing the release of cows and other animals from the slaughter house at Bandora. _ —Ata meeting of the Chemical Society of Washington, Dec. 10, Professor Wiley and W. H. Krug presented papers on the - «So-called Floridite.” Professor Wiley described the location and the occurrence in Florida of the samples which had been sent him by Professor Cox. Some of the specimens, he said, were amor- phous masses of almost pure tri-calcium phosphate, others were mixtures, but containing chiefly that compound. He thought it _ ought not to be defined asa mineral species. He said undue impor- _ tance had probably been ascribed to commercial fertilizers as plant foods, as experience has demonstrated that mineral phosphates are not readily absorbed by plants even when in a finely divided state, but need to be decomposed by the action of sulphuric acid. _ The most refractory phosphates, however, with plenty of time are utilized. by the plants. Florida phosphates seemed especially _ capable of assimilation in the natural state, and experiments in _ the use of the natural product were now going on at the sugar _ station of Runymede, Florida. Mr. Krug spoke of the methods of analysis, gave details of the process as described at a previous meeting, and presented the results of the analyses (Dr. T. M. _ Chatard, ‘‘ Notes on the Analyses of phosphate rocks”). He _ agreed with Professor Wiley as to the non-existence of floridite as a definite species. His paper reférred mainly to the determina- - tion of fluorine in phosphate rocks, and the method employed is a modification of the Boezelius silica fusion method. Instead of " using ammonium carbonate to remove silica and alumina from _ the alkaline solution, the saturation of the solution with carbonic _ acid under pressure has been found to give very satisfactory results. _ He had reason to think that the method might be still further sim- _ plified. Discussion of the two papers was by Professor Clarke and _ Dr. Schneider. Professor Clarke thought the determination of " amineral species did not depend upon crystallization, as many - amorphous minerals, such as torquois, serpentine, and tale were ; good species Whether it is a distinct chemical compound, is the _ best basis of determination. If among the phosphates is found a tri-calcium phosphate by itself, he thought it ought to be a mineral 4 spec ies, no matter what its derivation. Dr. Schneider described a series of analyses he had made to determine the influence of dif- _ ferent quantities of fluorine on the loss of silica when evaporated : i 4 SCIENCE. 3 with varying amounts of liquid. Ina paper on ‘‘ Meat Preserva- tives,” I. T. Davis gave the following list of preservative agents: salt, potassium nitrate, sulphurous acid, benzoic acid, saccharine, salycilic acid, hydro-napthole. The author described their action and the means of their detection. W. F. Hillebrand and Wm. H, Melville presented a paper ‘‘ On the Isomorphism and Composition of Thorium and Uranous Sulphates.” —A meeting was held in the Lecture Room of the Brooklyn Institute, 502 Fulton Street, on Saturday evening, Dec. 26, at eight o'clock, for the purpose of organizing a Brooklyn Numismatical Society as a Section of the Brooklyn Institute. The purposes of the society will be the collection of coins, medallions, and kindred works of art, the conduct of courses of lectures on numismatics, the formation of a library of reference on the subject, and to enable students and specialists in numismatology to become better acquainted with one another. Dr. Charles E. West, president of the Archeological Society of the Institute, gave a brief illustrated lecture on ‘‘ Ancient Coinage” after the organization of the sec- tion. — In the interesting paper on insectivorous plants, read before the Royal Horticultural Society on Sept. 22, 1891, and reported in Nature, Mr. R. Lindsay refers to the experiments by which Mr. Francis Darwin has shown the amount of benefit accruing to in- sectivorous plants from nitrogenous food. Mr. Lindsay says his own experience in the culture of Dionza is that when two sets of plants are grown side by side under the same conditions in every respect, except that insects are excluded from the one and admitted to the other, the latter, or fed plants, are found to be stronger and far superior to the former during the following season. He points out the importance of remembering that the natural conditions under which these plants are found are different from what they are under cultivation. In their native habitats they grow in very poor soil and make feeble roots, and under these conditions may require to capture more insects by their leaves to make up for their root deficiency. Under culture, however, fairly good roots for the size of plant are developed. ‘‘ Darwin,” says Mr. Lindsay, ‘‘ men- tions that the roots of Dionzea are very small: those of a moderately fine plant which he examined consisted of two branches, about one inch in length, springing from a bulbous enlargement. Ihave frequently found Dionza roots six inches in length; but they are deciduous, and I can only conjecture that the roots mentioned by Darwin were not fully grown at the time they were measured. What is here stated of the natural habits of Dionzea applies more or less to all insectivorous plants.” — At a recent meeting of the New York Academy of Medicine a popular address was delivered by Professor Charles F. Chandler on ‘‘ Arsenic in Common Life.” In this address, as reported in Medical News, he devoted himself to the task of exploding the widely prevalent idea, both in lay and professional circles, con- cerning the dangers from arsenic in wall-paper. He said that he had himself believed in it without ever making any special in- vestigation, up to the time when his duties in connection with the Board of Health required him to make it a special study. He tben found that the idea had been started by a botanist, and that it was based on the most flimsy reasoning. He next made some experiments in the laboratory by passing air over sheets of paper —some moist and others dry—coated with Paris-green. Not a trace of arsenic was found in this air. Much of his address was devoted to a narration of cases that had occurred in Boston during a time when the people in that city were much excited over the supposed dangers from arsenical wall-paper. The most important case was that of an ex-mayor of Boston, who had been supposed to be suffering for a long time from this form of poisoning, but the post-mortem examination showed that he had died from cancer of the stomach. The wall-paper that had been supposed to be the source of the poisoning in his case had not been changed from 1817 to 1891. While it is quite possible that, in the old- fashioned wall-paper, the arsenical dyes were loosely attached to the paper, the arsenic might become detached and diffused through the air, the amount would ordinarily be quite insignifi- cant; and in the wall-papers made in the last fifteen years no arsenical pigments have been used, and the presence of arsenic in ie | SCIENCE. these papers, as determined by delicate chemical tests, is due entirely to accidental impurities. Some of the papers that were thought to have caused poisoning had been on the walls for thirty or forty years. Supposing, for the sake of argument, that there were sixty square yards of paper in a room, each yard containing one grain of arsenic—the amount found in several of the cases quoted—and that during a period of thirty years all the arsenic had left the wall-paper and had entered the human system with- out any being lost, this would be at the rate of one grain in six months, or only ,45 of a grain in each twenty-four hours. Many distinguished scientists have independently investigated this sub- ject of poisoning from arsenical wall-paper, and they all agree in saying that there is ‘‘ nothing in it.” — The Meteorologische Zeitschrift for November contains a sum- mary, by Dr. J. Hann, of the meteorological observations taken at Cairo from 1868-88. The observations have been published in extenso, together with a good introduction upon the climate, in the Bulletin of the Egyptian Institute, and although similar obser- vations have occasionally been published before, the present series contains much new and useful material. The most striking feature in the climate of this part of Egypt, as we learn from Nature, is the Chamsin, the hot and dust-bearing wind which makes its ap- pearance in March or April for about three to four days at a time, and robs a large portion of the trees of their leaves, In the inter- vals during which this wind is not blowing the weather is pleasant and clear during spring-time, and the nights fresh and calm. During the summer the north winds prevail, with high tempera- ture, very clear air, and great dryness. Towards September hu- midity appears with the rise of the Nile, the ground is at times covered with heavy dew, and the heat becomes oppressive on ac- count of the moisture. In October and November fog occasionally occurs in the morning, and rain begins to fall. After this season the temperature is unifurm and pleasant. Snow is unknown, frost very seldom occurs, and rain is not very frequent. The absolute maximum temperature of the 21 years’ period was 117° in August, 1881, which was also closely approached in May, 1880, viz., 116.4°. The absolute minimum was 28.4° in February, 1880, and the mean annual temperature was 70.59. Rainfall is only given for the years 1837-88, in which 0 87 and 1.67 inches fell réspectively. The relative humidity sinks at times even on a daily average to 12 per cent, and has been known to fall as low as 3 per cent at certain hours. Thunder-storms and hail are very rare. The original work contains a long investigation on the connection between the height of the Nile and the weather, a comparison between the present climate and that at the beginning of this century. and several carefully prepared diagrams referring to all meteorological elements. — At the monthly meeting of the Royal Meteorological Society, Dec. 16, Mr. W. Marriott gave the results of the investigation un- dertaken by the society into the thunder-storms of 1888 and 1889, which he illustrated by a number of lantern slides. The investi- gation was originally confined to the south-east of England, but as this district was found to be too circumscribed, it became nec- essary to include the whole of England and Wales. After de- scribing the arrangements for collecting the observations and the methods adopted for their discussion, Mr. Marriott gave statistics showing the number of days on which thunder-storms occurred at each station; the number of days of thunder-storms in each month for the whole country; the number of days on which it was reported that damage or accidents from lightning occurred ; and also the number of days on which hail accompanied the thunder-storms. In 1888 there were 113 days and in 1889 123 days on which thunder-storms occurred in some part of the coun- try. The number of days with damage by lightning was 33 in 1888 and 38 in 1889; and there were 56 days in each year on which hail accompanied the thunder-storms. The tables of hourly frequency show that thunder-storms are most frequent between noon and 4 P.M, and least frequent’ between 1 A.M. and 7 A.M. Thunder-storms appear to travel at an average rate of about 18 miles per hour in ill-defined low barometric pressure systems, but at a higher rate in squally conditions. The author is of opinion that individual thunder-storms do not travel more (VoL. XIX. No. 465 than about 20 miles; and that they take the path of least resist- ance, and are consequently most frequent on flat and low ground. Detailed isobaric charts. with isobars for two-hundredths of an inch were prepared for 9 4.M. and 9 P.M. each day for the month of June, 1888. An examination of these charts showed that in- stead of the pressure being so very ill-defined, as appeared on the daily weather charts, there are frequently a number of small, but distinct areas of low pressure, or cyclones, with regular wind cir- culation; and that these small cyclones passed over the districts from which thunder-storms were reported. Sometimes it is not possible to make out well-formed areas of low pressure from two- hundredths of an inch isobars, but there is a deflection of the wind which shows that there is some disturbing cause; and thunder- storms have usually occurred in that immediate neighborhood. The author believes that the thunder-storm formations are small atmospheric whirls, in all respects like ordinary cyclones; and that the whirl may vary from 1 mile to 10 miles or more in diam- eter. There are frequently several whirls near together, or fol- lowing one another along the same track. The numerous oscilla- tions in the barometric curve are evidently due to the passage of a succession of atmospheric whiris; and it appears that lightning- strokes are most frequent when these oscillations are numerous Mr. F. J. Brodie read a paper ‘‘On the Prevalence of Fog in London during the Twenty Years 1871 to 1890.” The popular notion that November is par excellence a month of fog is not con- firmed by the figures given by the author. The number of fogs in that month is, if anything, slightly less than in October or January, aad decidedly less than in December, the last-mentioned month being certainly the worst of the whole year. The latter part of the winter is not only less foggy than the earlier part, but is clearer than the autumn months. number of days with fog is only 6.6, as against 8.9 in January, 10.2 in December, 9 2 in October, and 8.8 in November. — A paper on ‘‘Siouan Onomatopes,” by J. Owen Dorsey, was read before the Anthropological Society of Washington, D.C., Dec. 1, 1891. According to ‘*The Century Dictionary,” ‘‘an onomatope is a word formed to resemble the sound made by the thing signified.” Mr. Dorsey finds in the Siouan languages many onomatopetic roots, hence he suggests the modification of the definition just given, making it read, ‘‘An onomatope is a word or root formed to resemble the sound made by the thing signi- In February the average © fied ” In the paper under consideration, the author gives examples ~ of onomatopes in seven languages of the Siouan or Dakotan family : Dhegiha,. Kwapa, Kansa, Osage, Tciwere, Winnebago, and Dakota, all but the Dakota having been collected by himself since 1871. In these languages, according to the author, there are sundry per- mutations of sound, among which are sh and kh, gh and 2, dh and n. The words in which these permutations occur are not always synonyms; but when we find a word in which, for example, sh is used, we may safely infer that the language contains another word differing from the former enly in the substitution of kh for sh, or that one language or dialect uses sk where another employs its correlative, kh. Most of the onomatopes found by the author are dissyllabic, a few being monosyllabic-and polysyllabic. Some of the onomatopes were given with the notations of their respec- tive sounds as they appear to the Indian ear; thus, the sound of the plane and drawing-knife (s-s-s) becomes the root s‘w; whence the verbs, ba-s‘u, to use a plane; and dhi-s‘u, to use a drawing- knife. The sound of a waterfall, of sawing wood, etc., is kh + (a prolonged sound), the onomatope being khw’-‘e in Dhegiha, khw-wa-de in Kansa, khw’-we in Kansa and Osage, kho’-kh‘e in Tciwere, and sho + kh in Winnebago (the o in the last being pro- longed). The creaking of new shoes or the sound of fiddle-strings (gi-gi-gi) evidently suggested the root gi’-ze; whence ba-gize, to play a fiddle; and nan-gi’ze, to make (new shoes) creak by walking (in them). Many other examples were given; but the reader is referred to the American Anthropologist for January, 1892, for the full article. — Among the recent appointments of Johns Hopkins graduates are Alfred Bagby, Jun. (Ph.D., 1891), adjunct professor of an- cient languages, South Carolina College; Edward A. Bechtel (A.B, 1888), professor of Latin, Yankton College, South Da- January 1, 1892.] kota; Hiram H. Bice (A.B., 1889), instructor of languages, Black- burn University, Carlinville, Ill.; Richard N. Brackett (Ph.D., : 1887), associate professor of chemistry, Clemson Agricultural Col- ‘lege, S.C.; J. Douglas Bruce (graduate student, 1889-90), associate in Anglo-Saxon and Middle English, Bryn Mawr College; Norman _W. Cary (graduate student, 1889-91), instructor in biology, geol- ogy, and astronomy, Wilson College, Chambersburg, Pa.; Frank A. Christie (fellow, 1885-86), lecturer on New Testament litera- ture, Harvard Divinity School; Henry L. Coar (graduate student, 1884-86), mathematical master, Smith Academy, Washington University, Mo.; Charles Edward Coates, Jun. (A.B., 1887, Ph D., 1891), professor of chemistry, St. John’s College, Md.; Jobn R. Commons (graduate student, 1888-90), associate professor of po- litical economy, Oberlin College; Starr W. Cutting (graduate “student, 1890-91), professor of French and German, Barlham College; L. Bradley Dorr (A.B., 1890), adjunct professor of chemistry, Niagara University, Buffalo, N.Y.; Hermann L. Ebe- ling (A.B., 1882, fellow, 1890, Ph.D., 1891), professor of Greek, Miami University; William A. Eckles (graduate student, 1889- 91), professor of Greek, Ripon College; George S. Ely (fellow, 1881-83, Ph.D., 1883), principal examiner, U. S. Patent Office; Alfred Emerson (fellow, 1882-84, instructor, 1884-85), associate professor of classical archeology, Cornell University ; Andrew Fossum (Ph.D., 1887), classical instructor, Drisler school, New York City; William R. Fraser (graduate student, 1888-91), in- structor in classics, University of Nebraska; Thomas P. Harrison (fellow, 1890-91, Ph.D , 1891), associate professor of English, Clemson Agricultural College, S.C.; Arthur S. Hathaway (fellow, 1882-83), professor of mathematics, Rose Polytechnic Institute; George A. Hench (fellow, 1888-89, Ph.D., 1889), assistant professor of Ger- manic philology, University of Michigan; Charles C. Henschen, (graduate student, 1890-91), instructor in Girard College, Philadel- phia; Benjamin C. Hinde (graduate student, 1888-90); professor of physics, Trinity College, N.C.; Clifton F. Hodge (fellow, 1888- 89, Ph.D., 1889), instructor of biology, University of Wisconsin ; Walter J. Jones (A.B., 1888, Ph.D., 1891), professor of chemistry, Wittenberg College. O.; Henry W. Keating (A.B., 1891), princi- ‘pal, Centreville Academy, Md.; Andrew C. Lawson (fellow, 1886- 87, Ph.D., 1888), assistant professor of geology and mineralogy, University of California; Frederick S. Lee (fellow, 1884-85, Ph.D., 1885), demonstrator of physiology, College of Physicians and Surgeons, N.Y.; Felix Lengfeld (fellow, 1887-88, Ph.D., 1888), instructor in chemistry, University of California; A. Stanley Mackenzie (fellow, 1890-91), lecturer in physics, Bryn Mawr Col- dege; Arthur W. McDougall (A.B., 1891), financial secretary, As- sociated Charities of Cincinnati; John H.T. McPherson (A.B., 1886, fellow, 1889-90, Ph.D., 1890), professor of history, Univer- sity of Georgia; W. Howard Miller (A.B., 1888), instructor in mathematics, Leland Stanford University; Thomas H. Morgan (fellow, 1889-90, Ph.D., 1890, Bruce fellow, 1890-91), associate professor of biology, Bryn Mawr College; Wilfred P. Mus- tard (fellow, 1890 91, Ph.D., 1891), professor of Latin, Colorado College; Charles A. Perkins (fellow, 1883-84, Ph.D., 1884), pro- fessor of physics, Hampden Sidney College; E. D. Preston (fel- jow, 1876-78), is engaged at Honolulu, probably for a year, working under the joint auspices of the International Geodetic Association of Europe and the U. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey; Herbert E. Russell (graduate student, 1886-87), associate professor of mathematics and natural sciences, University of Denver; A. Duncan Savage (fellow, 1876-79), instructor in the history of art, Farmington, Conn.; Edward M. Schaeffer (graduate student, 1883-85), professor of physical culture, Washington and Lee University ; Henry Sewall (fellow, 1878-79, associate, 1879-82, Ph.D., 1879), professor of physiology, University of Denver; Sid- ney Sherwood (Ph.D., 1891), instructor in finance, University of Pennsylvania; Ernest G. Sihler (fellow, 1876-79, Ph.D., 1878), professor of ancient languages, Concordia College, Milwaukee ; Henry D. Thompson (fellow, 1886-87), assistant professor of mathematics, Princeton College; William L. Weber (graduate Student, 1890-91), professor of English, Southwestern University, Texas; Benjamin W. Wells (fellow, 1881), professor of modern languages, University of the South; John White, Jun. (A.B., 1888, fellow, 1890-91, Ph.D., 1$91), assistant in chemistry, Cor- SCIENCE. 5 nell University ; Henry V. Wilson (A.B., 1883, fellow, 1887-88, Ph.D., 1888, Bruce fellow, 1888-89), professor of biology, Univer- sity of North Carolina; Edmund B. Wilson (fellow, 1879-80, Ph.D, 1881, assistant, 1881-82), adjunct professor of biology, Columbia College ; John R. Wightman (fellow, 1886-87, Ph.D., 1888), associate professor of romance languages, University of Nebraska; Arthur C. Wightman (fellow, 1887-88, Ph.D., 1889, demonstrator, 1889-90), assistant professor of biology, Randolph Macon College. — Professor Stas, the eminent Belgian chemist, has died at the age of seventy-eight. — According to information sent to Berlin, says the Times, Emin Pasha and Dr. Stuhlmann, travelling in the region between Lakes Victoria, Tanganyika, and Albert Edward, have discovered what they take to be the ultimate source of the Nile. This is a river called Kifu, which is supposed to have its sources in the Ubha country, lying to the east of the northern part of Lake Tanganyika, about 4° of south latitude. It flows into the southern end of Lake Albert Edward. It is not stated that Emin and Dr. Stuhlmann have actually followed the course of the river. They have no doubt encountered it on their journey from Victoria Nyanza towards the other lake and followed it down toits mouth. If the course which they lay down for it is correct, it will compel us to alter the hydrography on our maps of this region. There is no mention of the Lake Kifu, between Tanganyika and Albert Ed- ward, to be found in existing maps; and it is well known that the African natives rarely distinguish between a river and a lake,— Nyanza, in the language of Central Africa, standing for both. The still larger lake, Akanyaru, or Alexandra Nyanza, as Mr. Stanley named it, may very probably also have to be removed. No white traveller, so far as is known, has ever seen it; Mr Stan- ley placed it down on his map from native report. It may simply be an expansion of the Kifu, and not the source of the Kagera, which flows into the west side of Victoria Nyanza. The Kagera will thus lose much of its importance as a remote feeder of the Nile, and the Kifu may possibly become its most southerly source. But it should be remembered that when Mr. Stanley was march- ing northwards to the Victoria Nyanza in his great journey across Africa, he came upon a river in about 5° south latitude which he believed flowed into the south shore of the lake under the name of Shimeeyu. Mr. Stanley struck this river at only one or two points, and these may really have belonged to different rivers. At all events, on the most recent maps the Shimeeyu is sharply de- flected to the east from its mouth in the lake, and there is no river rising in 5° south latitude, which flows into the Victoria Nyanza. Probably we have not heard the last word about the ultimate sources of this strange river, about the position of which Ptolemy, after all, was not so far wrong. We have first the Kifu rising in about 4° south latitude, running into Lake Albert Edward, issuing thence as the Semliki, and feeding Lake Albert. There it mingles with the Victoria Nile from Lake Victoria, and together they issue from Lake Albert as the White Nile, which, before it reaches Khartoum, is augmented by a multitude of tributaries from the west. Whether the Shimeeyu or the Kifu be its most remote southern feeder, the river flows through 36 degrees of latitude. The full details of this journey of Emin will be awaited with in- terest, especially if he continues to fill in the blanks on our maps and to complete our knowlege of one of the most remarkable rivers of the world. — Professor Thomas F, Hunt of the Pennsylvania State College has accepted the invitation to occupy the chair of agriculture in the Obio State University after Jan. 1,1892. —Dr. E. von Esmarch, son of Professor v. Esmarch of Kiel, has been appointed professor of hygiene in the University of K6- nigsberg, in the room of Professor C. Frankel, who has gone to Marburg. —Mr. Robert P. Bigelow (S B., Harvard University, 1887) has been appointed to the Adam T. Bruce fellowship in biology, in place of Dr. Thomas H. Morgan, who has resigned the fellowship to accept the position of associate professor of biology at Bryn Mawn College. 6 : SCIENCE. ie SCIENCE: A WEERLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEw YORK. SuBscriptions.—United States and Canada......,...------ $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe..............--. 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants” column. All are invited to use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full. so that answers will go direct to them. The ‘“‘Exchange”’ column is likewise open. THE KLAMATH NATION. I.—THE COUNTRY AND THE PEOPLE. ‘¢THE Klamath Indians of South-Western Oregon” is the second title of the recently published work, by Albert Samuel Gatschet, which forms, according to its leading title, Vol. IT. of ‘‘ Contributions to North American Ethnology,” one of the several series of works issued by the ‘‘ United States Geo- graphical and Geological Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region, J. W. Powellin Charge.” The term *‘ volume,” how- ever, is in this case to be understood in a special sense. The work really appears in two substantial tomes in quarto, com- prising over seven hundred pages each, and distinguished as Parts I. and II. The too brief *‘ table of contents” informs us that Part I. contains the writer’s ‘* letter of transmittal,” and an ‘‘ ethnographic sketch,” with ‘‘ texts,” and “‘ grammar; ” while Part II. is entirely occupied by the ‘‘ Dictionary — Klamath-English, and English-Klamath.” This curt state- ment gives but a slight idea of the importance of the work as a contribution of the first order to ethnological science. The Klamath River rises in the southern interior of Ore- gon, at a distance of about three hundred miles from the Pacific. First traversing an extensive morass, known as Klamath Marsh, it passes through Upper Klamath Lake, a charmingly picturesque sheet, some twenty-five miles long by five or six miles in breadth; then receiving a tributary from the Lower Klamath Lake, it crosses the State boundary into California, and, after a winding course of two or three hundred miles, falls into the ocean near the north-eastern angle of that State. Several tribes of different lineage and languages dwell, or formerly dwelt, along this stream, and have borne indiscriminately from the river’s name (the origin and meaning of which are uncertain) the appellation of Klamath Indians But this designation is more usually restricted to the people who possess the upper waters of the river and the great Klamath Lake, and who, as is the case with many other Indian tribes, have no special distinguishing - name for themseives except that of ‘‘ man,”— in their lan- guage, Maklaks. Another name which has been given to them is Lutwami, meaning Lake Indians, which is in no --way distinctive. The author has therefore judiciously de- [Vor. XIX. No. 465 cided to retain the usual appellation, “‘the Klamath Indians,” ~ adding the description ‘‘of South-western Oregon,” to dis- tinguish them from the Californian Klamaths. As these, however, have their proper tribal names of Shasti, Karok, ‘Hupa, and Yurok or Alikwa, it is likely that the designation of Klamath will in time be wholly restricted to the Oregon nation bearing this name. — The title of ‘‘ nation ” is one which, as the author suggests in his ‘‘ letter of transmittal ” to Major Powell, may properly be conferred upon this remarkable people. Their claim to this title does not reside in their numbers, which at present hardly reach nine hundred souls, nor in their territory, though this, even in their diminished reservation, covers fifteen hundred square miles. But they have the distinction, like the Basques of south-western Kurope, of composing a separate ‘‘stock,” possessing a language, a mythology, and a social system peculiar to themselves. Such a stock, in- habiting a compact territory, and having (as the Klamaths had till lately) their own government, may justly claim to be considered a nationality. The claim, however, is in America, not so notable as it would be deemed in HKurope, where distinct linguistic stocks are so few. Mr. Gatschet gives a list of twenty-two of these stocks, radically distinet in grammar and vocabulary, which have been found ip Oregon and California alone. If to these we add the stocks of Washington State and of British Columbia, the number of such aboriginal nations found along the Pacifie coast of North America will not be less than twenty-eight, nearly equalling the total number of stocks in Asia and Hurope com- bined. There is reason to believe that a careful study of the immensely varied languages, physical and moral traits, my- thologies, and social systems of these twenty-eight primitive nationalities would greatly modify and in some respects transform the sciences of ethnology and linguistics. There have been many partial and fragmentary attempts at such a study, some of them possessing much yalue. But that of Mr. Gatschet is undoubtedly the fullest and most minutely accurate that has thus far been made of any single stock. The Klamath country is a region of mountains, lakes, and upland plains, stretching eastwardly into the interior from the lofty ‘‘Cascade Range,” and elevated from four to seven thousand feet above the level of the sea. The author was naturally reminded of his native Switzerland by the grandeur of the scenery in the western portion of the reservation, ‘‘ where the towering ridge of the Cascade Moun- tains and the shining mirrors of the lakes at their feet con- front the visitor, surprised to see in both a reproduction of Alpine landscapes in the extreme west of America.” It might be added that in the people themselves we recognize the well- known traits of mountaineers, as we trace them from the Scottish Highlands to Montenegro, and from the Caucasus to the Pamir,— the intense local attachment, the spirit of independence, the desperate bravery in the defence of their homes, the frugality, and the strong conservatism. The Klamath people are divided into two septs, the Kla- math Lake tribe, who call themselves Kukshikni (‘‘of the lake”) and the Modoes, who twenty years ago acquired a dismal notoriety by the ‘‘tragedy of the Lava Beds,’—an event, or series of events, which aroused horror at the time, but in which, according tothe judgment of the best-informed historians, including Mr. Gatschet, they were more sinned against than sinning. An eminently fair-minded historical writer, Mr. J. P. Dunn (author of ‘‘The Massacres of the Mountains”), in his account of the Modoc outbreak, gives a pithy and graphic description of this sept, in terms which, January 1, 189 2| at ae : g a . ca a r a with some modification, will apply to the whole nation. ‘‘They were a peculiar people; good-natured as a rule, but high-tempered; industrious, and yet as haughty as the laziest Indians on the continent. They had more of that commendable pride which makes men desire to be indepen- dent and self-respecting than any of their neighbors. They were inclined to be exclusive in their social relations, but even among themselves there was little merrymaking. They took a more serious view of life and its duties. Stubborn- ness and strong will were tribal characteristics. In features they were rugged and strong, the cheek-bones large and prominent, the hair thick and coarse, the face heavy and not much wrinkled in old age.” Of their congeners, the ‘‘ Up- per Klamaths,” the same writer says, ‘*They were a finely formed, energetic, and cleanly race.” Mr. Gatschet confirms in general these descriptions, but adds: ‘‘ The Mongolian features of prognathism and of high cheek-bones are not _ very marked in this upland race, though more among the _ of the Eukshikni men from Americans.” ~ Modocs than in the northern branch. If it were not fora somewhat darker complexion and a strange expression of the eye, it would be almost impossible to distinguish many Their complexion is so nearly white that ‘‘blushing is easily perceptible, though the change in color is not great.” The hair is straight and dark; and he remarks, ‘‘I did not find it very coarse, marked connection with the though with many Modoe women it is said to be so, and to grow to an extreme length.” It is worthy of note that the complexion and other physi- eal characteristics of the Indians of western America vary in ‘‘environment,” that is, with the climate, food, and mode of life. The natives of north- ern British Columbia, the Thlingits (or Thlinkeets) and Haidas, are as light of hue as Europeans. They often have ruddy cheeks, brown or blue eyes, and red or brown and wavy or curly hair. As we pass southward along the coast, successively to the Nootkans, the Chinooks, and the other tribes of southern British Columbia, Washington, Oregon, and northern California, we find the hue of the skin deepen- ing, the eyeballs darkening, and the hair becoming coarser, until at length, under the tropical heats of central and south- ern California we come to tribes with almost negroid traits. These traits are described by the best authority, Mr. H. H. Bancroft, as ‘‘a complexion much darker than that of the tribes further north, often very nearly black;” ‘‘ matted _ bushy hair;” ‘‘a low, retreating forehead, black, deep-set —_— ee eyes, thick, bushy eyebrows, salient cheek-bones, a nose de- pressed at the root and somewhat wide-spreading at the nos- trils, a large mouth, with thick, prominent lips, teeth large and wkite, but not always regular, and rather large ears.” But when we recede from the low, hot, and moist coast to the cool and dry interior uplands, the people, as in the case of the Klamaths, return to the European type. Mr. Gat- schet describes particularly the small mouth of the Euk- shikni, the good teeth, and the genuine Grecian profile, ‘‘ the nasal ridge not aquiline but strong, and forming an almost continuous line with the forehead.” The truth is that, as one of the acutest of German anthro- pologists, Oscar Peschel, in his able and comprehensive treatise on the ‘‘ Races of Man,” has affirmed, all attempts to distinguish the various so-called races by merely physical characteristics, whether of color, hair, or the osseous frame: work, have proved utterly futile. As regards the shape of the head, on which so much stress has been laid, the view main- tained by the late S. G. Morton, that the natives of this conti- nent had a peculiar form of cranium, different from that of SCIENCE. 7 any other people, has been shown, first by Sir Daniel Wilson in his ‘* Prehistoric Man,” and later by Dr. Virchow, in his recent work, ‘‘ Crania Ethnica Americana,” to be wholly incorrect. Dr. Virchow declares (in his summary read before the Con- gress of Americanists, at Berlin, in 1888) that he finds doli- chocephalic, mesocephalic, and brachycephalic tribes scattered throughout the continent; and he pronounces in positive terms his conviction that ‘‘ the cephalic index, calculated on measures of the length and breadth of the cranial vault, should not be admitted as a determining proof of the single or diverse origin of populations.” We may confidently anticipate that the series of physical measurements of all the American tribes, which, by a happy thought, Professor Putnam has instituted for the Columbus World’s Fair, and on which many observers are now engaged, under the experienced supervision of Dr. Franz Boas, will result in confirming the views of Peschel, Wilson, and Vir- chow, and establishing the truth that physical characteristics afford no proper tests of racial affinity or diversity. Weare thus brought back to the older, and, as time has proved, the infinitely stronger evidences of what may be styled the in- tellectual characteristics, language and mythology. That these tests sometimes fail, through mixture of stocks and adoption of foreign beliefs, is unquestionable; and we are then left in ethnology, as we are often left in other sciences — astronomy, geology, and physiology, for example — to rely on probabilities. But so far as certainty is attainable, as it often is, it can only be attained through the evidence of these special tests. The language and mythology of the Klamath nation are of a highly interesting character; but our study of these subjects, with the ample materials and philosophic sugges- tions furnished by Mr. Gatschet, must be left for otner arti- cles. Horatio HALE. Clint-n, Ontario, Canada. ANOTHER RIVER-PIRATE. In Science, vol. xiii., 1889, p. 108, under the title of “‘A River-Pirate.” Professor W. M. Davis described a recent case of river capture in south-eastern Pennsylvania, brought about by the backward gnawing of one stream into the drainage area of another. In looking over with him the Doylestown sheet of the Pennsylvania Topographic Survey there were found numerous cases of similar capture, either already accomplished or about to take place, and at his sug- gestion the writer recently made a visit to the district in question, in the hope of being able to add something more to the history of the rivers of Pennsylvania. The region of these migrations, Buck County, is situated in the north-eastern part of Pennsylvania (see Fig. 1), and extends for thirty-three miles (in a straight line) along the Delaware River. It is a gently rolling, well-cultivated country, composed of Mesozoic new red sandstones and shales, dipping from 5° to 15° to the north-west, the hard and soft layers of reddish sand and mud alternating. The evidence goes to show that the surface of the country has been re- duced by erosion at least 1,000 feet since the time when the beds were laid down, for the upper deposits must have once overspread the gneiss ridge at the northern county line. They still rise nearly to its top, and there is no evidence of a fault, the absence of any trace of it being capable of ex- planation only on the supposition that extensive erosion has taken place.* 1 2d Geol. Survey of Penn. 1885. 8 . . The evidence from New Jersey and;Pennsylvania goes to show that after the tilting of the sandstones there came an extensive period of denudation, which resulted in the pro- duction of a more or less perfect plain, the so-called Creta- ceous base-level, which can be seen in the level tops of the New Jersey Highlands and of the ridges of Pennsylvania. Following this came an elevation, giving the streams re- newed energy, and resulting in the etching out of the softer rocks down to another peneplain, the Tertiary base-level. Finally another elevation gave the streams another period of activity, and it is in this cycle that we find them to-day. The larger streams, like the Delaware, have already sunk N.Y. Fie. 1. their channels well into the Tertiary peneplain. It is with some of the smaller ones that we have now to deal. Unless something had occurred to interfere with their work in the previous cycle, which ended in the production of the Tertiary peneplain, the streams of this district should now be well adjusted to the structure. On examining the map, however, we find that many of them show a tendency to defiect downstream as they run towards the Delaware. Such an arrangement is characteristic of the tributaries of flood-plained master-streams, as is well shown in the case of the Mississippi and the Po, and may perhaps be explained in this case by the flood plaining of the Delaware during the Tertiary period of base-levelling. Had such a flood-plaining occurred before, i.e., during the Cretaceous base-levelling epoch, the side streams would have already become adjusted to the structure, for since Cretaceous time the whole surface of the country has been worn down some hundreds of feet. Flood-plaining such as that believed to have taken place here, seems to be characteristic of large rivers during the last stages of base-levelling, when, with a very gentle slope, they build their deltas up-stream from their mouths, covering the country on both sides with alluvium.’ The flood-plaining of the Delaware would give the side- streams a superimposed course on the Tertiary peneplain, and as they cut down through the cover they would find them- selves flowing across the outcropping edges of the underlying strata of sandstone and shale. An arrangement of strata such as that here presented gives an admirable field for the adjustment of streams. It can be readily seen that if a side stream works back along the strike of one of these beds, it has, especially if the bed is soft, a much easier course than a Stream which has to cross the edges of many hard and soft Strata on its way to join the master. Perhaps this may be more easily understood from the accompanying figure (Fig. 2), reduced from the contoured map of the Pennsylvania Geological Survey, representing the district under considera- tion. 1 W.M. Davis: ‘‘The Geological Dates of Origin of Certain Topographic ¥orms on the Atlantic Slope of the United States” (Bulletin Geol. Soc. of America, Vol. 2, p. 580); ‘* The Rivers and Valleys of Penn.” (Nat. Geog. Mag., Vol. 1, No. 3); ‘‘ The Geographic Development of Northern New Jersey ” (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist , XXIV., 1889). SCIENCE. [Vor. XIX. No 465 In this ease Tohickon Creek, only the lower part of which. is shown, has its course directly across the strike of the beds down to the Delaware, while Tinicum Creek goes along the strike for some distance and thus has an easier course. The result has been that a branch of the Tinicum has gnawed its way back along the strike until it is now within less than half a mile of the Tohickon. The Tohickon has a descent of some- what over twenty feet in the first mile from this point, while the branch of the Tinicum falls over eighty feet in the same distance. The distance from the present divide to the Dela- ware is about eight miles along the Tohickon, and about five miles along the Tinicum. It is seen, then, what an advan- tage the little branch of the Tinicum has over its larger rival. The region where the contest is going on is just south of the letter A in the figure, and as the more favored stream works its way further and further back, the divide will be pushed over the intervening space, and before long the Tohickon will be captured and led out by a shorter and better course through the Tinicum, leaving its lower part, beheaded, to continue its way down the Tohickon valley. The region of the divide is pretty level, being all enclosed by the 300 feet contour, with a slight slope toward the Tohickon, and a greater one toward the Tinicum, and if we get this idea of migration clearly in mind, it seems almost as if we could see the divide moving toward the Tohickon. There are few trees to protect the surface there, and the crops of potatoes and corn which cover the fields give a good opportunity for the rain to carry away the soil. What is about to take place in the case of the Tohickon, seems to have already happened further to the east. Here again the Tinicum is the pirate. A glance at the figure will make plain the state of the case. If the Tinicum is followed Fia. 2. down its course to the Delaware it will be seen to make a sharp turn to the north-east just at the point where its pirate tributary comes in from the south-west. Knowing, as we do, that the easier course lies along the strike of the beds and not across it, we naturally turn to this point to see what has taken place. If on coming down the Tinicum to this point we continue to the south, we go for some distance up a small stream flowing north, which comes down to the Tinicum through a deep and rather narrow valley. Continuing our walk along this creek, we soon come to a little sheltered nook, where a picturesque farm-bouse stands, past which the creek flows, coming in from the south-west. We now leave the latter, and continue up a hollow to the south-east, and across = ES ee s x le i Ae 9 P “4 : » January 1, 1892.} - some fields, gently sloping towards a depression in the mid- . dle, until we reach another little creek, flowing south into the Tohickon. The explanation of this seems to be as fol- lows: Beaver Creek originally flowed out to the south-east, across the present divide, into the Tohickon, having-a similar course to that of the Tohickon in that it crossed the strike of the beds. Tinicum Creek, gnawing along its easier path, reached and captured Beaver Creek, at the point where the sharp turn is seen. The divide which originally stood close to the Tinicum has now been pushed south until it occupies _ a position close to the letter B in the figure. ‘The beheaded portion of Beaver Creek still occupies the old valley, while an inverted stream now flows north in a directly opposite direction to that of the original Beaver : Creek. The old valley across the divide to the Tohickon is seen as the gentle depression in the fields. This explanation shows us why there is the sudden turn in the Tinicum just at this point. It has worked back on its easy course until it has captured Beaver Creek, and, as shown above, is continuing its work by pushing back towards the Tohickon, which it will very soon capture in the same way. R. DeC. Warp. Harvard College, Oct., 1891. ASTRONOMICAL NOTES. M. Pawmrert, director of the Vesuvian Observatory, is re- sponsible for the statement that all the great eruptions of Vesuvius take place at new or full moon, and especially eclipses. The eclipse of June 17, 1890, was accompanied by violent earth currents. On the other hand, Captain de Mon- ‘tessus, who has patiently accumulated observations and data concerning earthquakes, has now a catalogue of more than 60,000 of these phenomena, individually discussed. He es- tablishes that earthquakes are distributed uniformly through- out the day and night, that they have no relation to moon culminations and astronomical seasons, and that such coin- eidences which have been claimed in the past rest on insuffi- cient ground. M. Janssen, the eminent French astronomer, has been attempting to find solid rock on the top of Mount Blanc, upon which to build an observatory. His scheme has been to bore galleries through the ice, but so far he has been unsuccessful, and he is considering the feasibility of founding an observa- ‘tory on the ice. In the December number of Knowledge will be found re- _ productions of photographs, taken by Dr. Max Wolf of Heidelberg, of the region of the Milky Way in the con- stellation Cygnus, and also in the constellation Sagitarius. Mr. Ranyard, the editor of Knowledge, in an article enti- tled *‘ Dark Structures in the Milky Way,” calls attention to several interesting facts connected with the region of the heavens shown in the photographs. One of the regions cov- ered is that surrounding Alpha Cygnus, and directly above that star is seen a dark, branching, tree-like structure. It evidently corresponds to a branching stream of matter which cuts out the light of the nebulous background on which it seems projected, and it is evidently intimately associated with the lines of stars which border the stream and its branches on either side. A somewhat similar dark branching stream may also be traced on a photograph of the region surrounding Epsilon Cygni, a copy of which appears in the October number of the journal above quoted. Altogether the article, with its attendant photographs, is very interest- - ing, and brings to light some new facts connected with that SCIENCE. 9 region of the heavens in which the stars seem almost count- less. The small planet discovered by Dr. J. Palisa of Vienna, on Aug. 30 (now numbered 313), has been named Chaldea. In a very interesting paper in No. 3,066 of the Astro- nomische Nachrichten, Professor Anwers gives the sun’s parallax as 8.880”, with a probable error of + 0.022” This value is the result of the determination from the German Transit of Venus expeditions in 1874 and 1882, during which years 754 measurements were made. Professor Harkness, in his discussion of the results of the American Transit of Venus Commission, from the photographs alone, obtained the value 8.842” for the sun’s parallax, with a probable error of + 0.011”. From a discussion of all the data obtainable, he obtained 8.80905” + 0.00567’. This latter value corresponds to a mean distance of 92,796,950 miles from the earth to the sun, while Professor Auwers’s value corresponds to a distance of 91,814,000 miles. . The following is a continuation of the ephemeris of Win- necke’s comet. The epoch is for Berlin midnight. 1892 R.A. Dec. bye men) s! Se opal Jan. 12 12 28 8612 =- 13 «38 13 29 8 13 42 14 30 4 13 47 15 30 58 13 52 16 31 53 1183 fai7/ 17 32 = 46 gS} 18 33 39 14° -9 19 34 31 14 15 20 35 22 14 22 21 12 36 13 + 14 28 The following is a continuation of the ephemeris of Wolf’s -eomet. The epoch is for Berlin midnight. 1892 R.A. Dec, lj. Sins Be 2 i Jan. 11 4 16 «48 —13 2 12 17 5 12 54 13 ile? 2) 12 45 14 lv «5B 12 37 15 18 22 12 28 16 187-5 12 19 17 19 21 12 10 18 19 52 V2 sal 19 20 8924 LES 52, 20 20 «58 li 43 21 4 21 =33 — 11 33 G. A. H. THE GRADUATE STUDENTS’ ASSOCIATION OF JOHNS HOPKINS. THE Johns Hopkins University Circular for November gives the names of graduate students in that university from nearly every State in the Union. Nearly all the Canadian provinces and sey- eral foreign countries are represented. These three hundred stu- dents are here, primarily for hard work, each in his specialty, in one of fourteen departments. Not a few of the students enrolled last year are now studying in European universities, with the expectation of returning to their work here at the beginning of the next year. There must be departmental isolation in every university, but this may become extreme. . The best training for a capable and cultivated manhood can be obtained only as one mingles with his fellows and shares their varied experiences. An organization 10 which could furnish some tie of social solidarity between students while in residence here, and bring the men into easy communica- tion with universitics when abroad, has been Jacking. This want, felt by the graduates and some members of the faculty, led to the formation, May 25, 1891, of the Graduate Students’ Association. Similar associations have been formed in the universities of Kdin- burgh, Paris, and in other European universities. The specific purposes of the association may be gathered from the resolutions passed at the first mass-meeting, from the consti- tution adopted Oct. 17, and from the reports of the various com- mittees. All of these are freely used in the preparation of the present statement. Any graduate student may become a member of the association on signing the constitution and paying a small annual fee. The honorary members consist of the members of the faculty, all past members of the association, and of such distinguished men at home or abroad as may be elected to honorary membership at the yearly meeting of the association. _ The functions of the association are comprised in the divisions: international, national, and local or social. The committee on international relations furnish studeuts going abroad with letters of introduction to similar associations in foreign universities, and receive students with letters from like associations of foreign universities. National functions are carried out by a commit- tee who strive to promote intercourse with colleges and uni- versities in the United States and present the advantages of this university to students who contemplate graduate work. This committee has charge of university extension in Baltimore. The social committee receive new students, acquaint them with uni- versity,methods and give other desired information. They are the medium for co-operation between the faculty and students. They secure any advantages in trade, and adopt such means as may be feasible to promote, sociability among the students. These and other constitutional provisions have been carried out during the present half-year as follows: — A students’ committee, consisting of one from each depart- ment, elected by the graduate students of the several departments, was chosen. The student representatives of the respective departments are: astronomy, Brantz M. Roszel; chemistry, J. E. Gilpin; geology, Francis P. King; biology, R. G. Harrison ; physics, George O. Squier; mathematics, E. P. Manning; English, F. J. Mather; history, J. A. James; German, Albert B. Faust; Greek, John H. T. Main; Latin, Sidney G. Stacey; Sanskrit, William W. Baden; romance languages, Julius Blume; Semitic languages, J. D. Prince; pathology, S. Flexner. This general committee, in pur- suance of powers granted, elected the association officers and ap- pointed sub-committees for the present year. The following officers and sub-committees were elected: hon- orary president, Professor H. B. Adams; president, John H. T. Main ;- vice.president, W. I. Hull; secretary, R. G. Harrison; treasurer, T. S. Baker; committee on international relations, J. E. Blume, David Kinley, and F. J. Mather; committee on na- tional relations, J. A. James, G. W. Smith, and W. H. Kilpat- rick; committee on social relations, R. P. Bigelow, A. B. Faust, S. G. Stacey, U. 8. Grant, and J. Blume. The work accomplished by the committees, although a mere beginning, serves to show that the association has a valuable place in university life. Communication has been entered into with associations of foreign universities. Lectures and courses of lectures have been given by graduate students in the interest of churches and of city associations. Dr. Walter B. Scaife, a former Hopkins student, by the invita- tion of Professor Adams, is to give for the benefit of the associa- tion an illustrated lecture on ‘‘ Florence and the Florentines.” This lecture is to be given in Levering Hall and followed by an assembly in the parlors. This meeting will be the first of a series of social gatherings to take place during the year. Through these means it is believed that departmental! isolation will be overcome ; that men may, through this association, enter into a broader student life, and that the university at large will be convinced of the need for wider social relations than are found in the laboratory or seminary. SCIENCE. [Vor. XIX. No. 465 JOHNS HOPKINS MARINE LABORATORY, THE following report of the 1891 session of the Marine Zoologi-_ cal Laboratory has just been made to the president of the Jchns Hopkins University. { Early in May, 1891, some of the members of our party went to Jamaica, which had been selected as our field of work for the season, while others joined us later on. Our party was as follows: W. K. Brooks, director ; E. A. An- drews, associate in biology; R. P. Bigelow, graduate student in biology ; J. P. Campbell, professor of biology, Athens, Georgia ;- G. W. Field, graduate student in biology ; J. C. Gifford, special student in pathology; R. G. Harrison, H. M. Knower, and M. M. Metcalf, graduate students in biology; T. H. Morgan, Adam T. Bruce fellow; G. C. Price, graduate student in biology; John Stuart, teacher of science, Hope School, Jamaica; Charles Taylor, Kingston, Jamaica; B. W. Barton, lecturer in botany; Basil Sol- lers, teacher, Baltimore. Thetwo last named devoted themselves to botanical exploration and study in the interior of the island, and they did not visit the laboratory at the seashore. After a preliminary exploration of different seaports, we soleoted Port Henderson as our station. This is a seaside resort in King- ston Harbor, opposite Port Royal, and about nine miles by water from Kingston. Here we found two partially furnished houses suitable for a laboratory and lodgings, and we rented and occu- pied them for about fourteen weeks, from May 26 to Sept. 1. The establishment of a party in a new home at a remote point in a strange country is a task which, in the mid-summer climate of the tropics, is most severe and exhausting. Of this, I was en- tirely relieved by Dr. Morgan and Mr. Bigelow, who themselves attended to all the preliminary work with great efficiency, and I take this opportunity to thank them for their willing help, which contributed in no small degree to the success of our expedition. Our summer was devoted, in great part, to the collection and preservation of material for embryological work at home, and, as the members of the party are still employed in preparing and studying it, the results are not yet far enough advanced for re- porting. There are a few noteworthy points of interest, however. Among tkem are the following :— Soon after we settled at Port Henderson, Mr. Field found near ~ our laboratory, in an enclosed lagoon of dense salt water, a very remarkable rhizostomatous medusa belonging to the genus Cassio- pea. No special of this genus, as limited by Haeckel, has hereto- fore been found anywhere in the Atlantic. It is a South Pacific form, and the known species are from this region or from the Indian Ocean and the Red Sea. A species of a closely related genus, Polyclonia frondosa, was found by L. Agassiz oa the coast of Florida, and was referred by him to the genus Cassiopea, al- though it is not a true Cassiopea. Polyclonia frondosa is found in Jamaica also, and we obtained speciu\ens in Port Royal Har- bor. It is also found in the Bahamas, and Professor H. V. Wil- son has given to me the notes and drawings which he made from specimens which he obtained at Green Turtle Kay. The medusa which we found at Port Henderson is not a Poly- clonia, but a true Cassiopea, and the only one as yet found in the Atlantic. As it is very abundant and conspicuous, its escape from the notice of naturalists for such a long time is remarkable, for it is so well known to the negro fishermen of Jamaica that they have a name for it — the Guinea corn blubber. As it is one of the most common and characteristic marine animals of these wa- ters, I have proposed to call it, after the Indian name of the island, Cassiopea Xamacha. While it is able to swim slowly by the pulsations of its bell, itis usually found fixed upon the smooth chalky bottom by the flat sucker-like surface of its exumbrella, and in some places the bottom was so completely covered with them that their circular discs were actually touching each other, while the interspaces were filled in by sinaller specimens. Our knowledge of the life history of the rhizostomatous me- dusze is very incomplete, and is based entirely upon the study of the Mediterranean Colytorhiza tuberculata, a species which be- longs to a more specialized division of the group than Cassiopea, although it was formerly called Cassiopea Borbonica. Many fun- damental points in the development of the rhizostomes, ard, in - January 1, 1892. | | ‘ ES e fact, of the Discomeduse in general, are still in dispute, and at “my suggestion Mr. Bigelow undertook to trace the life history of ‘portant stages. our Cassiopea, a line of research for which the studies which he has pursued for nearly three years under my direction, on the structure of Discomeduse, rendered him well qualified. Hefound the larvz of Cassiopea on marine plants among the adults, and as these lived in captivity and set free peculiar planula-like buds, which also lived and grew in small aquaria in the house, he was able to obtain a fairly complete series of young stages. The most interesting results of his study of the living larvze are the discov- ery of this peculiar method of budding, and the settlement of the question as to the origin and homology of the sense organs of adult Discomeduse, which he has proved to be the modified basal portions of certain tentacles of the attached larvee. This is sup- plementary to, and in amplification of, Mr. Bigelow’s former work on the development of the sense organs in other groups of medusz. While at Port Henderson he watched the larve undergo their metamorphosis, and he made drawings from life of the im- He is now completing his work by the study of seria! sections of the larvee, and of the organs of the adult. This work, which is now well under way, gives promise of results of _actions, very great interest, and I regard it as a very noteworthy piece of work, as it will be, when completed and published with ample illustrations, a permanent and valuable addition to our knowledge of the meduse. As I had hoped to find Chiton with eggs, Mr. Metcalf wert to Jamaica prepared to study its development. We found several species of Chiton in great abundance on the rocks at Port Hender- son, close to our laboratory. Within a few hours after his arrival he obtained the eggs, and soon had a series of larvee, at all stages of development, living in the house insmallaquaria. He devoted the season to the study of the living larve, and to the preservation of material for sections. He is now continuing the work at our laboratory in Baltimore, and he has constructed a series of enlarged models from his sections, to exhibit the process of .segmentation of the egg of Chiton. We found ourselves well placed at Port Henderson for studying the Termites. or so-called white ants, and Mr. Knower. who had at my suggestion prepared himself for this work before leaving Baltimore, spent his summer in observing their habits, and in col- lecting the eggs and larvee, as well as the adults of the different castes. He preserved a fine collection of these specimens, for em- bryological and anatomical work, and he is now engaged in the prosecution of this portion of his research Mr. Field continued at Port Henderson the study of the embry- ology of Echinoderms, upon which he has Feen engaged for two years past, and he added to his collection the eggs and larve of a number of forms of which he previously had no representation. Mr. Morgan spent a great deal of bis time in gathering and studying material bearing on the problem of metamerization in animals, and in this connection he collected the adults and embryos of Chiton, Ophiurans, ete. He also obtained at several places in the interior of the island a number of eggs from a species of tree frog, which has no tadpole stage, but hatches from the egg as a little frog. Some of these were kept in the laboratory in wet moss until they hatched, while others were preserved at successive embryonic stages. He was so fortunate as to obtain a very com- plete series of stages, and inasmuch as its development has never been studied, there is every reason to hope that most valuable results will be obtained by the thorough study of this material. Some ten years ago I found at Beaufort an interesting Crusta- cean, Lucifer, whose metamorphosis is most remarkable and in- structive. I obtained a few eggs, and reared the newly hatched larvee, and traced the metamorphosis with exhaustive minuteness from the time of batching to maturity; and my results, with ample illustrations. were presented to the Royal Society of London by Professor Huxley, and were published in the Philosophical Trans- This work, which was among the first fruits of our ma- rine laboratory, is now embodied in all the standard text-books. I was not able, at Beaufort, to obtain enough eggs of Lucifer to study the embryology, although the few which I did find showed that this part of its life history is fully as important as the meta- morphosis. I have been upon the watch ever since for a chance _ SCIENCE. It to obtain a supply of eggs, in order to supplement my first memoir on the metamorphosis by a second on the embryology; but while J have occasionally found Lucifer with eggs, out at sea, I have had no opportunity to study it, as the preparation of the material pre- sents such difficulties that it cannot be carried on at sea. The adult animals are so small that they are almost invisible, and the eggs, which are microscopic, are so loosely attached and so deli- cate, that they are lost in the act of capturing the adults. I was greatly pleased to find Lucifer in abundance, and by going out in a boat and collecting the adults with great care, and taking them carefully home, I was so fortunate as to find some thirty or forty with eggs, and these I kept in aquaria long enough to obtain a tolerably complete series of stages in the embryonic development. I am now engaged in the study of this material, and I hope to have an account of the embryology of Lucifer completed within a year. My success in obtaining these eggs is an ample return for the ex- pedition to Jamaica. These are some of the subjects upon which we hope to contribute original scientific knowledge, as the result of our summer in Jamaica; but, be ides its value to science, the expedition had very great educational value to all of us. We saw for ourselves an endless variety of most interesting and instructive natural objects, which we had previously known only from books or preserved specimens, and every hour was filled with most delightful experi- ences of the greatest value to naturalists and teachers of natural science. Iam sure that all the members of our party will be glad to join me in expressing our high appreciation of the great advan- tage which we have enjoyed in the opportunity to spend a summer in laboratory work at the seaside in Jamaica. After our return to Baltimore, a series of public lectures, illus- trated by specimens and photographs, was given by members of the party, under the auspices of the Naturalists’ Field Club of the University. The lectures were as follows: The Aspects of Nature in Jamaica, by W. K. Brooks; the Zoology of Jamaica, by E A. Andrews; the Natural History of Termites, by H. M Knower; the Botany of Jamaica, by B. W. Barton; and the People of Jamaica, by Basil Sollers. W. K. Brooks. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THE ‘‘ Browning Cyclopedia,” which has been in preparation by Dr. Edward Berdoe, author of ‘‘ Browning’s Message to His Time,” will be published very shortly by Macmillan & Co. It is probably the most generally useful of all the aids to the study of Browning as yet attempted. —Ignatius Donnelly’s new book will be entitled ‘‘ The Cipher in the Plays and on the Tombstone.” It is to place the truth of the belief in a cipher beyond controversy. — Mrs. Laurence Gomme is engaged upon a book of children’s games, and also upon a volume dealing with the various Jocal feasten and ceremonial cakes, both of which subjects were rather prominent at the recent Folk-Lore Congress. —T. Y. Crowell & Co. have just issued the fifth and concluding volume of Sybel’s work on ‘‘ The Founding of the German Empire by William I.” The volume contains, besides the text, thirty pages of index and ten pages of chronological data. — ‘*Homilies of Science” is the title of a volume, by Dr. Paul Carus, from the Open Court Publishing Company, consisting of a collection of short editorial articles discussing religious, moral, and social questions from the standpoint of what might briefly be characterized as the religion of science. — The office of The Publishers’ Weekly will publish at once a useful hand-book for the bookseller and librarian, entitled ‘* A Bookseller’s Library, and How to Use It,” by A. Growoll, The volume contains annotated lists of the principal American, English, German, and French book-trade catalogues, trade and literary journals, leading library and auction catalogues, catalogues of dealers in second-hand books with mention of their specialties, etc. These lists are accompanied by concise and practical hints as to how they may best be used, and the volume thus forms a de- sirable manual, particularly for the young bookseller. 12 —The Atlantic Monthly for January is a very good number. The article in it that is most likely to attract intelligent readers is that on ‘John Stuart Mill and the London and Westminster Re- view.” Mill was the proprietor of that Review from 1836 to 1840, and had as his assistant in the editorship a young Scotchman named John Robertson; and this article consists in the main of letters that Mill addressed to Robertson during those years. The letters are very interesting, not only as revealing certain aspects of Mill’s character, but also as showing the care with which he strove to keep the Review up to a high standard, and also with what keen intelligence he criticised the articles that were offered for insertion in it. Another article that is sure to attract notice is that on ‘: Boston,” by Ralph Waldo Emerson, in which the author traces the historical connection between the character of the early settlers and the moral and intellectual influence of Boston in American life. He justly says that Boston owes her influence to her re- ligious earnestness and her instinct of freedom, and predicts that, so long as she retains these qualities, her influence will continue. This article was written in 1861, but has never before been pub- lished. Mr. Henry James contributes some reminiscences of James Russell Lowell, and expresses the opinion that Lowell's in- fluence was mainly due to his style, both in writing and in speech, —a remark that is to a certain extent true, though the faults of Mr. James’s own style are such that he is hardly a competent critic. Besides these papers, there are some excellent book-reviews, the beginning of a novel by F. Marion Crawford, and various SCIENCE other articles which we have not space to particularize. The Atlantic’s programme for 1892 is unusually varied and promising; and the magaziue is sure to have interested readers throughout the year. — Garden and Forest for Christmas week contained, as its leading illustration, one of a grove of hemlocks whitened with lately-fallen snow, and in an editorial article the stateliness and grace of this northern evergreen are celebrated. There are pic- tures, too, of a rare orchid in bloom, and cultural directions for growers of fruit and flowers. Mrs. Robbins gives a sketch of Deering’s Woods, Portland, in her New England Park series; Mr. Jack adds some notes on his horticultural tour through Hurope, and M. Demontzey tells how he has tamed the torrents of the French Alps by reclothing their basins with growing forests. —From the D. Van Nostrand Company we have received “How to Become an Engineer,” by George W. Plympton (18°, 50 cents). It is a brief treatise on the theoretical and practical training necessary in fitting for the duties of the civil engineer, giving the opinions of eminent authorities on the subject, and in- dicating the courses of study in engineering usually followed in the technical schools. From the same company has come ‘‘ The Sextant,” by F. R. Brainard (18°, 50 cents), being a treatise on reflecting mathematical instruments, with practical hints, sug- gestions, and ‘‘ wrinkles ” on their errors, adjustments, and use. To the sextant, the form of reflecting instrument most commonly [Vor XIX, Ne aes i ————————————— NEO-DARWINISM AND NEO-LAMARCKISM. By LESTER F. WARD. Annual address of the President of the Biological Society of Washington delivered Jan. 24, 1891. A historical and critical review of modern scientific thought relative to heredity, and especially to the problem of the transmission of acquired characters. The following are the several heads involved in the discussion Status of the Problem, Lamarckism, Darwinism, Acquired Characters, Theories of He- redity, Views of Mr. Galton, Teachings of Professor Weismann, A Critique of Weismann, ;Neo-Darwin- ism, Neo-Lamarckism, the American ‘‘School,” Ap- plication to the Human Race. Inso far as views are expressed they are in the main jn line with the general current of American thought, and opposed to the extreme doctrine of the non-transmissibility of acquired characters. Price, postpaid, 25 cents. N. D. ©. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. HANDBOOK OF METEOROLOGICAL TABLES. By Asst. Pror. H. A. HAZEN. 127 pp. 8°. Professor Waldo says: ‘‘I heartily recom- mend them to all workers in meteorology, and do not see how any of our American meteorologists can afford to be without a copy.” 4 Professor Symons of London says: ‘‘ They are unquestionably valuable helps, which must be kept handy, and replaced when worn out.’’ Price, postpaid, $1. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. DE-RULE Perpetual Calendar. — This s novel application of the slide-rule . principle shows, in an instant without study or cal- t culation, a complete Calendar for any month from he Year 1 tillthe end of Time. Sample, 25 cts. JEROMB-THOMAS CO., 47 LAFAYETTE PLACE, NEW YORK. A BUSINESS MAN’S HAND-BOOK. The report of the Postmaster General, just issued, states that nearly $2,000,000 in checks, drafts and money, reached the dead-letter office during the present year through improper addressing—more than one-half from New York State. Probably double this sum has been lost through delays and accidents resulting from carelessness in mailing and correspondence. To reduce these errors to & minimum, the Government issues THE UNITED STATES OFFICIAL POSTAL GUIDE, in an annual number published in January, and monthly supple- ments, a book of 900 pages, containing three classi- fied lists of the 66,000 post-offices in the Union, to- gether with postal rules and mall regulations. Every merchant, wholesale dealer, manufacturer and professional man having correspondence, will find the Guide indispensable. It is also of great as- sistance in translating illegible writings to lawyers, printers and others. No establishment where ac- curacy and care are observed as rules is complete without it. The price of the GUIDE in paper is $2.00, in cloth, $2.50. Orders in New York State should be sent to HOME AND COUNTRY, 93 Maiden Lane, New York; outside of New York State to GEO. F. LASHER, 1213 Filbert Street, Philadelphia, Pa. Agents wanted. SCIENCE CLUBBING RATES. 10% DISCOUNT. We will allow the above discount to any subscriber to Science who will send us an order for periodicals exceeding $10, counting each at its full price. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. THE AMERICAN GEOLOGIST FOR 1891 AND BIEN'S NEW ATLAS Of THE METROPOLI- TAN DISTRICT, will be given to New Subseribers to the Groxtosist for $25.00 (which is the regular price of the Atlas alone), if ordered through the GEOLOGIST. For other premiums see the GroLocisr for Noy., Dec., and Jan. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING COMPANY, Minneapolis, Minn, THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. Address PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Crawfordsville, Ind. A TEMPORARY BINDER for Sczence is now ready, and will be mailed postpaid on receipt of 75 cents. ~ This binder is strong, durable and elegant, has gilt side-title, and al- lows the opening of the pages per- fectly flat. Any number can be taken out or replaced: without dis- turbing the others, and the papers are not mutilated for subsequent permanent binding. Filed in this binder, Sczezce is always convenient for reference. : Temporary binders of the same description but without side title, to fit any paper or periodical of ordi- nary size, will be mailed postpaid on receipt of price as given below. In ordering, be sure to give the name of paper or periodical and style of binder, 8 to 12 inches long, cloth, $0.50; leather, $0.60. Ar a CG.2 AP ce 60 3 75. Raa 9G “ “c 75 “ 1.00. 17 ‘S19 * “co “ 1.00 ee 1.25. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, ¥. Y. OF WHAT USE IS THAT PLANT? You can find the answer in SMITH’S ‘DICTIONARY OF ECONOMIC PLANTS.” Publish- Sent postaid on receipt of $2.80. er’s price, $3.50. SCIENCE BOOK AGENCY, 874 Broadway, New Work. BABY. An Illustrated Journal for Mothers. PUBLISHED FORTNIGHTLY. $1.00 a year. Send for Sample Copy. Charles Robinson, 907 Broadway, N. Y. THE CATALOGUE OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY For 1891-82 is for sale by F. W. Christern, 254 Fifth Ave., New York; Damrell & Upham, 28 Washington St., Boston ; Charles W. Sever, Cambridge. 490 pp. Price 75 cents; postpaid 85 cents. PHYSICAL MEASUREMENT. By Haroip WaHirTinG, Ph.D., formerly instructor, Harvard University. New Hdition, 8vo, 1,226 pages, $3.75. D. C. HEATA & CO, Putlishers, Boston. ¥ used, most of the little volume is devoted. ‘Fhe volume is mainly a compilation of matter on the subject, wellselected and judicially worked into shape; to which the author has added many ideas and suggestions of bis own and of officers who have been asso- _ Chambers. 7 aa eceial enle ciated with him in the naval service. — The Magazine of American History opens its twenty-seventh volume with the New Year. The leading paper, by Hon. Arthur Harvey, the president of the Canadian Institute, is the first part of ‘‘A Critical and Common-sense View of the Enterprise of Christopher Columbus,” illustrated. ‘‘The Secret Societies of Princeton University,’ by Thomas Hotchkiss, Jun., illustrates the old and new Whig Halls at Princeton. ‘‘ A Short-lived American State,” is a contribution from the Louisiana historian, Henry E. The question, ‘‘ Was America Discovered by the * Chinese?” is discussed by Rev. Dr. Glover. Those who look for the editor's contribution will find it in an account of “ Prince Henry the Navigator,” the first to conceive the bold project of 2 -SCMENCE, 13 Opening a road through the unexplored ocean, who indeed was the originator of the impulse which sent Columbus subsequently to our shores. ‘‘The Scot in America,” by Hon. R. S. Robertson, turns the light upon a most interesting race among the founders of America. ‘‘A Sketch of John Badollett, 1758-1837,” one of Indiana’s strong characters in early times, is by President Bryan of Vincennes University. ‘‘ Letters on Government Making, by Patrick Henry and John Adams, in 1776;” some things about “Collis P. Huntington,” by Hubert Howe Bancroft; ‘‘ Canada from a Buropean Point of View in 1761; ” and other short contri- butions complete the number. — One of the early issues of D. C. Heath & Co. will be ‘“¢ White’s Number Lessons,” graded for second and third year pupils. It bas been selected from the everyday blackboard work used in the Syracuse schools. It deals with numbers progressively from ten up into the thousands, using easy fractions and Arabic numerals throughout. _ spurious. A honic Horstont's Acid Phosphate, A most excellent and agree- able tonic and appetizer. It nourishes and invigorates the tired brain and body, imparts re- newed energy and vitality, and enlivens the functions. Dr. EpHraim Bateman, Cedarville, N. J., says: ‘*T have used it for several years, not only in my practice, but in my own individual case, and consider it under all circumstances one of the best nerve tonics that we possess. For mental exhaustion or overwork it gives renewed strength and vigor to the entire system.’’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘“‘ Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are Never soldin bulk. POPULAR MANUAL OF VISIBLE SPEECH AND VOCAL PHYSIOLOGY. For use in Colleges and Normal Schools. Sent free by post by N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. PRIZE ESSAYS OF THE AMERICAN PUBLIC HEALTH ASSOCIATION. Practical Sanitary and Economic Cooking Adapt- ed to Persons of Moderate and Small Means. By Mrs. Mary Hinman ABEL. 12mo, 182 pp. Cloth, 40 cents. No. 1. Healthy Homes and Foods for the Work- ing-Classes. By Professor C. Vaughan, M.D. Ann Arbor, Mich. 8vo,62pp. Paper, 10 cents. f No. 2. The Sanitary Conditions and Necessities o School-Houses and School-Life. By D. F. Lin- coln, M.D., Boston, Mass. 8vo, 38pp. 5 cents. No. 3. Disinfection and Individual Prophylaxis against Infectious Diseases. By George M. Sternberg, M.D., Major and Surgeon U.S.A. 8vo, 40 pp. Paper, 5 cents. No. 4. The Preventable Causes of Disease, Injury, and Death in American Manufactories and Workshops, and the Best Means and Appliances for Preventing and Avoiding Them. By George H. Ireland, Springfield, Mass. 8vo, 20 pp. Paper, 5 cents. 4 The four essays (Nos. |1, 2, 3, 4) in one volume of nearly two hundred large octavo pages, thoroughly indexed. Cloth, 50 cents. N. D, C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. Price 50 cents Old and Rare Books. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- azines. Mates ow. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N V speech Reading and Articulation Teaching, By A, MELVILLE BELL. Price, 25 Cents. Practical Instructions in the Art of Reading Speech from the Mouth; and in the Art of Teaching Articulation to the Deaf. [This Work—written at the suggestion of Miss Sarah Fuller, Principal of the Horace Mann School for the Deaf, Boston, Mass.—is, so far as known, the first Treatise published on ‘‘Speech Reading.”’] From Principals of Institutions for the Deaf. “‘Admirable in its conciseness, clearness and free- dom from technicality.” W The simplicity and perfection of this little book. ” « Full of exact and helpful observations.” “A very interesting and valuable work.” spew: are clearly given and will be of great utility. “Every articulation teacher should study it.” ‘A model of clearness and simplicity, without having any of the puzzling symbols that trouble the common mind.. . . The exercises given inspeech- reading from the lips are especially interesting, and. oe great importance for the student of phonetics.”* — Modern Language Notes. *.* The above work may be obtained, by order, through any bookseller, or post-free on receipt of price, from - N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. AMERICAN HERO-MYTHS. A Study in the Native Religions of the Western Continent. By D. G. Brinton, M.D. 8°. $1.75. THE GRABLE OF THE SEMITES. By D. G. Brinton, M.D., and Morris JAstrRow, Jr., Ph.D. 8°. 30 cents. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York houses. euch, or $3.00 for the set, arrangements for comfort. ~ DO YOU INTEND TO BUILD? If you intend to build, it will be a mistake not to send for **SENSIBLE LOW-COST HIOUSES,” now arranged in three volumes. In them you will find perspective views, floor plans, descriptions, and estimates of cost for 105 tasteful, mew designs for They also give prices for complete Working Plans, Details, and Specifications, which enable you to build without delays, mistakes or quarrels with your build- er, and which any one can understand. houses, costing between $500 and $1800. Vol. Il. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $1800 to $3000. Vol. III. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $3000 to $9000. Vol. I. contains 35 copyrighted designs of rice, by mail, $1.00 “COLONIAL HOUSES,” a volume showing Perspectives and Floor Plans of houses arranged in the scimitenle aye of the Colonial Architecture, and haying all modern rice, $2.00. “PICTURESQUE HOUSES FOR FOREST AND SHORE??:—This show Perspectives and Floor Plans of new designs for Summer Cottages, which are romantic conyenient, and cheap. Price, $1.00, by mail. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. 14 Zz “SCIENCE: - {Vor XIX. No. 465_ QU ARTERIY - THE INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MICROSCOPY AND NATURAL SCIENCE. -... THE JOURNAL OF THE- ~~ Postal Microscopical Society. Edited by ALFRED ALLEN. $1.75 Per Year. To Science subscribers, $1.00 for one year. ES. 3) CG Teh Bs A Journal of Entomology, published monthly by the Cambridge Entomological Club. $2.00 per year, $5.00 per volume of three years. Volume VI. began in January, 1891. Back volumes for sale at $5.00 each. Vol- ume I. sold only in complete sets. THE WINNIPEG COUNTRY; ROUGHING I WITH AN ECLIPSE PARTY A. RUCHESTER FELLOW. (S. H. SCUDDER.) With thirty-two Illustrations and a Map. 12°. $1.50. “The story is a piquant, good-humored, entertain ing narrative of a canoe voyage. A neater, prettier book is seldom seen.”’—Literary World. “This is a sprightly narrative of personal inci- dent. The book will be a pleasant reminder to many of rough experiences on a frontier which is rapidly receding.” —Boston Transcript. ‘The picture of our desolate North-western terri- tory twenty-five years ago, in contrast with its civilized aspect to-day, and the pleasant features of the writer’s style, constitute the claims of his little book to present attention..’—The Dial. JUST READY. THE LABRADOR COAST. A Journal of two Summer Cruises to that region; with notes on its early discovery, on the Eskimo, on its physical geography, geology and natural history, together with a bibliography of charts, works and articles relating to the civil and natural history of the Labrador Peninsula. By ALPHEUS SPRING PACKARD, M.D., Ph.D, 8°, 513 pp., $3.50. NOW READY. THE RADIOMETER, By DANIEL 8. TROY. This contains a discussion of the reasons for their action and of the phenomena pre- sented in Crookes’ tubes. Price, postpaid, 59 cents, NEW BOOKS. JUST PUBLISHED FOSSIL RESINS. This book is the result of an attempt to tollect the scattered notices of fossil resins, é .of those on amber. The work is of -intéras “also on account of descriptions given of the insétts found embedded in these long- preserved exudations from early vegetation. By CLARENCE LOWN and HENRY BOOTH. LISS St THE AMERICAN RACE: By DANIEL G. BRINTON, M.D. “The book is one of unusual interest and value.”— Inter Ocean. ““Dr. Daniel G. Brinton writes as the acknowledged authority of the subject.”—Philadelphia Press. “The work will be of genuine value to all who wish to know the substance of what has been found out about the indigenous Americans.’’—Nature. ‘““A masterly discussion, and an example of the successful education of the powers of observation.” —Philadelphia Ledger. Price, postpaid, $2. BY THE SAME AUTHOR. RACES AND PEOPLES. “The book is good, thoroughly good, and will long remain the best accessible elementary ethnography in our language.”’—The Christian Union. “We strongly recommend Dr. Brinton’s * Races and Peoples’ to both beginners and scholars. We are not aware of any other recent work on the science of which it treats in the English language.” —Asiatic Quarterly. “His book is an excellent one, and we can heartily recommend it as an introductory manual-of ethnol- ogy.”—The Monist. “A useful and really interesting work, which de- serves to be widely read and studied both in Europe and America.’—Brighton (Eng.) Herald. “This volume is most stimulating. It is written with great clearness, so that anybody can under- stand, and while in some ways, perforce, superficial, grasps very well the complete field of humanity.”— The New York Times. “Dr. Brinton invests his scientific illustrations and measurements with an indescribable charm of nar. ration, so that ‘Races and Peoples,’ ayowedly a rec- ord of discovered facts, is in reality a strong stim- ulant to the imagination.”—Philadelphia Public Ledger. “The work is indispensable to the student who re- quires an intelligent guide to a course of ethno- graphic reading.”"—Philadelphia Times. Price, postpaid, $1.75. THE MODERN MALADY ; or, Suf- ferers from ‘ Nerves.’ An introduction to public consideration, from a non-medical point of view, of a con- dition of ill-health which is increasingly prevalent in all ranks of society. In the first part of this work the author dwells on the errors in our mode of treating Neuras- thenia, consequent on the wide ignorance of the subject which still prevails; in the sec- ond part, attention is drawn to the principal causes of the malady. The allegory forming the Introduction to Part I. gives a brief his- tory of nervous exhaustion and the modes of treatment which have at various times been thought suitable to this most painful and try- ing disease. By CYRIL BENNETT. 12°, 184 pp., $1.50. Fact and Theory Papers I. THE SUPPRESSION OF CON- SUMT oN . By GODFREY W. HAMBLETON, M.D. 2°. 40e. “«The inestimable importance of the subject, the eminence of the author, and the novelty of his work. all combine to render the little treatise worthy of special consideration. . . . We heartily commend Dr. Hambleton’s booklet, and wish there were more such works.”—Kditorial, Boston Daily Advertiser. *- The monograph is interesting in style, scholarly and well worthy of careful consideration. It is de- void of technical expressions, and can be easily read and digested.”— Pharmaceutical Era. Il. THE SOCIETY AND THE “FAD.” By APPLETON MORGAN, Hsq. 12°. 20 cents. ‘““Mr. Morgan founds a sensible and interesting address upon a text furnished by a sentence from a@ young ladies’ magazine ; namely, ‘ Browning-and Ibsen are the only really dramatic authors of their century.’ ”—New York Sun. III. PROTOPLASM AND LIFE. By~ C.F. Cox. 12°. 75 cents. ‘““To be commended to those who are not special- ists.”—Christian Union. ‘** Physicians will eujoy their reading, and find in them much food for thought.”—St. Louis Medical and Surgical Journal. , ‘“« Mr. Cox reviews the history of his subject with knowledge and skill.”—Open Court. “Tt Is of extreme interest.”—Medical Age. ‘“* Worthy of a careful perusal.”—Indiana Medica Journal. ** An Interesting and popular account of the ten- dencies of modern biological thought.”—Popular Science News. ‘©All interested in biological questions will find the book fascinating.” — Pharmaceutical Era. “The author displays a very comprehensive grasp of his subject.”—Public Opinion. ‘Deserves the attention of students of natural sclence.”—Critic. IV. THE CHEROKEES IN PRE-CO- LUMBIAN TIMES. By Cyrus THomas. 12°. $1 Dr. Thomas has already presented to the public some reasons for believing the Cherokees were mound-builders, but additional evidence bearing on the subject has been obtained. A more careful study of the Delaware tradition respecting the Tal- leg vi satisfies him that we have in the Bark Rucord (Walam Olum) itself proof that they were Chero- Kees. He thinks the mounds enable us to trace back their line of migration even beyond their residence in Ohio to the western bank of the Mississippi. The object is therefore threefold: 1. An illust:ation of the reverse method o1 dealing with prehistoric sub- jects; 2. Incidental proof that some of the Indians were mound: builders; 3. A study of a single tribe in the light of the mound testimony. This work will be an important contribution to the literature of the Columbian discovery which will doubtless appear during the coming two years. “A valuable contribution to the question, ‘Who were the mound-builders ? ’ "—New York Times. “Professor Cyrus Thomas undertakes to trace back the evidences of a single Indian tribe into the prehistoric or mound-building age."—N. VY. Sun. ‘An interesting paper.”—Christian Union. V. THE TORNADO. By H. A. Hazen. 12°. $1. ‘ “The little book is extremely interesting.”—Bos- ton Transcript. “A book which will find many readers. The chapter on‘ Tornado Insurance’ is of interest to all property-holders in the tornado States.”— Boston Herald. “**The Tornado’ Is a popular treatise on an impor- tant province cf meteorology, in which science, the author, Professor Hazen of the United States Signal Service, may be regarded as an expert.” —Philadel- phia Ledger. VI. TIME-RELATIONS OF MENTAL PHENOMENA. By JOSEPH JASTROW. 12°. 50c. ‘** All students of psychology will find the book full of interesting facts. Professor Jastrow’s good qual- ities as a thinker and as a writer are too well aud too widely Known to require comment,.’”—Public Opinion. “ A useful work for psychologists—as well as the general reader—by setting forth in brief and easily intelligible form the present state of knowledge in regard to the time required for the performance of mental acts.”—The Critic. VII. HOUSEHOLD HYGIENE. Mary TAYLOR BISSELL. 12°. 75 cents. “ A sensible brochure.”—Brooklyn Eagle. “Practical and sensible.”—Public Opinion. “The advice and excellent information which it contains are tersely and intelligently expressed.” — Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. ** Practical and simply written.”—Springjield Re- pup can , “The best monograph on home hygi v, Lowis AGE peste secmrels By In Preparation. VIII. THE FIRST YEAR OF CHILD- HOOD. By J. MARK BALDWIN. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. RTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. Trento YEAR. - Vou. XIX. No. 466. JANUARY 8, 1892. SinGLE Corres, Ten Cents. $3.50 Per Year, In ADVANCE. CONTENTS. INFANTS MOVEMENTS. J. Mark Baldwin. 15 A Faw CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ARIAN “LOTR ANTIR Gena (Che 2 Bad NO ee ee ne 16 A NEW SABRE-TOOTHED TIGER FROM Kansas. F. W. Cragin........... 17 HNOTHS ANDINEWS...0 0.25.2 6502 ee Sxece ly, THE KiaMatH Nation LINGUISTICS. Horatio Hale. ete lows ACADEMY OF SCIENCES... ...... 2 LETTERS TO THE EDITOR TRAUMATIC HYPNOTISM. Arthur McDonald. 2 WOEDEWAVES: BinNis. oo eso cc. 2 BooK- REVIEWS. THE PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW...... 25 AMONG THE PUBLISHERS.............. 2 JAMES POTT & CO, THE OLD DOCUMENTS AND THE NEW BIBLE. A History of the Old Testament for the People. By J. P. Smyru, A.B., LL.B., etc. THE OLD TEsTAMENT. Old Hebrew Documents. Other Old Documents and their use in Biblical Criticism. The New Bible. A Specimen of Biblical Criticism. Ten illustrations, showing original manuscripts, Moabite Stone, etc., etc. 214 pages, with Index, 12mo, cloth, $1.00. Seventh thousand. ““Much impressed by the range of knowledge it displays, and by the vigor and clearness with which the subject is presented.*—Rey. W. SANDAY, Professor of Exegesis, Exeter College, Oxford. ‘“‘T find the work itself most interesting. Ihave rarely seen the faculty of lucid exposition more conspicuously displayed.”’—Rt. Hon. W. E. Guap- STONE. “T think I may venture to predict a great sale, for it is eminently valuable, and contains a quantity of information which until now has not been pop- ularized.”’—Rey. Dr. Saumon, Provost Trinity Col- lege, Dublin. By the Same Author. HOW WE GOT OUR BIBLE. An Answer to Questions Suggested by the New Revision. 4th Edition. ortieth thousand. Publishers. i2mo, cloth, with six illustrations, 125 pages Price, 50 cents. “Tt has the glow of astory. . . . My interest never flagged from first page to the last.” —BisHoP oF DERRY. ‘“This little volume is indispensable to the Bible- reader who wishes to have in small compass an account of ancient manuscripts and early versions. It supplies a felt need.”—The Christian. RECORDS OF THE PAST. Being English Translations of the Assyrian and Egyptian Monuments. New Series. Under the Editorship of Prof, Sayce, assisted by M. LE PaGE RENouF, Prof. MAsPERO, Mr. BuDGE, Mr. Pincues, Prof. OppeRT aud other distin- guished Egyptian and Assyrian scholars. The New Series of Volumes differs from its pre- decessor in several respects, more especially in the larger amount of Historical, Religious, and Geographical information contained in the Intro- ductions and Notes, as well as in references to points of contact between the Monumental Records and the Old Testament. Translations of Egyptian and Assyrian Texts are given in the same volume. Vols. I.-IV., Now Ready. Vol. V. in the Press. 12mo, cloth. Price, $1.75 per yvol- ume. The Series will consist of Six Volumes. ‘“There is something of interest for the student in every item of the contents of these volumes.” —London Academy. Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class Matter. Supplied by Booksellers or sent on receipt of price, post-free. JAMES POTT & CO, Publishers, 14 & 16 Astor Place, New York. PeveEsoIlTl MENTS. Real Estate in Washington City. The Capital cf the Nation, and the future “Queen City of the World.” A RARE OPPORTUNITY. {VERY citizen of the United States should desire to own real estate in the Capital of this pre-eminently great Republic, knowing that it is destined to be the most beautiful city in the world and the intellectual, social and scientific centre of the coun- try. Its prosperity does not depend upon local advancement but upon the prosperity and growth of the whole country. As the Nation increases in population and wealth so does its Capital. Its present well-known scientific, literary, and social advantages are being strengthened and extended by the establishment of great National Universities. Tt is a growing art, literary and educational centre. Where else can property be held to such manifest advantage as adjoining these superb institutions cf learning, especially one like the new American University? The day is not far distant when to own a piece of property in Washington City will be far beyond the means of the average man. WHY? Because it is a railroad centre and a winter health resort: a city of conventions, and an objective point of all tourists). WESLEY HEIGHTS, a part of Northwest Washington. adjoins the site of the great Amer- ican University, terminus of Massachusetts Ave., extended, and is only two miles from the White House, near Woodley Inn and the Dunblane Club. _cheapest ground offered to-day to the small investor. LOTS $425 TO $700. ‘a One million feet already sold to purchasers in all parts of the country. Good Jots still left. ‘ 4 Tae AMERICAN UNIVERSITY project is sure of a splendid con- ummation. $10,000,000 will be expended in crecting superb buildings. f It is a part of the northwest section, and the - Questions usually asked about Wesley Heights, adjoining the grounds of the great American University. Where is it Located ?--In Northwest Washington, thirty minutes’ drive from the White House, and only 500 yards west of Oak View, ex-President Oleveland’s former country home, and 100 yards west of Grasslands, ex-Secretary Whitney’s former country seat. It is only one-half mile northwest of the U. S. Naval Ob- servatory, costing $2,000,000, and a short distance west of the Na- tional and Zoological Parks where Congress has already authorized $4,000.000 to be spent. At its last session Congress appropriated $10,000 for grading Massachusetts Avenue. extended, from Rock Creek to the American University. This avenue within the City is the most beautiful and fashionable thoroughfare of the Capital. How does the Land Lie ?--It is one of the highest points within the District of Columbia and is very picturesque and roman- tic. The ground slopes gently from its crest toward the City. No vaste ground and no bad lots What is the Size of Lots?—The average size is 25x150 feet, and cost from $375 to $700 per lot: one-fifth cash, balance in 2, 3 and 4 years. All taxes are paid to date of deed. which is fur- nished free of cost. The tax ona single lot will only be a dollar or two. A copy of the Columbia Title Insurance Company’s Cer- tificate given free to every purchaser. We have sold to bankers, brokers, editors, lawyers. army officers, ministers, school teachers, yovernment employes, and prominent business men. How About Improvements ?--Streets are being graded to their full width, ninety feet. Parking fifteen feet wide in front of all lots given to purchasers free of charge. Every purchaser, therefore, gets a garden spot 15x25 feet for nothing Buyers of corner lots get parking 15x150 feet. No restriction in deed as to building line. The parking provision renders such unnecessary. Five beautiful, magnificent cottages are being erected on the Heights. The construction of a $25,000 residence is also well under way. Improvements are steadily progressing every clear day. JNO. F. WAGGAMAN, Cor. 14th and G Streets, N. W., Washington, D. e: Refers by permission to Mr. Henry F. Tayor, 47 Lafaye!t2 Placc, New York, as to desirability of Wesley Heights 2s an investment or place of residence 6 The mington has set the copy for writing machines for 15 years. It is to-day the Standard and expects in the future, as it has in the past, to lead all others in ‘adding improvements . to what will always be the true model of a Typewriter. Wyckoff, Seamans & Benedict, 327 Broadway, New York. QUERY. Can any reader of Sczence cite a case of lightning stroke in which the dissipation of a small conductor (one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter, say, ) has failed to protect between two horizon- tal planes passing through its upper and lower ends respective- ly? Plenty of cases have been found which show that when the conductor is dissipated the build- ing is not injured to the extent explained (for many of these see volumes of Philosophical Trans- actions at the time when light- ning was attracting the attention of the Royal Society), but not an exception is yet known, al- though this query has been pub- lished far and wide among elec- tricians. First inserted June 19. to date. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. Re No response SCIENCE. (Vou. XIX. No. 406 PUBLICATIONS. A BUSINESS MAN’S HAND-BOOK, The report of the Postmaster General, just issued, states that nearly $2,000,000 in checks, drafts and money, reached the dead-letter office during the present year through improper addressing—more than one-half from New York State. Probably double this sum has been lost through delays and accidents resulting from carelessness in mailing and correspondence. To reduce these errors to a minimum, the Government issues THE UNITED STATES OFFICIAL POSTAL GUIDE, in an annual number published in January, and monthly supple- ments, a book of 900 pages, containing three classi- fied lists of the 66,000 post-offices in the Union. to- gether wilh postal rules and mail regulations. Every merchant, wholesale dealer, manufacturer and professional man baying correspondence, will find the Guide indispensable. It is also of great as- sistance in translating illegible writings to lawyers, printers and others. No establishment where ac- curacy and care are observed as rules is complete without it. The price of the GUIDE in paper is $2.00, in cloth, $2.50. Orders in New York State should be sent to HOME AND COUNTRY, 93 Maiden Lane, New York; outside of New York State to GEO. F. LASHER, 1213 Filbert Street, Philadelphia, Pa. Agents wanted. THE AMERICAN GEOLOGIST FOR 1891 AND BIEN'S NEW ATLAS OF THE METROPOLI- TAN DISTRICT, =. will be given to New Subscribers to the GroLocist for $25.00 (which is the regular price of the Atlas alone), if ordered through the GEOLOGIST. For other premiums see the GroLocist for Noy., Dec., and Jan. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING COMPANY, Minneapolis, Winn. AMERICAN HERO-MYTHS. A Study im the Native Religions of the Western Continent. By D. G. Brinton, M.D. 8°. $1.75. THE GRADLE OF THE SEMITES. By D. G. Brinton, M.D., and Morris JAstTRow, JR., Ph.D. 8°. 30 cents. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. Aaaress PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Crawfordsville, Ind. BABY. An Illustrated Journal for Mothers. PUBLISHED FORTNIGHTLY. $1.00 a year. Send for Sample Copy. Charles Robinson, 907 Broadway, N. Y. AMERICAN WOODS A book on Woods, containing actual and authentic specimens. 5 PREPARATIONS OF WOODS FOR MICROSCOPE AnD STERE- OPTICON, and WOODEN CARDS, for invita- tions, calling cards, etc. Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH, Lowville, N. Y. PROPRIETARY. The casting out of the devil of disease was once a sign of authority. Now we take a little more time about it and cast out devils by thousands—we do it by knowledge. Is not a man who is taken possession of by the germ of consumption possessed of a devil ? A little book on CAREFUL LIvinG and Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil will tell you how to exorcise him if it can be done, ? Free. Scorr & Bownz, Chemists, 132 South 5th Avenue, New York. _Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oi!—all druggists everywhere do. $1, 32 PUBLICATIONS. “Ttis not only the ‘Busy Dian’s Magazine,’ but is especially adapted to the *Busy Women?—such as most of us are.” {Iirs.) LUCY A. OSBAND. Michigan State Normal School. “if PLEASES EVERYBODY. Miss Frances Willard.— The bright est outlook window in Christendom for busy }pcople who want to see whatis going on in the world.” { {| Wrovidence Telegram.-‘A great boon| fto the busy, the lazy and the economical.” Ehe Congregation alist.-This monthly has no peer in originality of design, scope and accuracy of vision, thoroughness in execution and ability to transform its readers into citizens of the world.”} ,0’clock at night, and yet has kept well informed | of current world events. He readsthis Magazine, It gives him a running commentary on important events, besides a digest of the best articles in | contemporary magazines.” | Price 25c. $2.50 a Year. GENTS WANTED. CLUB RATES ON APPLICATION. | senaten cents THE REVIEW OF REVIEWS, ‘for Sample Copy. 18 Astor Place, New York, Minerals, 5 x Z Stuffed Animals Rock, Ward's Natural Science Establishment ,....:03"°""™ casts ot routs, Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. | s'ancomieat “aed eological Relietaps,| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N.Y. Itnverteprates NEW YORK, JANUARY 8, 1892. INFANTS’ MOVEMENTS. In an earlier article,’ I had occasion to speak of certain ‘phenomena of the infant's muscular development — the phe- nomena which illustrate the principle of suggestion. A brief survey of certain general characters of these early move- ments may now be made. From the outset, movement is the infant’s natural response to all influences. And, more than this, Bain and Preyer seem to have made out their case, that from the outset there “are movements which are spontaneous, due to unsolicited discharge of the motor centres. At any rate, no observation made after birth can decide the question one way or the other. It remains for the embryologists to continue their work, and this is where Preyer’s results get their principal value. In regard to movements more properly reflex and respon- sive, I may record a few detached observations on my child. Carefully planned experiments with her, made in the ninth month, showed the native, walking reflex — alternative movement of the legs — very strongly marked. I held her by the body, having made the legs quite free, in a position which allowed the bare feet to rest lightly upon a smooth table. The reflex seemed to come somewhat suddenly, for up to the middle of the eighth month I could not discover more than a single alternation; and this I had determined not to take as evidence, since it could well arise by chance. But, in the ninth month, I observed as many as three and four well regulated alternations in succession. At first most _ of these movements were the reverse of the natural walking movenients, being oftenest such as would carry the child backward. This, however, passed away. I have the follow- ing note on June 13, 1890 (the child being one day short of nine months old): ‘* Walking movements, 3 to 4 alterna- tions, backwards oftenest, but tending rapidly to forward movements; later, 2 experiments, each showing 3 to 4 alter- nations forwards very plainly;” and on June 19: ‘* Fine activity in walking — good alternations, but more backwards than forwards — clearly reflex, from stimulus to the soles.” It is easy to see that this backward alternation might be due _ to some accident of stimulation or discharge when the reflex _ was first called out; a tendency which early efforts at creep- ing would soon correct. Yet in H.’s case, it was so marked _ that for a period she preferred to creep backward. A few observations were made also upon bilateral reflexes. A gentle touch with finger or feather on the cheek, or beside the nose, or upon the ear, when H. was sleeping quietly upon her back, called out always the hand on the same side. After two or three such irritations, her sleep became troubled and _ she turned upon the bed, or used both hands to rub the place stimulated. Tickling of the sole of the foot also, besides 1 Science, xyil., 1891, p. 113. causing a reaction in the same foot, tended to bring about a movement of the hand on the same side. These observa- tions, not a large number, were made in the sixth, seventh, and eighth months. A reference has already been made to the late rise of real phenomena of imitation. In support of the assertion, that imitation is rather late in its rise, the following experiences may be reported. As a necessary caution, the rule was made that no single performance should be considered real imitation unless it could be brought out again under similar circumstances. Itis probable that cases of imitation recorded as happening as early as the third month are merely coinci- dences. For example, I recorded an apparent imitation by H., of closing the hand, on May. 22 (beginning of the ninth month), but on the following day I wrote, “experiment not confirmed with repeated trials running through four succeed- ing days.” H.’s first clear imitation was (May 24) in knock- ing a bunch of keys against a vase, as she saw me do it, in order to produce the bell likesound. This she repeated again and again, and imitated it a second time a week later when, from lapse of time, she had forgotten how to use the keys herself. But on the same day (May 24), other efforts to bring out imitation failed signally, i.e., more or less articu- late sounds, movements of the lips (Preyer’s experiments), and opening and closing of the hands. Ten days later, how- ever, she imitated closing tie hand on three different occa- sions. And yet a week afterward, she imitated movements of the lips and certain sounds, as pa, ma, ete.’ From this time forward the phenomenon seemed extended to a very wide range of activities, and began to assume the immense importance which it always comes to have in the life of the young child. It may be noted that H.’s first clear imitation plainly involved a complex voluntary muscular performance; and as far as a single instance is of value, it shows that the will may get control of certain muscular combinations before they are called out to a great extent involuntarily. In this respect, also, my observations confirm Hgger’s,* In order to test the growth of voluntary control over the muscles of the hand and fingers, I determined to observe the phenomena of H.’s attempts at drawing and writing, for which sheshowed great fondness as soon as imitation was well fixed. Selecting a few objects well differentiated in outline —auimals which she had already learned to recognize and name after a fashion —I drew them one by one on paper and let her imitate the ‘‘copy.” The results I have in a se- ries of ‘‘ drawings” of hers, extending from the 7th of last April (the last week of her nineteenth month) to the present (middle of the twenty-seventh month). The results show that, with this child, up to the beginning of the twenty- seventh month there was no connection appareut between a mental picture in consciousness and the movements made by “6 1 Egger notices this late development of yocal imitation, ** L’Intelligence et Langage chez les Enfants,” p. 18. 2 Loc. cit., p. 18-20. Yet I cannot hold with Egger that imitation always in- volves ‘‘ intelligence.” 16 tue hand and fingers in attempting to draw it. The “‘ draw- ing” was simply the vaguest and most general imitation of the teacher’s movements, not the tracing of a mental picture. And the attempt was no better when a ‘‘ copy’ was made by myself on the paper—a rough outline drawing of a man, etc. There was no semblance of conformity between the child’s drawing and the copy. Farther, while she could identify the copy and name the animal, she could not identify her own effort, except so far as she remembered what object she set out to make. os But in the next week (early in the twenty-seventh month) a change came. I drew a rough human figure, naming the parts in succession as they were made: she suddenly seemed to catch the idea of tracing each part, and she now for the first time began to make figures with vertical and horizontal proportion; i.e., she followed the order she saw me take: head (circle), body (ellipse) below, legs (two straight lines) further below, hands (two lines) at the sides of the body. Tt is all done in the crudest fashion, but that is due to the lack of muscular co-ordination. With the simplification of the figure by breaking it up into parts came also the idea of tracery imitation, and its imperfect execution. As yet, however, it is limited to two or three copies — ob- jects which she sees me make. That it is not now simply imitation of my movements is evident from the fact that she does not imitate my movements: she looks intently upon the figure which I make, not at my movements, and then strives fo imitate the figure with movements of her own very differ- ent from mine. But she has not generalized the idea away from particular figures, for she can not trace at all an alto- gether new figure in right lines. Further, she traces these particular figures just as well without written copies before ther: here, therefore, is the rise of the tracery imitation of her own mental picture —a fact of great theoretical interest. This illustrates again the point so strangely overlooked by writers on the rise of volition that the earliest voluntary acts are not voluntary movements. The thing pictured and willed here is not a movement, it is a figure — man, bird, dog. This figure suggests (stimulates) its motor associates. It is only later that the muscular moyement becomes con- scious end. i In the nature of the movements which the child has made in this series of drawings there is a marked change and de- velopment. There is growth from angular straight lines to curves, from movements one way exclusively to reverse movements, and an increasing tendency to complex intricate figures, which last probably results from greatly increased ease, variety, and rapidity of movement. At first she made “only sweeping ‘‘arm-movements,” then began to flex the wrist somewhat, and now, with no teaching, she manipu- lates the pencil with her fingers considerably. This seems to give support to the opinion of professional writing-teach- ers that the ‘‘arm-moyement”’ is most natural and effective for purposes of penmanship. Further, all her curves are made by movements from left to right going upward and from right to left downward. This is the method of our usual writing as contrasted with ‘‘backhand.” She also prefers lateral to vertical move- ments on the paper. Her most frequent and easy ‘‘ draw- ing” consists of a series of rapid right-and-left strokes almost parallel to one another. J. Mark BaLpDwIn. SCIENCE. aoe ae Sagey wai Gis A FEW CHARACTERISTICS OF THE AVIAN BRAIN.* WHEN we compare the brain of a crow or a titmouse with the brain of a snake or a turtle, it is no longer a marvel that birds bear towards their reptilian cousins the relation of in- tellectual giants to intellectual dwarfs. The cranium of reptiles is small, while the bra‘n-cavity of birds is large. and, what is more pertinent, the whole of that cavity is filled with a compact brain mass. Not only that, but the cerebrum, the seat of the intellectual faculties, constitutes the major portion of that mass. The cerebrum is composed of two lateral halves or hemis- pheres, which are so situated that they form a vompact heart- shaped mass. The apex of this heart is directed towards the bill of the bird, while the notch is directed towards the tail. These hemispheres are unconvoluted, but the borders of some of the superficial lobes approach almost to the dignity of con- volutions. Furthermore, a microscopic study of the brain reveals the fact that occasionally there occuts a blind conyo- lution; i.e., an internal projection of gray matter without a concomitant surface convolution. Sih A microscopic study of the bird brain does not reveal a cere- bral cortex similar to that of the human cerebrum. Here the cerebral cortex is represented by a thin hull containing sey- eral loosely aggregated cell-clusters. These cell clusters are constant and are homologous to corresponding clusters in the lizard brain. Next in size to the cerebrum comes the cerebellum. Not only is it transversely convoluted, not only is it a cover for the medulla, but it is also partly wedged into the notch between the two halves of thecerebrum. This high develop- ment of the cerebellum of birds, coupled with the correspond- ing high development of the cerebellum of fishes, is a strong argument in favor of the hypothesis that the cerebellum functions as a co-ordinating centre for muscular movements. Neurologically considered, birds are pre-eminently seeing animals, and all parts that appertain to vision are bighly developed. The optic nerve is the largest cranial nerve, and the optic lobes are completely differentiated bodies. Even the third, fourth, and sixth cranial nerves, although quite [Vor. XIX. No. 466 : small, are relatively larger than the corresponding neryes of — the mammalian brain. - An extraordinary development of one set of organs is never accomplished but at the expense of some otherset. In this case the organs of the sense of smell have been the mar- tyrs. Although in the lower avian types the olfactory lobes are paired and conspicuous, yet in the highest types of birds they have been reduced to a small unpaired body which is partly imbedded in the base of the cerebrum. These two facts lend support to the view that birds of prey find their food more by aid of the sense of sight than by aid of the sense of smell. The birds of prey are far from the lower end of the scale, and in all cases examined the olfac- tory lobes have been relatively smaller than the correspond- ing lobes of chickens, geese, turkeys, etc. I have not yet examined a buzzard’s brain; but, judging by the figures of A. Bumm,’ they have small, inconspicuous olfactory lobes. From the above statements, we see that economy of space is evidenced in all parts of the avian brain. Indeed ‘‘ pro gressive compactness” has played so important a part in the evolution of birds that there is a vast difference between the 1 This is but a brief abstract of a portion of my paper upon the ‘t Morphol- ogy of the Avian Brain,’’ Journal of Comparative Neurology, vol. I., pp. 39-9?, 107-184, 265-286, pl V.-VII[., XIV.-XVI., XVIII. 2 Das Groshirn der Vogel, Zeitschrift f. Wiss. Zoologle, Bu. xxxviii., 1883. January 8, 1892. ] ~ lowest avian brains, with their large projecting olfactory lobes and uncovered optic lobes, and the highest avian brains, with _ their small, inconspicuous olfactory lobes and covered optic lobes. The difference between these two extremes is almost as great as that between the brain of a lizard and the brain _ of the lowest type of birds. Yet there is no impassable gulf between these two extremes. All the intervening stages are supplied by the brains of the various avian groups. In re- viewing this remarkable sequence, we are almost forced to believe that this tendency towards a progressive compactness of the brain existed long before the first bird was evolved. __ If this be true, then this tendency towards a progressive com- pactness of the brain, combined with a tendency to develop all parts appertaining to vision and to atrophy all parts ap- _ pertaining to smell, will account for all the major differences between the avian and the reptilian brain. _ Furthermore, within this class of animals, this “ progres- sive compactness” of the brain is a factor of taxonomic im- _ portance. So far at least as major groups are concerned, a - elassification based upon it alone is, for the most part, in _ harmony with those classifications that are based upon other 4 structural elements of birds. | Histologically considered, the bird brain is composed of _ nerve fibres, nerve cells, and neuroglia. Excepting the for- ‘nix and hippocampal commissures, all the principal com- _ missures of the mammalian brain, corpus callosum included, are found in the avian brain. Poverty of space causes the - omission, in this abstract, of the various other tracts of the _ bird brain. - Although in the bird brain the nerve cells present a great diversity of forms, yet they may all be grouped in the fol- lowing classes: ganglionic cells, Deiter’s corpuscles, fusiform or flask cells, pyramidal cells, and multipolar cells. The ganglionic cells are large bi-polar cells, which are never found outside of the root ganglia. Hach extremity of the cell is prolonged into a nerve fibre. One fibre passes into the brain, the other into a nerve. In addition to the ordinary cell wall, each of these ganglionic cells is surrounded by a special - nuclei-bearing sheath. Deiter’s corpuscles are small cells, which are supplied with so small an amount of protoplasm that ordinary preparation reveals nothing but their nuclei. ‘These minute cells are universally distributed. In the cere- bellum, however, they are densely aggregated in a single lamina; while in the optic lobes they are densely aggregated in several concentric laminz. are encountered throughout the brain; but in any single nidulus some type always predominates, often to the exclu- sion of the other two. The flask cells resemble a flask in shape, and when Stained each cell presents a faintly stained - nucleus, within which is a densely stained nucleolus. Such cells are supposed to function es sensory cells. The pyra- midal cells are sub-pyramidal in outline. These cells stain densely, when each one presents a densely stained nucleus, _ within which is a densely stained nucleolus. Such cells are _ probably motor in function. The multipolar cells resemble distorted, many-branched, pyramidal cells. Such cells proba- bly act as switch stations for nervous energy. C. H. TURNER. University of Cincinnati, Dec. 31, 189!. A NEW SABRE-TOOTHED TIGER FROM THE LOUP 4 FORK TERTIARY OF KANSAS. In a collection of Loup Fork Tertiary fossils obtained by the writer from northern Kansas, is a right upper canine of Macherodus, apparently different from that of any of the __ known species of that genus. E F ~ The remaining three types — SCIENCE. 17 The remains of several feline animals have been described from the Loup Fork, one of them (Felis maxima, Scott)’ being the largest of all known Felide; but none referred to the genus Macherodus has been announced. It may, however, yet appear that the #. maxima itself, which Pro- fessor Scott has but provisionally referred to the genus Felis, is a machzrodont. The Loup Fork canine includes the entire root and neck and the basal portion of thecrown. As nearly as it is possible to judge, it represents an animal about as large as the puma, but it must be borne in mind that the size of an animal cannot be very positively and closely estimated from a part so: highly specialized and so subject to variation in the ratio of its size to that of the body as is the canine in this genus. In any event, the tooth indicates an animal smaller than any of the known American Pleistocene species, unless it be MW. gracilis, Cope, and considerably larger than the European Miocene M. palmidens, de Blainville. As compared with the larger American species of Mache- rodus (M. necator, ete.), M. gracilis is characterized by the more compressed form of the basal portion of the upper canine; and this compression is said to be a marked feature. In the Loup Fork species, on the contrary, that tooth has greater relative thickness than in M. necator, the thickness of the tooth, at base of crown, being related to its breadth as 1 to 1.65, while the corresponding ratio in M. necator (taken from Cope’s illustrations) is 1 to 2.2. In M. neogeus the ratio, derived from the measurements given by Burmeister, is 1 to 2.33. The Loup Fork species may be known as Macherodus crassidens. The cauine of M. crassidens presents a gentle curvature and has its posterior cutting edge compressed and denticu- lated. Whether the anterior border was of similar character is uncertain. The form of a point-like downward prolonga- tion of the surface of fracture on the anterior border of the crown may have been determined, when the tooth was broken, by the presence of a compressed border, but, if so, the con- tour of the preserved part of the crown does not indicate it. It is, at least, certain that a denticulate carina did not extend so far from the apex on the anterior as on the posterior bor- der. DIMENSIONS. : Inches Breadth of crown of canine at base..............2 2 ee eee eee ence ee 1.14 WMG AEE OI EET 5-55 sooussoboosovosoade) acnonoocascosooeeed = Bong ve dit) Breadth of crown 1.5 inches above base (about)........- Thickness of crown at Same (about)........-.-...-...-.- Length of root of canine (to origin of denticulated keel) < Length of canine, as restored (approximate)...............-. --. 0.40 Should new material prove that only the posterior margin of the canine is denticulated, the species would, in this re- spect, resemble the Macherodus nestianus of the upper Pliocene of Italy. F. W. CraGiy. Colorado Springs, Co!. NOTES AND NEWS. THE Pennsylvania State Board of Health, at the instance of the Governor of Pennsylvania, has issued an invitation to the other State and the more important city boards of health, and to the American Public Health Association, to join in a conference with the officers of the World's Columbian Exposition at the city of Chicago, with the view to making an exhibit of the objects, methods, and results of the work of sanitary officials in this country. — Mr. Charles 8. Peirce has tendered his resignation as Assist- ant in the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, to take effect Dec. 31. Mr. Peirce was first attached to the Survery about thirty 18 years ago. During the greater part of the time he has had charge of its operations relating to the determination of the force of gravity. Some of the results of his investigations have beén pub- lished as appendices to the Annual Reports and have embodied” contributions of great importance to science. It is understood that Mr. Peirce will continue to furnish the Survey from time to time special discussions of topics related to the subject to which he has devoted so many years. —The routes, both northern and southern, now formally adopted by the principal transatlantic steamship companies are shown on this month’s Pilot Chart issued by the United States Hydrographic Office. The northern routes remain in force until the middle of January, but steamers that take their departures from Sandy Hook Light-vessel, Boston Outer Light, Fastnet, or Bishop’s Rock, on or after the 15th, follow the southern routes, which then remain in force till the middle of July next. As stated iast month, on the chart, five steamship companies (the Cunard, White Star, Inman, Guion, and National) have adopted these routes to and from the Fastnet, and the following compa- nies have now come into the agreement (taking the great circle between Rishop’s Rock and the Banks): North German Lloyd, Hamburg-American, Companie Générale Transatlantique, and Red Star. Jt will be remembered that the Pilot Chart recom- mended that the Channel steamers adopt the same routes (west of the 20th meridian) as the Queenstown steamers, but these com- panies have decided to follow the great circle direct to the Grand Banks. The objection to this course is that the region within which eastward and westward bound vessels are liable to en- counter one another is broader than in case the point of junction is shifted farther east, say to the 20th meridian, while the dis- tance saved is comparatively slight (only six miles for the north- ern aud nine miles for the southern routes). Possibly at some future time a compromise will be made by which the junction will be fixed at some point that may be mutually agreed upon (say about.the 15th meridian in latitude 51° north). Until such an arrangement is made by the companies interested, the routes already adopted and actually in force will be shown on this Chart. — A correspondent of the London Spectator, writes os follows: I have studied the habits of the scorpion for many years, and have often noticed how very sensitive scorpions are to the most delicate sound, musical or otherwise. Under the thorax the scorpion has two comb-like appendages, which are the antennz (pectinate). It is pretty well settled by physiologists and entomologists that in insects the antennze represent the organs of hearing. These deli- cate structures are easily affected by the vibrations of sound, and there can be no doubt whatever that they are also affected by sounds quite inaudible to the human ear. Theslightest vibration of the atmosphere, from any cause whatever, at once puts in motion the delicate structures which compose the antenne, to which organs insects owe the power of protecting themselves against danger, as well as the means of recognizing the approach of one another. Spiders have wonderful eyesight, but 1am quite sure that the scorpion’s vision, notwithstanding his six eyes, is far from being acute. It is very difficult to catch a spider witha pair of forceps, but a scorpion can be easily captured, if no noise is made. Spiders see their prey before they are caught in the web; but the scorpion makes no movement whatever to seize flies or cockroaches until they indicate their whereabouts by move- ments. This being the case, it can readily be understood how easily the scorpion may be roused into motion by the vibrations of music, as described in the article alluded to. If a tuning-fork be sounded on the table on which I keep my caged scorpion, he at once becomes agitated, and strikes out viciously with his sting. On touching him with the vibrating tuning-fork, he stings it, and then coils himself up, as scorpions do when hedged in. In Jamaica, the negroes believe that scorpions know their name; so they never call out, ‘See, a scorpion,” when they meet with one on the ground or wall, for fear of his escaping. They thus indirectly recognize the scorpion’s delicate appreciation of sound; but if you wish to stop a scorpion in his flight, blow air on him from the mouth, and heat once coils himself up. I have repeatedly done this; but with a spider it has a contrary effect. Music SCIENCE. charms a snake into silence, as the experiments at the Zoo and elsewhere prove; but the agitated contortions and writhings of the scorpions when roused by the sound of the violin only prove that they are roused by the vibrations of sound caused by music, and this would happen if they were disturbed by the discordant sounds of a penny trumpet or any other unmusical instrument. — At the recent French Surgical Congress MM. Henocque and — Bazy reported the results of a series of examinations of the blood with the spectroscope made on persons who were compelled -to undergo surgical operations. According to these investigations the demonstration of the quantity of haemoglobin in the blood affords the surgeon some valuable information in cases where it is necessary to decide whether the patient’s health is sufficiently good to permit of the performance of an operation which may not be urgently required. In ovariotomies and laparotomies un- dertaken for the removal of tumors it is of advantage to deter- mine the degree of anzemia and tle condition of nutrition by this method, so that the operator may be able to select the most favor- able time for operation. The authors also made, according to the International Journal of Surgery, some exceedingly interesting experiments with the view of studying the effects of chloroform aneethesia upon the quantity of oxy-hemoglobin in the blood and upon tissue metamorphosis. These investigations were carried on before, during, and after the performance of surgical opera- tions. It was demonstrated in eight cases of major operations that chloroform actually tends to augment the quantity of hzemo- globin in the blood, unless a condition of asphyxia is produced, and that this quantity may remain stationary despite severe losses of blood. One of the constant effects of chloroform anzesthesia, however, is to retard the reduction of oxy-hemoglobin; that is to say, it decreases tissue metamorphosis. These phenomena there- fore illustrate that chloroform does not exert a toxic influence on the blood, although it has a marked effect in retarding the vital chemical processes in the body. In cases of sudden death at the commencement of chloroform anesthesia a complete arrest of tissue metamorphosis takes place, and to this, in the authors’ opinions, should be attributed the extraordinary severity of this form of syncope. They also believe that these facts demonstrate the advantage of determining before operation whether an indi- vidual tendency to retarded tissue metamorphosis be present. In striking contrast to the results obtained by MM. Bazy and Hen- ocque, however, Dr. Mikulicz found that the prolonged adminis- tration of chloroform produced a decrease of haemoglobin even in operations unattended with loss of blood. This fact simply illustrates the wide discrepancy in the results obtained by different investigators of the same subject. —In a bulletin just published by the Entomological Division of the Cornell University Experiment Station, Professors J. H. Com- stock and M. V. Singerland report upon a series of experiments, continued for three years, the object of which was to discover a practical method of preventing the ravages of wireworms. Some of the results of these experiments are summarized as follows: Grains of corn were coated with a flour paste containing Paris green and planted. The only apparent result was to retard the sprouting of the seeds, the wireworms apparently thriving upon the poisoned paste. The rose bug is another insect which it is practically impossible to kill with Paris green. Coating the seed corn with tar or soaking in salt brine, copperas solution, kerosene oil, or turpentine interfered with germination much more than it did with the appetite of the wireworm. Soaking in strong solu- tion of strychnine failed to render the corn either distasteful or destructive to the worms. Starvation was found to be as inef- fectual as feeding on poison, as the soil was kept entirely bare of vegetation for an entire season without reducing the number of worms. Buckwheat, Chinese mustard and rape have been rec- ommended as crops upon which wireworms will not feed, but in these experiments the worms lived and thrived as well upon the roots of these plants as they did upon those of timothy and clover. Kerosene oil, crude petroleum and bisulphide of carbon were ap- plied to the soil as insecticides, the kerosene and petroleum being also used in the form of emulsions. They killed the wireworms when applied in sufficient quantity to destroy all vegetation also. [Vor. XIX. No 466 — 8, 1892. | Their use was found impracticable on account of the cost. Many farmers believe that salt either kills wireworms or drives them _ deeper into the soil beyond the roots of crops, and a series of care- d fully planned experiments were made to test this theory. The results showed that in order to destroy wireworms salt must be used at the rate of about eight tons to the acre, or over one per cent of the soil to a depth of four inches must be salt. Half a "ton of salt to the acre was found sufficient to prevent one-half the _ wheat from germinating, and four tons per acre, applied in July, _ killed all the grass in a few days. In soil salted at the rate of 1,000 pounds per acre the worms were found, after some months, _ as numerous and as near the surface as in unsalted soil. Kainit, a German potash salt now used extensively as a feltilizer, has been supposed to be useful in exterminating wireworms, and the | syndicate which is pushing the sale of Kainit in this country _make great claims on this score ; but in the Cornell experiments four to nine tons of Kainit per acre produced but little if any _ effect upon the wireworms in the soil. Other potash salts gave no - better results. Lime, applied at the rate of 200 bushels per acre, had no effect upon the wireworms. Chloride of lime, used at the ae of nearly six tons per acre (costing about one hundred dol- lars per ton), was found to be quite effective. Gas lime, applied | fresh and at the rate of twenty to forty tons per acre, proved par- _ tially effective. Trapping by baits produced the only results that “gave any encouragement, but these baits caught, not the wire-- worms, but its parent, the click-beetle. The most satisfactory trap was a wad of fresh clover, dipped in Paris green water and placed under a board. These experiments were made in cages in ‘such manner that the conditions could be absolutely controlled and the results accurately determined. Their negative results may be of great value to farmers by preventing the waste of time and money in trying useless methods of prevention. The only hope of a practicable remedy the investigators hold out to the farmers is that by fall plowing the worms may be disturbed at a Critical period of their existence, when disturbance means death. They recommend plowing as soon as possible after wheat harvest, pulverizing immediately and thoroughly with the barrow, and seeding with wheat or rye in September, followed by not more than one or two crops of grass or clover, this to be plowed under in the summer as before. It will take several years of this method of short rotations to exterminate the worms, as they live for three years in the worm stage, and can only be injured by plowing at a certain period, but farmers who practise this method have little or no trouble from wireworms. — At the recent annual meeting of the American Folk-Lore So- ciety, in Washington, D. C., Rev. J. Owen Dorsey read a paper, entitled, ‘‘ Nanibozhu in Siouan Mythology.” At the previous annual meeting of the Society (in New York), a paper was read by Professor A. F. Chamberlain of Clark University, on ‘‘ Nani- -bozhu among the Otchipwe, Mississagas, and other. Algonkian Tribes.” (Journal American Folk-Lore, for July-September, 1891, pp. 193-213). Mr. Dorsey’s paper was designed to show the ‘points of agreement and difference (so far as Nanibozhu is con- cerned) in the mythologies of the two linguistic stocks of fami- lies, the Algonkian and the Siouan. In the preparation of Mr. Dorsey’s paper, the author consulted the myths of the Omahas, Ponkas, Kansas or Kaws, Osages, Iowas and Otos, all of which were collected by himself for the Bureau of Ethnology, and the Dakota myths of the late missionary, 8. R. Riggs, and those in the Bushotter collection, these last consisting of two hundred and fifty-seven texts written by an Indian in the Teton dialect of the Dakota language. In Algonkian mythology, Nanibozhu, Mana- bush, or the Great Hare (sometimes called the Manito of winter), is a single character, easily identifiable. ButinSiouan mythology we find several characters, each one of whom resembles the Algon- kian Nanibozhu in one or more respects. The principal characters thus known to the Omahas and Ponkas are the following : 1. The Rabbit, the great friend of the Indian race (answering to the Badger in Dakota mythology). 2. I shti-ni-ke, the enemy of the Rabbit, the great Deceiver, a malevolent being. His Dakota counterpart, I-kto or I kto-mi in Teton, and Un-kto mi in Santee Dakota, is often a clown, a ‘‘jolly good fellow” deceived by the Rabbit, malevolent on some occasions. The Omanas call I-shti- ‘ SCIENCE. ae ni-ke the ‘‘ Black Man,” and they and the Ponkas now apply his name to any species of ape or monkey. The Dakotas give the name of Ikto or Unktomi to the spider. 3. Ha-ghi-ge, a very cunning person, who wounds two water gods in order to avenge the death of his little brother, meets I-shti-ni-ke, when the latter is disguised as He-ga, the Buzzard, learns his secret power, and then kills him; kills the water gods whom he had wounded; is chased by the other deities, but escapes by becoming a large rock; restores his brother to life for aseason; and has other adventures, The other characters who resemble Nanibozhu are as follows: In Dakota myths, the Badger figures instead of the Rabbit, and the Blood-Clots Boy takes the place of the Rabbit’s son, the orphan and Wears-a-plume-in-his-hair. In the myths of the Omahas it is the orphan who kills I-shti-ni-ke, but the Ponkas refer that act to the Rabbit’s son. Wears a-plume in-his-hair was the conqueror of the ‘“‘ Bad Men,” magicians, three of whom he killed; he sought the survivor, but did not recognize him in his disguise as a beau- tiful woman. The woman induced the hero to rest his head in her lap, and while he slept she changed him into a mangy dog, and took the hero’s shape. In the course of time, the hero was restored to his own shape. He changed the bad man into a dog, and then killed him. The Omaha and Ponka myths referred to in this paper are given in full in their respective originals (with free and interlinear translations) in ‘‘ Contributions to N. A. Ethnology,” Vol. 6, which has just been published. The paper on Nanibozhu will probably appear in a future number of the Journal of Ameri- can Folk-Lore. — In a recent number of The Illustrated American is an illus- trated article on the Museum of Natural History at South Ken- sington, which was first thrown open to the public on Easter Monday, 1881. Some years ago the British Museum had become so overstocked in certain departments that it was deemed neces- sary to erect another structure, to contain. all objects connected with natural history, and Parliament voted three hundred and ninety-five thousand pounds (nearly two million dollars) for the purpose. Alfred Waterhouse was the architect chosen to carry out the work. The architecture may be termed Decorated Nor- man, and in some respects it is unique. The whole edifice is eased with terra cotta, and the doorways and windows are orna- mented with columns designed from objects of natural history— two features that have provoked much criticism. It has been charged, says The Illustrated American, that the tint of the terra cotta is not suitable for making the various articlesin the museum stand out in relief; that it was a mistake to bring in close proxim- ity the real objects of natural history and the conventional repre- sentation of them adopted by architects; and that the crowding together on the same column or moulding representations on one scale, of microscopic and gigantic organisms, inhabitants of sea and land, was unwarrantable in a building designed for educa- tional purposes. Complaint has also been made that the great hall is semi-ecclesiastical in style. The south front of the building is six hundred and seventy-five feet long. There are three stories, in addition to the basement. The central hall is one hun- dred and fifty feet long, ninety-five feet wide and sixty feet high- Along its two sides are twelve arched recesses. The floor is in. laid with mosaics of Italian marble. At the north end of the hall is a wide handsome staircase, which branches off, right and left, to the open corridors or side aisles on either hand upon the first floor. Where the stairs branch a superb marble statue of Darwin ~ has been placed. ‘he lofty ceiling is admirably decorated, and is very effective. Along its central line there is a double row of panels, in groups of six, following the curve of the vault. On these are representations, in relief, of many species of trees, shrubs and flowering plants. Each tree decorating the central part of the ceiling occupies six panels. The height of the build- ing makes this bold treatment absolutely necessary. But over the staircase and landing leading to the second floor the ceiling is less distant from the eye; therefore a tree is represented ineach panel, and many fine details have been carefully worked out, details that were purposely omitted in the central part, as they would have been lost in the distance. One unpleasing effect of the loftiness of the arched roof is that it dwarfs the cases placed around the room, 20 SCIENCE: A WEERLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY No DG. HH OLDIG ESS), 874 BRoaApDWay, NEw York. SUBSCRIPTIONS.—United States and Canada... .:..,.,.....- $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe...............-. 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- eated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any yiew or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants” column. All are invited to use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go directtothem. The . “Exchange” column is likewise open. : For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F. Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. THE KLAMATH NATION.* IJ.— LINGUISTICS. WHEN, early in the present century, the American lan- guages, or rather a certain number of them, and particularly those of the Algonkian, Troquoian, Mexican, Peruvian, and Araucanian families, became the subjects of scientific study, the first emotions which this study excited were those of surprise and pleasure. The elaborate forms, the many in- genious methods of word-composition, and the singular capacity for expression thence derived, filled the first in- quirers with admiration. This admiration, expressed with the enthusiasm of discoverers, naturally awakened scepticism and adverse criticism. The criticism, originating mainly in prejudice and the pride of race, and based on that partial knowledge which is sometimes more misleading than igno- rance, was for the most part unfounded and unjust. The eritics objected that the American languages, being those of barbarous tribes, must necessarily be inferior to the idioms of highly civilized races, like the Aryan and Semitic nations; but they forgot that the early Aryans and Semites were themselves barbarians, and yet their languages, as we know from many facts, were as well constructed and as expressive in their era of barbarism as in that of their highest culture. The objectors also informed us that the reason why the words of the American languages were of such elaborate formation and often excessive length, was simply because the speakers, being barbarians, had not attained the analyzing power required to reduce the vocables to their component parts; but further in- vestigations have shown ‘that many American languages, including the Dakota, the Maya, and the Othomi tongues, are in some respects even more analytic than the Aryan, and their words generally briefer. We were further told that the American idioms had not the substantive verb, which, we were assured, was the highest expression of Aryan and Semitic analysis and abstraction. But later researches have found this verb in the Athapascan, the Sahaptin, the Kla- math, and various other Indian tongues, as fully developed as in the Sanscrit or the Greek. Then we were assured that 1 The first article —on the *‘ Klamath Country and People” — appeared in the last number of Science. The third and concluding article — on ‘*‘ Klamath Mythology and General Ethnology ” — will appear in the next issue. SCIENCE. American languages had few or no expressions for abstract ideas. We now find that some of them abound in such ex- pressions, and have peculiar forms especially designed to indicate them. The objectors derided certain Indian lan- guages, like the Iroquoian and the Algonkian, in which the terms of kindred must always have a possessive pronoun at- tached to them. How poor. they argued, must be the speech — of a people who cannot say simply ‘‘ father” and ‘‘son,” but must always employ the composite forms, ‘‘my father,” “his son,” and the like. We now know that languages of this type are not universal, and that in idioms spoken by tribes lower in culture than the Algonkians and the Iroquois, the possessive pronouns are independent words, and are neyer attached to the nouns. Finally, these critics, all of Aryan or Semitic origin, proudly assure us that the noble races to — which they belong are the only peoples whose languages are really inflected. All other idioms belong to a lower type, the “‘agglutinative.” Their so-called inflections are simply bits of significant words, affixed to the roots, and still retaining indications of their origin. Duponceau, the first and greatest of American philologists, has long ago shown, by the evi- dence of the Delaware grammar, the error of this assumption; and we now have to see how completely this and most of the other objections of the worshippers of the Aryo-Semitic fetish are disproved by the results of Mr. Gatschei’s careful and thorough studies. Pure inflection, properly speaking, — that is, inflection of non-agglutinative origin,— is a change made in the substan- tial or radical part of a word to indicate a difference of mean- ing, as when the Hebrew changes the ground form of lamar, to learn (or ‘“‘he Jearned”), to Zemor, to express the impera- tive mood, or as when the Ojibway, to form the participle, changes nimi, he dances, to namid, dancing. In the primitive Aryan languages the most important change of this descrip- tion is the reduplicative form, which in the Sanserit, Greek, and Gothic, and occasionally in the Latin and other tongues, is used to give a preterite signification. Tais form of in flec- tion occurs, with varying purport, in many American and Oceanic languages. Most generally it indicates plurality, asin the Mexican and Sahaptin idioms; but frequently it expresses (as in the Japanese and the Dakota) iteration, distribu- tion, or other allied meanings. In the Klamath it assumes a wide development, pervading the whole language, and modifying almost all the parts of speech, from nouns and verbs even to many of the particles. Its principal functions, according to Mr. Gatschet, are iterative and distributive. But the various modifications of meaning produced by re- doubling the first syllable or the first two syllables of a word, with many euphonic changes, give nice distinctions, which enrich the language to a remarkable extent. Thus from lama, to be dizzy, we have lemléma, to reel or stagger; from palah or pelah, quickly, pelpéla, to work, to busy oneself at; from twéka, to pierce, tuektwéka, to stare at, i.e., to pierce with the eyes; from wita, to blow (as the wind’, witwita, to shake or struggle; from mukash, fine feathers or down of birds, mukmukli, downy, soft. “The verb lutatka, to interpret, makes its frequentative mood by an abridged reduplication, lultatka, to interpret frequently, and hence we haye the noun lultatkuish, a professional interpreter. So from shiukish, one who fights, a derivative of the verb shiuka, to fight, we have, by a twofold reduplication, shish- okish, a warrior, and shish’shokish, a hero, one who has foughtin many battles; and, in like manner, from tamnwish, one who is travelling (a derivative from témenw, to travel), we have tatamnuish, one who travels habitually, a stroller [Vor. XIX. No. 466 : | aii hte at Bil Qa ee ee Bs JANUARY 8, 1892. . Ee : or tramp; from latcha, to build, we have, in the frequenta- tive or usitative form, laltshish, an architect; from tedsha, to wash, tetddshish, laundress. Almost endless examples might be given, showing the wealth of varied expressions _ which the language derives from this form of inflection. Of the more ordiaary class of inflections, derivational and - grammatical, produced, like most of those in the Aryan tongues, by the agzlutinative process, the Klamath bas a vast number. Mr. Gatschet gives a list of formative affixes, filling more than a hundred quarto pages, and rivalling in extent and variety the list comprised in the second volume of Brugmann’s ‘‘ Comparative Grammar of the Indo Ger- manic Languages.” The prefixes exceed fifty, and the suffixes two hundred. These affixes have sometimes internal euphonic _ inflections. The prefix hash, or hesh, for example, which _ forms causative, reciprocal, and reflective verbs, varies its ' yowel in a certain correspondence or euphonic correlation . (though not always agreement) with the varying vowel of its radical. From pan, to eat, we have hdshpa, to feed or cause to eat; from udmpeli, to recover, heshudmpeli, to re- store to health; from pnua, to drink, hushpanua, to give to drink. A isa common suifix, which forms verbs from nouns, adjectives, and particles; ka is a ‘‘factitive ” suffix, forming causative and transitive verbs; ank is the suffix which forms the present participle, like the Latin ans and ens, and the English ing. An exampie will show the fine shades of meaning in the derivatives formed by these suffixes. Hewa or shewa, to suppose. believe, think, coalesces with the re- flexive prefix hush to form a new verb husha, to remember. The factitive affix ka, added to husha, produces hushka, to think about a thing, to study. The active participle of hushka is hushkank, thinking, studying. Adding to this the yverb-forming particle a, we obtain the derivative verb hushkanka, to be reflecting or considering, to be in a certain mood or state of mind about anything. These word-forming particles yield an enormous addition to the Klamath vocab- ulary. ; The declensions of nouns aud adjectives resemble those of the Aryan languages, but are move extensive and more logi- cally exact. There are fourteen cases, comprising, besides those of the Sanscrit, Greek, and Latin, several locative cases, ‘and a temporal case. The latter ends in em or am, and signifies ‘‘ during” or ‘‘at the time of;” as from skd, spring, we have skoémi. during springtime; from kish, sunset, - kishémi or (contracted) kissim, at sunset. The accusative (or objective) case of “inanimate” nouns— corresponding to the Latin neuter — has (as in Latin) the same form as the nomi- ‘ native; but that of animate nouns ends in ash, or some- - ~ times simply in si or a. Thus laki, chief or head-man, has in the accusative lakiash ; muni, great, has muydnash. The adjective agrees with its noun in case and number, though with some variations in the forms; thus from muni laki, great chief, we have in the genitive (or possessive) case muydnam lakiam, of the great chief; in the accusative, muydnash (or munish) lakiash ; in the instrumental case, muyadntka lakitka, by means of the great chief; in the direc- tive case, muydn’sh (or munish) lakiashtala, toward the great chief, ete. The distributive form, which answers for the plural, has, in the nominative, mzmeni laldki, each great chief ; in the accusative, mumidn’sh (or nuimenish) laldkiash; in the possessive, mumidnam laldkiam, of each great chief; and so on, through the various cases. Space fails for describing the conjugations of the verb, except to mention the two participles, so curiously resem- ling the Aryan forms, namely, the present (or indefinite), _ SCIENCE. eee a ending usually in ank or an, anid the preterite, ending in tko or tk; as from koka, to bite, kokank or kokan, biting, and kokatko, bitten. The substantive verb gi or ki (pronounced ghee or kee) has for its present participle gian or giank, being, and for its preterite gitko, been. As an auxiliary verb it is used, in its various inflections, with the past parti- ciple of other verbs to form the passive voice, as in kokatko gt, to be bitten; kokadtko giuapk, will be bitten; kokdtko git. may be bitten; kokdtko giuga, in order to be bitten. This substantive verb has a s.gnification as abstract as the same verb in any Aryan or Semitic language, with often a wider compass of meaning. answering to both ser and estar in Spanish. ; The pronouns, personal and possessive, are never com- bined with either the noun or the verb. What some gram- marians have styled the transitions, and others the composite or objective conjugations, are therefore unknown to the Klamath, which in this respect is as analytic as the English or German, and far more analytic than either Greek or Hebrew. Mr. Gatschet, after describing the great variety of structure in the American languages, varying from the extremely synthetic to the markedly analytic, observes that the Kla- math ‘‘ occupies 4 middle position” between these extremes, “but that, nevertheless, it shows very plainly all the charac- teristics of agglutinative tongues.” He should have added — as his own minute and careful descriptions clearly show — “but not more plainly than these characteristics are dis- played by the Sanserit or the Greek.” Liberal and philo- sophical as he is, he has not yet succeeded in entirely eman- cipating his mind from the influences of the Aryo-Semitie superstition, which is now in comparative philology what the geocentric superstition, before the time of Copernicus, was in astronomy. But he proceeds, in terms as accurate as they are elegant and forcible: ‘‘These and other characteristics impart to the language of the Maklaks a well-defined type, and approach it to the tongues of modern Europe, in which analysis has not preponderated over synthesis. An attentive study of the numerous texts obtained from the Indians [of _which, it should be added, Mr. Gatschet’s work furnishes an ample and most interesting collection] paired with constant comparison of Klamath structure with the structure of many foreign and American languages, could alone furnish a solid basis for establishing the grammatical rules of this upland tongue. The rhythmic, stately, and energetic tenor of its periods, especially those of the larger mythologic pieces, will please every student who has eyer lent his attentive ear to the well-poised periods of Roman historians, and will even evoke comparison with them, not as to their contents, but as to the plan of the well-constructed sentences which appear in these narratives.” Horatio Hate. Clinton, Ontario, Canada. TOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. As announced, the sixth annual session of the Lowa Acad- emy of Sciences was held in DesMoines, on the 29th and 30th of December. Interest and enthusiasm were manifested throughout the session. Heretofore the annual meetings have been held in September, an unfortunate time for most of the scientific workers of the State. The following pro- gramme was carried out. Professor C. C. Nutting, the president, delivered an ad- dress on ‘‘ Systematic Zoology in Colleges.” He urged the importance of systematic zoology in colleges. He thought 22 it unfortunate that the German craze for morphology should ocenpy so much attention in colleges to the exclusion of very important systematic work. He would not, however, belittle the work of the morphologist, since the whole structure of the systematic zoologist rests largely on ihe results of his labors. One reason why systematic work has failed to com- mand the attention that it deserves on the part of the college student is a wide misapprehension as to its real nature and scope. A majority of students are wont to regard systematic zcology as particularly to be shunned on account of what they consider its most essential character —an endless suc- cession of fearful names, a veritable nightmare of polysylla- bie horrors, the dead languages resurrected for the special discomfort of the unfortunate student. Systematic zoology is much more than a collection of names. Classifications are but the skeletons which his studies and investigations should clothe with living facts, so that finally the dry bones will be almost forgotten as he contemplates the beauty and symmetry of the well rounded vital structure. Professor F. M. Witter read two papers on ** Arrow Points from the Loess” and ‘‘The Gas Wells near Letts, Iowa.” The hills on which the city of Muscatine stands are covered with a very fine deposit of loess, which in some places must be nearly fifty feet thick. This loess abounds in land shells, the bones of at least two American reindeer, a. considerable part of the antler of the elk or common deer. The ancient loess lake is nearly 150 feet above the present high-water of the Mississippi. In this loess deposit has been found an arrow point and a spear point. In it also occur fragments of the tooth of an elephant. Professor Calvin, in discussing this paper, remarked that arrow points had been found in the loess at Council Bluffs some yearsago. He also referred to a skull found in Iowa that resembled the famous Neander- thal skull. That man was undoubtedly contemporaneous with the elephant shortly after the great ice age. In speaking of the gas wells of Letts, Iowa, which have been flowing since December, 1890, Professor Witter thought it due to the decomposition of organic matter in the lower part of the drift material. Professors Call and Calvin both remarked that the flow of gas would not be permanent; it was wholly unlike the gas of Obio and Indiana. Chemical examination has shown that this gas is closely related to marsh gas. ; Professor Haworth read papers on ‘‘ Melanite from Mis- souri,” and ‘‘ Prismatic Sandstone from Madison County, Missouri” (read with consent of the state geolcgist). He also presented a paper on ‘‘Limonite Pseudo-morphous after Calcite.” Professor J. E. Todd read a paper on ‘‘Striation of Rocks by River Ice.” Specimens were exhibited showing striz. These were observed at St. Louis, Cape Giradeau, Mo., and Sioux Falls, So. Dakota, also at several points along the Mis- sourt. He also presented, by title, a paper on ‘‘ Further Notes on the Great Central Plains of the Mississippi.” Professor Calvin gave an account, showing specimens, of the distinctions between Acervularia davidsonii and A. pro- funda. The species are quite distinct, not only does this difference appear in the external characters, but when they are polished. Both species occur in Iowa, sometimes in the same geological formation. Professor Call spoke of ‘‘The Present Status of Artesian Well Investigation in Iowa.” This work has been done in connection with the Iowa State Weather and Crop Service. The artesian wells are very numerous and extensive. Many of the so-called artesian wells are not artesian wells in the SCIENCE. sense that Professor Call uses the term. As an instance, he cited the wells at Dunlap and Council Bluffs, which are not artesian, since water does not flow under hydrostatic pressure. Professor Todd took issue with him on this point. The wells at those places are on high elevated portions of the country. If they had been bored on lower ground, a short distance away, they would produce flowing water. [VoLt. XIX. No. 466 Mr. Charles R. Keyes presented three geological papers as ~ follows: ‘‘ Geological Structure and Relations of the Coal Bearing Strata of Central Iowa,” ‘‘ Brick and Other Clays of DesMoines,” and ‘‘ Aluminium in Iowa.” The clay used at Hampton, Iowa, where a large stock company has recently been organized, is said to be the richest in the country, yielding eight ounces per bushel, or three ounces more than is produced in any known deposit of the neighboring States. Aluminium is soon to take the place of iron to a large extent in the arts, and the value of the early development of the industry cannot be overestimated. and other clays of DesMoines, he said that perhaps no prov- ince in the Union is better supplied with raw material of unexcelled quality for the manufacture of those objects com- monly made from clay than our own State. The only chemical papers were those presented by Pro- fessor G. E. Patrick. One was on ‘“‘Sugar Beets in Iowa.” Something over 500 samples from more than half the counties of the State have been analyzed. ‘The results are highly gratifying. Though the sugar content on an average is less than in Nebraska, the yield is considerably more. More sugar can be grown on an acre in Iowa than in Ne- braska. It was also shown that beets on the station farm, although under the best of culture, contained less sugar than those of Muscatine, which is owing to soil conditions. Cer- tain portions of this State are apparently well adapted to the growing of beets for sugar production, and he mentioned the fact that of the 500 samples of beets recently analyzed at the Experiment Station, sent in from all parts of the State, the best have come —and in large numbers— from the regions about Davenport and Muscatine. He added, how- ever, that ‘‘there may be other parts of the State just as well adapted to the beet-sugar industry as the localities here named.” Professor Patrick’s other paper was on the sub- ject, ‘‘ Can Fat be Fed into Milk, i.e., Can the Composition of Milk be Modified by Variations in the Kind of Food ?” As opposed to the writings of several other scientists who deny food influence upon the composition of milk, he cited a number of Huropean and American experiments,— one of which was recently performed at the experiment station at -Ames,— which seem to prove conclusively that the kind of food fed to cows does have a material influence upon the percentage of butter-fat in the milk. Professor §. E. Meek presented a paper ‘‘On the Fish Fauna of Arkansas and Iowa Compared.” The river basins of eastern Iowa contain many more species than the river basins of the western part of the State. About 120 species occur in the State. Arkansas, which has not been thor- oughly explored, contains 150; the darters being more numer- ous in Arkansas than in Lowa. Professor R KE. Call exhibited a specimen of ‘‘ An Abnor- mal Hyoid Bone in the Human Subject.” Professor H. L. Bruner, in a paper on ‘‘An Aboriginal Rock Mortar,” referred to relics found on the east slope of the Franklin Mountains, about eleven miles north of El Paso, Texas, and near the mouth of the ‘‘ Hous Cafion.” Professor Tilton found near Indianola, Iowa, a three-legged snow-bird, which was exhibited. In domestic animals this In speaking of the brick ° | January 8, 189 2a wd is not an uncommon occurence, though it is rather rare in wild animals Four entomological papers were read. Professor Herbert Osborn presented. two, on ‘‘The Orthopterous Fauna of Towa” and ‘‘ Notes on Certain Iowa Diptera.” Sixty-seven species were enumerated. The notes were based on speci- mens found almost entirely in the central part of the State. The Orthoptera are among the most important.of the injuri- _ ous insects of this State, almost all the species being de- * F 3 structive, and scarcely one that can be considered as of any benefit. A Texas species, Arphia conspersa, was reported | “from Ames; Periplaneta orientalis, apparently confined to larger cities; and Platamodes pennsylvanica, very common in doors and out. Professor Osborn and H. A. Gossard pre- sented some ‘‘ Notes on the Life History of Agallia sanguino- ~ lenta.” This leaf-hopper, though a clover pest, also feeds _ on beets, rutabagas, cabbages, and blue-grass. It is active even in midwinter, on sunshiny days. The first brood of laryee appear between early May and July 1. The earliest individuals of the brood are nearly. matured by the first of July. Larve can be found, in all stages, from this time until the advent of winter. Most of the individuals are be- ~ lieved to be included in two broods. » roof. - need investigation. Professor C. P. Gillette, in a paper on ‘‘ How the Female of Caceecia semiferana Protects Her Hgg-Clusters,” stated that one of the most novel methods is that employed by the box-elder leaf-roller. The egg patches are covered over with a gluey material, and this is nearly always completely cov- ered with a dense mass of scales placed like shingles on a These scales closely resemble those found on the under side of the abdomen. Professor T. H. McBride gave a talk on ‘‘Slime Moulds of Towa.” ‘These organisms are especially interesting not only because of the beauty of the structures themselves but also on account of their relationships to other living things. Are slime moulds plants or animals? Theslime moulds of Iowa Our flora (regarding them as plants) is comparatively rich in this direction. The proper reference of fruit to plasmodium is as yet little known in many species. _ Slime moulds exhibit periodicity in their appearance,—some- times fail in a given locality for years, and then abundantly reappear. Botanical papers were presented by Professor L. H. Pamm2l. One was on “Bacteria of Milk.” A large num- ber of cultures were exhibited. In the ‘‘ Report of Commit- tee on State Flora” several interesting species new to the State were mentioned. Muscatine seems to be especially favored with some southern plants, like Rhexia Virginica, Carya oliveformis, and C. suleata. Weeds like Solanum rostratum, S. carolinense, Cuicus arvensis, etc., are spread- ing. A third paper was presented on the subject of ‘‘ Phaeno- logical Notes.” One of the interesting questions in connec- tion with our flora is the relation that climate has to our wild plants, the time of leafing, flowering, and fall of leaves, as well as the effects of frost on plants. In 1886, the soft maple (Acer saccharinum) was in flower on Mar. 22; in 1891, Apr. 11. Ulmus Americana, in 1886, in flower, Apr. 12; in 1891, Apr. 18. The succession of flowers in herbaceous plants in 1886 and 1891 was: Hepatica acutiloba, Apr. 9 (4886), Apr. 12 (1891); Capsella Bursa-pastoris, Apr. 15 (1886), Apr. 24 (1891); Mertensia Virginica, Apr. 20 (1886), Apr. 28 (1891). Frost and its effects on some plants were noted: Portulaca oleracea, early in September, tips frost- bitten; Oct. 7, more or less destroyed; Oct. 9, plants black in -an open field; Panicuin sanguinale, injured seriously on SCIENCE. 23 Oct. 8; Borrago officinalis, Oct. 22, a few leaves affected; Oct. 23, many leaves killed; Scabiosa atropurpurea, Oct. 7, no injury; Oct. 23, no injury; Noy. 11, no injury; Nov. 21, some injury to leaves. In a paper on ‘‘ Experiments in the Prevention of Corn Smut,” made at the Iowa Experiment Station, it was shown that by treating seed corn with am- moniacal carbonate of copper and copper sulphate no bene- ficial results were obtained. In plot No. 1, treated, there were 6 smutted plants against 8 in check; in plot 11., 6 smutted plants against 7 in check; in plot mt., 42 smutted plants against 38 in check; in plot vit , 38 smutted plants against 32 in check. These experiments should not be considered as showing conclusively that smut does not enter the delicate tissues of corn by way of the seed. Incidentally he referred to some experiments now carried on at the college farm, in which ammoniaca] carbonate of copper, Bordeaux mixture, and other substances were mixed with soil, in which, after- ward, corn was planted. Ammoniacal carbonate of copper in the soil retards the germination of corn. The following papers also appeared on the programme: Miss Minnie Howe, ‘‘Some Experiments for the Purpose of Determining the Active Principles of Bread Making;” Dr. N. B. Niles, ‘‘The Action of Disinfectants on Nutrient Media; ” Professor J. S. Tilton, ‘* Erosion by Middle River for November, 1891.” A committee of five was appointed to ask the legislature to print the Proceedings in connection with the Annual Re- port of the Iowa Weather and Crop Service. Mr. J. R. Sage, Professors Nutting, Haworth, Davis, and Pammel con- stitute the committee. The officers of the Academy for 1892 are: C. OC. Nutting, president, Iowa City; L. H. Pammel, first vice-president, Ames; E. Haworth, second vice-president, Oskaloosa; Herbert Osborn, secretary and treasurer, Ames; executive council, the officers and J. H. Todd, Tabor; F. M. Nitter, Muscatine; and R. EH. Call, DesMoines. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. «*« Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. is in all cases required as proof of good faith. On request in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will he furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the characte of the journal. The writer's name Traumatic Hypnotism. HYPNosIS is a psychical state in which an individual is more than usually susceptible to suggestions. As is well known, the degrees of sugzestibility are many. Making the distinction be- tween physiological and pathological hypnotism, the traumatic hypnotism would, of course, fall under the latter head. Wehave been led to employ the term ‘‘ traumatic,” from an investigation of the following case. The case is all the more interesting, since the patient is a physician. Patient says: ‘‘I was in a village cart coming up the street; the horse was spirited; a man tried to stop him from running away. The last thing I remember is calling to him to get out of the way. The following (of which I was unconscious) has been told me by others: the cart struck another wagon and threw me into the air, and I came down in a heap, as if one were going to dive into the water, striking on my back and side, having the lines wound around my hands. I was pulled forward and up by the horse starting, and dragged about twenty feet, when the lines slipped off of my hands. I did not say anything at this moment; they picked me up for dead and carried me into a drug store. I then began to talk with them, looking deathly pale. They asked me if I was hurt, I answered, ‘ No, not at all, Lam all right.’ I would moan every now and then during the conversation. Quite a number of my friends came in, and I called one by name. Then I took off my bonnet and walked back where ! could wash my 24 face and hands; I moaned all the time I was doing this; they all thought I knew what I was doing. I walked out towards the hack, but told them I preferred to wait till the crowd got out of the way. On the way home my daughter got into the hack, and I told her not to worry, that I was all right. I walked from the hack into the house. The doctor asked me to sit down, but I said I did not dare to, for I should lose control of myself. I asked to have a pin taken out of my dress. They gave me some whiskey. Then I suggested if it would not be a good idea to take a hot bath. My daughter asked me where the arnica was, and I told her in the office on second shelf, which was correct. Then they gave me the hot bath, and while the servant was pour- ing some water on my head I came to myself for the first time since calling to the man to get out of the way, but only for a few seconds, hearing ouly voices and feeling something strike my head, giving pain. I was then taken out of the bath and put into bed; I told then how to unfold the bed; then the doctor put a saturated cloth on the wounded part of my head; I told them to get towels and put them on the pillow to prevent soiling it. Then I began to be very delirious [patient now passes from hypnotic into a delirious state], and talked incessantly about a railroad ac- cident; my husband is constantly on the road and I have worried sometimes about it. I repeated the same things over, saying the railroad switch was wrong, ete. This delirium lasted about an hour. The surgeon arrived, and on putting his finger between the scalp and skull I felt a flash of lightning and saw it. [I said ‘T cannot stand this pain,’ and then I became conscious for the first time of the injury on the back of my head. I was in agony, I could feel distinctly a grating when his finger was put under the scalp, and on pressure in one spot there was a bubbling sensation, that seemed to shoot right over the brain. During this time I was conscious, but did not see anything. It is three weeks since the accident occurred, and I have had headache continually, being a re-echo of the old pain. When I try to read, the right eye sees double; my head feels double ; the wounded side feels thick; I have had very unpleasant dreams since.” According to the description of the surgeon, the wound was on the right parietal protuberance over the third descending convolu- tion; it was a contusion. Inquiries of those who saw the accident and subsequent events confirm the statement of the patient. When picked up her eyes were closed; then water was poured on her head, and she opened her eyes; she could not quite remember her husband's name; then she said she felt better and went and washed her face, etc., as already described. It is interesting to note the states of consciousness: first, un- consciousness at time of accident; then, water being poured on her head, patient passes into the hypnotic state; this lasts nearly an hour, during which she so conducts herself that her friends do not suspect but that she is herself. During this hypnotic state suggestibility may be said to have been normal, since she re- sponded to every one naturally. Her normal self seemed to con- trol her hypnotic self fully; this Jatter self was the only one during the hour which was conscious. ARTHUR MACDONALD. Georgetown Medical School, Washington, D.C. Cold Waves. Tn the December number of the American Meteorological Jour- nal Dr. A. Woeikof has presented a paper on cold waves, in which he attacks with some force views which have been expressed by Professor Russel. The belief that a cold wave is due to the pas- sage of a mass of cold air, which has a vert cal diminution in temperature of 1° in 180 feet, at twenty or more miles per hour, over the earth’s surface heated sometimes 30° or 40° above the air in contact with it, for a distance of 2,000 miles, without accretion or reinforcement, is certainly unique. It is certain that Dr. Woeikof will not recognize this as his view. He willsay thatthe cold will be added to by radiation from the sod or soil, all the more intense because of the clear, dry air of the cold wave. When we think, however, that, as the cold wave advancesat great volocity, the earth’s surface is frequently 40° warmer than the SCIENCE. air immediately in contact with it, it is difficult to see how the earth’s surface can do aught except warm up the air. It seems an inevitable conclusion that a mass of cold air, passing in any direction over the earth, which is itself heated many degrees above the air, must inevitably lose its characteristics in a \ery short time. . If Dr. Woeikof could study only a very few of our cold waves he would very quickly change his belief. vantage in that he resides in a country where they haye no cold waves, properly speaking. It is well known that in Europe the high areas remain nearly stationary for weeks at a time, and as a result a very abnormal condition of temperature supervenes. The sun shining upon stagnant air heats it up, and this effect becomes _ cumulative, a little more heat being added each day; besides this, the earth’s surface, in this stagnant air, cools down by radiation, as a consequence it frequently happens that the earth's surface is cooler than the air at 10,000 feet; and this has given rise to the most extraordinary theory and one that directly contradicts all known orthodox hypotheses, namely, that in our high areas the air is abnormally heated, while in our storms it is abnormally cooled. It is evident that no discussion of cold waves can be in- telligently carried on under such conditions. Dr. Woeikof also suggests that observations at Pike’s Peak might be of assistance in studying these phenomena, but this cannot be done at that point for this reason. Pike’s Peak is situated on the edge of a plateau about 4,000 feet above sea-level and abnormally heated; also, on the east, there is a marked falling off of the plateau. In consequence, the summit sometimes has: the temperature of the plateau and sometimes that of the eastern plain. No cold waves pass over the summit, for the reason that the mountains form a barrier. Most of the cold waves pass down from Manitoba or Assiniboia far to the east or north-east of the mountain. Jt would appear that one or two considerations which have an important bearing on this question have been overlooked. For example, it is not proper to think of a cold wave as a mass of cold air having a uniform velocity throughout its height. It is well known that, owing to friction with the earth’s surface and other obstructions, the velocity of the air at the earth is much less than at 6,000 feet. It is probable that on Mt. Washington, during the passage of a cold wave, the velocity of the wind is double that at the base. We may consider that the velocity increases uniformly up tothis height, or at 3,000 feet it would be about midway between that at the earth and that at the summit. The consequence of this is readily seen. A point in a layer of air at the earth, moy- ing 20 miles an hour, in 10 hovrs would be 200 miles from its starting-place, but at 6,000 feet a point in the layer would be 400 iniles from its first position. If we suppose the temperature dim- inution in height is 1° in 180 feet at the beginning, and the hori- zontal temperature difference at the same time is 40° in 200 miles, then, at the end of 10 hours, the vertical diminution in height would become about 1° in 90 feet. The temperature distribution in the latter case would cause a serious disturbance in the equi- librium, according to orthodox views, and there would be an up- setting of the layers, and, in consequence, the cold of the upper layers would ultimately reach the earth. Of course in nature there are no such violent changes, except rarely in summer time, but such an interchange must take place by degrees. The observations at Mt. Washington abundantly bear out this view. These have been recently published by the Weather Bu- reau in curves for January, February, and March (‘‘ Monthly Weather Review,” July to Oct., 1891). On examining the curves we find that in front of a cold wave the diminution of tempera- ture with height is much increased, frequently to more than double the normal, while after the cold wave the temperature is fre- quently ower at the base than at the summit. In other words, the cold wave reaches the summit 5 to 8 hours before it does the base, and the warming up also lags behind, at the base, the same length of time. of many of Dr. Hann’s vagaries regarding temperature distribu- tion in cyclones and anticyclones. Now, if a cold wave is com- posed of layers of air moving at different velocities as we recede from the earth, it is easy to see that the velocity of the air at the earth need not be that of the cold wave, for the upper layers of (VoL. XIX. No. 466 A neglect of this consideration lies at the bottom | He is at a great disad- January 8, 1892. | no possibility be correct. i this cold air would gradually work its way down to the earth. Until we can obtain observations in free air we must be content with hypotheses and careful study of mountain observations. While no present hypothesis will prove satisfactory in all its de- tails, owing to our ignorance of upper air conditions, yet we can rest assured that the view at the opening of this discussion can by E. N. s— BOOK-REVIEWS. The Philosophical Review, Vol. I., No. 1. Edited by J. G. SCHURMAN. January, 1892. Boston, Ginn & Co. THE establishment in this country of a review devoted to pure philosophy is a noteworthy event, and may prove an event of real importance. The Review, we are informed, is to receive + support from private endowments, so that its financial basis is sound and durable;”’ and though the source of this support is not mentioned, it may be inferred from the fact that the copyright is held by the treasurer of Cornell University, the editor being pro- fessor of philosophy in the same institution. The mechanical ap- pearance of the Review is similar to that of the Political Science Quarterly, the present number containing a hundred and twenty- eight pages. It will be published bi-monthly at seventy-five cents a number or three dollars a year. The editor contributes a prefatory note, in which he announces the character and scope of the Review and the attitude it proposes to take ‘‘It will aim at ‘the organization, the diffusion and the ircrease of philosophical knowledge and activity in America,” and ‘‘ will be an organ through which investigators may make known to their fellow- laborers the results of their researches and reflections.” The edi- tor takes a roseate view of the prospects of philosophy in Amer- ica, but the reasons he assigns therefor, except the freedom of American life and thought, do not seem very cogent. It is true that there is now a certain movement of philosophic thought in the country; but it seems to us to be shallow, and no philosopher has yet appeared among us capable of original thought. The Review, we are told, ‘‘ will not be the organ of any institution, or of any sect, or of any interest,” but will maintain “impartiality and catholicity of tone and spirit.” This is a good rule if well followed; but observation has convinced us that an editor's predi- lections seldom fail to show themselves in his selection of mate- rial. Professor Schurman’s views of what is needed in philosophy at the present time seem to us in one respect mistaken. He holds that philosophers ought to devote themselves to the cultivation of special departments, such as logic, psychology, the philosophy of education, etc. ; whereas to our mind the crying need of philoso- phy just now is the relaying of the foundations, and until this is accomplished we see little prospect of fruitful work in any special department. The leading articles in this issue of the Review are three-in number, of which the most important is that of Professor Ladd on “ Psychology as So-called Natural Science.” It is really a critique of Profes:or James's theory of the nature of psychology and the method of studying it; and the writer has little difficulty in show- ing that the theory is untenable, and furthermore that Professor James himself is unable to adhere to it with any consistency. Professor John Watson criticises Kant’s philosophy frum the Standpoint of Hegelism, and though his article contains nothing new, it is interesting as renewed evidence that Kant’s disciples have become dissatisfied with the outcome of his teaching. Mr. B. I. Gilman contributes the first instalment of a paper ‘' On Some Psychological Aspects of the Chinese Musical System,” which shows much curious study. but which seems out of place in a philosophical magazine. Of the book-reviews, which are quite numerous, the ablest is that of Herbert Spencer's ‘: Justice,” by the editor of the Review, in which he takes essentially the same view of Spencer’s doctrines that was taken in thes? columns when the book was first published. The otber reviews are of varying degrees of excellence, some very good and others rather inferior. We must add, too, that some of the books reviewed are not worthy of any notice at all. The concluding portion of the SCIENCE. _ air would flow over the lower, bearing along the cold wave, and 25 Review consists of abstracts of articles in various philosophical magazines —a new feature, we believe, in a periodical of this sort, and one likely to be useful. On the whole, the Philosophical heview promises fairly well, and we hope it will prove worthy of its mission. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THE January number of the Review of Reviews contains, as its most conspicuous feature, a sketch of the Czar and the Russia of to-day, written particularly for the American edition of the Review, by Mr. W. T. Stead, the English editor. The article con- tains a number of portraits, and — what will be particularly inter- esting — a map showing the famine districts, and another showing the so-called ‘‘ Jewish Pale,” the district within which the Jews are permitted to live. — Macmillan & Co. have in press a translation of Kant’s “ Kritik der Urtheilskraft,” by the Rev, J. H. Bernard, fellow and lecturer of Trinity College, Dublin, and joint author with Professor Mabaffy of ‘‘Kant’s Critical Philosophy for English Readers.” — Ticknor & Co., Boston, announce ‘‘ The Norman Monuments of Palermo and Environs,” by Arne Delhi and G. H. Chamberlin, architects, in four parts, with fifty measured drawings, several cuts in the text, and many photographic views. The edition will be limited and sold by subscription. — Readers of Carlyle have often inquired whether it was possi- ble to obtain some accurate text of the course of lectures on liter- ature which he delivered in 1838, They will, therefore, he glad to hear that these lectures are now about to be published by Ellis & Elvey of London. The text now to be issued is derived from the report taken at the time by the late T. C. Anstey, two separate transcripts of which have been in the hands of the publishers, — An account of that mysterious malady, the grip, by Dr. Cy- rus Edson, the chief inspector of the New York Health Depart- ment, is published in the January number of Babyhood. Dr. Edson traces the history of the grip from ancient times to the present day, describes the symptoms and the mode of treatment, and furnishes valuable aids in the direction of prevention. ‘‘Cry- ing and its Significance,” by Dr. John Dorning, and ‘‘ Fat and Thin Children,” by Dr. W. L. Carr, are articles that will prove interesting to the readers of that monthly nursery guide. Among the numerous other contributions may be mentioned: ‘ Keeping the Baby Warm,” ‘‘ Children’s Lies,” *‘ Experiences in Feeding,” and a full supply of ‘* Nursery Problems.” — The January number of the Annals of the American Acad- emy of Political and Social Science contains two papers on mu- nicipal government, They are the article on “The Study of Municipal Government,” by Fiank P. Prichard, and the article on “The Political Organization of a Modern Municipality,” by Wm. Draper Lewis. This number also contains a copy of the by-laws of the Philadelphia Municipal League, an organization whose purpose is the divorce of municipal from national politics. Among the other leading articles in this number are ‘:The Basis of the Demand for the Public Regulation of Industries,” by W. D Dab- ney, ‘International Arbitration.” by Eleanor L. Lord, a strong plea for arbitration as a means of settling international disputes. in place of war. ‘‘ Jurisprudence in American Universities,” by Professor E. W. Huffcutt, a paper of interest to all law students; and ‘Instruction in French Universities,” by Leo S. Rowe. Mr. Rowe has been a student in Paris for the past year, and his paper explains very fully the courses and method of instruction in the collegesof France. A new department has been added to the Annals It is entitled ‘* Discussion,” and contains papers written in answer to articles which have appeared in the Annals. This number also contains the proceedings of the tenth scientific session of the academy, which was held in Philadelphia in Novemher. In the Department of Personal Notes in the January Annals, there are brief biographical sketches of the following workers in the field of political and social science: W. C, Ford of Columbia College; A. C. Miller of Cornell; D. E Spencer of Harvard; George KE. 26 Howard of Leland Stanford, Jr., University; H. V. Ames of the University of Michigan; W.H. Mace of Syracuse University ; Ernest Mischler of Prague; R. H. Inglis Palgrave cf London; the late Alfred Jourdan of Aix; Paul Heilborn of Berlin; A. Briick- ner and George Staehr of Kasan. —A Spanish edition of the Story of the Nations series is being issued in Madrid under arrangements with the Putnams. Gil- man’s ‘‘Story of the Saracens” in this series is now being printed in raised letters for the use of the blind. The next volumes to be issued in the series are Freeman’s ‘‘ Story of Sicily,” Oman’s ‘‘ Story of the Byzantine Empire,’ and Miss Duff’s ‘‘Story of the Tuscan Republics.” — With the number for January, 1892, the Educational Review opens its third volume. Professor Jenks of Cornell has a paper on ‘‘ Educational Values,” particularly with reference to the col- lege curriculum, and controverting the position taken by Pro- fessor Patten in an earlier number. Superintendent Marble of Worcester, Mass., makes some practical suggestions concerning the teaching of the effective u:e of English. Professor Richards of Yale contrasts the old and the new methods of teaching geome- try; and Principal Grant of Queen’s College, Kingston, Ontario, replies to Bishop Spalding’s earlier argument for religious instruc- tion in State schools. Important articles appear also on school savings banks in England, and the effect of manual! training upon SCIENCE. health. The discussion on city school supervision is continued by Superintendent Tarbell of Providence. and that on practice teach- ing by President W. J. Hilne of Albany. Other discussions are by the editor in-chief and Principal Owen of Saco, Me. Book re- views are contributed by Professors McLaughlin and Cameron of Yale, Oren Root of Hamilton, Gill of the Smithsonian Institution, and others. — The Electrical Engineer will begin the new year with a series. of articles on the electrical and magnetic discoveries of Professor Joseph Henry — the Faraday of America — by bis daughter, Miss ; Mary A. Henry of Washington, with notes by Mr. Franklin Leonard Pope. Additional and pathetic interest is given this. series by the fact that it is practically a vindication by filial hands. of Henry’s claims to the discovery of magneto-electricity, at a time when his work has been suffered to fall into neglect anil oblivion. At the recent Electrical Congress at Frankfort, Ger- many, the proposition of the American delegates to name after Henry an important new unit applying to facts that he was the first to observe and investigate, failed of assent, and was postponed until the Chicago Electrical Congress of 1893, many of the Euro- pean delegates saying they had never heard of Henry. — We may regard it as certain that an apparent connection between infectious diseases and atmospheric conditions had sug- gested itself to the medical mind long before Sydenham attributed [VoLt. XIX. No. 466 CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. Philosophical Society, Washington. Jan. 2.—F. H. Newell, Fluctuations of Discharge of Western Rivers ; J. R. East- man, The Mexican Meteorites. Society of Natural History, Boston. Jan. 6.—Percival Lowell, Shinto Occult- ism from a Scientific Standpoint; E. 8S. Morse, On the Form of the Ancient Bow in Various Parts of the World. NEO-DARWINISM ANU NEO-LAMARCKISH. By LESTE F. WARD. Annual address of the President of the Biological Society of Washington delivered Jan. 24, 1891. A historical and critical review of modern scientiic thought relative to heredity, and especially to the problem of the transmission of acquired characters. The following are the several heads involved in the discussion Status of the Problem, Lamarckism, Darwinism, Acquired Characters, Theories of He- redity, Views of Mr. Galton, Teachings of Profes:or Weismann, A Critique of Weismann, Neo-Darwin- ism, Neo-Lamarckism, the American ‘‘School,” Ap- plication to the Human Race. Inso far as views are expressed they are in the main jn line with the general current of American thought, and opposed to the extreme doctrine of the non-transmissibility of acquired characters. Price, postpaid, 25 cents. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. OF WHAT USE IS THAT PLANT? You can find the answer in SMITH’S ‘DICTIONARY OF ECONOMIC PLANTS.”’ Publish- Sent postaid on receipt of $2.80. er’s price, $3.50. SCIENCE BOOK AGENCY, 874 Broadway, New York. Wants. Any person seeking a position for which he ts qualz- hed by his scientific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF Cost, 2/f he satisfies the publisher of the sutt- able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any scientific question, the address of any scientific man, or whocant in any way use this col- umn for a purpose consonant with the nature of the paper, ts cordially invited to do so. 4 We ean ne No. 178. July 2, 1886, also / Index and Title-page to Vol. VII. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York. YOUNG MAN (31) would like a position in a college, laboratory, or observatory, is also will- ing to assist at a steam engine, etc. Address J. W., care of Science, 874 Broadway, New York. ANTED.—A position in the philosophical or pedagogical department of a college or uni- versity by a young man (30) who has had five years’ practical experience in teaching, and who has done four years’ post-graduate work in philosophy, devot- ing his attention during the last two years espe- cially to study and original investigation in scien- tific psychology and its applications in education. NOGreES E. A., care Science, 874 Broadway, N. Y. ity. \\/ ANTED.- A suitable position in Washington, D. C., not connected with the Government, and with a salary not to exceed $650 a year, by an experienced biologist with six years’ university training. Applicant has been a skilful surgeon for fourteen years; is a practical photographer, car- tographer, and accustomed to the use of the type- writer. Heis also capable of making the most fin- ished drawings, of any description, for all manner of illustrative purposes in science; trained in mu- seum methods and work; also field operations and taxidermy in its various departments, and model ing, production of casts, restoraticns of paleonto- logical specimens and similar employments. Address U.S. R., eare Science, 47 Lafayette Place, N. Y. Ween By a young man (27), B.A. and Ph.D., with three years’ experience as assistant in chemistry, position as instructor in chemistry or in natural sciences in college or academy, or other ad- vantageous position as chemist. Give particulars as to work, salary, etc. F.W. MAR, L. Box 23, West Haven, Conn. - NOW. READY. THE RADIOMETER, By DANIEL 8. TROY. This contains a discussion of the reasons for their action and of the phenomena pre- sented in Crookes’ tubes. Price, postpaid, 50 cents. N. D. ¢. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, if ofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] Wanted to buy or exchange a copy of Holbrook’s North American Herpetology, by John Edwards. 5 vols. Philadelphia, 1242. - BAUR, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. For sale or exchange, LeConte, ‘* Geology;”’ Quain, “Anatomy,” 2 vols ; Foster, ‘‘Physiology,”” Eng. edition; Shepard, Appleton, Elliott, and Stern, *t Chemistry ;” Jordan, ** Manual of Vertebrates;’’ “* International Scien- tists’ Directory; Vol. I. Yournal of Morphology; Bal- four, ‘‘Embryology,’’ 2 vols.; Leidy, *t Rhizopods;” Sctence, 18 vols., unbound. C. T. McCLINTOCK, Lexington, Ky. For sale.—A 64 x 816 Camera; a very fine instrument, with lens, holders and tripod, all new; it cost over $40; BEC, $25. Edw. L. Hayes, 6 Athens street, Cambridge, Mass. + To exchange Wright’s ‘“* Ice Age in North America’”’ and Le Conte’s ‘‘Elements of Geology’’ (Copyright 1882). for ‘‘Darwinism,” by A. R. Wallace, “Origin of Species,”’ by Darwin, ‘‘Descent of Man,” by Darwin, * Man’s Place in Nature,’’” Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Ani- mals,” by Romanes, ‘*Pre-Adamites,’”? by Winchell. No books wanted except latest editions, and books in good condition. C. S. Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g. to 1-1omg.), platinum dishes and crucibles, agate mctors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part orwhole. Also complete file of Sz/Zimzan’s fournal, 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883; Coast Survey. 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. For exchange or sale at a sacrifice, an elaborate micro- scope outfit. Bullock stand; monocular objectives, one- sixth homeogeneous immersion, four-tenths, and three inch, Bausch & Lomb, also one-fourth and one inch Spencer. Four eye-pieces. Objectives are the best made. iiddress Mrs. Marion Smith, 41 Branch Street, Lowell, ass. JUST PUBLISHED FOSSIL RESINS. This book is the result of an attempt to collect the scattered notices of fossil resins, exclusive of those on amber. The work is of interest also on account of descriptions given of the insects found embedded in these long- preserved exudations from early vegetation. By CLARENCE LOWN and HENRY BOOTH. WE ERG N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. ¥. a i ; January 8, 1892. | __ to the atmosphere an ‘‘ epidemic constitution.” The influence of ‘Tlorstord’s Acid Phosphate, weather would be measured by its effect in providing an environ- ment suitable to germ development. Thus moist weather, whether bleak or warm, would be found conducive to the spread of contagia, and so itis. This fact has often been attested by the extension of cholera, diarrhoea, and the exanthemata. A warm and dry day, on the contrary, tends to check morbid action of an infectious kind. This fact is susceptible of more than one expla- nation. We may, on the one hand, says Lancet, regard it as a consequence of the absence of that germ-fustering condition — humidity; on the other, we cannot fail to be reminded that dry warmth and sunshine give the signal for an exodus from many crowded homes, for their freer ventilation, and consequently for diminution in the intensity of contagia. The exact value of weather changes in regard to this ciass of diseases, however, still is and must for some time remain sub judice. As for the ailments SCIENCE. 27 more commonly known as inflammatory — the connection is here much more evident, and also in all likelihood, more direct. The association of pneumenia, bronccitis, asthma, and rheumatism with bleak and wet weather is too invariable to permit of our doubting its reality apart from any suggestion of septic agency. — Mr. Kelway, according to Industries, has introduced an ex- ceedingly simple system of signalling at night. A board is pro- vided with incandescent lamps arranged so that different sets form different letters. If the letter N is wanted, for instance, a key is pressed which lights all the lamps which go to form this letter, and so on. The machine can be worked like a typewriter, Signalling by this means corresponds with the use of the black- board in the daytime, but is, of course, much more rapid, and at the same time more easily followed. It is, of course, ineomparably more rapid than any system of flash signalling, and is easy to read. 3 more usually associated with these changes — those, for example, T HE AMERICAN RACE-| HANDBOOK OF METEOROLOGICAL TUBLES, enlivens the functions. By DANIEL G. BRINTON, M.D. ‘““The bookis one of unusual interest and value.”— Inter Ocean. ‘Dr. Daniel G. Brinton writes asthe acknowledged authority of the subject.”—Philadelphia Press. “The work will be of genuine value to all who wish to know the substance of what has been found out about the indigenous Americans.’’—Nature. ““A masterly discussion, and an example of the successiul education of the powers of observation.” — Philadelphia Ledger. Price, postpaid, $2. A honic A most excellent and agree- able tonic and appetizer. * It nourishes and invigorates the tired brain and body, imparts re- newed energy and vitality, and N. D. ¢. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. STERBROCK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN 6CO., Works: Oamden, N.J. 26 John St., New York. Dr. EPHRAIM Bateman, Cedarville, N. J., says: ““T have used it for several years, not only in my practice, but in my own individual ease, and consider it under all circumstances one of the best nerve tonics that we possess. For mental exhaustion or overwork. it gives renewed strength and vigor to the entire system.’’ : ; “THE CHEAPEST“AND BEST © oto Enaravine G: +. O7-PARK PLACE, NEW YORK: “(ENGRAVING FOR ALL ILLUSTRATIVE AND * “ADVERTISING PURPOSES- ~ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R, I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word “* Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never sold in bulk. culation, a complete Calendar for any month from the Year 1 till the end of Sample, 25 cts. - tual lendar.— This [DE RULE Rorpetn er jcolendan: eens principle shows, in aninstant without study or cal- Fime. Sam JEROME-THOMAS CO., 47 LAFAYETTE PLACE, NEW YORK. By Asst. Pror. H. A. Hazmn, 127 pp. 8°. Professor Waldo says: ‘‘I heartily recom- mend them to all workers in meteorology, and do not see how any of our American meteorologists can afford to be without a copy.’’ Professor Symons of London says: ‘‘ They are unquestionably valuable helps, which must be kept handy, and replaced when worn out.’’ Price, postpaid, $1. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. POPULAR MANUAL OF VISIBLE SPEECH AND VOCAL PHYSIOLOGY. For use in Colleges and Normal Schools. Sent free by post by N. DC. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. ¥. MINERALS CABINET SPECIMENS. COLLECTIONS 2 FoR BLOWPIPE ANALYSIS. Largest and finest stock in U.S. 100pp. Mlustrated Catalogue, paper bound, 15c.; cloth bound, 25c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & CO; Mineralogists, Removed to 733 & 735 Broadway, New Yorl, PATENTS Price 50 cents. | ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W. T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. eee Old and Rare Books. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag-- azines. Rates ow. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N V $3000. each, or $3.00 for the set. DO YOU INTEND TO BUILD? If you intend to build, it will be a mistake not to send for **SENSIBLE LOW-COST- HOUSES,” now arranged in three volumes. In them you will find perspective views, floor plans, descriptions, and estimates of cost for 105 tasteful, new designs for houses. They also give prices for complete Working Plans, Details, and Specifications, which enable you to build without delays, mistakes or quarrels with your build- er, and which any one can understand. Vol. I. contains 35 copyrighted designs of houses, costing between $500 and $1800. Vol. Il. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $1800 to Vol. Til. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $3000 to $9000. rice, by mail, $1.00 °° COLONIAL HOUSES,” a volume showing Perspectives and Floor Plans of houses arranged in the inimitable style of the Colonial Architecture, and haying all modern arrangements for comfort. Price, $2.00. ** PICFURESQUE HOUSES FOR FOREST AND SHORE”:—This show Perspectives and Floor Plans of new designs for Summer Cottages, which are romantic convenient, and cheap. Price, $1.00, by mail.} N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. 28 SCUENCE. Fact and Theory Papers I. THE SUPPRESSION OF CON- SUMPTION. By GopFREY W. HAMBLETON, M.D. 12°. 40c. \ ‘«The inestimable importance of the subjed), the eminence of the author, and the novelty of his work all combine to render the little treatise worthy of special consideration. . . . We heartily commend Dr. Hambleton’s booklet, and wish there were more such works.”—Editorial, Boston Laily Advertiser. ‘» The monograph Is interesting in style, scholarly and well worthy of careful consideration. It is de- void of technical expressions, and can be easily read and digested.”— Pharmaceutical Era. Il. THE SOCIETY AND THE “ FAD,’ By APPLETON MorGAN, Hsq. 12°. 20 cents. : “Mr. Morgan founds a sensible and interesting address upon a text furnished by a sentence from a young ladies’ magazine ; namely, ‘ Browning and Ibsen are the only really dramatic authors of their century.’ ”—New York Sun. III. PROTOPLASM AND LIFE. By ¢. F. Cox. 12°. 75 cents. ““To be commended to those who are not special- ists.”—Christian Union. ** Physicians will enjoy their reading, and find in them much food for thought.”—St. Louis Medical and Surgical Journal. ‘* Mr. Cox reviews the history of his subject with knowledge and skill.”—Open Court. ‘Tt is of extreme interest.”—Medical Age. “‘ Worthy of a careful perusal.”—Indiana Medica Journal. ** An interesting and popular account of the ten- dencies of modern biological thought.”—Popular Science News. ‘‘All interested in biological questions will find the book fascinating.”—Pharmaceutical Era. ‘The author displays a very comprehensive grasp of his subject.”—Public Opinion. ““PDeserves the attention of students of natural science.”—Critic. IV. THE CHEROKEES IN PRE-CO- LUMBIAN TIMES. By Cyrus THoMAS. 12°. $1 Dr. Thomas has already presented to the public some reasons for believing the Cherokees were mound-builders, but additional evidence bearing on the subject has been obtained. A more careful study of the Delaware tradition respecting the Tal- leg vi satisfies him that we have in the Bark Rucord (Walam Olum) itself proof that they were Chero- kees. He thinks the mounds enable us to trace back their line of migration even beyond their reside: ce in Ohio to the western bank of the Mississippi. The object is therefore threefold: 1. An illust ation of the reverse method of dealing with prehistoric sub- jects; 2. Incidental proof that some of the Indians were mound builders; 3. A study of a single tribe in the light of the mound testimony. This work will be an important contribution to the literature of the Columbian discovery which will doubtless appear during the coming two years. ‘‘ A valuable contribu ion to the question, ‘Who were the mound-builders ?’ "—New York Times. ‘Professor Cyrus Thomas undertakes to trace back the evidences of a single Indian tribe into the prehistoric or mound-bullding age.”—N. Y. Sun. ‘© An interesting paper.’—Christian Union. V. THE TORNADO. By H. A. Hazen. 12°. $1. “The little book is extremely interesting.”—Bos- ton Transcript. ‘““A pook which will find many readers. The chapter ou ‘Tornado Insurance’ is of interest to all property-holders in the tornado States."—Boston Herald, “+The Tornado’ is a popular treatise on an impor- tant province of meteorology, in which science, the author, Professor Hazen ot the United States Signal Service, may be regarded as an expert.” —Philadel- phia Ledger. VI. TIME-RELATIONS OF MENTAL PHENOMENA. By JOSEPH JASTROW. 12°. 50c. ** All students of psychology will find the book full of interesting facts. Professor Jastrow’s good qual- ities as a thinker and asa writer are too well and too widely known to require comment.”—Puhblic Opinion. “ A useful work for psychologists—as well as the general reader—by setting forth in brief and easily intelligible form the present state of knowledge in regard to the time required for the performance of mental acts.”—The Critic. VII. HOUSEHOLD HYGIENE. MarRyY TAYLOR BISSELL, 12°. 75 cents’ _* & sensible brochure.”’—Brooklyn Eagle. ‘Practical and sensible.””—Public Opinion. “The advice and excellent information which it contains are tersely and intelligently expressed.”— Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. By ** Practical and simply written.”—Springfield Re- | publican. ‘The best monograph on home hygiene.”—Si. Louis Globe-Democrat. In Preparation. Vill. THE FIRST YEAR OF CHILD- HOOD. ByJ. MARK BALDWIN. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. Polen Constable As Ca EMBROIDERIES. SPRING and SUMMER EMBROIDERIES will be opened this week, Seoadevay LK 19th oe. NEW YORK. 1892. We have made unusual preparations for the Opening Season of 1892. This is the time for Receptions, Weddings, and Anniversary festivities which call for Evening Dress. Good Taste and Fashion require for such events the use of Silk Fabrics. Our Stock includes every known style of these _goods, from the lightest Gauze to the wide Silk of heaviest Cord. We shall be glad to answer any inquiry regard- ing prices and styles, and to send samples when- ever the desired fabric is definitely stated. James McCreery & Co., Broadway and 1 Ith St., New York. LINENS. Art Embroidery Linens, Bed-room, Dining-room, large assortment. Linen Goods have been our specialty for nearly forty years, and there is no desirable linen article or fabric which may not be found in our stock. We gladly send samples of such of cur goods as can be sampled. To get scme idea of the range of goods we keep, write for catalogue. James McCutcheon & Co., THE LINEN STORE, 64 & 66 West 23d St., New York. Linens for the or Kitchen, in styles of Anevican Bell Telephon COMPANY. 9) MILK ST., BOSTON, MASS. This Company owns the Letters Patent granted to Alexander Gra- ham Bell, March 7th, 1876, No. 174,465, and January 30, 1877, No. 186,787. The Transmission of Speech by all known forms of ELECTRIC SPEAKING TELEPHONES in- fringes the right secured to this Company by the above patents, and renders each individual user of tel- ephones, not furnished by it or its licensees, responsible for such un- lawful use, and all the conse- quences thereof and liable to suit therefor. New Method of Protecting Property From Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller, Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditious employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED The American Lightning Protection Company, United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. A TEMPORARY BINDER for Science is now ready, and will be mailed postpaid on receipt of 75 cents. This binder is strong, durable and elegant, has gilt side-title, and al- lows the opening of the pages per- fectly flat. Any number can be taken out or replaced without dis- turbing the others, and the papers are not mutilated for subsequent permanent binding. Filed in this binder, Sczexceis always convenient for reference. Temporary binders of the same description but without side title, to. fit any paper or periodical of ordi- nary size, will be mailed postpaid on receipt of price as given below. In ordering, be sure to give the name of paper or periodical and style of binder. 8 to 12 inches Jong, cloth, $o.50; leather, $0.60. Taieraien ce oe ee 6or~ st 75. 14 °° 17 “ a sc 75 a est 17 ‘* 19 rs co 1.00 vy 1.25 N. D. C. HODGES, Publisher, 874 Broadway, New York. t ee eS a eee A WEEKLY SCIEN NEWSPAPER OF ALL T PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. HE ARTS AND Trento YEAR. Vou. XIX. No. 467. SineLe Copies, Ten Cents. $3.50 Per YEAR, In ADVANCE. JANUARY 15, 1892. CONTENTS. Tae Kuamara Nation. MytHoLogy AND 5 " GeyerAL Eranonocy. Horatio ; ye FERS cic Soe eee OC eR ROO oe ee 29 Tse LAFAYETTE GRAVELS. FE. A. S 31 ’ PARTIFICIAL LANGUAGES ...-.5. 0. vse ees 3l a 3 P b ‘suburban addition to Fort Worth, Texas, known as Arlington Heights. i _ ELEctRiciry In AGRICULTURE Notes anp Nrws PRISMATIC SANDSTONE FROM MISSOURI. Erasmus Howorth........... ORTHOGRAPHY OF GEOGRAPHICAL NamrEs LETTERS TO THE HpDITOR. The First Locomotive Run in JR STRSTR 9 2 ace cig Come cmbiaecoes 37 Tae HistoricaL AMERICAN EXHIBITION IN Maprip, Barr Ferree......... 37 At WHat TIME WERE THE GALAPAGOS Tstanps DiscoveEreD? G. Baur.. 38 Book REVIEWS. ; School and College.............. 38 Geological Survey of Alabama... 38 Homilies of Science.............. 39 AMONG THE PUBLISHERS ............... 39 Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class Mail Matter. ADVERTISING A NECESSITY. Words of Wisdom Spoken by a Well-known Business Man Who Has Profited, Mr. B. H. Warner, president of the Washington Loan and Trust Company, and per- haps as careful and varied an advertiser as the city affords. said yesterday about adver- tising: “‘ The people are constantly demanding new and attractive styles in advertising. This is the reason pictures are becoming a leading feature in magazine advertising, and wit and humor play such an important part. The great idea in advertising is to make a favorable and lasting impression on the minds of the people. To do this requires as much expertness as it does on the part of the marksman to hit the bull’s eye. There are a large number of men in the country who make a business of writing advertisements, and those who are most expert make very large annual incomes. The advertiser must of course have something to offer in response to the announcement he makes, or he will soon play out, and throw his money away, but let confidence be well founded, and every dollar ex- pended in acquainting the public with what a man proposes to do or sell, will be money added to his permanent capital. ““Too many men make a great mistake in regarding advertising as a luxury, which must be indulged in only when times are prosperous and money plentiful. This is a very narrow and mistaken view, for it is a necessity - in creating business and producing money. F im [ ‘* People have to be exhorted in moral and} Henry I ayloi | religious life to keep them active and up to) Advertising Editor | the line of duty, and personal work is uneces-| sary in any enterprise. How can patronage be so influenced and stimulated as through the | daily press in a newsy and attractive way? ‘Cities advertise themselves nowadays, and so do all prudent corporations and indi-) viduals. Great and costly business buildings represent the genius and prudence of men in! business, but they must be supplemented by| daily and continuous hammering in the press. Just as well shut up the shop as to stop ad- vertising. It is as absolutely a part of busi- ness as clerk hire or rents, and is as legiti-| 477 Lafayette Place Opposite Astor Library mately a part of the expense account.’’—| New York! Washington Post, Nov. 20, 1891. | : | With Scribner’s Monthly (now The Century) | from 1870 to 1875 | The Churchman since 1875 High-Grade Advertisements written and inserted in Representative Papers and Periodicals Illustrated advertising a specialty Designs submitted and Estimates given | on request 7% IMPROVEMENT BONDS. Secured by Real Estate worth Four Times the Amount of the Mortgage. The attention of investors having money to invest and wishing a little higher rate of interest than is usually realized from Eastern securities, is invited to some bonds that bear 7 per cent. annual interest, and are so amply secured by real estate as to commend them to the most careful and conservative investor. These are Improvement Bonds of a Company holding title to the beautiful They are issued to the amount of $100,000.00, and are for the purpose of erecting a large and commodious Hotel at the Heights. The site selected for the building is on very high ground; it is the most desirable tract in the addition, and covers a full block. The hotel and site are mortgaged to secure the bonds, and 100 blocks, of forty lots each, are also included in the mortgage. blocks at $3,000 each, a security is given of about four dollars’ worth of real estate to one dollar’s worth of bonds. Valuing the Surrounding blocks of the same class have been sold for more than $3.000 per block, and the property is constantly increasing in value. : In addition the bonds are guaranteed by the Fort Worth and Arlington Heights Land and Improvement Co., which owns Arlington Heights. With its improved and unimproved land, Electric Street Railway, Electric Light Plant, complete Water System, etc., etc., the company possesses assets over liabilities of more than one million of dollars. The bonds mature at the rate of $10,000 per year, beginning with January 1st, 1897. The Company has the privilege of calling them all in on and after January 1, 1902. They are issued in denominations of $250 and $500, with the interest payable July 1 and January 1. Each $1000 worth of the bonds is secured by a specified block, which is released as the bond is retired; as the hotel and site remains a mortgage for all of the bonds, the security becomes even stronger as the bonds are paid off. ’ The entire mortgaged property is held in trust for the bondholders, by the Franklin Trust Co., of Brooklyn, through whom the interest and principal will be paid. The Trust Company can foreclose in the event of default of interest or principal. The bonds bear interest from January 1, 1892. I am taking orders for them now, and am allowing interest from the date of pay- ment. $25,000 worth are already soid. Further information given by letter or private interview. E. W. WATKINS, 156 BROADWAY, NEW YoRK. il SCIENCE ADVERTISING RATES. Established January, 1892. INSIDE PAGES. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to aninch, 1I5c. *¢ column, as 140 lines, - $20.00 ‘© page, three columns, 420 lines, - 50.00 LAST OUTSIDE PAGE AND PAGES FACING READING MATTER. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines toaninch, 2oc. ** column, s 140 lines, - $25.00 ‘« page, three columns, 420 lines, - 60.00 FIRST OUTSIDE TITLE-PAGE. Double-column space at top next Contents, $30.00 Triple-column space, below Contents, - 50.00 SCALE OF DISCOUNTS. Io percent. on 4times, 1 month, or onamount $100 « Gag G8 00 on rr 15 200 “ co “ 6 “ ec 20 I 3 300 25 e Coney > 6 6 “a 4oo 3344 “ sap 8 yg tE te « 600 20 per cent. advance for preferred positions. Nothing inserted for less than $1.00 a time. Reading Matter Notices; under that caption, goc. a count line, set in nonpareil. Copy should be in office not later.than Wednes- day of the week of issue. Henry F. Taylor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. QUERY. Can any reader of Sczence cite a case of lightning stroke in which the dissipation of a small conductor (one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter, say, ) has failed to protect between two horizon- tal planes passing through its upper and lower ends respective- ly? Plenty of cases have been found which show that when the conductor is dissipated the build- ing is not injured to the extent explained (for many of these see volumes of Philosophical Trans- actions at the time when light- ning was attracting the attention of the Royal Society), but not an exception is yet known, al- though this query has been pub- lished far and wide among elec- tricians. First inserted June ro. to date. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. No response SCIENCE. PUBLICATIONS. A BUSINESS MAN’S HAND-BOOK. The report of the Postmaster General, just issued, states that nearly $2,000,000 in checks, drafts and money, reached the dead-letter office during the present year through improper addressing—more than one-half from New York State. Probably double this sum has been lost through delays and accidents resulting from carelessness in mailing and correspondence. To reduce these errors to a minimum, the Government issues THE UNITED STATES OFFICIAL POSTAL QUIDE, in an annual number published in January, and monthly supple- nents, a book of 900 pages, containing three classi- fied lists of the 66,000 post-offices in the Union. to- gether with postal rules and mail regulations. Every merchant, wholesale dealer, manufacturer and professional man having correspondence, will find the Guide indispensable. It is also of great as- sistance in translating illegible writings to lawyers, printers and others. No establishment where ac- curacy and care are observed as rules is complete without it. The price of the GUIDE in paper is $2.00, in cloth, $2.50. Orders in New York State should be sent to HOME AND COUNTRY, 93 Maiden Lane, New York; outside of New York State to GEO. F. LASHER, 1218 Filbert Street, Philadelphia, Pa. Agents wanted. THE AMERICAN GEOLOGIST FOR 1894 AND BIEN'S NEW ATLAS OF THE METROPOLI- TAN DISTRICT, will be given to New Subscribers to the GxroLoaGist for $25.00 (which is the regular price of the Atlas alone), if ordered through the GEOLOGIST. \ For other premiums see the GEoLocisT for Nov., Dec., and Jan. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING COMPANY, Minneapolis, Winn. AMERICAN HERO-MYTHS. A Study in the Native Religioms of the Western Continent, By D. G. Brinton, M.D. 8°. $1.75. THE CRADLE OF THE SEMITES. By D. G. Brinton, M.D., and Morris JAstrRow, JR., Ph.D. 8°. 30 cents. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. Adaress PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Crawfordsville, ind. BABY. An Illustrated Journal for Mothers, PUBLISHED FORTNIGHTLY. $1.00 a year. Send for Sample Copy. Charles Robinson, 907 Broadway, N. Y. AMERICAN WOODS A book on Woods, containing actual and authentic specimens. PREPARATIONS OF WOODS FOR MICROSCOPE anp STERE- OPTICON, and WOODEN CARDS, for invita- tions, calling cards, ete. Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH, Lowville, N. Y. [Vor XIX. No. 467 PROPRIETARY. Consumption carries off many of its victims need- lessly. It can be stopped sometimes ; sometimes it cannot. It is as cruel to raise false hopes as it is weak to yield to false fears. There is a way to help within the reach of most who are threatened—CAREFUL LIV- ING and Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil. Let us send you a book on the subject ; free. Scotr & Bowne, Chemists, 132 South 5th Avenue, New York. A i Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil—all druggists everywhere do. $r- 32 PUBLICATIONS. THe Busy Man's Macazine “Tt is not only the ‘Busy Man’s Magazine,’ but is especially adapted to the ‘Busy Wemen?—such as most of us are.” (Mrs.) LUCY A. OSBAND, Michigan State Normal Schoo}. ‘if PLEASES EVERYBODY. f Wiss Frances Willard.—* The bright- lest outlook window in Christendom for busy people who want to see whatis going on in the world.” Providence Telegram,-“A great boon to the busy, the lazy and the economical.’’ | He Congregationmalist.—This monthly fhas no peer in originality of design, scope and accuracy of vision, thoroughness in execution and ability to transform its readers into citizens of the world.”} Chicago Interior.—‘7he Review of Re- iwzews, of New York, has come to the rescue of {busy people. We know of one high vazlroad| ja#czaz who for a month has worked until 11 }o’clock at night, and yet has kept well informed Jof current world events. He reads this Magazine. | It gives him a running commentary on important events, besides a digest of the best articles in contemporary magazines.” |\Price 25c. $2.50 a Year. | AGENTS WANTED. CLUB RATES ON APPLICATION. SendTenCents THE REVIEW OF REVIEWS, 13 Astor Place, New York, Minerals, 5 x a Stuffed Animals Rocks Ward's Natural Science Establishment ,.... 2-0" caxtsotrowits, | Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. |aracomtea eologica een Relietmaps.| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N.Y. /tverteprates ‘ 16a § eh ae NEW YORK, JANUARY 15, 1892. THH KLAMATH NATION. IJJ.— MYTHOLOGY AND GENERAL ETHNOLOGY. THE Klamath mythology, as is generally found to be the ease with any mythology belonging to a people who speak a language radically distinct from all other tongues, has pecu- liar features well worthy of notice and of comparison with other and more widely known forms of belief. The princi- pal deity is Kmtikamtch, a name which Mr. Gatschet rencers the ‘‘Old Man of the Ancients,” or the ‘‘ Primeval Old ~ Man.” The expression, “‘man,” however, seems in strictness not to be comprised in it, as we are further informed that it is composed of kmutcha, ‘‘he is old,” and the termination _ amich, having a similar meaning, ‘old, ancient, primeval, by-gone.” ‘“‘The Most Ancient,” or ‘‘The Oldest Being,” would seem to be the nearest interpretation. He is otherwise designated P’tishamtch nalam, ‘“‘Our Old Father,” and -vand Aishish, “his son by adoption.” - the clouded or mottled evening sky. Plaitalkni, ‘‘The One on High.” He created the world and all that it contains. Various stories are told of the mode of these creations. According to one account he made plants and animals, including men, by thinking and wishing, ‘‘ this probably implying (as Mr. Gatschet suggests) that, after forming an idea of some creature, he made that idea a reality by the strong energy of his will,”—a method which accords with the Mosaic account of creation. Other myths speak of his family, comprising a father, a wife or wives, a daughter, “‘The name of his daughter,” we are told, ‘‘is not given, but she represents When (in the myth) _ she leads him to the underworld, they meet there a vast crowd of spirits, whe for five nights dance in a large circle around a fire, and on each of the intervening days are changed into dry bones. K’miikamtch takes with him some of these in a bag, and, when reaching the horizon at day- break, throws the bones around the world, in pairs, and creates tribes from them, the Modocs being the last of these. Then he travels in the path of the sun till he reaches the zenith, builds his lodge, and lives there now with his _ daughter.” - senting usually the sun, bat sometimes the sky. % \ x Mr. Gatschet holds this divinity to be a nature-god, repre- He bears @ certain likeness to the primal Aryan deity, whose my- thological and ethnological history, as Dyaus-pitar (Heayen- father) in India, Zeus pater in Greece, and Jupiter in Italy, has been so happily traced and elucidated by Professor Max Miller. Like Zeus and Jupiter, also, in the vulgarizing imaginations of later mythologists, he assumes the form of a man or, in his more comic adventures, of a lower animal. He takes then, in Klamath myths, the typical form of the wise and knowing sfel, the pine-martin, ‘‘ which changes its black winter fur to a brown coating in the hot months of the year, and thereby becomes a sort of portent to the Indian.” As Skel-amtch, ‘‘Old Martin,” he becomes the hero of as many fanciful legends as those of Zeus in his various animal ; 4 _ disguises. His adopted son, Aishisb, is the second and, in some re- spects, the most interesting figure in the Klamath pantheon. His name signifies ‘‘ the one secreted,” or ‘‘ concealed,” and is given to him in allusion to the manner of his birth, which resembled that ascribed in the Greek myth to Bacchus. In his attributes, Aishish rather recalls the other sons of Zeus, Apollo and Hermes, or the Hindoo Krishna. He is beauti- ful in appearance, beloved and admired by men, and is the husband of many wives, selected by him among the birds, butterflies, and the smaller quadrupeds. He is a social and friendly deity, and often makes his appearance at festive assemblies for archery and gambling (which is deemed a manly and not degrading sport), when he shows himself un- rivalled im these accomplishments. He is finely attired in garments of his own making, ornamented with beads. He is constantly at variance with his reputed father. Mr. Gat- schet finds his prototype in the moon. ‘‘The moon is the originator of the months, and the progress of the months brings on the seasons, with the new life seen sprouting up everywhere during spring and summer. So the quadrupeds and birds, which are the first to appear after the long winter months, are considered as the wives of Aishish, and the flowers of summer vegetation are the beads of his gar- ments.” The other elementary deities of the Klamaths are mysteri- ous shadowy beings, too dimly defined, in our author’s opinion, to deserve the name of gods. Among them are Kaila, the earth; Leméish, the thunder; Yamash and Muash, the north and south winds; and Shukash, the whirlwind. There are mythic stories relating to spirits of the dead, to giants and dwarfs, and to deified animals, But none ot them seem to be of much real significance, or to influence greatly the lives of the people. Their mythology, like their traditional history, was cramped in its development by a peculiar superstition, which strictly forbade the utterance of the name of any deceased person. This superstition made the worship of ancestors impossible, limited all thought about a future life, and abolished all historical tradition,— for, as the author pertinently asks, ‘‘ How can history be told with- out names?” The Klamath religion, therefore, appears simply as the reverence for certain nature-powers. It has no torturing or mangling rites, like the flesh-piercing and finger-mutilation of the Dakota and Blackfoot tribes, and no grossly immoral and anti-social traits, like some of the Mexi- can and Peruvian observances. The belief in a future life, though obscured, is not entirely extinguished by the superstition which has been mentioned. The disembodied soul, now a nameless phantom, hovers for a time about its late abode, and then, rising in the air, fol- lows the sun in its westerly course, till it reaches the spirit- land in the sky, H-eni, or Ayayani, ‘‘somewhere near K’mt- kamtch,” ‘‘Its arrival there is afterwards revealed by dreams to the mourning relatives, who express in songs what they have seen in their slumbers.” There is a guardian, we are told, over the spirits in.their passage through the sky, called the W4sh Kmush, or the gray fox. ‘‘ This name is evidently borrowed from the coloring of the sky, as it appears during a polar night, and must be compared to another beast name, 30 Wan or Wanaka, the red fox, which is the symbol of the sun-halo.” Not all souls, however, attain the home of the spirits. Of Kmikamtch we are told, ‘“‘He provides for man- kind whom he has created, but does not tolerate any contra- vention of his will; for he punishes bad characters by chang- ing them into rocks or by burning them.” Thus we find that the Klamath mythology, like the Greek, though in many parts childish, absurd, and inconsistent, had yet, in a certain degree, reached the important point where religion is com- bined with morality. Mr, Gatschet promises, in a future volume, some further information concerning the social usages of the Klamath na- tion. But he adds a few weighty sentences on this subject, which deserve special consideration. ‘‘The Klamath In- dians,” he tells us, ‘‘are absolutely ignorant of the gentile or clan system as prevalent among the Haida, Thlingit, and the Hastern Indians of North America. Matriarchate is also unknown among them; every one is free to marry within or without the tribe, and the children inherit from the father.” According to certain theories which have been proposed of late years by writers of much eminence, the Klamath nation would appear from these facts to have reached a very high degree of social advancement. It has emerged from the primal and bestial condition of promiscuous intercourse, euphemistically and absurdly styled ‘‘ communal marriage;” it has passed through the ‘‘ gentile” organization, and the matriarchal and exogamous stages, and has attained the loftiest grade of the most highly civilized European nations. The recent admirable work of Mr. Edward Westermarck on the ‘* History of Human Marriage” has disclosed the unsub- stantial character of the bases on which these fantastic theories were reared. But to get to the root of the matter something further should be said, or rather has been already said, and may here be repeated. In the volume for 1889 of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, I have expressed, in some ‘‘Remarks on North American Ethnology,” introductory to the excellent report of Dr. Franz Boas on the Indians of British Columbia, the conclusions to which —in common, I think, with most American ethnolo- gists —I have been led by a prolonged study of the tribes of this continent and a comparison of them with other tribes and races. As these conclusions have since been strongly reinforced by the results of the careful investigations of Mr. Gatschet and Dr. Boas, as well as by the comprehensive studies of Dr. Brinton, as set forth in his valuable works on “Races and Peoples” and ‘‘The American Race,” I may venture to add a summary of them as a fit completion of the present review. Thayeurged that “in our studies of communities in the earli- est stage we must look, not for sameness, but for almost end- less diversity, alike in languages and in social organizations. Instead of one ‘primitive human horde’ we must think of some three or four hundred primitive societies, each beginning in a single pair or group of children bereft of their parents, and left, in the early settlement of a country, isolated from all kindred and neighbors, each pair or group expanding in their posterity to a people distinct from every other, alike in speech, in character, in mythology, in mode of govern- ment, and in social usages. The language may be monosyl- labic, like the Khasi and the Paloung; or agglutinative in various methods, like the Mantshu, the Nahuatl, the Eskimo, and the Iroquoian; or inflected, like the Semitic and the Sahaptin. Its forms may be simple, as in the Malayan, the Maya, and the Haida, or complex, as in the Aryan, the Basque, the Algonkian, and the Athapascan. The old theo- SCIENCE. i retical notion, that the more complex and inflected idioms have grown, in the process of ages, out of the simpler agglu- tinative or monosyllabic forms, must be given up as incon- sistent with the results of modern researches. In like manner, we find among primitive communities — every form of government and of social institutions — mon- archy among the Mayas and the Natchez, aristocracy among the Iroquoians and the Tshimsians, democracy among the Al- gonkians and the Shoshonees, descending almost to pure, though perhaps peaceful, anarchy among the Athapascans, the Eskimos, and various other families. In some stocks we find patriarchal (or ‘ paternal’) institutions, as among the Salish and the Algonkian; in others, matriarchal (or ‘mater- nal’), as among the Iroquoian and the Haida. In some the clan-system exists; in others itis unknown. In some exog- amy prevails; in others endogamy. honored, and have great influence and privileges; in others they are despised and ill-treated. In some, wives are ob- tained by capture, in others by courtship, in others by the agreement of the parents. All these various institutions and “usages exist among tribes in the same stage of culture, and all of them appear to be equally primitive. They are sim- ply the forms in which each community, by force of the special character of its people, tends to crystallize. We frequently, however, find evidence, if not of inter- nal development, at least of derivation. Institutions, creeds, and customs are in many cases adopted by one stock from another. As there are now ‘loan-words’ in all languages, so there are borrowed beliefs, borrowed laws, and borrowed arts and usages. Then, also, there are many mixed commu- nities, in which, through the effect of conquest or of intermar- riages, the physical traits, languages, or institutions of two or more stocks have become variously combined and intermin- gled. Inshort, the study of human societies in the hghtof their classification by linguistic stocks is like the study of material - substances in the light of their classification by the chemical elements. In each case we find an almost infinite variety of phenomena, some primitive and others secondary and com- posite, but all referable to a limited number of primary con-- stituents: in chemistry, the material elements; in ethnology, the linguistic stocks. Such is the result of the latest inves- tigations, as pursued on the Western Continent, where for the first time a great number of distinct communities, in the earliest social stages, have been exposed to scientific obser- vation, with all their organizations and workings as clearly discernible as those of bees in a glass hive.” It is to be hoped that the Bureau cf Ethnology and the British Association will continue their valuable researches and publications on this subject until all the distinct aborigi-_ nal stocks which survive in western North America, from Alaska to Lower California, have been as thoroughly studied and their physical and mental traits, languages, mythologies, and social systems made known as completely as this can now be done. From a comparison of the results of these in- quiries two important gains to science may be confidently anticipated. already adduced in this review sufficiently show — that the physical differences in the varieties of men can be adequately explained by ciimatic and other local influences, and thus all ground for affirming the ex- (Vor. XIX. No. 467° In some, women are ~ (1) It will be made evident—as the facts istence of several human species, evolved from different — sources, will disappear. (2) The ‘‘ Aryocentric” theory of linguistics and ethnology, which, during the past seventy years, has perverted and hampered those sciences as seriously as the geocentric theory for many centuries perverted and latin Sl tn’S Hat Ye January 15, 1892. ] humanity and justice. yy All the special excellences which have been claimed for the speech and mental traits of the Indo-European stock, will be found exemplified in as high degree among some of the American nationalities. The singular opinion which has been maintained by writers of no mean distinction, that the descendants of a barbarous community of nomadic herdsmen who, four or five thousand years ago, wandered over the central plains of Asia and Kurope, and, moving southward, gradually gained from Assyrian, Egyptian, and Dravidian sources the elements of culture, are endowed by nature with certain peculiar gifts of intellectual and moral greatness which entitle them to subdue, dominate, regulate, and, if they think proper, entirely suppress and exterminate any alien commu- nity that comes in their way, will be found to be as directly ‘opposed to scientific truth as it is to the first principles of Horatio HALe. Clinton, Ontario, Canada. THE LAFAYETTE GRAVELS. PRESIDENT CHAMBERLIN, accompanied by Professor R. D. Salisbury, has spent the holidays in the south and south- west, examining the beds of gravel and sand called by Dr. Hilgard the ‘‘ Orange Sand,” but recently renamed by him “Lafayette.” The same beds have also been called ‘‘ Appo- mattox” by Mr. McGee. The party went first into the north-western part of Alabama and adjacent parts of Missis- sippi, where this formation, as well as an older one com- posed of very similar materials, is seen in great force. This older formation is the Tuscaloosa of the Alabama survey, equivalent to the Potomac of the Middle States. From Shef- field they went across to Columbus, Ga,, where they were joined by Mr. W. J. McGee. At Columbus the same two formations are admirably exposed, as well as a third, a di- vision of the Columbia formation of Mr. McGee, the ‘‘ River Terrace” of the Alabama survey. From Columbus the party came to Montgomery, where the Lafayette gravels and sands are to be seen in contact with the sands of the Eutaw division of the Cretaceous. From Montgomery they went to Tuscaloosa, where they were met by Dr. Smith and spent a day in examining the beautiful exposures of the Tuscaloosa and Lafayette forma- ~ tions in the railroad cuts at Cottondale, at Box Spring, and in the gullies of the town of Tuscaloosa. Sir Charles Lyell, in deseribing the geological formations at Tuscaloosa, says: ““The lower beds of the horizontal Cretaceous series in con- tact with the inclined coal measures, consist of gravel, some of the quartzose pebbles being as large as hens’ eggs, and they look like an ancient beach, as if the Cretaceous sea had terminated here, or shingle had accumulated near a shore.” * Professor Tuomey afterwards showed that these pebble beds belonged to a much more recent formation, for he traced them southward and found them overlying the Tertiary rocks of the lower part of the State.’ As a matter of fact, both the Cretaceous (if the Tuscaloosa or Potomae shall prove to be Cretaceous, as seems most probable) and the Post-Kocene deposits are exposed in the gullies cut in the slopes of the hill towards the river in Tus- ealoosa. All the large gravel belongs, however, in all probability, to the later formation, which we now call La- fayette, while the underlying stratified clays and cross- bedded sands are of older date, the clays containing many 1“Trayels in the United States, Second Visit,’ Vol. IJ., p. 68 (Harper & Bro.). u 2 First Biennial Report on the Geology of Alabama,” p. 160. SCIENCE. | 31 hampered the science of astronomy, will be utterly demol- _ ished. plant remains which fix the age as probably Cretaceous, It thus seems that Sir Charles Lyell was mistaken in his identification of the gravel beds as Cretaceous, while Profes- sor Tuomey, though undoubtedly correct in his classification of the gravel and overlying red loam, did not discriminate between these and the underlying laminated clays and ecross- bedded sands, which were first clearly distinguished in Ala- bama by Harper and Winchell, and afterwards described in detail by Smith and Johnson in 1883 and following years.* The age of these later gravels has lately become matter for difference of opinion among geologists. Professor Tuomey thought that they belonged to the Drift, though having but few points of resemblance to that formation at the north. Dr. Hilgard also has always considered them as belonging to the Quaternary, and, more or less remotely, of glacial origin. Messrs. McGee and Chamberlin, on the other hand, consider them much older than the Quaternary, and as probably Plfocene, because of their occurrence beneath beds which these geologists consider the very oldest of the Qua- ternary series. The vigorous manner in which the study of this formation is being pushed in widely-separated parts of the United States, leads us to hope that these differences of opinion will soon be reconciled. From Tuscaloosa the party went westward to Vicksburg, Natchez, and other points on the great river, where the same gravel beds are exposed in contact with the overlying Port Hudson and Loess of unquestioned Quaternary age. From New Orleans the party will return to their homes. - H, A. S. ARTIFICIAL LANGUAGES. THE enthusiasm for the creation of new international lan- guages was at its height a few years ago, but is by no means over. The too well-known Volapiik is probably the best of them, and has set the stone rolling; it tries to combine the peculiar, especially phonetic, features of most Kuropean lan- guages. It is doing good work as a medium of commercial correspondence, but probably will never be adopted as a me- dium for conversation, and through the agency of time is subjected, like other languages, to phonetic and many other changes. Some attempts dating from 1891 have adopted the principle of uniting the elements of the Romance languages only into a new form of speech. ‘“‘ Un lingua interna- zional”” was composed by Julius Lott in Vienna (Springer- gasse 32); ‘‘ Un lingue commun pro le cultiyat naziones ” by Dr. Alberto Liptay and “‘ fixed up ” for Spanish, French, and German speaking people; another, perhaps the most consistent in its principle, is ‘‘ Nov Latin,” by Dr. Rosa of Turin. A passage taken from Lott’s ‘“‘Suplent folie” reads as follows: ‘‘ Le doktes inter si pote usare le historik orto- grafie, ma le homo de komercie ese saep in dubie en use de dublkonsonantes. Sin perdite pro le klarité noi pote tolerare le skripzion; gramatik pro grammatika, etc. In il question le majorité averé le decision.” In reading this sort of jargon we cannot help asking ourselves, Would it not be greatly preferable to use plain French or Italian to make oneself understood ? Another more elaborate ‘‘ Attempt towards an Interna- tional Language ” was written by Dr. Esperanto of Warsaw, Russia, and translated into English by Henry Phillips, Jun. (New York, Holt, 1889. 56 p. 8°). It combines radical elements of the Germanic and the Romance languages, and tends to put into reality the principle, that “‘a language 3 Bulletin No. 43, U. S. Geol. Sury., ‘‘On the Tertiary and Cretaceous Strata of the Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee, and Alabama Rivers.” 32 of this kind must be extremely easy, so that it can be learned without difficulty.” Indeed, Esperanto’s grammatic rules are few in number, for they are all gathered upon four pages only. A part of the Lord’s Prayer sounds as follows: ‘‘Panon nian chioutagan donu al nihodiati; kaj pardonu al ni shuldantoj; ne konduku nin en tenton, sed liberigu nin de Ja malvera char.” An International-English and an English-International vocabulary stands at the close of the small volume. The real name of the author who has hidden himself and his ingenious system under the pseudonym of ‘“The Hopeful” is Dr. Samenhof. NOTES AND NEWS. IN has been Jong known that glass is attacked and dissolved in small quantities by ordinary water. This dissolving process Herr Pfeiffer, according to Nature, has recently sought to prove and measure by change in the electric conductivity of the water (Ann. der Physik). He measured the increase of conductivity undergone by one cubic centimetre of pure water when it has been in contact for one hour with one square centimetre of glass surface, and concluded that the amount of glass dissolved at 20° C. was one to two millionths of a milligram. He found, too, that with temperature rising arithmetically, the growth of solubility is considerably more rapid than that of a geometrical Series; that the increase of conductivity of the water for a given kind of glass under like conditions is a characteristic constant; and that later, when a certain quantity of alkali is dissolved, further action in- volves a dissolving also of silicic acid, and the salts then formed may cause a decrease of conducting power. —R. W. Shufeldt, M.D., delivers, during January, four lec- tures on biology, at the Catholic University of America, Washing- ton. The titles are: ‘‘Its History and Present Domain,” ‘ Its Relations to Geology,” ‘‘Its Value as a Study,” ‘‘Its Growth and Future Influence.” —Towards the end of last March the citizens of Sydney were astonished, as we learn from Nature, by the sudden discol- oration of the water in Port Jackson. In the harbor the water presented in many places the appearance of blood. ‘This remark- able phenomenon, which was soon found to be due to the pres- ence of a minute organism, has been made the subject of a paper, by Mr. Thomas Whitelegge, in the Records of the Australian Mu- seum (Vol. I. No. 9). On March 51, Mr. Whitelegzge went to Dawe’s Point and got a bottle of water, in which there was a good supply of the organism in question. At first he thought it wasa species of the genus Peridiniidze; but further research convinced him that it was a new species of the closely allied genus, Gleno- dinium. So far as Mr. Whitelegge is able to judge, fully one half ‘of the shoré fauna must have been destroyed by these small in- vaders. The bivalves were almost exterminated in those localities where the organism was abundant during the whole of the visita- tion. Mr. Whitlegge is of opinion that the great destruction of life brought about by an organism apparently so insignificant is of the highest interest from a biological point of view, showing, as it does, how limited is our knowledge of the causes which in- fluence marine food-supplies. This, he points out, is particularly the case in regard to the oyster, which has often mysteriously disappeared from localities where it formerly abounded. —In a report by the British vice-consul at Alexandria, it is stated that the plague of locusts which has been devastating Mo- rocco has been extending itself to Egypt. Some little time ago, clouds of locusts made their appearance and settled, for the most part, on the banks of the Nile or on the edge of the desert, form- * ing large yellow patches, easily discernible at a distance. They at once began to breed, and, although immediate steps were taken to destroy them, large numbers of the eggs have already been hatched. An examination of about thirty deposits of eggs is said to have shown that the usual number laid by each female is from ninety-seven to a hundred. The government at once SCIENCE issued the strictest orders to the mudirs to use every possible — means to destroy the locusts, and competent officials were sent a ee. Cs a aces eet » ate 7 4 Pe uN a , - t ~ [Vor. XIX. No. 467 round the country to organize and direct the work of extermina- tion. Millions of locusts and eggs have been destroyed, but there are still large numbers in the country. When eggs are discovered, either the field is ploughed up or flooded, or the eggs are col- — lected and destroyed. The old locusts are easily destroyed while breeding, but the young crickets, in the earliest stage, when they are hopping about in every direction, give more trouble. The usual method followed in this case is to enclose the spot in which © the crickets are found by a number of men drawn up in the form of a crescent. A ditch is then dug from one horn of the crescent to the other, and the men close in, driving the young locusts, by means of palm branches, into the ditch, where they are destroyed and buried. When the young locusts are further developed, they cease to hop, and march in densely packed armies. It is at this stage that they are said to be most destructive, but they are more easily exterminated, as they move slowly, and can be surrounded with fuel and burned. From the energetic measures taken by the government, it is hoped that this pest may be stamped out before any serious harm has been occasioned, but as many eggs are still known to be deposited in the country, it is impossible to foretell © the extent of the calamity, and it is possible that many eggs are being hatched in the desert. Up to the present time it is reported that little damage has been done to the cotton crops, but it is dif- ficult to obtain any reliable information on the subject. The sys- tem employed in Cyprus for the destruction of locusts has been adopted in Egypt when practicable. Another insect plague, in the shape of a repulsive-looking scale insect, made its appearance in Alexandria some time ago, and last year committed great ray- ages in the gardens adjacent to the town, attacking trees, shrubs, and the fruit of the date palm. Various measures have been tried, but the only efficacious one appears to be that of cutting the branches and carefully brushing tbe boughs. Unfortunately, however, no general regulation has yet been put into force, and consequently the efforts of some individuals are nullified by the apathy of others, and the plague still continues and threatens to spread throughout the country. The insect has been classified as Crossotoma Atgyptiacum, and was probably imported from America. It is popularly known as cotonind, from its resem- blance to cotton. A decree has now been issued, prohibiting the transport of trees and shrebs from Alexandria to other parts of the country. —A large and influential meeting has been held io the Liver- pool Town Hall, the Mayor in the chair, for the purpose of estab- lishing a geographical society for the city. Jt was decided, on the motion of Mr. Forwood, M P., to establish such a society. Mr. Forwood said that statesmen had a knowledge of continents, but they had no knowledge of the value of the trade in these conti- nents. the head of public affairs in this country had been informed by a practical society, such as he had no doubt would be formed in Liverpool; that in Africa there were great resources, that there- was a great field for the expansion of this country’s trade, the condition of the map of Africa would be very different from what it now was. He had before him a map prepared by the African section of the Chamber of Commerce, which showed that the coast lines of different countries interlaced, but that no arrangement seemed to have been made by any one of them as to who was to have the sphere of influence in the interior. been by British enterprise recently built in Mexico, Central Amer- ica, and the Argentine, but there was really nothing known in this country about the resources of these countries, and there was no place where this information could be got. Such a centre of information in Liverpool would be of inestimable value. Probably »their society would take a more practical and less scientific line than the Royal Geographical Society, who were giving them their cordial sympathy and support. —The Meteorological Office of Paris has recently published its Annals for the year 1889, in three volumes, as in previous years. Vol. I., under the title of Memoirs, says Nature, contains a treatise by M. Fron on the course of the thunder-storms during the year, He felt sure that if, some years ago, those who were at _ Many railways had © January 15, 1892. | accompanied by daily charts. M. Moureaux has published the details of the magnetic observations made at St. Maur, with a summary of the disturbances; eight plates reproduce exactly the _ photographie curves of the most remarkable disturbances. M. Angot gives the results of the first’ simultaneous observations made at the Central Meteorological Office and on the Hiffel Tower. The é diurnal variation of pressure at the summit of the tower shows _ that the first minimum (4h.-5h. 4.M.) is much more pronounced in all months at the summit than at the base, and appears to occur _ rather later. The first maximum (9h.-10h. A.M.) is much less im- portant at the summit, especially during the summer months, and _ also appears to occur later. The second minimum (2h.-3h. P.M.) ; is much less important at the summit, and the second maximum {about 10h. P.M.) is rather more pronounced at the summit than at : the base. The temperature of the air at the summit of the tower during the night differs constantly from that of St. Maur by less than the normal value; during the day, on the contrary, the dif- _ ference of temperature is much greater between the two stations than thenormal value. The wind, during all months, has a diurnal ‘variation quite different from that at the Central Office ; the maxi- mum occurs at the middle of the night, while the minimum occurs ; Be about 10h. A.M., and rather later in winter, Vols. IL. and III. contain saguedlivaly the general observations and the rainfall i _ values at the various stations. ~ Two theories have been proposed to explain the formation of i blowholes in steel castings, neither of which has so far succeeded im satisfying all parties. When it was discovered at Terrenoire that an addition of silicon to the molten metal tended towards the production of sound castings, the theory was advanced that the __ blowholes were due to carbonic oxide, which compound is broken up by silicon at high temperatures. But the discovery that the gas contained in these blowholes was principally hydrogen and nitrogen, with but a small proportion of carbonic oxide, did much to unsettle this theory, though its advocates by no means aban- doned the field. [In_a recent work, M. Le Berrier, Engineer-in- Chief of mines and professor at the Conservatoire des Arts et Meétiers, has proposed a theory, according to Engineering, which accounts for the effect of silicon in producing sound castings and also for the presence of hydrogen in these blowholes. According to him, a bath of cast steel is a super-saturated solution of’ hydro- gen and nitrogen. If it solidifies quietly, nothing disturbs the molecular equilibrium, but if, by a secondary reaction, bubbles of some other gas are produced in the body of the molten fluid, this _ disengagement, feeble as it may be, destroys the equilibrium, just as in a super-saturated solution of a gas in a liquid, the passing in of a few bubbles of some other gas may cause the disengagement of the first. This carbonic oxide, though forming only a small part _ of the total gas set free, is quite capable of liberating the other gases with which the blowholes are mainly filled. — The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences January Bulletin is as follows: Jan. 4, Department of Microscopy, lecture by W. J. Kerstetter of New York on ‘‘ Nature as Revealed by the Micro- scope;” Jan. 5, Department of Philology, first lecture in the series on ‘‘The Modern Novel,” by Professor Hjalmar H. Boyesen of Columbia College, ‘‘ Victor Hugo,” with personal reminis- ecences; Jan. 5, Department of Entomology, lecture by Professor George Macloskie of Princeton College on ‘Some Notes on the Physiology of Insects;” Jan. 6, Department of Geology, lec- ture by Professor Henry L, Fairchild of Rochester University on ‘‘The Age of Reptiles;” Jan. 7, Department of Political and _ Economie, Science, lecture by Mr. Elio S. Youtcheff, a Bulgarian - exile, on ‘‘The Policy of the Czar in the Expulsion of the Jews and the War Movement in Europe;”’ Jan. 7, Department of Paint- ing, meeting at the Brooklyn Art Association Building; Jan 8, Regular Monthly Meeting of the Board of Trustees; Jan. 8, De- partment of Electricity, illustrated lecture by Mr. Osborn P. Loomis on ‘‘ Practical Experiences in Dynamo Designing;” Jan. 9, Department of Political and Economie Science, first lecture in the course on ‘‘ The Great Political Leaders of the Empire State,” by Professor Charles H. Levermore of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston, ‘‘ William Livingston and the Sons of Liberty; ” Jan 11, Department of Astronomy, paper by Mr. Gar- ay Os SGLEN CE: 33 rett P. Serviss, president of the Department, on ‘‘ The Periods of Rotation of Mercury and Venus;” Jan. 11, Annual Meeting of the Corporation of the Institute for Election of Trustees; Jan. 12, De- partment of Philology, lecture in the series on ‘The Modern Novel,” by Professor Hjalmar H. Boyesen, ‘‘The French Novel; ” Jan. 12, Department of Engineering, lecture by Mr. C. J. H. Wood- bury, vice-president of the Boston Manufacturers’ Fire Insurance Company of Boston, on ‘‘The Proper Construction of Buildings to Resist Destruction by Fire;” Jan. 18, General Meeting of Mem- bers of the Institute, lecture by Sir Edwin Arnold on ‘‘ The Light of the Orient;” Jan, 14, Department of Zoology, lecture by Mr. Ernest Ingersoll of New York on ‘“‘The Embryology and Structure of the Turtle;” Jan. 15, Department of Psychology, first lecture in the course on ‘‘ The Psychology of Aesthetics,” by Dr. Benja- min Ives Gilman of Cambridge, Mass., ‘‘ Musical Notes;” Jan. 15, Department of Geography, lecture by Mr. Robert D. Benedict on ‘*The Hereford Map of the World,” or ‘‘ The World as Known in the Thirteenth Ceutury;” Jan. 16, Department of Political and Economic Science, second lecture in the course on *‘The Great Political Leaders of the Empire State,’ by Professor Charles H. Levermore, ‘‘The Clintons and the Rise of the New York De- mocracy;” Jan. 18, Department of Archeology, lecture by Pro- fessor Daniel G. Brinton of the University of Pennsylvania. on “The Origin and Early Distribution of the White Race;” Jan. 18, Department of Physics, by invitation of the secretary of the Pratt Institute, the Department will visit and inspect the work of that institution; Jan. 19, Department of Philology, lecture in the course on the Modern Novel, by Professor H. H. Boyesen, ‘‘ Real- ism and Romanticism;” Jan. 19, Department of Botany, lecture by Dr. Smith E. Jelliffe, curator of the Department, on ‘* Mosses;” Jan. 20, Department of Architecture, lecture by Professor A. D. F, Hamlin of Columbia College on ‘‘The Great Museums of Kurope;” Jan. 20, Department of Mineralogy, General Exhibition of Minerals from the Famous Patterson Quarries; Jan. 21, Gen- eral Meeting of the Members of the Institute, address by the Rt» Rev. John J. Keane, president of the Catholic University of America, on ‘‘Leo XIII. and the Social Problems of the Day;” Jan. 22, Department of Psychology, lecture in the course on the “ Psychology of Aesthetics,” by Dr. Benjamin Ives Gilman, ‘“‘Sim- ultaneous Structure, Chords; ” Jan. 22, Department of Electricity, lecture by Dr. A. D. Rockwell of New York on ‘The Uses of Electricity in the Treatment of the Human Body;” Jan. 23, De- partment of Mathematics, subject for discussion: ‘‘ The Teaching of Geometry;” Jan. 23, Department of Political and Economic Science, lecture in the course on ‘‘ The Great Political Leaders of the Empire State,” by Professor Charles H. Levermore, ‘‘ Martin Van Buren and the Triumph of the New York Democracy ;” Jan. 25, Department of Music, the Second Concert given by the Depart- ment_will be conducted by Mr. Max Spicker, first vice-president of the Department, assisted by Mr. Arthur Friedheim, piano; Mr. Richard Arnold, violin; Mr. Rudolph Nagel, cello; and Miss Olive Fremstadt, alto; Jan. 26, Department of Philology, lecture in the series on ‘‘ The Modern Novel,” by Professor H. H. Boyesen, ‘*‘ The Russian Novelists and Nihilists;’ Jan. 26, Department of Photog- raphy, lecture to be announced; Jan. 27, Department of Philology, French Section, lecture by Professor Charles Sprague Smith of New York on ‘‘ Victor Hugo’s L’Année Terrible;” Jan. 27, De- partment of Physics, lecture by Mr. Walter H. Weed of Washing- ton, member of the U. 5S. Geological Survey, on ** Geysers and the Physics of Geyser Action;” Jan. 28, General Meeting of the Insti- tute, address by the Hon, Theodore Roosevelt, United States Com- missioner of the Civil Service, on ‘* The National Service;” Jan. 29, Department of Psychology, lecture in the course on ‘‘The Benenoloey of Aesthetics,” by Dr. Benjamin Ives Gilman, on «Successive Structure, Measure;*’ Jan. 29; Department of Chem- istry, lecture by Mr. Lucien Pitkin of New York on ‘“ The Germ Theory in its Relation to Sanitary Chemistry ;** Jan. 29, Depart- ment of Philology, German Section, lecture by Professor Frederick W. Grube on ‘‘ The Philology of German Case Endings;” Jan. 30, Department of Political and Economie Science, lecture in the course on ‘‘ The Great Political Leaders of the Empire State,” by Professor Charles H. Levermore, ‘* Thurlow Weed, William H. Seward, and the Rise of the Republican Party.” 34 SCIENCE: A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEw YorK. SuBSCRIPTIONS.—United States and Canada...............- $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................. 4.50 a year. Communications will be weleomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such wil] be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants” column. All are invited to use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go directtothem. The ‘*Bxchange”’ column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to HENRY F. Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. ~ PRISMATIC SANDSTONE FROM MISSOURI.* On the right bank of the St. Francois River, in S. 31; T. “33, N.; R. 6 E., about 260 yards south-west of the St. Louis Granite Company’s quarry, near Knob Lick, in Madison County, Mo., is a little sandstone ridge, trending north-west and south-east, nearly 200 yards long, 10 yards wide, and not more than 8 to 10 feet high above the nearly level ground on either side. The country rock here is the Cambrian sandstone, which overlies the granite, as is beautifully illus- trated at the quarry nearby. This little ridge is interesting on account of the peculiar form of the sandstone composing it. In places where the soil has been somewhat worn away, instead of revealing flat layers of sandstone, as can be found near by in any direction, the surface is covered with frag- ments of sandstone of a prismatic form, resembling in shape the basaltic columns so well known in different parts of the world. In size the prisms range from about three-fourths of an inch to one and a half inches in diameter, and from three to eight inches in length. They are not uni- form in geometrical outline, some having four sides, some five, and a few six. Quite often two and occasionally three prisms adhere together, side by side, but generally so loosely that they can easily be broken apart. In such cases the boundary between them is usually a single plane, but sometimes two new planes are exposed by the breaking, forming a reentrant angle on one prism. Fig. 1 fairly rep- resents a combination of two of these prisms. The nature of the rock was studied quite carefully, both macroscopically and microscopically, and it was found to be nothing but an ordinary, somewhat irregularly indurated, fine-grained sandstone. The grains of quartz are water- worn, as is usual. The induration is produced by the in- terstitial spaces being more or less filled with silica, but the thin sections examined showed no instance of secondary growth of the quartz crystals. 1 Published by consent of the State Geologist of the Geological Survey of Missouri. Read before the Iowa Academy of Sciences, Des Moines, Dec. 30, 1891. SCIENCE. The existence of the ridge is probably due to the indura- ; S - tion of the sandstone. Why this limited area should be thus indurated, and the surrounding country should not be, there seemed to be no obtainable evidence. However, this of it- self is of little importance. But the prismatic form of the sandstone is much more interesting. The specimens gath- ered were on or near the surface, and were not seen in situ; but from their great abundance it must be argued that they extend downwards for a considerable distance. It was first thought that possibly a dike rock had once existed here, which had assumed the prismatic character, and that in some way by surface decay it had left moulds into which thesand had been carried. But a careful examination revealed no indication whatever of there ever having been a dike here, although they are quite common in the surrounding coun- try. could not therefore have played any part in the matter by metamorphosing the sandstone in any way. Fie. 1. If any of the readers of Science know of any other occur- rence similar to this, or can suggest any cause likely to have produced this peculiar formation, it is hoped they will give the information through the columns of Science. ERAsMUS HAWORTH. Oskaloosa, Iowa. ORTHOGRAPHY OF GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. In 1885 the Council of the Royal Geographical Society, impressed with the necessity of endeavoring to reduce the confusion existing in British maps with regard to the spell- ing of geographical names, in consequence of the variety of systems of orthography used by travellers and others to rep- resent the sound of native place-names in different parts of the world, formally adopted the general principle which had been long used by many, and the recognition of which had been steadily gaining ground, viz., that in writing geograph- i [Vor. XIX. No. 467 The granite close by is older” than the sandstone, and — z ee ee ee ee ee a ical native names vowels should have their Italian signifi- _ cance and consonants that which they have in the English language. details, and a system based upon it was consequently drawn up with the intention of representing the principal syllabic sounds. It will be evident to all who consider the subject that to ensure a fairly correct pronunciation of geographical names by an English-speaking person an arbitrary system of or- thographby is a necessity. It is hardly too much to say that in the English language every possible combination of let- ters has more than one possible pronunciation. A strange 2 See Bull. No. 5, Mo. Geol. Sury., p. 12, et sea. This broad principle required elucidation in its ~ as a native might recognize. ; pronounced, — how much more with words of languages ut- _terly unknown to the reader. The same necessity does not arise in most continental languages. In them a definite combination of letters indicates a definite sound, and each nation consequently has spelt foreign words in accordance with the orthographic rules of its own language. I[t was therefore not anticipated that foreign nations would effect any change in the form of orthography used in their maps, and the needs of the English-speaking communities were alone considered. The object aimed at was to provide a system which would be simple enough for any educated person to master with the minimum of trouble, and which at the same time would _afford an approximation to the sound of a place name such No attempt was made to rep- resent the numberless delicate inflections of sound and tone which belong to every language, often to different dialects of the same language. For it was felt not only that such a task would be impossible, but that an attempt to provide for such niceties would defeat the object. The adoption by others of the system thus settled has been more general than the council ventured to hope. The charts and maps issued by the Admiralty and War Office have been, since 1885, compiled and extensively revised in accord- ‘ance with it. The Foreign and Colonial Offices have ac- cepted it, and the latter has communicated with the colonies requesting them to carry it out in respect to names of native origin. Eyen more important, however, than these adhe- sions is the recent action of the Government of the United States of America, which, after an exhaustive inquiry, has adopted a system in close conformity with that of the Royal Geographical Society, and has directed that the spelling of all names in their vast territories should, in cases where the orthography is at present doubtful, be settled authoritatively by a committee appointed for the purpose. The two great English-speaking nations are thus working in harmony. Contrary to expectation, but highly satisfactory, is the news that France and Germany have both formulated systems of orthography for foreign words, which in many details agree with the English system. The Council of the Royal Geo- graphical Society, by printing the rules in ‘‘ Hints to Trav- ellers,” and by other means, have endeavored to ensure that all travellers connected with the society should be made aware of them; but as it is possible that some bodies and _ persons interested in the question may still be in ignorance of their existence and general acceptance, they feel that the time has come again to publish them as widely as possible, and to take every means in their power to aid the progress of thereform. ‘To this end, and with a view to still closer uni- formity in geographical nomenclature in revisions of editions of published maps, a gigantic task requiring many years to _ carry out, the council have decided to take steps to com- mence tentatively indexes of a few regions, in which the place-names will be recorded in the accepted form. The rules referred to are as follows: — 1. No change is made in the orthography of foreign names in countries which use Roman letters: thus Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, etc., names will be spelt as by the re- spective nations. 2. Neither is change made in the spelling of such names in languages which are not written in Roman characters as have become by long usage familiar to English readers: thus Calcutta, Cutch, Celebes, Mecca, ete., will be retained in their present form. SCIEN CE. _ word or name even in our own language is frequently mis- 65) 3. The true sound of the word as locally pronounced will be taken as the basis of the spelling. ’ 4, An approximation, however, to the sound is alone aimed at. A system which would attempt to represent the more delicate inflections of sound aud accent would be so complicated as only to defeat itself. Those who desire a more accurate pronunciation of the written name must learn it on the spot by a study of local accent and peculiarities. 5. The broad features of the system are: (a) Tbat vowels are pronounced as in Italian and consonants as in English. (6) Every letter is pronounced, and no redundant letters are introduced. When two vowels come together each one is sounded, though the result, when spoken quickly, is some- times scarcely to be distinguished from a single sound, as in ai, au, et. (c) One accent only is used, the acute, to denote the syllable on which stress is laid. This is very important, as the sounds of many names are entirely altered by the misplacement of this ‘‘ stress.” 6. Indian names are accepted as spelt in Hunter’s ‘‘ Gazet- teer of India,” 1881. ELECTRICITY IN AGRICULTURE.' From the time electricity became a science much research has been made to determine its effect, if any, upon plant growth. The earlier investigations gave, in many cases, contradictory re- sults. Whether this was due to a lack of knowledge of the sci- ence on the part of the one performing the experiments, or some defect in the technical applications, we are not prepared to say; but this we do know, that such men as Jolabert, Nollet, Mainbray, and other eminent physicists affirmed that electricity favored the germination of seeds and accelerated the growth of plants, while on the other hand Ingenhouse, Sylvestre, and other savants denied the existence of this electric influence. The heated controversies and animated discussions attending the opposing theories stimu- lated more careful and thorough investigations, which established beyond a doubt that electricity had a beneficial effect on vegeta- tion Sir Humphrey Davy, Humboldt, Wollaston, and Becquerel occupied themselves with the theoretical side of the question; but it was not till after 1845 that practical electro-culture was under- taken. Williamson suggested the use of gigantic electro-static ma- _ chines, but the attempts were fruitless. The methods most gen- erally adopted in experiments consisted of two metallic plates — one of copper and one of zinc — placed in the soil and connected by,a wire. Sheppard employed the method in England in 1846, and Foster used the same in Scotland. In the year 1847 Hubeck in Germany surrounded a field with a network of wires. Shep- pard’s experiments showed that electricity increased the return from root crops, while grass perished near the electrodes, and plants developed without the use of electricity were inferior to those grown under its influence. Hubeck came to the conclusion that seeds germinated more rapidly and buckwheat gave larger returns; in all other cases the electric current produced no result. Professor Fife in England and Otto von Ende in Germany carried on ex- periments at the same time, but with negative results, and these scientists advised the complete abandonment of applying electric- ity to agriculture. After some years had elapsed Fichtner began a series of experiments in the same direction. He employed a battery, the two wires of which were placed in the soil parallel to each other. Between the wires were planted peas, grass, and barley, and in every case the crop showed an increase of from thirteen to twenty-seven per cent when compared with ordinary methods of cultivation. Fischer of Waldheim, believing atmospheric electricity to aid much in the growth and development of plants, made the follow- ing tests :— He placed metallic supports to the number of about sixty around each hectare (2.47 acres) of loam; these supports were provided 1 Abstract of the January Bulletin of the Hatch Experiment Station, Am- herst, Mass., written by Clarence D. Warner. 36 at their summit with electrical accumulators in the form of crowns surmounted with teeth; these collectors were united by metallic connection. The result of this culture applied to cereals was to increase the crop by half. The following experiment was also tried: Metallic plates sixty- five centimetres by forty centimeters were placed in the soil. These plates were alternately of zinc and copper and placed about thirty metres apart, connected two and two, by a wire. The re- sult was to increase from twofold to fourfold the production of certain garden plants. Mr. Fischer says, that it is evidently proved that electricity aids in the more complete breaking up of the soil constituents. Finally, he says that plants thus treated mature more quickly, are almost always perfectly healthy, and not affected with fungoid growth. Later, N. Specnew, inspired by the results arrived at by his predecessors, was led to investigate the influence of electricity on plants in every stage of their development; the results of his ex- periments were most satisfactory and of practical interest. He began by submitting different seeds to the action of an electric current and found that their development was rendered more rapid and complete. He experimented with the seeds of haricot beans, sunflowers, winter and spring rye. Two lots of twelve groups, of one hundred and twenty seeds each, were plunged into water until they swelled, and while wet the seeds were intro- duced into long glass cylinders, open at both ends. Copper discs were pressed against the seeds, the discs were connected with the poles of an induction coil, the current was kept on for one or two minutes, and immediately afterwards the seeds were sown. The temperature was kept from 45° to 50° Fahrenheit, and the ex- periments repeated four times. The following table shows the results : — Peas. Beans. Barley. Sunflowers. Days. Days. Days. Days. Electrified seeds developed in.......... 2.5 3 "2 8.5 Non-electrified seeds developed in...... 4 6 5 15 It was also observed that the plants coming from electrified seeds were better developed, their leaves were much larger and their color much brighter than in those plants growing from non-elec- trified seeds. The current did not affect the yield. At the Botanical Gardens at Kew, the following experiment was tried :— Large plates of zinc and copper (.445 of a meter and .712 of a meter) were placed in the soil and connected by wires, so arranged that the current passed through the ground; the arrangement was really a battery of (zinc | earth | copper). This method was ap- plied to pot herbs and flowering plants and also to the growing of garden produce; in the latter case the result was a large crop and the vegetables grown were of enormous size. : Extensive experiments in electro-culture were also made at Pskov, Russia. Plots of earth were sown to rye, corn, oats, bar- ley, peas, clover, and flax; around these respective plots were - placed insulating rods, on the top of which were crown shaped collectors — the latter connected by means of wires. Atmospheric electricity was thus collected above the seeds and the latter ma- tured in a highly electrified atmosphere; the plots were submitted to identical conditions, and the experiments were carried on for five years. The results showed a considerable increase in the yield of seed and straw, the ripening was more rapid, and the barley ripened nearly two weeks earlier with electro-culture. Potatoes grown by the latter method were seldom diseased, only 0 to 5 per cent against 10 to 40 per cent by ordinary culture. Grandeau, at the School of Forestry at Nancy, found by experi- ment that the electrical tension always existing between the upper air and soil stimulated growth. He found plants protected from the influence were less vigorous than those subject to it. Macagno, also believing that the passage of electricity from air through the vine to earth would stimulate growth, selected a cer- tain number of vines, all of the same variety and all in the same condition of health and development. Sixteen vines were sub- mitted to experiment and sixteen were left to natural influences. In the ends of the vines under treatment, pointed platinum wires were inserted, to which were attached copper wires, leading to the tops of tall poles near the vines; at the base of these same _' SCIENCE: { VoL. XIX. No. 467 vines other platinum wires were inserted and connected by copper ig wires with the soil. At the close of the experiment, which began April 15, and lasted till September 16, the wood, leaves, and fruit — of both sets of vines- were submitted to careful analysis, with the the following results: = Without conductor. With conductor. Molsture per cent.............- 78.21 79.84 Sugar........... 16.86 18.41 Tartaric acid ...... 0.880 0.791 Bitartrate of potash............ 0.180 0.186 Thus we see that the percentage of moisture and sugar is greater and the undesirable acid lower in those vines subject to electrical influence than in those left to natural conditions. There are also experiments which prove the beneficial effects of electricity on vines attacked by Phylloxera. The following experiments were made at this station: Several plots were prepared in the greenhouse, all of which had the same kind of soil and were subjected to like influences and conditions. Frames in the form of a parallelogram, about three feet by two feet, were put together; across the narrow way were run copper wires in series of from four to nine strands, each series separated by a space about four inches wide, and the strands by a space of | one-half an inch. These frames were buried in the soil of the plot at a little depth, so that the roots of the garden plants set would come in contact with the wires, the supposition being that the currents of electricity passing along the wires would decompose into its constituents the plant food in the vicinity of the roots and more readily prepare it for the plants. The electric gardens were thus prepared and each furnished with two common battery cells, so arranged as to allow continuous currents to pass through each series of wires. Near each electric garden was a plot prepared in the same manrer, save the electrical apparatus. We will call the two gardens A, and B. The place chosen for the experiments was in a part of the green- house which is given up largely to the raising of lettuce, and the gardens were located where much trouble from mildew had been experienced. The reason for this choice of location was to notice, if any, the effect of electricity vpon mildew, this disease being, as is well known, a source of much, trouble to those who desire to grow early lettuce. The soil was carefully prepared, the material taken from a pile of loam commonly used in the plant house. Garden A was located where mildew had been the most detri- mental; the experiments began the first of January and closed the first of April. For the garden, fifteen lettuce plants of the head — variety were selected, all of the same size and of the same degree of vitality, as nearly as could be determined; the plants were set directly over the wires, so that the roots were in contact with the latter; the plants were well watered and cared for as in ordinary culture, and the fluid in the battery cells was renewed from time to time, that the current of electricity might not become too fee- ble. At the close of the experiments the following results were noted. i Five plants died from mildew, the others were well developed and the heads large. The largest heads-were over the greatest number of wires and nearest the electrodes. It was further no- ticed that the healthiest and largest plants, as soon as the current became feeble or ceased altogether, began to be affected with mildew. On examining the roots of the plants it was found that they had grown about the wires, as if there they found the greatest amount of nourishment; the roots were healthy and in no way appeared to have been injured by the current, but, rather, much benefited by the electrical influences. E Beside garden A was prepared another plot of the same dimen- sions, having the same kind of soil and treated in like manner as the first, but the electrical apparatus and wires were wanting. At the close of the experiments only three plants had partially developed, and two of these were nearly destroyed by mildew — one only was free from the disease. The results, therefore, show that the healthiest and largest plants grew in the electric plot. = In the second experiment, which we called B, twenty plants of the same variety of lettuce and of equal size were taken. The - treatment given was the same as the plants in plot A. received.~ Five plants only remained unaffected with mildew; seven died * greatest number of wires and nearest the electrodes. a a t ‘January 15, 1892.] from the disease when they were half grown; the rest were quite _ well developed, but at the last part of the experiment began to be affected. Several heads were large, the largest being over the Examina- . tion of the roots disclosed the same phenomena as in A. ¥ j Near plot B were also set twenty other plants, subjected to like conditions as the first, but without electricity; all but one died from mildew before they were half grown, the solitary plant that survived being only partly developed at the close of the experi- ment, and even this was badly affected with the desease. Everything considered, the results were in favor of electricity. Those plants subjected to the greatest electrical influence were __ hardier, healthier, Jarger, had a better color and were much less __ affected by mildew than the others. Experiments were made with various grasses, but no marked results were obtained. The question would naturally arise whether there may not be a _ limit reached where electricity would completely overcome the attack of mildew and stimulate the plant to a healthy and vigor- ous condition throughout its entire growth. From the fact that the hardiest, healthiest, and largest heads of lettuce grew over the greatest number of currents and nearest the electrodes, it would ‘seem that electricity is one of the agents employed by nature to aid in supplying the plant with nourishment and to stimulate its growth. To what extent plants may be submitted to electiical ‘influence, or what strength of current is best suited to them and what currents prove detrimental to their development, have not 2 been determined as yet, but it is desirable to continue this re- search until some definite information shall be gained on these points. Probably different varieties of plants differ greatly in their capacity for enduring the action of electric currents without - injury — experiment alone must determine this. It has been proved that the slow discharge of static electricity - facilitates the assimilation of nitrogen by plants. Faraday showed that plants grown in metallic cages, around which circulated elec- tric currents, contained fifty per cent less organic matter than plants grown in the open air. It would seem from the researches of the latter physicist, that those plants requiring a large percen- tage of nitrogen for their development would be remarkably ben- _efited if grown under electric influence. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. «*« Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. ts in all cases required as proof of good faith. On réquest in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. The writer's name The First Locomotive Run iu America. Iv was in 1829, the same year in which Stephenson, with his ; -** Rocket,” demonstrated the practicability of rapid steam traction __-yersed and run back to Honesdale. ’ : ‘ { < 4 ee ee ae 4 - on railways. The engine was named the Stonebridge Lion. It _ was made in England and imported by the Delaware and Hudson Canal Company, and designed to draw coal from their mines in Carbondale to the head of their canal in Honesdale, Penn. On its arrival, it was placed on the railway and run from Honesdale to Seeleyville, a little overa mile. It was found to be too tall to go under a highway bridge over the track at that place, and was re- All parts of the railway above the surface of the ground were built on trestles, and the heavy engine racked them so much as to endanger safety. For these reasons the locomotive was set off by the side of the track, anda board shed built over it. The railway was planked, and horses _ employed to draw the cars. The engine stood there safe for sev- eral years. ~ The writer was personally acquainted with these facts. men who rode on that trip are living at this time. In 1840 and 1841, while I was a student in the Honesdale Acad- Two _ emy, I found the boards on one side of the shed torn off and the _ engine exposed to view. Out its mechanism and movement. I spent many hours in trying to study No published description of a team-engine was then within my reach. The Stonebridge Lion _ had four wheels, three or three and a half feet in diameter, and SCIENCE: 37 the boiler rested directly on the axles. The cylinders were verti- cal, ene on each side of the boiler near the hind wheels. There were two heavy iron walking-beams a few feet above the boiler, and to one end of each a piston-rod was attached by Watt's puaral- lelogram, The other ends of the beams were joined by swinging- rods to cranks at right angles to each other on the forward wheels. There was no whistle or bell, I think. The engineer stood on a small open platform behind the boiler. Soon after 1841 the engine began to be carried off piece by piece, mostly by blacksmiths and machinists; and I am told that only one small piece of the iron is now in existence in its primitive form. If the engine had been kept intact, if would be worth almost its weight in silver for exhibition in Chicago in 1893. M. H. The Historical American Exhibition at Madrid. ONE of the most interesting and instructive celebrations pro- posed for the year 1892 is the Spanish celebration, the chief fea- ture of which will be an exhibition at Madrid, termed the His- torical American Exhibition, the special object of which is to illustrate primitive American life and the history of the period of discovery and conquest. In selecting the prehistoric and early historic eras for illustration, the Spaniards will make their own exhibition complete in itself, without in the least competing with the Chicago exhibition. The plan of the exhibition is, within its limits, a very broad one, comprising five general divisions, viz., prehistoric America, the historic period, Indian industrial arts, cartography, nautical in- struments, etc., and the fine arts and kindred subjects. Under the head of prehistoric America, plans, models, reproductions, drawings, etc., are solicited of ancient caves and caverns, and anything that may help to show the use of these primitive places as human dwellings. Similar models, drawings, or photographs are desired of American menhirs, dolmens, and mounds, as well as lacustrine dwellings. All sorts of implements and objects re- lating to this period are desired, such as stone weapons, articles of bone and horn, pottery, ornaments, utensils of bone, wood, stone, and other materials, with fossil or animal bones throwing light on the archeology of this time. Examples of all the ages and periods of primitive life as they can be traced on the Ameri- can continent are wanted. Tn the historic period the objects desired include models of an- cient American buildings, architectural remains, plans, models, and drawings of restored monuments. Examples of sculpture, bas-reliefs, architectural paintings, and other forms of painted decoration form another class. Under industrial art is included clothing and adornment of the aborigines and uncivilized Indians, with implements of war, offensive and defensive. Jewels of gold, silver, bone and ivory, pottery, household utensils, and articles used in transportation by water and land, constitute another di- vision of this branch, while written documents in native tongues, pictures, and photographs of Indians and effigies showing native costumes, mcdels of Indian dwellings, and Indian crania, form a third division. The department of cartography includes maps, plans, charts, and drawings, and all that concerns ancient cartography. with models of vessels anterior to the voyage of Columbus, as well as those he himself used. A section is devoted to nautical instru- ments, with the idea of illustrating the instruments, charts, and maps in use at the period of discovery, while objects in personal use by Columbus and pictures of the same are also desired. The fine arts department includes ancient architectural monuments, sculpture, paintings, industrial and artistic work following the discovery, American coins, literary and scientific publications, manuscripts, charts, and plans of all kinds, from the discovery to the middle of the eighteenth century. Most liberal inducements are offered to intending exhibitors from America. The exhibition will be held in the new library and national museum building in the park at Madrid, which will be used for the first time for this purpose, the exhibition serving as a sort of inauguration of the structure, which has been a num- 1 This letter appeared also in The Nation. 38 \ ber of years in building. It will be opened on Sept. 12, 1892, and will close on Dec. 81 of the same year, thus preceding the Chicago exhibition, which it is designed, in a measure. to supplement. All objects, if securely and properly packed, will be forwarded gratis to Madrid, and returned to the exhibitor free of expense, the ex- hibition not only bearing the cost of transportion, but also, when desired, attending to the arrangement and display of the objects without any charge. Those who desire special cases of their own may provide them, and special buildings may also be erected in the park if the design is approved by the general committee. All objects for the exhibition will be admitted duty free into Spain if they are withdrawn at the close of the exhibition, but two months will be allowed after the end of the exhibition before articles need be returned. An international jury, proportionate to the number of the ex- hibitors from different countries and the importance of their ex- hibits, will examine the articles displayed and award the prizes. These will consist of a first prize of honor, a gold medal, a silver medal, a bronze medal, and honorable mention, each medal being. Recompanied with a diploma. The exhibition covers, of course, the entire American continent, but to insure its complete success the active co-operation and as- sistance of citizens of the United States is especially desired. There is every reason why Americans should both be interested in this exhibition and take part in it. The conditions are liberal, the prizes ample, and the time is especially convenient to intending ex- hibitors at the Chicago exhibition, as objects may be exhibited both at Madrid and at Chicago. Nor is the novelty of the exhibi- tion its least merit. Harly American history has always been a favorite topic of study among European scholars, but it is safe to say that if this exhibition is carried out as it is planned, it will offer Europeans the first opportunity they have had to study primitive American life in its completeness. American collections are very rich in the materials most desired at Madrid, and it is most sincerely to be hoped that the gracious invitation of the Spanish people to participate in their Columbian celebration will meet with a generous and hearty support from American scholars and collectors. BARR FERREE, New York. At What Time were the Galapagos Islands Discovered P I SHOULD be greatly obliged to anyone who could give me some information in regard to the discovery of the Galapagos Islands. The first notice I have been able to find is in the Atlas of Abraham Ortelius, published in 1570, where the Islands are spelled ‘‘ Galo- pegos” and ‘‘Galepegos” (Ortelius, Abraham, ‘‘Typus Orbis Terrarum,” 1570; second edition, 1580; ‘‘Theatrum oder Schau- buch des Erdkreys, Autdorff, Americae sive novi orbis novae de- scriptio,” 1570). On the splendid map of Diego Ribero, prepared between 1527 and 1529, the Galapayos Islands are not represented (Ribero, Diego, J. G. Kohl, “ Die beiden aeltesten General Karten - von America ausgeftthrt in den Jahren, 1527 and 1529, auf Befehl Kaiser Carl's, v.,” Weimar, 1860). It seems therefore probable that these islands were discovered in the beginning of the sixteenth century, before 1570. The word galapago itself seems to be of South American origin; it means land-tortoise G. BAUR. Clark University, Worcester, Mass., Jan. 10. BOOK-REVIEWS. School and College ; devoted to secondary and higher education. Edited by Ray Greene Huling. Vol. I., No. 1, January, 1892. Boston, Ginn & Co. MAGAZINES and newspapers devoted to educational subjects multiply apace, so that if our teachers are not properly informed on matters relating to their work, it will not be for want of the means of intercommunication. This latest comer in the field is a maga- zine of sixty-four pages, to be issued every month except July and August, at twenty cents a number, or $1.50 a year. The articles in this opening number show very plainly the influence of the educa- tional ideas just now prevalent; indeed, they may be said to show little else. The writers appear to agree that the study of Greek is destined to be abandoned; though the editor speaks of this as an SCIENCE. event that is inevitable rather than as one to be desired. The most interesting paper in the magazine is that by President An- drews of Brown University on ‘‘Some of the Next Steps Forward in Education,” its most important point being the suggestion that teachers ought to enter into closer moral and social relations with. their pupils. Mr. B. C. Burt has an article advocating the begin- ning of philosophical study at an earlier age thanis now customary ; but unless the subject can be made more easily intelligible than it is in his article, we fear that his wishes will not be realized. Mr. John Tetlow gives an account of ‘‘ The Greek Method of Performing Arithmetical Operations,” which will be of interest to mathemati- cal students; and Mr. James H. Blodgett has a brief paper on ‘‘Seeondary Education in Census Years.” The rest of the maga- zine is occupied with educational news, both domestic and foreign, a few book reviews of no great value, and several brief ‘‘ Letters to the Editor.” The new magazine has some good points, and its field, though narrow, may be made interesting by proper cultiva- tion; but it seems to us that an improvement in the quality of our educational literature is more important than an increase in its quantity. Geological Survey of Alabama. EUGENE ALLEN SMITH, Ph.D., State Geologist. Report on the Coal Measures of the Plateau ‘Region of Alabama, by Henry McCalley, Assistant State Geologist, including a report on the Coal Measures of Blount County, by A. M. Gibson, with a Map of the Coal-Fields and two Colored Geological Sections across the Plateau Region and Intermediate Valleys. Montgomery, Ala., 1891. In the Report of Progress of the Alabama Geological Survey, for the years 1877-8, the division of the Warrior Coal-Field into ‘¢ Plateau Region” and ‘‘ Warrior Basin” was first made by Dr. Smith, the State geologist. Characteristic of the Plateau Region is the circumstance that the limestone beds which underlie the capping of Coal Measures are above the general drainage level of the country. This arrangement of the two classes of strata deter- mines in great measure the character of the scenery, for the re- moval by erosion of the more perishable limestone causes the un- dermining of the harder strata above, which from time to time break off with nearly vertical faces, forming cliffs which overlook all the valleys. The three principal valleys that traverse this region, in a north-east and south-west direction, are anticlinal val- leys, more or less complicated by faulting and overlapping; they are Wills’s, Murphree’s, and Brown’s Valleys, the latter being an extension into this State of the great Sequatchee Valley of Ten- nessee. Between these anticlinals the Coal Measures occupy [ VoL. IKE No 467 — shallow synclinal troughs, which also show secondary undulations, — with axes nearly at a right angle to the axes of the synclinals and anticlinals, i.e., approximately north-west and south-east. In the anticlinal valleys strata down to the Cambrian are exposed, but in the smaller valleys, cut by streams in the synclinal troughs, only the subcarboniferous measures are reached by the erosion. Towards the south-west the Coal Measures and their underlying strata slope gradually and more rapidly than the topography, and the Plateau Region thus grades insensibly into the Basin, where none of the beds underlying the coal are above drainage. In the Plateau Region, and particularly in its north-eastern portion, only the lowest of the rocks of the Coal Measures are left capping the mountains, viz., the two conglomerates with their intervening and underlying beds; but further towards the south-west, other higher members of the Coal Measures come in and the plateau like char- acter is in equal measure lost. The Report for 1877-8, above referred to, and a subsequent Re- port for 1879-80, contained notes chiefly on the Coal Measures of the Warrior Basin. In 1886 a large volume from the pen of Mr. McCalley, ‘‘On the Warrior Field,” was published by the survey. This report also was concerned chiefly with the Measures of the Warrior Basin, though containing some notes on part of the Plateau Region. The present volume deals with the Measures of the Plateau Region alone, and presents about all the information at this time available. The two colored sections exhibit well the geological and topograhic features of this region, and show the gradual sinking of the strata towards the south-west and the pas- sage into the Basin proper. January 15, 1892. | The two conglomerates named above are identical with the Upper and Lower Conglomerates of Professor Safford of Tennessee. They are usually some twenty-five to thirty feet apart, though sometimes separated by a hundred and fifty feet of other strata, and sometimes in direct contact with each other. The lower con- - glomerate is usually the harder of the two, and is often called the ‘‘ Mill-stone Grit,” In the north-eastern part of the region the most important coal-bearing beds are below this lower conglom- erate, and have an average thickness of fifty feet, but there are _ places where the sub-conglomerate measures have a thickness of seven hundred feet or more, as in parts of Blount County. The principal seam of coal in the sub conglomerate measures is the Cliff Seam, immediately under the lower conglomerate or cliff rock. Its thickness, like that of all these lower coal seams, is extremely variable, ranging from a few inches to five or six feet. Fifteen or twenty feet below the Cliff Seam is the Dade or Eureka Seam, likewise very variable in thickness, passing, within limited areas, from a few inches to twelve or fourteen feet. This ‘great variability in the thickness seems generally to be due to undulations in the strata forming the floor of the beds, though in some cases to variations in the roof or cover. While there are two or three other seams below these, the two just named have furnished most of the coal mined in the plateau region, and of this _ the Cliff Seam has yielded the greater part. Between the two conglomerates there is another good workable seam, the Sewanee Seam, from two to three feet in thickness. _ While the upper conglomerate forms generally the surface rock over the Plateau Region, there are in many places, and especially as we go south westward, overlying strata with their coal seams, none of which, however, have been worked in this section, but which become more and more important in the direction of the Basin above mentioned, and yielding all the coal there mined. In that direction also the sub-conglomerate coals lose their impor- tance, being mined nowhere in Alabama except in the north- ’ eastern portion of the Plateau Region in Madison, Jackson, and DeKalb Counties. \ Im these lower Coal Measures there are, very generally, beds of clay iron-stone (carbonate), and of black band, which may some day come into use. Homilies of Science. By DR. PAUL CARUS. Pub. Co. 12°. $1.50. TuHIs book consists of articles on various topics in science, re- ligion, and morals, contributed at intervals to the Open Court newspaper, of which Dr. Carus is editor. He tells usin his preface that in early life he intended to be a preacher in the Christian church; his inclination toward the religious life being partly due to his native disposition, and partly, no doubt, to the example of his father, who was a doctor of theology and an officer in the church of eastern and western Prussia. But his studies led him, as they have led many others in our time, to doubt the truth of many of the Christian doctrines, and ultimately to complete re- ligious and philosophical scepticism. He therefore abandoned his intention of entering the chuych, and after a time became a preacher of the new doctrines that he had adopted, the most con- spicuous of which is a blank materialism —a materialism which is not in the least disguised by calling it ‘‘monism.” But while abandoning all distinctly religious views, Dr. Carus has held fast to _ the supremacy of the moral law and the need of moral improve- ment in personal and social life, and the earnestness with which he preaches these truths constitutes the main interest of this book. His remarks on God and immortality will be far indeed from pleasing religious minds; but what he says on ethical subjects, though containing nothing particularly new, will find an echo in the hearts of good men of every creed. He is wholly uninfected with the socialistic heresies now so widely prevalent, and he sternly rebukes those free-thinkers who regard morality with indifference, and scoff at its requirements. In all that he says about the need of moral improvement and the dignity of man’s moral nature, it is needless to say that we cordially agree with him; but we are by no means prepared to fol- low him in his rejection of all religious belief. We do not believe that the world will abandon theism, though it will undoubtedly Chicago, Open Court SCIENCE. es abandon many of the traditional dogmas of Christianity, if it has not already abandoned them. Nor can we agree with Dr. Carus in thinking that the views set forth in his book are the last word of science and philosophy on religious themes. On the contrary, we regard the present as emphatically an age of transition in re- ligion and philosophy; and we believe that the religion of the future will be quite different from the doctrine of Dr. Carus, widely prevalent as his views undoubtedly are at the present time. But as an example of existing tendencies, as well as by its moral earnestness, this book will interest the reader. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. tn St. Nicholas for January Eliza Ruhamah Scidmore, favor- ably known as a writer on Japanese subjects, tells of ‘* Two Queer Cousins of the Crab’’— the giant crab and the little mask-crab that carries the impress; of a human face upon its shell. — John Wiley & Sons have in preparation a work by Simpson Bolland, entitled ‘‘ The Tron Founder.” —‘‘It would be a wise and timely move,” says Outing for Jan- uary, ‘‘to prohibit the sale of grouse of all kinds and quail for, say, « period of at least three years. This would give a fair idea of just how much the market-shooters ave responsible for the de- crease of our game, and should so lessen the annual slaughter as to give the birds every chance to increase.” ’ — Charles Scribner’s Sons have now ready ‘‘ The Real Japan,” studies of contemporary Japanese manners, morals, admivistra- tration, and politics, by Henry Norman, with seventy illustrations from photographs taken by the author; also ‘‘The Development of Navies During the Last Half Century,” by Captain Eardley- Wilmot, which forms a volume in the Events of Our Own Time Series. — Macmillan & Co. will publish in the course of January Mr. Henry Jephson’s account of the ‘* Rise and Progress of the Politi- cal Platform.” The work is in two volumes, of which the first deals with the long struggle for the rights of public meeting and of free speech during the reigns of George III. and George IV. The second volume follows the progress of the platform from the agitation for the first reform bill to that which preceded the re- form act of 1884. Mr. Jephson finally treats of the position and power of the platform in the present day. — A unique experiment will be tried in the February issue of The Ladies’ Home Journal. The entire number has been con- tributed in prose, fiction, and verse by the daughters of famous parentage, as a proof that genius is often hereditary. The work of thirty of these ‘‘daughters” will be represented. These will comprise the daughters of Thackeray, Hawthorne, Dickens, James Fenimore Cooper, Horace Greeley, Mr. Gladstone, President Har- rison, William Dean Howells, Senator Ingalls, Dean Bradley of Westminster, Julia Ward Howe, General Sherman, Jefferson Davis, and nearly a score of others. Hach article, poem, or story printed in this number has been especially written for it, and the whole promises to be a successful result of an idea never before attempted in a magazine. —The Quarterly Journal of Economics for January contains an important article by Hon. Carroll D. Wright on the ‘‘ Evolution of Wagrs Statistics,” showing the gradual process by which the statistics of labor have been perfected in the last twenty years, the United States leading the way. S. M. Macvane writes on ‘‘ Capi- tal and Interest,” and H. Bilgrain of Philadelphia on ‘‘ BOhm- Bawerk’s Positive Theory of Capital.” J. A. Hill makes a careful study of the recent ‘‘ Prussian Income Tax,” and W. B. Shaw presents his annual review of ‘Social and Economic Legislation by the States in 1891.” Various notes and memoranda and the usual careful bibliography for the preceding quarter make up a number having great variety of contents and of interest. : — The Chautauquan for February presents the following table of contents: The Battle of Monmouth, by John G. Nicolay; Do- mestic and Social Life of the Colonists, V., by Edward Everett Hale; Trading Companies, II., by John H, Finley; States made from Territories, I]., by Professor James Albert Woodburn; Sun- day Readings, selected by Bishop Vincent; Physical Culture, I., 40 by J. M. Buckley, LL.D.; National Agencies for Scientific Re- search, by Major J. W. Powell, Ph.D., LL.D.; The Bureau of Animal Industry, by George W. Hill; Highbinders, by Frederic J. Masters; Our Ships on the Lakes and Seas, by Samuel A. Wood; The Present Position of German Politics, Hinman, Ph.D.; Spain, Cuba, and the United States, by Rollo Ogden; How a Bill Presented in Congress Beeomes a Law, by George Harold Walker; The Balkan States and Greece; Strawberry Hill, by Eugene L. Didier; The Woman’s Congress, by Isabel How- land; Legal Domestic Relations, by Mary A. Greene, LL.B.; Making and Testing Flour, by Emma P. Ewing; Opportunities for Women in Washington, D.C., by Mrs. Emily L. Sherwood; Daughters of the Fatherland, by Miss, E. S. Braine; How to Re- store Health, by Hermine Welten; What Next in Women’s Soci- eties? by Margaret W. Noble; Seawomen, by Margaret B. Wright. The editorials treat of The Ethics of Story Telling, Republican South America, and How to Live with Others. usual departments devoted to the Chautauqua Literary and Scien- tific Circle. — P. Blakiston, Son, & Co., Philadelphia, have nearly ready a reprint of Gower’s (W.R.) ‘‘ Manual of Nervous Diseases,” sec- ond edition, issued here by special arrangement with the author. They have just published Greig Smith’s ‘‘ Abdominal Surgery,” fourth edition; Muskett’s ‘‘ Prescribing and Treatment in Diseases of Children;” Blair’s ‘‘ The Organic Analysis of Potable Waters,” SCIENCE: by George Wheeler burgh. mon weeds. There are the Sack [Vor. XIX. No, 467 second edition; and will issue very shortly ‘‘ A Manual of Autop- sies,’” by Dr. Isaac Blackburn, a revised edition of Naphey’s “‘ Therapeutics,” and a volume on ‘‘ Diseases of the Throat, Nose, and Ear,” containing a large number of colored wood engrav- ings printed with the text, by E P. McBride, F.R.C.P., Edin- — Ginn & Co. announce “ Outline of Lessons in Botany, for the Use of Teachers, or Mothers studying with Their Children,” by Jane H. Newell, Part II.: begins early in March with the crocuses and other early bulbous plants, and continues with lessons on some common house-plants, in order that the pupil may be familiar with the ordinary botani- cal terms before taking up the spring wild-flowers, ers are then studied, in the order of their blooming, together with the forest trees, the blossoming fruit-trees, and some of our com- These studies are not analytic only, but deal with the life-habits of the plants, their adaptations for fertilization, — dissemination, and protection. “Flower and Fruit.” The course Spring flow- Lessons on the stamens, the pis- til, inflorescence, the fruit, and other topics are given in connec- gate. tion with the flower studies. of correct observation, and suggests points for the class to investi- The book will be found valuable to persons studying by themselves, as it contains copious references to the literature of the subject,-as well as original studies. classification chart including sixty families. The book aims to encourage habits The book contains a CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. Women’s Anthropological Society of America, Washington. Jan. 9.—Alice C. Fletcher, A Talk on Folk Lore. Publications received at Editor’s Office. Carus, Dr. Paut. Homilies of Science. Chicago, Open Court Pub. Co, 12°. 3827p. $1.50. CHAMBERS’s ENCYCLOPAEDIA. New edition. Vol. yili. Peasant to Roumelia. Philadelphia, Lip- pincott. Royal 8°. 828p. $3. EARDLEY-Witmot, Capt. 8S. The Development of Navies during the last half-century. ew York, Seribner. 12°. 3811p. $1.75. \ ; Hart, ALBERT BUSHNELL. Epoch Maps, Illustrating American History. New York, Longmans. 8°. Paper. 50 cents. HELEN KELLER. Souvenir of the first summer meet- ing of the American Association to Promote the Teaching of Speech to the Deaf. Washington, Volta Bureau. 4°, 16p. Hopxins, G. Irvine. Manual of Plane Geometry on the Hevristic Plan. Boston, D. C. Heath & Co. 187 p. 12°. 75 cents. HvIpEKOPER, RusH SHIPPEN. Age of the Domestic Animals. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis. 8°. 225 p. $1.75. Hunt, THoMAS STERRY. Systematic Mineralogy. New York, The Scientific Pub. Co. 8°. 409p. MASTERPIECES OF AMERICAN LITERATURE, Boston, Houghton, Mifflin & Co. 12°. 470p. Maycock, W. PERREN. A First Book of Electricity and Magnetism. London, Whittaker & Co. 16°. 147 p. 60 cents. MINERALS: a monthly magazine. Vol.i. No. 1. New York, The Goldthwaites. 8°. Paper. 20 p. $1 per year. 10 cents a copy. New York SrateE REFORMATORY. Sixteenth Year- Book, containing the annual report of the Board of Managers for the year ending Sept. 30, 1891. Elmira, N. Y. S. Reformatory Press. 8°. Paper. Nissen, Hartyic. A BC of the Swedish System of Educational Gymnastics. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis. 12°. 116p. 75 cents. Oum, G. S. The Galvanic Circuit Investigated Mathematically. Trans. by William Francis. New York, Van Nostrand Co. 18°. 269 p. 50 cents. ¥ PowELi, J. W. Tenth Annual Report of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1888-89. Part i, Geology. Part ii., Irrigation. Washington, Government. 2 vols. 4°.- pp, 792, 131. ScHooL AND COLLEGE: devoted to secondary and higher education. Edited by Ray Greene Huling. Vol. i. No. i. Jan., 1892. Boston, Ginn & Co. 8°. Paper. 64p. $1.50a year; 20cents a number, Scott, ALEXANDER. An Introduction to Chemical aise Edinburgh, A. J.C. Black. 12°. 274p. 1.25. Sexton, SAMUEL. Deafness and Discharge from the Ear. New York, J. H. Vail& Co. 12°. 89p. THE PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW: bi-monthly. Edited by J. G. Schurman. Vol. i. No.i. Jan., 1892. Boston, Ginn & Co. 8°. Paper. 128 p. $8 a year; 75 cents a number. Witp, H. Aunalen des.Physikalischen Central-Ob- servatoriums. Jahrgang, 1890. Theil i. St. Petersburg, Haiserlichen Akademie der Wissen- schaften, 4°. Paper. versity by a young man (30) who has had Wants. Any person seeking a position for which he ts qualz- hed by his scientific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF Cost, 7 he satisfies the publisher of the suit- able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any scientific question, the address of any scientific man, or whocan in any way use this col- unn for a purpose consonant with the nature of the baper, ts cordially invited to do so. ANTED.—(1) A white man versed in wood and iron working, able to work from specifications and plans, suited for an instructor of boys; his bus- iness to have charge of shops of school, outline and direct the work for foremen and students; salary to bs $1,000 per annum (nine months). (2) A man (black preferred) to teach the colored, iron working and forging, subordinate to the preceding; salary, $720. (3) A man (white) competent to take classes in engineering (assistant’s position), but with tbe ability to perform any of the work required in any of the ordinary engineering courses of our universi- ties; salary from $1,000 to $1,500. A. H. BEALS, Milledgeville, Ga. ANTED.—Two or three efficient computers with good knowledge of Spherical Trigonometry and ready use of logarithms, for temporary employment in the office of the Coast and Geodetic Survey. Ap- plicants should furnish evidence of their fitness for the work. Apply by letter to the Superintendent, Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D.C. ANTED.— Science, No. 178, July 2, 1886, also Index and Title-page to Vol. VII. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York. YOUNG MAN (31) would like a position in a college, laboratory, or observatory, is also will- ing to assist at a steam engine, etc. Address J. W., care of Science, 874 Broadway, New York. ANTED.—A position in the philosophical or pedagogical department of a college or uni- ve years’ practical experience in teaching, and who has done four years’ post-graduate work in philosophy, devot- ing his attention during the last two years espe- cially to study and original investigation in scien- tifie psychology and its applications in education. ene EK. A., care Science, 874 Broadway, N. Y. ity. ANTED.—A suitable position in Washington, D. C., not connected with the Government, and with a salary not to exceed $650 a year, by an experienced biologist with six years’ university training. Applicant has been a skilful surgeon for fourteen years; is a practical photographer, car- tographer, and accustomed to the use of the type- writer. He is also capable of making the most fin- ished drawings, of any description, for all manner of illustrative purposes in science; trained in mu- seum methods and work; also field operations and taxidermy in its various departments, and model- ing, production of casts, restorations of paleonto- logical specimens and similar employments. Address U.S. R., care Science, 47 Lafayette Place, N. Y. Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, if ofsatisfactory character, Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] Wanted to buy or exchange a copy of Holbrook’s. North American Herpetology, by John Edwards. 5 vols. Philadelphia, 1842, G. BAUR, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. For sale or exchange, LeConte, ‘* Geology;” Quain, “Anatomy,” 2 vols,; Foster, ‘‘Physiology,” Eng. edition: Shepard, Appleton, Elliott, eel Stern, *t Chemistry ;”” Jordan, ** Manual of Vertebrates;”’ ‘* International Scien- tists’ Directory;’’ Vol. I. Yournal of Morphology; Bal-~ four, ‘*‘ Embryology,’ 2 vols.;_Leidy, “t Rhizopods;”’ Sczence, 18 vols., unbound. C. T. McCLINTOCK, Lexington, Ky. For sale.—A 644 x 816 Camera; a very fine instrument, with lens, holders and tripod, all new; it cost over $40; price: $25. Edw. L. Hayes, 6 Athens street, Cambridge, Mass. To exchange Wright’s ‘‘ Ice Age in North America’? and Le Conte’s ‘Elements of Geology’’ (Copyright 1882) for ‘‘Darwinism,” by A. R. Wallace, “Origin of Species,” by Darwin, ‘‘Descent of Man,’’ by Darwin, ‘“Man’s Place in Nature,’’ Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Ani- mals,” by Romanes, ‘*Pre-Adamites,’’ by Winchell. No books wanted except latest editions, and books in good condition. C. S. Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g, to 1-10mg.), platinum dishes and crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part or whole. Also complete file of S2ddi#an’s Fournal, 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883; U.S. Coast Survey. 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. For exchange or sale at a sacrifice, an elaborate micro- scope outfit. Ptllock stand; monocular objectives, one- sixth homeogeneous immersion, four-tenths, and three inch, Bausch & Lomb, also one-fourth and one inch Spencer. Four eye-pieces. Objectives are the best made. phages Mrs. Marion Smith, 41 Branch Street, Lowell,. ass. DEMPSEY & CARROLL, ART STATIONERS & ENGRAVERS, WEDDING INVITATIONS, | RECEPTION & DINNER INVITATIONS, VISITING CARDS, MENUS AND PROGRAMMES, UNION SQUARE, 36 EAST FOURTEENTH STREET. NEW YORK. —Saxon & Co., London, will publish in March an English edi- tion of Félix Régamey’s ‘‘ Japon Pratique,” an explanation of the Japanese modes of working in wood, metal, lacquer, porcelain, and stuffs, accompanied by more than a hundred designs. -— Macmillan & Co. announce for early publication a new vol- ume of the Library of Philosophy, entitled ‘‘The Philosophy of Aesthetics,” by Bernard Bosanquet, A.M., author of ‘ Logic; or, the Morphology of Knowledge,” and translator of Lotze’s ‘‘ System of Philosophy.” —Longmans, Green, & Co. announce a new edition of ‘A Hand-book of Florida,” by Charles Ledyard Norton. —The opening article of the February Popular Science Monthly will be on ‘‘ Personal Liberty,” by Edward Atkinson and Edward T. Cabot. It bears chiefly on the labor question, giving the re- sults of an exhaustive examination of the decisions of the courts concerning restrictions on hours and modes of labor, regulation of _} SCIENCE, 4I the method of payment, etc. The pottery articles in the industrial series will be followed by two on another attractive subject — the making of musical instruments, by Daniel Spillane. The first of these, to appear in February, is devoted to ‘‘The Piano-Forte.” It describes the precursors of this instrument, and recounts the steps of improvement by which this country has reached its present high position in the piano manufacture. The article is illustrated. President David Starr Jordan of Stanford University will have an account of how the hot-springs and lava-cliffs of the Yellowstone Park were formed, and what adventures have befallen the finny inhabitants of its lakes and streams. The article is called ‘‘ The Story of a Strange Land,” and it will be illustrated with several full-page and smaller views. ‘‘ Urban Population” is the subject of the fourth of the Lessons from the Census, by Hon. Carroll D. Wright. Itshows just how much ground there is for the current apprehension in regard to the increase of the slum population of cities. This paper also will appear in the February number. Inter Ocean. THE AMERICAN BRACE. | HANDBOOK OF METEOROLOGICAL TABLES. By DANIEL G. BRINTON, M.D. “The book is one of unusual interest and value,”— By Asst. Pror. H. A. Hazen. 127 pp. 8°. A lnic “Dr. Daniel G. Brinton writes as the acknowledged authority of the subject.”,—Philadelphia Press. ““The work will be of genuine value to all who wish to know the substance of what has been found out about the indigenous Americans.’—Nature. “A masterly discussion, and an example of the successful education of the powers of observation.” Professor Waldo says: ‘‘I heartily recom- mend them to all workers in meteorology, and do not see how any of our American meteorologists can afford to be without a copy.’’ Horsford’s Aeid Phosphate, A most excellent and agree- able tonic and appetizer. It nourishes and invigorates the —Philadelphia Ledger. Price, postpaid, $2. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. Professor Symons of London says: ‘‘ They are unquestionably valuable helps, which must be kept handy, and replaced when worn out.’’ Price, postpaid, $1. tired brain and body, imparts re- newed energy and vitality, and enlivens the functions. Dr. Eenram Bateman, Cedarville, N. J., says: ; ‘‘T have used it for several years, not only in my practice, but in my own individual case, and consider it under all circumstances STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN CO., Works: Oamden, N.J. 26 John St., New York. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. POPULAR MANUAL OF VISIBLE SPEECH AND. VOCAL PHYSIOLOGY, For use in Colleges and Normal Schools. Sent free by post by N.D C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. MINERALS. Price 50 cents CABINET SPECIMENS. COLLECTIONS For BLOWPIPE ANALYSIS. one of the best nerve tonics that we possess. For mental exhaustion or overwork it gives renewed strength and vigor to the entire system.’’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. I. = ADVERTISIN Largest and finest stock in U. 8. 100pp. Illustrated Catalogue, paper-bound, 15c.; cloth bound, 25c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & CO, Mineralogists, Removed to 733 & 735 Broadway, New York PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W.T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. TLUUSTRATIV: PURO Se 5): Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. = er CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘‘ Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never sold in bulk. DE-RULE metal Calendar. — This novel application of the slide-rule principle shows, in an instant without study or cal- culation, a complete Calendar for any month from t he Year 1 tillthe end JEROMR-THOMAS CO., 47 LAFAYETTE of fim Old and Rare Books. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- azines. Rates low. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie NV ample, 25 cts. ©. Si PLACE, NRW YORK. houses. Cpt s Matienal Frcpitest's Ualans 7 ATIC DO YOU INTEND TO BUILD? If you intend to build, it will be a mistake not to send for **SENSIBLE LOW-COST HOUSES,” now arranged in three volumes. In them you will find perspective views, floor plans, descriptions, and estimates of cost for 105 tasteful, new designs for They also give prices for complete Working Plans, Details, and Specifications, which enable you to build without delays, mistakes or quarrels with your build- er, and which any one can understand. Vol. I. contains 35 copyrighted designs of houses, costing between $500 and $1800. Vol. Il. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $1800 to $3000. Vol. Ill. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $3000 to $9000. each, or $3.00 for the set, ‘S>COLONIAL HOUSES,” a volume showing Perspectives and Floor Plans of houses arranged in the inimitable style of the Colonial Architecture, and having all modern arrangements for comfort. Price, $2.00. *¢ PIC’ TURESQG UE HOUSES FOR FOREST AND SHORE” :—This show Perspectives and Floor Plans of new designs for Summer Cottages, which are romantic convenient, and cheap. Price, $1.00, by mail.j rice, by mail, $1.00 N. D, C HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. 52 SCIENCE. ; Vou. XIX. ° No. 467 Fact and Theory Papers 1. THE SUPPRESSION OF CON- .SUMPTION. By Goprrey W. HAMBLETON, M.D. 12°. 40c. **The inestimable importance of the subject, the eminence of the author, and the novelty of his work. all combine to render the little treatise worthy ot special consideration. We heartily commend Dr. Hambleton’s booklet, and wish there were more Such works.”—Editorial, Boston Daily Advertiser. ‘: The monograph is interesting in style, scholarly and well worthy of careful consideration. It is de- ~ void of technical expressions, and cau be easily read and digested.”—Pharmaceutical Era. Il. THE SOCIETY AND THE “FAD.” By APPLETON MORGAN, Esq. 12°. 20 cents. ‘Mr. Morgan founds a sensible and interesting address upon a text furnished by a sentence from a young ladies’ magazine ; namely, ‘ Browning and Ibsen are the only really dramatic authors of their century.’”—New York Sun. ill. PROTOPLASM AND LIFE. By C.F. Cox. 12°. 75 cents. “To be commended to those who are not special- ists.”.—Christian Union. ‘“Physicians will enjoy their reading, and find in them much food for thought.”—St. Louis Medical and Surgical Journal. ‘Mr. Cox reviews the history of his subject with knowledge and skill.”—Open Court. “Tt is of extreme interest.”—Medical Age. ‘‘ Worthy of a careful perusal.”—Indiana Medica Journal. ‘“‘ An interesting and popular account of the ten- dencies of modern biological thought.”—Popular Science News. ‘©All interested in biological questions will find the book fascinating.” —Pharmaceutical Era. ‘Tne author displays a very comprehensive grasp of his subject.”—Public Opinion. ‘Deserves the attention of students of natural science.”—Critic. IV. THE CHEROKEES IN PRE-CO- LUMBIAN TIMES. By Cyrus THomas, 12°. $1 Dr. Thomas has already presented to the public some reasons for believing the Cherokees were mound-builders, but additional evidence bearing on the subject has been obtained. A more careful study of the Delaware tradition respecting the Tal- leg yi satisfies him that we have in the Bark Rocord (Walam Olum) itself proof that they were Chero- kees. He thinks the mounds enable us to trace back their line of migration even beyond their residence in Ohio to the western bank of the Mississippi. The object is therefore threefold: 1. An illustration of the reverse method of dealing with prehistoric sub- jects; 2. Incidental proof that some of the Indians were mound-pbuilders; 3. A study of a single tribe in the light of the mound testimony. This work will be an important contribution to the literature of the Columbian discovery which will doubtless appear during the coming two years. “ 4 valuable contribution to the question, ‘Who were the mound-builders ?’ ”—New York Times. ‘‘Professor Cyrus Thomas undertakes to trace back the evidences of a single Indian tribe into the prehistoric or mound-building age.”—N. Y. Sun. ** An interesting paper.”’—Christian Union. V. THE TORNADO. By H. A. Hazen. 12°. $1. “The little book is extremely interesting.”—Bos- ton Transcript. ‘*A book which will find many readers. The chapter on‘ Tornado Insurance’ is of interest to ail property-holders in the tornado States.”— Boston Herald. «The Tornado’ is a popular treatise on an impor- tant province of meteorology, in which science, the author, Professor Hazen of the United States Signal Service, may be regarded as an expert.” —Philadel- phia Ledger. VI. TIME-RELATIONS OF MENTAL PHENOMENA. By JOSEPHJASTROW. 12°. 50c. * All students of psychology will find the book full of interesting facts. Professor Jastrow’s good qual- ities as a thinker and as a writer are too well and too widely known to require comment.”—Public Opinion. “ A useful work for psychologists—as well as the general reader—by setting forth in brief and easily intelligible form the present state of knowledge in - regard to the time required for the performance of mental acts.”—The Critic. VIl. HOUSEHOLD HYGIENE. Mary TAYLOR BISSELL. 12°. 75 cents. * & sensible brochure.’’—Brooklyn Eagle. “ Practical and sensible.”—Public Opinion. ““The advice and excellent information which it contains are tersely and intelligently expressed.” — Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. ‘* Practical and simply written.”—Springfield Re- publican. “‘The best monograph on home hygiene.”—St, Louis Globe-Democrat. In Preparation. VIII. THE FIRST YEAR OF CHILD- HOOD. By J. MARE BALDWIN. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. By — dbenoh, anal As Cs SPRING COTTONS. Anderson’s Zephyrs, Printed Mullis, AMY’ d and Printed Walnsooks, Figured Crepes, Stripe and Plain Batiste. Deoodovany HK 19tb 6b. NEW YORK, JANUARY DRESS GOODS SALE. We begin to-day our regular after-holiday sale in the Dress Goods Department. An immense variety of Plaids of Scotch, French, and English make, in both gay and subdued colorings—prices reduced one-half. Many excellent values in stylish Cheviots and Tailor Suitings, Double Rib Diagonals, etc. Reductions, also, in prices of Cashmeres, Serges, and other Plain Goods—Bargains at every counter. For early Spring we have opened several new lines of attractive mixtures, 52 inches wide, $1.00 and $1.25 per yard. James McCreery & Co. BROADWAY & Ilth STREET, NEW YORK. LINENS. Art Embroidery Linens, Linens for the Bed-room, Dining-room, or Kitchen, in large assortment. Linen Goods have been our specialty for nearly forty years, and there is no desirable linen article or fabric which may not be found in our stock. We gladly send samples of such of our goods as can be sampled. To get some idea of the range of goods we keep, write for catalogue. James McCutcheon & Co., THE LINEN STORE, 64 & 66 West 23d St., New York. THE Anevican Bel ‘Telenhone COM PANY. 93 MILK $7, BOSTON, MASS. This Company owns the Letters Patent granted to Alexander Gra- ham Beli, March 7th, 1876, No. 174,465, and January 30, 1877, No. 186,787. The Transmission of Speech by all known forms of HLECTRIC SPEAKING TELEPHONES in- fringes the right secured to this Company by the above patents, and renders each individual user of tel- ephones, not furnished by it or its licensees, responsible for such un- lawful use, and all the conse- quences thereof and liable to suit therefor. New Method of Protecting Property from Lightning. ne Ae e st The Lightning Dispeller, Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduec- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company, United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. A TEMPORARY BINDER for Science is now ready, and will be mailed postpaid on receipt of 75 cents. This binder is strong, durable and elegant, has gilt side-title, and al- lows the opening of the pages per- fectly flat. Any number can be taken out or replaced without dis- turbing the others, and the papers are not mutilated for subsequent permanent binding. Filed in this binder, Scéezceis always convenient for reference. Temporary binders of the same description but without side title, to fit any paper or periodical of ordi- BINDER nary size, will be mailed postpaid on receipt of price as given below. In ordering, be sure to give the name of paper or periodical and style of binder. 8 to 12 inches long, cloth, $o.50; leather, $o.60. a we ce “ X12)pueT 60 75. I4 a 17 “ ae “ 75 ee 1.00. 17 ‘S19 * & “ 1.00 “ 1.25. N. D. C. HODGES, Publisher, 874 Broadway, New York. JAN 2989 ) A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL (mn PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW Trento YEAR. S y id 2 5) SineLe Copies, Ten Cents. . Vou. XIX. No. 468. JANUARY oP 1892, $3.50 Per Yuar, In ADVANCE. i CONTENTS. METEORITES! “‘Divins Hwawine.’’ C. F. Nichols, We have JUST ISSUED AN ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE SIT TB. coe dlalel OAPAaID ot an ae Daa peanear 43| OF OUR METEORITES, giving first a chronological list of the falls (descriptive of a each individual specimen), under the three classes, SIDERITES, SIDEROLITES AND “Norms anp NEWS........... ......+5-. 44) AZROLITES, followed by a LIST OF MICRO-SECTIONS OF AJROLITES FOR SALE, ‘Forty Years or Waar CuLrure In and a chronological list of the CASTS OF METEORITES which were made before cutting Cae Be Thr hele 48 the specimens into slices, thus being an exact fac simile of the size and shape of the meteor. These lists are followed by 25 PAGES OF ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTIONS of Tse AntHRoroLocy or Evrore........ 49/ some of the more recent masses that have passed through our hands. Tem Aromeman Norman Amuacnua lian, Gil The Index to this Catalogue not only gives IN HEAVY TYPE the names adopted for the Meteorites, but various important synonymous names in smaller type. : ‘ AWG PRICE OF 5 Rain-Making by Concussion in the Pe taconite teen op ce Rocky Mountains. G. H. Stone... 52 Tf you have METEORITES for sale, or METEORITES 2 LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. Rain-Making. Edward Powers..... 52|\that you desire sliced, write to us. Hye-Habits. H. J. Hill...........+. 53 As in years gone by, we are still the headquarters in this country Boox REVIEWS. for MINERALS, ROCKS, FOSSILS; CASTS OF FOSSILS, and Chambers’s Encyclopaedia. Vol.viii. 53| other Natural History Specimens. JAswanng: unm RR EE) boo ce Gee beouos 53 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND CIRCULARS, ADDRESS = b) x ~ Entered at the-Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as W ARD S NAT U RAL SCIENCE ESTABLIS HMENT, Second-Class Mail Matter. 16—26 College Avenue, Rochester, N. Y. Macmillan & Co.s New Books. Pi STORY Ora iitey Hibs. A Popular Account of Mountains and How They are Made. By the Rey. H. N. Hurcuinson, Author of ‘‘ The Autobiography of the Earth.’’ With numerous Illustrations. 12mo, cloth, $1.50. ‘©The author aims to cultivate a sense of the beauty of the mountains. He touches upon the place they have held in sacred and profane literature; he shows the influence of the mountains upon the lives and characters of the people that live among them, describes some of the natural phenomena of mountain regions, their plants and animals, etc., and, without entering too deeply into the mysteries of geology, he gives much interesting in- formation about the structure of mountains, their origin, age, etc.’’—Home Journal. GEOLOGICAL SKETCHES: At Home and Abroad. By ARCHIBALD GEIKIE, F.R.S., LL.D. Director General of the Geological Surveys o Great Britain and Ireland. New Edition. With Illustrations. 12mo, $1.50, THE PRACTICAL TELEPHONE HANDBOOK, And Guide to the Telephone Exchange. By JosEPH PooLE. With 227 Illustrations. 12mo, cloth, 75 cents. Just Published. With 600 Illustrations, 8vo, $8.00. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. Translated from the French of AMEDEE GUILLEMIN. Revised and edited by SYL- VANUS P. THOMPSON, D.Sc., B.A., F.R.S. With 600 illustrations, 8vo, $8.00, MACMILLAN & CO., 112 Fourth Avenue, NEW YORK. SCIENCE. SCIENCE ADVERTISING RATES. Established January, 1892. INSIDE PAGES. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to an inch, a ** column, a 140 lines, - $20.00 ‘« page, three columns, 420 lines, - 50.00 LAST OUTSIDE PAGE AND PAGES FACING READING MATTER. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to aninch, 20c. ** column, 3 140 lines, - $25.00 «¢ page, three columns, 420 lines, _ 60.00 FIRST OUTSIDE TITLE-PAGE. Double-column space at top next Contents, $30.00 Triple-column space, below Contents, - 50.00 SCALE OF DISCOUNTS. 1o percent. on 4times, 1 month, oronamount $100 cc “ ce nn « te 15 8 2 200 3 ce ee “ on oc aD Bonnie a Sei oe ea aoe 33% eC co tc BOO 20 per cent. advance for preferred positions. Nothing inserted for less than $1.00 a time. Reading Matter Notices, under that caption, goc. a count line, set in nonpareil. Copy should be in office not later than Wednes- day of the week of issue. Henry F. Taylor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. QUERY. Can any reader of Sczence cite a case of lightning stroke in which the dissipation of a small conductor (one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter, say, ) has failed to protect between two horizon- tal planes passing through its upper and lower ends respective- ly? Plenty of cases have been found which show that when the conductor is dissipated the build- ing is not injured to the extent explained (for many of these see volumes of Philosophical Trans- actions at the time when light- ning was attracting the attention of the Royal Society), but not an exception is yet known, al- though this query has been pub- lished far and wide among elec- tricians. First inserted June 19. to date. = No response N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. PUBLICATIONS. QUARTERLY. THE INTERNATIONAL _,. JOURNAL OF MICROSCOPY AND NATURAL SCIENCE. THE JOURNAL OF THE Postal Microscopical Society. Edited by ALFRED ALLEN. $1.75 Per Year. To Science subscribers, $1.00 for one year. avpress N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. THE AMERICAN GEOLOGIST FOR 1891 AND BIEN'S NEW ATLAS OF THE METROPOLI- TAN DISTRICT, will be given to New Subseribers to the GxroLoGist for $25.00 (which is the regular price of the Atlas alone), if ordered through the GEOLOGIST. For other premiums see the GroLocistT for Nov., Dec., and Jan. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING COMPANY, Minneapolis, Winn. AMERICAN HERO-MYTHS. A Study in the Native Religions of the Western Continent, By D. G. Brinton, M.D. 8°. $1.75. THE GRADLE OF THE SEMITES. By D. G. Brinton, M.D., and Morris JAstRow, JR., Ph.D. 8°. 30 cents. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. Aaaress PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Crawfordsville, Ind. BABY. An Illustrated Journal for Mothers PUBLISHED FOR) NIGHTLY. $1.00 a year. Send for Sample Copy. Charles Robinson, 907 Broadway, N. Y. AMERICAN WOODS ) A book on Woods, containing f actual _and authentic specimens. ool PREPARATIONS OF WOODS FOR MICROSCOPE anp STERE- OPTICON, and WOODEN CARDS, for invita- tions, calling cards, etc. Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH, Lowville, N. Y. (Vou. XIX. No. 468 | PROPRIETARY. The old saying that “con- sumption can be cured if taken in time” was poor com- fort. It seemed to invite a trial, but to anticipate failure. The other one, not so old, ‘consumption can be cured,” is considered by many false. Both are true and not true; the first is prudent— one cannot begin too early. The means is careful liv ing. Scott's Emulsion of cod-liver oil is sometimes an important part of that. Letus send you a book on CAREFUL LIVING—free. Scorr & Bowng, Chemists, 132 South sth Avenue, New York. Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion of cod-tiver oil—-all druggists everywhere do, ¢1. 33 PUBLICATIONS. “tis not only the ‘Busy Man’s Magazine,’ but is especially adapted to the ‘Busy Wemen?—such as most of us are.” (lirs.) LUCY A. OSBAND, Michigan State Normal School. ‘iT PLEASES EVERYBODY. | Miss Frances Willard.— The bright- est outlook window in Christendom for busy people who want to see whatis going on in the world.’ Providence Telegram.-‘‘A great boon to the busy, the lazy and the economical.”’ | Khe Congregationalist.-This monthly} has no peer in originality of design, Scope and accuracy of vision, thoroughness in execution and ability to transform its readers into citizens of the world.”) Price 25c . AGENTS WANTED. ee Fale a Year sl SendTenCents THR REVIEW OF REVIEWS, for Sample Copy. 3 Astor Place, New York. Minerals, y) 0 : Stuffed Amana Recs Ward's Natural Science Establishment|. 2". Castsot Fossits, Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. |anatomest Retietmaps.| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N. Y. _ |anvertepreg" ; 4 4 i | 4 i : 3 e . a : _ Healers,” ‘‘ Christian Scientists,” DINE NEW YORK, JANUARY 22, 1892. “DIVINE HEALING.” * AxsoutT twenty years ago a half-educated trifler from Ger- many, babbling, as they all do now, a travesty of undigested “metaphysical philosophy” displayed in a nimbus of re- ligious cant, concerning whom the most injurious reports ‘were circulated and have never been contradicted — this man became the apostle of a large following, and the worthy founder of the most notorious of the ‘‘schools” spawning ever since in the shallow waters of ‘‘ Christian science,” and there is of late a pitiful increase of faith, particularly on the part of religious people, in the prayers, promises and neglect of these healers, until cancer, diphtheria, and typhoid are left without challenge or remorse in the control of *‘ Divine “Faith” and ‘Mind - Curers,” and ‘‘ inspired” persons in all garbs, who advertise _ yariously, while each calls all others estimated, but they are numbered by the thousand. “quack.” Here is a “philosophy ” which literally insists that there is neither pain nor disease;? cancer is an imagination. How patient, after all, are our legislators ! Serious argument against the hypocritical nonsense of these parasites in the medical profession would hardly have seemed called for, —so silly is the silliness, so crazy the craze, — were it not true that their influence is widely and perniciously felt. As keen an observer as Mr. Edward Eggle- ston has thought the status of ‘‘ Christian Science” so seri- ous an evil that his last work, ‘‘ The Faith Doctor,” is a strong indictment of its murderous counsels. Popularity is easily gained, for the dead tell no tales. Christian Science murmurs its experimental prayer over the sick as material, while its triumphal march gathers a noisy ovation from the imaginative, the neurotic, the convalescing, - and from certain surgical cases, stiff-jointed, rheumatic, or weak, and simply needing reassurance to take up beds and walk. From New England to the extreme West, towns and communities swarm with the new “‘practitioners.” ‘‘ The number of these regularly graduated cannot be accurately Within the limits of one school there are about thirty organized churches, and also one hundred and twenty societies which _ maintain regular services.” * Numerous periodicals make their appeal in such priestly yestments as have never been assumed by Ayer’s Almanac or the most plausible of the Guides to Health. Twenty- three institutes, scientific and metaphysical, are advertised in one periodical.* Here whoever listens becomes a titled practitioner (C.S.) and is ‘‘ inspired,” however brief the course of instruction. pired, _ “There are about fifty dispensaries and reading-rooms, and 1 A portion of this paper was published in Boston Transcript, Dec. 21, 1891, in reply to a communication, Boston Transcript, Nov. 7, favoring Divine Heal- ing as “‘ the more excellent way.” 2 ‘Science and Health,” pp. 188, 190, 231, etc. ‘* You say a boil is inflamed and painful, but that is impossible ” (231). ‘‘ Inflammation, tubercles, hemor- rhage and decomposition are but thoughts, beliefs ”’ (188). 3’ American Spectator, Dec., 1891. 4 Christian Science Journal, Jan., 1892. a rapidly inereasing literature for Christian Science; one of the other schools, Mind Cure, has also a large number of organizations similar in character.” ° Reputable physicians occasionally yield to the importuni- ties of patients, or the specious arguinent from the assumed standpoint of religion, and endorse the practice of Faith Cure, wholly or in part. Given an inch, an ell is taken, and the fanatical statement has already been made that there exists no opposition to Divine Healing on the part of medi- cal men.° Yet every veracious medical article and authentic report written during the past decade to show the service of air, diet, exercise, baths, or medication, is the enlightened protes of science, i.e., of confirmed and verified experience, in op- position to sensational, hysterical, superstitious pseudo-sci- ence. Concession on the part of any physician to the childish credulity of a bygone age is simply high treason to his noble profession. A medical man who is still conducting cases of successful treatment should reflect upon his ingratitude to Alma Mater, and upon the comment which must greet a step which seems to stultify his own professional life and give support to a dangerous class in the community. His col- leagues will, inevitably, question his sincerity and ask for a logical defense. Religious observances have their time and place, but the Almighty evidently always employs means; the preachers are accepted agents in matters spiritual, perhaps the doctors are the convenient instruments to cure disease. A disorder so serious, visible, established, and contagious as diphtheria, is not to be left to faith and prayer alone. Tbe writer has never seen a cure wrought by such agency; but he has met with several instances where, in this disease, faith without works has brought adout a most disastrous re- sult. Prayer accompanying unskilled attendance in child- bed has proved to be infanticide. The fact remains (statistics are stubborn) that “‘ The Prayer Test” submitted some years ago was unsuccessful in applica- tion, both here and in England, and it is not now referred to by those who so confidently offered it. Consumption is unwisely chosen as a chief example of the hopelessly incurable, therefore to be abandoned to prayer." Dr. Cullis has here failed to help;* the bacteria still defy his methods. But medical science accomplishes very much in this disease, more and more from yearto year. Even the removal of patients to antiseptic air and a warmer climate completely curesin many instances. Dr. Burnett recently re- ported fifty cases of advanced consumption of the lungs cured in England in spite of the climate, and medical authorities are nearly unanimous in promising aid at early stages of phthisis. Why should we, so equipped with books, profes- sional training, experience, and a sense of responsibility toward our fellows, abandon the care of consumption to the pseudo-scientists? 6 Am. Spectator, Dec., 1891. 6 Journal of the Evangelical Alliance, Nov. 14, 1891. 7 Boston Transcript, Noy. 7; Chr. Science Journal, Jan., 1892; Sclence and Health, p. 188. 8 In the Consumptives’ Home, a large faith institute, located in Boston, 44 It is most emphatically true, and to be recognized by every thoughtful mind abreast with the currents of modern life, that, underneath all the enormous quackery and folly of the healers, there are certain tendencies in the movement which are true and which have given to it power and influ- ence. An influence early seen among us, and which, we trust, will be perpetuated as a final boon to the sick, was the leading of popular thought, in a hard and sceptical time, into a more spiritual conception of disease. Rightly applied, and by educated persons, such forces in nature as mesmerism (hitherto misapplied), and the still questionable hypnotism, seem destined to be of inestimable service in the treatment of all sickness, most obviously in disturbances of the nervous system. Happily, ““The qualities that soothe and heal and bless Are scattered at the feet of men like flowers.’’ There are men and women everywhere who forget fear and self and give out their beautiful life to the sick. No in- telligent physician now neglects the mental, even the psychic states of his patients. Subtle gifts and powers are seen in the highest, or philanthropic, type of the medical man; for- tunate is the patient whose doctor adds all noble ways and works to his professional acquirements. Abercrombie, Big- elow, and Clark were, temperamentally, sunshine, faith, patience, and hope. Such ministrations are, however, but accessory to medical treatment, and should not arrogate the powers and functions of science, ‘*For who shall change, by prayers or thanksgivings, The mystery of the cruelty of things?’’ When the son of Mr. Moody, the revivalist, lay sick of scarlet fever, Mr. Moody’s daily prayer, thousands helping him in the great tabernacle, was for the doctor’s guidance. “May my boy’s doctor be directed, and may he save my child!” That doctor’s attitude toward revivals was so ques- tionable that the boy’s cure by prayer in this partnership was one among numerous modern miracles. But the M.D.’s chosen by D.D.’s are quite apt to be unbelievers. Even missionaries are shockingly delinquent in this matter, and waste no time by employing the mongrel attachés who fol- low the fathers, if only a scoffer full of knowledge be at hand. How often has the writer seen this wise prudence exercised by the mission leaders of the Sandwich Islands. Perchance, to aid us all, a class of honest healers or help- ers will at last arise whose representatives may not call themselves divine, and may not assume to cure all conta- gious and organic disease. I venture, finally, to apply to the mental healers(?) words of an eloquent writer directed against others accused of like delinquency: ‘‘ They trust to nature, which cannot, like an intelligent surgeon, bring together the gaping lips of a wound, and by their union effect a cure; which, not know- ing how to tie a wounded artery, suffers a man in full health and energy to bleed to death; which, in order to remoye a splinter from the cornea, destroys the whole eye by suppu- ration. In an affair so important as that of healing, a pro- fession requiring such intelligence, judgment, and skill, how could they blindly take the vital power for their best in- structor and guide, whilst reflective reason and unfettered judgment, those magnificent gifts of the Deity, have been granted to man to enable him infinitely to surpass its per- formances for the benefit of mankind?” C. F, Nicnous, M.D. SCIEN GI: NOTES AND NEWS. THE Illustrated American says: ‘‘It has been decided that it is necessary to send an expedition to Greenland this year to rescue Mr. Peary and his party. The necessity being admitted no one will object to the relief expedition. But it does seem proper to recall some of the conditions under which the original party started. Mr. Peary sought, before his departure, to inspire the belief that the difficulties encountered by previous Arctic explorers would be avoided in a large measure. In this position he was sustained to some extent by the wonderful journey across Green- land performed by Dr. Fridjof Nansen. After passing the bar- riers of snow and ice on the coast, he hoped to travel over the snow plains of the interior without difficulty on the skier that served Dr. Nansen so well. After the expedition started it was discovered that he had taken too rosy a view of the prospect, His arrangements were not so complete as they should have been; so simple a matter as obtaining the co-operation of the Danish Government, and the assistance of the officials in Greenland, had been overlooked. When the party that accompanied him to Greenland returned, grave apprehension for the safety of himself and his companions was felt. And the feeling of apprehension becomes intensified when it is remembered that one of the persons thus subjected to unnecessary risks of suffering, starvation, and perhaps death among Arctic snow wilderness is a woman, Mr, Peary’s brave wife.” — We learn from Mind that the second session of the Interna- _ tional Congress of Experimental Psychology will be held in Lon- don, on Tuesday, Aug. 2, 1892, and the three following days, un- der the presidency of Professor Henry Sidgwick. Arrange- ments have already been made by which the main branches of contemporary psychological research will be represented. In ad- dition to the chief lines of investigation comprising the general experimental study of psychical phenomena in the normal human mind, it is intended to bring into prominence such kindred de- partments of research as the neurological consideration of the cerebral conditions of mental processes; the study of the lower forms of mind in the infant, in the lower races of mankind, and in animals, together with the connected Jaws of heredity; also the pathology of mind and criminology. Certain aspects of recent hypnotic research will also be discussed, and reports will be given in of the results of the census of hallucinations which it was de- cided to carry out at the first session of the congress (Paris, 1889). Among those who have already promised to take part in the pro- ceedings of the congress may be named the following: Professor Beaunis, Monsieur A. Binet, Professor Pierre Janet, Professor Th. Ribot, and Professor Richet (France); Professor Lombroso (Italy); Dr. Goldscheider, Dr. Hugo Munsterberg, Professor G. E. Miller, Professor W. Preyer, and Dr. Baron von Schrenk-Notzing (Ger- many); Professer Alfred Lehmann (Denmark); Professor N. Grote and Professor N. Lange (Russia); Dr. Donaldson, Professor W. James, and Professor Stanley Hall (United States of America); and Professor V. Horsley, Dr. Ch. Mercier, and Dr. G. J. Romanes (England). It is also hoped that Dr. A. Bain, Professor E. Her- ing, and others, may be able to take part in the proceedings; and that some, as Professor W. Wundt, who will not be able to attend the congress, may send papers. Asa specimen of the work that will be done it may be said that Professor Beaunis will deal with Psychological Questioning; Monsieur Binet with some aspect of The Psychology of Insects; Dr. Donaldson with Laura Bridgman; Professor Stanley Hall with Recent Researches in the Psychclogy of the Skin; Professor Horsley with The Degree of Localization of Movements and Correlative Sensations; Professor Pierre Janet with Loss of Volitional Power; Professor N. Lange with Some Experiments and Theories concerning the Association of Ideas ; Professor Lombroso with The Sensibility of Women, Normal, In- sane, and Criminal; Dr. Mimsterberg with Complex Feelings of Pleasure and Pain; and Professor Richet with The Future of Psy - chology. A committee of reception has been formed, which in- cludes, among others, the following names: Dr. A. Bain, Dr. D. Ferrier, Mr. F. Galton, Dr. Shadworth Hodgson, Professor V. Horsley, Dr. Hughlings Jackson, Dr. Charles Mercier, Professor Croom Robertson, Dr. G. J. Romanes, Mr. Herbert Spencer, Mr. ‘{Vor. XIX. “No. 46870 JANUARY 22, 1892. ] G. F. Stout, Dr. J. Ward, and Dr. de Watteville. The fee for attendance at the congress is ten shillings. Arrangements will be made for the accommodation of foreign members of the con- gress at a moderate expense. Communications are invited, which should be sent to one of the honorary secretaries (F. W. H. Myers, Leckhampton House, Cambridge; or James Sully, East Heath Road, Hampstead, London, N.W.) not later than the end of June, and as much earlier than that date as possible. The communica- tion should be accompanied by a précis of its contents for the use of members. —Ina recent number of the Revue Médicale de la Suisse Ro- mande, Dr. Grandjean has related a case of very greatinterest. It is that of aman of thirty-four, who, with the exception of an attack of somnambulism at the age of eight — an attack in which he had walked into his father’s bedroom and congratulated him on being elected king of Italy — had been previously healthy. Towards the end of January, 1890, he began to suffer from nightmare and depression, without apparent cause, but he had no headache or vomiting. This condition persisted for two weeks. Then, on Feb. 9, after going to his office and working as usual, at nine o’clock in the morning he took his hat, set out on foot, and ar- rived at Payerne, a village fifty kilometres distant. He had no recollection of anything that happened from the time he left his office until he awoke, in the middle of the night, in an inn at Payerne. His boots, he found, were much worn, but his clothes were in good order. He presented none of the usual effects of having passed through an epileptic paroxysm, except that he had a violent headache. After this he remained as usual for seven months, except that he had occasional ‘‘ absences.” Thus, on one occasion, while writing, he was surprised to find that he had continued at his work for an hour without any recollection of hav- ing done so. The work was done perfectly, without a single mistake. At the end of the seven months he had another attack similar to the first, but lasting for two days, during which he had gone about to different places acting ina manner which did not strike any observer as strange or peculiar, but being all the time unconscious. Five months later he had a similar, even more elaborate, attack, which also lasted for two days, and was fol- lowed by headache more violent than usual. Dr. Grandjean comes to the conclusion that this is undoubtedly a case of epileptic au- tomatism. He does so from the nature of the attacks, from the fact that the man also suffered from ‘‘ absences” of longer or shorter duration, really attacks of petit mal, and because the latter became almost totally suppressed under treatment by the bro- mides. The case is an important one, and it should serve to im- press the fact once more that some criminals who profess complete unconsciousness of the act or acts with which they are charged May really be the subjects of epileptic automatism. If this pa- tient had committed some crime during one of those periods of unconsciousness, a defence to the effect that he was the subject of epilepsy would have been received with considerable doubt, espe- cially as there was nothing in the nature of a severe fit to point to in the former history, but only those temporary ‘‘ absences” with- out any obvious convulsion. — At the meeting of the Chemical Society of Washington, Jan. 14, Professor H. W. Wiley presented a paper on ‘‘ Midzu-ame.” The sample of midzu-ame or Japanese glucose analyzed by Pro- fessor Wiley was brought to the laboratory of the Agricultural Department by Dr. W. St. George Elliot, having been sent to him from Yokohama by Mr. J. H. Loomis. A sample of heavy con- fectioner’s glucose was analyzed at the same time and the two compared. The characteristic of the midzu-ame is its high per- centage of maltose, nearly all of the reducing sugar present being maltose. The ash of the midzu-ame contained only a trace of sulphates, no lime, no chlorium, and was strongly alkaline. The ash of the confectioner’s glucose contained large quantities of sul- phates, very little lime, and was also alkaline. The pleasant flavor of the midzu-ame seems to render it preferable to glucose for confectioners’ use, and Professor Wiley thought it may be destined to have an important future in this respect. He referred - to its use in Japan, where it has been used for medical purposes with dialyzed iron and cod liver oil. Its only ad\antage over SCIENCE. 45 maltine is its easy digestibility. Professor Wiley also described the methods of manufacture in Japan as given by Dr. J. C. Berry and by Mr. Loomis. W. F. Hillebrand, in his paper on ‘‘ Zinc- bearing Spring Waters from Missouri,” described the springs as issuing from a low bluff a few miles south-west of Joplin, and their chief constituent as zinc sulphate, amounting to three hundred parts per million in a total weight of less than twice that amount of salts. Cadmium, lead, and copper were found in small quantity, and the other constituents were sulphates of cal- cium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, manganese, aluminium, and iron; also calcium carbonate, silica, and a small amount of sodium chloride. — Professor Albert A. Michelson of Clark University has been invited by the International Bureau of Weights and Measures to spend the coming summer at the Bureau’s laboratory at Breteuil, near Paris, for the purpose of establishing a metric standard in terms of wave lengths of light. Of the three methods of deter- mining a standard of length, the measuring a quadrant of the earth’s circumference, the oscillation of a pendulum under given conditions, and the length of light waves at a given line in the spectrum, the last is the most accurate and has the advantage of being a cosmic rather than terrestrial standard. In his original paper explaining the method, Professor Michelson had the co- operation of Professor Morley of Cleveland. The invitation of the International Committee has been accepted by Professor Michelson with the informal approval of the president and trustees of Clark University. Their formal action in granting him leave of absence only awaits the arrival of official papers from Paris and Berlin. The order for the additional new apparatus has been placed with the American Watch and Tool Company of Waltham and with Mr. Brashier of Pittsburg. The working drawings have been made by F. L. C. Wardwell. Professor B. A. Gould of Cambridge, the well-known astronomer and American representative of the Inter- national Congress of Weights and Measures, writes to President Hallas follows: ‘‘The proposed investigation is a magnificent one, audacious, yet already proved by Professor Michelson to be feasi- ble. The honor inuring to our country by the selection of an American professor to carry it out and an American artist for con- structing an apparatus requiring such surpassing delicacy is one which, Iam confident, you will appreciate as highly asI do. It is my conviction that the assent of Clark University will not only redound to its high honor and be gratefully recognized throughout the civilized world, but will constitute an enduring title to re- membrance and full appreciation in the history of science. It seems to me a just source of pride that our country should be called on to take the chief part, both scientific and technical, in such an undertaking, and I will not deny that I am considerably elated by it.” Telegrams from Professor Foerster at Berlin and Hirsch of Switzerland, president and secretary, respectively, of the International Bureau, have been received, ratifying all ar- rangements. — The Indiana Academy of Science held its annual meeting in the Capitol at Indianapolis, Dec. 30 and 31, 1891, under the presi- dency of Professor O. P. Hay of Butler University, Irvington, Ind. Owing to the great number of papers entered, it was necessary, throughout the most of the meeting, to meet in two sections: Section A., zoology, botany, and geology; Section B., chemistry, physics, and mathematics. On Wednesday morning and evening general sessions were held. At the latter the president’s address on ‘The Present State of the Theory of Organic Evolution” was delivered. There were ninety-eight papers entered, and under the rules none were permitted on the programme except such as were expected to be read. The committee appointed at the sum- mer meeting of the Academy, at Lake Maxincuckee, to consider the question of science work in the high schools of the State re- ported that it had brought the subject to the attention of the State Board of Education, with the result that the presidents of Purdue University and Indiana University were appointed a commit- tee to prepare a circular of instruction, to be distributed by the board to high schools and to school officers. The circular is nearly ready for distribution. The committee appointed to secure the passage by the legislature of an act to protect native birds reported 46 that such legislation had been secured. The following papers were presented: Some Suggestions to Teachers of Science or Mathematics in High Schools, by T. C. Van Nuys; Notes on Nu- merical Radices, by C. A. Waldo; The Kankakee and Pure Water for North-western Indiana and Chicago, by J. L. Campbell; Biologi- cal Surveys, by John M. Coulter; The Distribution of Tropical Ferns in Peninsular Florida, by L. M. Underwood; Unused Forest Re- sources, by Stanley Coulter; Preliminary Notes on the Geology of Dearborn County, Ind., by A. J. Bigney; Jefferson County Cys- tidians, Hudson River Fossils of Jefferson County, Ind., and The Upper Limit of the Lower Silurian at Madison, Ind., by George C. Hubbard; Variations in the Dynamical Conditions During the Deposit of the Rock Beds at Richmond, Ind. (by title), by Joseph Moore; The Relation of the Keokuk Groups of Montgomery County with the Typical Locality, and Comments on the Description of Species, by C. S. Beachler; On a Deposit of Vertebrate Fossils in Colorado by Amos W. Butler; Topographical Evidence of a Great and Sudden Diminution of the Ancient Water Supply of the Wabash River (by title), and Source of Supply to Medial Moraines Probably from the Bottom of the Glacial Channel (by title), by J. T. Campbell; Notes on a Kansas Species of Buckeye, by W. A. Kellerman; On the Occurrence of Certain Western Plants near Columbus, Ohio, by Aug. D. Selby; Preliminary Notes on the Genus Hoffmanseggia, by E. M. Fisher; Preliminary Paper on the Flora of Henry County, Ind. (by title), by T. B. Redding and Mrs. Rosa Redding Mikels; A New Microtome, by George ©. Hubbard; Notes on the Organogeny of the Composite (by title) by G. W. Martin; Notes on the Development of the Archegonium and Fer- tilization in Tsuga Canadensis and Pinus Sylvestris, by D. M. Mottier; Strange Development of Stomata upon Carya Alba Caused by Phylloxera, by D. A. Owen; Development of thé Sporangium and Apical Growth of Stem of Botrychium Virginianum, by C. L. Holtzman; The Flora of Mount Orizaba, by H. E. Seaton; An Apparatus for Determining the Periodicity of Root Pressure, by M. B. Thomas; Condensation of Acetophenone with Ketols by Means of Dilute Potassium Cyanide, Condensation of.-Acetone with Benzoin by Means of Dilute Potassium Cyanide, and Pyrone and Pyridone Derivatives from Benzoyl Acetone, byAlexander Smith; Carbonic Acid in the Utine, by T. C. Van Nuys and R. E. Lyons; Results of Estimations of Chlorine in Mineral Waters, by Vol- hardt’s Method, by Sherman Davis; The Sugar Beet in Indiana, and Forms of Nitrogen for Wheat, by H. A. Huston; A Copper Ammonium Oxide, by P.S. Baker; Di-benzy] Carbinamine, and The Character of Well Waters in a Thickly Populated Area, by W. A. Noyes; Laboratory and Field Work on the Phosphate of Alumina, by H. A. Huston; Recent Archzeological Discoveries in Southern Obio, by Warren K. Moorehead; Photographing Certain Natural Objects without a Camera, by W. A. Kellerman; Recent Methods for the Determination of Phosphoric Acid, by H. A. Huston; The Digesti- bility of the Pentose Carbohydrates (by title), and The Action of Phenyl-Hydrazin on Furfurol (by title), by W. E. Stone; A Graphi- cal Solution of Equations of Higher Degree for both Real and Imaginary Roots, and On Some Theorems of Integrations in Qua- ternions, by A.S Hathaway; The Section of the Anchor Ring, by W. V. Brown; A Note on the Karly History of Potential Func- tions, by A. 8. Hathaway; Some Geometrical Propositions, by C. A. Waldo; Some Suggested Changes in Notation, by R. L. Green; An Adjustment for the Control Magnet on a Mirror Galvanometer, and A Combined Wheatstone’s Bridge and Potentiometer, by J. P. Naylor; Hysteresis Curves for Mitis and Other Cast Iron, by J. E. Moore and H. M. Tingley; Heating of a Dielectric in a Condenser (preliminary note), by Albert P. Carman; Science and the Colum- bian Exposition, by J. L. Campbell; Exploration of Mount Orizaba, by J. T. Scovell; Entomologizing in Mexico, by W. 8S. Blatchley; Distribution of Certain Forest Trees (by title), and Cleistogamy in Polygonium (by title), by Stanley Coulter; The Cactus Flora of the South-west (by title), by W. H. Evans; Methods Observed in Archeological Research (by title), by Warren K. Moorehead; The Prehistoric Earthworks of Henry County, Ind. (by title), by T. B. Redding; A Review of the Holconotidz, by A. B. Ulrey; Some Additions to the State Flora from Putnam -County, and Connect- ing Forms Among the Polyporoid Fungi, by L. M. Underwood; On LeConte’s Terrapins, Emys concinna, and E. floridana (by SCIENCE. [Vot. XIX. No. 468 title), The Eggs and Young of Certain Snakes, and Observations on the Turtles of the Genus Malochlemys (by title), by O. P. Hay; The Gryllidze of Indiana, by W. S. Blatchley; The Outlook in the Warfare Against Infection (by title), by Theodore Potter; Our Present Knowledge Concerning the Green Triton, and The Proper Systematic Name of the Prairie Rattlesnake, by O. P. Hay; The Blind Crayfishes of Indiana, and Remarks on the Crustaceans of Indiana, by W. P. Hay; Notes on Elaps fulvus, by A. J. Bigney; Some Observations on Heloderma Suspectum, by D. A. Owen; Some Observations on Photomicrography, by D. W. Dennis; Dis- eases of the Sugar Beet Root, by Miss Katherine E. Golden; Buffalo Gnats (Simulium) in Indiana and Illinois, by F. M. Web- ster; The Development of the Viviparous Fishes of California (by title), and Recent Additions to the Icthyological Fauna of Califor- nia (by title), by Carl H. Kigenmann; Some Observations on In- diana Birds, by R. Wes McBride; On Indiana Shrews, and Notes on Indiana Birds, by Amos W. Butler; The Scales of Lepidoptera, by M. B. Thomas; The AXgeria of Central Ohio, by D.S. Kellicott ; Some Insects of Tasmania, and Karly Published References to In- jurious Insects (by title), by F. M. Webster; The Continuity of the Germ Plasm in Vertebrates (by title), Biological Stations (by title), The Eyes of Blind Fishes (by title), and On the Presence of an Operculum in the Aspredinide (by title), by Carl H. Higen- mann; Notes on Indiana Arididze (description of one new species), by W. 5S. Blatchley; The Relation of Neucleaplasm to Cytoplasm in the Segmenting Egg (by title), by C. H. Higenmann and R. L. Green; Plant Zones of Arizona (by title), by D. T. McDougal; Re- lation of Available Enzym in the Seed to Growth of the Plant, and The Potato Tuber as a Means of Transmitting Energy, by J. C. Arthur; Contributions to a Kuowledge of the Grain Toxoptera (Toxoptera graminum) (by title), by F. M. Webster. A commit- tee was appointed to arrange for publishing the proceedings of this meeting. Twenty active members were elected. — The College of Physicians of Philadelphia announces that the next award of the Alvarenga prize, being the income for one year of the bequest of the late Sefor Alvarenga, and amounting to about one hundred and eighty dollars, will be made on July 14, 1892. Essays intended for competition may be upon any subject in medicine, and must be received by the secretary of the college on or before May 1, 1892. It is a condition of competition that the successful essay or a copy of it shall remain in possession of the college. — A complete series of soundings has been taken over the whole bed of the Lake of Geneva, and a report is given in Cosmos, Vol, X. No. 9, by the engineer, M. A. Delebecque. The length of the lake is 45 miles and its greatest breadth 8} miles. Its area is 223 square miles, and the height of its surface above sea-level about 1,230 feet. The bed of the lake is divided into two distinet parts, the Great Lake between Yvoire and Villeneuve, and the Little Lake between Yvoire and Geneva. The .bottom of the Great Lake is nearly level over an area of 17% square miles, and lies at a depth of 169 fathoms. The slopes are more sudden at the eastern end, where the mountains descend more precipitously to the water, the inclination being 48 degrees between Saint-Gingolph and Bouveret, and 56 opposite the Castle of Chillon. The River Rhone has made a deep channel, lined with dykes, in the bottom of the lake. This channel extends in a tortuous course for a dis- tance of 84 miles from the mouth of the river. Near its com- mencement it has a depth of 190 feet, and beyond Saint-Gingolph it is still 80 feet deep, where the depth of the lake is 109 fathoms. Its formation is due to the large quantities of alluvium brought down by the Rhone, and to the lower temperature of its waters, which causes them to flow under the waters of the lake. The Dranse, which brings down gravel and stones, as well as mud, to the lake, has formed what is known as a torrential delta at its mouth, in the form of a cone, continually advancing further and further into the lake. The Little Lake consists of four depressions, separated by bars of small elevation, projecting from the points of Nernier, Messery, Hermance, and Bellerive. The depths of these basins are 249, 229, 229, and 164 feet, respectively. At the bottom of this portion of the lake are to be found traces of the — passage of the ancient Rhone glacier which extended to Lyons. January 22, 1892.] The bar of Nernier, or at least its upper surface, has at. one time formed part of a moraine. A bathymetrical map accompanies the article from which this note is taken. , —Mr. Edgar Richards, who, for the past. four and a half years, has been in charge of the chemical laboratory connected with the Internal Revenue Bureau at Washington, D.C., having been per- emptorily directed by his physician, Dr. F. Delafield of this city, to abstain from all work for some months in the department, has been forced to resign his position, as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue refused to grant him leave of absence in which to rest. Thus the government loses an efficient and faithful officer. Mr. Richards sails on the 23d of January, by the ‘‘ Werra,” for southern Europe, where he will remain for several months before returning to this country. — From some further surface and bottom temperatures recently - taken by Commander Boulton, R.N., in Lake Huron, A. T. Drummond, in this month’s Record of Science, concludes that the Georgian Bay forms a great cold water basin, somewhat isolated, not only by its physical surroundings but in the temperature of its water, from the central basin of the lake; that the temperature of its bottom does not, even in summer, rise beyond about 39.2°; and that the flow of cold water from Lake Superior into Lake Huron is divided by the position of the islands in the St. Mary’s River and along the north shore of Lake Huron, a part flowing to the Georgian Bay by the north channel, between the Manitoulin Islands and the north shore of the lake, thus keeping up the supply of cold water, whilst another part passes through the Detour and the neighboring channels into the central basin of the lake, but instead of mingling there with the warmer waters from Lake Michigan, appears to flow easterly and south-easterly, forming a barrier to the easterly extention of these warmer Michi- gan waters, and cutting off the Georgian Bay from their influence. In the same journal, Mr. Drummond also refers to a series of tem- peratures taken by him during last August in the Yamaska River, Province of Quebec, in order to trace the extent of the influence which water temperatures have upon the surrounding air, and, inierentially — in the case of large bodies of water — upon the agri- cultural capabilities of the neighboring land. The tests were not sufficiently varied as to time and place to, as yet, warrant definite conclusions, but it can be said in general terms that such rivers, which in winter, in the Canadian climate, are paved with two or mote feet of ice, have, in the early days of August, a temperature of 76° to 77° F.; that the air in direct contact with the warm sur- face of the water has in that month its temperature raised to from 1° to 5° above that of the air directly above, but in more exposed positions; and that this increase of temperature, which is greatest at the point of contact, is at one foot above the surface already to a considerable extent lost. _ — Harper & Brothers announce a new and revised edition of Autenrieth’s valuable ‘‘ Homeric Dictionary,” translated by Pro- fessor Robert P. Keep. The present revision has been performed by Professor Isaac Flagg of the University of California, whose name alone is a guarantee of its excellence. Almost every Amer- ican Greek scholar of reputation has also aided in the work by suggesting corrections or helpful additions, and no effort has been spared to adapt the volume perfectly to the needs of American and English students. Several important changes of considerable value have also been made. They will publish shortly in the Queen’s Prime Ministers series ‘‘ The Marquis of Salisbury,” by H. D. Traill. —A volume entitled ‘‘ The Dog in Health and in Disease,” by Dr. Wesley Mills, and published by D. Appleton & Co., discusses in detail the history of all the varieties of dogs, their breeding, education, and general management in health, and treatment in disease. The book is adapted for both the veterinarian, to whom the medical care of dogs is usually confided, and the general reader whose interest may be limited to that involved in the owner- ship of a single animal. The writer is professor of physiology in the faculty of Veterinary Science of McGill University, Montreal, the author of ‘‘Comparative Physiology” and other standard SCIENCE. 47 works on allied topics; and is further qualified for his task by the fact that he has, as he states in his preface, ‘‘for the greater part of his life studied this noble animal with pleasure and profit to his own nature.” The volume contains a large number of illustra- tions related to the text, and is further embellished by portraits of various dogs of note of many breeds. ~ — Charles Scribner’s Sons announce that the first two volumes to be published in the Great Educators Series will be ‘‘ Aristotle, and the Ancient Educational Ideals,” by Thomas Davidson, and ‘*Loyola, and the Educational System of the Jesuits,” by the Rev. Thomas Hughes of Detroit College. The next volume, the fifth, in the University Extension Manuals will be ‘‘ French Literature,” by H.G. Keene of Oxford. They have just published ‘‘ Ten Cen- turies of Toilette,” translated from the French of A. Robida by Mrs. Cashel Hoey, and uniquely illustrated in colors and in black and white by the author. The unexpected delay in the publica- ‘tion of Edward Whymper’s ‘‘ Travels Amongst the Great Andes of the Equator” has: been due to the unusual care and thorough- ness with which the author is revising the proofs before allowing the book to go to press. It is thought, however, that the book will be ready for publication in a few weeks. — Longmans, Green, & Co. are about to publish a new work in two volumes on ‘‘The Human Mind,” by James Sully, of which the author says in a communication to Mind: ‘‘ The present work ig an expansion and further elaboration of the doctrine set forth in the author’s ‘ Outlines of Psychology.’ Although the mode of arrangement and of treatment will in the main be found to be similar, the book may be described as a new and independent publication. It is specially intended for those who desire a fuller presentment of the latest results of psychological research than was possible in a volume which aimed at being elementary and practical. Hence much more space has been given to the new developments of ‘ physiological’ and experimental psychology, to illustrations of psychological principles in the phenomena of racial and animal .life, of insanity and hypnotism. At the same time, an effort has been made to illustrate the obscurity and debatable- ness of many of the problems of the science, and to aid the reader in arriving at a judicial conclusion on these points by historical references to the main diversities of doctrine. In this way it is hoped that the treatise will find its proper place beside the ‘ Out- lines.’ ” —D. Appleton & Co. will publish immediately the third volume of Professor J. B. McMaster’s ‘‘ History of the People of the United States.” The second volume closed with the negotiations regarding the Louisiana purchase. In the new volume, which contains ten chapters, Professor McMaster begins with the discus- sion regarding the constitutionality of the Louisiana purchase. The first chapter includes a careful presentation of the manners, customs, and special characteristics of the people of New Orleans, and the connection of the New England leaders and of Burr with the Louisiana question. The second chapter treats of the results of the Louisiana purchase, the conspiracy of Aaron Burr, his ex- pedition in the Ohio Valley, and his arrest and trial. The third chapter is devoted to the conduct of the public lands from 1776 to the establishment of the Territories of Illinois and Michigan. The fourth chapter, entitled ‘‘The Spread of Democracy,” describes the extension of the franchise, the relations of the people and the judiciary, and the presidential campaign of 1804, The fifth chap- ter, which has for its heading the old cry of ‘‘ Free Trade and Sailors’ Rights,” is principally devoted to foreign relations, from the Barbary War to the passage of the embargo. The sixth chap- ter treats of the ‘‘ Long Embargo,” and closes with the inaugura- tion of Madison. After a chapter on subsequent events, called ‘Drifting into War,” the author pauses for a description of the progress of the people since 1784, showing the changes, political, economical, and social, the development of means of commu- nication, the building up of manufactures, the arguments for pro- tection, the relations of the people to the slavery question, and the Seminole War. In the closing chapter the author pictures the preparations for the War of 1812 and its disastrous opening, with the surrender of Hull at Detroit The volume contains two maps, an index, and an elaborate table of contents. 48 SCIENCE, SCIENCE: A WEERLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. ©. HODGES; 874 Broapway, NEw YorK. SuBscrIprions.—United States and Canada...............- $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................- 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific ‘papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such wi! be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants” column. All are invited to use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go directtothem. The ««Exchange’’ column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F. Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. FORTY YEARS OF WHEAT CULTURE IN OHIO.* OHIO lies within the borders of what is known as the win- ter wheat belt of the United States — a region, the soil and climate of which are especially adapted to the culture of this cereal. The State possesses two great natural arteries of traffic, one on its northern and one on its southern boundary, and before the advent of the railway it was crossed by two lines of canals, each extending from the lake on the north to the river on the south, and affording outlets for its pro- ductions that served a very important function in its early history. Lying, as it does, right in the gateway between the East and the West, it has been crossed by line after line of the great transcontinental railways, while its rich mineral resources have caused the building of multitudes of other lines, running in all directions, until its territory is now traversed by a network of railways, aggregating within the State nearly 8,000 miles of main track, besides more than 2.000 miles of sidings. Under such circumstances it is not surprising that the culture of wheat became at an early date, and has ever con- tinued to be, a leading branch of Ohio’s agriculture, and that the State should not only have liberally supplied itself with bread, but have had much to spare. Because of this relative prominence of wheat culture in the agriculture of the State, the Experiment Station has made the study of wheat a leading feature of its work, and the statistical study now published has been undertaken primarily for the purpose of obtaining such assistance as it might give in the conduct of the station’s experimental research. It was hoped that this study might throw some light upon such problems as the relative adaptability to wheat culture of soils of different geologic origin and history, and the effect of differences of latitude, of drainage, and the use of commercial fertilizers, and it is believed that some of the conclusions which it seems to warrant should be carefully considered by the farmers of large areas of the State. 1 From the Bulletin of the Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station, Nov., 1891. [Vot. XIX. No 468 A glance at the geological map of Ohio shows three broad bands running across the State from north to south. That on the east embraces the coal measures, and extends across nearly one-third of the State; then follows a narrower strip, underlaid with Waverly rocks and bordered by a narrow belt of Huron Shales, while the western half of the State lies over limestones. : As the Waverly rocks are chiefly sandstones or calcareous shales, this formation would offer a sharp contrast between soils of such origin and those derived from limestones, were it not for the fact that, in the case of Ohio, both these for- mations are covered with a thick bed of glacial drift. The drift, however, is considerably modified by the underlying rocks, and it would seem that if there were any marked differences in the value for wheat culture of soils of the widely different character produced from these different for- mations it should be indicated in this case. Omitting the four counties in the north-western corner of the State, which overlie the outcrop of Huron shale in that region, viz.: Williams, Fulton, Defiance, and Henry; the five counties which lie on both sides of the belt of Huron shale, extending north and south through the State, namely: Erie, Crawford, Delaware, Franklin, and Pickaway, and the five counties lying immediately north of the coal region and chiefly over conglomerates, namely: Lake, Geauga, Ashta- bula, Summit, and Trumbull, the remaining seventy-four counties have been divided into three parallel belts, accord- ing to latitude, and subdivided according as they lie over the limestones, shales, or coal measures, making nine groups in all. In the northern belt are included twelve limestone coun- ties, viz.: Lucas, Ottawa, Wood, Sandusky, Paulding, Put- nam, Hancock, Seneca, Van Wert, Allen, Hardin, and Wyandot; seven counties over the Waverly, viz.: Lorain, Cuyahoga, Huron, Medina, Richland, Ashland, and Wayne, and six counties over coal, viz.: Portage, Mahoning, Stark, Columbiana, Holmes, and Carroll. In the middle belt are eleven limestone counties, viz. = Mercer, Auglaize, Marion, Shelby, Logan, Union, Darke, Miami, Champaign, Clark, and Madison; four Waverly counties, viz.: Morrow, Knox, Licking, and Fairfield, and seven coal counties, viz.: Coshocton, Tuscarawas, Harrison, Jefferson, Muskingum, Guernsey, and Belmont. In the southern belt are twelve limestone counties, viz. : Preble, Montgomery, Greene, Fayette, Butler, Warren, Clinton, Highland, Hamilton, Clermont, Brewn, and Adams; three Waverly counties, viz.: Ross, Pike, and Scioto, and twelve coal counties, viz.: Perry, Morgan, Noble, Monroe, Hocking, Athens, Washington, Vinton, Meigs, Jackson, Gallia, and Lawrence. Tt appears that in the northern belt the counties oyer Waverly rocks have given a larger average yield over the entire forty-year period under review than those in the same latitude, which are underlaid with limestones or with the rocks of the coal measures, and that the rate of inerease in yield during the past twenty years is also larger in the coun- ties over the Waverly. In the middle belt the result is just the opposite: the lime- stone counties show the larger yield and the greater rate of increase. In the southern belt the limestone counties show the larger yield, but the Waverly counties show a greater rate of increase. The counties overlying the coal measures stand below either of the other divisions in yield per acre in each of the - January 22, 1892.] belts, the difference increasing in the more southerly lati- tudes. In rate of increase they stand between the other two divisions. The topography of these hilly, coal counties is a sufficient cause for their lower yield, and is probably the chief cause, as the rocks of the coal measures comprise both lime- stones and shales, and it is probable that the soils derived from them are not naturally inferior in fertility to those found in the remainder of the State. As between the soils lying over limestones and those over shales, these statistics do not yet justify any opinion regard- ing their respective adaptation to the production of wheat. It is probable, however, that the middle and southern belts of counties afford a more just basis of comparison between the two geological formations than the northern belt, because in this northern region the overlying drift has been derived, to a large extent, from the rocks excavated from the lake basin, and which are both limestones and shales. Within twenty years the area annually sown to wheat in Ohio has increased from an average of 1,800,000 acres during the eighth, to 2,500,000 acres during the ninth decade. This area represents twelve per cent of the area in farms within the State, but several counties are sowing annually 18 to 20 and even 25 per cent of their farm lands to wheat. In 1881 a total area of 2,800,000 acres was sown, and there is no good reason to doubt that with the continued clearing away of the forest and the reclamation of waste lands by drainage it will soon be possible to devote as much as 3,000,000 acres to wheat without infringing upen any other agricultural interest, and this, even though the hill counties should reduce their acre- age by one-half. Such an increase, at the present rate of production, would represent an annual product of 40,000,000 bushels.* ; But it is not to be supposed that Obio farmers will rest content with a yield of only thirteen bushels of wheat per acre. The northern third of the State has increased its aver- age yield within forty years by nearly three bushels, and the middle third by from one to two bushels, and it is reasonable to expect a similar increase within the next forty years, not- withstanding the fact that the rate of production seems just now to be at a standstill. It is to be expected that progress in this, as in other matters, will be more or less spasmodic, and that its actual rate can only be measured at long inter- vals; but it is not impossible that the time may come when the average from the entire State will equal the present average of Summit county, which means a total average pro- duction of about 60,000,000 bushels, or bread for twelve million mouths. Sucha yield would be far below what has been attained in Great Britain, where the average yield is now 28 bushels or more per acre and is steadily increasing. This high yield is not due solely to the superiority of the soil and climate of that country, for the time has been when the average yield of Great Britain was very much smaller than it is at present. Ohio’s population has increased by a little more than two millions since 1850, while the total wheat yield has increased by an average of more than 14,000,000 bushels per annum, comparing the average of the first decade with that of the decade 1850-9, so that production is keeping far ahead of any possible consumption within the State. Production will eventually reach a limit, while population may expand in- definitely, but at present rates of increase, both of popula- tion and of wheat production, it will probably be several centuries before Ohio shall contain enough people to consume all her wheat. j 1 48,000,000 bushels were harvested in Ohio in 1888. SCIENCE. 49. What is true of Ohio is true to a greater or less extent of the entire winter wheat belt of North America. The area now sown to wheat in this region may be expanded largely without infringing upon other productions, and the rate of yield may and will be very materially increased by better husbandry, including an intelligent use of manures and fer- tilizers, and more thorough drainage. Let there be given a little stimulus in the shape of higher prices for wheat and we shall see a rapid expansion in the total production in this country, while there are still unde- veloped regions in South America, south Africa, and Aus- tralia, which will eventually be made to add largely to the world’s supply of breadstuffs. This is not said by way of discouragement. I believe that the future outlook for the Ohio wheat grower is eminently a hopeful one, but I do not expect to see the very great increase in price of wheat that is being predicted by certain statistical writers. In my judgment, the great opportunity for the Ohio wheat grower lies in increasing the yield per acre, in reducing the cost of production, and in improving the quality of the grain. Sucha course will render him independent of the market, and then if higher prices do come he will be doubly benefited. It appears from this statistical study of the wheat harvests of Ohio that the average yield of wheat is increasing in the northern and central sections of the State, while it is ata standstill, and standing at far too low a point for profit, in the southern and south-eastern counties. It would seem that the profitable culture of wheat on the steep hillsides of southern Ohio is a hopeless undertaking; that the great problem before the wheat grower of the central belt of counties is winter-killing, a problem which may be partially solved by underdrainage and the intelligent use of clover and manures; and that in the northern counties cli- matic influences are more generally favorable to wheat cul- ture than elsewhere in the State. The statistics indicate that the wheat crops of Ohio have been slightly increased by the use of commercial fertilizers, but it appears that the average cost of this increase has equaled its market value, and that a general improvement. in the methods of agriculture has contributed more largely to the increase of Ohio’s wheat crops than the use of purchased fertility. Tt would seem that the total area under wheat might be considerably enlarged, and at the same time more closely re- stricted to lands adapted to tillage, and that the yield per acre may be so increased that the total product shall reach double the quantity now annually produced. Cuas. EH. THORNE. THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF EUROPE. ‘THE Anthropology of Europe” was the title of a course of lectures (the Rhind lectures) delivered in Edinburgh last October by Dr. Beddoe, ex-president of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain, of which we find the following brief abstract in the Scottish Geographical Magazine: Dr. Beddoe, in his earlier lectures, dwelt chiefly on some of the problems of anthropology, briefly on the question of priority of dolichocephalie or brachycephalic types, briefly also on the great Aryan question, and at greater length on that of the influence of environment, towards modifying of types, to which he repeatedly referred during subsequent lectures. He noted the very frequent occurrence of broad, even very broad, skulls in conjunction with very narrow ones in some of the earlier, if not the earliest, ‘‘ finds,” a cireumstance not 50 yet sufficiently explained. He showed that we knew very much more about the succession of races and the details of ethnography, where these related to western Europe, espe- cially to France, because these parts were inhabited, owing to the geological conditions, earlier than the north-eastern portions of Europe, while in the east and south-east gener- ally, and in Spain, anthropological science was not suffi- ciently advanced, or political circumstances intervened, and investigators were few. With respect to the Aryan question, he pronounced no very decided opinion, though he spoke of certain doctrines on the original habitat as the Scandinavian and Lithuanian heresies; and he showed some inclination towards that view which looks on the Galchas as represeut- ing the ancestors of the Iranians and of the people who brought the Aryan languages into Europe, in which case the brachycephals of the central mountain chains, the Car- pathians with the Balkans, Bohemian Mountains, the Alps, Jura, Vosges, Cevennes, etc., may be looked on as retaining much of the original Aryan blood, seeing that their physical characteristics have a general resemblance to those of the Galchas. He discredited the argument that because the Aryan-speaking inhabitants of Hurope were more numerous than those of Asia, it was much more easy to derive the lat- ter from the former, the less from the greater, than vice versa, remarking that on the same principle we should de- rive the English from North America and the Portuguese from Brazil, and that it was not atall unlikely that about the dawn of history, when Asia was thickly and Europe com- paratively thinly peopled, the proportions were quite differ- ent, especially as at that time the Iberians were still unor- ganized as to language. With regard to the influence of environment he quoted Kollmann of Basel’s five types: — 1. Long-headed long-faced, the Grave-row or Germanic, etc., 2. Broad-headed long-faced, the Disentis or Sarmatic, 3. Long-headed broad-faced, the Cro-Magnon, 4. Broad-headed broad-faced, the Turanian, 5. Mesocephalic broad-faced, but said he thought the types too few and the limits too ab- solute and precise as to figures. He showed the extreme divergence of views on this subject of environment, — noting how Kollmann denied any change of types, or material progression therein, since the period when we knew anything of man in Europe, saying that man was fit for anything when he first appeared here, and that for the establishment of permanent varieties we must look further back, perhaps even into the Miocene age. On the other hand, Schaaffhausen, Ranke, and, to a less decided extent, perhaps Virchow himself, assign very great importance to environment. ‘The first indicates a large num- ber of points of inferiority as occurring together or separately in the old dolichocephals, and believes that in Germany, if not elsewhere, heads are gradually growing broader with in- creasing intelligence and civilization, while Ranke thinks that in Bavaria, in some unexplained way, the inhabitation of mountain regions has a tendency to broaden and shorten the head, and that, where race concurs with environment, as as in the once-slayonic hill-country of Upper Franconia, the tendency is still more marked, as from a double influence. Dr. Beddoe then went briefly through the history of the suc- cessive expansions and ‘‘swarmings” or migrations of the several races who have successively been active in Europe,— the Phoenicians, the Greeks, the Gallo-Kelts, the Romans, the Germans, the Slavs, the Saracens, and the Turco-Tartar tribes, and their share in modifying race-distribution. SCIENCE. - Proceeding to consider the history and ethnology of Rus- sia, he stated his opinion that the Scythians, if not altogether Turanian, were a mixed race into which a Turanian element entered, and who ruled over other tribes of different descent from themselves. The ancient skulls had not been found or preserved in great number, but they were almost all long, up to the Slavonic period, when they became rather broad, very much what they are at the present day. The Meriars around Moscow were a Finnish tribe, who about the tenth or eleventh century were being subdued or incorporated by the encroaching Muscovites, and who finally disappeared; they were tall and strong, but pacific in habits, and, though they had commerce with the Arabs and Bulgarians, were com- paratively poor. The history of Russia was one of gradual absorption of Finnish tribes, interrupted for a long period by the great invasion and domination of the Mongols of the Golden Horde. The numerous Finnish tribes seemed to have something common in their physiognomy, but differed very much in their indices of head-breadth, and also to some ex- tent in complexion, some having dark hair, others to a large extent fair or brown, and some a large percentage of red hair, e.g., the Votiaks and Voguls, who are incorrectly said to be all red-haired. Dr. Beddoe thought the Illyrians probably furnished the principal source of the black-haired folk in the Balkan Pe- ninsula; they were also broad-headed. He entered into some details as to the changes in the Greek type and the his- tory of the Thracians, as well as of the colonization of Bul- garia by the people who now bear that name. With regard to Scandinavia he quoted the discrepant views of Montelius and Aspelin, the former doubting or denying the arrival of any new race since the neolithic pe- riod, the latter tracing the true Swedes to the Rhoxalani (Red-men in Finnish), whom he supposed to have entered Sweden about the fourth or fifth century. In treating of Germany le entered pretty fully into the question of the change which appears to have taken place in the physique of the Bavarians and Swabians since the Mar- comanni and Alemanni occupied these countries, quoting the different opinions of Von Hélder and Ranke on the subject, and especially the investigations of the former at Ratisbon. In France and Belgium the clearest and most conclusive mass of anthropological fact was supplied by the investiga- tions of Vanderhindere and Houzé into the color, head-form, stature, etc., of the Belgians. A line drawn east and west between the Flemings and the Brabanters and the Walloons separated two races differing in language, color, stature, head-form, and length of nose, and that in the sharpest manner. In France Dr. Beddoe also mentioned the inqui- ries of Broca and Boudin into stature, of Topinard into color, and of Collignon into head-form, and their remarkable re- sults; aud in Spain those of Don Telesforo de Aranzadi y Unamono, into the physical characteristics of the Guipuzcoan Basques, whom he believed not to be a pure race, but a mix- ture of three distinct elements. In Italy he showed how the stature and the head-breadth decreased gradually from north to south, and how the Sards were probably the purest breed in Europe, and the best representatives of the Mediterraneap or southern race; also how closely the modern seemed to re- semble the ancient Romans. In Britain he selected for spe- cial remark Pembrokeshire and the Isle of Man, and analyzed the indications of stature, color, and head-form in the Manx-. men, who were a cross-breed between the Gael and the Norseman in all these respects. In Scotland he selected for special remark the people of Berwickshire and of Ballachu- [Vor. XIX. No. 468. JANUARY. 22, 1892. ] lish, showing that, though not very dissimilar in head-form, they were strongly distinguished in color of hair. He ex- pressed his belief in the presence of a Finnish or Ugrian ele- ment in the population of Scotland, which was also found in Wales, and was marked among other characteristics by ob- lique eyes. The Iberian element, which had doubtless been strong among the Picts, continued to be so in many parts of Scotland, for example, in- Wigtownshire and the upper part of Aberdeenshire, and in a great part of the Highlands. The concluding part of the last lecture was devoted to an appreciation of the three (or, counting the Finns, four) great races which now divide Europe, of which the central, Alpine, brown, thick-set, broad-headed race seems the one most likely to spread at the expense of its neighbors. The question of race versus environment was also summed up, to the advantage, on the whole, of the former. THE ABORIGINAL NORTH AMHRICAN THA.’ THERE is a shrub or small tree, a species of holly (Ilex eassine), growing in the Southern States along the seacoast, not extending inland more than twenty or thirty miles, from Virginia to the Rio Grande. Its leaves and tender branches were once used by the aboriginal tribes of the United States in the same manner as the Chinese use tea and the South Americans use maté. But while the use of Thea sinensis and Ilex paraguayensis still survives, the use of the shrub above mentioned has been almost abandoned by our native Indians and by the white people who once partially adopted it as a beverage. The reason for its disuse is hard to discover, for, in com- mon with tea and maté, it contains caffeine, or a similar alkaloid. The object of this paper is to examine its history, to suggest its restoration to a place among the stimulant beverages, and to inquire into its possible economic value. I have been able to trace its use as a beverage back to the legendary migration of the Creeks from their supposed far western home to the seacoast of the Carolinas. Whether it was used by the prehistoric mound builders is a question which may not at present be solved.. But some archeologist of the future may find in the remains of the mound-builders or their predecessors proof of its use among them.” The leaves and young tender branches were carefully picked. The fresh cassine was gathered at the time of har- vest or maturity of the fruits, which was their New Year. The New Year began with the ‘‘ busk,” which was celebrated in July or August, ‘‘at the beginning of the first new moon in which their corn became full eared,” says Adair. The leaves were dried in the sun or shade and afterwards roasted. The process seems to have been similar to that adopted for tea and coffee. The roasting was done in ovens, remains of which are found in the Cherokee region, or in large shallow pots or pans of earthenware, such as the Indian tribes made. These roasted leaves were kept in baskets in a dry place until needed for use. Loudonniere (1564) writes of being presented with baskets filled with leaves of the cassine. Was it an article of commerce? There seems to be no doubt on this subject. Allusions to the drinking of the “black drink” are found, indicating its use among tribes re- siding at a long distance from the habitat of the cassine. Lawson (1709) writes of its being ‘‘ collected by the savages of the coast of Carolina, and from them sent to the westward Indians and sold at a considerable price.” Dr. Porcher, 1 Abstract of Bulletin No. 14, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Botany, Edwin M. Hale, M.D., Chicago, Ill. ® This was written before Professor Venable’s recent i .vestigations. SCIENCE. cn _ author of the ‘‘ Resources of the South,” says: ‘‘ The Creek Indians used a decoction of the cassine at the opening of their councils, sending to the seacoast for a supply,” and adds that the coast Indians sent it to the far west tribes. How far its use extended northward, I cannot ascertain. From some allusions of the early French writers, I think it was used by the Natchez, and that it was sent up the Mississippi from the coast of Louisiana. The Indians of Wisconsin, Illinois, and westward, used a decoction of willow leaves as a beverage, but I cannot find that they used it in ceremonials, or that it was looked upon with the same reverence. It appears from the accounts of various early writers that there were several methods of preparing the black drink. — (1) The decoction made of the fresh leaves and young branches. (2) A decovtion of the dried and roasted leaves. It is probable that the leaves during roasting developed new quali- ties, as the roasting of coffee brings out the aromatic odor due to a volatile oil. ; (3) A decoction which was allowed to ferment. In this condition it became an alcoholic beverage, capable of caus- ing considerable intoxication, similar to that caused by beer or ale. The early history of the use of Ilex cassine as a beverage is lost in the darkness of prehistoric ages. Probably the same can be said of tea, coffee, maté, and cocoa. But it isa singular fact that while all the latter beverages still continue to be used in the countries where they are indigenous, as well as all over the world, the use of cassine is nearly extinct, as it is now only used occasionally in certain important relig- ious ceremonies by the remnants of the Creek Indians, and will disappear with them unless rescued by chemical re- search and its use revived for hygienic or economical rea- sons. The very earliest mention of cassine was made in the ‘Migration Legend of the Creek Indians.” This curious legend has been lately published by A. S. Gatschet of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D.C., with text, glossa- ries, ete. In his preface he says: ‘‘ The migration legend of the Kosihta tribe is one of the most fascinating accounts that has reachee us from remote antiquity and is mythical in its first part.” This tribe was a part of the Creek nation. Its chief, Tchikilli, read the legend before Governor Oglethorpe and many British authorities in 1735. It was written in red and black characters (pictographic signs) on a buffalo skin. This was sent to London, and was lost there; but, fortu- nately, a text of the narrative was preserved in a German translation. It begins by narrating that the tribe started from a region variously supposed to be west of the Mississippi, or in south- ern Illinois, or southern Ohio. They travelled west, then south, then south-east, until they reached eastern Georgia. Here they met a tribe, called in the legend the ‘* Palachuco- las,” who gave them “ black drink ” as a sign of friendship, and said to them, ‘‘ Our hearts are white, and yours must be white, and you must lay down the bloody tomahawk, and show your bodies as a proof that they shall be white.” This was evidently the first knowledge the Kosihta tribe had of this beverage. The black drink made by the Seminoles is described as “nauseous to the smell and taste, and emetic and purgative.” It is a mixture and not brewed of tbe cassine alone. All our beverages, such as tea, coffee, maté, and eyen chocolate, when drunk very strong, are capable of causing diuresis, purging, and vomiting. 5? SCIENCE One peculiarity of the drinking of the black drink is that, so far as I can ascertain, it was not used at their meals as we use tea and coffee, but wholly as a social beverage or at festivals and other public occasions. I do not think the women were allowed to drink it, at least not publicly. Au- thorities differ on this point. Among the Creeks the women sometimes prepared the black drink, but Narvaez writes that the Indians on the coast of what is now Texas did not allow a woman to come near it during its preparation. That a beverage containing caffeine should fall into disuse and become almost forgotten is a singular fact. The use of maté has not decreased from the time of the conquest of South America by Europeans. The reason why the latter is still in use and the former not lies, perhaps, in the fact that the Europeans in South America mixed with the natives, married, and adopted their customs, while the English and French who settled the Gulf States did not associate with the Indians, and adhered to the use of Chinese tea. Now that we know that the leaf of the cassine contains caffeine or the- ine, can its use as a beverage be revived? It is not as pleasant in odor and taste as Thea sinensis, and this may be against it; on the other hand, it seems to have some salutary properties which the latter does not pos- sess, and may, perhaps, be far more cheaply obtained. A rough estimate can be made as to the number of square miles upon which it grows. Estimating the coast line from the James River, in Virginia, to the Rio Grande, in Texas —about 2,000 miles — and multiplying this by 20 miles, the extent of its growth inland, we get a total of about 40,000 square miles. On this area could be picked an immense quantity of leaves, and if the trees are not destroyed in the picking the crops could be harvested every year. No esti- mate can be approximated even of the amount of the crop of leaves which could be gathered, because we can not estimate the number of trees on this area. It would seem possible that further inquiries on this point and careful experiments in cultivation and manipulation might result in furnishing our market with a product which would be found in many cases an acceptable and useful sub- stitute for the more expensive imported teas. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. **, Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. ts in all cases required as proof of good faith. On request in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. The writer's nam Rain-Making by Concussion in the Rocky Mountains. IN connection with the recent discussions of the effects of explo- sions in producing rain, it ought to be noted that for twenty years or more the Rocky Mountains have afforded excellent opportunities for observing the effects upon rainfall of heavy explosions at high elevations. There are in this region thousands of mines, mining claims with open cuts and adits, and quarries at elevations from 5,000 to 18,000 feet. Nitro-glycerine preparations are now the explosives used in blasting. During the summer there is a great amount of blasting high on the mountains. Several railways and wagon roads reach 9,000 to 12,000 feet, and the grading of these afforded much blasting. I have made considerable inquiry and found no one who had observed any connection between the ex- plosions and rain-fall. Probably few or none were especially on the watch for such connection, but if there were any very obvious connection it would have been observed, since there have been so many years of opportunity. About two years ago the cog-wheel road was graded to the top of Pike’s Peak. Thinking that explosions on a high isolated mountain, rising far above the adjacent country like Pike’s Peak, would produce rain if anywhere, I especially noted the weather. Tremendous explosions occurred daily for some months. The re- ports were often heard 30 to 40 miles, and many of them were at elevations between 13,000 and 14,147 feet. Yet all this happened in one of the dryest years ever known in Colorado, when often for days or weeks there was no precipitation even on the mountains. G. H. STONE. Colorado Springs, Jan. 12. Rain-Making. In Science for Nov. 27, 1891, appeared an article from the pen of Professor Lucien I. Blake of the State University of Kansas, entitled ‘‘Can We Make it Rain?” in which some suggestions are made as to the proper method of conducting experiments to that end, drawn from the discoveries of Mr. John Aitken of Scotland, who has shown that unless there be dust particles in the air the aqueous vapor therein contained will not, in condensing, form itself into drops. Professor Blake argues from this that, instead of using guns or apparatus for producing terrific noises, the better way would be to send up inexpensive fire balloons carrying im- palpable powders, which could be thus scattered through the air; or else carrying sulphur or gun-powder, the smoke of which, when they were ignited, would furnish the dust particles, which, it is assumed, are the only requisites for artificially setting in motion the process of nature that brings rain. The reasoning of Professor Blake in leading up to this conclu- sion and in combatting the idea that concussion is a necessary fac-_ tor in artificial rain production, contains much that appears sound from the standpoint of both science and good sense, and yet much that will not bear examination. His contention that thunder does not, to any extent, cause condensation of vopor, but is rather the result of it, is one which I have always held to, for latent heat is given out by condensing vapor, and this heat may appear in the form of electricity, and cause the lightning-flash that makes the thunder. The idea, also, that powder smoke may be a factor in rain production when rain is caused by a battle, is a logical de- duction from Mr. Aitken’s discovery. Professor Blake also avoids the blunder committed by Professor Simon Newcomb, in his arti- cle in the October number of the North American Review, where the latter lays himself open to the imputation of being himself guilty of the very thing he charges against the advocates of the concussion theory, viz., of ‘ignoring or endeavoring to re- peal the laws of nature.” This he does by asserting that ten seconds after the sound of General Dyrenforth’s last bomb had died away ‘‘everything in the air —humidity, temperature, pressure, and motion — was exactly the same as if no bomb was fired,” thus abolishing at one stroke the principle of the conserva- tion of forces. Professor Blake, with less zeal but greater wisdom, practically admits that the forces brought into action by explosions are resolved into heat, and he does not, like Newcomb, annihilate this heat, though unwilling to admit that it can do work. Pro- fessor Blake also has the good sense to recognize the fact that the question of artificial rain production cannot be settled by labora- tory experiments —a thing that cannot be said of all the assailants of the concussion theory. But bis contention that if concussion causes rain ‘‘ the greatest effect — the practical effect — must follow close upon the con- cussion,” cannot be sustained. While I reserve for a more ex- tended article to be published elsewhere a full consideration of this question, I will here say, briefly, that the well demonstrated theory of the late Professor M. F. Maury that there are two great atmospheric currents, the equatorial and the polar, flowing above us in nearly opposite directions, furnishes the basis for a perfect explanation of the reason why the centre of the atmospheric dis- turbance caused by a battle should remain in the vicinity of the battle-field while the two currents are mixing together and in- itiating the process that leads to rain —a process which, it is plain, must require time in reaching a state of effective action. But these points in the discussion are not so much what I desire to consider at this time as the special method recommended by Professor Blake for conducting rain-making experiments. The [VoL. XIX. No. 468- JANUARY 22, 1892.] advocates of the concussion theory welcome any discoveries that can add to our knowledge of the reasons why battles cause rain, and thus suggest methods for producing it which may be an im- provement on these suggested by the battles and their sequences. In this category appears to be the discovery of Mr. Aitken referred to, but it furnishes nothing conclusive on the subject, and, in my opinion, an experiment on the line marked out by Professor Blake would prove a failure. If some of us go to one extreme in relying too much on concussion as the meavs by which the process of nature that leads to rain can be set in motion, so does Professor Blake go to the other extreme in holding that it is smoke or dust particles alone that can artificially effect that result. We know, as a mat- ter of fact, that simply throwing smoke into the air does not pro- duce rain. There are scores of cities in our land whose chimneys are doing this every day, and yet they do not produce rain. And it cannot be said that the smoke they send up is not of the right kind. It contains a great deal of sulphur and of carbon, and these, according to Prosessor Blake, are among the substances which form dust particles, around which molecules of aqueous vapor most readily collect. In the light of Mr. Aitken’s discovery, however, I am willing to admit the possibility that smoke may not be without its effect in producing the rain that follows battles —an idea, I may add, which, though not original with me, I placed on record over twenty years ago, as may be seen by reference to the letter of Gen. Robert A. McCoy, in the appendix to ‘‘War and the Weather.” In any future experiments in the field the application of the principle discovered by Mr. Aitken ought to be duly tested. But I see no reason as yet for doubting that force, exerted by means of explosions and expended on the earth and air, is a nec- essary factor in artificial rain production. EDWARD POWERS. El Paso, Tex., Jan. 15. Eye-Habits. In Science of Dec. 18, 1891, p. 339, is a note taken from Nature, and referring to some experiments of Mr. James Shaw to test the ability of school children to keep one eye open and the other shut at the same time. Having been associated with school children for many years where the microscope was frequently used in the class-room for demonstration, my attention has often been called to their proceedings in this respect, and the impressions may be worth recording, though they are, no doubt, essentially like those of many other teachers in analogous positions. As the use of the microscope was only for a short time to each individual in a par- ticular exercise, it was necessary that an observer looking into the tube of a monocular should by some means close one eye in order _ that other objecis might not be in the field of view of the unoccr- pied eye and confuse the image. For it requires long practice on the part of one using a monocular stand to examine an object while keeping both eyes open and not be inconvenienced, a train- ing out of question with school children where the time was lim- ited. In the case of such the eye was closed either with or with- out the use of the hand. Being pupils in a high school their ages ranged from fourteen to twenty or more, the majority from fif- teen to eighteen. Statistics were not kept, but I do not recall an instance where a boy could not close one eye without the aid of the hand. If it occurred, it was very rare. But it was quite common for girls to make use of the hand for this purpose, a fourth or more, as mentioned by Mr. Shaw for school children. Sometimes, by request of teachers in primary grades, I have "taken a microscope to their rooms, in which the lowest classes were taught, their ages being from six to eight or nine. It was for the purpose of showing something which the teachers desired to use as an object-lesson, like the eye or foot of a fly, or the scales from the wing of a butterfly, things whose forms they readily comprehended. as was shown by their description of them. With them the unaided closing of one eye was exceptional, some of the older boys, perhaps, being able to do so. I have noticed the same difficulty with older people who occasionally look through a mi- eroscope; the inability to shut one eye and leave the other open being among the women. This was illustrated but a short time SCIENCE. 53 since by a lady nearly eighty years old. She had recently had one eye treated for cataract, and was told to test the perceptive power of it. In order that there might be no interference by the other eye, this was covered by the hand. This habit of peeping, or looking with one eye open and the other closed, is plainly an acquired one, becoming easy by prac- tice, as is seen by comparing children with adults, and men and women with each other. The difference in the latter is mostly due to the lack of use. Boys early become accustomed to “sighting” in various ways in their play, as in the use of the cross-bow or bow and arrow, toy gun or real gun, or they may wish to line some- thing.. They also work-more with tools, and, like a carpenter, must see if they are making a straight edge, and thus acquire this ability. There being less occasion for it on the part of girls and women, they may fail to gain it at all. This is not from inherent inability any more than in the case of men, unless heredity be- comes a factor working through sex, and facilitating the process. HK. J. HILL. Englewood, Chicago, Jan. 14. BOOK-REVIEWS. Chambers's Encyclopedia. New edition. Vol. VIII. Peasant to Roumelia. Philadelphia, Lippincott. Royal 8°. $4. COMMENT on this encyclopedia may seem almost superfluous, not only because the work is well known, but also because of the uniform excellence of its several volumes; yet one does not like to pass it by without remark. The present volume is noteworthy for the number of its articles on philosophical and religious topics; Professor Andrew Seth writing on Philosophy, Professor D. G. Ritchie on Plato, Professor Sorley on Psychology, Mr. James Oliphant on Positivism, Professor Flint on Religion, Rev. W. L, Gildea on Roman Catholicism, Professor Cheyne on the Book of Psalms, etc. In the very different department of the industrial arts we find articles on Photography, by T. C. Hepworth and W. T. Bashford; on the Plough and the Potato, by James MacDonald; on Pottery, by James Paton; on Printing, by John Southward; and a long one on Railways, by E. M’Dermott. In science strictly so called, Professor Peile treats of Philology, Mr. Norman Wyld of Plants and of Physiology, Professor Knott of Quaternions, Dr, Alfred Daniell of Reflection and Refraction Mr. J. A. Thomson of Protoplasm and of Reproduction; while the minor articles are too numerous to mention. In history and geography the most important papers are perhaps those on Phoenicia, by Canon Raw- linson; on Rome, by Canon Taylor and Dr. Steele; and on Persia and Persepolis, by Gen. R. Murdoch Smith. In this department it seems to us that there is a deficiency of maps. Political and social themes receive their share of attention, Mr. T. Kirkup treat- ing of Political Economy, Mr. Jesse Collings of Peasant Proprietors, Mr. W. GC. Smith of the Poor Laws, Sir E. F. Du Cane of Prisons, and Mr. W. Draper Lewis of Protection. Literature and the ideal arts are less conspicuous in this volume than in some of the pre- vious ones; but Mr. Edmund Gosse writes of Poetry, Mr. Stead of Periodicals, Sir Joseph Crowe of Raphael, Mr. P. G. Hamerton of Rembrandt, and Mr. W. Holman Hunt of Pre-Raphaelitism. The number of minor articles on all subjects is so great as to pre- clude all mention of them individually; yet it not unfrequently happ:ns that these are the most useful of all to the reader It is expected that the two remaining volumes of the Encyclopedia will appear during the present year. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THE new volume of the Badminton Library, announced by Little, Brown, & Co. for immediate publication, will treat of skating, curling, tobogganing, and other out-door sports. It is written by J. M. Heathcote, C. G. Tebbutt, T. Maxwell Witham, and the Rey. John Kerr, Ormond Hake and Henry A. Buck, and contains several plates and numerous illustrations in the text, by C. Whymper and Captain Alexander. — John Wiley & Sons announce as in preparation ‘* Elementary Lessons in Heat,” by Professor S. E. Tillman, United States Muli 54 tary Academy, and ‘‘ Elementary Course in Theory of Equations,” by C. H. Chapman, Johns Hopkins University. — A. Lovell & Co., New York, have begun the publication of a series of American History Leaflets, to be issued bi-monthly. The first contains Columbus’ letter to Luis de Sant Angel, announcing his discovery. — Houghton, Mifflin, & Co. have just published the third vol- ume of Sargent’s important work on the Silva of North America. Tt will include Anacardiaceee-Leguminosee, and, like the previous volumes, will contain fifty plates drawn and engraved with the utmost eit —Charles H. Sergel & Co. announce a series of histories of the Spanish-American Republics. The first volume, which will be issued in February, will be ‘“ Peru,” by Clements R. Markham. Tt will be followed in a short time by “ Brazil,” by William E. Curtis. ‘‘ Argentine,” by the Author of ‘‘ An Earnest Trifler,” and other volumes will be issued at intervals of two or three months. — Longmans, Green, & Co. have published a small atlas pre- pared by Paelesos A. B. Hart of Harvard University and entitled “Epoch Maps Illustrating American History.” It is primarily designed as a companion to the series on ‘‘ Epochs of American History ” published by the same house, of which Professor Hart SCLENCE: [Vot. XIX. No. 468 is the editor. -The author says that it is ‘‘an attempt to make maps from the records — from the texts of grants, charters, and governors’ instructions, and from statutes, British, colonial, state, and national.” It opens with a map showing the physical fea- tures of the United States, followed by several illustrating the early discoveries and settlements, and others showing the growth of the national territory, the settlement of disputed boundaries, the growth and abolition of slavery, the civil war, and various other phases of our national history. There are, however, no maps of particular regions of special historical. importance, such as New Jersey in the Revolution and Virginia in the civil war — an omission that is to be regretted. But the maps that are given are excellent, and as history without maps is almost unintelligible, they will be useful to historical students. J. B. Lippincott Company have just published a second edition of Goubaux and Barrier’s ‘‘The Exterior of the Horse,” translated by Dr. Simon J. J. Harger of the University of Pennsylvania. This edition has been in preparation for three years, involving many alterations, which in most cases amounted to almost a transfor- mation of the old text into entirely new matter. A new plate upon the age, by G. Nicolet, and fifty-three original figures have been added, making the total 346 figures and 34 plates. — Benjamin Sharp, Ph.D., will tell in the February Scribner some results of his Greenland explorations last summer. He de- scribes what Sir John Ross, who discovered them in 1813, called CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. Philosophical Society, Washington. Jan, 16.— W. J. McGee, The Gulf of Mexico as a Measure of Isostasy. Society of Natural History, Boston. Jan. 20. — Charles V. Riley, Life-History of Sphecius Speciosus, Drury; Notes on Cap- rification; S. H. Scudder, The Tertiary Weevils of North America. Chemical Society, Washington, Jan. 14. — Officers were elected: Presi- dent, Dr. T. M. Chatard; vice-presidents, Dr. F. P. Dewey and Mr. W. H. Krug; treasurer; Dr. E. A. von Schweinitz; secre- tary, Dr. A. C. Peale. The following were elected additional members of the executive committee: Professor F. W. Clarke, Pro- fessor H. W. Wiley, Mr. Cabell Whitehead, and Professor R. B. Warder. The follow- ing papers were read: H. W. Wiley and K. P. McElroy, Midzu-Ame; W. F. Hillebrand, Zine-Bearing Spring Waters from Mis- souri. Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston. Jan. 13. — Herbert Dyer, Camping in the Highest Sierras. THE WINNIPEG COUNTRY; ROUGHING IT wT i ECLIPSE PARTY. A. OCT ARR FELLOW. (8. H. SCUDDER.) With thirty-two Illustrations and a Map. 12°. $1.50. “The story is a piquant, good-humored, entertain ing narrative of a canoe voyage. A neater, prettier book is seldom seen.”—Literary World. “This is a sprightly narrative of personal inci- dent. The book will be a pleasant reminder to many of rough experiences on a frontier which is rapidly receding.”’—Boston Transcript. “The picture of our desolate over acter terri- tory twenty-five years ago, in contrast with its civilized aspect to-day, and the pleasant features of the writer’s style, constitute the claims of his little book to present attention.”—The Dial. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. Wants. Any person seeking a position for which he is guali- fied by his scientific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘ Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF Cost, 2/ he satisfies the publisher of the sutt- able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any scientific question, the address of any scientific man, or whocan% in any way use this col- umn for a purpose consonant with the nature of the paper, ts cordially invited to do so. ANTED.—(1) A white man versed in wood and iron working, able to work from specifications and plans, suited for an instructor of boys; his bus- iness to have charge of shops of school, outline and direct the work for foremen snd students; salary to bes $1,000 per annum (nine months). (2) A man (black preferred) to teach the co!ored, iron working and forging, subordinate to the preceding; salary, $720. ® A man (white) competent to take classes A engineering (assistant’s position), but with the ability to perform any of the work required in any of the ordinary engineering courses of our universi- ties; salary from $1,000 to $1,5u0. A. H. BEALS, Milledgeville, Ga. ANTED.—Two or three efficient computers with good knowledge of Spherical Trigonometry and ready use of logarithms, for temporary employment in the office of the Coast and Geodetic Survey. Ap- ‘plicants should furnish evidence of their fitness for the work. Apply by letter to the Superintendent, Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, DC. ANTED.— Science, No. 178, July 2, 1886, also Index and Title-page to Vol. VII. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York. YOUNG MAN (31) would like a position in a college, laboratory, or observatory, is also will- ing to assist at a steam engine, etc. Address J. W., eare of Science, 874 Broadway, New York. ANTED.—A position in the philosophical or pedagogical department of a college or uni- versity by a young man (30) who has had five years’ practical experience in teaching, and who has done four years’ post-graduate work in philosophy, devot- ing his attention during the last two years espe- cially to study and original investigation in scien- tific psychology and its applications in education. ae EK. A., care Science, 874 Broadway, N. Y. ity. ANTED.—A suitable position in Washington, D. C., not connected with the Government, and with a salary not to exceed $650 a year, by an experienced biologist with six years’ university training. Applicant has been a skilful surgeon for fourteen years; is a practical photographer, car- tographer, and accustomed to the use of the type- writer. He is also capable of making the most fin- ished drawings, of any description, for all manner of illustrative purposes in science; trained in mu- seum methods and work; also field operations and taxidermy in its various departments, and model- ing, production of casts, restorations of paleonto- logical specimens and similar employments. puuress U.S. R., care Science, 47 Lafayette Place, N N. Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, if ofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway; New York.] Wanted to buy or exchange a copy of Holbrook’s North American Herpetology, by John Edwards. 5 vols. Philadelphia, 1842. . BAUR, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. For sale or exchange, LeConte, ‘ * Geology,’ * Quain, ‘““Anatomy,”’ 2 vols ; Foster, ‘‘Physiology,”” Eng. edition; Shepard, Appleton, Elliott, and Stern, ** Chemistry ;’ Jordan, Manual of Vertebr: ites ling International Sen tists’ Directory;”” Vol. I. Journal of Morphology; Bal- four, ‘‘Embryology,’”’ 2 vols.; Leidy, ** Rhizopods;’ Science, 18 vols., unbound. {cs. aP, McCLINTOCK, Lexington, Ky. For sale.—A 64 x 8144 Camera; a very fine instrument, with lens, holders and _tripod, all new; it cost over $40: price, $25. Edw. L. Hayes, 6 Athens Street, Cambridge, Mass. To exchange Wright’s *‘ Ice Age in North America ”” and Le Conte’s ‘Elements of Geology’’ (Copyright 1882) for Darwinism,’ by A. R. Wallace, “Origin of Beciess i by Darwin, ‘‘Descent of Man,’’ by Darwin, ' Man’s Place in Nature,” Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution i in Ani- mals,” by Romanes, ‘*Pre-Adamuites,’? by Winchell. No books wanted except latest editions, and books in good condition. C. S. Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g to 1-romg), platinum dishes and crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part or whole. Also complete file of Sz/2iman’s Fournal, 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883; U.S. Coast Survey. 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. For dehense or Sale at a sacrifice, an elaborate micro- scope outfit. Bullock stand; monocular objectives, one- sixth homeogeneous immersion, four-tenths, and three inch, Bausch & Lomb, also one-fourth and one inch Spencer. Four eye-pieces, Objectives are the best made. Address Mrs. Marion Smith, 41 Branch Street, Lowell, ass OF WHAT USE IS THAT PLANT? You can find the answer in SMITH’S ‘DICTIONARY OF ECONOMIC PLANTS.” Sent postaid on receipt of $2.80. Publish- er’s price, $3.50. y SCIENCE BOOK AGENCY, 874 Broadway, New York. BOOKS: How to Exchange them for others. Send a postal to the SciENcE exchange column (insertion free), stating briefly what you want to exchange. ScrIENcE, 874 Broadway, New York, January 22, 1892. | the “‘ Arctic Highlanders,” an isolated race of two hundred souls, which at the present time has about the same numbers as when first discovered. The author says: ‘‘ Government they seem not to have, the oldest man of the family at most ruling that family. Of the customs, as marriage and religion, little or nothing is known, but we hope that the investigations of Lieut. R. E. Peary, who is now among these people, will throw much light upon this interesting chapter of their story.” The results of these investi- gations will appear in Scribner's. — A translation of the new book by the famous Egyptologist, G. Maspéro, entitled ‘‘ Life in Ancient Egypt and Assyria,” is to be published immediately by D. Appleton & Co In this work the author does not present a dry history of dynasties, but he gives a picture of actual life in its various phases among the two most civilized nations which flourished before the Greeks. Life in the city streets, in the huts of the poor and the palaces, marriage ceremonies, funeral and religious rites, hunting scenes, and_ bat- SCIENCE. Se) tles, are all reproduced. The numerous illustrations by M.. Fancher-Gudin are worthy of the importance of the book. As the author says, ‘‘It is the Egyptian and Assyrian himself that these illustrations show us, and not those caricatures of Egyptians and Assyrians which are too often seen in our books.” Of this book the London Academy says: ‘It fills a real gap. It is fortunate that this new way of treating the materials supplied by the papyri, the cuneiform tablets, and the monumental remains of Egypt. and Assyria was not earlier attempted by another hand, for who: could have treated that material with the ease, the mastery, and the vivacity of M. Maspéro?” — It has been known for some time past that M. Ernest Renan was engaged in writing a volume of reminiscences. The book is now finished, and by arrangement with the author will soon be published by the Cassell Publishing Company under the title ‘* Recollections, Letters, and Addresses.” The translation has been done by Miss Isabel F. Hapgood. lusts Al Phosphate, A most excellent and agree- able tonic and appetizer. It nourishes and invigorates the tired brain and body, imparts re- ‘newed energy and vitality, and enlivens the functions. Dr. FrHraim Bateman, Cedarville, N. J., says: ‘¢T have used it for several years, not only in my practice, but in my own individual case, and consider it under all circumstances one of the best nerve tonics that we possess. For mental exhaustion or overwork it gives “renewed strength and vigor to the entire system.’’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘‘ Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never soldin bulk. THE AMERICAN RACE: By DANIEL G. BRINTON, M.D. «The book is one of unusual interest and value.”— Inter Ocean. “Dr. Daniel G. Brinton writes as the acknowledged authority of the subject.”,—Philadelphia Press. ““Mhe work will be of genuine value to all who wish to know the substance of what has been found out about the indigenous Americans.’’—Nature. ‘‘A masterly discussion, and an example of the successful education of the powers of observation.” —Philadelphia Ledger. Price, postpaid, $2. N. D. ¢. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN 6CO., Works; Oamden, N.J. 26 John St., New York. THE. CHEAPEST: AND “BEST ! filer Exeawine G- ‘fy, G7 PARK PLACE, NEW YORK ‘| ENGRAVING FOR ALL ILLUSTRATIVE AND i - ADVERTISING PURPOSES: DE-RULE Perpetual Calendar. — This novel application of the slide-rule principle shows, in an instant without study or cal- culation, a complete Calendar for any month from the Year 1 tillthe end of Time. Sample, 25 cts. JEROMB-THOMAS CO., 47 LAFAYETTE PLACK, NEW YORK. HANDBOOK OF METEOROLOGICAL TABLES.. By Asst. Pror. H. A. Hazen. 127 pp. 8°. Professor Waldo says: ‘‘I heartily recom- mend them to all workers in meteorology, and do not see how any of our American meteorologists can afford to be without a copy.’’ 5 Professor Symons of London says: ‘‘ They are unquestionably valuable helps, which must be kept handy, and replaced when worn out.’’ Price, postpaid, $1. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. POPULAR MANUAL OF VISIBLE SPEECH AND VOCAL PHYSIOLOGY. For use in Colleges and Normal Schools. Sent free by post by N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y.. MINERAL CABINET SPECIMENS. COLLECTIONS: » For BLowPIPE ANALYSIS. Largest and finest stock in U.S. 100pp. Illustrated: Catalogue, paper bound, 15c.; cloth bound, 25c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & CO, Mineralogists, Removed to 733 & 735 Broadway, New York PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address: W.T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. Old and Rare Books. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag— azines. Rates low. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N V Price 50 cents. houses. $3000. each, or $3.00 for the set, arrangements for comfort. Price, $ DO YOU INTEND TO BUILD? If you intend to build, it will be a mistake not to send for **SENSIBLE LOW-COST HOUSES,”? now arranged in three volumes. In them you will find perspective views, floor plans, descriptions, and estimates of cost for 105 tasteful, mew desigms for They also give prices for complete Working Plans, Details, and Specifications, which enable you to build without delays, mistakes or quarrels with your build- er, and which amy ome can understand. Vol. I. contains 35 copyrighted designs of houses, costing between $500 and $1800. Vol. II. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $1800 to Vol. III. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $3000 to $9000. rice, by mail, $1.00 66> COLONIAL HOUSES,” a volume showing Perspectives and Floor Plans of houses arranged in the inimitable etaa the Colonial Architecture, and having all modern- 2.00. “ PICTURESQUE HOUSES FOR FOREST AND SHORE”:—This show Perspectives and Floor Plans of new designs for Summer Cottages, which are romantic, convenient, and cheap. Price, $1.00, by mail. N. D. C, HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. 56 SCIENCE. Pry | ¢ > 7 ~ wy; eo \e ae ee) j Vou. XIX. No. 468° Fact and Theory Papers I. THE SUPPRESSION OF CON- SUMPTION. By GopFREY W. HAMBLETON, M.D. 12°. 40c. “The inestimable importance of the subject, the eminence of the author, and the novelty of his work all combine to render the little treatise worthy of special consideration. . . . We heartily commend Dr. Hambleton’s booklet, and wish there were more such works.”—Editorial, Boston Daily Advertiser. «The monograph Is interesting in style, scholarly and well worthy of careful consideration. It is de- void of technical expressions, and can be easily read and digested.”—Pharmaceutical Era. Il. THE SOCIETY AND THE “FAD.” By APPLETON MorGAN, Hsq. 12°. 20 cents. “Mr. Morgan founds a sensible and interesting address upon a text furnished by a sentence from a young ladies’ magazine ; namely, ‘ Browning and {bsen are the only really dramatic authors of their century.’”—New York Sun. Ill. PROTOPLASM AND LIFE. By C.F. Cox. 12°. 75 cents. “To be commended to those who are not special- ists.”—Christian Union. ‘“ Physicians will enjoy their reading, and find in them much food for thought.”—St. Louis Medical wand Surgical Journal. ‘© Mr. Cox reviews the history of his subject with knowledge and skill.”—Open Court. ‘Tt is of extreme interest.”— Medical Age. «« Worthy of a careful perusal.”—Indiana Medica Journal, ‘An interesting and popular account of the ten- - dencies of modern biological thought.”—Popular Science News. ‘©All interested in biological questions will find the book fascinating.”—Pharmaceutical Era. “(The author displays a very comprehensive grasp of his subject.”—Public Opinion. ‘‘ Deserves the attention of students of natural sclence.”—Critic. Iv. THE CHEROKEES IN PRE-CO- LUMBIAN TIMES. By Cyrus THOMAS. 12°. $1 Dr. Thomas has already presented to the public some reasons for believing the Cherokees were mound-builders, but additional evidence bearing on the subject has been obtained. A more careful study of the Delaware tradition respecting the Tal- leg'vi satisfies him that we have in the Bark Rocord (Walam Olum) itself proof that they were Chero- kees. He thinks the mounds enable us to trace back their line of migration even beyond thelr residence in Ohio to the western bank of the Mississippi. The object is therefore threefold: 1. An illustration of the reverse method of dealing with prehistoric sub- jects; 2. Incidental proof that some of the Indians were mound: builders; 3. A study of a single tribe in the light of the mound testimony. This work will be an important contribution to the literature of the Columbian discovery which will doubtless appear during the coming two years. ‘4 valuable contribu'ion to the question, ‘Who were the mound-builders?’”—New York Times. “Professor Cyrus Thomas undertakes to trace back the evidences of a single Indian tribe into the prehistoric or mound-bullding age.”—N. Y. Sun. ** An interesting paper.”’—Christian Union. V. THE TORNADO. By H. A. Hazen. 12°. $1. ‘The little book is extremely Interesting.” —Bos- ton Transcript. ‘© A book which will find many readers. The chapter on‘ Tornado Insurance’ is of interest to all property-holders in the tornado States.”’—Boston Herald. ““*The Tornado’ is a popular treatise on an impor- tant province of meteorology, in which science, the author, Professor Hazen oi the United States Signal Service, may be regarded as an expert.” —Philadel- phia Ledger. VI. TIME-RELATIONS OF MENTAL PHENOMENA. By JOSEPH JASTROW. 12°. 50c. “ All students of psychology will find the book full of interesting facts. Professor Jastrow’s good qual- ities as a thinker and asa writer are too well and .too widely known to require comment.”—Public Opinion. «A useful work for psychologists—as well as the general reader—hby setting forth in brief and easily intelligible form the present state of knowledge in regard to the time required for the performance of mental acts.”—The Critic. VII. HOUSEHOLD HYGIENE. Mary TAYLOR BISSELL. 12°. %5 cents. “ A sensible brochure.”—Brooklyn Eagle. +¢ Practical and sensible.”—Public Opinion. “The advice and excellent information which it contains are tersely and intelligently expressed.”— Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. “ Practical and simply written.”—Springjield Re- publican. ' “The best monograph on home hygiene.”’—St. Louis Globe-Democrat. In Preparation. VIII. THE FIRST YEAR OF CHILD- HOOD. By J. MARK BALDWIN. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. By eben. Case Ks (Ss LYONS SILKS. MOIRE ANTIQUE, RAYE, FACONNE, GLACE. Corded Bengaline, Plain and Glace Veloutine, White Satin, Faille, and Veloutine FOR WEDDING GOWNS. Colored Satins, Evening Shades. CREPE, GAZE, GRENADINE, FOR BALL DRESS, Deoadovay A 19th bt. NEW YORK. LINENS. Art Embroidery Linens, Linens for the Bed-room, Dining-room, or Kitchen, in large assortment. Linen Goods have been our specialty for nearly forty years, and there is no desirable linen article or fabric which may not be found in our stock, We gladly send samples of such of our goods as can be sampled. To get some idea of the range of goods we keep, write for catalogue. James McCutcheon & Co.. THE LINEN STORE, 64 & 66 West 23d St., New York. A TEMPORARY BINDER for Science is now ready, and will be mailed postpaid on receipt of 75 cents. This binder is strong, durable and elegant, has gilt side-title, and al- lows the opening of the pages per- fectly flat. Any number can be taken out or replaced without dis- turbing the others, and the papers are not mutilated for subsequent permanent binding. Filed in this binder, Sczezceis always convenient for reference. fe Temporary binders of the same NDER description but without side title, to uf Bl fit any paper or periodical of ordi- nary size, will be mailed postpaid on receipt of price as given below. In ordering, be sure to give the name of paper or periodical and style of binder. 8 to 12 inches long, cloth, $o.50; leather, $0.60. TAS sy ec 3 60 “i 75. are 08 “ “c 75 oe 1.00, 17 ‘t 19“ ra “ 1.00 “a 1.25. N. D. C. HODGES, Publisher, 874 Broadway, New York. THE. Anenean Bell Telephone COMPANY. | 9) MILK ST, BOSTON, MASS. This Company owns the Letters Patent granted to Alexander Gra- ham Bell, March 7th, 1876, No. 174,465, and January 30, 1877, No. 186,787. The Transmission of Speech by all known forms of KLECTRIC SPEAKING TELEPHONES in- fringes the right secured to this Company by the above patents, and renders each individual user of tel- ephones, not furnished by it or its licensees, responsible for such un- lawful use, and all the conse- quences thereof and liable to suit therefor. New Method of Protecting Property from Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller. Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a eonduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. SOUTH BEND TACOMA Sucercry INVESTMENTS I GUARANTEE 12 per cent per annum in any of the above cities. I have made from 40 to 50 per cent. per annum for non-residents. I also make first mortgage, improved real estate loans on unquestionable securities from 8 to :0 per cent. per annum net. Also haye choice bargains in Farm, Hop, Hay and Gardem Lamds. Correspond- ence Solicited regarding Western Washington. All inquiries answered promptly. Address A. C. SICLKELS, Tacoma. Washington. NOW READY. THE RADIOMETER. By DANIEL 8S. TROY. This contains a discussion of the reasons for their action and of the phenomena pre- sented in Crookes’ tubes. Price, postpaid, 50 cents. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N.Y. / A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. TentH YEAR. _ Vou, XIX. No. 469. SineLe Copies, Ten Cents. $3.50 Per YEAR, IN ADVANCE. JANUARY 29, 1892. CONTENTS. Tur AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF INVENTORS AND MANUFACTURERS ...........- Some RecENT MinERAL DISCOVERIES IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. W. METEORITES! We have JUST ISSUED AN ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE 71 0F OUR METEORITES, giving first a chronological list of the falls (descriptive of each individual specimen), under the three classes, SIDERITES, SIDEROLITES AND ZEROLITES, followed by a LIST OF MICRO-SECTIONS OF ASROLITES FOR SALE, H. Ruffner... 20.10.00 e eres 58 | and a chronological list of the CASTS OF METEORITES which were made before cutting THE Saal OF ere ma LSI 59 the specimens into slices, thus being an exact fac simile of the size and shape of the meteor. alts tae aaa ida a 60 These lists are followed by 25 PAGES OF ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTIONS of some of the more recent masses that have passed through our hands, A OC eck or WILL. Roger B. 62 The Index to this Catalogue not only gives IN HEAVY TYPE the names adopted for eee ee Bimnuer Acer George An the Meteorites, but various important synonymous names in smaller type. SAUL a OP RIAN ahlespiiteeaect 64 PRICE OF THE CATALOGUE, 25 CENTS. STRUCT RE Oe bACHEa oF Insuors: Geo. | Ifyou have METEORITES for sale, or METEORITES Tamas ay Fee oe that you desire sliced, write to us. A Lightning Stroke. J. H.......-. 66 As in years gone by, we are still the headquarters in this country Traumatic Hypnotism. Julia Mac- for MINERALS, ROCKS, FOSSILS, CASTS OF FOSSILS, dud Nair Wright......--200.eeeeeeees 66 Some Curious Catnip Leaves. Mrs. other Natural History Specimens. W. A. Kellerman......... .-.--- 66 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND CIRCULARS, ADDRESS AMONG THE PUBLISHERS................ 67 WARD'S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT, 16—26 College Avenue, Rochester, N. Y. Cee eC OE TENTH YEAR. The use of Sczence by scientific men has increased in the past few months as never before. More than two hundred of the leading scientific men and women of America have agreed to contribute to the paper during the coming year; and, as others are constantly joining in this move, to make the paper more valuable than ever, it cannot be long before there will be a body of five hundred competent users of this weekly medium of scientific discussion. It is our aim to place the paper in the hands of all competent persons who will avail themselves of this oppor- tunity to make Sczence a better representative of American scientific work than ever in the past. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class SCIENGE., ” = [Vor Sak No. jena SCIENCE ADVERTISING RATES. Established January, 1892. INSIDE PAGES. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to an inch He column, 140 lines, - ‘* page, three columns, 420 lines, - LAST OUTSIDE PAGE AND PAGES FACING READING asoe aS 50.00 MATTER. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines toaninch, 2o0c. So column, 140 lines, - $25.00 0.00 ‘« page, three columns, 420 lines, - FIRST OUTSIDE TITLE-PAGE. Double-column space at top next Contents, $30.00 Triple-column space, below Contents, - 50.00 SCALE OF DISCOUNTS. Bae) percent. on 4 times, Imonth, oron amount $100 15 a 200 ce ee ‘ce 20 per cent. advance for preferred positions. Nothing inserted for less than $1.00 a time. Reading Matter Notices, under that caption, goc. a count line, set in nonpareil. Copy should be in office not later than Wednes- day of the week of issue. Henry F. Taylor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. QUERY. Can any reader of Sczence cite a case of lightning stroke in which the dissipation of a small conductor (one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter, say,) has failed to protect between two horizon- tal planes passing through its upper and lower ends respective ly? Plenty of cases have been found which show that when the conductor is dissipated the build- ing is not injured to the extent explained (for many of these see volumes of Philosophical Trans- actions at the time when light- ning was attracting the attention of the Royal Society), but not an exception is yet known, al- though this query has been pub- lished far and wide among elec- tricians. First inserted June 19. to date. No response N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. PUBLICATIONS. QUARTERLY. THE INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MICROSCOPY AND NATURAL SCIENCE. THE JOURNAL OF THE Postal Microscopical Society. Edited by ALFRED ALLEN. $1.75 Per Year. To Science subscribers, $1.00 for one year. appress N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. THE AMERICAN GEOLOGIST FOR 1894 AND BIEN'S NEW ATLAS OF THE METROPOLI- TAN DISTRICT, will be given to New Subscribers to the GroLoaist for $25.00 (which is the regular price of the Atlas alone), if ordered through the GEOLOGIST. For other premiums see the GEoLocisT for Noy., Dec., and Jan. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING COMPANY, Minneapolis, Minn. AMERICAN HERO-MYTHS. A Study in the Native Religions of the Western Continent, By D. G. Brinton, M.D. 8°. $1.75. THE CRADLE OF THE SEMITES. By D. G. Brinton, M.D., and Morris JASTRow, JR., Ph.D. 8°. 30 cents. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. Adaress PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Crawfordsville, Ind. BABY. An Illustrated Journal for Mothers. PUBLISHED FORTNIGHTLY. $1.00 a year. Send for Sample Copy. Charles Robinson, 907 Broadway, N. Y. AMERICAN WOODS A book on Woods, containing actual and authentic specimens. PREPARATIONS OF WOODS FOR MICROSCOPE anp STERE- OPTICON, and WOODEN CARDS, for invita- tions, calling cards, etc. Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH, Lowville, N. Y. PROPRIETARY. Scott’s Emulsion of cod- liver oil is an easy food—it is more than food, if you please; but it is a food—to bring back plumpness to those who have’ lost it. Do you know what it is to be plump? Thinness is poverty, living from hand to mouth. To be plump is to have alittle more than enough, a reserve_ Do you want a reserve of health? Let us send you a book on CAREFUL LIVING; free. Scorr & Bowne, Chemists, 132 South sth Avenue, New York. Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil—all druggists everywhere do. $1. 34 PUBLICATIONS. NOW READY. THE RADIOMETER. By DANIEL 8S. TROY. This contains a discussion of the reasons for their action and of the phenomena pre- sented in Crookes’ tubes. Price, postpaid, 50 cents. = N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. <= Biological Society, Washington. Dec. 26.—F. H. Knowlton, A Fossil Bread Fruit Tree from the Sierras of Cali- fornia; Lester F. Ward, Alphonse de Can- dolle on the Transmission of acquired Char- acters; B. T. Galloway, A New Pine Disease ; C. Hart Merriam, Remarks on the Affinities of the North American Squirrels, Chip- munks, Spermophiles, Prairie Dogs, and Marmots. Jan. 23.—C. W. Stiles, Notes on Parasites, Myzomimus gen. noy.; Theodore Holm, Studies of the Morphological Identity of the Stamens; Theobald Smith, On Peculiar Forms of Red Corpuscles in Mammalia in Anzmic Conditions. American Academy of Political and Social Science, Philadelphia. Jan. 26.—Charles DeGarmo, Ethical Train- ing in the Public Schools. Minerals, j a a Stuffed Animals Rocka Ward's Natural Science Establishment sect" Coa ot Benin Mineralosy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. |anatomiear Renermaps.| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N.Y. limverteprates P= SCIENCE NEW YORK, JANUARY 29, 1892. ERE! AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF INVENTORS AND MANUFACTURERS. FEw occurrences of public interest have recently taken place which have been of greater moment to the people and to the nation as a whole, and few have attracted less public atiention than that which was held in Washington in answer to the call of Mr. Watkins, on the 19th of January,—the meeting of the American Association of Inventors and Manu- facturers. Organized a year ago, nearly, and composed of inventors like Dr. Gatling, Mr. Charles F. Brush, E. E. Sickles; business men like Mr. Gardiner G. Hubbard and Oberlin Smith; public men like General Butterworth and QO. T. Mason; and scientific men like Professors Anthony and Thurston, and backed by the Commissioner of Patents, -this association should have some interest for the people at large and for the journalists who represent the people. Its first meeting was opened by the president and attended by the whole bench of the Supreme Court, and its addresses during its several days’ sessions were given by the most dis- tinguished men of science and greatest inventors of the country. ’ The purposes of this organization are declared to be: To promote the progress of science and useful arts (Constitution U.S., i, 8). The diffusion of practical, scientific, and legal information respecting inventions. The encouragement of favorable and the discouragement of unfavorable laws re- specting property in patents. To secure the co-operation of foreign inventors for reciprocal regulations under patent systems. The proper, just, and adequate protection of the rights of American inventors authorized by the Constitution of the United States. Any person in sympathy with the objects of the association is eligible to membership under conditions stated in the constitution upon the payment of a _membership fee of five dollars for the first year. No initia- tion fee is charged. To the executive council, composed of the seven officers and the nine directors of the association, has been assigned the duty of completing the organization, begun with so much earnestness at Washington. Its first meeting was held on the centennial of the signing by George Washington of the first patent law of the United States, the beginning of national industrial prosperity. As is well said in the call lately issued for the second meet- ing :— ““The celebration of the beginning of the second century of our American patent system was the outgrowth of a spon- taneous desire to recognize publicly the benefits which that system has conferred upon our nation and upon the world. ‘‘Hminent inventors, statesmen; and scholars from all parts of the Union met together to express their appreciation of the merits of that system, which has lightened the toil of the farmer, shortened the working hours of the mechanic, added to the safety of the miner, and lifted the burden from the household drudge. ‘“‘The monument then erected on the boundary line be- tween two centuries, embellished by the best thoughts of _ or the nation. such gifted minds, will endure so long as the libraries of the world shall preserve the record of their tribute to American genius. ‘* While existing laws have encouraged and do now stimu- late the creation of intellectual property and do throw safe- guards around its ownership, yet the fact remains that neither the real inventor nor the author has been adequately pro- tected in his rights. ‘(This state of affairs has resulted from the fact that the inventors of the country have never thoroughly organized themselves for mutual protection nor brought concerted effort to bear upon their representatives in Congress, to the end that proper laws should be enacted, por have they heartily supported the officials of the Government in their attempts to secure adequate facilities for carrying out present regulations. Hence the system, even as it exists, has been preserved with great effort, and even now is handicapped by some conditions that are not encouraging. ‘‘Tt may be true that the patent system, in a few instances, has had an unfavorable effect upon certain sections of the country and upon some occupations, and that some owners of useful patents have demanded greater profit for their in- ventions than was consistent with the public good. But such evils, if they exist, can best be remedied by intelligent discussion among those who have a vital interest in the. things themselves. ‘‘The people at large and their representatives need to be impressed with the fact that it is to the epoch-making inven- tions of the century that our country owes its high position among the civilized nations of the world.” : The patent system so auspiciously inaugurated by the greatest and first of our presidents has been intermittently promoted and sometimes obstructed in its operation by that alternation in power of friends and enemies — or lukewarm friends — which so generally characterizes the action of a popular government, and that of the United. States no less than those of minor countries. In its best estate, however, it has never done the best that it might for either the inventor During the last few years, its operation has been shamefully embarrassed and the interests of the country have been greatly injured, while those of the inventor and his rightful claims upon the country have been no less seriously affected, in consequence of the utter neglect of this great department by Congress, and the refusal of the national legislature to provide it with respectable quarters and suffi- cient working force. In many eases, applications of immense importance to the industrial interests of the nation have been kept in the office for many months, through the utter inability of the working force to keep itself up with the business of the office. The annual report of the Commissioner of Patents to Con- gress dated Jan. 1, 1891, calls attention to the lack of suffi- cient examining force and to the need of more office room. The commissioner remarks that ‘“‘the pace kept up in the patent office now, as in all recent years, is inconsistent with that high degree of care which the patent system calls for,” and that ‘‘a patent should evidence such painstaking in ex- amination that upon its face it should warrant a preliminary 58 injunction, and there can be little doubt that the continuance of the ‘ American’ examivation system depends upon so con- ducting examinations into the novelty of alleged inventions as to make the seal of the patent office a powerful, if not con- clusive, presumption that. the patent is valid.” The commissioner further reports that ‘‘during the past year the patent office has earned a surplus, over every ex- pense, of $241,074.92, and the total balance to the credit of the patent fund now in the treasury of the United States is $3,872,745.24, and that the inventors of the country cannot understand why the government takes their money and then fails to provide necessary facilities.” Sach a state of affairs is simply a disgrace to the country and to the committees of Congress entrusted with the care of this great instrument of national advancement. The work of the association should be forwarded by every citizen and promoted by every journal in the land. The indifference of the members of the committees of Congress having charge of the business interests of the country can only be accounted for by the fact that the people, and especially the business men of the country, who should continually consult with and direct these committees, pay no attention to this branch of legislative work. Were these committees carefully made up of men well-posted in the work entrusted to them, and were they kept up to their duty by the pressure of public Opinion, the prosperity of the nation would be vastly better assured than now. SOME RECENT MINERAL DISCOVERIES IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. WHEN I visited Washington Territory in the autumn of 1887, I found great activity among the prospectors in the mountainous region lying near the Canada line, and between the Cascade Range and the Bitter Root division of the Rocky Mountains; also in the Coeur d’Alene region. Many fissure veins carrying gold, silver, lead, zinc, copper, etc., had been discovered, and tested sufficiently to prove their richness. In some cases the precious metals were associated with iron carbonates, but more commonly with iron sulphides, galena, and lead carbonates. Chlorine, antimony, and zine were also found in combination. Copper was found both native and combined. The gangue was usually quartz, with which is often associated what is called ‘‘ porphyry.” Tbe country rocks are granite, quartzite, argilite, and limestone. ~ On my return to the ccuntry in 1891 (now the State of Washington) I found that there had been no loss of reputa- tion in respect to any of the mining localities; but that in all except the Coeur d’Alene and Colville regions the devel- opment of ores had been retarded by the lack of transporta- tion. In 1887, the Cascade Range proper, though rich in the purest magnetite along its crest, and in the Cretaceous lig- nites along its flanks, was not regarded as a promising field for the discovery of the precious and base metals. A few small veins of low grade silver, gold, and copper ore had been found among the iron bearing rocks about the head springs of the Snoqualmic River, but nothing to compare with the developments on the waters of the Methow, Okina- gane, Kootenai, Coeur d’Alene and upper Columbia, on the east of the Cascade Range. But during my visit to the State last autumn I found an army of prospectors and miners at work on a group of veins running along the western flank of the Cascade Range. This group or belt so far as discoy- ered is about fifty miles long and fifteen miles wide (perhaps “SCIENCE. twenty miles wide), and occupies the eastern edge of Sno- homish and Skagit Counties. The region is drained by the upper waters of the Skagit, Stillaguamish, and Skykomish Rivers. The veins are well-defined fissures carrying gold, silver, lead, copper, and sulphur with iron, antimony and arsenic in quartz and porphyry; in other words, the same sort of veins as those found in eastern Washington. Usual- ly they follow the course of the country rocks, but with the usual branching and flexing. _ The country rocks, which consist also of granite, quartzite, (Vor. XIX. No 469 = and slate (I saw no limestone) usually stand nearly vertical, though in some places inclining eastward with a dip as low as thirty degrees. The general trend of both country rocks and ore veins is a little more to the north-east than that of the irregular crest-line of the main mountain. Hence they all cross the mountain at a sharp angle immediately north of the Cascade Pass, the name given to the notch at the head — of the Cascade River, which is one of the chief affluents of the Skagit River. come famous as the ‘‘ Cascade Mining District.” Here have been opened numerous veins of auriferous pyrites and ar- gentiferous galena. The veins are broken across by a deep gorge, whose steep sides are striped by the disclosed vertical edges of the veins. Of course, in many places the outcrops are concealed by soil and vegetation, but the mountains rise three to four thousand feet above the gorge (six to seyen thousand feet above Puget Sound), and the upper third is bare rock, and numerous denuded spaces extend much lower. The physical conditions are favorable for prospecting, min- ing, concentrating, and moving. The mountain on the This locality has within two years be- | i north side holds near its summit two small glaciers: the - lower one I named the Silver Queen, the upper one the Sky- light. Snow slides and running gravel are uncomfortably common on these heights. But safe camping ground can always be found in the evergreen forests on the mountain sides. So much for the north end of this mineral belt. The other leading mining district is at the south end of the belt, and is known as the Silver Creek District on one side of a dividing ridge, and the Monte Cristo District on the other side. Silver Creek is a tributary of the Skykomish River, and has its head in Silver Lake, a beautiful little sheet of water nestling among the evergreens in a groove of one of the lofty outliers of the main range. The creek, af- ter running in its elevated trough for two or three miles suddenly begins to pitch down a steep escarpment, and falls a vertical distance of two thousand feet in three miles of surface measurement, and falls fifteen hundred feet more in the next five miles, at the end of which it joins the north branch of the Skykomish River. Its course is southerly. The Monte Cristo District is made by a continuation east- ward of the veins of the upper half of the Silver Creek District, which pass through the water-shed into the valley of the Sauk River, a tributary of the Skagit. Taking this part of the mineral belt across its widest part it measures at least twelve miles, probably more. The ores do not differ materially from those of the Cascade River country, and the veins stand on each side of the gulehes, offering every facility to the miner. Not less than thirty distinct veins (or ledges) have been uncovered, and many tunnels of several hundred feet in length have been driven horizontally. The best ‘rich streaks” are of argentiferous galena, which in a few cases are as much as four feet wide (generally much less), and carry from thirty to three hundred ounces of silver to the ton. } This new mineral region is as yet but very partially ex- pe geen i es January 29, 1892. ] amined. It is, however, a permanent addition to the vast “mining territory of the Rocky and trans-Rocky Mountain country, and when considered in connection with previous discoveries, it suggests the probability that the mineral de- - posits of the State of Washington exceed in quantity and value those of any other State. : W. H. Rurryer. Lexington, Va., Jan. 23. THE EVOLUTION OF THE LOUP RIVERS IN NEBRASKA. THE most casual inspection of a map of central Nebraska might suggest that the hydrography of the region has proba- bly undergone radical changes. It looks as if the three Loup rivers, and the smaller creeks running parallel to them, had once been separate tributaries of the Platte, all indepen- dent of each other, as roughly indicated by the dotted lines on the map (Fig. 1). The Platte is the great central trunk of the drainage, and these streams all seem to be headed for it like branches, and would join it directly if they had not been somehow turned eastward and united to form the Loup River. It is the fate of such impressions to fade out in the light of accurate knowledge, but there are some survivals, and this a - 7100 Ww 99w 98 w acs tee See IY th Se. Se by NG & Sor * ‘2 Go & ln, Sey ADVERTISING PURPOSES = PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W. T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- azines. Rates Zow. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N V DO YOU IN houses. each, or $3.00 for the set. “COLONIAL HOUSES,” a arrangements for comfort. Price, $2. “° PICTURESQUE HOUSES Perspectives and Floor Plans of new N. D.C HO TEND TO BUILD? If you intend to build, it will be a mistake not to send for **SENSIBLE LOW-COST HOUSES,” now arranged in three volumes. In them you will find perspective views, floor plans, descriptions, and estimates of cost for 105 tasteful, new designs for They also give prices for complete Working Plans, Details, and Specifications, which enable you to build without delays, mistakes or quarrels with your build- er, and which amy ome cam understand. Vol. I. contains 35 copyrighted designs of houses, costing between $500 and $1800. Vol. Il. contains 35 cope ientod designs, $1800 to $3000. Vol. III. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $3000 to $9000. rice, by mail, $1.00 yolume showing Perspectives and Floor Plans of houses arranged in the inimitable style of the Colonial Architecture, and haying all modern 00. FOR FOREST AND SHORE” :—This show designs for Summer Cottages, which are romantic convenient, and cheap. Price, $1.00, by mail. DGES, 874 Broadway, New York. 7O SCIENCE. - {Vou XIX. No. 469 _ DRY GOODS, ETC. Pent), eoratabl As ( Spring, 1892. REAL INDIA PONGEES. CORAHS, Unexcelled for Durability and Wear. NOVELTIES. Printed Glace Kongeant, Striped Silk Shirtings. Deoadeoay KH 4 9th St. NEW WORK. rs nan eee LINENS. Art Embroidery Linens, Linens for the Bed-room, Dining-room, or Kitchen, in large assortment, including a full line of <¢ Old Bleach” goods. For nearly forty years we have made a specialty vf Linen Goods, and there is no desirable linen article or fabric which may not be found in our stock. Catalogue on request. James McCutcheon & Co., THE LINEN STORE, 64 & 66 West 23d St., New York. WASTE Embroidery Silks. Factory Ends at half price; one ounce ina box, All oad silk and good colors. Sent by mail on receipt of cents; 100 crazy stitches in each package. Latest and best book on Art Needlework, only 10 cents. A beauti- ful assortment chenille and arrasene; 15 new shades in each for 50 cents. Send postal note or ae to_ THE BRAINERD & ARMSTRONG SPOOL SILK CO., 625 Broadway, New York, or 621 Market St., Philadelphia, Pa. , ‘or the names and addresses of 10 ladies interested in Art Needlework we will send one book free. DRY GOODS, ETC. 1892. SILKS. 1892. ON THE MAIN FLOOR Ladies who visit our Silk Department this week will have an opportunity of examining some very beautiful Fabrics and Styles that have been specially designed for this sea- son. They will also find a very rich quality of Bengaline de Soie in the most desirable colorings, at $1.00 per yard. IN THE BASEMENT We shall- make a special sale of a large importation of Figured India and China Silks, broken assortments of Rich Brocaded Silks and Satins, etc. James McCreery & Co. BROADWAY & lith STREET, NEW YORK. FINANCIAL. New Method of Protecting Property from Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller. Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded ease of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. SOUTH BEND TACOMA Scere’ INVESTMENTS I GUARANTEE 12 per cent per annum in any of the above cities. I haye made from 40 to 50 per cent. per annum for non-residents. I also make first mortgage, improved real estate loans on unquestionable securities from 8 to :0 per cent. per annum net. Also have choice bargains in Farm, Hop, Hay and Garden Lands. Correspond- ence Solicited regarding Western Washington. All inquiries answered promptly. Address A. C. SICKELS, Tacoma. Washington PUBLIUATIONS. THE WINNIPEG COUNTRY; ROUGHING I WITH AN ECLIPSE PARTY. BY A. ROCHESTER FELLOW. (S. H. SCUDDER.) With thirty-two Illustrations and a Map. 12°. $1.50. z _ “The story is a piquant, good-humored, entertain ing narrative of a canoe voyage. A neater, prettier book is seldom seen.””—Literary World. “This is a sprightly narrative of personal inci- dent. The book will be a pleasant reminder to many of rough experiences on a frontier which is rapidly receding.”’—Boston Transcript. “The picture of our desolate North-western terri- tory twenty-five years ago, in contrast with its civilized aspect to-day, and the pleasant features of the writer’s style, constitute the claims of his little book to present attention.”—The Dial. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. HANDBOOK OF METEOROLOGICAL TABLES. BY ASST. Pror. H. A. HAZEN. 127 pp. 8°. Professor Waldo says: ‘‘I heartily recom- mend them to all workers in meteorology, and do not see how any of our American meteorologists can afford to be without a copy.”’ Professor Symons of London says: ‘‘ They are unquestionably valuable helps, which must be kept handy, and replaced when worn out.’’ Price, postpaid, $1. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. THE AMERICAN RACE: By DANIEL G. BRINTON, M.D. «The book is one of unusual interest and value.”— Inter Ocean. “Dr. Daniel G. Brinton writes asthe acknowledged authority of the subject.’”—Philadelphia Press. “The work will be of genuine value to all who wish to know the substance of what has been found out about the indigenous Americans.’”’—Wature. “A masterly discussion, and an example of the successful education of the powers of observation,” —Philadelphia Ledger. »4 Price, postpaid, $2. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. A TEMPORARY BINDER for Sctence is now ready, and will be mailed postpaid on receipt of 75 cents. . This binder is strong, durable and elegant, has gilt side-title, and al- lows the opening of the pages per- fectly flat. Any number can be taken out or replaced without dis- turbing the others, and the papers are not mutilated for subsequent permanent binding. Filed in this binder, Sczenceis always convenient for reference. Temporary binders of the same description but without side title, to fit any paper or periodical of ordi- nary size, will be mailed postpaid on receipt of price as given below. In ordering, be sure to give the name of paper or periodical and style of binder. 8 to 12 inches long, cloth, $0.50; leather, $0.60. “ 12 ‘* 14 60 ut 75." I4 “cs 17 4e os ny 75 Ms 1.00. 7 ane ee aa a 1.00 Hy 1.25. N. D. C. HODGES, Publisher, 874 Broadway, New York. A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF Adee erie ARTS/AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D: C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YOR TentH YEAR. Vou. XIX. No. 470. SineLe Copies, Ten CEnts. $3.50 Per YEAR, IN ADVANCE. FEBRUARY 5, 1892. CONTENTS. A Lump or SALT AND A GLASS OF WATER. TRETR. MURS aoscboeaepoadUCoaoU val Tue ORIGIN OF THE ASS, THE CAT AND THE SHEEP IN CHINA............-- Nores AND NEWS........... wee ereeeee InprAn OccuPATION oF New YORK. BCC CIOL a ietcinetel tole ies eleialarst Tue SUPPORT OF MusEuMS. Hugene Mur- THEM) AWARD Ppodeca ued aeesooacdoaueD! UU Astronomican Notes. G. A. H... .... 78 DETGAEENPANN ice ic sairsec owodsrersietaiere, secieveinelectia/ele 78 ‘SSERICULTURE In Asta MINOR. 719 Mr. KorBEeLe’s SECOND TRIP TO , me PEULA PE eA yay tic tahe kel eszOkers eh ues sncvatevencvsie 80 LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. The First Locomotive. Ward A Section of Botany in the Ameri- can Association. Byron D. Hal- Stanley M. Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class Mail Matter. METEORITES! We have JUST ISSUED AN ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF OUR METEORITES, giving first a chronological list of the falls (descriptive of each individual specimen), under the three classes, SIDERITHS, SIDEROLITES AND JEROLITES, followed by a LIST OF MICRO-SECTIONS OF ANROLITES FOR SALE, and a chronological list of the CASTS OF METEORITES which were made before cutting the specimens into slices, thus being an exact fac simile of the size and shape of the meteor. These lists are followed by 25 PAGES OF ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTIONS of some of the more recent masses that have passed through our hands. The Index to this Catalogue not only gives IN HEAVY TYPE the names adopted for the Meteorites, but various important synonymous names in smaller type. PRICE OF THE CATALOGUE, 25 CENTS. If you have METEORITES for sale, or METEORITES that you desire sliced, write to us. As in years gone by, we are still the headquarters in this country for MINERALS, ROCKS, FOSSILS, CASTS OF FOSSILS, and other Natural History Specimens. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND CIRCULARS, ADDRESS WARDS NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT, 16—26 College Avenue, Rochester, N. Y. SCIENCE TENTH YEAR. The use of Sczence by scientific men has increased in the past few months as never before. More than two hundred of the leading scientific men and women of America have agreed to contribute to the paper during the coming year ; and, as others are constantly joining in this move, to make the paper more valuable than ever, it cannot be long before there will be a body of five hundred competent users of this weekly medium of scientific discussion. It is our aim to place the paper in the hands of all competent persons who will avail themselves of this oppor- tunity to make .Sczence a better representative of American scientific work than ever in the past. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. S@PENCE ADVERTISING RATE Established January, 1892. INSIDE PAGES. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to an inch, 1 ** column, we 140 lines, - ‘« page, three columns, 420 lines, - LAST OUTSIDE PAGE AND PAGES FACING READING MATTER. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to an inch, 20c. ** column, fs 140 lines, - $25.00 ‘page, three columns, 420 lines, - 60.00 FIRST OUTSIDE TITLE-PAGE. Double-column space at top next Contents, $30.00 Triple-column space, below Contents, = 50.00 SCALE OF DISCOUNTS. 10 percent. on 4 times, 1 month, oron amount $100 “ Cnty Ges) 1G o “ 00 Bede Oey OO A Ot aD z i Cdseuece Bi) 0 co AO 3. Z ce oe ec “e “e oe 6 [s) 3348 52 12 0 day of the week of issue. Henry F. Taylor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. QUERY. Can any reader of Sczence cite a case of lightning stroke in which the dissipation of a small conductor (one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter, say, ) has failed to protect between two horizon- tal planes passing through its upper and lower ends respective- ly? Plenty of cases have been found which show that when the conductor is dissipated the build- ing is not injured to the extent explained (for many of these see volumes of Philosophical Trans- actions at the time when light ning was attracting the attention of the Royal Society), but not an exception is yet known, al- though this query has been pub- lished far and wide among elec- tricians. First inserted June ro. to date. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. No response SCIENGE. PUBLICATIONS. JUST PUBLISHED. ~ THE LABRADOR COAST. A JOURNAL OF TWO SUMMER: CRUISES TO THAT REGION. WITH NOTES ON ITS EARLY DISCOV- ERY, ON THE ESKIMO, ON ITS PHY- SICAL GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY, TOGETHER WITH A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WORKS, ARTI- CLES, AND CHARTS RELATING TO THE CIVIL AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE LABRADOR PENINSULA. By ALPHEUS SPRING PACKARD, M.D., Ph.D. Sportsmen and ornithologists will be interested in the list of Labrador birds by Mr. L. W. Turner, which has been kindly revised and brought down to date by Dr. J. A. Allen. Dr. S H. Scudder has con- tributed the list of butterflies, and Prof. John Macoun, of Ottawa, Canada, has prepared the list of Labrador plants. Much pains has been taken to render the bibliog- raphy complete, and the author is indebted to Dr. Franz Boas and others for several titles and impor- tant suggestions; and it is hoped that this feature of the book will recommend it to collectors of Ameri- cana. It is hoped that the volume will serve as a guide to the Labrador coast for the use of travellers, yachtsmen, sportsmen, artists, and naturalists, as well as those interested in geographical and histori- cal studies. 518 pp., 8°, $3.50. N. D/C. HODGES, Publisher, 874 Broadway, New York. INSECTS AND INSECTICIDES, A PRACTICAL MANUAL, Concerning Noxious Insects and the Methods of Preventing their Injuries. By CLARENCE M. WEED, Professor of Entomology and Zoology, New Hampshire State College. WHAT IS SAID ABOUT IT. “J think that you have gotten together a very useful and valuable little book.”—Dr. C. V. Riley, U.S. Entomologist, Washington, D. C. “Tt is excellent.”—James Fletcher, Dominion En- tomologist, Ottawa, Canada. “JT am well pleased with it.”—Dr. F. M. Hexamer, Editor American Agriculturist, New York. “Tt seems to me a good selection of the matter which every farmer and fruit grower ought to have at his immediate command.’—Prof. S. A. Forbes, State unto merges of Illinois, Champaign, Ill. “A good book, aud it is needed.”—Prof. L. H. Bailey, Cornell University. “It is one of the best books of the kind I have ever seen.’’—J. Freemont Hickman, Agriculturist, Ohio Experiment Station, Columbus, Ohio. “T shall gladly recommend it.”—Prof. A. J. Cook, Michigan Agricultural College. Price, $1.25. Sent postpaid to any address on receipt of price. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. AMERICAN HERO-MYTHS. A Study in the Native Religions of the Western Continent, By D. G. Brinron, M.D. 8°. $1.75. - THE CRADLE OF THE SEMITES. By D. G. Brinton, M.D., and Morris Jastrow, JR.,. Ph.D. 8°. 30 cents. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York [VoLt. XIX. No. 470 PROPRIETARY. The hypophosphites of lime and soda combined with cod-liver oil in Scott's Emul- sion improve the appetite, promote digestion, and in- crease the weight. They are thought by some to be food; but this is not proved. They are tonics; this is admitted by all. Cod-liver oil is mainly a food, but also a tonic. In Scott’s Emulsion the cod-liver oil and hypophos- phites are so combined as to get the full advantage of both. Let us send you a book on CAREFUL LIVING; free. Scorr & Bowne, Chemists, 132 South 5th Avenue, New York. 35 PUBLICATIONS. NOW READY. - THE RADIOMETER, By DANIEL 8. TROY. This contains a discussion of the reasons for their action and of the phenomena pre- sented in Crookes’ tubes. Price, postpaid, 50 cents. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. BABY. An Illustrated Journal for Mothers. PUBLISHED FORIUNIGHTLY. $1.00 a year. Send for Sample Copy. Charles Robinson, 907 Broadway, N. Y. THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. aaaress PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Crawfordsville, Ind. _ AMERICAN WOODS A book on Woods, containing actual and authentic specimens. 5 lez PREPARATIONS OF WOODS e For MICROSCOPE anp STERE- OPTICON, and WOODEN CARDS, for invita- tions, calling cards, etc. Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH, Lowville, N. Y. Minerals, 5 a 5 a Stuffed Animals cum” Ward’sNaturalScienceEstablishment ,......3"*""" casts ot routs, Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. |anatomient RelierMaps.| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N.Y. |amvertevrates Pee NEW YORK, FEBRUARY 5, 1892. A LUMP OF SALT AND A GLASS OF WATER." WITH ordinary use the powers of eye, ear, smell and touch fail to distinguish between the glass of pure water, and that to which salt has been added. The taste alone gives immediate evidence of the difference. But let us examine more closely, and, first, by chemical tests. Solution of sil- ver nitrate, added to the brine, gives a white, curdy precipi- tate containing chlorine, a platinum wire would take up enough to impart a yellow color to the Bunsen flame, indi- cating sodium. Thus two constituents may be separately recognized in the solution by the appropriate tests, where only common salt was added. So, in general, if we wish to detect a salt in solution, we depend upon properties belong- ing to the basic radical and those belonging to the acid radi- cal; the appropriate tests being separately applied. Such properties are called ‘‘ additive,” since they express the sum of the properties of the constituents. The special use of this term may be clearer on reviewing some electrical properties. Two kinds of solutions are distinguished by means of the electric current. Absolutely pure water seems to be a non- conductor, while the addition of a salt, acid, or base enables - the current to flow, the added body being separated into two parts called ions, which appear at the two electrodes. Such bodies are called electrolytes; and the quantity of electricity passing through the fluid is directly proportional to the quantity of electrolyte decomposed. Many organic bodies are not thus decomposed, their solutions being non-conduc- tors. While the molecule of common salt is believed to contain but two atoms, and sugar contains at least forty-five, yet the former may be separated by the electrical influence in @ manner from which the latter is free. The forty-five atoms of the sugar molecule dwell together as a unit, while the two atoms of common salt may part company and enter into new relations, thus presenting a scene of activity and complexity which we should hardly expect from its apparent simplicity. Let a current pass through a solution of copper sulphate, entering through a copper plate, and passing out at any properly coated form; the copper is carried through the so- lution with the current, and is deposited as an electro-plate coating; while the negative radical slips baek to attack the kathode. The quantity of basic and acid radicals thus transferred, under given conditions, depends upon the con- ductivity of the solution; but to compare solutions of differ- ent kinds we should make the concentration proportional to the chemical equivalents. In this way Ostwald has meas- ured the molecular electrical conductivity of many solutions of varying degrees of concentration. The following are a - few of his results to the nearest unit for extremely dilute solu- tions — 7zg'gz normal. The differences are shown in small, bold-face type. Lici, 110 9 NaCl, 119 23 5 NaNO;, 114 22 7 KO, 142 5 6 LiNO,, 10 9 KNOg, 136 6 8 LiclOs, 9% 10 NaClOs, 107 23 K ClOg, 130 1 Abstract of the annual address before the Washington Chemical Society, delivered Jan. 28, 1892, by Rc bt. B. Warder. The numbers obtained for lithium salts are about 9 less than for the corresponding sodium salts, and these about 23 less than for the potassium salts. Comparing the horizontal lines we find the numbers for chlorides about 5 higher than for nitrates, and these about 7 higher than for chlorates. To appreciate the full meaning of these differences in the numbers we may again refer to the tests of qualitative analysis. A salt has no single property by which it is rec- ognized, but we depend upon the several properties of basic and acid radicals, which are largely independent of each other. The molecular electrical conductivity is here ex- pressed merely by a number; but do not be repelled by a sense of vagueness. This number expresses motion, — the greater the number the more activity displayed in transfer of electricity. The lithium atom is less active in this way than sodium; and this is true, whatever be the company in which the metal is found. Theactivity of chlorine is greater than that of the nitric radical, and this greater than the chlorine radical; but the-activily of the salt must be viewed as the sum of this property for the components. Hach number is clearly the sum of two numbers, one be- longing to the basic, the other to the acid, radical. On no other hypothesis can we explain the fact that when we select two basic or two acid radicals the substitution of one radical for the other always results in the same change of the num- ber, no matter what third radical may be combined with these two. In a word, the molecular electrical conductivity is an additive property of salt solutions. If we leave water and brine in the cold both will freeze; but the brine must be cooled to a lower temperature before freezing begins. The differences between freezing point for solutions and the solyent have been made the subject of many extended researches with special forms of thermome- ter. Readings are estimated to .01°. The result has been a. flood of light upon the molecular weights of substances in liquid form, together with some remarkable differences be- tween salt and sugar, between brine and syrup, or between the two classes of solutions which these represent. Take three similar barometers, introduce a drop of water into the Torricellian vacuum of the first, and the mereury falls; the water is partly changed to vapor, which exerts a certain pressure on the mercury, and this vapor pressure may be measured by the difference in level. Now put a drop of brine into the second barometer, the mercury falls here also, but to a less extent. The vapor pressure of the brine is less than that of pure water. The process of evaporation or con- densation in a current of air affords another means of deter- mining the relative vapor pressure of various solutions. If we now boil water and brine in separate vessels the pressure of vapor equals that of the atmosphere; but, when this point is reached, the brine is hotter than the water, — the boiling point of the former is higher. Thus we have a third method of comparing vapor pressures. This property of solutions, in its quantitative aspect, rivals the freezing point as an ave- nue to the secrets belonging to our subject, which are yet only partly disclosed. As solution proceeds the denser brine gradually mixes with the water above, until at last the whole fluid would be practically uniform. Various salts will dif- fuse at different rates. A porous membrane will transmit 72 SCIENCE the molecules of water more readily than those of a salt. For certain theoretical investigations we may conceive a ‘half permeable” wall with openings so small that the water alone can penetrate. Asa filter separates a solution from the insoluble residue, so the half-permeable wall is to transmit the solvent, while preventing the passage of the dissolyed salt. No material has been found fully possessing this ideal property; but theoretical deductions have already been confirmed by experiments with clay cells, the pores be- ing partly closed with a film of insoluble precipitate. If a solution fills such a cell, while fresh water surrounds it, the contents soon show a considerable pressure, which is measured by a manometer. This phenomenon is called * os- motic pressure,” and we may have several conceptions of its cause. Hither there is an attraction between the unlike molecules in the brine and the fresh water, so that the latter flock in where the salt is imprisoned (as ducks fly to the de- coy) until the internal pressure arrests the flow; or the os- motic pressure may be due to the aggregate force of impact of the many moving molecules; this is the view generaily taken. The several properties that have just been considered re- quire numerical expression, but these numbers are wonder- fully related to each other and to the doctrine of the conser- vation of energy. For example, consider the relation of osmotie pressure to vapor pressure. Let a cell with half- permeable wall, connected with a vertical tube be filled with solution, and immersed in a tank of pure water; the whole arrangement being placed under a bell jar in vacuum. Un- der osmotic pressure the solvent will enter the cell until a certain pressure is reached, as determined by the height of the liquid in the vertical tube. Evaporation will take place at the same time, both from the surface of the solution in the tube and from the solvent in the tank, at their respective levels, until the jar is filled with vapor. A condition of equilibrium will eventually be reached, for otherwise we should have perpetual motion. On the half-permeable walls of the porous cell we have an inward and an outward pres- sure, whose difference is measured by the height and density of the solution in the vertical tube. On the surface of the two fluids we have a vapor pressure, the difference being measured by the same height and the density of the vapor in the bell jar. The former value is the osmotic pressure, the jatter is the diminution of vapor tension caused by adding the solid to the solvent; and these two values stand exactly in the ratio of the densities of solution and vapor. By other thermo dynamical considerations a relation is traced between osmotic pressure and the change in freezing point, electrical conductivity, ete. Important analogies between the physical properties of gasses and those of dissolved bodies are pointed out by van’t Hoff; the laws of Boyle, Gay-Lussac, and Avogadro all have their counterparts in the phenomena of osmotic pres- sure. First. Boyle’s law says that the pressure of a gas is in- versely proportional to its volume; that is, that as the quan- tity of any gas in a given volume is increased or diminished the pressure changes in the same ratio; so, the osmotic pressure of many solutions is found to vary directly as the concentration. Second. Gay-Lussac’s law may be expressed by stating that the gaseous pressure varies directly as the absolute temperature; the same is true of osmotic pressure. Third. Avogadro’s law implies that two gases, at the same temperature, will have equal pressures when the masses of [VoL XIX =No-470 equal volumes are proportional to the molecular weights. The same is true for osmotic pressures in equivalent solu- tions of different comparable substances. To calculate the osmotic pressure conceive the solyent to be absent, while the solid occupies the same space as gas; the hypothetical gase- ous pressure, as determined by the three fundamental laws, is then equal to the osmotic pressure required. Conversely, to determine the molecular weight of a dissolved body, we may find the osmotic pressure and calculate as for a gas; practi- cally, the depression of freezing point is the physical prop- erty usually measured. In a word, the three fundamental laws of gaseous matter are found to be true of dissolved matter simply by substi- tuting osmotic pressure for gaseous pressure, while even the anomalies and limitations so long recognized in gases and vapors find their counterparts in solutions. Can we find identity of cause when there is almost identity of result? In a gas matter is in a far more dilute condition than in ordi- nary solids or liquids; the intermolecular spaces are evi- dently far greater than the space occupied by the molecules themselves. The same is true in a dilute solution of salt, only here the intermolecular space is largely occupied by the water. In both cases, motion is indicated by the phenomena of diffusion. In both cases, each moving molevule is endowed with kinetic energy, and the sum of the vis viva of all the molecules exactly accounts for the laws of pressure. The formulas-used to unfold the kinetic theory of gases may be applied without change to a kinetic theory of solutions. In a jar of hydrogen, the molecule darts hither and thither at the rate of a mile a second, asking for no support save other molecules, from which it rebounds. If hydrogen mixes with the denser vapors of paraffin, if will still exert its own pressure upon the walls of the vessel, as though it were alone. Our salt is less ethereal. The molecules are heavier. They move more sluggishly. Very slowly do they rise, as though climbing with painful effort upon an unsteady ladder of water molecules. Yet, with the aid of the half-permeable wall, their pressure:is found to be just what it should be on the kinetic theory, if the salt alone occupied the space in absence of water. Anomalies and limitations have always been mentioned. There is no ‘‘ perfect” gas, none that exactly fulfils the fun- damental laws, but hydrogen, which most nearly agrees with the ‘‘ ideal gas” in its properties, is not compressed to one- tenth its volume by ten-fold pressure, but occupies a little more than one-tenth volume. Here, the molecules them- selves may be considered as incompressible bodies occupying too great a fraction of the whole space to be left entirely out of account. A modification of Bowle’s law assumes that the total intermolecular space varies inversely as the pressure. In most gases and vapors, however, the deviation is in the opposite direction. As the molecules approach: each other their mutual attraction is manifested, for the volume becomes less than required by Boyle’s law. The piston of a Corliss engine, which glides so beautifully to and fro, in obedience to valve and governor, is impelled by the bombardment from an army of vapor molecules, each one following its own impulse almost untrammelled in the go-as-you-please contest; yet some mutual attraction is manifest, for the steam exerts a little less pressure upon the piston than would an ideal gas under like conditions. So, osmotic pressure, instead of increasing directly as the concentration, may increase a little less rapidly. There is a well-known body whose vapor den- sity has long been recognized as abnormal. Ammonium chloride, when converted into vapor, is found. FEBRUARY 5, 1892. | to occupy twice the volume predicted by theory, —in other words a given volume of the vapor exerts twice the theoreti- eal pressure. The explanation is easy when we learn that the salt is dissociated into the two gases, ammonia and hy- dro-chlorine acid. Similar anomalies in osmotic pressure may lead to a similar interpretation, although quite antago- nistic to our ordinary conceptions and teachings. Sodium will burn in chlorine with striking evolutions of light and heat; we recognize the product as a new substance. Chem- ical action has taken place. By a large expenditure of en- ergy the elements may again be separated; this also is chemical action. But we dissolve the salt in water, evapo- rate, recover it as before, and are prone to count all these changes as purely physical. Little do we suspect that the dilute solution contains in free state the two substances which we usually know as metal and gas, the two kinds of atoms moving independently of each other, so long as they are dis- tributed in equal numbers in any portion of the fluid. Yet such is the theory of Arrhenius, now fast gaining ground. Cold water decomposes a most stable compound, the elements being gradually reunited in evaporation and crystallization. Accept this hypothesis for electrolytes and their peculiar properties are explained, their additive character must follow as a necessary consequence of their nature, and the several kinds of anomalies fall into harmonious relations, On this hypothesis the speed of chemical change should no longer be proportioned to the whole quantity of each active substance present, but rather in proportion to that part which has already suffered loosening of the bonds. The facts of dynamical chemistry afford an independent and valuable confirmation of the new views. THE ORIGIN OF THE ASS, THE CAT, AND THE SHEEP IN CHINA.’ AT a recent meeting of the China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society in Shanghai, Dr. Macgowan, a well-known Chinese scholar, read a paper on the probable foreign origin of the ass, the cat, and the sheep in China. Hesaid that the Chinese, in their numerical co-ordination of concrete and abstract nature, give the ‘‘six domestic animals” as the horse, ox, goat, pig, dog, and fowl; which seems to indicate that when that formula was framed, neither cat, sheep, nor ass had been domesticated there. When familiar beasts were selected to denote years of the duodenary cycle, to the ‘““six domestic animals” were added the rat, tiger, hare, dragon, serpent, and monkey, to complete the dozen, as if the ass, sheep, and cat were too little known to meet the ob- ject in view, which was the employment of the most familiar representations of animated nature for the duodendary no- menclature. Still more striking is the absence of the ass, sheep, and cat from the twenty-eight zodiacal constellations, which are represented by the best-known animals, With regard.to the ass, there is ample reason to regard it as being excluded from the list of domestic animals because it was not archaic. The hybrid mule is of comparatively modern origin in China, dating back only about a score of centuries. A miscellany of the Sung era states that ‘‘the mule was not seen during the Hsai, Shang, and Chou dynas- ties; that it was a cross between the assand horse from Mon- golia. It is regularly bred in the north, and is worth in the market twice as much as the horse; it is popularly reported that its bones are marrowless, which is the reason of its in- ability to produce its kind.” Again, it is recorded in a Ming 1 From Nature. SCIENCE. _ of eats. 73 eyclopzedia: ‘‘The mule is stronger than the horse, and is not-a natural product of China; in the Han era it was re- garded as a remarkable domestic animal.” Is it likely that, if the ass existed during the three ancient dynasties, there was no crossing with the horse ? With regard to the cat, Dr. Macgowan proceeded to state that there was a quotation from a standard work which dis- closes the fact that Yuang Chuang, the pilgrim monk, who, in the seventh century A.D., returned after sixteen years’ wanderings in India, brought cats with him to protect his collection of Sanscrit Buddhist books from rats. That ac- count, however, is somewhat invalidated by an anecdote of Confucius, who is related to have one day seen a cat chasing arat. These conflicting statements are from authoritative sources, and it 1s impossible to offer a satisfactory explana- tion. Possibly the cat of Confusian times was only a par- tially domesticated wild cat.~- There must have been some ground for the statement of the cat having been brought from India, as it is hardly likely that in all the long period of Chinese history it should be named but twice as a domes- tic animal. He quotes from Chinese folk-lore on the subject As cruelty to cats and other animals is followed by retribution, so services rendered to them meet with supernal recognition. As anciently the tiger was sacrificed to because it destroyed wild boars, so the wild cat was worshipped be- cause it was the natural foe of rats; boars and rats being the natural enemies of husbandry. At the commencement of the Sui dynasty, A.D. 581, the cat spirit inspired greater terror than the fox did subsequently. The hallucinations of cat spirit mania prevailed, forming a remarkable episode in ~ Chinese history, only to be likened to the fanatical delusion of witchcraft that frenzied Kurope a thousand years later. It was believed that the spirit of a cat possessed the power of conjuring away property from one person to another, and inflicted through incantations bodily harm. The popular belief was intensified and spread like an epidemic, until every disastrous affair that took place was ascribed to cat Spirit agency set in motion by some mischievous enemy. Accusations were lodged agaivst suspected persons, and, the slightest evidence sufficing for conviction, the malicious were encouraged {o trump up charges against the innocent, until the country became a pandemonium. No one was safe, from the Imperial family down to the humble clodhopper. Even a magnate of the reigning house, who enjoyed the titular distinction of Prince or King of Szechuan, was exe- cuted for nefariously employing the agency of cat spirits. In this manner several thousands were immolated before the delusion was dispelled. Happily the period appears to have been of brief duration: incentives such as kept up the witch mania for centuries were wanting in China. Coming down to our own times we find a cat-craft delusion prevailed over a great portion of Chékiang. ‘*In the summer and autumn of 1847 frightful wraiths appeared throughout the depart- ments of Hangchow, Shaohsing, Ningpo, and Taichow. They were demons and three-legged cats. On the approach of night a foetid odor was perceptible in the air, when dwellings were entered by something by which people were bewitched, causing alarm everywhere. On detecting the effluvium in the air, householders commenced gong-beating, and the sprites, frightened by the sonorous noise, quickly retreated. This lasted for seyeral months, when the weird phenomena ceased.” Well did he remember, said Dr. Macgowan, the commotion that prevailed in Ningpo throughout those months of terror. Every gong that could be procured or manufac- tured for the occasion was subject to vigorous thumping 74 through the livelong night, maintained with vociferations by relays of zealous beaters. This deafening din was but a re- erudescence of what had occurred a few generations before —a panic which was only exceeded by that which subse- quently prevailed over the entire empire. With regard to sheep, Dr. Macgowan said the ancient mode of writing the character for yang, goat, was ideo- graphic — four strokes on the top to represent horns, two horizontal strokes representing legs, and a perpendicular one to represent body and tail. The modern form gives an addi- tional parallel stroke, like the word for horse; it is a simple, not a compound character, and when sheep came to be known, instead of making a new character, the sheep was called the ‘‘ Hun-goat,” thus indicating its origin and affinity. Yang, goat, is often translated sheep, the earliest instances being found in one of the Odes, wherein the court habili- ments of Wen Wang are called ‘‘lamb-skins and sheep- ‘skins.” This was about 1160 B.C., but it is doubtful if these robes are really the skins of sheep. It is not certain that such was the case, for the skins of goats were used then, as now, for clothes. Hun-goats are not named before the period of the Tang dynasty, say the seventh century A.D. The goat was one of the sacrificial animals, as at present, and was at the first selected for sacrifice when sheep were un- known. ; In the discussion which followed, the conclusions of the paper were not accepted by all the speakers; and it was agreed that the subject was one worthy of scholarly inves- tigation. NOTES AND NEWS. THE international Statistical Congress, which met at Vienna in October last, selected the city of Chicago and the summer of 1893 as the place and date of their next meeting, and a committee was appointed to draw up a report on the question of emigration, which is to be discussed at that time. —It is said that two pieces of aluminium can be soldered to- gether with ease by using silver chloride as a fuse. The pieces of metal are placed together in their proper relative positions, and finely powdered fused silver chloride spread along the line of junction, after which the solder is melted on with a blow-pipe. — Professor HE. A. Fuertes, director of the New York State Weather Bureau, Ithaca, offers to send telegraphic notice of cold waves to such persons in New York State as will display the regu- lation signals for the benefit of the public. This bureau works in co-operation with the Washington office. “A limited number of flags will be furnished by the Ithaca office, and those applicants who cannot be thus supplied will be given a list of dealers from whom the flags may be obtained. The flags, which are of bunt- ing material, may also be made by the persons using them. —A mine of coal of very fair quality for steaming purposes has been found by accident in the Straits of Magellan, according to Engineering. Signor Fossetti, the captain of an Italian steamer, was compelled to anchor in Shagnet Bay to make some repairs, and while there he discovered coal very near the surface. Reach- ing Valparaiso, he sent a corps of experts to the scene of the dis- covery in a steam launch, who found that the coal was not only abundant but of excellent quality. The importance of the dis- covery to the commerce of the world can only be appreciated when it is considered that all steamers passing through the Straits of Magellan are required to coal there, and that the supply has heretofore been brought from Cardiff, Wales. — According to observations made at recent meetings of the Berlin Medical Society, it would seem that the epidemic of influ- enza began there during the first week of November, the earliest cases admitted into hospital having come under treatment on Noy. 7%. Ruhemann stated that the most noticeable difference SCIENCE. (VoL. XIX. No. 470 between this and the other recent epidemics has been the large number of women and children, and the small number of outdoor workers attacked. Guttmann mentioned an instance in which the admission of a single patient suffering from influenza was shortly followed by the occurrence of 13 fresh cases. _ Frinkel, who took notes of 138 cases, found that only 9 (6.5 per cent) had suffered from the disease before. The chief complications have been pneumonia and heart failure. The effect on the death-rate in Berlin has not been so marked as during the last epidemic, but it has been considerable (27 per mille as compared with an average of 18). In other parts of Germany the effect has been more marked; thus official statistics show that the death-rate has been doubled, or nearly doubled, in several towns. It rose, for instance, to 44 in Posen (average 21), to 45.6 in Frankfort-on-Oder (average 23.2), in Bremen to 84.3 (average 17.1), and in Rostock to 33.5 (average 15.6). — The citizens of New York, in 1892, propose to celebrate the discovery of America in their own way, assisted by representa- tives from every State and territory in the Union. A great food show is to be held at Madison Square Garden in October of that ~ year. It is proposed at this exposition to show the progress made by this country in the last four hundred years as regards our food supply. The United States is the greatest food-producing country in the world, and as food is the one thing above all others that first claims the attention of the human family, it is safe to pre- - dict that the coming exposition will prove one of the most inter- esting events of the century. Only food products will be allowed on exhibition, exhibitors being restricted to manufacturers or pro- ducers, no dealer as such being allowed to participate. Every article of food exhibited must bear the bona fide name and address of manufacturers, all fictitious brands being rigidly excluded, Liquors, specifics, and patent medicines will not be allowed. Every manufacturer exhibiting must guarantee that his goods at the exposition are the same as offered for sale to the public. Further information may be obtained of the Food Manufactur- ers’ Association, Hudson and Harrison’Street, New York City. — The United States consul at Bordeaux gives, in a recent re- port, some interesting information about the wines of the Medoc district. He notes that this district, between the sea on the one hand and the Garonne and Gironde Rivers on the others, is called Medoce (quasi medio aque), because nearly surrounded by water. It is the northern termination of the extensive tract of sand-hills and marsh-land called ‘‘ Les Landes,” extending from Bayonne north, which changes to a bank of gravel on approaching the left bank of the Garonne, and contains some of the most precious vineyards in the world. The soil is of light pebble, and, indeed, on the spots where some of the best wine is produced it appears a mere heap of quartz mixed with the most sterile quality of earth. The best wine is not produced where the bush is most luxuriant, but on the thinner soils, where it is actually stunted, and where weeds disdain often to grow. Here the vine retains the sun’s heat about its roots after sunset, so that its juices are matured as much by night as by day. The ac cumulation of sand and pebbles of which this soil is composed is apparently the spoils of the Pyrenean rocks, brought down by the torrents tributary to the Garonne and other great rivers, and de- posited in former ages on the borders of the sea. At a depth of two or three feet from the surface occurs a bed of indurated conglomerate, which requires to be broken up before the vine will grow. 5 — Nature, Jan. 21, contains some extracts from a valuable re- port by the French agent at Victoria on the salmon indus- try in British Columbia. Among the details noted by him is the fact that the best fish are almost always taken on the outflow of the river in the place where the fishermen endeavor to meet the fish on their arrival from the sea. A boat is often filled with several hundred fish in a single drift net of from 400 to 500 me- tres. It is calculated that on certain days the total of the Fraser fishery amounts to not less than 150,000 salmon, which are passed through all the different phases of preserving, and are ready to be forwarded for the market on the same day. An ingenious appa- ratus used to take the salmon, chiefly on the Columbia River in FEBRUARY 5, 1892. | the United States, is described. A large wheel, fixed at a certain distance from the bank, is put in motion by the current. The blades of this wheel are provided with a network of iron wire in tended to raise from the water any large object coming in contact with them. A sort of bar-work starting from the wheel is so placed as to increase the strength of the current in such a manner as to force the fish passing on this side of the river to go in this direction. The salmon, wishing to cross the very rapid stream where the wheel is placed, is raised out of the water by the iron wire on the blades. In the rotary movement the salmon is carried to the centre of the wheel, whence an inclined plane conducts it into vast open reservoirs placed in the stream, where it can be kept alive for some time. A system of pulleys provides for the raising of these reservoirs, the water flows out, and the salmon is carried in boat-loads just as it is required for preparation. —A new instrument, called the ‘‘schiseophone,” lately in- vented by Captain de Place (a French officer), is described in Engineering The object of the instrument is to reveal the pres- ence and the place of any blow-holes, flaws, cracks, or other _ defects which may exist in the interior of a piece of metal. When these defects are very great, the blow of a hammer on the piece of metal soon betrays their presence, but for small blow-holes, although these may als#@be very dangerous, there is not enough difference in the sound given by the hammer striking the piece of metal for it to be detected by the ear. The schiseophone, how- ever, will enable that difference to be heard. The apparatus consists of a pin which runs through a microphone of a special construction, which, as usual, is put in connection with the current of an electric battery. Without giving more details of the com- plicated mechanism of the instrument, one can understand that, when the pin strikes on a good part of the metal tried, a sound is produced, the vibrations of which affect the electric current in a certain way and then a certain sound can be heard in the tele- phone attached to the instrument. When the pin strikes on a part of the metal where there is a defect, the sound produced is different; the microphone, the current, and the telephone are then affected differently, and the defect existing in the metal is revealed by the difference in the sound heard at the telephone. The ear must, of course, be used to the different sounds to be able to dis- tinguish them; but the necessary skill is not very difficult to acquire. Trials with this instrument have been carried out at Ermont, at the works of the Northern Railway Company of France, in the presence of many engineers, to find defects in the rails. The telephone of the apparatus was placed at a long dis- tance from the rails, from which it was also separated by a wall. The points where the instrument intimated a defect in the metal were carefully noted; the rails were then broken at those places and the defects were actually found. — The great Australian expedition has succeeded in traversing, from north to south, the first or most southerly of the three great blanks it was commissioned to explore. This is the wide interior space lying between the track of Forrest in 1874 and that of Giles in 1875. The party crossed the boundary between South and West Australia, at a point to the east of Fort Muller, in latitude 26° 10’ south and longitude 128° east, and struck south across the desert from Mount Squires, making for Queen Victoria Spring, on Giles’s track of 1875. Arriving at that expected abundant water- supply, they found it nearly dry, and all hopes of a thorough ex- ploration of the region were destroyed. Under these circum- Stances, and sorely straitened for water, a direct route was taken for the nearest cattle stations, near the southern seaboard of West Australia and Esperance Bay, from which latter port Mr. David Lindsay, the leader, despatched reports of the expedition to Ade- laide in October last. The country traversed appeared to have had no rain for two years. Owing to admirable management on the trying march of 560 miles through an almost waterless coun- try, the health of the party had not suffered, and only two of the camels had died. Notwithstanding the utter aridity of the re- gion, Mr. Lindsay remarks that it cannot be called a desert, for the country is more or less clothed with bushes and trees, and for many miles there is a gum-tree forest which extends into South Australia, the trees reaching often three feet in diameter and SCIENCE. 75 forty to fifty feet in height. He adds that the clean white trunks and dark-green tops of the trees from a short distance present a charming aspect, but that a nearer examination reveals the usual signs of aridity, the ground being covered with nothing but the desert-loving spinifex and useless shrubs. Mr. E. A. Wells, the surveyor of the expedition, reports that the whole of the country travelled over from Mount Squires was inhabited by natives who got their water-supply partly by draining the roots of certain mallee trees, some of which, distinguishable only by the keen ob- servation of a native, yield quantities of pure water. It was Mr. Lindsay’s intention to remain near the south coast for some weeks to restore the strength of the sorely-tried camels, and then to proceed again towards the interior, taking a more westerly route, so as to cross Giles’ route at Ullaring, and Forrest’s track at Mount Ida, and thence on to Hope’s Station via the new gold fields. From the last-mentioned place he had hopes of making an excur- sion south-east as far as latitude 28°, and thus completing suffi- ciently the examination of the first great area it is the object of the expedition to explore, before proceeding to the second, further north. —A magnificent diamond, a perfect octahedron, weighing 205 karats, has been purchased from a river digger by a Kimberley buyer, says the South African Mining Journal. It is the second largest stone ever found in the Vaal diggings, the largest being the celebrated Spalding diamond of 280 karats, but which was yellow and of bad shape. -The price paid for the stone recently found is said to have been £2,000; since his return from the river the buyer has been offered £8,000 for it, which offer has been refused. — The Engineering and Mining Journal of Jan. 30 gives an abstract of a paper by N. Lebedieff on a direct process for pro- ducing iron and other metals from their ores. According to this method the metallic oxides are brought in contact with a strong base (potash, soda, lime, or dolomite) by either melting the two in a finely divided state or by roasting such mixture in furnaces provided with a powerful air blast, stirring the mass frequently. To hasten the process common salt or nitre may be added to the roasted mixture. Some combinations of metallic oxides with alkalies may be produced by the wet process; for example, alkaline aluminates. Abstracting the pure metals may then proceed in cupolas, open hearths, or in crucibles in reverberatory furnaces. To the mixtures prepared as above are added charcoal, coke, etc., as well as a proper amount of silicious materials to produce slag upon the reduction of the metals. In order that furnace walls be not attacked the inner lining is best made of neutral material. In the reduction of iron and other metals easily separated by coal, ete., gas, under proper pressure, containing a sufficient amount of CO,, H, or C,H, may be used instead of coal, etc. Smelting is then carried on in open hearth or reverberatory furnaces. The reducing gases are brought into the molten mass by pipes discharg- ing at a proper height, or by tuyéres issuing from chambers in the furnace walls, and connected with pressure generators or gaso- meters. After properly heating the furnace the carefully mixed oxides and bases, or the oxides previously treated with bases, are introduced and heated until thoroughly melted, when the reducing gases are allowed to penetrate the mass. In proportion to the relative reduction of the metal and separation of the bases a fur- ther thin layer of oxides is added. These latter combine readily with the free base and melt, and the gas then again reduces the metal, the base is again separated and thus the process continues. In case the oxides combine readily with the bases by simple smelt- ing the operations can all be carried on in one furnace. Metals melting easily are tapped from time to time as they are produced. Metals which are refractory, such as iron, chromium, etc., can be dosed with materials which lower their melting point (high carbon pig in the case of iron), or else they are treated, after a sufficient quantity has been produced and removed from the furnace, with water or acids after cooling, thereby dissolving the alkaline salts, the insoluble metal remaining undisturbed in the shape of small plates. — Dr. Charles 8. Edwards, fellow in Clark University, Worces- ter, Mass., has been appointed assistant professor of biology in the University of Texas. 76 SCIENCE. SCIENCE: A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. Gs HODGES; 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. SuUBSCRIPTIONS.—_United States and Canada................ $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................. 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such wil) be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants” column. All are invited to use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go directtothem. The Exchange” column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F. Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. INDIAN OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK. WE have not learned all that will some day be known of the aboriginal occupation of New York, but occasional con- tributions or systematic statements have a present value. We are thankful for much that has been written, and only wish that more had been done before so many works were obliterated and relics destroyed. It is quite likely that erroneous estimates have been made in regard to some remains, for fewer occupied spots have been overlooked or forgotten than would be supposed. I have consulted all accessible authorities, certainly the most important, and find less than one hundred and ninety defen- sive earthworks described or even mentioned, while of stockades which have left traces there are between twenty and thirty. We know that more of the latter were in use, from history; but there are special reasons why the traces of these were fewer than of earthworks. A liberal allowance for undescribed or indefinitely mentioned defensive banks wight bring this class of fortifications up to two hundred and fifty, which is probably a fair allowance for the State of New York. It is to be remembered, however, that some have been reported where none existed, and that others have been confused. It is not my purpose now to point these out. With a considerable outlay of field and home work during many years, I have collected notes and collated accounts, so that I have on the map before me a pretty fair view of the field of Indian occupation in New York. In the central part of the State very few sites have escaped my attention, even when small, and this long continued study presents some curious results. My present intention, however, is merely to show the grouping and nature of the more important known works, although by far the finest articles of stone have come from open villages, hamlets, and camps occupied by early trav- ellers, fishermen, or hunters. The fort builders here had in a measure left the stone age behind them, and stone gouges, gorgets, amulets, and kindred articles, are to be looked for (Vo. XIX. No. 470 where camps or unenclosed villages stood. The fort build- ers preferred working in clay, bone, and horn, using no flint scrapers or drills, and even making stone arrows some- what sparingly. j B When known sites are placed on the map, especially when unimportant ones are eliminated, it will be found that there is a very distinct arrangement in groups, nor does the presence of even small camps change this materially. Hun- ters, of course, camped on most large streams and lakes, but. the rivers had the larger number. Defensive works are oftener at some distance from navigable waters, though having a tendency to the sides of broad valleys. It will be found that some counties present scarcely a trace of settled occupation, while others have them in abundance. One large group lies in the south-west part of the State, where Cattaraugus County has eleven defensive earthworks. mentioned, with others undescribed, and also at least ten burial mounds. Chautauqua has even more abundant re- mains of this group, having forty-four earthworks and fif- teen buria] mounds of various kinds. There have been re- ported also seven ossuaries or bonegpits, similar to those found in the Huron country, in Canada. A very few of these defensive works seem to belong to the historic period, containing European relics. With all the descriptions we have of these works, it is a pity that no systematic, and hardly general, report has been made of the articles found, such as has thrown so much light on works further east. In general, the indications seem Iroquoian, though presenting some features of a border land. It is doubtful whether all the works there are of a northern character. Forming another group, slightly connected with this, Erie County has seventeen earthworks, seven mounds, and four ossuaries. Others have been obliterated before description, but probably not many have escaped mention. The forts are mostly smaller than in the last group. Niagara has three earthworks, six mounds, and four ossuaries. In @ general -way, the seven earthworks and three mounds of Genesee County may be placed in the same group, and Orleans lies on the border with one earthwork, one ossuary, and traces of works now obliterated. In this group are found many quite recent villages, especially of the Iroquois. Most of the remains, however, are prehistoric, the Eries and Neu- trals barely coming in contact with the whites. In the territory further east, acquired by the Senecas in the seventeenth century, recent villages predominate, but the broad valley of the Genesee has many prehistoric sites, mainly grouped towards the mouth of the river. Monroe County seems to afford twelve earthworks, one recent stockade, and twelve mounds; Livingston County, eight earthworks, one stockade, and twelve mounds, some of these being recent. Wyoming County has one small earthwork and one mound. Ontario County has two earthworks and three stockades, part of both these being recent, as are most of the village sites and burial places. Yates has two earth- works described and some indefinitely reported. One other, planned and described, is evidently erroneous. Tompkins has four earthworks, one in combination with a stockade, and all prehistoric. Allegany has three earthworks and some recent Seneca villages. Between this and the Cayuga group there is a less distinet line. Seneca County belongs to this, but has but two earth- works described, though reference is made to others by De- Witt Clinton. Wayne has one very small work, in good preservation. Cayuga has five earthworks, part of them recent, and three early stockades. It abounds in recent vil- FEBRUARY 5, 1892.] lages, whose stockades, if there were such, have left no traces. Strictly, a part of the earthworks in the western part of Onondaga County belong to this, though forming a small group by themselves. For present purposes it is easier to class them with the next. The Onondaga group, which I have long studied in all its parts, is of high interest. The Elbridge earthworks, to which I have alluded, are all prehistoric, and are allied to another small group towards the Oswego River. These are circular, and between them occurs a small group of circular stockades, - near the Seneca River. All are of Iroquoian character, yet very different from the forts of the Onondagas, who settled in the south-east part of the county three hundred years ago. This county affords seven earthworks, eight stockades, and two burial mounds. The earthworks and stockades are both early and recent, the later stockades being generally angular. Part of Madison County belongs to this group, and in this is found the earliest fort of the true Onondagas, occupied about A.D. 1600. Oswego County forms part of the same group, but has few villages. Three earthworks and one mound occurred near the Oswego River. The Oneidas occupied Madison more than Oneida County, and in the former have been reported one earthwork and five stockades. Some historic forts may have left no traces_ There are many recent villages, but few early. Oneida County affords few remains, though there are some early hamlets north of the Mohawk and west of Utica. The Mohawk group is mainly in Montgomery county, with one large village in Fulton, of about A.D. 1600, one of the two earliest Mohawk towns. In Montgomery there are some early camps and one earthwork. All the villages ex- cept the last mentioned are recent, but the traces of their stockades are lost. The earthwork seems barely prehis- toric. The Jefferson County group is strictly prehistoric, and may be compared with the Chautauqua. It seems to have been the early home of the Onondagas, the Mohawks com- ing from lower down the St. Lawrence. There are thirty- three earthworks, two burial mounds, and six ossuaries, be- sides obliterated sites. The mounds reported at Perch Lake are foundations of circular lodges. A smaller group is in St. Lawrence County, where there are eight earthworks, and possibly related to these are a few nearly opposite in Canada. These two small groups, how- ever, are quite a distance apart. | Detached from these groups, Chemung, Chenango, Otsego, Suffolk, and Tioga, have one earthwork each, and Delaware three. Queens has two stockades, and there are historical notices of many stockades along the Hudson, of which no traces remain. Chenango County had one mound, and Franklin two. Columbia and some other counties had stone heaps accumulating within historic times. The remaining counties have sometimes points of archeological interest, but mainly in a minor way. It must not be supposed that groups of works indicate always a number of contemporaneous villages, though this was sometimes the case. The Hurons, in Canada, had many towns; so had the HMries and Senecas in New York. The Onondagas, however, had generally one large and one small village at a time, and this was the case with the Oneidas. The Mohawks commenced with two, but soon had three or four. These were often removed, and a number of forts will often show the line of a nation’s march. As far as the interior of the State is concerned, early travel followed the valley of the St. Lawrence in the main, often SCIENCE. Yah at a considerable distance from the great lakes and river. The Mohawk valley was little frequented by early travellers. When they reached the west end of Oneida lake, coming eastward, they bore to the north, passing down the St. Law- rence, and sometimes into Lake Champlain. Better fishing and hunting may have caused this. For southern vis- itors, the Susquehanna afforded a convenient channel, and eventually the tide of Iroquois migration flowed southward through its valley, founding forts in many parts of the Keystone State. A thousand years ago, however, New York may have had few inhabitants, if any, west of the Hudson River Valley, but was a grand resort for fishermen and hunters. W. M. BraucHampe. THE SUPPORT OF MUSEUMS. THE utilitarian tendency of the American mind and habits of life undoubtedly often stand in the way of that broader culture and advancement, the absence of which in us calls for occasional sneers from our transatlantic cousins. ‘‘ What is the good of it?” a query which demands an answer setting forth immediate returns that can be expressed in money values or equivalent gain, is too often on the lips of those best able to aid inquiry and research which, for the nonce, appears to have no direct bearing on the physical welfare of mankind. These thoughts are occasioned by facts that have but re- cently come to the knowledge of the writer regarding the comparatively very limited means at the command of most of the leading museums of natural history in this country. A gentleman, interested in scientific research, well versed in certain departments, having looked the geographical field over, and coming to the conclusion that certain headwaters. of the Amazons at present afford the most unknown and un- explored tropical territory now remaining on the globe, de- cided to give a year or more of his life to exploration in that field. Willing to cast his lot with the natives, to undergo all forms of deprivation familiar to such travellers, that his expenses might be reduced to a minimum, it seemed to him that there should be no difficulty in obtaining’the amount of the bare cost of his journey and the transportation of the tro- phies and valuables he would be able to gather, from some museum in exchange for his entire collections. In his own case, such credit as he might win by scientific and other publications announcing the facts of his discoveries, was quite all that he cared to ask in return for months, perhaps years, of trial and hardship such as few can appreciate and still fewer are able to endure. Yet, such is the present impecunious condition of the lead- ing museums in our great cities, that after four months of effort in that direction the would-be explorer has been forced to confess his inability to make arrangements that would enable him to go out under these auspices; and the result must now be, what it has so frequentiy been before, that his material, with all its wealth of truths for the zoologist, bota- nist, ethnologist, and physicist, will go to London, Berlin, or Vienna. How much longer are Americans going to allow their self-denying scientific enthusiasts to be thus weaned, in deed if not in mind, from their natural desire to contribute to their home museums the results of their discoveries? This evil does not cover only the field of foreign travel and research. When sums that many men now consider small to be set aside for an evening’s reception or entertain- ment are not forthcoming in New York to purchase for her museum such treasures as the Grote collection of North 78 American Lepidoptera, which, with its untold wealth of type- specimens and uniques, went to the British Museum, or the Scott collection of the birds of Florida, the result of several years of patient toil on the part of a skilled ornithologist, which found its way into the same mighty storehouse, it can be imagined how quick European science is to profit by this display of parsimony in America. To recur to the case of tle Amazonian explorer, this pres- ent apathy can best be shown by quoting from a letter which has just been written to him by one of the gentlemen prom- inently connected with the American Museum of Natural History in Central Park. After stating that the authorities ‘of the museum appreciate the ‘‘ advantages to the museum ” of the proposition made them, he adds that they “‘felt it would be impossible to meet its requirements; ” yet these re- quirements were simply that a sum of but a few bundreds of dollars be raised for this purpose. After stating that ‘‘ the trustees are already overburdened with the load of extra ex- penditures they have to meet from their own pockets to equip the new exhibition halls,” the writer continues, “‘ it would not be practicable for the present to co-operate with you in your very laudable enterprise. Your case, however, is only one out of a score or more of a somewhat similar character which have ended in a similar way — greatly to the disadvantage of our museum.” This is a dark picture, coming as it does from the nation’s centre of wealth and business energy, but it is, unfortunately, only a sample of what is of almost monthly occurrence in one or the other of our larger cities. The occasional excep- tion to this, which has made possible the infrequent dispatch- ing of small expeditions, but emphasizes the general rule. Our museums are carried on, made possible, in fact, by the self-denial and enthusiasm of men who, after spending years in attaining a degree of special knowledge fitting them for their scientific positions, are yet willing to accept salaries that would be spurned by book-keepers and country parsons, that they may continue in touch with their chosen walk in life. The idea so prevalent among successful business men that such specialists are as a rule visionaries who are, by the very nature of their long scientific training, unfitted for any other life, is found on the most cursory examination of the facts to be erroneous. The researches of Henry in electric» ity, of Langley in ariodynamics, of Goode in icthyology, or Riley in entomology, to take examples from one museum, are none the less practical and of incalculable value to the public, given free to the world as they are, than they would be if they had been protected by ample patents and had yielded their discoverers great financial returns in place of the plaudits of their fellows, best able to appreciate their work, with the which they have been willing to rest con- tent. It is time that more of our moneyed men were brought to regard this subject in a different light. The country natu- rally, and with right, looks to New York to set the example in this direction of larger aid for public museums of natural science. KUGENE MURRAY AARON. ASTRONOMICAL NOTES. Mr. BERBERICH of Berlin has recently called attention, in a letter to the editor of the Astronomical Journal, to some interesting facts connected with the periodic comet discoy- ered by Wolf in 1884, He gives an approximate ephemeris for the return of the comet in 1898, as it will not be greatly perturbed in the interval. From these data it appears that erate SCIENCE. -[Vor. XIX. No. 470 the comet will be favorably placed for observation during its next return. In following returns the comet will not be so favorably placed for observation. As seven revolutions of the comet are nearly equal to three of J upiter, a second ap- proach of the two bodies will oceur in 1922-23, which will probably deprive us of a view of this comet for a long time, and perhaps forever. Again the telegraph flashes the announcement of the death of another eminent English astronomer and mathematician, Professor J. C. Adams. To Professor Adams is due the grandest work ever performed for astronomy by the human mind — the discovery by mathematical reasoning of our outermost planet, Neptune. At another time we hope to be able to give the readers of Science a sketch of his life. The Sidereal Messenger, which has for the past ten years been published by Professor W. W. Payne, at Northfield, Minn., has been greatly increased in size, and in the future will contain not only subjects in general astronomy, but will take up the subject of astrophysics. In the January number of the magazine will be found the photographs of promi- nences upon the sun, obtained by Mr. Hale of Chicago. That gentleman will have charge of the astrophysical depart- ment of the magazine. In No. 253 of the Astronomical Journal Professor A. Hall gives the result of his discussion of the observations made of Tapetus, the outer satellite of Saturn, made with the large equatorial at the Naval Observatory. The resulting ele- ments for Iapetus give for the mass of Saturn 1 3485.7 - 1.28. The following is a continuation of the ephemeris of Win- necke’s comet, which is now due. The epoch is for Berlin M= midnight: — § R.A. Dec Ing ats e ¢ Feb. 6 WD gu 2B +17 0 7 47 55 118 8 48 - 26 17 «26 9 48 55 il? | 3h) 10 ZI) = 2B} 17 52 11 49 49 18 6 12 50 «14 18 21 13 50 37 18 36 14 50 ©6389 18 51 ~ 15 51 19 ~ 19 6 16 51 38 19 22 17 1 ah BB +419 39 G. A. H HAINAN.’ THE great island of Hainan, off the south-eastern coast of China, is but little known to Europeans, although since 1877 there has been a treaty port there. Mr. Parker, the Consul at Kiungchow, the port in question, lately made a short journey in the interior of the island, of which he gives some account in a recent report. He travelled about sixty miles up the Poh-Chung River, to within a mile or two of Pab-hi, which is, at most seasons of the year, considered the limit of * navigation for all but the smallest craft. He walked round the walls of Ting-an city, one of the disturbed districts during the recent rebellions, on New Year’s Day (Feb. 9); they are just one mile in circuit, and differ little from those of other 1 From Nature. FEBRUARY 5, 1892. | Chinese cities. Wherever he had an opportunity of walking diametrically across lengthy curves of the river he found the inclosed area to be extremely well cultivated; though not so flat, its general appearance recalled many features of the Tonquin delta, especially in its great wealth of Bamboos. The productions of the soil are much the same, the papaw, areca-palm, sweet potato, turnip, ground-nut, orange-tree, ete.; but a peculiar Hainan feature is the cocoa-nut palm. Another peculiarity of this region is the ubiquitousness of the dwarf Pandanus, probably the same as the P. odoratis- sima of Fiji, the fibre of which is used in the manufacture of grass-cloth, and is usually known to foreign trade here as hemp. Much of the land was under sweet potato cultiva- tion, and every household seemed to possess a few pigs, of the very superior and stereotyped Hainan variety, black as to the upper and white as to the lower part of the body, with a dividing line of gray running along the side from the snout to the tail. These wholesome-looking pigs are fattened on the sweet potato, and do not rely for sustenance upon precarious scavengering, as is the case with the repulsive and uncleanly animals of North China. Lad contiguous to the river is irrigated by enormous wheels, forty feet in diameter, of very ingenious construction, moyed by the current, need- ing no attention, and discharging perhaps one hundred gal- lons of water in a minute into the trough above, day and night without intermission. He passed several large pottery establishments; but, as at the New Year all business and cultivation are suspended for a few days, the opportunity was not a very good one for gathering precise information. The temperature during the week ranged between 50° and 60° F. Game seemed plentiful every where, and he mentions that a German resident has recently made a very fine collec- tion of about 400 Hainan birds, embracing 154 species, which will shortly be on their way to a Berlin museum. One of the commonest birds in the river is a spotted white and black kingfisher of large size. Amongst the trees which attracted his attention was one locally called the “‘ great-leaved ban- van,” which looks remarkably like the gutta-percha tree: the natives seem to use its gum mixed with gambier, in order to make that dye ‘‘fast;” but there is some doubt whether it is not the sap of the real banyan-tree which is used for the purpose. A very strong silk is made from the grub called the ‘celestial silk-worm,” or, locally, ‘‘ paddy-insect.” This grub is found on a sort of maple. When full-grown it is thrown into boiling vinegar, on which the “‘head” of the gut, or ‘‘silk,” appears; this is sharply torn out with both hands, drawn apart, and is as long as the space between them, say five feet; it is so strong that one single thread of it is sufficient to make a line with which to catch the smaller kinds of fish. SERICULTURE IN ASIA MINOR.’ In May, 1885, the writer was enabled, from personal ob- servation on the spot, to report upon the silk harvest of Bournabat, near Smyrna, Asia Minor, which report was printed in the Jowrnal (Vol. XXXIII. p. 852). The sericul- tural industry was then in a state of slow revival from a condition of almost utter collapse, caused by the deadly effects of the various silkworm diseases which had long dev- astated, and nearly ruined, the *‘ magnaneries ” of France and Italy. Subsequently, in 1887, in an eatended and illus- trated form, the report was reproduced, with additional seri- cultural and other information, in the volume entitled ‘‘ Pen 1 From the Journal of the Society of Arts. SCIENCE. 79 and Pencil in Asia Minor,” published by Sampson Low & Co. On both these occasions the writer endeavored to in- terest the public in the story of an effort, on the part of an English gentleman, to benefit the Turkish peasantry and revenue of the country, which had more of the romantic ele- ment in it than is usually to be found in ordinary industrial operations. For nearly half a century Mr. John Griffitt of Bournabat, a village near Smyrna, has devoted most of his leisure hours, well seconded by his accomplished Greek wife, to combatting the maladies of silkworms, experimenting with the various known races, and endeavoring to improve the quantity and quality of their silken produce. Long before M. Pasteur, the distinguished French physiologist, took the field, Mr. Griffitt had been working at the same problems, the solution of which brought the great Frenchman after- wards so much well-deserved honor; but while the one was rewarded the other has hitherto been neglected. The first enjoyed the wealth and influence of his Government to en- courage him in all his efforts; the second has had to strug- gle on unaided throughout his long career of philanthropic endeavor against the inertia of sluggish or hostile officials, the childishness of a prejudiced peasantry, and a horde of unscrupulous native and foreign parasites, ever ready to ap- propriate his methods without acknowledgment, to claim or dispute his discoveries, and to defraud him in every possible way. From the first, Mr. Griffitt welcomed and applauded the remarkable results of M. Pasteur’s investigations, and became his acknowledged disciple; but, being himself a practical silk-farmer, which M. Pasteur was not, was soon in a position to shoot ahead of his master, to modify, supple- ment, and stamp with his own genius many of the suggestions of the great chemist, for which he never received either credit or reward. Probably in no other country in the world except Turkey could a native, or even a foreigner, ac- complishing the revival of a staple industry, as Mr. Griffitt has done, have escaped recognition, or being loaded with honors. He has rescued sericulture, upon which so many thousands, perhaps millions, depend in Turkey, from extinc- tion, and been a means of replenishing the usually collapsed Ottoman exchequer, and enabling the Porte to offer British bond-holders — if it chooses to do so — substantial dividends instead of polite excuses. Still more recently the writer had a paper in the Journal of Aug. 28, 1889 (Vol. XXXVIL. p. 772), when further in- formation was given regarding Mr. Griffitt’s continued suc- - cesses, particularly in open-air sericulture. On the present occasion he would add the latest facts, which are quite as interesting as those already communicated. At the beginning of 1891 a report by the ‘‘ Chambre des Deputés” was presented to the French Government, in which it was said that sericulture was not progressing in France in consequence of the reappearance of the dreaded disease known as “ flacherie,” along with some minor maladies, and that the nurseries were being decimated. M. Pasteur’s dis- coveries had enabled the silk-farmers to vanquish the other distemper, ‘‘ pebrine,” but ‘‘ flacherie ” was working havoc everywhere, so a grant of several millions of frances was asked to be expended in trying to crush the disorder. Meanwhile, Mr. John Griffitt, with no Government money or help of any kind, had thoughtfully built up a system of scientific silk farming at Bournabat, near Smyrna, in which he combined the most notable of M. Pasteur’s discoveries with the invigorating method of M. Roland of Switzerland, and his own experiences, with the result that his worms ac- quired such robustness that he had had no deaths among 80 them for years, while all the races subjected to the process yielded a larger crop of better silk than before. So marked was this improvement that a comparison will show it at a glance. In the first report, already alluded to, made in 1885, Mr. Griffitt’s yield of cocoons — considered a splendid return at the time — was 78 kilogrammes (171 pounds avoir- dupois) per ounce of eggs set to hatch, while in 1890 the harvest was 91 kilogrammes (200 pounds) per ounce of eggs. These figures have been vouched for by M. EH. Charmand, chief of the Smyrna branch of the ‘‘ Direction Générale de l Administration de la Dette Publique Ottomane, 4 Constan- tinople,” who reported his observations, gathered from time to time in Mr. Griffitt’s factory at Bournabat, to his superiors at the Turkish capital. Following up these efforts, and stimulated by the ill-suc- cess of the French sericulturists, Mr. Griffitt last year achieved an additional triumph, his latest crop-~showing an advance to 92 kilogrammes (202 pounds) of cocoons per ounce of eggs. This harvest had likewise been watched through all its stages, and reported upon to the Constantino- ple authorities by the same gentleman already named, who added that as the yield from foreign eggs had been nil at Bournabat, their uportauion into Turkey ought to be stopped. It will be evident to the readers of the above and former communications that Mr. John Griffitt’s single-handed and almost phenomenal success in sericulture, in the face of the utter failure of the best silk-farmers of France, point to Bournabat as the future sericultural school of the world, and as the entrepot for robust graine. If further figures be re- quired, they are to be found in the circumstance that during the last four or five years the finest French eggs hatched at Bournabat have only yielded from 10 to 12 kilogrammes (22 to 26 pounds) of cocoons per ounce, as compared with Mr. Griffitt’s 92 kilogrammes (202 pounds) per ounce of eggs; while last season, according to M. Charmand, the French eggs laid out at Bournabat did not hatch at all. WILLIAM COCHRAN. Overdale, Dunblane, Perthshire. MR. KOEBELE’S SECOND TRIP TO AUSTRALIA.* WE have not yet mentioned in these pages the fact that Mr. Koebele has been sent out to Australia and New Zealand a second time on a search for beneficial insects. The Cali- fornia State Legislature last winter appropriated $5,000 for sending some one to Australia for this purpose, and this sum was placed at the disposal of the State Board of Horticulture. The board soon afterward made application to the Secretary of Agriculture to have Mr. Koebele sent, placing the entire appropriation at the secretary’s disposal. To this proposition the secretary assented on condition that Mr. Koebele should go under instructions from the department, his salary as an agent of the division of entomology being continued (his ex- penses only to be paid by the State Board of Horticulture), and that his report should be made to the Department of Agriculture, the desire being to co-operate as far as possible with the board. Accordingly, such instructions were given as seemed best to promote the object in view, cautioning Mr, Koebele particularly to run no risk, in his sendings from Australia, of importing with the beneficial insects any inju- rious species not now existing in the United States which it might prove disastrous to introduce, and taking advantage of the occasion also to have him make every effort to collect 1 From Insect Life for December, issued by the U. S. Division of Entomol- ogy. SCIENCE. [Vout XIX. No. 470 in California certain beneficial species to take with him to Australasia, indicating such species as prey upon cosmopoli- tan insects or species which the colonies mentioned have de- rived from America. Mr. Koebele sailed on the August steamer, stopping at Honolulu and Auckland, and arriving at Sydney the latter part of October. At Honolulu he left a number of living specimens of Chilocorus bivulnerus in the hands of our cor- respondent, Mr. A. Jaeger, and secured while there four species of lady-birds, of which he sent small numbers to Cal- ifornia by steamer. These were sent for use against the black seale (Lecanium ole). He also found a few parasitic: Chalcididee on an undetermined Lecanium, and of these he also sent a few specimens. Upon his arrival in New Zealand some of the lady-birds which he had taken with him were alive and began to feed at once upon woolly aphis. Some syrphus flies and lace-wing flies were also in good condition, as were also the larvee of the Rhaphidia, which feeds upon the codling moth. These were left in competent charge.- Specimens of Scymnus acceptus, S. consor, S- villosus, S. flavihirtus, and S. fagus were collected and sent. to California. These all prey upon various species of scale- insects, but it is hardly to be supposed that they will accom- plish any better results in California than do our native species of this genus, all of which have a similar habit. The most encouraging information comes to us under date of Nov. 1 from Sydney. He there finds that Orcus chalybeus, a steel blue lady-bird, is a most important enemy of the red scale. He has found them by the hundreds, and has ob- served the mature insects eating the scales. All of the trees. were “‘ full of eggs.” and the larvee were swarming upon all the orange and lemon trees infested with the red scale. He secured and sent a large lot of the eggs and many -of the adult beetles. He also sent the allied Orcus australasie, also found feeding upon the red scale, and a number of scymnids, one of which was very numerous, feeding upon ~ the same scale-insect. Another species was found feeding mainly upon the flat scale (Lecaniwm hesperidum) and the black scale (Lecanium ole). He also forwarded a number of Leis conformis, which, as stated in Bulletin No. 21 of this division, is the commonest enemy of the woolly root-louse of the apple. Unfortunately Mr. Koebele does not state whether the three insects mentioned as feeding upon the red scale were successful in holding that destructive insect in check, and upon this point naturally depends much of their value to California. Our agent at Los Angeles, Mr. D. W. Coquillett, has been instructed to spare no paius to properly care for and colonize whatever may be received from Mr. Koebele, and is fully prepared todo so. This large sending arrived at Los Angeles, we are sorry to state, in rather bad condition. Twenty-eight beetles, however, were alive, in- cluding nine of O. chalybeus, and no effort will be spared to keep them in good condition and to induce them to prop- - agate. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. 2*x Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. is in all cases required as proof of good faith. On request in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor willbe glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. The writer's nam The First Locomotive. I aM surprised that your correspondent, ‘‘ M. H.,” in his article in your issue of the 15th, ‘‘ The First Locomotive Run in Amer- ca,” should have been so mistaken-in its name. There isa small FEBRUARY 5, 1892. | town in England which at one time had a great reputation for locomotive building. It is Stourbridge. The locomotive which M. H. correctly states was operated at Honesdale over a half-cen- tury ago, was made there. From this fact it was called the Stourbridge Lion, not ‘‘Stonebride,” as your correspondent has it. This name and the reason for it are very familiar in Scranton, whence I write, but as a clincher, I may say that I recently con- versed on the subject with a lady who enjoyed the acquaintance cof Mr. Allen, the engineer of the locomotive in question, and from her I once more learned the facts here narrated. STANLEY M. WARD. Scranton, Pa., Jan. 26. A Section of Botany in the American Association.! THE thought of having a section for the botanists in the Ameri- ‘ean Association should be very inspiring to all who have at heart the thorough study of plant life in America. All admit that Sec- tion F is now crowded with members and papers, and doubtless many are deterred from taking part in the sessions from lack of opportunity. At the last meeting numerous papers were passed avithout comment or discussion that the programme might be car- ried out. he work of the section has naturally divided itself into two groups, namely, that pertaining to animal life, and to botany. In order to gain more time and draw together more closely those who are interested in particular branches, clubs have been formed. Thus the entomological and botanical clubs have arisen and grown into features of the week of as much importance as the section and more perhaps to the younger members. These clubs should, and doub less will, be continued. In the section itself for years there has been an attempt on the part of the programme commit- tee to group the subjects so that zoologists and entomologists have had a half-day assigned tbem, alternately with the botanists. This has virtually broken up the continuous attendance of mem- bers upon the sectional meetings, and excursions or other events are indulged in by the party not upon the programme. Perhaps to ‘our shame, this has been particularly true of the botanists, who have sometimes left the zoologists with a depleted but more ho- mogeneous and attentive audience. Also within the past few years the plan of having time assigned for a series of connected papers upon one or more of the branches of science coming under _ the present scope of the section has still further differentiated the work. As Section F now stands its sessions are largely an alter- nation of groups of subjects with an audience that shifts with the programme. A notice of an amendment to divide Section F is therefore well founded; the division is very natural and one that, in fact, has already been made, so far as arranging the programme by group- ing the subjects and by the work of the clubs will’ permit it. In short, it has gone as far as it can save by a division of the section itself. The contemplated division will bring many gains without cor- sponding losses. Time will then be offered for thorough sectional work upon the two large and growing fields of biological science, instead of the rapid reading of papers, as at present, followed by little or no discussion before a half-interested audience. With a Section of Botany, for example, officers can be selected who will be interested in all subjects presented, a condition that does not always obtain under the present arrangement, to say nothing about the difficulty that may now arise as to the proper apportionment of the official plums among the aspirants for hon- ors. If we believe in the principle of division of labor and speciali- zation, in short, in the theory of evolution in its broad and best sense, we cannot but feel that the proposed step is in the direc- tion of advance, and realize that the last few meetings of Section F indicate clearly that the time to take the step forward is at hand. The best way to make the importance of a division still more emphatie is for every student of the biological sciences to come, if possible, to the Rochester meeting with a large number of full 41 This letter also appeared in the Botanical Gazette. SCMNGE: 81 papers, and strive to have as many as possible read and discussed in Section F, the balance of shorter ones to be considered as best they may at the clubs. As a section of botany is asked for, let the botanists in particular show, by their works, their faith in the raasonableness of the demand. Byron D. HALSTED. Rutgers College, Jan 25. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THE Regent Street Polytechnic Institute of London proposes to bring over a thousand or more of its young clerks, mechanics, and apprentices to visit the Chicago Exposition; and its secretary, Mr. Robert Mitchell, is about to arrive at New York on his way to Chicago, for the purpose of making transportation and other advance arrangements. Steamship arrangements have already been made. Mr. Albert Shaw, American editor of the Review of Reviews, describes in an illustrated article in the February number «‘ The Polytechnic and its Chicago Excursion.” —In the February number of Babyhood Dr. William H. Flint discusses the dislikes of children to certain articles of food and the means of overcoming such antipathies. Of equal value to mothers is an article on ‘‘ Colic,” by Dr. C. L. Dodge, in which the causes, symptoms, and treatment of that common ailment are clearly described. ‘‘ Ought Obedience to be Enforced ?” ‘‘ The Tyranny of Whims,” ‘‘ Talking about Children in their Hearing,” etc., are some of the other topics discussed. The medical editor furnishes advice concerning such ‘‘ Nursery Problems” as the voracious ap- petite often seen in children, the desirableness of giving fruit to infants, the treatment of eczema, etc. — Claus Spreckels, the millionaire sugar manufacturer, whose plantations are in the Sandwich Islands, has written to Mrs. Helen Mather that he has carefully read her book, ‘‘One Summer in Hawaii” (Cassell Publishing:\Company), and that he ‘‘ commends it to the earnest attention and study of all such as are desirous of obtaining a knowledge of the beauties of that comparatively un- known and still less appreciated Paradise of the Pacific.” —The Cassell Publishing Company will publish in February “¢ Across Thibet,” by Gabriel Bonvalot, author of ‘‘ Through the Heart of Asia,” with upward of one hundred illustrations, made principally from photographs taken by Prince Henry of Orleans. Of this book the London Times says: ‘‘M. Gabriel Bonvalot has already achieved a high reputation as a central Asian explorer. ‘ Across Thibet’ is thus recommended alike by the character and literary skill of the explorer aud by the interest and novelty of the regions explored by him. The journey here described was undertaken in the company of Prince Henry of Orleans, son of the Duke de Chartres, and of Father Dedeken, a Belgian missionary, with a rare taste and aptitude for adventurous travel and a keen appetite for sport, and it tried to the utmost the endurance and the enterprise of all three. The copious illustrations due to Prince Henry’s camera are full of interest and the translation is excel- lently done.” —There has just appeared in the ‘‘ Johns Hopkins University Studies in Historical and Political Science” a pamphlet by Paul KK. Lauer on “Church and State in New England.” Beginning with the Reformation in England, the author traces the move- ment of thought on the relations of church and state, first among the Puritans of England and then among their descendants in the New World; and shows how the new ideas of religious freedom expressed themselves in political action, ending with the complete secularization of the state in the present century. The main principles involved and the mode of their application are well shown, and the narrative, though desti ute of imaginative insight, is straightforward and clear. Unfortunately for Mr. Lauer, how- ever, it is all a threshing of old straw. The story he relates has been told so often and so well that this pamphlet is more likely to weary than to interest the reader. Moreover, it is impossible to treat satisfactorily of the relations of church and state in any na- tion apart from the general religious and political history of the time, so that Mr. Lauer's work is incomplete and fragmentary. 82 - Regarded as a college exercise it deserves cordial praise; but as a contribution to historical literature it cannot be said to have much value. — In the second of The Century’s articles on ‘‘ The Jews in New York,” in the February number, social customs, weddings, schools, etc., are treated, and the illustrations include several views of the new Temple Beth-El, the interior of the Progress Club, ete. — A recent number of ‘‘The World’s Great Explorers” series (Dodd) is Captain Albert Hastings Markham’s “ Life of Sir John Franklin.” The story of the life of such a man, a skilful sailor, an ardent explorer, an able administrator, and a daring and suc- cessful Arctic navigator to whom the world owes, directly and in- directly, its knowledge of a very large portion of the Arctic basin, should not remain untold, especially in view of the meagreness of hitherto published authentic material. The closing chapters, treating of the various expeditions despatched in search of Frank- lin, contain valuable suggestion and comment as to the conduct of navigators exploring high latitudes. The volume is provided with the maps and charts requisite to intelligent reading, as well as with several illustrations. ; —The late Henry Edwards, the actor, wrote more than 150 books, pamphlets and articles, chiefly on topics of Natural History, SCIENGE: [Vor. XIX. No. 470 Natural History, has contributed to The Canadian Entomologist (London, December, 1891, Vol. 28, No. 12) a complete list of these writings. It fills more than eight pages, and it is strikingly sug- gestive of the ample learning and devoted labor of the author, whose place among men of science was even more distinguished than his rank upon the stage. — In the February Atlantic, Professor Rodolfo Lanciani, author of ‘* Ancient Rome in the Light of Recent Discoveries,” con- tributes a paper on ‘‘ The Pageant at Rome in the Year 17 B.C.,” giving the details of some inscriptions very recently discovered: commemorating the celebration of secular games under Augustus, for which Horace wrote his famous ‘‘ Carmen Seculare.” — A new danger threatens English publishers. In future they will have to be careful that the titles of the works they publish correspond with the contents, otherwise they will lay themselves open to a prosecution for obtaining money under false pretences. Such is the lesson taught by a recent decision of Sir Frederick Darley, the Chief-Justice of New South Wales. A Sydney firm issued a work in two volumes entitled ‘‘ Australian Meuof Mark.” A subscriber refused to pay, on the ground that his biography was not included in the work, as was promised. The publishers sued him; the Chief-Justice went through the book and declared that no action could lie, inasmuch as the book was not what it and all these were published at various times and in various Mr. William Bentenmiiller, of the American Museum of places. professed to be. The people whose biographies it contained hada mere local celebrity in the towns where they resided. They were- CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. Philosophical Society, Washington. Jan. 30.—Joseph LeConte, The Relation of Philosophy to Psychology and to Physi- ology. Society of Natural History, Boston. Feb. 3.—J. Eliot Wolff, the Geology of the Crazy Mountains, Montana; Walter G. Chase, The Scenery, Glaciers, and Indians of Alaska. Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston. Feb. 8.—Arthur L. Goodrich, The Water- ville Valley; Roswell B. Lawrence, Middle- sex Fells; Charles E. Fay, An Excursion Over the Whiteface Tripyramid Ridge. PUBLICATIONS. THE AMERICAN RACE: By DANIEL G. BRINTON, M.D. “The book is one of unusual interest and value.”’— Inter Ocean. “Dr. Daniel G. Brinton writes as the acknowledged authority of the subject.”—Philadelphia Press. ‘“The work will be of genuine value to all who wish to know the substance of what has been found out about the indigenous Americans.”’—Nature. “A masterly discussion, and an example of the successful education of the powers of observation.” —Philadelphia Ledger. Price, postpaid: $2. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. OF WHAT USE IS THAT PLANT? You can find the answer in SMITH’S ‘‘ DICTIONARY OF ECONOMIC PLANTS.”’ Publish- Sent postaid on receipt of $2.80. er’s price, $3.50. SCIENCE BOOK AGENCY, 874 Broadway, New York. Wants. Any person seeking a position for which he is quali- fed by his sctentific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF COST, 7/ he satisfies the publisher of the suit- able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any scientific question, the address of any scientific man, or whocan inany way use this col- umn for a purpose consonant with the nature of the paper, ts cordially invited to do so. ANTED.—Books on the Magic Lantern. Will exchange, ‘“‘How the Farm Pays,” by Cozier and Henderson; ‘‘Culture of Farm Crops.’’ by Stewart; ‘‘American Agriculturist,” 1890 and 1891. I, SLEE ATKINSON, 43 Wallace St., Orange, N. J. ANTED.—(1) A white man versed in wood and iron working, able to work from specifications and plans, suited for an instructor of boys; his bus- iness to have charge of shops of school, outline and direct the work for foremen and students; salary to be $1,000 per annum (nine months). (2) A man (black preferred) to teach the colored, iron working and forging, subordinate to the preceding; salary, $720. (3) A man (white) competent to take classes in engineering (assistant’s position), but with the ability to perform any of the work required in any of the ordinary engineering courses of our universi- ties; salary from $1,000 to $1,500. A. H. BEALS, Milledgeville, Ga. ANTED.—Two or three efficient computers with good knowledge of Spherical Trigonometry and ready use of logarithms, for temporary employment in the office of the Coast and Geodetic Survey. Ap- plicants should furnish evidence of their fitness for the work. Apply by letter to the Superintendent, Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D.C. ANTED. — Science, No. 178, July 2, 1886, also Index and Title-page to Vol. VII. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York. \\/ANTED.—-A position in the philosophical or pedagogical department of a college or uni- versity by a young man (80) who has had five years’ practical experience in teaching, and who has done four years’ post-graduate workin philosophy, devot- ing his attention during the last two years espe- cially to study and original investigation in scien- tific psychology and its applications in education. Address E, A., care Science, 874 Broadway, N. Y. City. ANTED.—A suitable position in Washington, D. C., not connected with the Government, and with a salary not to exceed $650 a year, by an experienced biologist with six years’ university training. Applicant-has been a skilful surgeon for fourteen years; is a practical photographer, car- tographer, and accustomed to the use of the type- writer. Heis also capable of making the most fin- ished drawings, of any description, for all manner of illustrative purposes in science; trained in mu- seum methods and work; also fleld operations and taxidermy in its various departments, and model- ing, production of casts, restorations of paleonto- logical specimens and similar employments. Address U.S. R., care Science, 874 Broadway, New York. Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, if ofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] Wanted, in exchange for the following works, any standard works on Surgery and on Di.eases of Children: Wilson's ‘‘ American Ornithology,” 3 vols.; Coues’ “Birds ~ of the Northwest”’ and ** Birds of the Colorado Valley,” 2 vols.; Minot’s ‘‘ Land and Game Birds of New Eng— land;’’ Samuels’ ‘‘ Our Northern and Eastern Birds;” all the Reports on the Birds of the Pacific R. R. Survey, bound in 2 vols., morocco; and a complete set of the Reports of the Arkansas Geological Survey. Please give editions and dates in corresponding. R. ELLSWORTH CALL, High School, Des Moines, Iowa. . Wanted to buy or exchange a copy of Holbrook’s. North American Herpetology, by John Edwards. 5 vols. Philadelphia, 1842, G. BAUR, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. For sale or exchange, LeConte, ‘t Geology;” Qusin, “Anatomy,” 2 vols ; Foster, ‘‘Physiology,”’ Eng. edition;: Shepard, Appleton, Elliott, aril Stern, *‘ Chemistry ;”’ Jordan, ** Manual of Vertebrates;”’ “ International Scien- usts’ Directory;” Vol. 1. Yournal of Morphology; Bal- four, ‘* Embryology,” 2 vols.; Leidy, *t Rhizopods;” Science, 18 vols., unbound. C. T. McCLINTOCK, Lexington, Ky. : For sale.—A 644 x 844 Camera; a very fine instrument; with lens, holders and tripod, all new; it cost over $40, price, $25. Edw. L. Hayes, 6 Athens street, Cambridge, Mass. To exchange Wright’s ‘‘ Ice Age in North America’” and Le Conte’s ‘“‘Elements of Geology’’ (Copyright 1882): for “Darwinism,” by A. R. Wallace, “Origin of Species,” by Darwin, “‘Descent of Man,’’ by Darwin, * Man’s Place in Nature,’’ Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Ani- mals,” by Romanes, ‘*Pre-Adamuites,” by Winchell. No books wanted except latest editions, and books in good condition. _C. S. Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashyille, Tenn. —~ For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g to 1-1omg), platinum dishes and crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part or whole. Also complete file of Sz/2z#an’s fournad, 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883; U. S. Coast Survey. 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers:. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. For exchange or sale at a sacrifice, an elaborate micro- scope outfit. Bullock stand; monocular objectives, one- sixth homeogeneous immersion, four-tenths, and three inch, Bausch & Lomb, also one-fourth and one inch Spencer. Four eye-pieces. Objectives are the best made. Address Mrs. Marion Smith, 41 Branch Street, Lowell, Mass. POPULAR MANUAL OF VISIBLE SPEECH AND VOCAL PHYSIOLOGY. For use in Colleges and Normal Schools. Sent free by post by N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y- Price 50 cents. a FEBRUARY 5, 1892.] not sufficiently widely known to be called ‘‘ Australian Men of Mark,” and so the Chief-Justice decided against the enterprising publishers. Furthermore, the Chief-Justice ruled that all con- tracts entered into on account of the book, and not yet carried out, were null and void. — Manganine is the name of a new alloy, consisting of copper, nickel, and manganese, which has been brought on the market, says the Engineering and Mining Journal, by the German firm, Abler, Haas, & Angerstein, as a material of great resisting power. The specific resistance of manganine is given as forty-two microhm centimetres; that is, higher than that of nickeline, which has hitherto passed as the best resisting metal. Another advantage of manganine is its behavior under variations of heat, the resistance, it is claimed, being affected only in a minute degree by high tem-. peratures. It is therefore adapted for the manufacture of measur- ing instruments and electrical apparatus in general, which are SCLE NCE: 83 required to vary their resistance as little as possible under different degrees of heat. A further interesting fact is that while other metals increase their resistance by the raising of the temperature, that of manganine is diminished. — M. de Quatrefages, the well-known anthropologist, died on Tuesday, January 12. He was born, says Nature, in 1810, and Studied medicine at Strasburg. Afterwards he became professor ot zoology at Toulouse, where he had settled as a medical practi- tioner. In 1855 he was made professor of anthropology and eth- nology at the Jardin de Plantes, Paris. He had already been admitted to the Academy of Sciences in 1852, and he was an hon- orary member of many foreign learned societies. Numerous friends and pupils were present at the funeral, and addresses were delivered by M. Milne-Edwards, and other men of science. The most famous of his writings are his ‘‘Crania Ethnica” and ‘ Etudes des Races Humaines. ”’ PROPRIETARY. A honic Horsfird’s Acid Phosphate, A most excellent and agree- able tonic and appetizer. It nourishes and invigorates the tired brain and body, imparts re- newed energy and vitality, and enlivens the functions. Dr. EpHraim Bateman, Cedarville, N. J., says: ‘*T have used it for several years, not only in my practice, but in my own individual case, and consider it under all circumstances one of the best nerve tonics that we possess. For mental exhaustion or overwork it gives renewed strength and vigor to the entire system.’’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R, I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘* Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never soldin bulk. bY BOOKS, ETC. MISCELLANEOUS. JUST PUBLISHED FOSSIL RESINS. This book is the result of an attempt to collect the scattered notices of fossil resins, exclusive of those on amber. The work is of interest also on account of descriptions given of the insects found embedded in these long- preserved exudations from early vegetation. By CLARENCE LOWN and HENRY BOOTH U2’ Ei N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. DE-RULE Perpetual Calendar. — This Pie novel application of the slide-rule principle shows, in an iustant without study or cal- culation, a complete Calendar for any month from the Year 1 till the end of fime. Sample, 25 cts. JEROME-THOMAS CO., 47 LAFAYETTE PLACE, NEW YORK. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- azines. Rates low. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N V A TEMPORARY BINDER for Science is now ready, and will be mailed postpaid on receipt of 75 cents. This binder is strong, durable and elegant, has gilt side-title, and al- lows the opening of the pages per- fectly flat. Any number can be taken out or replaced without dis- turbing the others, and the papers are not mutilated for subsequent permanent binding. Filed in this binder, Sczezceis always convenient for reference. Temporary binders of the same description but without side title, to fit any paper or periodical of ordi- Nary size, will be mailed postpaid on receipt of price as given below. In ordering, be sure to give the name of paper or periodical and style of binder. 8 to 12 inches long, cloth, $0.50; leather, $0.60. ‘ «6 rn bo h “ ‘ : 75. “a “ ry ‘ 75 re Too! ry ny “ Os “ 1.00 N. D, €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN CO., Works: Oamden, N.J. 26 John St.. New York, “THE. CHEAPEST AND-BEST !~ oto ENaRaviNe G- fo O7 PARK. PLACE; NEW YORK: ENGRAVING FORALL ILLUSTRATIVE AND “ADVERTISING PURPOSE = PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W. T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. MINERALOGY. Course of Mineralogy for Young People, Conducted by correspondence; minerals and books furnished. Collection and book, ‘“‘ First Grade,” one dollar; postage, 25 cents. Send for circulars to GUSTAVE GUTTENBERG, Central High School, Pittsburgh, Pa. G E M 0 PA L S Cut ready for setting. Having pur- » chased a large lot at the Mexican lo- cality, we are offering them at about one-fifth jewelers’ prices; &0c., $1, $1.50, $2, $3. This is a rare opportunity to secure a fine gem very cheap. 100 pp. Mineral Catalogue lic., in cloth 25c., Supplement 2c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & CoO., Mineralogists, 733 and 735 Broadway, New York City. 20 GEMSTONES FREE as a premium with THE GREAT DIVIDE. These Gemstones are cut and polished ready for jewelry mounting, and are given free to each new subscriber sending $1, price of yearly subscription. Address THE GREAT DIVIDE, 1516 Arapahoe St., Denver, Cole. folicecl Frcpitect: J 4 Ri,k houses. $3000. each, or $3.00 for the set, ty thon, DO YOU INTEND TO. BUILD? If you intend to build, it will be a mistake not to send for **SENSIBLE LOW-COST HOUSES,” now arranged in three volumes. In them you will find perspective views, floor plans, descriptions, and estimates of cost for 105 tasteful, new designs for They also give prices for complete Working Plans, Details, and Specifications, which enable you to build without delays, mistakes or quarrels with your build- er, and which amy ome can understand. houses, costing between $500 and $1800. Vol. Il. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $1800 to Vol. Ill. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $3000 to $9000. Vol. I. contains 35 copyrighted designs of rice, by mail, $1.00 °° COLONIAL HOUSKS,” a volume showing Perspectives and Floor Plans of houses arranged in the inimitable style of the Colonial Architecture, and having all modern arrangements for comfort. Price, $2.00 ** PICTURESQUE HOUSES FOR FOREST AND SHORE” :—This show Perspectives and Floor Plans of new designs for Summer Cottages, which are romantic convenient, and cheap. Price $1.00, by mail. N. D. C HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York, SCIENCE - 2 -,Vot. XIX. No. 470 DRY GOODS, ETC. obenal) Cod (c As Co Spring Dress Fabrics FANCY STRIPES, CHECKS, AND PLAIDS, MIXED TWEEDS AND HOMESPUNS, PLAIN ENGLISH AND FRENCH SERGES, BEDFORD CORDS, CAMEL’S HAIR, Cachmere d’Ecosse, Printed Laines, Linons and Batistes, Wool Crepons and Crepes, FOR EVENING WEAR, EMBROIDERED ROBES. Qe) Wcoadevory HK 19th bt. CG NEW YORK. “NEW SHIPMENTS. (PER S. S. ‘‘ MAJESTIC,” JAN. 29th.) We have just received, per last steamer, extensive lines of Novelty Dress Goods and our Spring importation of Paris Robes. These will be ready for inspection and sale to-day. Paris Bell Robes, with foot-bands encrusted in steel, in a variety of new devices, The new Crepons and Crepon Cashmeres, in designs taken from old wood-carvings, in shades of Military Red and Mink Brown, for the coming season. Our collection of Woolens for this season surpasses in assortment, quantity, and style that of any previous season. Early buyers will find many advantages, as ‘we have marked a number of choice styles at special prices for next week. James McCreery & Co. BROADWAY & 11th STREET, NEW YORK. WASTE Embroidery Silks. Factory Ends at half price; one ounce ina box, All good silk and good colors. Sent by mail on receipt of cents; 100 crazy stitches in each package. Latest and best book on Art Needlework, only 10 cents. A beauti- ful assortment chenille and arrasene; 15 new shades in each for 50 cents. Send postal note or stamps to A SPOOL THE BRAINERD ARMSTRONG SILK CO., 625 Broadway, New York, or 621 Market St., Philadelphia, Pa. For the names and addresses of 10 ladies interested in Art Needlework we will send one book free. FINANCIAL. FINANCIAL. THE ‘Aercan Bell Telehing COMPANY. 95 MILK $T., BOSTON, MASS. This Company owns the Letters Patent granted to Alexander Gra- ham Beli, March 7th, 1876, No. 174,465, and January 30, 1877, No. 186,787. The: Transmission of Speech by all known forms of ELECTRIC SPEAKING TELEPHONES in- fringes the right secured to this Company by the above patents, and renders each individual user of tel- ephones, not furnished by it or its licensees, responsible for such un- lawful use, and all the conse- quences thereof and liable to suit therefor. New Method of Protecting Property From Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller. Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. WESLEY HEIGHTS WASHINGTON, D. C. A RARE OPPORTUNITY FOR AN INVESTMENT. This property is a part of Northwest Wash- Ington, and is situated opposite the site recently purchased by Bishop Hurst for the erection of the new American University on which $10,000,000 will be expended in erecting superb buildings. Itis but 30 minutes drivefromthe White House, and issituated on one of the highest points in the District of Columbia. The average size lots, 25x150, cost from $425 to @750, one-fifth cash, balance in2, 3and4years. No better or safer induce- ments have ever been offered purchasers to make a profitable investment. Values are rap- idly increasing. Write for fell particulars, ref- erence, illustrated maps and full information. JOHN F. WAGGAMAN, 700 14TH St., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. TACOM INVESTMENTS FOR NON-RESIDENTS. TAYLOR & GUNSTON Take full charge of property for the EASTERN INVESTOR. City, Town, and Suburban Lots, Garden, Fruit, Hop and Timber Lands. 10°|, Guaranteed on all Investments. Houses for sale on the instalment plan, by which the purchaser can obtain an income sufficient to cover all payments, including taxes, insurance,etc. Information regarding any particular point in the State of Washington gladly furnished upon application. Personal attention given to all loans. Correspondence solicited. Refer, by permission, to the Pacific National Bank, Tacoma, Wash.; Geo. H. Tilley, Esq., Secretary and Treasurer of the Southern Express Co., and Frederick C. Clark, of Clark, Chapin & Bushnell, New York. Address 504 California Bl’k, Tacoma, Wash. Eastern Representative, H. F. TAYLOR, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. SouTH BEND TNVESTMENTS PUGET CITY I GUARANTEE 12 per cent per annum in any of the above cities. I haye made from 40 to 50 per cent. per annum for non-residents. I also make first mortgage, improved real estate loans on unquestionable securities from 8 to 0 per cent. per annum net. Also have choice bargains in Farm, Hop, Hay and Garden Lands. Correspond- ence Solicited regarding Western Washington. All inquiries answered promptly. Address A. ©. SICKELS, Tacoma. Washington PUBLICATIONS. RACES AND PEOPLES. By DANIEL G, BRINTON, M.D. “The book is good, thoroughly good, and will long remain the best accessible elementary ethnography in our language.” —The Christian Union. “We strongly recommend Dr. Brinton’s ‘ Races and Peoples’ to both beginners and scholars. We are not aware of any other recent work on the _| science of which it treats in the English language.” —Asiatic Quarterly. “His book is an excellent one, and we can heartily recommend it as an introductory manual of ethnol- ogy.” —The Monist. “A useful and really interesting work, which de- serves to be widely read and studied both in Europe and America.”’—Brighton (Eng.) Herald. “'Phis volume is most stimulating. It is written with great clearness, so that anybody can under- stand, and while in some ways, perforce, superficial, grasps very well the complete field of humanity.”— The New York Times. “Dr. Brinton invests his scientific illustrations and measurements with an indescribable charm of nar- ration, so that ‘Races and Peoples,’ avowedly a rec- ord of discovered facts, is in reality a strong stim- migte to the imagination.”—Philadelphia Public edger. “The work is indispensable to the student who re- quires an intelligent ide to a course of ethno- graphic reading.’ —Philadelphia Times. Price, postpaid, $1.75. THE MODERN MALADY ; or, Suf- ferers from ‘ Nerves,’ An introduction to public consideration, from a non-medical point of view, of a con- dition of ill-health which is increasingly prevalent in all ranks of society. In the first part of this work the author dwells on the errors in our mode of treating Neuras- thenia, consequent on the wide ignorance of the subject which still prevails; in the sec- ond part, attention is drawn to the principal causes of the malady. The allegory forming the Introduction to Part I. gives a brief his- tory of nervous exhaustion and the modes of treatment which have at various times been thought suitable to this most painful and try- ing disease. By CYRIL BENNETT. 12°, 184 pp., $1.50. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. ea A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, TrentH YEAR. Vou. XIX. No. 471. NEW YORK. SineLE Corres, Ten Cents. $3.50 PER YEAR, In ADVANCE. FEBRUARY 12, 1892. CONTENTS. On THE TEACHING OF ANATOMY TO AD- VANCED MEDICAL STUDENTS. Har- rison Allen.....+.+..+-.+s+ee.ee TimE- SERVICE OF HARVARD COLLEGE OB- SERVATORY. Hdward C, Pickering. Notes AND NEWS........... .-.-:eeees Latest DeTaILs CONCERNING THE GERMS oF INFLUENZA. Arthur VacLon- A SERIES OF ABNORMAL peer Leaves. Mrs. W. 4. Kellermann. Suee@Estions As To TEAcHING BoTANY in HieH Scuoots. Charles Reid 90 A NervRo-EPITHELIOMA OF THE RETINA. 93 A SEEDLING BLACKBERRY PLANT. Mrs. . A. Kellermann............--. Notes ON THE Foop oF THE Box TorR- TOISE. J. McNair Wright........ LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. Hypnotism Among the Lower Ani- mals. J. McNair Wright........ AMONG THE PUBLISHERS................ Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class Mail Matter. METEORITES! We have JUST ISSUED AN ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF OUR METEORITES, giving first a chronological list of the falls (descriptive of each individual specimen), under the three classes, SIDERITES, SIDEROLITES AND AEROLITES, followed by a LIST OF MICRO-SECTIONS OF AZJROLITES FOR SALE, and a chronological list of the CASTS OF METEORITES which were made before cutting the specimens into slices, thus being an exact fac simile of the size and shape of the meteor. These lists are followed by 25 PAGES OF ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTIONS of some of the more recent masses that have passed through our hands, The Index to this Catalogue not only gives IN HEAVY TYPE the names adopted for | the Meteorites, but various important synonymous names in smaller type. PRICE OF THE CATALOGUE, 25 CENTS. Tf you have METEORITES for sale, or METEORITES that you desire sliced, write to us. As in years gone by, we are still the headquarters in this country 5|for MINERALS, ROCKS, FOSSILS, CASTS OF FOSSILS, and other Natural History Secumene. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND CIRCULARS, ADDRESS WARD'S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT, 16—26 College Avenue, Rochester, N. Y. sie NCE TENTH YEAR. The use of Sccence by scientific men has increased in the past few months as never before. More than two hundred of the leading scientific men and women of America have agreed to contribute to the paper during the coming year; and, as others are constantly joining in this move, to make the paper more valuable than ever, it cannot be long before there will be a body of five hundred competent users of this weekly medium of scientific discussion. It is our aim to place the paper in the hands of all competent persons who will avail themselves of this oppor- tunity to make Sczence a better representative of American scientific work than ever in the past. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. ze 11 SCPE NCE ADVERTISING RATES. Established January, 1892. INSIDE PAGES. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to an inch, I5c. ** column, of 140 lines, - $20.00 ‘« page, three columns, 420 lines, - 50.00 LAST OUTSIDE PAGE AND PAGES FACING READING MATTER. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to an inch, 2o0c. ** column, oe 140 lines, - 25,00 0.00 “« page, three columns, 420 lines, - FIRST OUTSIDE TITLE-PAGE. Double-column space at top next Contents, $30.00 Triple-column space, below Contents, - 50.00 SCALE OF DISCOUNTS. 10 percent. on 4times, 1 month, oron amount $100 “ “ag ce ic ‘e 15 2 . 200 30 oh “73 6 3 tt ce 300 25 a OG tai G8) = 89 nia, according to Drs. Klemperer, takes place as soon a anti- pneumotoxin is produced in sufficient quantity to neutralize the pneumotoxin. Why immunity against further attacks lasts so short a time in man is still uncertain, but possibly less antipneu- motoxin is formed in man than in rabbits in proportion to the pneumotoxin. Some attempts have already been made to cure patients suffering from pneumonia with the help of antipneumo- toxin, but further observations are necessary. — It is a well-known fact that, with the same temperature by the thermometer, one may have, at different times, a very differ- ent feeling of heat and cold. This varies with the temperature of the skin, which is chiefly influenced (according to M. Vincent of Uccle Observatory, Belgium), by four things: air-temperature, air-moisture, solar radiation, and force of wind. M. Vincent re- cently made a large number of observations of skin-temperature in the ball of the left hand, and constructed a formula by means of which the skin-temperature may be approximately deduced from those four elements. He experimented by keeping three of the four constant, while the fourth was varied, and a relation could thus be determined between the latter and skin-temperature. One fact which soon appeared was, that the relative moisture of the air has but little influence on skin-temperature. It was also found that for every 1° C. of the actinometric difference (excess of black bulb thermometer) the skin-tetmperature rises about 0.2°; and with small wind-velocities, every metre per second depresses the skin-temperature about 1.2°. In testing his formula M. Vin- cent found, with cold or very cold sensation, considerably greater differences between the calculated and observed values than in other cases. This he attributes to the great cooling of the rela- tively small mass of the hand. Taking the cheek or evelid the results were better, says Nature. — Last winter, in December and January, M. Chaix made a number of observations of the temperature of. the air, the snow, and the ground at Geneva, of which he has given an account to the Physical Society there. He observed the air at four different heights; granular, pulverulent, and bedded snow, on the surface and at different depths; and the surface of bare ground as well as of ground covered with snow. There was no difference in mean temperature between the air at one and two metres; and very little between the former and that on the snow surface. Thesur- face of the ground was 4.265° C. warmer than the surface of the snow (0.13 m. above), through arrest of radiation. But the bare ground was not cooled so much as the snow surface, and it was only 2.04° colder than the snow-clad ground. This shows the frigorific influence of snow on climate. Air passing over bare ground would have been 2° warmer than if it passed over the snow. The snow surface was sometimes warmer, sometimes colder than the air one or two metres above. In the dry winters of Siberia and Sweden, the snow-surface is generally (according to Woeikof) much colder than the air. M. Chaix explains the variations observed at Geneva by fluctuations in the relative hu- midity, involving alternate vaporization and condensation at the snow-surface. In two-thirds of the cases, indeed, abnormal cool- ing of the snow corresponded with a low humidity, and heating with a high humidity, and often formation of hoar frost at the surface, according to Nature. — An illustration of the height of breaking waves is afforded by the following paragraph, which we take from the San Francisco Chronicle of Jan. 6: ‘‘ Portland, Jan.5 The lighthouse tender ‘Manzanita’ reached: Tillamook Rock Sunday for the first time in six weeks, and brought away the keeper, George Hunt, who has been on the rock for four years, and has been transferred to the Cape Mars Light. He says, in the storm of Dec. 7 the waves swept clear over the house, washing away their boats, and tearing loose and carrying away the landing platform and tramway, which were bolted to the rock. On the 29th the waves were still higher, and streams of water poured into the lantern through the ventila- tors in the balloon top of the dome, 157 feet above fhe sea-level. The lighthouse was shaken to its foundation by the impact of seas against it, and the water found its way into the house. Men were on duty all night to keep the lamp burning, and but for the wire screen the shutters of the lantern would have been demolished.” go SCIENCE: A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. €C. HODGES, 874 BroaApway, New York. SUBSCRIPTIONS.—United States and Canada..............-. $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe...............-- 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants”’ column. All are invited to use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants. should be given in full, so that answers will go direct tothem. The Exchange” column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F, Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. LATEST DETAILS CONCERNING THE GERMS OF INFLUENZA. Dr. R. PFEIFFER, overseer of the scientific division of the Institute for Infectious Diseases at Berlin, has the credit of discovering, isolating, describing, and inoculating the germs that are the cause of influenza. The following results are based upon his thorough investigation of thirty-one cases of influenza, in six of which autopsies were made. 1. In all cases there was in the characteristic, purulent, bronchial secretion a definite kind of bacillus. These rods were shown in uncomplicated cases of influenza, in an abso- lutely pure culture, and for the most part in large numbers. Very frequently they lay in the protoplasma of the pus- cells. Where the patient has been subject to other bronchial troubles, one finds in the sputum, in addition to the influenza bacilli, other micro-organisms. The bacilli can enter from the bronchi into the peri-bronchial tissue, even to the surface of the pleura, where in purulent coats in two autopsies they were found in pure culture. 2. These rods were found only in influenza. Numerous control-experiments showed their absence in common bron- chial catarrh, pneumonia, and phthisis. 3. The condition of the bacilli varied with equal force in the course of the disease; first with the exhaustion of the purulent bronchial secretion the bacilli also disappeared. 4. Two years ago, at the first appearance of the influenza, I saw and photographed the same bacilli in large numbers in preparations of sputum from influenza patients. 5. The influenza bacilli appear as small rods, of about the thickness of septicaemia bacilli in mice, but one-half their length; frequently three or four bacilli are found arranged one after the other like in a chain; it is difficult to stain them with the basic-aniline dyes; one obtains better prepa- rations with Ziel’s solution and with the hot methyline blue of Loffler. In this way one sees almost regularly that the end-poles of the bacilli stain more intensively, so that forms arise which might be very easily mistaken for diplocoeci or SCIENCE. (Vor. XIX. No. 471 streptococci. The bacilli are not stained by Gram’s coloring matter; and in banging drops they are immovable, 6. These bacilli can be obtained in pure cultures; in one and a half per cent sugar-agar the colonies appear the small- est. The continued culture in this nutrient medium is diffi- cult, and I have not been able to go beyond the second gen- eration. i I 7. Many experiments for transmission to apes, rabbits, guinea-pigs, rats, pigeons, and mice were made. Positive results could be obtained only in apes and rabbits. The other species of animals were refractory to the influenza. 8. These results justify the conclusion that the above de- scribed bacilli are the cause of influenza. 9. Infection comes very probably from the germs of the disease in the sputum; and therefore for prevention of con- tagion the sputum of influenza patients must be made in- nocuous. a : Dr. Kitasato has succeeded in cultivating the bacilli of influenza to the fifth generation upon glycerine-agar. _ ARTHUR MAcDONALD. Georgetown Medical School, Washington, D.C. A SERIES OF ABNORMAL AILANTHUS LEAFLETS. A sTURDY trumpet creeper (Tecoma readicans) has en- twined itself about an ailanthus tree which stands in our yard, near the veranda. Together, they form quite a charm- ing bower during the summer time, when the bright trum- pet flowers are so profusely intermingled with the dark green foliage of vine and tree. It was here that I had taken my chair one afternoon, to enjoy an hour’s undisturbed reading. My anticipations of © quiet, however, were very soon interrupted, by a sudden gust of wind, which set the leaves of my book a-fluttering so, that I was obliged to close it. But “‘it isan ill wind that blows nobody good,” I said to myself, as I stooped to pick up some leaflets which came fluttering down from the ailanthus tree. Although it was only June, these leaflets were of a bright yellow color, like the tints of early autumn. But what at- tracted my attention especially was their variation from the_ typical form. LHvery leaflet had a peculiar notch, lobe, or lop-sided outline which would cause it to be classed among monstrosities, or abnormal leaves. These abnormal speci- mens were more to me, however, than mere “‘ freaks of na- ture.” They were the tablets on which their own history was inscribed. If we take one of the large ailanthus leaves, with its lone rachis and numerous leaflets, we are led to inquire into the manner of its numerical increase of leaflets. At a cursory glance at the leaves we find that although the vast majority are odd-pinnate, there are many which we are scarcely jus- tified in calling odd, nor yet should we denominate them even pinnate. That is, transition stages between odd and even pinnate quite commonly occur, and I would call these ‘‘abnormal leaves” transition stages. They are the keys which will unlock for us the mystery of their development. Let us see if such is not the case: let us make use of these keys and thereby learn whether such is not the verdict ren- dered by the leaves themselves. We will put our queries to the terminal leaflets, because they seem to be the centre of evolutionary activity in neatly all pinnate leaves. ; We have quite an advanced transition stage in Wig. 1 of our series; it has quite a conspicuous projection beyond the typical outline on the left side; a prominent vein is seen ex- tending to the apex of this abnormal projection, from which FEBRUARY 12, 1892.] on the lower side, lead smaller, well-marked veins. There is also a very slight point on the opposite side of the leaflet, the venation here being similar to that just described What, then, does this abnormal leaflet mean? Can we not see that nature has decreed that there shall be an increase in the number of leaflets? And that she is about to ‘‘ cut off” new leaflets from each side of this terminal leaflet ? Vig. 2 confirms us in this supposition, and furnishes an objective demonstratian of a more advanced transition stage. The sinuses have deepened, and the two lobes bid fair to be- come separate individual leaflets. We feel secure in making this statement because Fig. 3 stands ready to make good our word with a newly-added leaflet on one side and another on the other side, well under way. The rachis, meanwhile, has elongated to make room for the new-comer. Tig. 4 illus- trates a repetition of this process of division, adding empha- sis to our explanation of these ‘‘abnormal leaves.” Nature ‘is going right on, bent upon working out her conceptions to the fullest extent. Nos. 5, 6, and 7 are certainly extremists. They may, perhaps, be compared with the impulsive, rampant reformers in the social world, who are imbued with a stronger pro- gressive impulse than will harmonize with existing condi- tions;- whose wishes to surmount all obstacles and soar aloft lead judgment and reason astray. The time is not ripe for LEAFLETS FROM THE AILANTHUS TREE. such prodigious strides, and much effort is therefore expended to little purpose. A few such leaders will occasionally be found among plants, fore-runners, as it were, of future at- tainment, and here we have leaflets which as yet have not even attained to an individuality of their own, taking upon themselves the work which legitimately belongs to the senior members of the family; if we may designate a leaf asa little family, and the leaflets thereof the individual members. No. 8 is such a senior member; that is, instead of a terminal leaflet it is from the base of the leaf. It is better able to take up the burden of secondary division than the mere baby leaflets that have not yet learned to take care of themselves. No. 8, however, may also be classed with the reformers, but with that more reasonable class who are not entirely beyond the ken of normal vision. Would we not, therefore, be led to draw this conclusion from what we have said (and, I trust, demonstrated), that pinnate leaves are developed by a division of the terminal leafiét: the bi-pinnate leaf is evolved from the pinnate by the division of the leaflets, normally beginning in the lower or basal leaflets? That this is the law of division which holds among the majority of pinnate leaves is quite commouly demonstrated and verified by the leaves of various plants. The leaves of the trumpet creeper furnish as good illustra tions of these various stages of transition as the ailanthus leaves. SCIENCE. 9! There is but a slight point on the lower or outer portion of the typical basal leaflet of the ailanthus; this point is crowned with a small gland; here seems to be the starting- point of the new departure, which, according to the predic- tion of No. 8, will, in the course of time, result in the evolu- tion of a bi-pinnate ailanthus leaf. This secondary division, as we have chosen to call the division of the lower leaflets, is illustrated abundantly by the common elder (Sambucus canadensis). So conspicuous, indeed, are the variations in the elder that it deserves a chapter on its own progressive efforts; it seems especially able to respond to favorable con- ditions. Mrs. W. A. KELLERMAN. Columbus, Ohio. SUGGESTIONS AS TO TEACHING BOTANY IN HIGH SCHOOLS. THE teaching of botany in our colleges and higher schools during the last twenty-five years has had the unfortunate effect of bringing the science into disrepute, and of engen- dering in the minds of many who—as they would say — “took” it (like a dose of medicine), a thorough distaste for it. It is only within ten years that any radical change has taken place in the teaching ideals, and even to-day in many of the best institutions of learning, conservatism forces in- struction into the old channels. The lower schools have travelled the same line, partly because they knew no better way, and partly because they were meeting the demands of the higher schools in the matter of preparation. The radical defect of the older teaching lay in the failure to study the plants themselves; in the failure to treat them as living organisms; and in the failure to take into account tle existence of other plants than the flowering ones. The ease with which plants could be collected and preserved by drying early led to the study of their external characters with a view to their classification alone. From the earliest times, there- fore, almost to the present day, classification has been looked upon as the most important portion of the science of botany. Now, however, that the economic importance of the study of the physiology of healthy and diseased plants and of the causes of disease is coming to be more generally appreciated, it is high time that both in primary and secondary schools those portions of the science be taught which have a vital and vitalizing interest. What Text-Book Shall We Use? The first question that is usually asked is, “‘ What text- book shall we use?” Tt isa difficult question to answer, and probably the best reply is, ‘‘ Whatever text-book the teacher ean use best.” There is no book known to me which pre- sents the subject in just the way that I consider most impor- tant. Probably the one of most general adaptability is ‘“Gray’s Lessons in Botany.” If the teacher is capable of using them, either Bessey’s ‘‘ Essentials of Botany ” or Camp- bell’s ‘‘Structural and Systematic!Botany ” may be recom- mended. Wood's ‘*: Lessons in Botany,” revised, is unfit for use on account of the numerous and misleading blunders which it contains. There should be in the school library, for reference, Gray’s “‘Structural and Systematic Botany,” Goodale’s ‘‘ Physiological Botany,” Bessey’s ‘‘ Botany,” and Goebel’s ‘‘ Outlines of Classification.” Miss Newell’s ‘‘ Out- line Lessons in Botany” will be found suggestive to the teacher who knows nothing of the method of study suggested herein. . The suggestions here made are based on the supposition 92 SCIENCE. that the scheme of studies proposed by the State superinten- dent is accepted, in which two terms are assigned to botany, beginning in the winter term. It is also presupposed that the School Board will be willing to supply the pupils with a proper room and a small amount of apparatus. I consider the providing of these quite as indispensable for the study of botany as furnishing a recitation room for mathematics with a blackboard and its accessories. The room should be furnished with a sufficient number of — [Vor. XIX. No 471 cost should not exceed $1.75 If preferred, they may be pro- cured of Mr. L. S. Cheney, Madison, Wis., at $1.75 for — single stands, with a discount of ten per cent on orders for ten or more. A deep individual butter dish is necessary for examining specimens in water. Hach student should have a pair of © needles (No. 6, ‘‘sharps”’) with the eye-end driven into soft pine handles. This can be done by holding the needle with a pair of pliers and forcing it in. The pupil should be re- -+-Uh 10 inches. DISSECTING MICROSCOPE. The body is a solid block of clear pine, cut as shown in A, front view ; B, end view ; C, median cross section ; D, top view. th, lens holder, which slides in brass tube driven into a hole in block (sec. C.); st, stage, a movable glass plate ; m, mirror, fastened with small screws or tacks. common kitchen tables (those with unfinished tops are best), at which two students can work comfortably, and even four if crowded. The more windows the better. The apparatus required issimple. Simple lenses with some device for supporting them while the hands are used in dis- secting are needed ‘The figures annexed show a most effec- tive and low-priced dissecting stand which is in use in the University of Wisconsin and is to be preferred to more ex- pensive ones. The block can be made by a carpenter for a few cents; the plain and mirror glass can be procured at the glazier’s; the lenses and lens Holders can be procured from the Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., Rochester, N.Y. The total quired to provide himself with a sharp-bladed pen-knife, a rarer article than might be supposed. ; How to Get Material. I should begin with a study of the flowering plants. There will be room for the exercise of some ingenuity in getting pupils to provide proper material for study by raising some and collecting some. Lima beans, sunflowers, and corn can be grown in pots or boxes; window gardens, greenhouses, and provision stores can be levied on until the spring opens. But it is better to have material collected in the summer and preserved in alcohol. Such material should be studied in water to prevent drying and to remove brittleness. FEBRUARY 12, 1892.] How to Begin. It matters little what part is selected for a beginning. As the study commences in winter, the shoots of trees, two or more feet long, may be used. Select a tree in which the sears left by the fall of the foliage, leaves, and bud scales of the preceding season are quite conspicuous, such as the cot- tonwood, poplar, hickory, or horse-chestnut. Set the stu- dents at work to examine these before they have been as- Signed any study in the book. Have them examine all the markings they can find; compare the buds; study the rela- tion between the buds and the scars; determine the extent of the preceding season’s growth and of the season before that. When as much of the external anatomy has been seen as possible, let them carefully dissect the buds, studying the nature and shape of the scales; the character of their sur- faces, whether hairy or resinous; the young foliage leaves for the next season; the young stem, comparing the shoot for the coming season with last season’s growth, noting differences and resemblances. This dissection-should be made partly by tearing off the parts, partly by cutting thin slices crosswise and lengthwise with the knife. When the students have seen everything that they think there is to be seen, let them write a description of what they have observed. They should be asked to make this descrip- tion as terse as possible, using their own language and not resorting to the book for terms. The teacher should then examine these descriptions, in which he will doubtless find much omitted. I should then make the study of the same shoot the subject of the next class exercise, in which I should point out each feature that I wished examined, giving sufficient time for the inspection of each part. I should also endeavor to show that for the circumlocutions in their descriptions there are often single words (technical terms). The pupils will thus come to know something of the method of accurate and thorough observa- tion, and will discover that technical terms are not hard words invented for their discomfiture, but short ways of ex- pressing the ideas gained. At the close of this exercise I should call upon each pupil to draw carefully a portion of the shoot showing as many of the facts observed as possible. Drawings should also be made of the dissected parts. Here the teacher will be met by the objection on the part of the pupils that they cannot draw; but as that is only another way of saying that they cannot see accurately, he will have to insist on their doing the best they can, with the assurance that as power of accurate observa- tion increases the accuracy of the drawings will increase in the same ratio. He should be able to lead here as at other difficult places. Happy he if he be not a blind leader of the blind. zi After studying several other shoots in the same way, I should assign the lesson in the text on buds and branching. The points specially emphasized here are: 1. Study of the plants themselves. 2. Drawing and describing observations. 3. Afterwards the study of thetext-book. 4. Supplementary reading, particularly as to the function of the parts studied. © i Topics for Further Study. Following this method with each organ, the following topics are suggested : Underground stems: potato (tuber); onion (bulb); cy- clamen or Indian turnip (corm). Structure of stems; cut thin slices of both herbaceous and woody stems and examine in water. Bean, sunflower, gera- nium, hyacinth, and twigs of forest trees may be used. SCIENCE. 93 Leaves: structure of blade and petiole; forms of stipules; character of venation, particularly with reference to function of veins. Reference readings on the function of foliage leaves are particularly important. Study of the unfolding leaves in spring is specially desirable. Flowers: parts; forms; flower clusters, etc. I need enter on no details as to these parts, since they are treated so fully and have always received overmuch attention because of their importance to classification. Let it be remembered in the study of all these topics that it is not: a memorizing of the technical terms of descrip- tive botany that is wanted, but a study of structure of the parts with reference to function. Insist on the pupil con- stantly asking himself, ‘‘ What is this for?” As to technical terms; if they are not acquired as a convenience they would better not be acquired at all. Some time should be taken before the close of the year to study the lower plants. It is an excellent plan in the spring to organize “forays,” on which pupils can collect every form of plant they can lay their hands on, ferns, toadstools, lichens, parasitic fungi, algee, ete. Preserve these’ and have them studied. Directions for Such study can be found in Arthur, Barnes, and Coulter’s ‘‘ Plant Dissection” (Henry Holt & Co.); Bower’s ‘‘ Practical Botany” (Maemillan & Co.); Bessey’s ‘‘ Essentials of Botany ” (Holt); Campbell’s “Structural and Systematic Botany ” (Ginn & Co.). Questions will be freely answered regarding any matters not elucidated above, and further suggestions will be made if desired. I should be glad to be of assistance to teachers in improving the work in botany. CHARLES REID BARNES, Professor of Botany in the University of Wisconsin. A NEURO-EPITHELIOMA OF THE RETINA.? THE possibility of the reproduction of the most highly organ- ized structure of the human body has long been doubted and even denied. Until the publication of an instance by Professor Klebs of Zurich, in which the ganglionic cells of the central nervous system were found repeated in a tumor formation, this was not admitted to be possible. Even now not a few competent patho- logical bistologists are not convinced of its occurrence. An in- teresting and important addition to this subject is that of Dr. Flexner. In this instance the rod and cone layer and the external nuclear layer of the retina were reproduced in a tumor. The case was that of a child four months old. One eye was affected and removed, and then the remaining eye became the seat of a disease presumably of like nature. But nothing was permitted to be done for the second eye. Several years before this child was born another child in the same family, this one six months old, died in consequence of an eye tumor which returned. Two years after the case just related another child of the same parents, this one four months old, had a tumor of the eye which spread to the brain, also resulting in death. The one which is reported makes, therefore, the third instance of eye tumor in this family. There was no history cf eye tumor in the immediate ancestors of the children. The vitreous chamber of the eye was filled almost entirely with the growth, The latter was attached to the retina throughout a considerable part of its extent, and was seen to originate at a point of microscopical size situated in the external nuclear Jayer. The cells which made up the tumor consisted of two principal kinds. 1 Byery teacher should have some book with directions for preserving plants. The following are available: Bailey’s “Collector's Hand-book” (Bates, Salem, Mass.); Penhallow’s “‘ Botanical Collector’s Guide” (Renouf, Montreal); Knuowlton’s ** Directions for Preserving Recent and Fossil Plants” (Part B, Bul- letin 39, U. S. National Museum). 2° \ Peculiar Glioma (Neuro-epithelioma?) of the Retina,” by Simon Flexner, M.D., fellow in patholozy. From the Pathological Laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University and Hospital. The Johns Hopkins Hospital Bulletin, Ne. 15, 1891. 94 tire cells, but are described as such for the sake of brevity. They present the appearance of sharply stained nuclei, with scanty, often indistinct, even apparently absent, cell bodies, and in favor- able places their fibre-like processes can sometimes be traced a short distance from the cell bodies. These bodies often appear as round cells, and they are spoken of as such in this article, but they have a more complicated structure than this designation would imply. The next most important cells are larger than the round cells, but their nuclei are not larger than those of the round cells. These cells are usually of a columnar or rod shape, but sometimes they appear to be conical. The nuclei invariably occupy the broader ends of the cells, and each cell presents opposite to the nucleus an acute terminal process. Finally, from the extremity of the cells can sometimes be seen a stalk-like prolongation which passes down between the round cells and probably becomes united with them. The disposition of the various cells of the tumor is important. The columnar cells arrange themselves in the form of circles or rosettes, and this is accomplished through the juxtaposition of the sides of the cell bodies, the acute ends of the cells pointing towards the centre of the circle, while the periphery is formed by the broad ends of the cells containing the nuclei. The latter vary in size, depending on the number of cells concerned in their forma- tion, and where the acute ends of the cells are in opposition, and just before their termination, a very fine, although distinct, mem- branous ring is formed, and projecting beyond this ring the delicate processes of the cells forming their acute ends may be observed. The round cells above described surround the rosettes. These tumor cells are in many ways identical in appearance with the external nuclei and rod and cone layer of the retina, as the author shows. ‘“ U. S. Coast Survey, 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. FEBRUARY 12, 1892. | ways, as it does also the works of Friedrich Muller and Whitney. There is no chapter in language-study which is not fruitfully hinted at or fully treated by the author: the composing of gram- mars, the analytic compared with the synthetic system, the various phonetic modes of recording languages, the medley languages, theory of roots, the tests of affinity, the possibility of composing scientific dictionaries, the analysis which is inherent in etymologic research, synonymic dictionaries, etc. —Dr. Andrew D. White will open the March Popular Science Monthly with a chapter on ‘* Astronomy” in his Warfare of Sci- ence series. The strenuous exertions made by both the Catholic and the Protestant clergy to suppress the teachings of Copernicus and Galileo are set forth in this article with such strong evidence as to admit of no denial or shifting of responsibility. ‘The Or- gan” will be the subject of the article in the American Industries series. The author, Mr. Daniel Spillane, describes some of the SCIENCE. 97 noted instruments in the United States, and shows that American organ builders have made good use of the scope for individuality which their art allows. The article is fully illustrated. Under the title ‘‘ Social Statistics of Cities,” the March number will have a paper by Carroll D. Wright, comparing the area and population, and the cost of each department of public works, in fifty cities of the United States. The comparison contradicts some prevailing opinions as to what cilies have the most expensive governments. “*The Cotton Industry of Brazil” will be descrioel by Jobn C. Branner, formerly assistant geologist of the Brazilian Geological Survey. Mr. Branner believes that the production and manufac- ture of cotton in Brazil is destined to increase, but that the coun- try will not become a competitor of the United States in this indus- try. — * Darwin after Darwin,” is the title of a book that George J. Romanes is preparing. PROPRIETARY. BOOKS, ETC. MISCELLANEOUS. A honic JUST PUBLISHED FOSSIL RESINS. This book is the result of an attempt to collect the scattered notices of fossil resins, exclusive of those on amber. The work is of interest also on account.of descriptions given of the insects found embedded in these long- preserved exudations from early vegetation. STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROOK STEEi PEN G2., Works: Oamden, N.J._.26 John St., New York. Horstonl’s Acid Phosphate, By CLARENCE LOWN and HENRY BOOTH 129. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. THE CHEAPEST AND BEST ! WoTo EE NGRAV A most excellent and agree- able tonic and appetizer. It nourishes and invigorates the he Year 1 tillthee Perp culation, a complete Calendar for any month from nd of Kime. JEROMB-THOMAS CO., 47 LAFAYETTE PLACE, NEW YORK. JDE-RULE Ze: principle shows, in an instant without study or cal- t etual Calendar. — This application of the slide-rule \, 67 PARK PLACE, NEW YORK: AND ENGRAVING FOR ALL ILLUSTRA — / ADVERTISING PURPOSES: 31. aoe @) | | Sample, 25 cts. tired brain and body, imparts re- newed energy and vitality, and azines. Rates low. Schoharie N V ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address enlivens the functions. Dr. EpoHrarm Bateman, Cedarville, N. J., says: ‘*T have used it for several years, not only in my practice, but in my own individual ease, and consider it under all circumstances one of the best nerve tonics that we possess. For mental exhaustion or overwork it gives renewed strength and vigor to the entire system.”’ p Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. I. oF AINDER nary size, will be mailed postpaid on receipt of price as given below. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘‘ Hors- wpe A TEMPORARY BINDER for Science is now ready, and will be mailed postpaid on receipt of 75 cents. This binder is strong, durable and elegant, has gilt side-title, and al- lows the opening of the pages per- fectly flat. taken out or replaced without dis- turbing the others, and the papers are not mutilated for subsequent permanent binding. binder, Sczezceis always convenient for reference. Temporary binders of the same description but without side title, to fit any paper or periodical of ordi- In ordering, be sure to give the name of paper or periodical and style of binder, 8 to 12 inches long, cloth, $o.50; leather, $0.60. ‘ ce rf 5 Ay W.T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. MINERALOGY. Course of Mineralogy for Young People. Conducted by correspondence; minerals and books furnished. Collection and book, ‘First Grade,”’ one dollar; postage, 25 cents. Send for circulars to GUSTAVE GUTTENBERG, Centra! High School, Pittsburgh, Pa. G E M 0 ) AL Cut ready for setting. Having pur- = « chased a large lot at the Mexican lo- cality, we are offering them at about one-fifth jewelers’ prices; f0c., $1, $1.50, $2, $3. This is a rare opportunity to secure a fine gem very cheap. 100 pp. Mineral Catalogue lic., in cloth 25c., Supplement 2c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & Con Mineralogists, 733 and 735 Broadway, New York City. 20 GEMSTONES FREE as a premium with THE GREAT DIVIDE. These Gemstones are cut and polished ready for Any number can be Filed in this TZ eee TA! a 2 6 ef 75+ jewelry mounting, and are given free to each new Pept llcmet Be os 75 ‘< 1.00. subscriber sending $1, price of yearly subscription, 17 ‘* 19 ¢ I.00 1.25. ford’s*®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never sold in bulk. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York, !1516 Arapahoe St., Address THE GREAT DIVIDE, Denver, Cole. houses. Natianc] Fete J ca DO YOU INTEND TO BUILD? If you intend to build, it will be a mistake not to send for **SENSIBLE LOW-COST HOUSES,” now arranged in three volumes. floor plans, descriptions, and estimates of cost for 105 tasteful, new designs for In them you will find perspective views, They also give prices for complete Working Plans, Details, and Specifications, which enable you to build without delays, mistakes or quarrels with your build- er, and which any ome can uaderstand. Vol. I. contains 35 copyrighted designs of houses, costing between $500 and $1800. Vol. Il. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $1800 to $3000. Vol. HII. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $3000 to $9000. P each, or $3.00 for the set. °° COLONIAL HOUSES,”? a volume showing Perspectives and Floor Plans of houses arranged in the inimitable style of the Colonial Architecture, and haying all modern arrangements for comfort. Price, $2.00. ** PIC EFURESQUE HOUSES FOR FOREST AND SHORE®?:—This show Perspectives and Floor Plans of new designs for Summer Cottages, which are romantic convenient, and cheap. Price $1.00, by mail. tice, by mail, $1.06 N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York 98 SCIENCE. VoL. XIX. No. 471 DRY GOODS, ETC. 2 ican Constable As ea Real India Pongees, CORAHS, Unsurpassed for durability and wear. INDIA SILK SHIRTINGS Stripes and Checks, new colorings and styles. RONGEANT, The New Summer Silk. roadevauy A 9th bt. NEW YORK. DRESS GOODS : FOR SPRING. NEW CREPE WEAVES. We shall show this week attractive lines of New Spring Woollens, which have just been added to our Dress Goods stock. Large importations of the New Crepe weaves—over sixty varieties of this favorite fabric. An extra large assortment of medium price dress goods, in styles difficult to obtain. Special attention is called to an extensive line of India Crepes (all silk) —2,500 yards to be offered on Monday at 75 cents per yard; worth $1.25. These goods are woven in handsome colored Stripes and are a lead- ing novelty. James McCreery & Co. BROADWAY & lith STREET, NEW YORK. WASTE Rmbroidery Silks, Factory Ends at half price; one ounce ina box. All good silk and good colors. Sent by mail on receipt of 4) cents; 100 crazy stitches in each package. Latest and best book on Art Needlework, only 10 cents. A beauti- ful assortment chenille and arrasene; 15 new shades in mps to E BRAINERD y RONG SPOOL SILK CO., 625 Broadway, New York, or 621 Market St., Philadelphia, Pa. For the names and addresses of 10 ladies interested in Art Needlework we will send one book free. FINANCIAL. New Method of Protecting Property _from Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller. Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. . No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. INVESTMENTS FOR NON-RESIDENTS. TAYLOR & GUNSTON Take full charge of property for the EASTERN INVESTOR. City, Town, and Suburban Lots, Garden, Fruit, Hop and Timber Lands. 10°|, Guaranteed on all Investments. Houses for sale on the;instalment plan, by which the purchaser can obtain an income sufficient to coverall payments, including taxes,insurance,etc. Information regarding any particular -point in the State of Washington gladly furnished upon application. Personal attention given to all loans. Correspondence solicited. Refer, by permission, to the Pacific National Bank, Tacoma, Wash.; Geo. H. Tilley, Esq., Secretary and Treasurer of the Southern Express Co., and Frederick C. Clark, of Clark, Chapin & Bushnell, New York. Address 504 California BI’k, Tacoma, Wash. Eastern Representative, H. F. TAYLOR, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. ESLEY HEIGHTS WASHINGTON, D. C. A RARE OPPORTUNITY FOR AN INVESTMENT. This property is a part of Northwest Wash- Ington, and is situated opposite the site recently purchased by Bishop Hurst for the erection of the new e e e American University on which $10,000,000 willbe expended In erecting superb buildings. Itis but 30 minutes drivefrom the White House, and issituated on one of the highest points in the District of Columbia. The average size lots, 25x150, cost from $425 to $7950, one-fifth cash, balance in 2, 3and4 years. No better or safer induce- ments have ever been offered purchasers to make a profitable investment. Values are rap- idly increasing. Write for f 99 CONFIRMATION OF THE DISCOVERY OF THE INFLUENZA Bacituus. ” " npas tunity to make Sczence a .. ut American scientific work than ever in the past. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. tnherals, 5 C Z Stuffed Animals ne Ward's Natural Science Establishment.......2°°""" otrosits, | Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. ‘Aca ae ‘eliefMaps.| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N. Y. |imverteprates eee ne -NEW YORK, FEBRUARY 19, 1892. NOTICE OF NEW GIGANTIC FOSSILS. While on a collecting trip the past summer in the Bad Lands of north-western Nebraska and south-western South Dakota my attention was called by Mr. Charles HK. Holmes Fic. 1.— Devil's Corkscrew in the collection of C. E. Holmes. Drawn from nature. (Yale, ’84) to some gigantic fossils abounding in the extreme north-western corner of Nebraska. At that time I secured one large specimen, and noted and sketched several other forms, intending to return later and complete the work in that highly interesting field. These fossils seem altogether so remarkable and of such imposing size and peculiarity of form, that I have felt great hesitancy in offering any suggestions as to what they are or in describing them at all; and what I now venture to publish is proposed tentatively, till I can return to this same spot and complete the work cut short last season. Not less than sf two genera and three species of the family were noted, and, _ because of their similarity to immense corkscrews, we dubbed them ‘Deyil’s Corkscrews,” and I offer for them the pro-- visional name Dee menelio: At least two gigantic and one small species were observed. They are almost mathematically exact and regular in form, and suggest a great three-inch vine coiled with strict uniformity of pitch about a four or five-inch pole. However, the vine and pole, as the cut will show, are just as much one as are the thread and screw which they so strikingly resemble. At the bottom of all is a trans- verse piece, indefinitely long, and about ten inches in diame- ter, rendering the appearance of the whole like that of the veritable corkscrew (See Fig. 1). Just what this great ‘‘rizome” is, remains to be learned. ‘In the mean time, suffice it to say, that, as far as observed, it consists invariably of a small obliqueJy descend‘ng pur- tion, and a large obliquely ascending one. The latter, as shown by all that have been dug out, at least, seems to curve upward gradually, and ultimately reach the surface. The great ‘‘underground” stem of my own specimen (Fig. 2) was followed from the wall of a small butte some ten feet straight into its interior, and then the work of fur- ther excavating in rock so very soft and crumbling, yet so peculiarly difficult to work, had to be abandoned. In the two remaining forms especially noted, one gigantic, the other small, the coil had the form and pitch of the common open apseorerr (see Fig. 3). They covered an area of several square miles, where I saw large numbers of them, all standing in the incompletely lithified sandstone as erect as so many titanic hop poles with so many titanic vines coiled upon them. I estimated that many could not be less than thirty or more feet in height; at any rate, we frequently saw in the vertical walls of small cafions or draws fifteen feet of exposed corkscrews, while an unknown amount had been weathered from the top, and an indefinite amount was still buried in the rocks below. Then, WOH Fie 2,—A sketch of Devil’s Corkscrew (in my own collection) as it appeared when nearly dug out of the vertical bank. Top eroded away. Height about five to six feet. again, I dug out the basal portion of ove specimen fully thirty feet below the surface, where the tip-ends of others were exposed. These strange forms seem to be casts, no structure being visible to the eye, or under the glass. The gray matrix readily weathers away from the specimen, whict on fracture shows a spongy, friable, white wall, surroundir a core or matrix; though of chalky appearance, the wall strictly silicious. 100 While reminding one forcibly of some monstrous fossil bryozoan, it seems improbable that it is such, neither is it a plant, nor a mollusk, as I believe. Possibly it is the case of some ancient worm. I have shown the specimen to eastern as well as western geologists and botanists, besides sending drawings and descriptions of it to others, who pronounce it entirely new to them. As faras my own experience goes, I have neither seen anything of the kind in any of our large eastern museums nor have seen anything published relating Fic. 8.— Diagram of another form of Deyil’s Corkscrew, as sketched in the field. to it, and I feel reasonable confidence in offering a notice of what I believe to be a new paleontological specimen, trust- ing that, if nothing more, it may elicit information on the matter from anyone who has it to offer. Trwin H. BARBOUR. CONFIRMATION OF THE DISCOVERY OF THE IN— FLUENZA BACILLUS. To Dr. Pfeiffer of Berlin is due the discovery of the influ- enza bacillus. Dr. Kitasato has cultivated it to the fifth generation. Koch has shown, in an article not yet published, how pure cultures of tubercle bacilli can be obtained directly from the sputum. Kitasato has succeeded in employing the same method with the influenza bacilli. According to him, the single colonies are so uncommonly small that they can be easily overlooked, so that former investigators may have failed to see them. The colonies do not flow together as in other kinds of bacteria, but always remain separated ; this is so characteristic that the influenza bacilli can be distinguished from all other bacteria with certainty. The same bacilli have been found in the blood of influenza patients by Dr. Canon. Dr. Koch has compared these with the micro-organisms discovered by Pfeiffer, and pronoun-- them identical. And now Dr. Canon has gone still fr’ ceeded in cultivating the influenza bz of patients attacked with the disease. a 1s especially difficult since the bacilli in vud-drops are very few in number, and the colonies, on account of their fineness, are concealed through the coagulated blood. The blood therefore was not inoculated in tubes upon glycerin or sugar-agar, but in the Petrian ‘‘Schalen.” A great quantity vas employed. By this method there was not only a greater ybability of preserving colonies, but also the possibility of tually seeking out the colonies with the microscope. \hlood is taken in the following manner: a finger-tip ‘sed with sublimate, alcohol, and ether in the usual 1 Deutsche Med. Wochenschrift, Jan. 21, 1892. SCIENCE. ‘[Vor. XIX. No. 472 way; then with a red-hot needle the finger is pierced; an assistant presses the blood out of the opening in drops, being careful that they remain globular in form; from eight to twelve drops are placed upon the Petrian ‘‘Schale,” and they are heated in a temperature of 37° C. The colonies show a slight development after twenty-four hours; in forty- eight hours they are distinctly seen. They are like those cultivated by Pfeiffer from sputum of influenza patients. In the cultures from the blood the colonies often lie close upon one another. The pure cultures from these colonies have the same appearance as those Kitasato has described. Dr. Canon cultivated influenza bacilli from the blood of six patients, and in all the bacilli in the blood preparation were few in number and separated. And taus it appears that in those cases where the bacillus is wholly separated in the blood preparation, a sure diagnosis of influenza is given. . A. MacDONALp. Georgetown Medical School, Washington, D.C. NOTES AND NEWS. THE University of Edinburgh in June, 1891, conferred upon Professor Simon Newcomb the honorary degree of doctor of laws (in absentia). Professor Newcomb was also elected, in June, 1891, an honorary member of the Royal Institution of Great Brit- - ain. — At a meeting of the trustees of Johns Hopkins University, Dec. 15, 1891, it was determined to proceed to construct an aca- demic hall on the property belonging to the university, at the cor- ner of Monument and Garden Streets, running back to Little Ross Street. The trustees are enabled to take this important step by the gift of the late John W. McCoy, who made the university bis residuary legatee. Sufficient funds have been received from his estate for the erection of a building which will furnish rooms for the classes in languages, history, and philosophy, with space for the present requirements of the library, and an assembly-room which will hold over six hundred persons. The trustees voted that the building should be known, in honor of the munificent donor, as McCoy Hall. The piece of ground on which the new hall is to be constructed is 100x185 feet, and is now taken up with residences used for purposes of the university. Messrs. Baldwin and Pennington have been selected to draw up the plans for the building. — On 12th of May, 1890, while making a professional call in the outskirts of the town, B. H. Hartwell, M.D., of Ayer, Mass., was summoned into the adjacent woods by a messenger, who stated that her mother was ‘‘ burned alive.’ In a paper read before the Massachusetts Medico-Legal Society, and published in the Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, Dr. Hartwell says: *‘ Hastily © driving to the place indicated (about forty rods distant) a human body was found in the actual state of conflagration. The body eee oe 2 \ at BR . 105 and others also which are most commonly kept in the labora- ties (B. radiciforme, B. prodigiosum, B. subtile, yellow sar- cina, etc.) were cultivated separately in sterilized potato pulp rendered arsenical by 0.05 grams per 1,000 of arsenic acid. The cultures were kept at the temperature of the sur- rounding air (20°-27° C.), and in diffused light. After one month of observation I was able to ascertain that the pro- duction of arsenical gas (indicated by the characteristic gar- lic smell) had taken place only in the cultures of mucor mucedo and (in a far less degree) in that of aspergillum glaucum. It was not perceived in any of the other cultures. In view of these facts, special importance attaches to mu-. cor mucedo, a mould very widely diffused in our atmosphere and capable of reducing remarkable quantities of arsenic acid, as I have been able to make sure by strict chemical re- searches on the abundant cultures carried on in presence of arsenic anhydride and of alkaline arseniates. In another series of experiments, intending to follow out the practical direction that I had adopted, I inquired whether this activity of the mucor could he extended to those prepa- rations of arsenic which the art of dyeing utilizes in the col- oring of papers and hangings in general. To this end the cultures were carried on in the presence of Scheele’s green, Schweinfurth’s green, realgar and orpiment. Without here dilating on the course of each separate ex- periment and on the method of chemical investigation pur- sued (a thing which I will do in my forthcoming publica- tion) I will sum up my matter in the following corolla- ries : — 1. Mucor mucedo tolerates remarkable quantities of arsenic not only without injury, but with advantage to its nutrition, for it grows more vigorously. 2. Many solid compounds of arsenic are, through the bio- logical activity of the fungus that vegetates in contact with them, transformed into gaseous combinations, of which ar- seniuretted hydrogen is certainly one. 3. This transformation is brought about more or less rap- idly, but is constant and lasting in the case of all the oxygen compounds of arsenic, including arsenite of copper, which is the basis of the green arsenical colors used in dyeirg. It does not appear to take place in the case of the sulphids of arsenic (realgar, orpiment) although the presence of these in the cultures is not at all detrimental. 4. In given conditions of humidity, temperature and light, arsenical gases may be given off from hangings colored with Scheele’s and Schweinfurth’s greens, through the vegetation of the mucor (I cannot say yet whether of all the mucorini): hence the danger to those who live in such an atmosphere. _ This statement of mine does not, of course, exclude the possibility that poisoning may be caused through inhaling “ne dust, as William Forster thinks. But it is evident nly happen as an exception, inasmuch as lition of the production of the fine dust is of dryness of the walls to which the papers ae we have seen that the poisonous character of arsenica: igings is generally favored by a certain de- gree of humidity and can be suspected from a more or less intense smell of garlic in atmospheres which answer to the above-mentioned conditions. I cannot yet say whether the product of the action of mu- cor mucedo on the oxygen compounds of arsenic is entirely arseniuretted hydrogen. I have reason to think that it is not. By the action of alkalies I have, in fact, constaatly succeeded in setting free a volative substance smeiling strongly of garlic from the silver solutions employed to :oxi- 106 dize the assumed AsH, developed by the cultures. The gas so obtained, when burned by oxide of copper, furnishes an abundance of CO,; but it is not possible, thus far, to reach any positive conclusions on this point, nor even to exclude the suspicion that the formation of the CO, may depend: on the admixture of some other hydrocarbon gas. This point will be made clearer by the special studies that I have un- dertaken together with Dr. Gerini, for which I am making use of a large culture material. September, 1891. A PROBLEM IN PHYSICS. In Science for Nov. 28, 1890, there was a short note on the experiment conducted by Joule, in which air compressed in one cylinder was allowed to expand into an exhausted cylin- der. It was shown that the only work done by the com- pressed air was that of imparting a velocity to its own parti- cles, i.e., it did not expand against a resistance, and hence the chilling produced was slight. This experiment has not received the attention it deserves, and, moreover, it seems to have been entirely misinterpreted. It has been suggested that, while at the first instant on opening communication be- tween the two vessels, there is an expansion into a vacuum and no work done, yet at the very next instant there is air in the previously exhausted cylinder, and there is work done in compressing that. This is a serious fallacy, and lies at the bottom of the misinterpretation. It is very certain that no work against a resistance is done at any moment during the expansion This experiment is so far-reaching in its ap- plication, and is so extremely important, that I desire to discuss it a little farther, and I sincerely trust that some one in a suitably-equipped laboratory may be induced to try a few simple experiments in this line. Tyndall has shown that mere rarefaction is not a source of cold, though this is somewhat of a popular fallacy. Let us take a cylinder with a piston fitted air-tight and moving without friction. Let us consider that there is no loss of heat from the interior nor accession from the outside. Sup- pose the piston is raised suddenly from bottom to top. A perfect vacuum will be formed; but, as no work has been done below the piston, there will be no cooling effect; all the work and consequent heating would be at the engine, which may communicate with the cylinder, though a hun- dred feet away. Now, suppose a very thin film of air .001 . of an inch thick were at the bottom of the cylinder. When the vacuum was formed this thin film would impart a veloc- ity to its particles in order that they might follow the piston, but this air certainly would not expand against a resistance, and hence the chilling would be exceedingly slight. Sup- pose the piston should be at a point half-way from top to bottom; when it was raised the air beneath would impart a certain velocity to its particles in following the piston, but here again there would be no expansion against a resistance, and hence the chilling would be slight. € Let us change the conditions slightly. Instead of having the air at atmospheric pressure beneath the piston, as in the last case, let it be at double that pressure. On lifting the piston as before we have taken off the pressure and the air beneath imparts a certain velocity to its particles in following the piston. At the first instant that the piston starts there may be a very slight expansion against a resistance, but that would be momentary. The bulk of the cooling would, as before, be due to the fact that a velocity is imparted to the particles beneath the piston, and, in this case, this velocity SCIENCE. {Vot. XIX. No. 472 would be given to a greater number of particles than before. The cooling would be slightly greater, also, but it would not be due to the loss of heat consequent upon the work of ex- panding against a resistance. In order to compute the cooling in such cases as these, a formula has been used which will be found in the American Meteorological Journal for November, 1890, p. 339, as fol- lows: T p\™ fh: | In this T and 7” are the absolute temperatures corresponding top and p’. It seems to me, however, that this formula is not applicable in this case; for it gives a greater cooling, the Pp less the work that is done. Suppose — = #, the cooling by p p the formula would be 38°; if — = 4 the cooling would be 1 p 134°; and if - = 0, or the expansion was in a vacuum, the Dp : cooling would be 490°. Now, by the principles already enunciated, if the expansion took place in a vacuum there would be no expansion against a resistance, and hence there would be no work done except in imparting a certain veloc- ity to the particles. If the formula fails in the last case, it must also fail in all the others. It seems to me that the for- mula is only intended to be used in cases where there is an expansion against a resistance, and not in the cases here given. A question has come up recently which may be partly an- swered by this discussion. It is this: What will be the cool- ing due to the expansion of gas in a balloon if it should as- cend very suddenly to several thousand feet above the earth? Suppose the balloon were instantly put into a perfect vacu- um, and the envelope had no resistance; there would be no expansion whatever against a resistance, as we have just seen, and the only work performed would be that of impart- ing a certain velocity to the particles of gas. As a result the gas would be slightly chilled, but vastly less than if it had expanded against a resistance. Now, if the balloon had been suddenly placed at a point where the pressure was ten inches, or one-third that at the earth, the same principles would apply; the only work done would be in imparting a certain velocity to the particles of gas, and in consequence there would be only a slight chilling. I should be very glad if some physicist would kindly solve the following problems. 1. Given an exhausted cylinder of certain_dimensions, how much would the air be heated if allowed to enter with- out noise, and until the pressure was the same as that out- side? 2. What would be the cooling of a perfect gas in a balloon one-third full, if the pressure on the outside were suddenly reduced from thirty inches to ten inches, the temperature of the outside air remaining constant, the envelope of the bal- loon being without weight and infinitely flexible? H. A. HAZEN. THOMAS WHITTAKER announces a volume by Frederick Saun- ders (of the Astor Library), entitled ‘‘ The Story of the Discovery of the New World by Columbus,” the same being an abridgment from the latest authorities. It will be an illustrated quarto. FEBRUARY 19, 1892. | PROFESSOR GEIKIE ON THE GLACIAL PERIOD. On Nov. 12 the Edinburgh Geological Society held its anniversary meeting, at which Professor Geikie delivered his presidential address, the subject being, ‘‘ Supposed Causes of the Glacial Period.” The lecturer began by remarking that, although the subject of his address had frequently been canvassed, the last word had not yet been said. The ques- tion of the cause or causes of the Ice Age was indeed a hard one, and he was not going to advance any novel speculation or hypothesis on the subject. His object was rather to ex- amine certain views, which, after having been abandoned as untenable, had again been put forward to account for the phenomena of the glacial period. Before attempting to criticise these views it was obviously necessary to ascertain, in the first place, what conclusions had been arrived at with regard to the climatic conditions of glacial or Pleistocene and post-glacial times. We must first have an adequate conception of those conditions before we could estimate the value of any theory of their origin. The climatic conditions of the Pleistocene were then considered. It was shown that at the climax of the so-called glacial period the line of per- ennial snow in Europe was depressed for not less than 3,500 feet on an average. To bring about such a depression the mean annual temperature must have been lowered 10% or thereabout. Full consideration of all the glacial phenomena led to the following conclusions: (1) That the cold of the glacial pe- riod was a general phenomenon due to some widely-acting cause —a cause sufficient to influeuce contemporaneously the climate of Kurope and North America. (2) That gla- ciation in our continent increased in intensity from east to west, and from south to north. (8) That where now we have the greatest rainfall, in glacial times the greatest snow- fall took place. (4) That in the extreme south of Hurope, and in North Africa and South-western Asia, increased rain- precipitation accompanied lowering of temperature — from which it might be inferred that precipitation in glacial times was greater, generally, than it is now. _ The remarkable climatic changes of the glacial or Pleisto- cene period were next considered. It had been proved that the period was interrupted certainly once — perhaps, as many geologists maintained, at least twice — by what were known as inter-glacial conditions. The evidence of this was treated in considerable detail, and the character of the inter-glacial climate was described as being markedly temperate and gen- ial. There could be no doubt whatever that the Pleistocene period was characterized by great oscillations of climate — extremely cold and very genial conditions alternating. The id 4, > *>>ed likewise that these Tp eas post-glacial times changes in the relauve - sea had taken place. Any suggested explanation which did not fully account for these various climatic and geographical conditions could not be satisfactory. The view which had met with consid- erable acceptance, especially by American geologists, was that which attributed the phenomena of glacial times to great movements of the earth’s crust. Professor Geikie then pro- ceeded to examine that ‘‘earth-movement hypothesis” in detail. He pointed out that in the first place there was not the least evidence of great continental elevations in the northern hemisphere, such as the bypothesis postulated. Next, he showed that even if the desiderated earth-move- SCIENCE. communication wi ve, — 107 ments were admitted, they would not account for the phe- nomena. Hach of the several applications of this earth- movement hypothesis was criticised in succession, with the result that they were all found inadequate. Neither great elevation of the northern lands alone, nor such elevation accompanied by submergence of the Isthmus of Panama and the deflection of the Gulf Stream, would account for the pe- culiar conditions of the Ice Age. These changes, no doubt, would profoundly affect the maritime regions of North America and Hurope, but they would not reproduce the con- diticns that obtained at the climax of the Ice Age. Another objection to the earth-movement hypothesis was this, that it did not account for inter-glacial conditions. The advocates of that hypothesis imagined that those conditions would su- pervene when the highly-elevated northern regions were de- pressed to their present level, and when the Isthmus of Panama reappeared. But these were precisely the conditions that obtained at the present time, and yet in spite of them the climate was neither so equable nor so genial as that which obtained in inter-glacial times and during the mild stage of the succeeding post-glacial period. The earth- movement hypothesis must be rejected, not only because it was highly improbable that such wonderfully rhythmic elevations and depressions of high northern lands and of the Tsthmus of Panama could have taken place, but chiefly be- cause it did not explain the conditions of the glacial period, while it practically ignored those of inter-glacial times. Professor Geikie next considered the proofs of former sub- mergence which are so abundantly met with in temperate and northern latitudes, and discussed the various views which have been advanced to account for the facts. He concluded his address by considering an objection which had been urged against the physical theory of the glacial period as advocated by the late James Croll. This objection was based on certain estimates of the rate of erosion of river- valleys, the accumulation of alluvial deposits, and so forth, from which it was sought to show that cnly some 7,000 or 10,000 years had elapsed siuce the close of the glacial period. The consideration that, if this contention were true, it would bring the close of the Ice Age down to the dawn of civiliza- tion in Egypt was rather startling, to say the least. The fact was, however, that all such estimates, however carefully made, were unreliable. Dr. Croll’s theory might some day be supplanted by one more satisfactory, but it would not be overturned by niggling and inconclusive measurements of that kind. That theory holds the field in giving the sim- plest and most consistent interpretation of the climatic vicis- situdes of the Pleistocene and post-glacial periods, while it is the only one that throws any light on the very remarka- ble conditions that obtained during inter-glacial times. * ‘TERS TO THE EDITOR. ed to be as brief as possible. f of good faith. hundred copies of the number containing his hed free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. ‘ i The Loup Rivers in Nebraska, The writer's name Ult rey PERMIT me to submit through your columns to Professor Hicks the following questions and comments on his acceptable account of the Loup and Platte Rivers in Science for Jan. 29 last. The topographic maps of the region in question are too incom, plete for one to learn much from them concerning the presént condition of the river valleys; but from general description’ of that part of the country and from the brief mention by Professor Hicks of the ‘“‘ channels excavated from fifty to two hundreqi feet 108 in soft tertiary marls” it may be inferred that the streams are little advanced in their present cycle of development. Professor Hicks postulates that at the beginning of the current cycle of river history, the several branches of the Loup River all pursued independent courses to the Platte. The origin of those early courses is not stated; whether they were consequent on the slant- ing surface of the tertiary marls, or whether they represented the finally adopted positions of old rivers of a previous cycle of growth. Old rivers, revived by the uplift of the: plains into a new cycle of growth are common enough in the western country, and per- haps the Platte and Loup may be of that kind; but, if so, it does not seem possible to explain the present course of the main Loup River as resulting from a recent capture of its several north-west - branches. River captures occur during the early maturity of a river system. If the Platte and the Loup are revived from the old stage of a previous cycle, the captures should have taken place in the earlier part of that cycle; and when the river courses had thus become well adjusted, they would be maintained even after uplift and entrance into another cycle, unless distinctly new conditions were thereby introduced. The possibility of this will be considered in a later paragraph. If the rivers are not now in a second cycle of development, but are in their first cycle, having first taken their course when their region rose from the waters in which its strata were deposited, and having since then done nothing more than cut their shallow trenches in the general unbroken surface of the country, then we must ask whether their initial courses must have been in the arrangement postulated by Professor Hicks, or whether they may not from the beginning have had courses essentially on their present lines of flow. This latter alternative appears to be indi- cated at the end of Professor Hicks’s article, if I read it aright. Assuming that the last great tertiary lake not only submerged the area of the Loup River, but spread its lacustrine sediments over the surface so as to obliterate any channels of earlier date, then on the’ disappearance of the lake, the rivers would be newly devel- oped on the faint slopes of its deposits. The Platte, bringing down silt in large amount, may have been at that time a construc- tive river, busied in building up a broad delta-like flood-plain, further and further out on the lacustrine deposits as they were revealed. If so, it would turn its lateral tributaries down-stream, and the existing arrangement would be produced without the aid of headwater erosion and capture. Hence, until the process of flood-plain deflection is excluded, it does not seem necessary to include the process of headwater erosion and capture. But even if it be supposed that the courses of the rivers at the beginning of the present cycle were arranged as postulated by Professor Hicks, and that all of them from the Beaver to the South Loup entered directly into the Platte, it seems impossible to explain their present arrangement by the headwater erosion and piracy of the Loup. The conditions for so systematic a process do not occur in the region under consideration, as will appear from the following analysis. ‘In the first place, it is important to remember that it is not the river but the little trickling headwater streams on the slopes of the divides that do the capturing in cases of the kind here dis- cussed. The capture of one river by another, or lateral abstrac- tion, as described by Gilbert in his most original examination of this problem in his report on the Henry Mountains is a compara=— tively rare occurrence, and is not applicable here. In the second place, capture by little headwater= is most com- mon in regions of tilted rocks of varied hardiness, and on the \ headwaters of ‘subsequent’ streams; that is, streams whose \headwater-growth is dependent on the opportunity given by the wethering of some especially weak stratum, along whose strike |-ue stream extends. Nosuch special opportunity has been offered |to the Loup River in this region of horizontal beds. . In the third place, as one headwater stream grows, all other ‘adjacent headwaters of the same kind grow at about the same pave. Hence, if the Loup River has so greatly extended itself by heaa'water erosion, all the other headwater streams should have growyn also, and the country thereabouts would be much more dis- lsecteX by channels than it now is. SCIENCE. [Vor. XIX. No. 472. Finally, the location of Prairie Creek seems to contradict the supposition that the branches of Loup River ever joined the Platte directly; for, if they had, then Prairie Creek must be, like the supposed extension of the Loup, an example of headwater erosion; and this is not to be thought of in a stream so systemati- cally located between two parallel and larger rivers in a district of horizontal beds. Taken all together, it does not seem necessary to give any es- pecial emphasis to headwater erosion and capture in this river system. The natural result of excessive deposition along the Platte, as described by Professor Hicks, is alone sufficient to ac- count for the present arrangement of the streams. The growth of the Platte food-plain may have dammed back some of its tribu- taries, as certain branches of the Red River in Louisiana are dammed back and converted into shallow lakes; and the present main Loup River would then be developed by lateral overflow along the margin of the flood-plain; but this is quite another pro- cess from headwater erosion and capture. These suggestions are only tentative; for not having seen the region and having no full account of its geological history or of its topography, T can only submit them for criticism. W. M. Davis. Harvard College, Feb. 10. Origin of the Frigid Period in the Northern Hemisphere. In my letter, published in your issue of Oct. 16, I stated that the independent circulation of the southern ocean waters was the main cause of ice-sbeets forming on the lands situated in the high latitudes of the southern hemisphere; and that such currents were caused by the strong westerly winds, which blew the surface waters of the southern ocean constantly around the globe, and thus prevented the tropical surface currents from largely entering its waters. Consequently, through this cause and the constant gathering of ice in the antarctic regions the temperature of the southern latitudes was slowly lowering; and that the growing coldness would continue until the southern ice-sheets filled the Cape Horn channel and prevented the further independent move- ment of the southern ocean waters. This being accomplished, the westerly winds would blow the surface waters of the sea away from the eastern side of the ice-formed isthmus and the southern lands of South America, and so cause a low sea-level, that would attract the surface waters of the tropical seas far into the southern latitudes, and thus in time furnish heat sufficient to melt the ice from the southern lands I also stated that an ice period could not be perfected in the northern hemisphere without the assistance of cold derived from a frigid period in the soutbern hemisphere. The independent circulation of the arctic waters is not complete, owing to land obstructions; but it is able to largely prevent the tropical Gulf Stream waters from entering the higher northern latitudes. The prevailing westerly winds blow the surface waters of the Atlantic away from the eastern shore of North America from Georgia to Labrador; consequently the low sea-level thus caused attracts the high-level tropical waters of the Gulf of Mex- ico through the Florida channel well into the northern latitudes; and during the same time the pester winds which blow the sur- face waters of the Atlantic away from the American coaSt are-alse causing a bigh sea level on the seas abreast north-western Hurope, which creates a return current through the Arctic Ocean, passing through the several straits leading into Baffins Bay, and also down the eastern coast of Greenland. Thus the ocean waters of the high northern latituJes maintain a partly independent circulation, which serves to crowd the Gulf Stream away from the higher lati- tudes, and thus lower the temperature of the arctic regions. Through this exclusion of tropical waters, glaciers have formed on Greenland and other arctic shores; and these glaciers are proba- bly slowly increasing, as every iceberg launched from the frigid lands and floated to the Gulf Stream lowers somewhat the tem- perature of the north Atlantic, and so causes conditions more favorable for larger accumulations of ice. Still it is probable that a northern ice period could not be perfected by this process alone should the tropical and sonthern oceans maintain their present temperature. But with the assistance of a frigid period in the FEBRUARY 19, 1892. | southern hemisphere to cool the ocean waters and still further lower the temperature of the Gulf Stream, and also the tropical currents of the oceans, including the great Japanese current, the ice period of both hemispheres would be brought about during the sameera. For it is well known to those who have studied the subject that the Gulf Stream derives a large portion of its heat from the south Atlantic; which would not be the case should the waters of the southern hemisphere be chilled by ice. For it ap- pears that all of the south Atlantic islands during frigid times were burdened with glaciers. Even the island of St. Helena, situated in the tropical zone, has the appearance of having been heavily iced during some remote period. Its steep ravines, which deepen as they approach the sea, recall to the southern voyager the ice- worn islands of the higher latitudes. Thus when the temperate regions of both hemispheres were heavily iced the temperature of the tropical seas must have been comparatively low, especially on the eastern sides of the oceans which are swept by the polar cur- rents. Moreover, the sea was much salter than now, on account of a large portion of its waters being absorbed by glaciers. Fur- thermore, whenever the arctic channels are filled with glaciers the independent circulation of the arctic waters must cease; conse- quently the Gulf Stream, meeting with less opposing polar cur- rents on its sweep northward, would thus be able to gain a much higher latitude than now. Although its waters at first would be colder than they are to-day; still their superior saltness would add to their ability for dissolving ice wherever they were able to flow. But it appears that the Gulf Stream and other tropical currents of the northern oceans would not be able to subdue the cold accu- mulated in northern ice-sheets without the assistance of a com- parati:ely warm ocean in the southern hemisphere. The southern seas being so much superior and so widely connected witb the northern, the tropical currents of the latter seas would require the assistance of the southern oceans to subdue the cold of a northern ice period, in the same degree that it required their co- operation to bring about the frigid period. The arctic straits, which now facilitate the independent circulation of cold Arctic waters, would, when filled with glaciers, be slow to thaw out, even with the increasing warmth of the arctic regions, on account of being situated to the windward of the warm gulf currents. There- fore, the glaciers that filled their deep channels would be the last great body of ice to melt in the northern regions; and for this reason it is probable that there are fragments of the old ice of the last frigid period still unmelted and now form a portion of the lower shores of the arctic straits. This conclusion is in har- mony with reports from Point Barrow which inform us that a stratum of pure ice is found beneath the scanty soil. The low temperature of the waters of the tropical oceans during the per- fection of a frigid period must have been very destructive to oceanic life; while such as survived probably found refuge in nearly landlocked equatorial seas, where the waters were largely excluded from the colder ocean, and also freshened by such rivers as emptied into them. Meanwhile, the low temperature of the ocean must have chilled the atmosphere over the land to such a degree as to have caused the destruction of many species of ani- C. A. M. Taper. mals THE abstract under the above title m uc. which I have only just found time to read, proves very interest- ing to me, and I do not wish in any way to have it inferred that I disbelieve in the influence of electricity, at least indirectly, upon the growth of plants; but it does not seem out of place to call at- tention to the fact that the comparative rarity of mildew on plants yrown above electricity-bearing copper wires in moist soil may be due to the action of the copper salts formed in killing the mildew rather than to electrical action. The roots of the lettuce in the experiment mentioned at ‘ Gar- den A” (Science, p. 36) are stated to have ‘‘grown about the wires, as if there they found the greatest amount of nourishment,” etc. This would also be the result from the roots seeking the en- vironment best suited for growth, if the mildew could not thrive SCIENCE. 109 about the wires on account of the trace of copper salts which the soil contained. The use of sprays containing copper salts, in the form of Bor- deaux mixture or similar compounds, as a preventive of mildew of grape-vines and other plants is well known, and the control plot, ‘‘Garden B,” should have been provided with copper wires, exactly as was ‘‘Garden A,” to make the results of the experi- ment conclusive. As I have not seen the original article in the Bulletin of the Hatch Experiment Station, from which the abstract in Science was taken, it may be the fact that this action of the copper salts upon mildew has been discussed there. GEORGE DIMMOCE. Canobie Lake, N.H., Feb. 15. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. E, & F. N. Spon & Co. announce ‘‘Roll Turning for Sections in Steel and Iron,” by Adam Spencer. Thesubject of roll-turning is treated from a purely practical point, and for practical men. The drawings are the result of experience, and their value consists in the fact that: they are working drawings, that is, drawings of rolls which have passed through the ordeal of actual work. The arrangement of the work is as follows: First, drawing of modern blooming for steel slabs, followed by a pair of billet rolls, then various sections showing the related grooves in cogging, roughing, and finishing rolls, with the position and character of collars re- quired. ‘‘A Text-Book of the Science of Brewing,” by Edward Ralph Moritz and George Harris Morris. The following extract from the introduction will show its character: ‘‘The object of this work is to provide in a convenient and accessible form such knowledge of the processes of brewing and of the materials em- ployed in that industry as is at our disposal; and —so far as we are able — to connect such knowledge with the practice of brew- ing. We therefore intend it as a text-book in which may be found the results of scientific research together with the practical con- clusions which we consider justly deducible from them. We do not pretend that a perusal of our work will enable a novice to brew beer; neither will a study of it convert a purely practical man into a chemist. It is meant, however, to lead the brewer to a better understanding of what we may term the physiology and pathology of brewing, and, by so doing, put at his disposal a means for more efficient control over his operations.” ‘‘ Manual of In- struction in Hard Soldering,” by Harvey Rowell. ‘‘The Mechani- cal and Other Properties of Iron and Steel in Connection with Their Chemical Composition,” by A. Vosmaer, engineer. The author has gathered together the widely scattered information on this important subject, and gives in brief outline the actual knowledge of the intimate connection that exists between the properties of steel and iron and their chemical composition. The elements — carbon, manganese, silicon, phosphorus, sulphur, copper, chro- mium, titanium, tungsten, aluminium, nickel, cobalt, arsenic, anti- mony, zinc, lead, tin, silver, molybdenum, vanadium, potassium, sodium, barium, strontium, calcium, and magnesium — have been considered separately and in the following manner: First, as to the metallurgical behavior of the elements in question; next, to deal with their influence on pig iron, cast iron, wrought iron, ~d steel; lastly, the special uses made of them, and their occur- ~anufactured objects. The gases, intermolecular, reac- have been carefully considered, and analyses essemer, basic, and forge pig-irons, spiegel- Ince, se, ferrosilicons, ferrochromes, ferrotungsten, ferroalumin. st-irons, weld irons. Steel — railway material, structural steel, ordnance material, miscellaneous. With a dia- gram of silicon in cast iron, and of disappearance of carbon. Also a new edition of ‘“‘ A Practical Treatise upon Warming Build- ings by Hot Water.” — Morris Phillips of the Home Journal goes abroad every su™4- mer for recreation and business. He has kept up that habit for nearly twenty years, besides travelling widely over this country, and as a result of his experiences he has just compiled a note- book of practical hints for tourists entitled ‘‘ Abroad and at Home,” in which he gives incidents of his travels, as well as a 1 fo) complete statistical and detailed account of the cost of trips in Europe and America. It promises to be a valuable guide-book for Americans. —Henry Holt & Co. will add immediately to Sneath’s series of modern Philosophers, volumes extracted from Reid by Dr. Sneath of Yale University; from Spinoza, by Professor Fullerton of the University of Pennsylvania; from Kant, by Professor Watson of Queen’s College, Canada; and from Descartes, by Professor Torrey of the University of Vermont. They contemplate adding, in the near future, volumes from Berkeley, Hume, and Hegel. — ‘The Basis of the Demand for the Public Regulation of Industries” is the title of a monograph by the Hon. W. D. Dab- ney, which has recently been published by the American Acad- emy of Political and Social Science. There have been numbers of plans suggested to remedy these evils, the most notable of which is, probably, socialism. Mr. Dabney thinks that this plan will not be adopted, but that government regulation of private business will be tried as remedy for the existing evils of private monopolies. — The Department of Astronomy of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences has just issued a ‘‘ Hand-book of Astronomy for 1892.” The publication is in a new field, and is one that will command general interest and constant use by a very large num- ber of people who have considerable general knowledge of as- SCIENCE. [ VoL. XIX. No. 472 tronomy, and who desire to couple with information gained by reading a practical knowledge from experience and observation. The new publication is designed to aid in the observation of the planets and the constellations every hour when they are visible during the year 1892. The hand book will not only prove inter- esting to the ‘‘ amateur” astronomer, but also to those who are working with instruments in observatories. It contains calendars of the eclipses of the sun and moon, of the periods of the inferior planets as morning and evening stars, and of the periods of the greatest brilliancy and elongation of the planets, a selection of the most important occuJtations of stars, calendars of the positions of the sun, moon, and planets for each day of each month, brief ac- counts of the opposition of Mars, of the evidence of Venus’ rota- tion, tables showing the motions and positions of Jupiter’s satel- lites, the names and positions of colored stars and double stars, tables of the variable stars of long periods and of short periods, accounts of the zodiacal light and the principal meteoric showers of the year, together with a great deal of valuable information concerning the satellites, the distances of planets and stars, the lengths of the years of the planets and the weights and dimensions of the members of the solar system. A calendar for the seasons and the church calendar are convenient additions. Copies of the hand-book may be purchased by members of the institute, or by others interested in astronomy, at twenty cents per copy, includ- ing postage. CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. ~ Philosophical Society, Washington. Feb. 13.—Gardiner G. Hubbard, The His- tory of the Education of the Deaf; A. W. Greely, Some Peculiarities in the Rainfall of Texas. Society of Natural History, Boston. Feb. 17.— George L. Goodale, Illustrations of Vegetation in Ceylon. Publications received at Editor’s Office. Bowser, Epwarp A. Elements of Plane and Solid Geometry. 2d ed. Boston, D. C. Heath & Co. 12°, 3938p. $1.85. Brockway, FRED J. Essentials of Medical Physics. Phila., W. B. Saunders. 12°. 330p. $1 net. HARVARD CoLLEGE. Annual Reports of the Presi- dent and Treasurer, 1890-91.. Cambridge, The University. 8°, paper. 294p. HeEMPEL, WALTHER. Methods of Gas Analysis. Trans. from the German by L. M. Dennis. New York, Macmillan & Co. 12°. 401p. $1.90. LEFAVEL, CarricAa. Delsartean Physical Culture. New York, Fowler & Wells Co. 12°, paper. 108 p. McKittop, Dueatp. Shorthand and Typewriting. New York, Fowler & Wells Co. 12°, paper. 123 p. Monro, J. Heroes of the Telegraph. London, Re- ligious Tract Society. 12°, 288p. $1.40. Museum oF Fine Arts. Catalogue of the Print De parkment: Boston, The Museum. 12°, paper. Scorr! W. The Lady of the Lake. Ed. by William J. Rolfe. Boston, Houghton, Mifflin & Co. 16°, paper. 273 p. 30 cents. ScRIBNER’S MaGazine. Index to Vols. I-X. New York, Charles Seribrer’s Sons. 8°. 89p. THURSTON, RoBERT H. A Manual of the Steam En gine. Part II. Design, Construction and Opera- tion. New York, John Wiley & Sons. 8°. 957 p. WHITE, CHARLES E. Number Lessons. Boston, D. C. Heath & Co. 12°. 201p. 45 cents. Business Department. Intending investors and others interested in real estate matters in the rapidly devel- P * Washington are invited to ‘eading of the advertisement ston Fire Clay Company on his number. Mr. C. Cooper sident, will show photographs of the property advertised. arsonally acquainted with all many of the stockholders of ad can vouch for the entire truthfulness of any state- ' make. Wants. Any person seeking a position for which he ts qualz- fied by his scientific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘ Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF Cost, 7f he satisfies the publisher of the suit- able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any scientific question, the address of any scientific man, or who can in any way use this col- umn for a purpose consonant with the nature of the paper, ts cordially invited to do so. jae aaRe es in Chemistry is wanted by one who has had five years’ experience in that capacity. Would prefer to give instruction by lectures and experiments rather than by text-book methods. Would like a position in a college or uni- versity where there is a good student’s laboratory. Special points of strength claimed are: (1) Thorough control of a class and good order during lectures and recitations. (2) Accuracy in experimenting with chemicals and skill in the manipulation of chemical apparatus. The permission of several dis- tinguished educators has been given to refer to them if required. Would not care to accept a po- sition paying less than $1,500. Address B. E., care of Science, 874 Broadway, New York. DDRESS WANTED.—Will some one please send the address of the Secretary of the American Philological Society. Also that of Herbert Spencer. “ADDISON,” Room 84, 164 Madison St., Chicago, Ill. DDRESSES of Old Book Dealers wanted.—Wish- ing to obtain a number of old books out of print, I very much desire the addresses or catalogues of rare second-hand book dealers. If.there is a direc- tory or list of such dealers I should like to obtain possession of one. W. A. BLAKELY, Chicago, IIl. ANTED.—Books on the Magic Lantern. Will exchange, ‘‘How the Farm Pays,’’ by Cozier and Henderson; ‘“‘Culture of Farm Crops,’’ -by Stewart; ‘‘American Agriculturist,”’ 1896 and 1891. I. SLEE ATKINSON, 43 Wallace St., Orange, N.J. ANTED,.—(1) A white man versed in wood and iron working, able to work from specifications and plans, suited for an instructor of boys; his bus- iness to have charge of shops of school, outline and direct the work for foremen and students; salary to bs $1,000 per annum (nine months). (2) A man (black preferred) to teach the colored, iron working and forging, subordinate to the preceding; salary, $720. (3) A man (white) competent to take classes in engineering (assistant’s position), but with the ability to perform any of the work required in any of the ordinary engineering courses of our universi- ties; salary from $1,000 to $1,500. A. H. BEALS, Milledgeville, Ga. BOOKS: How to Exchange them for others. Send a postal to the Sctencr exchange column (insertion free), stating briefly what you want to exchange. SCIENCE, 874 Broadway, New York. Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, if ofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] To exchange ; Experiment Station bulletins and reports for bulletins and reports not in my file. I will send list of what I have for exchange. P. H. ROLES, Lake City, Florida. 3 Finished specimens of all colors of Vermont marble for fine fossils or crystals. Will be given only for valuable specimens because of the cost of polishing. GEO. W. PERRY, State Geologist, Rutland, Vt. For exchange.—Three copies of ‘‘ American State Papers Bearing on Sunday Legislation,”’ 1891, $2.50, new and unused, for *‘The Sabbath,” by Harmon Kingsbury, 1840; ‘The Sabbath,” by A. A. Phelps, 1842; ‘* History of the Institution of the Sabbath Day, Its Uses and Abuses,’’ by W. L. Fisher, 1859; *‘ Humorous Phases of the Law,” by Irving Browne; or other works amounting to value of books exchanged, on the question of goyern= mental legislation in reference to religion, personal liberty, etc. If preferred, I will sell ‘‘American State Papers,” and buy other books on the subject. WILLIAM AD- DISON BLAKELY, Chicago, Ill. Wanted, in exchange for the following works, any standard works on Surgery and on Diseases of Children: Wilson’s *‘American Ornithology,” 3 vols.; Coues’ ‘*Birds of the Northwest’’ and “* Birds of the Colorado Valley,” 2vols.; Minot’s ‘‘ Land and Game Birds of New Eng- land;’ Samuels’ ‘* Our Northern and Eastern Birds;” all the Reports on the Birds of the Pacific R. R. Survey, bound in 2 vols., morocco; and a complete set of the Reports of the Arkansas Geological Survey. Please give editions and dates in Caeenonanes R. ELLSWORTH CALL, High School, Des Moines, Iowa. Wanted to buy or exchange a copy of Holbrook’s North American Herpetology, by John Edwards. 5 vols. Philadelphia, 1842, G. BAUR, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. _ For sale-or-exchange,LeConte, ‘*Geology;”’? Quain, ‘*Anatomy,”’ 2 vols.; Foster, ‘‘Physiology,’’ Eng. edition; Shepard, Appleton, Elliott, and Stern, *t Chemistry ;’ Jordan, ** Manual of Vertebrates;”’ ‘* International Scien- tists’ Directory;” Vol. I. fournal of Morphology; Bal- four, ‘*‘Embryology,”’ 2 vols.; Leidy, “t Rnzopodsy Science, 18 vols., unbound. C. T. McCLIN OCK, Lexington, Ky. To exchange Wright’s ‘‘ Ice Age in North America’” and Le Conte’s ‘‘Elements of Geology’’ (Copyright 1882) for ‘‘Darwinism,”’ by A. R. Wallace, “Origin of Species,’” by Darwin, ‘‘Descent of Man,’”’ by Darwin, ‘*Man’s Place in Nature,’’ Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Ani- mals,” by Romanes, ‘*Pre-Adamites,’’ by Winchell. No books wanted except latest editions, and books in good condition. C. S. Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g. to 1-1omg.), platinum dishes and_ crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part or whole. Also complete file of Sz2/z7zan’s Fournad, 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883; U.S. Coast Survey. 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. FEBRUARY 19, 1892.] — The Chautauquan for March presents the following among other articles: Growth and- Distribution of Population in the United States, by General Francis A. Walker; Physical Culture, Il., by J. M. Buckley; National Agencies for Scientific Research, V., by Major J. W. Powell; Ocean Perils, by Felix L. Oswald, M.D.; The Ownership of Literary Property, by George Haven Putnam; Lyceum Attractions of To-day, by W. H. Stenger; The National Library and its Librarian, by Fannie C. W. Barbour; Words to the Deaf, by Katherine Armstrong; What Women Owe to Inyentions, by Margaret N. Wishard. — John Wiley & Sons have in preparation a work on timber and metallic structures entitled ‘‘ Theory and Practice in the De- signing of Modern Framed Structures.” This book is written jointly by Professor J. B. Johnson, author of ‘‘ Theory and Prac- tice of Surveying,” and professor of civil engineering in Washing- ton University, St. Louis, by Mr. C. W. Bryan, designing engi- SCIENCE. III neer of the Edge Moor Bridge Works, Wilmington, Del., and by F. E. Turneaure, instructor in civil engineering in Washington University. It will describe in great detail the most modern and approved styles of structures and methods of analysis, giving only a historical review of obsolete forms of trusses and abandoned analytical methods. It will treat not only of bridges and roofs- but also of trestles, viaducts, stand-pipes, elevated tanks, and steel skeletons for high buildings. It will be adapted to serve both as a text-book in the higher engineering schools and as a hand-book for the designing engineer. ; — Houghton, Mifflin, & Co. have just ready ‘‘ Mark Hopkins,” illustrious as president of Williams College for thirty-six years, and as president of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions for thirty years, by Professor Franklin Carter, present president of Williams College; also a new work, by Dr. Josiah Royce, entitled ‘‘ The Spirit of Modern Philosophy.” PROPRIETARY. A honic Hlorsforl's Acid Phosphate, A most excellent and agree- able tonic and appetizer. It nourishes and invigorates the tired brain and body, imparts re- newed energy and vitality, and enlivens the functions. Dr. EpHraim Bateman, Cedarville, N. J., says: . ‘ | be- : : genesis. Degeneration, Growth, Death,| trayea by the catching title page ‘Modern Science,’ Estimates OF DISTANCE. Arthur E. Mortification, Eternal Life, Environment, | pasted on books poor im science and literature, FO STRUT CIM are ee Eon oon eeu 118 re ae ys and but too frequently destined to divulgate the = Conformity © Type, Semi - Parasitism, unsound and unwholesome doctrines of positiv- THE Latest ADVANCES IN SPECTRUM Parasitism, Classification. ism or materialism. Here, at least, the case is PHOTOGRAPHY. Romyn Hitchcock. 118 ee for the nero wlsclins speak offers ue sczence of G@ true an ved y tone mm service o MeraAts at Hied TEMPERATURES... ...... 119}A SOUTHERN PLANTER. By Susan] ih6 good cause. From INTRODUCTION. RNEYS IN THE PAMIRS AND ADJACENT i iti 2 ¢ ; Jou I DaBNnEY SMEDES. = Sixth edition, 12mo, THE WILL POWER, Its Range in Action. (Coma 6 eJesoo sep oeoggadtees 120) cloth, 344 pp., $1.50. Sa eo ; ‘ . Mw M.D. i FurRTHER CoNnFIRMATION OF THE DISCovV- GLADSTONE writes: My interest in the work a Je i Fee oreo ae Third ERY OF THE INFLUENZA BACILLUS. is not only lively but profound. The exhi- edition, cloth, 12mo. Tice, cents. bition of one of the very noblest of human char- Contents: The Will, The Will in Rela- pee Be in BIE Reais CASI Oren Ne) ABER) tion to the Inherited Character, The Will LETTERS TO THE Eprror. > , “ The writer leads us into a new field—the daily in Relation to Self Culture, Will and Cir- Making an Herbarium or Preserving life and experiences of a Southern gentleman liv- E Z rae ae. TERRES CU Sec. coocseeec ae : 123 ing with his large family of sons and daughters in cumstance, The Will Fight, The Will in : : A the midst of his slaves. It furnishes a picture of Disease, Conclusion. The Barn Owl a Winter Resident in the life of a Southern country gentleman of from “The great difference between men, between the ObTOne Oy Se Kellicott ase. cinerea 123] 30 to 40 years of age complete and accurate in| feeble and the powerful, the great and the insig- “ detail. It is the life of a proud, guileless, and nificant is energy—invincible determination—a M tie C. A. H, Beal. 123 A Magnetic Cane. o tel 12Bi Sho 5a < honorable gentleman—such a character as Thack-| purpose once fixed and then death or victory.”— AMONG THE PUBLISHERS..........--.--. 123] erayloved.”—St Louis REPUBLICAN. FOWELL Buxton, Entered at the Pos!-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class Mail Matter. “Natural Law ts a new word. Tt ts the last and the most magnificent discovery of science.” JAMES POTT & C0., Publishers, 14 & 16 Astor Place, New York. 7% IMPROVEMENT BONDS. Secured by Real Estate worth Four Times the Amount of the Mortgage. The attention of investors having money to invest and wishing a little higher rate of interest than is usually realized from Eastern Securities, is invited to some bonds that bear 7 per cent. annual interest, and are so amply secured by real estate as to commend them to the most careful and conservative investor. These are Improvement Bonds of the Fort Worth and Arlington Heights Land and Invyest- ment Co. which owns the beautiful suburban addition to Fort Worth, Texas, known as Arling- ton Heights. They are issued to the amount of $100,000.00, and are for the purpose of ereeting a large and commodious Hotel at the Heights. The site selected for the building is on very high ground; it is the most desirable tract in the addition, and includesa full block. Tho hotel and site are mortgaged to secure the bonds, and 100 blocks, of forty lots each, are also included in the mortgage, Valuing the blocks at $3,000 each, a security is given of about four dollars’ worth of real estate to one dollar’s worth of bonds. Surrounding blocks of the same class have been sold for more than $3,000 per block, and the property is constantly increasing in value. With its improved and unimproved land, Electric Street Railway, Electric Light Plant, complete Water System, Mortgage Notes, etc., the company possesses assets over liabilities of more than one million of dollars. : The bonds mature at the rate of $10,000 per year, beginning with January ist, 1897. all in on and after January 1, 1902. in coupon form. Each $1,000 worth of the bonds is secured by a specified block, which is released as the bond is retired; as the hotel and site remains a mortgage for all of the bonds, the security becomes even stronger as the bonds are paid off. The entire mortgaged property is held in trust for the bondholders, by the Franklin Trust Co., of Brooklyn, through whom the interest and principal will be paid. The Trust Company can foreclose in the event of default of interest or principal. The bonds bear interest from January 1, 1892. They are sold at par with accrued interest; a large proportion of them have already been sold; the hotel is already in course of construction. A few lots can be purchased in this addition which promise large returns after a few years’ holding. Further information given by letter or private interview. E. W. WATKINS, 156 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. The Company has the privilege of calling them They are issued in denominations of $250 and $500, with the interest payable July 1 and January 1, ~ i SCIENCE. [Vor XIX. No. 473 MACMILLAN & (O'S NEW BOOKS |= = THE STORY OF THE HILLS. | yn A Popular Account of Mountains an 1 How They are Made. 7 A thin baby is always deli- .N. Huresinson, Author of ‘‘The Autobiography of the Earth.’’ With : LB NAS Ea es Se sede rea cate. Nobody worries about numerous Illustrations. 12mo, cloth, $1.50. ©The author aims +) cultivate a sense of the beauty of the mountains [le touches upon the place a plump one. they have held in sacred and profane literature; he shows the iufluenee of tie mountains upon the lives Hacveneh acters ot the people that live among them describes some of the natural phenomena of mountain } if you cour get your baby regions, their plants and animals, etc., and. without eutering too deeply into the mysteries of geology, he lump he is almost sure to 7 9 gives much interesting information about the structure of mountains, their origin,age,etc.”’--Home Journal. GEOLOGICAL SKETCHES: At Home and Abroad. By ARCHIBALD Gaikiz, FR.S., LLD. Director General 0 the Geological Surveys of Great Britain and Ireland. New Edition. With Illustrations. 12mo, $1.50. be well. If you can get him, well, he is almost sure to be plump. Th to do both—th THE PLANT WORLD: Its Past, Present, and Future.| ;, bat one way eb ea 9 i 7 ix " 7 . . An Pec of Botany. By Grorce Massee. With 56 Illustrations. FUL LIvING. Sometimes this 0, clo $1.00. : a depends on Scott’s Emulsion THE PRACTICAL TELEPHONE HANDBOOK, | of cod-liver oil. And Guide to the Telephone Exchange. We will send you a book By Josep Poorer. With 227 Illustrations, 12mo, cloth, $1 00. on it; free. METHODS OF GAS ANALYSIS. _Scorr & Bowne, Chemists, x32 South sth Avenue, By Dr. WattaER HempeL. Translated from the second German Edition by L. M. Dennis. Bes 38 16mo, cloth, $1.99. == = : ; PUBLIUATIONS. The Art and Craft of Cabi-| The Optics of Photography net-Making. And Photographic Lenses. By J. TRAILL J. W. BOUTON, : : - IMP! A practical handbook to the construction of | Tayzor. With 68 Illustrations. 12mo, cn powered cabinet furniture. By Davip Denninc.| cloth, $1.00. RARE AND STANDARD BOOKS, With 219 Illustrations. 12mo, cloth, $1.50. : J In all Departments of Literature, Ancient MACMILLAN & CO., 112 Fourth Avenue, New York. uae Bae sstivetie e apr Hine Eure and 1 5 ’ ustrate orks, LO N G M A N S ) G R I le N ON AG O. 5 Mnmineted Missals, Early Printed Books, Bindings, et NEW BOOKS. 8 West 28th Street THE PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY. (Between Fifth Avenue and Broadway), By D. Menpetterr, Professor of Chemistry in the University of St. Petersburg. Trans- NEW YORK. lated by George Kamensky, A.R.S.M. of the Imperial Mint, St. Petersburg, and i i Edited by A. J. Gremnaway, F.1.C., Sub-Editor of the Journal of the Chemical So Libranes _Purchasedgiemces ciety. 2vols., 8vo. $10.00. AMUSEMENTS. OSTWALD’S SOLUTIONS. : By W. Ostwatp, Professor of Chemistry in the University of Leipzig. Being the Fourth Book, MONDAY Co he Sai rA with some additions, of the second edition of Ostwald’s ‘‘ Lehrbuch der Allgemeinen FEB. 29. : S 0 THE MOON. Chemie.’’ Translated by M. M. Parrison Murr, Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, 315. | Entirely Remodelled New Views Cambridge. 8vo. $8.00. ae Magnificent representation of EPIDEMIC INFLUENZA. WEDNESDAY solar and lunar eclipses, etc. Notes on its Origin and Method of Spread. By RicHarp Sistey, M.D., Member of the Royal| MARCH 2, Se FC nan eects College of Physicians of London. 8vo. $2.50. 8.15, - ‘ “If Dr. Sisley’s conclusions are regarded, much sickness, sufferins, and death will be spared in future Mr. GARRETT P, SERVISS, epidemics.”"—THE MEDICAL AND SURGICAL REPORTER (Philadelphia). SATURDAY, the well-known and popular writer INFLUENZA, Maines) | Saanleurared oleeri ated ae And the Laws of England concerning Infectious Diseases. By RicHaRD SisLey, M.D., &c. BERL and: views as they pass before the Demy 8vo, paper covers. 40 cents. EVIDENCES OF THE COMMUNICABILITY OF CONSUMPTION. ue By G. A. Heron, M.D. (Glas.), F.R C.P., Physician to the City of London Hospital for G R E AT TOW E R Diseases of the Chest. 8vo, 173 pages. $2.75. OF THE AN INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY. MADISON SQUARE GARDEN By Aucustus D. Water, M.D., Lecturer on Physiology at St. Mary’s Hospital Medical j School, London; late External Examiner at the Vaca University. With 292 lllus- AN OUE OUE LEN) ar A Daily from 9 A.M. until 10 P.M. trations. 8vo. $6.00. Admission, 25c. LONGMANS, GREEN & C€0., 15 East 16th Street, New York. |vomeverwinocea. Minerals, coun” | Ward’sNaturalScienceEstablishment |." s* peed roel Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. |anatomicar Relief Maps. Send for Circular. ROCH ESTER, NEY: Invertebrates “SCIENCE NEW YORK, FEBRUARY 26, 1822. RECENT WORK ON PLANT DISEASES BY THE DE- PARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. FARMERS’ BULLETIN No. 5, on ‘‘Treatment of Smuts of Oats and Wheat,” is in press and will shortly be issued by the Department of Agriculture. It has been written by W. T. Swingle, a special agent of the Division of Vegetable Pathology, who has studied the subject.for three or four years past. After describing the loose smut of oats and the stinking smuts of wheat, there is given a statement of the loss resulting from the diseases. That from the former is esti- mated at from 5 to 10 per cent of the crop, but from the latter as much as 40 to 50 per cent. The author calculates that if the oats had been treated as now recommended, there would have been saved to the country between 1880 and 1890 over $162,000, 000. The treatment, however, now used to prevent smut was only discovered in 1887, and it is known as the Jensen hot- water treatment. The process given is to immerse the seed to be treated, placed previously in a wire-netted receptacle or some other perforated vessel so that the water percolates freely, in a kettle of water at a temperature of 110° F., until all the grains are thoroughly wetted. Then plunge them into a second vessel, with the water heated to 1324°, for fif- teen minutes, dipping up and down and twirling around so that the hot water comes into contact with all the grains. They are then taken out and dried thoroughly if not sown immediately, but only partially dried if the grain is not to be kept. The treatment for wheat is similar, but the water should be heated to a temperature of 1433°, and the seed im- mersed only five minutes. Potassium sulphide, in the proportions of 1 pound to 24 gallons of water, in which the oats are soaked for 24 hours, is also recommended. If made of double strength, an im- mersion of 12 hours will be sufficient. For wheat asolution of 1 pound of copper sulphate to 24 gallons of water, soaking 12 hours, and then leaving for 5 or 10 minutes in lime-water made by slaking 1 pound of lime in 10 gallons of water, is considered beneficial in preventing stinking smut of wheat. This bulletin is directly in the line of work now being ac- tively pursued by the Department of Agriculture, and es- pecially by the Division of Vegetable Pathology. -It is the business of this division to investigate the diseases of plants due to fungi, and the work of the past year has been of such a practical character, that in the treatment of one disease alone, black-rot of the grape, it is calculated to have saved grape-growers between $75,000 and $100,000, or about four times the total amount of the annual appropriation for the whole division. When this is remembered, and it is known that many other diseases, such as pear leaf-bright, apple scab, potato rot and blight, powdery mildew of the grape and apple, celery blight, etc., have been studied, and reme- dies or preventives suggested, the valuable character of the work of the division will be readily seen. During 1891 experiments were conducted on an extensive scale in western New York in the treatment of nursery stock, several million trees having been treated with success in preventing the attacks of fungi. The practical character of the work of the division is further shown in its action during the ‘‘grape scare” in New York City. Last fall the Board of Health of the city seized a small consignment of grapes that had been sprayed with a solution containing a small amount of copper. This solution, known as Bordeaux mixture, had been found effectual in preventing black-rot, and had been extensively used. When the graves were seized, exaggerated reports of the bad effects resulting from the use of sprayed fruit were telegraphed far and wide, and the grape market was demoralized. Assoonas the situation became known in Washington, the chief of the division was sent to New York, and by explaining to the Board of Health the harmlessness of the small amount of copper that properly sprayed grapes received, he allayed the excitement and the market was restored to its previous condition. There is no doubt but that this prompt action saved thousands of dollars to the vineyardists of New York and other States. The amount of copper which the sprayed grapes contain has been shown to be less than that normally present in many of the articles of ordinary diet. Besides the bulletin mentioned in the first part of this arti- cle there is ready for the press a report on the virulent vine disease of California, which, appearing near Anaheim about 1884 or 1885, has caused widespread destruction of vines in that vicinity. The causes and cure or prevention of this disease are at present unknown, but are being diligently studied with the hope of finding some remedy. There is also in preparation a report upon the work done by the division during the past year, and this will be issued as soon as circumstances permit. Finally, a new number of the Journal of Mycology will be issued soon, which will contain valuable and interesting matter. One article is upon an Almond Disease in California, caused by a fungus attacking the leaves and making them drop prematurely. This article is illustrated by four plates, and is followed by a statement: of how to prevent the attack of the fungus. Another article- is on Club-Root, a disease caused by a fungus which attacks: the roots of cabbages, turnips, etc. This is also illustrated. Other articles deal with descriptions cf new species, or notes upon old ones. An important portion of the number will be the ‘‘Index to Literature.” This covers the whole subject of diseases of plants, and embraces the literature of the en- tire world. It is the intention to give a brief notice or abstract of the contents of each paper. These notices are arranged under subjects, so that it will be possible for one interested in any special subject to find the articles treating of that subject without wading through the entire index.. There will be over three hundred articles indexed in this single index, and an earnest endeavor will be made to haye it as complete as possible. j JosEpH F. James, M.Sc. Washington, D.C, Feb. 17. FI4 A NEW COLOR SCHEME. Every student of botany, ornithology, or entomology, has found the lack of any well-defined standard or credited no- menclature of color a prolific source of trial and perplexity, while to the common eye there is nothing but confusion in our present methods of designating color. No stronger proof of this is needed than some of the terms used to designate fashionable colors, such as ‘‘ crushed strawberry,” ‘‘ ashes of roses,” ‘‘elephant’s breath,” etc. What more absurd terms could one easily choose to express an intelligible conception. Thisis no doubt largely due to the fact that there has been no chan- nel through which to introduce reform. It must be done through those who deal largely in material where there is frequent occasion to designate colors. The naturalist might fix his standards and nomenclature, as he has already done, but the great world would go on just the same, ignoring him and his little clique till the end of time. The physicist may speculate and dogmatize on the theories of color and reach admirable results, but find himself unable to alter the nomenclature of either commerce or every-day life. Manu- facturers, who depend upon the demands of trade, must pro- vide what is called for in the market or have their wares left ou their hands, and find themselves the losers thereby. The ever changing fashions seem almost to necessitate the use of new and striking names for things even themselves very ancient. These facts leave little ground for hope that any reform can be expected through the ordinary channels of trade. It is very refreshing, however, to find now and then a man who, in the midst of commercial competition, is willing to give some thought to the propagation of scientific truth. About twelve or thirteen years since Mr. Milton Bradley of Springfield, Mass., who was engaged in the manufacture of kindergarten supplies, conceived the idea of reducing the mak- ing of colored papers to some method which would be practical and at the same time sufficiently accurate to be of value as a means of education. At my suggestion the solar spectrum was taken as the basis of his scheme. The difficulty of re- producing the beautiful colors of the spectrum in pigments seemed at first almost insurmountable, but after long exper- iment, and the expenditure of much time and money, it was found that colors could be produced in papers which fairly approximate the colors of the spectrum. The scheme adopted by Mr. Bradley contains six standard solors, viz., red, orange, yellow, green, blue, violet — colors generally recognized and readily distinguished in the solar spectrum. It was found that, combining these colors in the Maxwell disks, a neutral grey could be produced, while with a less number this would be impossible. These, together with a white and a black, constitute the basis of the system: If a disk of one of these standard colors be placed upon the wheel together with a white disk, and the proportion of the exposed surfaces of the two disks. varied, a number of modi- fications of the color varying from the standard to pure white will be obtained. These are called tints. Similar combinations of the standards with black produce what are ealled shades. Hach of the standard colors is treated in the same manner. If a disk a little larger than the regular size ‘with a border graduated into 100 degrees, be placed behind the disks to be used in combination, the exact proportion of each disk can be determined. The first letter of each color is used as its symbol, except that for black N. (niger) is used to avoid the repetition of B. If we combine red and black in equal proportions, thus, R.50 N.50, we shall get a shade of red. We may designate this as red shade No.1. Ina sim- SCIENCE. (Vor. XIX. No. 473 ilar way each color would be treated. Each may be com- bined with other colors and the symbols written in a similar manner. Red and orange, the former predominating, would be called orange red, written O.R. A given combination of these two colors would be expressed by 0.25 R.75. This would in turn have its tints and shades. When the propor- tions are not needed, R.T., R.S., O.Y., G.B.S., would very simply indicate red tint, red shade, orange yellow, green blue shade, respectively. Thus simply is the eye trained to discern the components of each hue by the aid of the sym- bols. The simplicity of the system and surpassing beauty and number of hues obtained is striking. A large series of papers manufactured according to this scheme is already used in kindergartens and many primary schools. One manufacturing firm proposes to use the wheel and disks in connection with the coloring of textile fabrics. The disks are also used in ordering new colors from the fac- tory, where a duplicate set of the disks is used to translate the symbol into the visible effect desired. Architects and artisans find the scheme convenient in studying the effect of adjacent colors. Indeed, a system of color harmonies has already been partly elaborated with this scheme as its basis. The next most important step is for the physicists to es- tablish the location of these six colors within certain limits of wave-lengths, and then secure some material in which the standard color can be permanently preserved for comparison. What a saving of confusion in the use of color names is thus gained we are hardly able to realize. The following quotation from a pamphlet issued by the Milton Bradley Company, explaining the scheme, will indicate one of the many applications of the scheme:— ‘“A careful study of these representative combinations of disks will suggest numerous possibilities not mentioned here. One of these is the giving of exact and definite names in the terms of our standards to the common colors. For example, it is well known that under the same name different manu- facturers make pigments varying very largely in color. “Tf, having a small tablet of millboard or other suitable substance painted with an even coat of Windsor & Newton’s light red tube color, we match the color with our disks, we find the nomenclature to be 0.24, N.76; while a German color with the same name gives 0.18, N.82, both being shades of orange, although the German color is much darker than the other. ‘The same test with two tubes of cinnabar green gives Windsor & Newton’s, Y.14, G.114, N.744; the German, Y.123, G.11, W.2, N.742, the first being a shade of a green yellow, and the second a broken green yellow; the shade contains black with the yellow and green, and the broken color has both black and white. “Tn Windsor & Newton’s chrome yellow we have 0.29, Y.71; the German, 0.35, Y.45, N.20; the first a pure orange yellow; and the second a shade of a much more orange yel- low. ‘““The following analysis of some other common colors " may be interesting, as showing how simple and practical our nomenclature is: — : ““Chinese vermi!lion — R.77, 0.23. “Yellow ochre — 0.24, Y.24, N.52. ““Tndian red — R.74, 0.173, N.75. ““Hmerald green — G.63, B.141, N.221. “Deep cadmium yellow — R.52, 0.67, Y.20. ‘““ Chrome green, No. 2— G.161, Y.5, N.781.” J. H. PILLSBURY. Smith College, Feb. 18. FEBRUARY 26, 1892. | THE DECLINE OF SWAGGER.’ WE shall not, we hope, be accused of knocking another nail into the coffin of Respectability if we venture to point to the decline of swagger as one of the sigus of the times. No doubt the change is somewhat recent, and the transition hardly complete. But we may take it as established that, for the moment at any rate, swagger is not. the fashion. No doubt the consciousness of personal merit and possible supe- riority is as strong in human nature as ever. But most peo- pleare contented to acquiesce in the knowledge o! the fact, and are willing not only to forego the particular form of its ex- pression which is known as “‘swagger,” but even to live without expressing it visibly at all. The most obvious and disagreeable form of self-assertion, which consists in making other people conscious of their inferiority by intensely un- pleasant and supercilious behavior, has, of course, been dead and done with as a social claim for half a generation. High- born and wealthy heroes of the old novelists, who were too great to speak at the breakfast-table, and ‘‘ turned to fling a morsel to their dogs with an air of high-bred nonchalance,” exist no longer in fiction, and very rarely in life. Mr. Grandcourt was perhaps the last of them. But swagger in its minor and more amusing manifestations is also dying; “and though it is premature to write its epitaph, we may call attention to some of the symptoms of its decay. One of the later forms of swagger, much affected by men of the bachelor leisured class, and especially by the much-abused ‘‘ lotus- eaters ” of club-land, was the nil admirari attitude. It had quite a vogue fora time, and in addition to conveying an impression of superiority, saved a great deal of trouble. Older men who had seen life were spared the effort of hear- ing about it again; and young men who had not were able to convey the impression that they had. This form of swag- ger had positive merits in a negative form. It is stillim use as a weapon against a bore, but as a fashionable cult it exists no longer. It is as dead as wigs and powder. Soldiers, for instance, are now among the quietest of men, not marked off by any mannerisms of dress or demeanor from other well-bred and agreeable gentlemen. No doubt “competition,” in place of purchase, has somewhat reduced the number of men of private fortune who hold her Majes- ty’s commission. But even if that consideration could ac- count for the difference, the change is only partial, and the cavalry is still a service mainly officered by men of means. But the heavy ‘* plunger” swagger which once distinguished these gentlemen in their relations to men in less fashionable professions has almost disappeared, except among a few of the very old stagers who cannot unlearn, and the very young ones who haye not learned better. Some evidence of the change of manner among soldiers may be found in their in- creased popularity in general society—among men, that is; for it may be doubted whether the other sex quite shares the sat- isfaction with which men hail the absence of the military swagger. Sir Thomas de Boots no longer comes in ‘‘ scowl- ing round the room according to his fashion, and a face - which is kind enough to assume an expression which seems to ask, ‘ And who the devil are you, sir?’ as clearly as if the General had himself given utterance to the words.” On the contrary, be asa rule makes himself exceedingly pleasant, claims no more attention than is spontaneously rendered to him and his known position in the service, and perhaps for- gets to fill his glass while engaged in explaining the theory of the Kriegspiel to some inquiring youngster. 1 London Spectator. SCrEN CE: 115 Among minor types we may notice that the scholastic swaggerer whom Thackeray denounced among his university snobs has almost, if not quite, disappeared — partly, per- haps, because scholars are now turned out by the hundred instead of by half-dozens, and their monopoly of a certain kind of knowledge is broken; partly because good taste has grown with knowledge, and scholars may also be men of the world. No doubt, with wisdom cometh understanding; but we wish that those men of the age, the “‘scientific gentle- men ” — scholars are rather down in the world just now — could discern the sigus of the timesin the matter of swagger. At present they possess, with Jews, mushroom financiers, and very successful tradesmen — the Egerton Bompuses of the day — almost a monopoly of the amount of obvious and positive swagger visible. Whether in public controversy or social intercourse, the scientific person sometimes swaggers with unquenchable energy. In those public discussions which lend such piquancy to the columns of the Times in the dull season, he still delights to pounce from his hygienic mountain-home on some wretched disputant, and show him up as an ass— and a fraudulent ass — in that strong native Saxon, undimmed by ‘‘ pedantry ” and “‘ silly compliance,” which less gifted minds call education and courtesy. And if some weak controversialist writes in the victim’s defence to say that, after all, what was in the poor man’s mind was perhaps so-and-so, how promptly some other scientific person takes up the cudgels and knocks the nonsense out of him! These sterling qualities have so endeared him to the social circle that the mere reference to a “* professor ” — an honor- able title which seems to be monopolized by the expounders of natural science — is usually enough to drive any number of plain men half frantic. No doubt society has itself to blame in a measure for the tyranny of the professors. It overestimated the value of the ‘* facts” which they knew, before they could be weighed and compared with other forms of information. Tbe modesty of Faraday, with his mild formula, ‘‘ It may be so,” and of Darwin — who was a coun- try squire as well as a biologist — are forgotten in the swag- ger of the new men. But swagger, though not confined to parvenus, is, after all, the parvenu’s besetting temptation; and the “‘ scientific men” are the parvenus of knowledge. Swagger, nowadays, is mainly limited to people living in little worlds of their own. Contact with the big world and realities rubs it away. Petty country squires, buried in re- mote neighborhoods, often give themselves airs most comi- eal to behold by those capable of comparing what they are with what they claim to be. The bumptious scientific gen- tlemen who have made their class a byword, the bloated financier, and the overgrown shop-keeper, even when success is attained, are only on the verge of the world where their training should begin. Their time has been otherwise, and, let us hope, more profitably, occupied; and if they do not reform, their children probably will, and will do their best to reclaim their erring parents. For there is no lesson which that increasingly wise young person, the. young man on his promotion, has laid more to heart than that ‘‘ swagger,” or, as he prefers to call it, “ side,” does not pay; and whatever his private opinion as to his own merits, he distinguishes very clearly between the swagger which does not pay and judicous self-advertisement which does. Moreover, being an educated young person with some claims to good taste, he is discriminating even in the means he takes to advertise himself, haying recourse only as a last and doubtful re- source to self-assertion or eccentricities of dress and manner. 116 MARINE ENGINEERING AND NAVAL ARCHITECTURE ; AT CORNELL. In October, 1890, the Board of Trustees of Cornell University authorized the director of Sibley College, Dr. R. H. Thurston, to organize a graduate school of marine engineering and naval architecture as a department of that college. Owing to the diffi- culty of obtaining suitable officers, no appointments were made until September, 1891, when Professor W. F. Durand, late of the Engineer Corps of the United States Navy, was appointed princi- pal. ‘bis appointment was followed some months later by that of Professor G. R. McDermoit, late with J. & G. Thompson, Clydebank, as assistant in naval architecture. The object of the school is to provide courses, both practical and theoretical, where any one possessed of a good general engineer- ing knowledge may learn of the applications of engineering and science to the design, building, powering, and propulsion of ves- sels of all types. The courses as at present offered cover two years, and are designed to thoroughly ground the student in the funda- mental principles of the science, and to give him a large amount of practical application by the study and analysis of existing de- signs, and the subsequent ‘preparation of designs of an original character. The present year is considered as formative, but regular courses are given in marine engineering, naval architecture, and ship- building, the work being taken by from twelve to fifteen students. During the coming spring and summer Professor Durand will visit the schools of similar kind in Europe, studying their organi- zation, methods, equipment, and objects, in order that the school may have the advantage, as far as the differing conditions will admit, of the results of experience in these older schools. The work at the university may be supplemented by an annual excursion or inspection tour of from ten days to two weeks, in which the leading ship-yards and marine-engine shops of the At- jantic coast are visited, in company witb one of the teachers. By means of these visits the student is brought into immediate con- tact with the actual fulfilment of the various problems which he has been studying from lecture, text book, and drawing-board. The practical methods of work are examined, notes and sketches are taken, and a written report on the trip is prepared and sub- mitted. In the arrangement of the subjects and in the division of time for the professional work, it is intended to give sufficient time to theory and general principles to furnish a good general grasp of the subject, such theoretical work being always illustrated and impressed by applications to practice, and supplemented by alarge amount of work more purely practical in character. The objects to be kept in view are considered as two-fold. First, the power to deal intelligently with-the actual problems of ship and power design and construction as they present themselves in practice. Second, the fostering and development of that original- ity of thought which, under proper control and with other gifts, may form the suggestiveness of mind characteristic of those quali- fied to aid in the continual advancement of engineering and sci- entific work. 3 Of special equipment the school is provided with the following: Several hundred photographs and drawings, both general and de- tail, illustrative of marine construction of all forms. A number of half-breadth models of ships, including some of the more noted Atlantic liners. A complete set of Copenhagen ship curves, with battens, special drawing tourds, and all appliances for ship draw- ing. An Amsler integrator of the latest type Large additions are being made to the books and other professional literature al- weady in the library, and no pains will be spared to make the library equipment as complete as possible in every form of litera- ture relating to marine engineering and naval architecture. The _ equipment of the general mechanical laboratory, unexcelled in extent by that of any laboratory in the world, is also available for use by the student, and every related department of the univer- sity will offer its best facilities for such work as students in the School of Marine Engineering and Naval Architecture may find desirable. SCTE MGs y [ Vou. XEX.- No: 47 NOTES AND NEWS. : PROFESSOR CRAGIN, in charge of the Department of Geology and Palzeontology in Colorado College, Colorado Springs, is now absent on leave in the service of the Geological Survey of Texas, under State Geologist Dumble. His work will be largely paleeon- tological. His headquarters and address are Austin, Texas. — The committee on the memorial to be erected to the memory of the late G. A. Hirn, the eminent engineer and physicist, com- posed of selected representative men in his department of research throughout the worid, has just issued, through its president, M. G. Kern, a circular inviting contributions from all who desire to aid in this work, and who appreciate the contributions made to science and to the arts by that great man. M. Hirn died at Col- mar, Alsace, January, 1890, and this committee was very soon afterward formed for this especial purpose. Its plan is to erect at Colmar a monument, to be designed by his friend, M. Bar- tboldi, a statue in bronze, the pedestal to be inscribed with the simple words: G. A. Hiryn, 1815-1890. It is expected that the monument will be erected mainly by con- tributions from the citizens of his native town; but the voluntary contributions of friends all over the world will be gladly received as tokens of the respect and affection which the man and his work have earned for him. Such funds as may be given for this object may be sent directly to the treasurer, M. Georges Baer, Colmar, and to any member of the committee in this country. Professors Asaph Hall, L. §. Holden, W. B. Taylor, and Dr. Thurston will gladly take charge of them and forward with suita- ble acknowledgments to the donors. —At the August meeting, in Washington, of the Society for the Promotion of Agricultural Science, a paper was presented on «“Hastern and Western Weeds,” by Byron D. Halsted, New Bruns- wick, N.J. His remarks were founded upon the reports of a large number of botanists and crop growers throughout the United States, received in response to letters sent to them or questions asked through the public press. Having lived for four years in Iowa, and being now a resident of New Jersey, the weeds of these two States have received personal consideration, and therefore these widely separated States will furnish a basis for a comparison of the weeds of the East and the West, not being unmindful of the fact that Iowa represents the central part of our continent, while the West, strictly speaking, reaches beyond the Sierras. The New Jersey list can be made up from the one for Iowa by omit- ting seventy-five of the native prairie plants mostly perennials, and adding forty-tbree, a large percentage of which are annuals. The only single weed of the first rank stricken from the Iowa list in adapting it for New Jersey is a species of pig weed, but even this within the last year has been found within the latter State. On the other hand there are several first-class weeds that are added in the adoption of the western list to the Hast. Of such, for ex- ample, are: a pepper grass, the wild radish, two kinds of cockle- bur, feverfew, wild onion, wild leek, nut-grass, Bermuda grass, and a kind of chess, or a total of ten of the worst weeds. That which is true of New Jersey and Iowa likewise holds good for the whole East compared with the whole West. The East is overrun with a larger number of the most aggressive weeds; weeds that assert their ability to resist the forces of the cultivator and plant their banners upon the tilled ground, likewise annual weeds that stock the soil with a multitude of seeds, ready to spring into life whenever an opportunity offers. Some species of weeds are found everywhere, from Maine to California, as Chenopodium album, Amarantus retroflexus, Xanthium Canadense, Plantago lanceolata, Capsella Bursa-pastoris, and Portulaca oleracea. There are others prominent on the Pacific Coast and not elsewhere, as the Hordeum murinum, Silybum Marianum, and Malva borealis. Likewise there are weeds peculiar to the Rocky Mountain region, as the Iva axillaris, Franseria tomentosa, while on the prairies, especially in Kansas and Nebraska, the following head the list: Cenchrus trib- uloides, Asclepias Syriaca, Solanum rostratum, and Helianthus g Seve a ihe = FEBRUARY 26, 1892. | annuus. In the middle prairie States it is mostly the members of the sunflower family, as the ragweeds and cockleburs, that pre- vail. Coming into the central States the list is led by Canada thistle, quackgrass. docks, daisy, chess, plantain, and purslane. If to this list we add wild carrot, onion, and parsnip, and the like old foreign enemies, we have the extensive catalogue of these plant pests that prey upon the lands of New England. Of the weeds of the South as compared with those of the North it has not been the purpose here to speak, nor of the migration of weeds. — Ata meeting of the Chemical Society of Washington, Feb. 11, W. H. Krug read a paper on ‘‘ The Behavior of Sugar Solu- tions with Acetone.” Acetone and water are miscible in all pro- portions at ordinary temperatures, If a mixture is prepared containing more than ten per cent acetone, and sugar added in -small quantities dissolving after each addition, a point will be reached where the further addition of sugar causes a separation of acetone. We can continue adding sugar until the water is saturated. It will then still contain a small percentage of acetone. At 25° C. this is approximately 9.5 per cent. On account of the highly viscous nature of a saturated sugar solution it is impossible to determine this figure accurately. It is thus necessary to reverse the problem, determining the solubility of acetone in sugar solu- tions of varying strength. Sucrose is absolutely insoluble in pure acetone. The acetone used boiled at 57.5° C. The following method was used for determining the solubility of acetone in sugar solutions. Twenty-five grams of asugar solution of known strength were rapidly weighed into a flask, a small thermometer inserted and the flask closed with a rubber stopper. The whole apparatus was then weighed. It was brought to the required temperature and acetone added in small quantities from a burette, the flask being stoppered and shaken before each addition. The flask and contents were carefully kept at the same temperature. As soon as the saturation point was reached the next drop of acetone pro- duced a milkiness, which on standing resolved itself into minute drops of acetone. The flask was then weighed again, and the weight of acetone added determined in this manner. The results were very satisfactory. The solubility of acetone in sugar solutions decreases as we raise the temperature. The curves of solubility were determined for three temperatures, 20°, 25°, and 30° C. From 40 to 50 per cent sugar they are practically parallel, and from 50 per cent they approach each other. It seems probavle that they meet at 75 per cent. Table of Solubility. One hundred grams sugar solution dissolve per cent acetone at — Per Cent Sugar, 20° C. 25° C. 30° C. | 40 96 44 92.76 89 84 45 71.92 68.81 6572 50 | 59.88 48.13 45.85 55 35.78 33.81 32.54 60 25.17 24.18 | 23.35 65 18.33 17 68 | 17.09 70 13.22 12.82 | 12.53 — According to a report recently published in Germany, there were, in 1889, 5,260 workmen killed in accidents, and 35,392 seri- ously injured. These losses do not vary much from one year to another. Nature compares the figures with those of the killed and wounded at Gravelotte — one of the most murderous battles in this century — which were 4,449 and 20,977. The industries furnishing most accidents were as follows, in descending order: mines, railways, quarries, subterranean works, building, brew- eries. All industries are arranged in 64 corporations, and it is estimated that more than 4500,000 of work-people are insured. Wounds and fractures are the most usual form of injury. and the duration of treatment tends to increase every year, by virtue of a law which makes an allowance when incapacity for work exceeds SCIENCE. 117 three weeks (this was based on the observation that fractures were generally healed in three weeks). Since this law was introduced the treatment of fractures has taken longer. There are always more accidents in winter than in summer, and on Mondays and Saturdays than on other days. Also, there are twice as many ac- cidents from 9 A.M. to noon, and from 3 to 6 P.M., than from 6 to 9 a.M., and from noon to3 P.M. Better light in summer, and fa ~ tigue towards the end of each half-day of six hours, are supposed to explain some of these variations. —In the February number of Wature Notes, Mr. Robert Morley vouches for the accuracy of a story which seems to indicate the possibility of very tender feeling in monkeys. A friend of Mr Morley’s, a native of India, was sitting in his garden, when a loud chattering announced the arrival of a large party of monkeys, who forthwith proceeded to make a meal off his fruits. Fearing the loss of his entire crop, he fetched his fowling-piece, and, to frighten them away, fired it off, as he thought, over the heads of the chattering crew. They all fled away, but he noticed, left be- hind upon a bough, what looked like one fallen asleep with its head resting upon its arms. As it did not move, hesenta servant up the tree, who found that it was quite dead, having been shot through the heart. He had it fetched down and buried beneath the tree; and on the morrow he saw, sitting upon the little mound, the mate of the dead monkey. It remained there for several days bewailing its loss. — The people of Vienna have been greatly alarmed by the out- break of a new epidemic, which is believed by some to be con- nected with the influenza. It affects the intestines, its symptoms being fever and acute colic, with the ejection of blood. Its ap- pearance seems to indicate the absorption of some poisonous mat- ter. At first it was attributed to the drinking-water, but this view has been generallyabandoned. A representative of a Vienna newspaper has taken the opinion of some of the Vienna physi- cians on the subject. Professor Nothnagel hesitated to pronounce any judgment on the illness, the facts not having been sufficiently studied. Professor Drasche thought it might be ‘‘ nothing else than a distinct form of influenza,” aud was confident that it was not due to the drinking-water. Professor Oser was also sure that the drinking-water had nothing to do with the disease, and ‘‘ did “not consider that there was any indisputable evidence of its con- nection with influenza.” Dr. Bettelheim seemed to think that there was something in common between influenza and: the new malady called ‘“ catarrh of the intestines.” He based his opinion on the fact that from the day when the latter made its appear- ance in an epidemic form cases of ordinary influenza had begun to decrease. He looked upon them both as being of an infectious nature. A chemical analyst, Dr. Jolles, said it would require three weeks to make a bacteriological inquiry into the character of the illness. A chemical analysis of the drinking-water, says Nature, showed it to be of normal purity. — Nature prints some notes by Mr. J. J. Walker, R N., on ants’ nest beetles at Gibraltar and Tangier, with especial reference to the Hisperidze. The search for ants’ nest Hister is a somewhat troublesome employment, as only about two or three per cent of the ants’ nests contain the beetle. Mr Walker, however, thinks “it is a pretty sight, and one which compensates for a great deal of strain to the eyes, as well as to the back, to see a Sternoceelis or Eretmotus lying motionless among the hurrying crowd of ants and then, suldenly developing an amount of leg quite surprising in so small a creature, marching off daintily on the tips of its toes (or rather tarsi) with a ludicrous resemblance. in gait and appear- ance, to a tiny crab.” The comparatively weak mandibles of the ants are ineffective against the hard armor and tightly-packed limbs of the beetles, which devour the helpless brood with impu- nity. Mr. Walker has more than once taken S. acutangulus with a half-eaten larva in his jaws, and they are usually to be found clinging to the masses of larvee where these lie thickest. On the other hand, he once (but once only) saw an ant take up a S. arachnoides in its mandibles and carry it off into a lower gallery of the nest; but this may have been done under the influence of alarm, the frightened ant seizing on the first object that came in its way. 118 SCIENCE: A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY Wap IDG (Sq 18 © 1D) G15 8, 874 BRoADWAY, NEw York. Susscriprions.—United States and Canada..............-: $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe...............-. 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants” column. All are invited to use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that'answers will go direct tothem. The ‘“Hixchange”’ column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F. Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. ESTIMATES OF DISTANCE. HERBERT NICHOLS, in his experiments on ‘‘ The Psychol- ogy of time” (American Journal of Psychology, April, 1891), has shown that estimates of time intervals are influ- enced by immediately preceding estimates, so that, in general, intervals are judged to be longer after practice on estimating an actually longer interval than when no such practice pre- cedes, and shorter after practice on a shorter interval. The experiments about to be described were undertaken to see whether the same rule applies to estimates of distance. They show uo such effect, perhaps because the intervening prac- tice was not sufficiently sustained to affect the judgment. But the results are interesting for several reasons, and they are therefore given below. The mode of experimenting was as follows: On each of three sheets of unruled paper (about six by nine inches) was placed a pair of pencil dots; on the first these were 4.02 inches apart; on the second .92 of an inch; on the third ex- actly the same distance as on the first. Without. being told the object of the experiments, the person to be experimented on was shown the first pair of dots, allowed to look at them as long as he pleased, and then, the paper being taken away, told to make from memory, on a slip 9 X 3 inches, two dots at the same distance apart, as nearly as he could. This was repeated on a fresh sheet, without his looking at the model again, and so on till he had made ten trials. The same thing was then repeated with the second and third sheets. The following table shows the results, the first column giving the difference between the actual distance of the dots and the average of the ten estimates in each series; the second column the percentage of this difference to the actual dis- tance; the third the mean deviation of the estimates from the average (taken always as positive); and the fourth the per- SCIENCE. [Vou XIX. No.473 centage of this mean to the actual distance. All distances are in decimals of an inch. 2 , Mean Deviation o Error of Average. Per Cent. | from Average. | Per Cent. fo} 3 es & I. II. il. 1 | Ti) 1H, ite DTS | LLL | ale) ee es | Ie > S.58.. +.65 |—.17 | +.92 | 16 | 16 23 13 04 12 | 3 | 4.5) 3 J. S..--| —.10)=-:21 | 4.70) 25 | 23 We) 4 | 18 14 | 3 |l4 | 3 A. L. B.| —1.35 | —.30 | —1.31) 835 | 33 32.5 | .14 07 Aa eye his E.S....) +.26!+.31) —.19| 6 | 33 5 | .3l -09 .23 | 8 |10 | 6 L. B...| +75] +.18| +.68) 19 | 19.5 | 17 24 04 -26 | 6/5 |6 7 le Rb —.81) +.20}] +.45) 8 | at 11 oily? 09 | 28 | 4)9 17 L.¥.. + .05 | +.07 | —.0! | 1 | te) 0.2 | .09 04 | 06 )2)4 11.5 The degree to which the absolute value of the errors de- pends on previous training is plainly shown; for instance, L. ¥., in whose case they are remarkably small, is the daughter of a well-known artist and herself accomplished in the use of the pencil, while A. L. B. is a boy five years of age. The consistency of the estimates seems, however, to depend much less on training, as shown in the third column, the ratio of A. L. B’s. mean deviations to those of L. F. being about 1.5, 1.7, and 6.8 for the three series respectively, while the ratios of their errors (from the first column) are 27, 4, and 131. In the cases of 8. 8., A. L. B., and L. B. the errors are nearly proportional to the actual length of the intervals, which would seem the natural rule; but in the other cases there seems a tendency toward making errors of the same absolute value in estimating both short and long inter- vals. A. L. B., whose absolute errors are far the largest, keeps them most nearly proportional. The mean deviations are much more generally proportional to the intervals, the most noticeable exception being that of J. S.—also the chief exception to proportionality in the former case. ARTHUR H. BOSTWICK. THE LATEST ADVANCES IN SPECTRUM PHOTOG— VAC EIEINVE: A LETTER just received by the present writer from Mr. Victor Schumann of Leipzig, whose work in the domain of spectrography is less widely known and appreciated than it ~ deserves to be, reveals such surprising advances within the past year in photographing radiations in the ultra-violet spectrum, that I am impelled to present the following sum- mary of Mr. Schumann’s results. More than two years ago he demonstrated the remarkable absorptive effect of air upon very short vibrations, so great, indeed, that even the air within the tubes of the spectrograph was a serious obstacle to the investigation. However, he was able, with the apparatus then at hand, to demonstrate the existence of lines up to and beyond wave-length 1,852 by photography, using the light of the aluminum spark. With the fine skill and ingenuity which has ever charac- terized his work, Mr. Schumann has since constructed 2 spectrograph exhausted of air, with lenses and prism of white fluor-spar. The source of light for these researches was the hydrogen Geissler tube. With the ‘‘ exhausted spectroscope,” as it is termed, and plates of proper sensitiye- ness, Mr. Schumann finds the photographie action of the spectrum beyond wave-length 1,852 very strong indeed. It is composed of fourteen groups of lines, including altogether about six hundred lines. The boundary of this hitherto en- FEBRUARY 26, 1892. | tirely unknown portion of the spectrum extends about four times as far from the most refrangible line hitherto photo- graphed (the aluminum line 1,852), as that line is beyond the blue hydrogen line of wave-length 4,861. The interest in these researches is, therefore, very great; and it seems as though the limit of the radiations might only be reached when we can detect them in the universal ether itself, un- affected by a trace of an absorptive medium, and with pho- tographiec plates of special character. The ordinary plates do not serve for work of this kind. The plates used by Mr. Schumann are specially made by himself, and are peculiar in possessing great sensitiveness to the ultra-violet rays, but relatively very little to the light of the visible spectrum. Beeause of this insensitiveness to the visible spectrum, the plate acts toward the ultra-violet pre- cisely like one exposed to filtered light, from which all the rays have been absorbed, which, as diffused light in the spectrograph, would tend to cause fogginess of the picture. Such is the effect when an attempt is made to photograph the ultra-violet spectrum with an ordinary plate; for, before the ultra-violet rays have affected the plate, or produced a distinct image, the plate is fogged all over by the diffused light. The method of making the new plates is not yet pub- lished, because the investigations are not yet completed nor ready for publication. : Photography in a vacuum preserts some difficulties and requires far greater care than under ordinary conditions, even under the most favorable conditions the photographic effect of these extremely refrangible radiations is relatively so very weak that on many plates prepared according to the new method it was difficult to establish even the existence of the vibrations of the shortest wave-lengths. “We may look forward with the greatest interest to the early publication of full details and results of this most skilfully conducted investigation, which has so greatly ex- tended the known limits of the invisible spectrum. Romyn HITCHCOCK. 1455 Mass, Ave., Washington, D.C., Feb. 20. METALS AT HIGH TEMPERATURES. Own Feb. 5, Professor Reberts-Austen, C.B., gave a very interesting lecture on metals at high temperatures at the Royal Institution. As was to be expected, nothing very novel was brought forward, but the lecturer certainly suc- ceeded in demonstrating to a large audience results which have hitherto been only obtained in the laboratory. Every one who has ever heard Professor Roberts-Austen lecture, knows his fondness for experimenting with gold, which no doubt is mainly due to his position at the mint, though, apart from this, many would find a certain fascination in handling and experimenting with such a metal. Moreover, gold is a metal remarkable for other properties besides its monetary value. On previous occasions Professor Roberts-Austen has drawn attention to the fact that its properties are changed in a most remarkable manner by alioying it with small per- centages of other metals, and on the present occasion he ex- hibited a new series of alloys of this metal with aluminium which are of equal interest to those previously known. One of these alloys in particular, containing 20 per cent of alu- minium, is noteworthy, as it forms an exception to the usual rule that the melting point of an alloy is lower than that of either of its constituents. This alloy, on the other hand, has a fusing point above that of gold, the most infusible of its constituents. Curiously enough, the alloy with 10 per SCIENCE. - 119 cent of aluminium follows the ordinary rule. These alloys, it should be added, have the most brilliant colors. The 20 per cent alloy is a brilliant ruby in tint, whilst these con- taining greater percentages of aluminium are purple in hue. With the aid of the oxy-hydrogen blowpipe and M. Le Chatalier’s pyrometer, the lecturer was able to show a large audience the peculiarities of the cooling curves of several metals, and also to measure the fusing points of some of the most refractory of them. Indeed, he succeeded in fusing iridium, using for the purpose the electric are, the thermo- couple employed as pyrometer consisting of a rod of iridium, and a rod of an alloy of the same metal with 10 per cent of platinum. The temperature thus reached is stated to be the highest yet measured, viz., 2,000° C., and thus it is now pos- sible to measure temperatures ranging from — 200° C. to + 2,000° C., the former temperature having been attained by Professor Dewar in his lecture to the Royal Institution some short time back. Even before the invention of this instrument, Professor Roberts-Austen stated that very considerable progress had been made in pyrometry, so that Mr. Callender, with bis im- proved Siemens apparatus, in which the change in the re- sistance of a platinum coil, as it grows hotter, is used as a measure of the temperature to which it is exposed, has suc- ceeded in measuring temperatures of 1,500° C., with an error of not more than one-tenth of a degree. In measuring lower temperatures than the fusing point of iridium, the thermo-couple used consisted of a couple of wires, one of platinum and the other of an alloy of this metal with 10 per cent of rhodium, simply twisted together. This couple was inserted in the mass of aclay dish, on which gold and palladium, ete., were melted by the aid of an oxy- hydrogen flame. The ends of the wires were coupled witha suitable reflecting galyanometer, which by means of a power- ful lantern threw a bright spot of light on a long scale fixed to the wall of the lecture-room. By means of this apparatus Professor Roberts-Austen was able to exhibit the recalescence of iron and show that at this point the metal suddenly be- comes magnetic. For this purpose a block of iron heated to redness was placed on a stand fitted with a thermo-couple and an ordinary magnetic needle, which carried a mirror reflecting a second spot of light on the sereen. Ata high temperature iron is non-magnetic, but as it cooled down the spot of light from the pyrometer travelled down its scale, till at the point of recalescence it became stationary, and at the same moment the second spot of light vonnected with the magnetic needle suddenly swung over, showing that the metal had then become maguetic. Of more immediate inter- est, from a practical point of view, was a second experiment exhibited. In this a bar of iron, heated to bright redness, was fixed at one end and loaded at the other. Instead of bending over under the influence of the weight, which of course was not large, it remained rigid until it had cooled down to its point of recalescence, when it suddenly began to deflect. Professor Roberts-Austen maintains that these peculiarities point to a re-arrangement of the molecules of the metal, and that they oceur even with chemically pure iron, being intrinsic in the metal and not merely the effect of foreign constituents, though of course these are of considerable importance in modifying the results observed. That such changes occur in practice there can be little doubt, though the effects seem often to be peculiarly local. Steel plates showing very con- siderable ductility on test have snapped simply from internal stresses without showing the slightest signs of elongation or 120 contraction of area at the point of fracture, making it diffi- cult to believe that during fracture the molecular arrange- ment of the particles affected by the fracture has been the same as when specimens of the same plate have shown per- haps 18 per cent elongation and 30 per cent contraction of area in the testing machine. These facts would almost lead to the conclusion that a sort of wave of molecular change may arise in a steel plate, during which abnormal fracture may occur, and after which the material of the plate may be found in its ordinary condition. By working ata blue heat, it is known that such a molecular change is produced, and the fracture of a mild steel bar thus treated shows that the metal has become brittle, but such a change is permanent. It is, moreover, certain that liability to this class of fracture is increased by the presence of certain impurities in the metal, the amount of which is often astonishingly small, and much light will probably be thrown on these points, says Hn- gineering, by investigations now in progress. It is not necessary that these investigations should, in the first place, be conducted on steel itself, as it frequently hap- pens in scientific work that a problem is more easily solved by first dealing witb simpler analogous cases than by a direct attack on it in all-its complexity. Fora flank attack of this character, gold, apart from its value, offers many advantages, as it is easily obtained in the pure state, and is at the same time profoundly affected by alloying it with very small quantities of other metals, which changes it is ditlicult to explain on avy other hypothesis than that of an altered molecular grouping. JOURNEYS IN THE PAMIRS AND ADJACENT COUNTRIES." THIS was the subject of the paper read at the meeting of the Royal Geographical Society, on Feb. 8, by Capt. F. E. Younghusband. The author described two journeys, one in 1889 across the Kérakorum and into the Pamir, the other in 1890 to Yarkand and Kashgar, and south to the Pamirs again. ‘“The country,” he said, ‘‘ which I now wish to describe to you is that mountainous region lying to the north of Kashmir, which, from the height, the vastness, and the grandeur of the mountains, seems to form the culminating point of western Asia. When that great compression in na- ture took place this seems to have been the point at which the great solid crust of the earth was crunched and crushed together to the greatest extent, and what must have formerly been level peaceful plains such as we see to the present day on either hand, in India and in Turkistan, were pressed and upheaved into these mighty mountains, the highest peaks of which are only a few hundred feet lower than Mount Ever- est, the loftiest point on this earth. It was amongst the peaks and passes, the glaciers and torrents of this awe-in- spiring region, and anon over the plain-like valleys and by the still, quiet lakes of the Pamirs that my fate led me in the journeys which I have now come before you to describe.” Starting from Leh, in Ladak, Captain Younghusband’s first objective point was Shahidula. This place is situated on the trade route to Yarkand, and is 240 miles distant from Leh. This he left on Sept. 3, to explore the country up to the Tagh-dum-bash Pamir. The route now led up the valley of a river, on which were several patches of fine grazing, and till last year this had been well inhabited, but was now deserted on account 1 Nature, Feb. 11. SCIENCE. [VoLt. XIX. No. 473 of Kanjuti raids. The valley is known by the name of Khal Chuskin. Chusktin in Turki means resting-place, and Kh4l is the name of a holy man from Bokhara, who is said. to have rested here many yearsago. The mountains bound- ing the north of this valley are very bold and rugged, with fine upstanding peaks and glaciers; but the range to the south, which Hayward calls the Aktagh Range, was some- what tame in character, with round mild summits and no glaciers. The Sokhbuldk is an easy pass, and from its sum- mit to the east could be seen the snowy range of the western Kuenlun Mountains, while to the west appeared a rocky mass of mountains culminating in three fine snowy peaks, which Hayward mistook as belonging to the main Mustagh Range, but which in fact in no way approach to the height and magnificence of those mountains, and really belong to the Aghil Range, which is separated from the Mustagh Mountains by the valley of the Oprang River. On Sept.-11, the party crossed the remarkable depression in the range which is known as the Aghil Pass. ‘‘Hrom here is obtained one of the grandest views it is possible to conceive; to the south-west you look up the valley of the Oprang River, which is bounded on either side by ranges of magnificent snowy mountains, rising abruptly from either bank, and far away in the distance could be seen the end of an immense glacier flowing down from the main range of the Mustagh Mountains This scene was even more wild and bold than I had remembered it on my former jour- ney, the mountains rising up tier upon tier in a succession of sharp needle like peaks, bewildering the eye by taeir number, and then in the background lie the great ice moun- tains — white, cold, and relentless, defying the hardiest trav- eller to enter their frozen clutches. I determmed, however, to venture amongst them to examine the glaciers from which the Oprang River took its rise, and leaving my escort at the foot of the Aghil Pass, set out on an exploration in that direction. The first march was easy enough, leading over the broad pebbly bed of the Oprang River. Up one of the - gorges to the south we caught a magnificent view of the great peak K 2, 28,278 feet high, and we halted for the night at a spot from which a view of both K 2 and of the Gushirbrum peaks, four of which are over 26,000 feet, was visible. On the following day our difficulties really began. ‘The first was the great glacier which we had seen from the Aghil Pass; if protruded right across the valley of the Oprang River, nearly touching the cliffs on the right bank;, but for- tunately the river had kept a way for itself by continually washing away the end of the glacier, which terminated in a great wall of ice 150 to 200 feet high. This glacier runs down from the Gushirbrum in the distance towering up to a height of over 26,000 feet. The passage round the end of the glacier was not unattended with danger, for the stream was swift and strong, and on my own pony I had to recon- noitre very carefully for points -where it was shallow enough to cross, while there was also some fear of fragments from the great ice-wall falling down on the top of us when we were passing along close under it. After getting round this obstacle we entered a gravel plain, some three quarters of a mile broad, and were then encountered by another glacier running across the valley of the Oprang River. This ap- peared to me to be one of the principal sources of the river, and I determined to ascend it. Another glacier could be seen to the south, and yet a third coming in a south-east di- rection, and rising apparently not very far from the Kara- korum Pass. We were, therefore, now in an ice-bound region, with glaciers in front of us, glaciers behind us, and FEBRUARY 26, 1892.]. glaciers all around us. Heavy suow-clouds too were unfor- tunately collecting to increase our difficulties, and I felt that we should have a hard task before us. On first lookiug at one of these glaciers it would appear impossible to take ponies up them, but the sides are always covered with mo- raine, and my experience in the exploration of the Mustagh Pass in 1887 showed that, by carefully reconnoitring ahead, it was generally possible to take the ponies for a considerable distance at least up such glaciers; and as the one we had now reached seemed no worse than others, and there appeared a gap in the range which looked as if it might bea pass, I took my ponies on, and after three days’ scrambling on the ice, reached the foot of the supposed pass, and started at 3.30 on the following morning to find if it was at all practicable.” Captain Younghusband was, however, obliged to return after reaching a height of 17,000 feet, and he decided to re- turn to his camp on the Oprang River. He thus describes the glaciers from which this river takes its rise: — “The length of this glacier is 18 miles, and its average breadth half a mile; it is fed by three smaller glaciers on the west and one on the east. At its upper part, immediately under the pass, it is a smooth undulating snow-field about a mile and a half in width. Lower down this névé is split up into crevasses, which increase in size the further down we get. Then the surface gradually breaks up into a mass of ice-domes, which lower down become sharp needle-like pin- nacles of pure white ice. On each side lateral gravel mo- raines appear, and other glaciers join, each with its centre of white ice-peaks and its lateral moraines, and preserving éach its own distinct course down the valley, until some three miles from its termination in the Oprang River, when the ice-peaks are all melted down and the glacier presents the appearance of a billowy mass cf moraine, and would look like a vast collection of gravel heaps, were it not that you see, here and there, a cave or a cliff of ice, showing that the gravel forms really only a very thin coating on the surface, and that beneath is all pure solid ice. This ice is of opaque white, and not so green and transparent as other glaciers I laye seen, and the snow at the head of the glacier was differ- ent from any I have seen before; for beneath the surface, or when it was formed into lumps, it was of the most lovely pale transparent blue. I must mention, too, that every flake of snow that fell in the storm was a perfect hexagonal star, most beautiful and delicate in form. The mountains on either side of the valley, especially on the eastern side, are extremely rugged and precipitous, forming little or no rest- ing-place for the snow, which drains off immediately into the glacier below. The western range, the main Mustagh Range, was enveloped in clouds nearly the whole time, and T only occasionally caught a glimpse of some peak of stu- pendous height, one of them, the Gushirbrum, over 26,000 feet, and others 24,000 feet. The snowfall on these moun- tains must be very considerable, and it seems that this knot of lofty mountains attracts the great mass of the snow-clouds, and gets the share which ought to fall on the Kar4korum, while these latter, being lower, attract the clouds to a less degree, and are in consequence almost bare of snow.” After some further exploration of the glaciers, rivers, and passes in this wild region, Captain Younghusband returned to India by way of Kashmir. In the summer of 1890, he once more made his way northwards through Kashmir, with a companion, Mr. Macartney. They reached Yarkand on Aug. 31. ““ After a rest of two or three weeks at Yarkand,” Captain Younghusband went on to say, ‘‘ Macartney and I left our SCIENCE, - and ice. 1251 companions and started for a trip round the Pamirs. Ap- proaching this interesting region from the plains of Kash- garia, one sees cleariy how it has acquired the name of Bam i-dunya, or Roof of the World. The Pamir Mountains rise apparently quite suddenly out of the plain from a height of 4,000 feet above sea-level at their base to over 25,000 feet at their loftiest summits —a massive wall of rocks, snow, Mounting this wall the traveller comes on to the Bam-i-dunya, which would perhaps be better translated as the ‘upper story’ of the world. Houses in Turkistan are flat-roofed, and you ascend the outer wall and sit out on the roof, which thus makes an upper story, and it appears to me that it was in this sense that the Pamir region was called the Roof of the World. The name, indeed, seems singularly appropriate, for once through the gorges which lead up from the plains, one enters a region of broad open valleys sepa- rated by comparatively low ranges of mountains. These valleys are known as Pamirs — Pamir being the term applied by the natives of those parts to a particular kind of valley. Tn the Hindu Kush and Himalayan region the valleys, as a rule, are deep, narrow, and shut in. But on the Roof of the World they seem to have been choked up with the débris falling from the mountains on either side, which appeared to me to be older than those further south, te have been longer exposed to the wearing process, and to be more worn down —in many parts, indeed, being rounded off into mere mounds, reminding one very much of Tennyson’s lines : — ‘¢¢ The hills are shadows, and they flow From form to form, and nothing stands; They melt like mist; the solid lands, Like clouds they shape themselves and go.’ The valleys have thus been filled up faster than the rainfall has been able to wash them out, and so their bottoms are sometimes as much as four or five miles broad, almost level, and of considerable height above the sea. The Tagh-dum- bash Pamir runs as low as 10,300 feet, but, on the other hand, at its upper extremity the height is over 15,000 feet; and the other Pamirs vary from twelve or thirteen to four- teen thousand feet above sea-level. That is, the bottoms of these Pamir valleys are level with the higher summits of the Alps. ‘“As might be expected, the climate is very severe. I have only been there in the autumn, and can therefore speak from personal experience of that season only; but I visited them in three successive years, and have seen ice in the basin of my tent in August. I have seen the thermometer at zero (Fahrenheit) at the end of September, and 18° below (that is, 50° of frost) at the end of October. The snow on the valley bottoms does not clear away before May is well ad- vanced. June and July and the beginning of August are said to be pleasant, though with chilly nights; and then, what we in England might very justly call winter, but which, not to hurt the feelings of the hardy Kirghiz who inhabit these inhospitable regions all the year round, we will, for courtesy’s sake, call autumn, commences.” Captain Younghusband and Mr. Macartney advanced up those long gravel desert slopes which lead out of the plains of Turkistan, and then through the lower outer ranges of hills covered with a thick deposit of mud and clay, which Captain Younghusband believes to be nothing else than the dust of the desert, which is ever present in the well known haze of Turkistan, deposited on the mountain-sides; then over the Kara-dawan, Kizil-dawan, and Torat Passes; through the narrow defile known as the Tangitar, where one has to 122 force the ponies up a deep, violent stream rushing over huge bowlders between precipitous, rocky cliffs, in which they no- ticed large, square holes pierced, suggesting to them that in former days this, the high road between Hastern and Western Asia, was probably improved by having a bridge over this difficult and dangerous part; then over the Chichiklik and Koh-mamak Passes and the Tagarma Plain, till they reached the neighborhood of Tash-kurgan, the northernmost point of Captain Younghusband’s explorations in the previous year. Passing through the Little Pamir, they struck the Alichur Pamir near Chadir-tash at its eastern extremity, and from there they looked down a broad level valley, averaging four or five miles in width, to some high, snowy peaks overhang- ing Lake Yeshil-kul at its western extremity. The range bounding this Pamir on the north is free of snow in summer, but that separating it from the Great Pamir is of considera- ble height, the summits are always covered with snow, and the passes across it difficult. Traces of ancient glaciers are very frequent, and the western end near Lake Yeshil-kul is choked up with their moraines, forming a sea of gravel mounds, in the hollows of which numerous lesser lakes may be seen. On the borders of Yeshil-kul, at a place called Somatash, Captain Younghusband found the fragments of a stone bearing an ancient inscription in Turki, Chinese, and Manchu. This interesting relic, as far as Captain Young- husband has been able to get the rubbings he took of it translated, refers to the expulsion of the two Khojas from Kashgar by the Chinese in 1759, and relates how they were pursued to the Badakhshan frontier. From the Ak-su Valley the two travellers ascended the sterile valley of the Ak-baital, which at this season of the year (October) has no water in it, and visited Lake Rang- kul. ‘‘On the edge of this lake is a prominent outstanding rock, in which there is a cave with what appears to be a perpetual light burning in it. This rock is called by the na- tives Chiragh-tash, i.e., the Lamp Rock, and they account for the light by saying that it comes from the eye of a dragon which lives in the cave. This interesting rock naturally ex- cited my curiosity. From below I could see the light quite distinctly, and it seemed to come from some phosphorescent substance. I asked the Kirghiz if any one had ever entered the cave, and they replied that no one would dare to risk the anger of the dragon. My Afghan orderly, however, had as little belief in dragons as I had, and we set off to scale the cliff together, and by dint of taking off our boots and scram- bling up the rocks, very much like cats, we managed to reach tbe mouth of the cave, and on gaining an entrance found that the light came neither from the eye of a dragon nor from any phosphorescent substance, but from the usual source of light—the sun. The cave, in fact, e,tended to the other side of the rock, thus forming a hole right through it. From below, however, you cannot see this, but only the roof of the cavern, which, being covered with a lime deposit, reflects a peculiar description of light. Whether the super- stitious Kirghiz will believe this or not I cannot-say, but I think the probability is that they will prefer to trust to the old traditions of their forefathers rather than the wild story of a hare-brained stranger. The water of the Rang-kul is salt, and the color is a beautiful clear blue. The mountains in the vicinity are low, rounded, and uninteresting, though from eastern end a fine view of the great snowy Tagarma Peak may be obtained.” The winter was spent in Kashgar. Ox July 22, 1891, Cap- tain Younghusband left to return to India by way of the Pa- mirs and Gilgit. SCIENCE, [Vou. XIX No 473 ““On reaching the Little Kara-kul Lake, a piece of inter- esting geography, which I believe had been first noticed by Mr. Ney Elias, on his journey through these parts some years ago, presented itself. Captain Trotter of the Forsyth mission saw from the plains of Kashgar a stupendous peak, the height of which he found to be 25,300 feet, and the posi- tion of which he determined accurately. From Tash-kurgan or its neighborhood he also saw a high mountain mass in the direction of the peak he had fixed from near Kashgar; bad weather prevented his determining the position of this second peak, but he thought there was no doubt that the two were identical. Such, however, is not the case. There are two peaks, about twenty miles apart, one on either side of the Little Kara-kul Lake. That seen from Tash-kurgan is the true Tagarma Peak, and cannot be seen from Kashgar; while that seen from Kashgar cannot be seen from Tash-kur- gan. There appeared to me to be very little difference in height between the two. Both are remarkable not only for their extraordinary height, but also for their great massive- ness. They are not mere peaks, but great masses of mountain, looking from the lake as if they bulged out from the neighboring plain; and one sees far more distinctly than is usually the case, the layers upon layers of rock which have been upturned like the leaves of a book forced upwards. It struck me, too, especially from the appearance of the rocks in the neighborhood of the northernmost peak, that these must have been upheaved far more recently than the worn-out-looking mountains in the centre of the region of the Pamirs. The appearance of these two great mountain masses rising in stately grandeur on either side of a beautiful lake of clear blue water is, as may be well imagined, a truly magnificent spectacle, and, high as they are, their rise is so gradual and even that one feels sorely tempted to ascend their maiden summits and view the scene from the loftiest parapets of the ‘ Roof of the World.’ ” On Oct. 4 Captain Younghusband and a companion left the Tagh-dum-bash Pamir to explore ‘‘an interesting little corner of Central Asia, the point where the two watersheds — the one between the Indus on the south and the Oxus and Eastern Turkistan Rivers on the north, and the other between the Oxus on the west and the Eastern Turkistan Rivers on the east —join. If any point can be called the Heart of Central Asia I should think this must be it. Here on the Oxus side of the watershed are vast snow-felds and glaciers, and among these, with three of its sides formed of cliffs of ice — the terminal walls of glaciers — we found asmall lake, about three-quarters of a mile in width, out of which flowed the stream which joins the Panja branch of the Oxus at Bozai-Gumbaz.” After this Captain Younghusband made his way down to Kashmir. FURTHER CONFIRMATION OF THE DISCOVERY OF THE INFLUENZA BACILLUS. In January, 1890, Professor Babes of Bucharest investi- gated nine cases of influenza. The difficulty of studying them was increased from the fact that complications with other diseases were involved. Unfortunately, also, no ex- periments were made upon animals. Yet, from the results then found,’ it will be seen that the bacteria are the same as those discovered by Pfeiffer, which Babes himself acknowl- edges.” 1 Centralblatt fiir Bacteriologie, Bd. VII., No. 8, 15, 17-19. 2 Deutsche Med. Wochenschrift, Feb. 11, 1892. FEBRUARY 26, 1892. |. The bacteria showed the following peculiarities: — 1. In fresh cases the bacteria are found in large masses in the mucus, that is, in the inner of the leucocytes; they form a thick layer on the surface of the inflamed mucous mem- brane, and press into the superficial lymph-spaces and often also into the inner organs. 2. They form very fine, generally pointed, diplobacteria, or short rods, with a diameter of 0.2, often making chains. One recognizes in the inner of the same chromatic granules; these appear to be surrounded by a light zone, and they are without motion. With aniline colors they stain feebly, in single cases better, and are faint, or do not stain at all (except the chromatic granules), with Gram’s method. In older eases and cultures, as in the inner of the leucocytes, the bacterium is found in a state of granular disintegration, fre- quently lessened in size or swollen so that the thickness of the individual bacteria can vary between 0.1 and 0.3 pu. The thickness also varies according to the coloring matter employed. — 3. The bacteria can be cultivated in many cases, especially in glycerine. There are formed here, especially deep in the nutrient medium, very small rod-like colonies. 4, The bacterium is pathological for rabbits, since in some eases its introduction into healthy nasal cavities causes a sort of sepsis, pneumonia, and death of the animal. From Babes’s investigations it appears that white mice are not always immune against greater quantities of the culture or the products of the disease, and that they can die. As there is now vo special difficulty in recognizing and cultivating the very small bacteria in cover-glass prepara- tions, it is to be hoped that they may be made valuable in diagnosis, and that a way for preventing and subduing the disease may be experimentally investigated. Georgetown Medical School. A. MacDONALD. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. Making an Herbarinm or Preserving Plants. THIS is the time of year when botanists are making plans for the summer campaign. I am not going through the subject by going into details, as Science has recently noticed several small manuals which treat fully of the subject. I wish to emphasize a few points which have received too little attention. I am some- what familiar with the collecting done by the older botanists of this country, and with some in other countries. We have a great advantage in many ways over the older col- lectors. We are learning all the time from each other. Weare going deeper and deeper into the study of plants. Almost everyone who preserves specimens, on the start hoards up a lot of worthless trash — of snips, tops, and mere fragments. Don’t do it, but study the subject well from every side. I speak now more particularly with reference to grasses; but the following statement, I feel sure, will apply with almost equal force to most families of plants. This is the statentent which I believe to be true, with very few exceptions :— All truly good herbarium specimens have been made within the past twenty years, and a very large proportion of those prepared -during the last twenty years are farfrom good. It is no injustice to others to say that, so far as I know, C. G. Pringle of Vermont, by his fastidiousness in this matter, started a reform which seems to be rapidly spreading. We should have an abundance of mate- rial, lower leaves, flowers, fruit, and root-stalks, if there are any, and little packages of nuts, flowers, and seeds on the sheet for study. Some years ago I spoke of the importance of preserving seedlings of many of our plants. This is a good time to refer to this part of the subject, since Mrs. Kellerman has illustrated the seedling blackberry. Turn to page ninety-four and study it. Go to raising seedlings, or pick them up wherever they can be found. Look out, too, for buds of trees and shrubs, and collect SCIENCE. 123 them before the inner scales have fallen —as they are opening. Do not be satisfied with mediocrity, but strive to have everything neat and complete. W. J. BEA. Agricultural College, Ingham Co., Mich., Feb. 22. The Barn Owl a Winter Resident in Ohio. THAT the barn owl, Strix pratincola, is, at least, a rare winter resident of central Ohio can no longer be questioned. A few days since two individuals were found in the hollow trunk of a syca- more tree at Utica, Licking County. One of them was killed by the fall of the tree; this I have not seen. The other was taken alive, and I had the satisfaction of seeing it last week in the pos- session of Mr. Newkirk of Newark, O. There is no doubt as to its identity, nor can I think there is any regarding the stated time and place of capture. There are but few recorded instances of its occurrence in the State, and none of the dates at hand are in winter. Dr. J. M. Wheaton, in ‘* Reports on the Birds of Ohio,” says, ‘‘ Rare visitor. Mr. Oliver Davie of this city [Columbus] has a specimen ; killed in this vicinity Nov. 2, 1878. The dates of captures [Cir- cleville, summer, 1873; Columbus, November, 1878; near Cincin- nati, April, 1880] indicate that it is, at least, a summer resident of the State.” It would seem that it is a permanent resident; in all probability rearing its young in central Ohio. D. 8. KELLICOrT. Ohio State University, Columbus, Feb. 17. A Magnetic Cane. Capt. D. P. SANFORD of this city owns a walking-stick that possesses magnetic properties, but how it came by them he is un- able to explain. Several years ago he purchased a strong, heavy cane, having for its central portion a rod of excellent quality of steel, extending throughout its entire length. At the lower end it is about the thickness of the ordinary lead pencil; at the top nearly three-quarters of an inch in diameter. Its outer part is composed of leather, which, having been cut into rings, was forced, one ring upon another, till solid from end to end. This was rounded, smoothed and polished, and varnished. The cane was finished, first, by enclosing the lower end with a steel ferrule through which the central steel rod projected half an inch; sec- ond, by covering the upper end of the cane with a circular copper plate over an inch in diameter, and about one-sixteenth of an inch in thickness. The cane was never near a magnet to its owner’s knowledge; but recently he has noticed its magnetic property, which, in his belief, is growing stronger. Now, what causes this? The water-tight non-conducting covering insulates the rod per- fectly, except at the lower end, where, as a matter of course, it constantly comes in contact with the earth. The upper part, coy- ered with the copper plate, is held in the warm and moist hand for hours at a time. Now, will the conditions of insulation, two metals, moisture of earth and hand, and difference in temperature between the two ends, account for the exhibition of magnetic properties? Will some one offer an explanation ? A. H. BEALS. Milledgeville, Ga., Feb. 20. [If the writer of the above will take any steel rod and give it a number of raps while held in a more or less vertical position he will find that it will become magnetic.—ED. | AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THE question of ‘‘ Speed in Locomotives,” which for a time has superseded in popular interest the luxuries of railroad travel, will be discussed in the March Scribner by a notable group of railway authorities. M. N. Forney, editor of The Railroad and Engineering Journal, will consider the question of ‘‘The Limita- tions of Fast Running;’’ Theodore N. Ely, General Superinten- dent Motive Power, Pennsylvania Railroad, will treat of ‘‘ Train Speed as a Question of Transportation;’? H. Walter Webb, Third Vice-President of the New York Central, will describe ‘‘ A Prac- tical Experiment” —the running of the Empire State express. The views of three sueh authorities, presented in a popular way in one number, give for the first time an adequate knowledge to 124 the public of the difficulties and risks involved inrunning through trains at a high rate of speed. —P. Blakiston, Son, & Co., Philadelphia, have nearly ready a “Monograph on Physical Education,” by Frederick Treves, F.R.C.S., printed from the advance sheets of ‘‘ A Treatise on Hr- giene,” by various authors. It is a systematic exposition of a very important subject that is at present attracting the attention of school boards, college trustees, physicians, and sanitarians generally. — To Skakespeare students the plan and scope of Dr. Furness’s variorum edition is universally known, as are the infinite pains, judgment, and critical faculty expended in the exposition of each play. Every volume as it appears brings into one focus all the wealth of a great Shakespeare library, so arranged as to be im- mediately accessible. ‘‘ The Tempest”? is the nmth volume of this incomparable edition, and will soon be published by J. B. Lippincott Company. The plays previously issued are ‘“‘ As You Like It,” ‘‘ Romeo and Juliet,” ‘‘ Hamlet” (2 vols.), ‘‘ Macbeth,” ‘King Lear,” ‘‘ Othello,” and ‘‘ Merchant of Venice.” —Under the heading ‘‘One Hundred Miles an Hour,” Mr. Charles N. Deacon of the Reading Railroad discusses, in the March Lippincott, the facts and possibilities of railway speed, and rejects the popular notion that a faster rate necessarily means increased SCIENCE. [VoLt. XIX. No. 473 — J. B. Lippincott Company have just published a new edition - of ‘: Soule’s Synonymes,” revised and enlarged by George S. How- ison, Mills professor of philosophy in the University of California. — Houghton, Mifflin, & Co. will publish immediately the lec- tures in ‘‘The Evolution of Christianity,” recently delivered at the Lowell Institute, in Boston. by Rey. Dr. Lyman Abbott, which have been carefully revised by Dr. Abbott for this publication in book form; ‘‘ Equatorial America,” in which M. M. Ballou de- scribes his travels to St. Thomas, Martinique, Barbadoes, and the principal capitals of South America. This house will also shortly issue a new work by A. P. Sinnett, whose ‘‘ Occult World” and ‘‘ Esoteric Buddhism” secured so wide a reading. The new book will be named ‘ The Rationale of Mesmerism.”. — M. L. Holbrook Company, 23 Clinton Place, New York City, announce for immediate publication a work on the hygienic treat- ment of consumption, which has been in preparation many years, and which would have been published earlier if it had not been detained to await the verdict on Professor Koch's merits. The book is written mainly for the patient. —In a volume of more than two hundred pages J. B. Lippin- cott Company will soon publish ‘‘ Type-Writing and Business Correspondence,” by O. R. Palmer. It is a compendium of the entire subject, and places in the hands of the novice just such in- danger. formation as is most needed. Women’s Anthropological Society of America, Washington. Feb. 20.—Folk-Lork, Biological Society, Washington. Feb. 20.—W. H. Dall, Factors in the Distribution of Animal Life as Illustrated by Marine Forms. It is expected that at each meeting a paper of general biological interest will be introduced for discussion, the above being the first of the series. F. A. Lucas, On Charcharodon mortoni; J. N. Rose, The Flora of the Galapagos Islands; John M. Holzinger, On the Identity of As- clepias stenophylla, Gray, and Acerates auriculata, Engelm. Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston. Fed. 25.—Frederick H. Chapin, Ascent of Uncompahgre Peak, Cliff-Dwellings of Nav- ajo Cafion, Colorado (illustrated by about one hundred new stereopticon views.) Business Department. Intending investors and others interested in real estate matters in the rapidly develop- ing State of Texas are invited to give a care- ful reading of the advertisement of the For- Worth and Arlington Heights Land and Int vestment Company on first page of this num- ber. Mr. E. W. Watkins, 156 Broadway, New York, will show views and maps of the property advertised. The writer can vouch for the entire reliability and truthfulness of any statements made in the advertisement. Special attention is called to the novel representation of solar and lumar eclipses, with popular lectures on astronomy, recently inaugurated at Carnegie Music Hall, entitled, ‘‘A Trip to the Moon.’’ —— POPULAR MANUAL OF VISIBLE SPEECH AND VOCAL PHYSIOLOGY. For use in Colleges and Normal Schools. Sent free by post by N. D C. HODGES, 871 Broadway, N. ¥. Price 50 cents Wants. Any person seeking a posttion for which he ts quali- hed by his scientific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF CosT, if he satisfies the publisher of the suit- able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any scientific question, the address of any scientific man, or whocan in any way use thiscol- umn for a purpose consonant with the nature of the paper, is cordially invited to do so. pee in Chemistry is wanted by one who has had five years’ experience in that capacity. Would prefer to give instruction by lectures and experiments rather than by text-book methods. Would like a position in a college or uni- versity where there is a good student’s laboratory. Special points of strength claimed are: (1) Thorough control of a class and good order during lectures and recitations. (2) Accuracy in experimenting with chemicals and skill in the manipulation of chemical apparatus. The permission of several dis- tinguished educators has been given to refer to them if required. Would not care to accept a po- sition paying less than $1,500. Address B. E., care of Science, 874 Broadway, New York. DDRESS WANTED.—Will some one please send the address of the Secretary of the American Philological Society. Also that of Herbert Spencer. “ADDISON,” Room 84, 164 Madison St., Chicago, Ill. DDRESSES of Old Book Dealers wanted.—Wish- ing to obtain a number of old books out of print, I very much desire the addresses or catalogues of rare second-hand book dealers. If.there is a direc- tory or list of such dealers I should like to obtain possession of one. W. A. BLAKELY, Chicago, Ill. ANTED.—Books on the Magic Lantern. Will exchange, ‘‘How the Farm Pays,” by Cozier and Henderson; ‘‘Culture of Farm Crops.’ by Stewart; ‘‘American Agriculturist,’’ 1890 and 1891. I. SLEE ATKINSON, 43 Wallace St., Orange, N. J. ANTED.—(1) A white man versed in wood and iron working, able to work from specifications and plans, suited for an instructor of boys; his bus- iness to have charge of shops of school, outline and direct the work for foremen and students; salary to ba $1,000 per annum (nine months), (2) A man (black preferred) to teach the colored, iron working and forging, subordinate to the preceding; salary, $720. e)) A man (white) competent to take classes in engineering (assistant’s position), but with the ability to perform any of the work required in any of the ordinary engineering courses of our universi- ties; salary from $1,000 to $1,5U0. A. H. BEALS, Milledgeville, Ga. a BOOKS: How to Exchange them for others. Send a postal to the So1mncr exchange column (insertion free), stating briefly what you want to exchange. ScIENCE, 874 Broadway, New York. To insure its practical efficiency Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, ifofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] To exchange ; Experiment Station bulletins and reports for bulletins and reports not in my file. will send list of what I have for exchange. P. H. ROLES, Lake City, Florida. Finished specimens of all colors of Vermont marble for fine fossils or crystals. Will be given only for valuable specimens because of the cost of polishing. GEO. W. PERRY, State Geologist, Rutland, Vt. For exchange.—Three copies of ‘‘ American State Papers Bearing on Sunday Legislation,” 1891, $2.50, new and unused, for ‘‘The Sabbath,” by Harmon Kingsbury, 1840; ‘‘The Sabbath,” by A. A. Phelps, 1842; ‘* History of the Institution of the Sabbath Day, Its Uses and Abuses,”’ by W. L. Fisher, 1859; *‘ Humorous Phases of the Law,” by Irving Browne; or other works amounting to value of books exchanged, on the question of govern= mental legislation in reference to religion, personal liberty, etc. If preferred, I will sell ‘‘American State Papers,” and buy other books on the subject. WILLIAM AD- DISON BLAKELY, Chicago, Ill. Wanted, in exchange for the following works, any standard works on Surgery and on Diseases of Children: Wilson's ‘American Ornithology,” 3 vols.; Coues’ ‘*Birds. of the Northwest’’ and ‘* Birds of the Colorado Valley,” 2 vols.; Minot’s ‘‘ Land and Game Birds of New Eng— land;”’ Samuels’ ‘‘ Our Northern and Eastern Birds;” all the Reports on the Birds of the Pacific R. R. Survey, bound in 2 vols,, morocco; and a complete set of the Reports of the Arkansas Geological Survey. Please give editions and dates in corresponding. R. ELLSWORTH CALL, High School, Des Moines, Iowa. Wanted to buy or exchange a copy of Holbrook’s North American Herpetology, by John Edwards. 5 vols. Philadelphia, 1842, G. BAUR, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. For sale or exchange, LeConte, ‘t Geology;”’ Quain, “Anatomy,’’ 2 vols.; Foster, ‘‘Physiology,”’ Eng. edition: Shepard, Appleton, Elliott, and Stern, *t Chemistry ;” Jordan, ** Manual of Vertebrates;” ‘* International Scien- tists’ Directory;’’ Vol. I. fournal of Morphology; Bal- four, ‘*Embryology,’’ 2 vols.; Leidy, ‘t Rhizopods;’’ Sczence, 18 vols., unbound. C. T. McCLINTOCK, Lexington, Ky. To exchange Wright’s ‘‘ Ice Age in North America ’” and Le Conte’s ‘‘Elements of Geology’’ (Copyright 1882) for ‘“Darwinism,” by A. R. Wallace, “Origin of Species,’ by Darwin, ‘‘Descent of Man,’’ by Darwin, *‘Man’s. Place in Nature,’’ Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Am- mals,”’ by Romanes, ‘‘Pre-Adamites,’? by Winchell. No books wanted except latest editions, and books in good condition. C. S, Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g. to 1-romg,), platinum dishes and crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part or whole. Also complete file of Szddzman’s Yournal, _ 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883> U._S. Coast Survey. 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. FEBRUARY 26, 1892.] the book has been divided into sections giving sample business letters representing widely-different trades, also rules for punctu- ation and for using the various kinds of type-writing machines. -— Of Dr. Franz Boas’s recent publications on the ethnography and linguistics of the American North-west, the following are be- fore us: 1. ‘‘ Notes on the Chemakum Language,” in American Anthropologist for January, 1892, pp. 37-44. The people speak- ing this language were visited by Boas in the summer of 1890 on Puget Sound, and then only three persons were surviving. Be- fore Boas nothing thorough had ever been made public upon this curious and very consonantic language, which forms, together with a dialect on the Pacific Coast, unexplored as yet, a linguistic family by itself. 2. ‘‘ Third Report on the Indians of British Co lumbia,” contained on pp. 2-48 of Seventh Report on the North- tribes of Canada, Cardiff meeting, 1891, of the British Association for the Advancement of Science; mostly ethnographical and SCIENCE. 125 somatological. 3. ‘ Vocabularies of the Tlingit, Haida, and Tshimshian Languages,” American Philosophical Society of Phila- delphia, Oct. 2, 1891; in its Proceedings, pp. 173-208. These copi- ous word collections are so arranged that the English signification stands first. At the end of the article there are texts and a song in \'shimshian with interlinear translation. — All teachers and those interested in higher education will be attracted by the paper in the Atluntie Monthly for March, by Pro- fessor George H. Palmer of Harvard University, entitled ‘‘ Doubts about University Extension.” The writer has given this subject a most careful study, and relates the history of the movement in England and in the United States. He speaks of the difficulties of making it a success here, owing to the different social condi- tions of the two countries, and suggests plans by means of which the system may be made a possible success in America. The paper wil well repay a careful reading. PROPRIETARY. MISCELLANEOUS. BOOKS AND STATIONERY. ; Lihaustion Horslont’s Act Phosphate, A wonderful remedy, of the highest value in mental and nervous exhaustion. -Overworked men and women, the nervous, weak and debilitat- ed, will find in the Acid Phos- phate a most agreeable, grate- ful and harmless stimulant, giv- ing renewed strength and vigor to the entire system. Dr. Edwin F. Vose, Portland, Me., says: ‘‘T have used it in my own case when suffer- ing from nervous exhaustion, with gratifying results. I have prescribed it for many of the various forms of nervous debility, and it has never failed to do good.’’ Deseriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘** Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never soldin bulk, MINERALOGY. Course of Mineralogy for Young People. Conducted by correspondence; minerals and books furnished. Collection and book, ‘‘ First Grade,” one dollar; postage, 25 cents. Send for circulars to GUSTAVE GUTTENBERG, Centra! High School, Pittsburgh, Pa. G EM 0 PALS Cut ready for setting. Having pur- » chased a large lot at the Mexican lo- cality, we are offering them at about one-fifth jewelers’ prices; 0c., $1, $1.50, $2, $3. This is a rare opportunity to secure a finegem very cheap. 100 pp. Mineral Catalogue lic., in cloth 25c., Supplement 2c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & Co., Mineralogists, 733 and 735 Broadway, New York City. 20 GEMSTONES FREE as a premium with THE GREAT DIVIDE. These Gemstones are cut and polished ready for jewelry mounting, and are given free to each new subscriber sending $1; price of yearly subscription. Address THE GREAT DIVIDE, 1516 Arapahoe St., Denver, Colo. ARTIFICIAL LIMBS WITH RUBBER FEET AND HANDS. in Cunssruction, Natural in Action, Noiseless in Movement. And the MOST COMFORTABLE for the wearer. Itis not unusual to see a farmer working in the flelds with an artificial leg, or a brakeman applying his brake on a fast running train, or an engineer with hand on the throttle, or a fireman, carpenter, mason, miner, in fact, men of every vocation at labor in the full capacity of their employment, wearing one or two artificial legs with rubber feet, performing as much as men in possession of all their natural members, earning the same wages, in fact, experiencing little or no inconvenience. Durable ~ sce ir a _ = Over 12,000 artificial limbs of the Marks’ patent in dail. use. Established over 39 years. Indorsed and purchase: by the United States and many foreign governments. By our formula applicants can supply us with all the data necessary to secure a fit while they remain at home. One half of the legs and arms furnished by us are made from measurements and profiles without our seeing the wearers. Fit always guaranteed. A treatise of 430 pages with 256 illustrations and a formula for measuring, sent free. Address A, A. MARKS, 701 Broadway, N. Y. : ie THIS TITTLE TYPEWRITER 4 Baer ES THE SHE QUALITY OF HO 118 A REWINGTON, AS 10 &I SS eee A perfect and practieal Type Wri machine for only ONE DOLLAR. Exactly like cut; reg Remington type; does the same quality of work; takes a fools cap sheet. C with paper holder, automatic feed, perfect type wheel ses copying ink. Size 3x4x9 inches: weight, 12 0z t- ction gu teed; Circulars free; S WANTED. Sent by (22Dre55 for $1.00; by mail, lie. extra for postage. R.N.INGERSOLL & Bro.65Cortlandt St.N.Y.City. RK. AND he G7 PARK PLACE B ADVE RTISINGS PURPOSES: Books ordered by Mail, selected with care and forwarded with promptness. Books out of print and searee, will be searched for with thoroughness. Books not to be had, in this country, will be imported to order. CROTHERS & KORTH, (Room 22, Manhattan Building), 96 Fifth Avenue, New York City. JOHN IRELAND'S Bookstore, 1197 Broadway near 29th St., is convenient to the residence quarter of the city ; it is a good lace to drop into on the way up or down town to select books or stationery. His stock is well selected and embraces all the new and standard books as soon as issued. Out-of-town purchasers can order by mail with every confidence that their wants will be as well supplied as if buying in person. ——- ——-- AMERICAN WOODS A book on Woods, containing actual and authentic specimens. PREPARATIONS OF WOODS FOR MICROSCOPE anp STERE- OPTICON, aud WOODEN CARDS, for invita- tions, calling cards, etc. Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH, Lowville, N. Y. BABY. An I[llustrated Journal for Mothers PUBLISHED FORTNIGHTLY. $1.00 a year. Send for Sample Copy. Charles Robinson, 907 Broadway, N. Y THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in ’ all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. Adaress PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Crawfordsville, Ind. STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROGK STEEL PEN GO., Works: Camden, N.J 26 John St., New York. PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W.T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- azines. Rates Zow. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N VY =~ 126 SCIENGE: (VoL. XIX. No. 473 DRY GOODS, ETC. FINANCIAL. FINANCIAL. New Method of Protecting Propert : at 0 Finletnnee "| Peabody, Houshteling & Co. YCNO 0, BANKERS, Lontal ee Ge Real India Pongees, CORAHS, Unsurpassed for durability and wear. INDIA SILK SHIRTINGS, Stripes and Checks, new color- ings, and styles. RONGEANT, The New Summer Silk. Deoadovay AS 3 9b st. NEW YORK.. DRESS GOODS FOR SPRING TRADE. Especial care has been taken to provide, for the Spring trade, large and varied as- sortments of new weaves and shades in Paris Dress Goods, remarkable for their richness and novelty. The choicest of these goods will be shown on Tuesday, Feb. 23, as well as additional novelties in woolens of Scotch and English manufacture for Ladies’ wear. Plisse Cashmere, in shingle plaits, Tucked effects in Plaids—illuminated colorings. Piped, Corded, and Shirred Crepes and Crepons. The rapid sale of novelties, previously shown, indicates an active demand for the above class of goods; we therefore urge upon our customers the advantages of an early selection. : James McCreery & Co. BROADWAY & iith STREET, NEW YORK. WASTE Fmbroidery Silks. Factory Ends at half price; one ounce ina box. All good silk and good colors, Sent by mail on receipt of cents; 100 crazy stitches in each package. Latest and best book on Art Needlework, only 10 cents. A beauti- ful assortment chenille and arrasene; 15 new shades in each for 50 cents. Send postal note or prams to THE BRAINERD & ARMSTRONG SPOOL SILK CO., 625 Broadway, New York. or 621 Market St., Philadelphia, Pa. For the names and addresses of 10 ladies nterested in Art Needlework we will send one book free. The Lightning Dispeller, Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. INVESTMENTS TACOM FOR NON-RESIDENTS, TAYLOR & GUNSTON Take full charge of property for the EASTERN INVESTOR. City, Town, and Suburban Lots, Garden, Fruit, Hop and Timber Lands. 40°\. Guaranteed on all Investments, Houses for sale on the instalment plan, by which the purchaser can obtain an income sufficient to cover all payments, including taxes,insurance,etc. Information regarding any particular point in the State of Washington gladly furnished upon application. Personal attention given to all loans. Correspondence solicited. Refer, by permission, to the Pacific National: Bank, Tacoma, Wash.; Geo. H, Tilley, Esq., Secretary and Treasurer of the Southern Express Co., and Frederick C. Clark, of Clark, Chapin & Bushnell, New York. Address 504 California Bl’k, Tacoma, Wash. Eastern Representative, H. F. TAYLOR, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. 59 Dearborn Street, Chicago, Illinois. Loans and Investments on Real Estate, Security Exclusively. He Principal and Interest Payable in Gold. CHICAGO CITY MORTGAGES FOR SALE. For the convenience of investors we carry from $200,000 to $500,000 of choice mortgages at all times. These loans are made by us after careful investiga- tion of the titles, the value of the securities offered and responsibility of borrswers. In transacting a business of over $70,000,000, no title approved by us has ever been successfully attacked. IN ANY AMOUNT. These loans vary in amount from $500 to $50,000,and bear from 5 per cent. to 7 per cent. interest, payable semi-annually at our office, or at such place as in- vestor may elect. The standard rate on ordinary amounts, say $3,000 to $10,000, being 6 per cent.; smaller loans, 6144 per cent. and 7 per cent.; large loans, on exceptionally strong security, 5 per cent. and 54% per cent. AT PAR AND ACCRUED INTEREST. These securities are ready for delivery, and are on sale at par and accrued interest. No commission is charged the buyer, the income named being net. INVESTORS’ INTERESTS CARED FOR WITHOUT CHARGE. We collect all interest and remit to any part of the country free of charge. We see that all insurance policies pledged as collateral security are renewed at expiration, and that the investor is protected in case of failure on the part of the borrower to pay taxes. In other words, we act as financial agents for the investor without charge. Parties buying mortgages securing building loans, where the build- ings are not fuily completed, are guaranteed com- pletion free of mechanic’s liens. SOUTH BEND TACOMA ‘cucer cry INVESTMENTS i GUARANTEE 12 per cent per annum in any of the above cities. I haye made from 40 to 50 per cent. per annum for non-residents. I also make first mortgage, improved real estate loans on unquestionable securities from 8 to :0 per cent. per annum net. Also have choice bargains in Farm, Hop, Hay and Gardem Lands. Correspond- ence Solicited regarding Western Washington. All inquiries answered promptly. Address A. C. SICKELS, Tacoma. Washington PROTECTION FROM LIGHTNING. All the capital desired for the parent company to handle my patents on a new method of protect- ing buildings from lightning has been subscribed. Sub-companies and agencies to introduce the invention are forming, and any desirous of tak- ing State-rights should address The American Lightning Protection Co., Sioux City, Iowa. The English patent is for sale, and offers an excellent opportunity for the formation of a company now that the American company is so favorably started. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. A WEEMEY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES, PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. TrentH YEAR. SinGLE Corizs, TEN CENTS. Vou. XIX. No. 474. MARCH 4, 1892. $3.50 Per Yrar, IN ADVANCE. fe CONTENTS. FOR AMATEUR ASTRONOMERS. g ee STAR ATLAS. Containing Maps of all the Stars from 1 (tas, Pole and 34° South Declination, and of all Neve ie in the same region which are visible in telescopé Bacteria In DRINKING WATER.........- 128 moderate powers. With Explanatory Text, by DR. HERMANN J. KLEIN. THe NEED OF PSYCHOLOGICAL TRAINING. LBS Ville MEU DHROs ¢ Odowcqooncasoe d 127 = between the North THe VESICLES OF Savi. S. Garman.... 128 THE CaInooK JARGON. Franz Boas.... 129 “5 Translated and adapted for English Readers, by Ni INTE doned node ‘soecoos pac Peas a EDMUND McCLURE, M.A., M.R.I1A. Motion anD Heat. Daniel S. Troy.... 132 18 Charts and 81 pages of illustrative letter press. Imperial 4to, Cloth, $3.00. LETTERS TO THE HDITOR. ‘‘ This new Star Atlas is a pleasant surprise to us. We did not before know that Heis A Question in Physics. X......... _ 185) had any such rival for real merit in existence.’’—Sidereal Messenger. ““L have been looking for just such an Atlas for more than thirty years.’’—H. P, The Balloon Problem. Paradox ... 136 Turtie, M.A., formerly of the Cambridge (Mass.) Observatory. ‘ : ““T have carefully examined the Star Atlas _. . . and consider it in every respect The Loup Rivers in Nebraska. L. a first-class work. . . . It gives me great pleasure to state that I do not know of any FMBETV CRS Ss RR So 13'7| book of its kind that contains so much accurate knowledge in sosmall a compass.’’—EDGAR | Frissy, Professor of Mathematics, U.S. Navy. U.S. Naval Observatory, Washington, D. C. The Aboriginal North American ““fn order to find the stars by means of their Right Ascension and Declension star Set charts are needed. Members who do not already possess such charts, are recommended to Tea. Jed. Hotchkiss............. 187] procure Klein’s Star Atlas.’’— Garrett P. Srevens, President of the Astronomical De- partment of the Brooklyn Institute. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS..............+4 137 May be obtained from any bookseller, or will be sent free by mail on receipt of price, by Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Se SOE tag E. & J. B. YOUNG & CO., Cooper Union, New York. 7% IMPROVEMENT BONDS. Secured by Real Estate worth Four Times the Amount of the Mortgage. The attention of investors having money to invest and wishing a little higher rate of interest than is usually realized from Hastern Securities, is invited to some bonds that bear 7 per cent. annual interest, and are so amply secured by real estate as to commend them to the most careful and conservative investor. These are Improvement Bonds of the Fort Worth and Arlington Heights Land and Invest- meat Co. which owns the beautiful suburban addition to Fort Worth, Texas, known as Arling- ton Heights. They are issued to the amount of $100,000.00, and are for the purpose of erecting a large and commodious Hotel at the Heights. The site selected for the building is on very high ground; it is the most desirable tract in the addition, and includesa full block. The hotel and site are mortgaged to secure the bonds, and 100 blocks, of forty lots each, are also included in the mortgage, Valuing the blocks at $3,000 each, a security is given of about four dollars’ worth of real estate to one dollar’s worth of bonds. Surrounding blocks of the same class have been sold for more than $3,000 per block, and the property is constantly increasing in value. With its improved and unimproved land, Electric Street Railway, Electric Light Plant, complete Water System, Mortgage Notes, etc., the company possesses assets over liabilities of more than one million of dollars. The bonds mature at the rate of $10,000 per year, beginning with January 1st, 1897. The Company has the privilege of calling them all in on and after January 1, 1902. They are issued in denominations of $250 and $500, with the interest payable July 1 and January 1, in coupon form. Each $1,000 worth of the bonds is secured by a specified block, which is released as the bond is retired; as the hotel and site remains a mortgage for all of the bonds, the security becomes even stronger as the bonds are paid off. The entire mortgaged property is held in trust for the bondholders, by the Franklin Trust Co., of Brooklyn, through whom the interest and principal will be paid. The Trust Company can foreclose in the event of default of interest or principal. The bonds bear interest from January 1, 1892. They are sold at par with accrued interest; a large proportion of them have already been sold; the hotel is already in course of construction. A few lots can be purchased in this addition which promise large returns after a few years’ holding. Further information given by letter or private interview. E. W. WATKINS, 156 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. SCIENCE. PUBLICATIONS. 11 AMUSEMENTS. UU RAN ITA EVERY TRIP TO THE MOON. MONDAY Entirely Remodelled. New Views AND aed : . WEDNESDAY] “solar and lunar eclipses, ete. AT CARNEGIE MUSIC HALL 8.15 P.M. 57th Street and 7th Avenue. Mr. GARRETT P. SERVISS, - d it SEUNG) Peon comtronne Tie Matinee been engaged to explain the scenes at 2. and views as they pass before the audience. “TOWER OF THE MADISON SQUARE GARDEN NOW OPEN Daily from 9 A.M. until 10 P.M. Admission, 25c. The most Perfect and Delightful View of New York ever witnessed. PROCTOR’S THEATRE, grifter. Proctor & TURNER, Proprietors and Managers. TUESDAY, MARCH STH, AT 8.15. THE ENGLISH ROSE. By SIMS & BUCHANAN. Produced under the direction of Aubrey Boucicault. BRILLIANT CAST. COMPLETE ACCESSORIES. NOTICK.— The Theatre Closed fer Rehearsal Monday, March 7th. MINERALOGY. Course of Mineralogy for Young People. Conducted by correspondence; minerals and books furnished. Collection and book, ‘‘ First Grade,” one dollar; postage, 25 cents. Send for circulars to GUSTAVE GUTTENBERG, Central High School, Pittsburgh, Pa. 6 EM 0 PALS Cut ready for setting. Having pur- » chased a large lot at the Mexican lo- cality, we are offering them at about one-fifth jewelers’ prices; f0c., $1, $1.50, $2, $3. This is a rare opportunity to secure a fine gem very cheap. 100 pp. Mineral Catalogue 15c., in cloth 28. Supplement 2c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & Co., Mineralogists, 733 and 735 Broadway, New York City. 20 GEMSTONES FREE as a premium with THE GREAT DIVIDE. These Gemstones are cut and polished ready for jewelry mounting, and are given free to each new subscriber sending $1, price of yearly subscription. Address THE GREAT DIVIDE, 1516 Arapahoe St., Denver, Colo. PUBLICATIONS. THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. Address PIBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Crawfordsville, Ind. BA BY. An Illustrated Journal for Mothers, PUBLISHED FORTNIGHTLY. $1.00 a year. Send for Sample Copy. Charles Robinson, 907 Broadway, N. Y J. W. BOUTON, IMPORTER OF RARE AND STANDARD BOOKS, In all Departments of Literature, Ancient and Modern. Architecture, Fine Engravings, Illustrated Works. [laminated Missals, Early Printed Books, Bindings, ete 8 West 28th Street (Between Fifth Avenue and Broadway), NEW YORK. Libraries Purchased for Cash. _ ~- DON’T go to School TO LEARN BOOK-KEEPING When you can learn it AT HOME, within 100 hours’ study, without the aid of a teacher, (guaranteed !)from Goodwin’s Improved Book-keeping and Business Manual. Price, $3.00. 31,337 sold to date, each copy having insured success. 2,943 testimonials received. One says: “Worth $5001” Another says: “I spent $200 for a course in a Business College and got more information out of your book inside of four weeks than in the entire course at that college.’—E. A. DEAN, book-keeper for Sinclair & Morrison, Lima, Ohio, Feb. 5, 1892. SEND for a Descriptive Pamphlet. SAVE this CARD. J. H. Goodwin, R.234,1215 B’dway, N. Y. and 0 ———e-- Books ordered by Mail, selected with care and forwarded with promptness. Books out of print and scarce, will be searched for with thoroughness. Books not to be had, in this country, will be imported to order. CROTHERS & KORTH, (Room 22, Manhattan Building), 96 Fifth Avenue, New York City. Fine Pictures at Moderate Prices. HIGH-CLASS ETCHINGS, ENGRAVINGS, AND WATER COLORS. FREDERICK KEPPEL & CO., Paris, and 20 E. 16th St., bet. Union Square & Fifth Ave. JOHN IRELAND'S Bookstore, 1197 Broadway near 29th St., is convenient to the residence quarter of the city; itis a good place to drop into on the way w or down town to select books or stationery. His stoc is well selected and embraces all the new and standard books as soon as issued. Out-of-town purchasers can order by mail with every confidence that their wants will be as well supplied as if buying in person. AMERICAN WOODS A book on Woods, containing actual _ and authentic specimens. PREPARATIONS OF WOODS FOR MICROSCOPE anp STERE- OPTICON, and WOODEN CARDS, for invita- tions, calling cards, etc. __ Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH, Lowville, N.Y. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- azines. Rates low. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N V [Vor. XIX. No. 474. PROPRIETARY. It is better to take Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil when that decline in health begins—the decline which precedes consumption — rather than wait for the germ to begin to grow in our lungs. ‘‘Prevention is better than cure;” and surer. The say- ing never was truer than here. : What is it to prevent con- sumption ? Let us send you a book on CAREFUL LIVING; free. Scotr & Bowne, Chemists, 132 South sth Avenue, New York, : Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emuision of cod-liver oil—all druggists everywhere do. $i. 39 The Illustrated American THE HANDSOMEST WEEKLY NEWS MAGAZINE IN THE WORLD. Great Illustrations, Great Articles, and a Weekly Epitome of the History of Nations. L AN AMERICAN PAPER for the AMERICAN PEOPLE. A Beautiful and Valuable Addition to the Library Table. Price, 25 Cents. $10.00 per Year. $5.00 Six Months. The Monthly Illustrated American THE RICHEST AND CHEAPEST ILLUSTRATED MAGAZINE IN THE WORLD. ONE DOLLAR A YEAR, THE ILLUSTRATED AMERICAN PUBLISHING CO., c Astor Pace, New York City. Stuffed Animals Minerals, 5 a a wa: Rocks, Ward’sNatural ScienceEstablishment \.......2°°""" Caxtsot rows, | Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. |anatomiea Relief Maps. Send for Circular. ROCH ESTER, N. Y:. ia jeueneee ea SCIENCE NEW YORK, MARCH 4, 1892. THH NEED OF PSYCHOLOGICAL TRAINING. A FEW — only a few — years ago we learned psychology from antiquated text-books that by tales of extraordinary occurrences, quotations of poetry, emphatic assertations, oc- easional proofs by the phrase ‘* it is evident,” and a few im- properly observed facts, gave a complete exposition of the human mind in 500 or 600 pages — except in some cases -where the author was kind enough to be satisfied with balf that amount. Today a psychologist of that kind lectures to bare benches in the universities of Germany, aud the new psychology has got such a hold in America that it is rapidly becoming a fashion, if not a fad. Still, in this very fact there lies a great danger to the proper development of the science. -There is a tendency to careless work, to rapid shuffling off of quasi-experimental researches, to a neglect of the drudgery of a scientific inves- tigation of the fundamental problems, and to a pursuit of ghost stories, telepathy, and sensational hypnotic tales. Even where the psychologist is really a scientific man there is a tendency to rest contented with merely qualitative re- sults where quantitative measurements could be made with the exercise of brains and patience. In regard to the sensationalism and quackery that have assumed the garb of psychology we can do no more than every other science does in that respect, simply put the pub- lic-on its guard. If, as is usually the case, the public prefers swindle to science; the matter is beyond our control. There is also little to be said against the so-called ‘‘ theoretical ” or ‘*metaphysical” psychology that has blocked scientific de- velopment in the past and opposes it in the present. The ““metaphysical” psychology is neither metaphysical nor psychological; the term is used merely to cvver up the ina- bility or the dislike for careful observation and experiment, it being much easier to sit at home in the study chair and spin out a work on psychology than to put on the apron, clean bat- teries and smoke chronograph drums in the laboratory. What is to be called to attention here is the fact that we psychologists are not making the proper efforts toward exac- titude in our experiments. In the first place it is becoming too common to consider that going through any careless series of manipulations is making an experiment. An ex- periment is the systematic variation of the conditions gov- erning a phenomenon in order to observe the results of such a variation, The amount of systematic preparation required and of careful observation to be exercised depends on the stage of development in which the science finds itself. Any lack of preparation that could have been expected, or any deficiency in the necessary care, removes the pretended ex- periment from the realms of science to that of dilletantism. Dilletantism may be all very good as a source of amuse- ment, but it must never be considered as science. As Wundt has remarked, ‘‘ the most dangerous enemy of psy- chology to-day is not the metaphysical psychology of former days, but the self-sufficient amateurism that considers every aimless toying as a scientific experiment.” Aside from this amateurism there is another deficiency, perhaps of a still more important nature. In the various. periodicals we meet accounts of qualitative experiments that might just as well have heen made quantitative. Of course qualitative experiments are necessary as preliminary investi- gations, but they are inexcusable where quantitative ones can be made. That is to say, although they are necessary as forerunners of measurements, and although at certain stages of investigation, they are of incalculable value, yet the sci- entist must never rest satisfied with them, but should regard them only as stepping-stones for further progress. I can find no better way of stating this than by repeating the words of Sir William Thomson: ‘‘I often say when you can measure what you are speaking about, and express it in numbers, you know something about it; but when you can- not measure it, when you cannot express it in numbers, your knowledge is of a meagre and unsatisfactory kind; it may be the beginning of knowledge, but you have scarcely, in your thoughts, advanced to the stage of science, whatever the matter may be” (‘‘ Popular Lectures and Addresses,” I. , 73, London, Macmillan, 1889). The first step in an investigation is a determination of the relations of dependence between various phenomena; this, however, must give place as soon as possible to a measure- ment of the changes in the mutually related phenomena. This we can already do to a great extent in regard to mental processes. The degree of accuracy obtainable is in some cases scarce second to that of physical determinations, but in. others it falls far below. The future of psychology, however, lies in the possibility of increasing the accuracy of the measurements of mental phenomena. An advance in accuracy is a difficult thing; but it is of such importance that any sacrifice of time and trouble is justifiable for that purpose. To reduce the error of observations in a given problem by a tenth isa great task, and it becomes greater with each increase in accuracy. Psy- chology, however, is in the fortunate position of being in possession of methods more accurate than the majority of psychologists are able to apply. Wundt and his: followers have gone ahead so rapidly that on the one hand their re- sults can claim an accuracy only one degree less than that of physics, but on the other the psychologists who have never had a training in his laboratory are not quite able to keep up the pace. This, of course, does not apply to those domains of mind not yet subject to measurement. It is very true that there are still large groups of mental phenomena not yet investigated by experiment; we have not yet found a measure for hate, for enthusiasm, or for vertigo. There are still others in regard to which we stand at present just on the point of introducing experimental methods without having achieved anything of great importance; such are the subjects of pleasure, hallucination, the lower senses, etc. Yet again we find those that are fast yielding themselves up to qualitative and even quantitative analyses, e.g., volition in some of its results, the sense of equilibrium, pain (dermal pain quantitatively measured), smell (quantitative measure- ments by Zwaardemaker and Henry), etc. On the other hand the magnificent achievements in the domain of sight, 128 the good ones in hearing, those in the senses of pressure and temperature, the accurate measurements of visual space, the measurements of the reaction-time, etc., have all tended to place experimental psychology on a high level and to fur- nish a foundation for a science of psychical measurements, or psychometry. : What is the reason, then, that we are doing second-rate work when we might do first? The trouble lies, it seems to me, in the lack of a proper training. We attempt to make experiments; but how many of us have received a practical training in the use of ourapparatus? We make observations; but how many are familiar with the methods of observation and the computation of errors? We obtain tables of results; but how many know how to formulate the equation express- ing those results? I know that, until I was brought face to face with the question of what to do with my figures when I had got them, it had not occarred to me to remedy my de- ficient training by a study of the methods of expressing re- sults. We all of us daily use light, sound, heat, electricity, ete., in our experiments; but how many are familiar with the units and the methods of measuring these forms of energy? What a psychologist must have is a thorough course of training in psychometry, or the methods of psychical meas- urement. Summing up, I would say that what we need in experi- mental psychology is: no quackery, little amateurism, a proper estimation of qualitative work as subordinate, a transformation of the qualitative into quantitative investiga- tions, and, as the means of obtaining all this, a thorough laboratory training. E. W. SCRIPTURE. Clark University, Worcester, Mass. THE VESICLES OF SAVI. In the Archives Italiennes de Biologie, XVI., 1891, page 216, there is a reprint from the Atti della R. Accad. dei Inncei, VII., 1891, fase. 6, of Dr. Alessandro Coggi’s impor- tant notice of the development of Savi’s ‘‘ appareil follicu- Jaire nerveux” in the torpedoes. Since Savi’s announce- ment of his discovery of these peculiar follicles on the lower surface of the torpedo, 1841-44, an extensive series of publi- cations has been made on the subject. The anatomy has re- ceived attention at the hands of Boll, Leydig, Kolliker, Max Schultze, Miiller, and others; and the nature and functions have been variously determined. Leydig made the vesicles to be one of his three classes of organs for a sixth sense; Wagner supposed them to be electrical excitants; but the majority agreed in regarding them as tactile organs. In 1888, in my work on the ‘‘Lateral Canal System of the Selachia and Holocephala,” published by the Museum of Comparative Zoology, it was proved that the vesicles be- longed to the lateral system, as seen on the skates and sharks, and it was shown that they were not confined to the torpedo, but were found on such genera as Urolophus, Potamotrygon, and Disceus of the rays, where they were simple rudimentary remnants of the lateral canals. My conclusions are amply confirmed by Dr, Coggi from the embryology of torpedo, in the early stages of which he traces the ventral canals, as in embryos and adults of other Selachia. He finds various stages of canal disruption corresponding with those I had figured from the Batoids above mentioned. Dr. Coggi’s assertion that the hypothesis making the vesi- cles of Savi a special modification of the lateral line system was first brought forward by M’Donnell, 1864, is one to which T should take exception. It must be due to misunderstand- SCIENCE, - (Vo. HOWE! ING 474 ing of M’Donnell’s statements. That author enumerates five structures that ‘‘may be, or have been, confounded with different parts of the lateral line system,” and he describes the last one of the five as ‘‘ The bodies discovered by Savi in the torpedo (appareil folliculaire nerveux) — which last, however, may be related to the lateral line, as I shall after- wards attempt to show.” This is sufficiently involved to make his meaning very doubtful. But to prove that M’Don- uell did not advance the idea of identity of follicles and lateral lines we have only to turn to the penultimate paragraph of his article, where he classes the follicles with other tactile organs, and says that they, one and all, appear to be distinct from the system of the lateral line, which, he says, has more the appearance of a cutaneous excretive organ than of one of sensation (Trans. R. Irish Acad., XXIV., 1864, read 1862, page 161). Up to the present I have learned of no proof or assertion of identity of Savi’s follicles and the lateral canal system previous to that in my work of 1888. Respecting the utility of the follicles it may be added here that my conclusions are at variance with those of all who have heretofore discussed the matter, insomuch that I con- sider these organs to be practically without special function, and to represent only a transitory condition of the lateral system, intermediate between functional perfection, in the embryo, and ultimate more or less complete disappearance, during the life of the individual. As the organs are absent from particular species or from older individuals, and are rudimentary and irregular when present, this seems to me the only tenable conclusion. S. GARMAN, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., Feb. 29. BACTERIA IN DRINKING WATER. Dr. W. MicuLa (Centralbl. f. Bakt. und Parasitenk., Bd. VIII., No. 12, p. 353) makes a contribution to our knowl- edge of this subject which is really a new departure as re- gards the examination of drinking water. He points out that, although considerable stress has been laid on the ex- amination of water for pathogenic organisms, there is no reliable rule to guide the hygienist in his examinations for the ordinary saprophytic organisms and their relation to the purity of water to be used for drinking purposes. Dr. Migula washes out small flasks with bichloride of mercury; then, after rinsing them with the water to be examined, he leaves a specimen in the flask, which is plugged with sterilized cotton wadding and covered with an india-rubber cap. It is not necessary to pack the flasks in ice, as it is assumed that if any of the organisms multiply they will all do so, while if the putrefactive organisms (those that liquefy gelatine) grow more rapidly than the others, independent evidence is obtained of the impurity of the water. Cultivations are made in flat glass dishes in order to save the time required in manipulating plates and tubes during the cooling process. After examining 400 springs, wells, and streams, the author has come to the conclusion that where there are more than ten species in any sample of water, especially when these are not species ordinarily met with, the water should not be used for drinking purposes. He found that in only fifty- nine waters was this the case, but that 169 waters contained more than 1,000 organisms per cubic centimetre, sixty-six of these having over 10,000 (forty over 50,000). From these figures it will be seen that some of the sources of supply would be condemned by the old method but would be passed by the new, and some condemned by the new would be passed by the old. Migula found in all twenty-eight species, sy ~ Marcu 4, 1892. | and in a series of tables he brings out the fact that the num- ber of colonies does not by any means correspond with the number of species, though in some cases it undoubtedly does so. This is, in fact, an exceedingly variable quantity. It also comes out that putrefactive bacteria are almost invariably absent from spring water; that they are most frequently found where the number of species is great, and where the number of colonies is between 1,000 and 10,000 per cubic centimetre; that they also occur where the number of germs is below fifty per cubic centimetre, but very seldom where the number is over 10,000. Dr. L. Schmelk, who recently (Centralbl. f. Bakt. und Parasitenk., Bd. 1V., No. 7, p. 195) pointed out that there is a great increase in the number of bacteria in the water sup- ply of Christiania during the period that the upland snows are melting most actively, now (Centralbl. f. Bakt. und Parasitenk., Bd., VII., No. 4, p. 102) gives further evidence collected during the last three years in proof of his theory. The numbers he finds for those years were ten or fifteen per cubic centimetre in March to 2,500 in April, 1888; 1,100 in 1889, and on March 28, 1890, 5,000; the breaking up of the winter snows having occurred this year much earlier than usual. This is the period during which the winter snows are melting, and after this is completed there is no marked in- crease in the number of bacteria in the lake water until the reappearance of the winter snows, some of the earlier falls of which during October, November, and December melt and disappear. In December the number of bacteria per cubie centimetre sometimes reaches 600, the highest point recorded during the year except in March. Dr. Schmelk thinks that the increase is due to the action of frost in break- ing up the earth’s surface, from which the contained organ- isms may be set free as soon as a thaw occurs and then washed away along with the surface soil, just as during great rain-storms. He also points out that the masses of ice projecting into a river may form ‘‘collecting ” points for the particles suspended in the flowing water, as more bacteria are always found in the water obtained from such ice when melted than in the river water itself. He verified this by repeated experiments. He found, however, that when float- ing ice was melting in water, though it contained a few more organisms than water collected near the surface, it held far fewer than water taken from a considerable depth. In the Christiania water-supply he found some thirty species of bac- teria, some of which occurred very seldom, some at certain periods of the year only, and a few all the year round. The amount of solids in the water varies from time to time, be- tween 0.92 and 0.94 grammes per litre, and traces of ammonia can usually be found in water during the time that it con- tains most bacteria. THE CHINOOK JARGON. DURING my visits to the north Pacific coast I became familiar with the Chinook Jargon as spoken in various districts. The jar- gon is used nowadays most extensively on Puget Sound and in British Columbia, while its use on Columbia River and in the neighborivg parts of Oregon and Washington is rather restricted. It has spread as far north as Chilcat and as far south as northern California. The Jargon, as spoken on Puget Sound and farther north, contains a much smaller number of words than the printed vocabularies, a great number of the Chinook words being dropped. On Columbia River and Shoalwater Bay I found a few additional words belonging to the same dialect of the jargon which was re- corded by Horatio Hale and George Gibbs. In recording these words I made use of the same phonetic spelling which has been used in the reports to the British Association for the Advancement of Sci- SCIENCE. 129 ence on the North-western Tribes of Canada: To accompany, Ec bone of fish, pék‘; to call. thd'lak; to carry on back, to’itc; to dream, mé’sum nda'nite; to give food, 0’ma (Chihalish); to give present, k’oé@En; grandchild, kdi’m (Chihalish); last, uba't (= French au bout?); let us, haw’ansé; to make, gé’lemitl. Mamook has acquired an obscene meaning, and is no longer in use on the Columbia River. Muskrat, tsini’stsinis; fire is out, tequp ; to pursue, mé’tl’En, or te’k-s’En: to put aside, up, (6' EN; to rest, alé’m ; to roast, p’E'nis ; robin, pil k’oate'n ( = red-belly); to sew, kyé’pot ; soup, bd’yd (French); to stop, k’a (Chinook), tail, tél (English) ; to vomit, 0’E. One expression which is not found in the published vocabularies, and which is unknown on Columbia River, was obtained on the Siletz Reservation, Oregon: at that time, kopa k-od’nt. Ina few cases the meaning of the words differed somewhat from that givea in the vocabularies: to sew, mamook tipshin (Hale, ‘‘ The Oregon Trade Language,” p. 60); it means, on Shoalwater Bay and in Clatsop, to mend. To lose the way, tseepie wayhut (Hale, p. 60), is not used on Shoalwater Bay, tseepie meaning only, to miss an aim. To vomit, wagh (Hale, p. 52), not in use in the same region. To tear, klwh (Hale, p. 45), means also, to fall. A number of words which were considered as the sole and original property of the jargon prove to be of Chinook origin: anah, exclamation of pain or displeasure; heehee, to laugh; humm, stinking ; kwehkweh, mallard duck; lala, long time; liplip, to boil; na, interrogative particle; nah, interjection: ho! look here!; poh, a puff of breath; toto, to shake. I believe almost all onomatopoétic words of the jargon are de- rived from the Chinook. The word kwaddis, whale, which is given as a jargon word, is of Tillamook origin. A few other words, the origin of which could not be traced, belong to the lower Chinook: ekkeh, brother-in-law; kelapi, to turn; tukwilla, nuts. Two words, which have been derived from English, are more probably of Chinook origin: till, tired (t2/ in Chinook); spose, if, which is generally derived from ‘‘suppose,” but is more fre- quently pronounced pds on Columbia River. Pods means in Chi- nook, if; so that spose may be explained as due to folk-etymology on the part of the traders, or pds as folk-etymology on the part of the Chinook. It is of interest to note that two Nootka words which are found in the jargon have very close analoga in Chinook: chuck, water (tlteuk in Chinook) ; wawa, to speak (awa’wa in Chinook). A num- ber of Chinook terms which have been embodied in the jargon have become extinct in Chinook proper. This is due to the fact that they have been dropped after the death of persons whose names resembled these words: tmé maluct (jargon, mimaloose) is now tEméuwa'lEma; it’amd'noac (jargon, tamahnowus) is now 70 tlemu. FRANZ BOAS. Worcester, Mass., February. NOTES AND NEWS. EXPERIMENTAL psychology can count four new laboratories among its acquisitions during the present academic year, those that have been or are about to be established at Heidelberg (Ger- many), Geneva (Switzerland), Cornell (New York), and the Cath- olic University (Washington). i — The Oriental Club of Philadelphia was organized in 1888 with Professor Herman V. Hilfrecht as president, Professor M. W. Easton, treasurer, and Stuart Culin, secretary. It has held regular monthly meetings since that time. at which formal papers were read and discussed. The membership of the club is limited to thirty, and now numbers twenty-five, including Professor Paul Haupt and Dr. Cyrus Adler of Johns Hopkins University, Pro- fessors Barton, Hopkins, and Collitz of Bryn Mawr College; Pro- fessors Jastrow, Easton, Hilfrecht, Brinton, and Peters of the University of Pennsylvania, the Rev. Dr. Morris Jastrow, and others, it being strictly confined to oriental scholars. — At the February meeting of the Oriental Club of Philadelphia, Mrs. Cornelius Stevenson read a paper on ‘* Two Ancient Forms of Religious Symbolism, the Stone Axe and the Flying Sun-Disc.” ‘¢ The stone axe,” the speaker said, ‘‘ is the weapon of the power 130 above. It is the bolt flung from heaven in the lightning, and which was thought to contain a spark-of the heavenly fire. In pre-historic archeology, the wielder of the bolt is generally repre- sented under the shape of a bird, which, according to the develop- ment of the people, is either the embodiment or the messenger of the ruling spirit of heaven. In Egypt, with the development of sun-worship, the Halvk of Horus, the embodiment of the upper Space, in the course of time was represented as entering the sun, which is spoken of as the ‘body’ in which the divine spirit dwells, and which, in the form of the Horus of Edfu, as the flying sun- disc, becomes the ‘heavenly Striker.’ ”’ — The Museum of Archeology and Paleeontology of the Univer- sity of Pennsylvania has been reorganized as a department of the university by the trustees, under the direction of a Board of Man- agers, of whom thirty are appointed by the University Archzo- logical Association, and six by the trustees’ of the university. This action has been found necessary through the rapid extension of the collections and increased interesi in the work. The museum is divided into four sections, American, Babylonian, Egyptian, and Oriental, each in charge of a special curator. The University Archeological Association, by whose efforts the collections were brought together, defrays all expenses. It now numbers about three hundred contributing members. Mr. Charlemagne Lowe is president of the department, and Dr. William Pepper, the provost, is president of the association. —In his Shattuck lecture Dr. Cowles sums up the symptoms and the treatment of neurasthenia as follows: the central funda- mental fact is nervous weakness, manifested primarily in two ways: (1) by an exactly parallel weakness of mental inhibitory control through voluntary attention, and (2) by the central motive element of a lowered emotional tone, from a sense of ill-being. The first of these indications may be concealed, even from the patient himself, by intensified interest and increase of effort; the second he feels and soon betrays. The complex auxiliary condi- tions of changes in the sensations, irritability and hyperzsthesia, Janguor and aneesthesia, and their causes, are manifested a little jater than the primary mental effects. The point of attack in the treatment is the central emotional tone. There are two ways of approach to it: (1) through the body, restoring its strength and well-being, mental comfort and control follow; (2) through at- tracted attention and suggested ideas we reach the emotional tone, — healthful feeling and interest attend upon wholesome ideas. — The Museum of Archeology of the University of Pennsylva- nia has just received from the Egypt Exploration Fund a colossal statue of Rameses II , which has been set up in the hall of the Library Building. The statue, which is eight feet in height, was found among the ruins of the Great Temple at Har-shefi (Hanls), the herakleopolis of the Greeks, during the excavations undertaken by the Egypt Exploration Fund, under the supervision of Mr. BE. Naville in the winter of 1891. Hanls was the seat of government during the ninth and tenth dynasties of Mantheo (fourth millen- nium B.C.), as shown by the corroborative evidence of inscriptions found in contemporary tombs at Sitit. Unfortunately, no remains of the older buildings were found, and the earliest dated fragments uncovered date from the twelfth dynasty, and even these were few. The temple was rebuilt by Rameses II., and this monument formed part of this later edifice (Ca. B.C. 1830). According to the curator, Mrs. Cornelius Stevenson, the hieroglyphs cut in the back and sides of the royal seat give the king’s name and titles: the crowned ‘‘ Horus,” the ‘‘ Mighty Bull,” “ Beloved of Amon,” or ‘‘Maat,” or “ Ptah,” or ‘‘Ra,” or ‘“‘Knum;” ‘Son of Ra,” “Ramessu Meri Amon,” ‘‘Chosen by Ra,” ‘*Lord of the two Sands,” ‘‘ Lord of Diadems,” ‘‘ Giving Life like Ra,” etc. — The committee appointed last September by the American Association for the Advancement of Science to raise the sum of five hundred dollars for the continuance, during the year 1892, of the American table at the Naples station, take pleasure in an- nouncing to the American scientists that through the liberality of the American Association, the University of Indiana, the Associa- tion of American Naturalists, Professor C. O Whitman of Clark University, and Major Alexander Henry Davis of Syracuse, N.Y., the necessary sum of money has been subscribed, and the table is SCIENCE [Vot. XIX: No: 474 now at the disposal of the American biologists. Applications for ~ the privilege of working at the station should be addressed to the committee, care of C. W. Stiles, Ph.D., Bureau of Animal Indus- try, United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.; or, should any American biologist in Europe not have time to communicate with the committee, application may be made to Geheimrath A. Dohrn, director of the zoological station, Naples, - Italy. Scientific journals throughout the United States please copy. —The American Journal of Psychology is about to make a slight change in its editorship; beginning with the next number E. W. Scripture, Ph.D, (Leipzig) is to be associated with President Hall. — The experiment station of Cornell University has conducted three experiments carried through as many seasons, for the pur- pose of determining whether it is profitable to feed grain to cows when on good pasture. The first two experiments were made at the station, on lots of three cows each, the cows being in good condition and running on good pasture. As some objection was raised against this test on the ground that the pastures used were too rich and the cows too well fed to show the best results from grain feeding in the summer time, the experiment of 1891 was transferred to a herd of sixteen Jerseys and Jersey grades, belonging to Messrs. C. M. and W. L. Bean of Mc- Grawville, N.Y. This herd had been accustomed to only a moderate grain ration in winter and never had any grain insummer. This herd was divided into two lots of eight cows each, the division being made by the station on the basis of weight, length of time in milk, length of time in calf, yield of milk per day and per cent of fat in milk, and was indorsed by the owners of the herd in the opinion that ‘‘ the cows were as evenly divided as it was possible for them to be."’ The experiment con- tinued from May 23 to Oct. 238, or twenty-two weeks. One lot of cows received each day four quarts of a mixture of two parts corn meal, one part bran, and one part cotton-seed meal by weight, ~ fed in two feeds, night and morning, when the cows were brought in to be milked. The general results of the three years’ experi- ments are summarized as follows: In 1889, in a season in which the pasturage was very luxuriant throughout the whole summer, with three cows in each lot, the grain-fed lot gave considerably less milk, which was so much richer in butter fat, that the total but- ter production was practically the same in the two lots. In this experiment the grain feeding was commenced about a month after the cows had gone to pasture. In 1890, in a season in which the pasturage was luxuriant, except for a short time in the middle of the summer, with three cows in each lot, the total amount of butter-fat produced was almost exactly the same in both lots. In this experiment the grain-fed lot continued to receive the same ration on pasture that they have been receiving during the winter on dry feed. In 1890, in an experiment on soiling with grass alone, with grass and grain, just about enough more butter was produced by the grain feed to pay for the increased cost of the grain ration. In 1891, in a season in which at no time the pasture was very luxuriant, with eight cows in each lot, the grain-fed lot produced just enough more milk and butter to pay for the in- creased cost of the grain ration. In this experiment the grain feeding was begun about two weeks after the cows went to pasture. — The first lecture, on the religions of Egypt, in the University of Pennsylvania Lecture Association’s course on ‘’ Ancient Relig- ions,’’ was delivered by Mrs. Cornelius Stevenson, at Association Hall, on the afternoon ef Feb. 25. The title of this introductory lecture was ‘‘ Primitive Egypt and its Relation to the Stone Age.” It was prefaced with a general geographical description of the country, special notice being taken of the changes it has undergone since the opening of the historical period. The lecturer dwelt at length on the various theories concerning Egyptian origins, and- on the originality of Egyptian culture, whose earliest seat was in Upper Egypt. Among the interesting survivals from prehistoric times are the stone implements, from which can be derived a no- tion of primeval ideas and customs. The first traces of religious awakening are betrayed in the cave-burial and the care of the de- parted. The problem of his present life and its mysterious cessa- MakcuH 4, 1892. ] tion with death first made man think of spiritual things, and, from the sense of immortality which he felt in himself, led him to con- clude upon a certain immortality of the soul, or survival of the spirit. Hence the various food-offerings to the dead, because the spirit was supposed to revisit the body as long as it was not de- ecayed, and the tomb was looked upon as the habitation of the dead. Similar ideas are found among the oldest vestiges of man in western Europe, in the caves of the neolithic period. — Dr. A. Woeikof of St. Petersburg, who is engaged on an in- vestigation into the cause of the famine in Russia, says Nature, writes that it is chiefly due to drought from August to October, 1890, which injured the winter crops; to partial and insufficient snow, which melted early in the spring, and was followed by frost in April; and lastly to droughts and hot winds from May to July, 1891. Inthe southern portion of the Government of Sa- mara the prospects up to June 10 were excellent, but the harvest was destroyed by two days of hot winds, on June 14and 15. And ‘in the southern central provinces also, where the winter crops had greatly suffered, a moderate harvest was hoped for after the mid dle of July, but four hot days, from July 13 to 16, quite destroyed the crops. — The number of persons who approve of cremation seems to be steadily increasing, according to Nature. From the report of the Cremation Society of England for 1891, we learn that in 1885, the first year the crematorium at Woking was used, only 3 bodies were sent there; in 1886 the number was 10; in 1887, 13; in 1888, 28; in 1889, 46; in 1890, 54; and during the past year, 99. Cre- matoria are being built in various parts of the country. At Man- chester a crematorium is in course of erection, and will, it is thought, be completed and opened for use during the coming spring. A company has also been formed, and is making rapid progress, with the same object at Liverpool; and the City of Lon- don Commission of Sewers is taking steps to obtain powers to erect a crematorium at their cemetery at Ilford. The Cremation Society at Darlington, and other associations, are moving in the same di- rection. - — The Journal of the Scottish Meteorological Society (third series, No. 8) contains a very interesting paper on silver thaw at Ben Nevis Observatory, by R. C. Mossman. The phenomenon is somewhat common at that observatory, and occurs during an in- version of the ordinary temperature conditions, the temperature being considerably lower at the surface than at higher altitudes, causing the rain to congeal as it falls. In the six years 1885-90, 198 cases of silver thaw were observed, with a mean duration of 41 hours in each case, and they nearly all occurred between No- vember and March, during times of perfectly developed cyclones and anticyclones. An examination of the weather charts of the Meteorological Office showed that for the 198 days on which the phenomenon was observed the distribution of pressure was cy- clonic on 137 days, and anticyclonic on 61 days. In anticyclonic conditions there wasa cyclonic area central off the north-west coast of Norway, while the centre of the anticyclone was over the south of the British Isles. In cyclonic cases, an anticyclone lay to the south, over the Iberian Peninsula. The lowest temperature at which the phenomenon took place was 18°, and was rarely below 27°. Fully 90 per cent of the cases occurred when the thermom- eter was between 28° and 31.9°, so that the greater number of eases occurred just before a thaw. The most common type of cloud which preceded both cyclonic and anticyclonic cases of sil- ver thaw was cirro-cumulus, frequently accompanied by cirrus and cirro stratus; and the changes showed that the higher strata of the atmosphere came first under the influence of the moist cur- tent, which took from three to eight hours to descend to the height at which cumulo-stratus forms. An examination of a series of storm charts prepared by Dr. Buchan disclosed the somewhat re- markable fact that 73 per cent of the cyclonic and 63 per cent of the anticyclonic cases of silver thaw on Ben Nevis were fol- lowed or preceded by gales on our northern and north-western coasts; and it would appear from the wind conditions that the barometric gradient at the height of Ben Nevis (4,407 feet) must be totally different from what obtained at sea-level during the occurrence of silver thaw on the hill-top, says Nature. SCIENCE. 131 — There has been much talk in Germany about Dr. Peters’s discovery of saltpetre in the Kilima Njaro district. This discoy- ery accords with statements which were already well known. Dr. Fischer, after an examination of the Donjongai volcano, reported that in the neighborhood of the crater there were a series of curi- ously-shaped veins of a white substance which he took to be either saltpetre or soda. In 1879 Herr Jarler asserted that large quanti- ties of sulphur would probably be found in the crater. ‘The Ber- lin correspondent of the Times, by whom these facts are noted, adds that not far from the volcano there lie great swamps from which soda is obtained, It is expected that an expedition for the exploration of the district will soon be sent out by the German Kast Africa Company. —It is well known that yellow-fever never develops in a cold or temperate climate, and several attempts have been made at various times to apply this fact to the treatment of the disease in tropical climates by artificially cooling the patient. Thus some thirty-five years ago trials were made with a cold chamber, the air of which was charged with oxygen, but without appreciable success. Quite recently Dr. Garcia has reintroduced a somewhat similar plan, an iced chamber being constructed so that the air within should be maintained at a temperature varying from 32° to 50° F., and nearly saturated with moisture. A fair trial was made with this at the works of the Juragua Iron Company in Cuba, where an epidemic of yellow-fever had broken out, seventeen well-marked cases, in all of which black vomit was present, being treated by means of the ‘‘ polar chamber.” Eleven of them re- covered, the mortality consequently being at the rate of 35.3 per cent, or about the same as the usual rate of mortality at the mines under other methods of treatment. The course of duration of the disease did not appear to be in any way modified by the low tem- perature; the urine, though in some cases considerably increased, was not altered qualitatively. The phenomena depending on acholia occurred in the same manner and at the same period as in cases treated in the ordinary way. The same may be said of the gastric hemorrhage. The cost of a patient’s treatment by cold was found to amount to about $100, says Lancet. — The sixteenth annual commencement of Meharry Medical Department of Central Tennessee College was held at Nashville, Tenn., Feb. 18. Twenty-five young men received the degree of M.D., one that of D.D.S , and three were awarded diplomas for having completed the course in pharmacy. G. W. Miller of South Carolina delivered the salutatory address, on ‘‘ Practical Bacteri- ology.” He gave an account of the different kinds of bacteria, how they could be cultivated, stained, and examined, and how one variety could be distinguished from another. The pharma- ceutical class was represented by Robert Tyler of Mississippi, who gave an address on ‘‘ The Relations between Physicians and Phar- macists.” The valedictory address was given by J. W. Holmes of Texas, his subject being ‘‘ The Advance of Modern Surgery.” The speaker referred to the early history of surgery, especially that practised by the Egyptians and Grecians. He spoke of the reforms in surgery and the leaders in these reforms, the principal operations of importance from the sixteenth to the present century inclusive, and of some of the appliances which had accomplished much for surgery, such as an aneesthetics and antiseptics. He also gave elaborate descriptions of cranial and abdominal surgery, mentioning some of the most hazardous operations performed in these cavities, and also paid a high tribute to the modern surgeon for the achievements accomplished by him. The past year has been the most successful and encouraging ever known in the his- tory of this school, the number of students and graduates being about fifty per cent greater than that of any previous session, one hundred and eighteen medical, and seven dental and nine phar- maceutical students being enrolled. The record of the alumni of Meharry Medical College has been most gratifying. Of those who have graduated within the past six years only two have failed to pass the required examination before the ‘‘ Boards of Medical Ex- aminers,” standing equal with the white applicants from the dif- ferent medical colleges of the South, with whom they were ex- amined at the same time, and have been well received by the white physicians. 132 SCIENCE: A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY IS> Da: (Ee. Js! ©) 1D) ( 15, 8; 874 BROADWAY, NEw York. SUBSCRIPTIONS.—United States and Canada.............-.. $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................. 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the author on request in adyance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- eated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants” column. All are invited to use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full. so that answers will go direct tothem. The “Exchange ”’ column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F. Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. MOTION AND HEAT. THE term ‘‘ Mechanical Equivalent of Heat ” does not pre- sent a perfectly accurate concept of the determinations of Dr. Joule and others. The great work actually done was the determination of the ‘‘ Heat Equivalent of Molar Motion.” ‘The Mechanical Equivalent of Molar Motion” is the amount of mechanical work that it will do; and when the whole energy embodied in a given molar motion is con- verted into heat, the units of heat thus developed may again be conyerted into molar motion capable of doing the same work. Hence the term ‘‘ Mechanical Equivalent of Heat” is accu- rate enough for purposes of calculation. But the true equation is that molar motion is equivalent to so much mechanical work; molar motion may be con- verted into heat capable of the same amount of mechanical work that the molar motion could do before its conversion into heat, and therefore we bave the ‘‘ Mechanical Equiva- lent of Heat.” This use of the consequence, that is, the me- chanical work which molar motion can do, for the motion itself, tends to obscure the concept of the real relation be- tween heat and molar motion. The primal work of the energy, or force, which constitutes molar motion is to transfer a mass from one place, or part of space, to another, and so long as this work is continued and unresisted, no heat is developed. A body moving through space entirely unresisted, whatever may be its mass or velocity, develops no heat. It is only when the move- ment is resisted by impact or friction of some kind that the energy of motion assumes the form of heat; and it is only when thus resisted that this energy of motion can do me- chanical work. ‘To the extent that the energy embodied in resisted molar motion is expended in mechanical work it cannot be converted into heat. Mechanical work consists in counteracting some other force, generally gravitation or cohesion. The force or en- ergy embodied in a ball thrown upwards from the earth’s - surface develops no heat except such as may result from the friction of the air; and if at its precise point of highest ele- vation it lodges on the top of a house or some other support, none of the energy is thereby converted intoheat. The ball has acquired what Mr. Balfour Stewart calls energy of posi- tion; and when this potential energy again becomes dynamic by the ball’s falling to the earth, no heat isdeyeloped except SCIENCE, [VoLr. XIX. No 474 by the friction of the atmosphere, until the ball strikes the surface of the earth. If the phenomena occurred in vacuum neither the energy of motion in the ball, while doing the work of lifting the ball to its highest elevation, thus coun- teracting. gravity, nor the potential energy rendered dynamic by its fall, would develop any heat whatever until its impact against the earth’s surface. Here, according to the law of conservation of energy, it would do work or develop heat equivalent to that expended in its upward projection. But to the extent that the energy of the impact itself does mechanical work, that is, counteracts cohesion in the work of molar deformation, it develops no heat. If an egg and a metal ball of the same shape, size, and weight are dropped from the same height on a hard pavement, the heat devel- oped by the two impacts cannot be the same if the egg is smashed. If the heat developed by the impact of the metal ball is X, that developed by the impact of the egg must be X minus the kinetic energy required to smash the egg. One of the occupations of my boyhood was to.attend a milk for grinding corn, and one of the first things learned in that business was that if the moving stone was properly balanced and a sufficiency of corn supplied, the meal came out very little heated; but if the stones came into contact from lack of having corn to grind or from want of proper adjustment or levelling of the moving stone, heat was developed rapidly. It is for this reason that hard substances like flint and steel more readily develop by friction the heat necessary for combustion than softer substances; the energy. of motion in the friction of softer substances is expended to a greater or less extent in molar deformation, and it is only the residue not thus expended that is available for conversion into heat. This principle is constantly applied in practical mechanics to develop heat from friction when it is required, and to pre- vent its development when not wanted. Except for igniting combustibles, heat from friction is not generally wanted for practical use; but Dr. Mayer mentions an instance in which a manufactory used a surplus of water power to revolve two large iron disks against each other to develop heat by fric- tion to warm the establishment. The very general object in © mechanical work is to prevent the conversion of the energy of motion into heat by friction, and this is done both by di- minishing the frictional resistance, and also by the use of solid lubricants whose molar deformation will furnish work for the energy unavoidably lost in friction, and thus prevent. the development of heat and the local injury from the energy in that form. Hence it was that Dr. Joule and others, in making the de- terminations of the so-called ‘‘ Mechanical Equivalent of Heat,” made use of substances in which there was no work or very little work. of molar deformation for the energy, the heat equivalent of which was measured. It seems, therefore, that two propositions may be stated :— First, that molar energy, that is, the kinetic energy of a moving mass without friction, develops no heat while doing its primal work of transferring the mass from one place, or part of space, to another. Second, that when the movement of the mass is resisted, the heat developed is the equivalent of only so much of its energy as is not expended in molar deformation or other mechanical work. There is obviously another cause which may prevent the kinetic energy of molar motion from development into heat, and that is its conversion into the molecular motion of ex- pansion. When expansion occurs, there is necessarily an enlargement of the intermolecular spaces or of the molecules ~~ - b. eine Marcu 4, 1892.] themselves, or a movement of the molecules; and while we have as yet no such demonstration as is possible in molar phenomena, we can assert, without fear of scientific denial, that the phenomenon of expansion is a manifestation of mo- lecular motion. It is usua] to regard expansion as the work of heat, and it is undoubtedly the work of the same energy which is em- bodied in molar motion, and which causes an elevation of temperature; which passes from one body to another by con- duction, and from one body to another and from bodies into space by radiation. But this energy, while doing the work of molecular mo- tion in expansion, deyelops no more heat than while it is moving an unimpeded mass through space. The impact of moving masses free to expand from the instant of impact could develop no perceptible heat; that is, only so much of the energy as was not expended in the work of molecular motion of expansion would be available for the development of heat. If the bodies brought into impact were liquid am- monia, and this was set free in the atmosphere by the im- pact, not only the entire energy of the impact (unless the molar motion was almost beyond calculable velocity) would be expended in the work of expansion, but energy in the form of heat would be withdrawn from surrounding bodies to finish the work. It is resistance to the molecular motion of expansion that develops heat when expansion occurs as the primal work, that is, which causes an elevation of temperature, and con- yerts the energy or force into the other well-known phenom- ena of heat. This resistance may be from cohesion in the matter to which the energy or force is imparted, from chemical affinity, from the walls of a containing vessel or other environment, or from a piston or other compression. In every case the development of heat, that is, the elevation of temperature, and the other phenomena indicating the conversion of the force or energy into the form of heat, is determined by the intensity of the molecular motion set up by the force or en- ergy imparted to the body, and the resistance to it. Hence, in the experiments to determine the so-called ‘“Mechanical Equivalent of Heat” where expansion was used, means were provided for its perfect resistance. Here again the term does not express an accurate concept of the determination actually made; it was really the ‘‘ Heat Equivalent of Molecular Motion.” As in the other case, the expression is accurate enough for purposes of calculation, because the mechanical equivalent of molecular motion, that is, the mechanical work it will do, is the same as the mechanical equivalent of the heat developed by its perfect resistance. It is not the motion in either case that is converted into heat, but it is the force or energy causing the motion which ceases to move the mass or molecules and causes an elevation of temperature and the other phenomena of heat. It seems, therefore, that we can state two other proposi- tions, namely: Third, that so much of molar motion as is converted into molecular motion by impact or friction cannot be directly converted into heat; and, Fourth, that the molecular motion set up by molar im- pact, friction, or otherwise, and manifested by expansion, can be converted into heat only by resistance to expansion. This force, or energy, is dynamic when causing motion or when causing elevation of temperature and the other phenom- ena of heat; but it becomes potential, or *‘ energy of position,” SCIENCE. 133 when a ball is thrown up and lodged on the roof of a house, or when radiant and dynamic heat becomes the latent heat of lig- uefaction and evaporation, or when the dynamic radiation from the sun is stored up in the molecular structure of the hydro-carbons of vegetable and animal organisms by chemical affinity and the vital forces; and it becomes partly potential when heat is absorbed. This force, or energy, is directly subject to observation only when dynamic; it apparently disappears when a ball thrown up lodges on the roof of a house, or when heat be- comes latent in liquefaction and evaporation, and when heat and light are stored up in the molecular structure of vegeta- ble organisms. But we know that by appropriate means if can be rendered again dynamic, with its full integrity and with the qualities it possessed before its imprisonment, in- cluding the equivalence of its different forms. It becomes dynamic in the form in which it was rendered potential; in the ball loosed from its perch the energy becomes dynamic as molar motion; in liquids and gases subjected to pressure the latent heat of liquefaction and evaporation becomes again dynamic as heat; and in the combustion of vegetable organisms the sun’s energy becomes again dynamic substan- tially as it was locked up. Light is undoubtedly a division of the heat form of this force, or energy. It is rendered potential in vegetable or- ganisms, and becomes dynamic as heat, not as light, when the combustion of the organism occurs slowly and at a low temperature. It not only results from intense heat, but Professor Tyndall has demonstrated that heat rays, after they leave the body which sends them forth, may be concen- trated into light rays. It will therefore be sufficiently accu- rate for our present purpose to consider both heat and light as together constituting a single form of this force, or en- ergy. If expansion is resisted by cohesion, chemical affinity, mechanical pressure, or otherwise, the temperature of the body rises in proportion to the increments of the force, or energy, received; radiation increases with rise of tempera- ture, and if the resistance is sufficient, incandescence and the more intense radiation in the form of light, begin. It may be impossible from lack of power in any machine which man can construct to compel by compression of ex- panded matter incandescent radiation. But when heat be- comes radiant as it does from compression, it is ouly a ques- tion of intensity whether the matter radiating heat will be- come red hot and radiate light also. In the combustion of hydrocarbons it is evidently the re- sistance to expansion which causes heat radiation, and as this resistance becomes more intense, light radiation also. In the vegetable or animal organisms which constitute the hydrocarbons a new molecular'structure has been built up, in which force, or energy, coming dynamic from the sun has been stored up and rendered as completely potential as the energy of a ball lodged on the roof of a house, or as dy- namic heat when it becomes the latent heat of liquefaction or evaporation. This force, or energy, thus stored up by chemical and vital action in the new molecular structure and rendered potential, is set free and again rendered dynamic by the chemical reaction of combustion, and the material ele- ments return substantially to the condition in which they were before. The force, or energy, thus set free by the chemical reaction at once begins'the work of dynamic energy; and if the mat- ter in which the reaction occurs is free to expand, the energy is expended in the molecular motion evidenced by expansion. 134 But if expansion is resisted by cohesion, chemical affinity, or mechanical compression, there is an elevation of temperature and the other phenomena of heat. ; As-resistance to expansion increases, heat becomes more intense; and when heat radiation is unable to carry off the energy as rapidly as it is set free, the matter becomes incan- descent, and the more intense form of light radiation be- gins. The graphic description of ordinary combustion in Dr. Josiah P. Cooke’s ‘‘ New Chemistry” leaves no doubt that this is what actually occurs, and that ‘‘ the light comes from the incandescent solid particles,” because they are more per- sistent in resistance to the molecular motion evidenced by expansion. The moment these particles are converted into carbonic dioxide, and aqueous vapor, and thus become free to expand, the matter ceases to be incandescent. If we could provide some means in ordinary combustion for retaining the carbonic dioxide and aqueous vapor, with the molecules concentrated as they are in the carbon parti- cles, the matter would doubtless continue incandescent after the reaction; and undoubtedly the energy expended in the expansion of the carbon dioxide and aqueous vapor, could be converted into radiant heat by sufficient compression of those gases. The phenomena of explosions demonstrate even more clearly than ordinary combustion that the development of heat results from resistance to molecular motion. Loose gun-cotton exploded, will not develop heat sufficient to ignite gun-powder in contact with it; but if the gun-cotton is con- fined, its combustion develops heat sufficient to ignite gun- powder, and substances far more refractory. It is said that the reason for this peculiar result of the explosion of loose gun-cotton, is that there is not time to develop the heat. But the true reason undoubtedly is that the molecular motion set up is so intense, as compared to the resistance of the atmos- phere, that the entire force or energy of the explosion is ex- pended in that work, and there is little or no necessity for elevation of temperature or radiation. In firing a gun, the energy developed by the explosion is divided into three parts: that which by reason of resistance to molecular motion causes elevation of temperature and radiation in the barrel; that which imparts molar motion to the projectile (which we know may also be converted into heat); and, third, the residue of molecular motion which is dissipated in the atmosphere at the muzzle of the gun, and neither develops heat in the barrel nor adds to the molar motion of the projectile. If the foregoing inductions are sound, the heat developed by an explosion is determined by the resistance to the mo- lecular motion exerted by the force or energy set free and rendered dynamic by the chemical reaction. This resistance consists of cohesion and chemical affinity in the matter in which the reaction occurs, and in the environment. If the whole force or energy set free and rendered dynamic is d, and the whole resistance is r, and x the units of heat devel- d oped, then x—=-. : r This explains why the attempts made to determine the en- ergy of explosives by the units of heat developed in their explosion have resulted in unmitigated nonsense.* This has doubtless been a source of error in determining the heat evolved or absorbed in chemical processes. The 1 The true measure of the energy of explosions must be the amount of energy set free by the chemical reaction, and this is determined by the num- ber of molecules put in motion (quantity of matter, etc.) and their velocity. SCIENCE. Z Ss [VoL. XIX. No. 474 energy converted into heat by resistance to molecular motion, and afterwards lost by radiation or conduction, is estimated or otherwise taken into the account, but that which slips away in the form of unresisted molecular motion is not counted. ‘Although these values,” says Dr. Cooke in his ‘‘ Chemi- cal Philosophy,” ‘‘are undoubtedly as fundamental con- stants of chemistry as the atomic weights, yet they have not been as yet so fully confirmed or so thoroughly collated as to enable us to present an entirely consistent. system. Hence the table here given [of heat evolved cr absorbed in different chemical actions] must be regarded as provisional, and as serving only to illustrate the principles of the subject.” It is not necessary to the present inductions to determine whether the molecular motion evidenced by expansion, and which, when resisted, results in elevation of temperature and other phenomena of heat, is molecular vibration as supposed in the kinetic theory, or a rectilinear projection of the mole- cules, as I have tried to prove.* All we need to know is that this molecular motion, whatever may be its character or di- rection, is work done, and, as in the case of molar motion, the energy embodied in it cannot be converted into heat ex- cept by resistance. : Elevation of temperature, which is the first phenomenon of heat, seems to be a preparation for the flight of radiation, the flight becoming more rapid or intense as the temperature. rises; but energy will not make the preparation nor begin the flight from the matter in which it is embodied, unless its work of molar or molecular motion is resisted or hindered. Whether heat absorbed by matter is energy rendered par- tially potential by the partial counteraction of cohesion, or whether it continues fully dynamic in the work of increased molecular vibration as supposed in the kinetic theory, it is not necessary for our present purpose to determine. We know certainly that heat is absorbed by matter, and the phenomena of the atmcsphere demonstrate that the capacity of matter to absorb heat diminishes by some as yet undeter- mined ratio with increase of tenuity. This diminution of capacity to absorb heat doubtless results from the smaller number of molecules to which motion can be imparted; and taken in connection with the induction that energy becomes radiant as heat and light when molecular motion is resisted, or hindered, it furnishes a very simple explanation of the in- tense heat and brilliant incandescence which small incre- ments of energy develop in highly exhausted tubes. The work of molecular motion being restricted by the paucity of tbe molecules, the small increments of energy, finding no sufficient work in moving them, elevation of tem- perature and incandescence follow, for substantially the same reason as in other cases where greater increments of energy are applied. : It seems to make no specific difference whether the incre- ments of energy are imparted by the direct conduction or radiation of heat, or by resistance to a current of electricity. Mr. Crookes, by concentrating increments of energy in a highly exhausted tube on iridio-platinum alloy, one of the most refractory metallic compounds, not only raised it to a white heat, but actually melted it: while the same measura- ble increments of energy applied 1o the same substance in the atmosphere, or in some other medium not more tenuous, would have caused hardly an appreciable elevation of tem- perature. The energy, in such case, would be expended in 2 “ Chemical Philosophy,” revised edition (1891), p. 174. 3 “Molecular Motion in the Radiometer,” etc. N. D. C. Hodges, New York, 1891. Marcu 4, 1892.] molecular motion in the surrounding medium. And the brilliant incandescence in Geissler, Crookes, and Tyndall tubes from minute increments of energy are well known. This increase of temperature and radiation from small in- crements of energy in highly tenuous matter seems to be what we ought to expect from the phenomena of this force or energy when it is in the form of molar motion. Wethen measure it by the mass and velocity of the moving body; that is, by its momentum, and this momentum is what is con- vertible into heat when the movement is resisted. Increase in velocity compensates for decrease in mass, and hence a small projectile, at high velocity, will do the same work as a larger projectile at Jower velocity; and the mo- mentum, in-each case, can be converted into the same units of heat. For obviously the same reason, the intense velocity _ imparted to the gaseous products of an explosion of dyna- _ mite enables this highly tenuous matter to do precisely the same work on a hard rock, as a hammer of a million times the mass, but moving with only one-millionth of the ve- - locity. But there is necessarily a limit to this substitution of ve- locity for mass; and this limit is in the capacity of matter to embody the energy; and when the force of energy is applied to matter in the form of heat we ought to expect to find the same limit. This application in the form of heat may be made by conduction, when the whole energy imparted is absorbed; or by radiation wheu only so much as is not re- flected, is absorbed; but the resulting phenomena are the same, whatever may be the process by which the absorption is accomplished. The fact developed in spectrum analysis, that incandescent matter absorbs the same rays of light which it emits, seems to be another illustration of the law that the capacity of matter to receive radiant energy is limited, and in this case by its capacity to radiate the energy received. If the evolution of heat and elevation of temperature re- sults from resisted molecular motion, it necessarily follows, that a single molecule, moving in unconfined space, what- ever may be its velocity, would be at the absolute zero of temperature. But this is mere speculation of no scientific value, because we have no evidence that a molecule can be- come separated from other molecules, nor that it is possible - to place it where it could move without resistance. But there is another induction of practical importance in sustaining the assumption that we have just made. If the effect of neat imparted to matter by conduction or radiation is to set up the molecular motion evidenced by expansion, and this work of molecular motion must be resisted before radiation begins, it necessarily follows that the number of molecules in the body receiving heat, and to which motion ean be imparted; in other words, the density of tenuity of . the matter, must be an element, determining, in some meas- ure, the capacity of the matter to absorb heat. This explains why the atmosphere decreases in tempera- ture with increase of tenuity, upwards from the earth’s sur- face>~and why we can assume absolute zero in space entirely unoccupied by ponderable matter, if there is any space thus entirely unoccupied, notwithstanding the presence of poten- tial or dynamie energy, because-it is only in conjunction with ponderable matter (resisted molar or molecular motion) that dynamic energy develops elevation of temperature, and the other phenomena of heat. It is obvious that force or energy in the form of molar motion is being constantly converted by impact or friction into the form of heat. Taking the earth as a whole, curing SCIENCE. 135 the period of human observation, this constant conversion of molar motion into heat has been compensated by a conver- sion of heat into molar motion, so that the equilibrium be- tween the two forms of this force or energy has been pre- served in terrestrial nature, and there has been no loss of motion nor increase of heat, since man began to observe nature and keep a record of his observations. Resistance to movement, that. is, to the work being done by the force or energy in molar motion, is necessary to con- vert the force or energy into the form of heat; and it may be that when this force of energy is applied to ponderable matter in the form of heat, and its proper work as heat is resisted, the surplus heat may be converted directly into molar motion. It is certainly within the range of possibility, that, under certain conditions, a body of ponderable matter may receive increments of heat more rapidly than it can furnish work for it in the molecular motion of expansion, or discharge it” by radiation or conduction; and, in such ease, it seems in- evitable that the body thus receiving more heat than it could furnish work for or discharge, if free to move. would be put in motion away from the source of heat, and that this mo- tion would continue until a distance from the source of heat was reached, at which the heat received was not greater than could be employed in expansion or discharged in radiation avd conduction. 5; Dr. Grove was inclined to the opinion that it was thus possible to convert heat directly into molar motion. He says, ‘There are, indeed, some delicate experiments which tend to prove that a repulsive action between separate masses is produced by heat. Fresnel found that mobile bodies heated in an exhausted receiver repelled each other to sensible dis- tances; and Baden Powell found that the colored rings, usually called Newton’s rings, change their breadth and position, when the glasses between which they appear are heated, in a manner which showed that the glasses repelled each other.” * But, however that may be, there is certainly a molar mo- tion which always follows and evidences the molecular motion of expansion. The Jaw that action and reaction must be equal and opposite, applies to molecular motion ina closed vessel. It is the operation of this law which secures uniform pressure in steam boilers, and other like devices for using gas expansion for mechanical purposes; and thus con- verts the molecular motion, evidenced by expansion, into molar motion. - DANIEL 8. TROY. (To be continued.) LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. «* Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. The writer's name ts in all cases required as proof of good faith. ae é On request in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. A Question in Physics. CAN there be a crowding of the particles of a gas to a much smaller compass without its being markedly heated? Can a gas expand without being cooled? At first thought the answer would seem to be an emphatic no in both cases; but it would appear that these conditions may exist sometimes. Science, Vol. XV., p. 387, published the results obtained by direct determination of the heating of air when compressed by a pump connected by a long tube with the cylinder. A compression to ten inches above at- mospheric pressure gave a heating of about 4° F., ignoring the heat lost to the sides of the cylinder. The corresponding expan- sion into the open air gave a cooling of about 4°, neglecting the 1 “Correlation and Conservation of Forces,” p. 41. D. Appleton & Co. 1890. 136 heating effect of the cylinder. These results were strongly com- bated by Professor Ferrel in Science, Vol. XVI.. pp. 192 and 193, and also ,by Professor Marvin. Professor Ferrel published the well-known thermo-dynamic formula, given in Science for Feb. 19, and applying it to the heating in the above case found it 43° F. instead of the 4° found by the experiment. It would seem, however, that these experiments had not been controverted, and itis prcbable that their justness may yet be established. This problem is far-reaching in its application, and it is for this reason that it is dwelt upon at some length. The formula given by Professor Ferrel applies only in cases where a gas is compressed directly by an external force, and wben all the heat developed in the work of compression is concentrated in the gas. One of Joule’s experiments will serve to elucidate this point. He determined the mechanical equivalent of heat by im- mersing the cylinder into which the air was to be compressed and _ the compressing pump in the same water bath, and then deter- mining the amount of compression and the total heat developed. This shows at once the truth of the following proposition. If a gas when compressed is to be raised to the temperature indicated by theory, it is very essential that all the heat developed in the work of compression enter it. This proposition seems self-evi- dent; nevertheless, it would seem that nearly all the errors that have entered the various discussions and theories regarding. this matter have arisen fiom a neglect of this obvious statement. We may analyze Joule’s experiment in order to gain a clearer understanding of the problem. Suppose the compressing pump had been in a bath by itself, and the cylinder in another bath; also that no beat was lost in the passage of the air from the pump to the cylinder. Under these circumstances a good deal of the heat due to the action of the pump would have passed into its bath, and only a small portion would have been carried by the hot air into the cylinder. Let us consider. that a certain definite amount of heating would have taken place if all the heat bad en- tered the air in Joule’s original experiment, the formula gives the rise as 123° F. if the initial temperature of the air had been 60°, and the compression was to two atmospheres. In the present in- stance, however, most of the heat would have been -absorbed by the bath around the pump, and would not have been available for heating the compressed air in the cylinder, It is impossible to consider that the same amount of work would have sutticed to heat the water around the pump, and then would have developed heat enough to raise the temperature of the air in the cylinder 128°. Again, suppose that the compressed air, before entering the cyl- inder, had its temperature lowered to the outside temperature; is it not plain that all the heat developed in the work of compression would be disposed of, and none at all would be available for heat- ing the compressed air? We see, then, that it is entirely feasible to bring about certain conditions under whicha gas may be greatly compressed without being heated. Let us take two equal cylinders connected by a tube and com- press the air in one, A, to three atmospheres, the air in the other, B, being at atmospheric pressure. Let the air in A be at the tem- perature of the outside air. On opening communication between the cylinders the air in A will be slightly chilled, owing to the work of imparting a certain velocity to those particles rushing into B; while the air in B will be heated slightly from the impact of the particles rushing out of A. All the heat due to the work of compression, however, will have disappeared, and none will be available for heating the air in B (See Ene. Brit, Vol. XXII.. p. 480, section 34). Lastly, suppose that the air in A should be allowed to escape into the open air; the resistance to the rush of the air would be much less than in the Jast case, and hence a greater velocity would be imparted to the particles rushing from A, and the cooling would be slightly greater than before. Thesituation appears very plain, and there is no difficulty now in understanding why the ear- lier experimental heating and cooling was only 4°. These views seem almost startling in their nature, and if true certainly have profound significance. Let us try to picture the real condition of the gas when under compression and flowing from one reservoir to another. The confined air has a certain po- SCIENCE. one cubic foot of air one foot. [VoL. XIX. No. 474 tential energy and a capacity for work; it may flow into any res- ervoir where the air is at atmospheric pressure without losing its — potential energy, and hence, if none of its energy is lost, it cannot be used up in heating the air. Is it not like the water in a pond having a certain head or capacity for work? We may enlarge the pond, and allow the water to flow over a larger area; but the capacity for work will be diminished very slightly. X. Fer. 23. The Balloon Problem. THE problem of the amount of work done by the gas in a bal- loon expanding as the balloon rises, as proposed in Science for Feb, 19, may be much more significant than even the proposer has thought. Take a bag perfectly flexible and holding two cubic feet, Force out all the air and tie the neck. If we attempt to separate the sides, we shall find it impossible to do so; as the air presses upon it fifteen pounds to the square inch. Allow a cubic foot of dry air to enter and again close the bag. We shall find the same difficulty as before in further opening the bag. Consider that the air in the bag has been heated 490°, which will just fill the bag. To separate the molecules has required a work equivalent to lifting 2,160 pounds one foot, and for convenience we say that the gas in expanding has lifted the weight of the at- mosphere. Is it proper, however, to think of the outside air as having been lifted? Has any more outside air been lifted than the 1.2 ounces that a cubic foot weighs? The work, then, has been internal and not external. This is a very important distinc- tion. The external work has been only that required to lift the weight of air displaced. This can be shown best, perhaps, by determining just how much change has taken place in the behavior of the bag to outside in- fluences. If any external work has been done, we ought to be able to measure it. If the bag with its two cubic feet of air were left to itself, it would soar aloft, and it would require a weight of just 1.2 ounces to restrain it. We say the heated air displaces two cubic feet of air at the outside temperature; and since its density is just half that of the outside air, it can lift a weight equal to that of one cubic foot of air. Instead of heating the air, let us connect the empty bag with a reservoir having a gas which has a density just half that of the air. Here the conditions are entirely changed. The reservoir, to all intents and purposes, is connected with the outside air, and when we connect the mouth of the bag with it, there is no more work required to expand the bag than if we had opened it into the outside air. In the case before, after closing the bag, we could not open it till some internal work had been done in expanding the air; but now that internal work is not needed, and the only work done by the gas in expanding the bag is that required to lift The lifting power of the bag is precisely the same as it was when it contained air at 490°. The amount of external work in expanding the bag, or capacity to do external work, is exactly the same. : Take the same bag, empty as at first, and connect it witha reservoir containing two cubic feet of air at the outside tempera- ture but at a pressure of two atmospheres. The air will flow quickly into the bag and an equilibrium will be established with the pressure at one atmosphere in both the reservoir and bag. How much external work has been done? Has the air in expand- ing lifted an enormous weight? . Certainly not; the external work has been equal to that required to lift two cubic feet of air, or 2.4 ounces, one foot. Here again we have entirely different condi- tions from those in the first case. On connecting the bag with the reservoir we virtually opened it to the outside air, and the out- side air did a)l the work which in the first case was needed to be done in ‘separating the particles of air, or in increasing their kinetic energy. We can see this at once by the following consid- erations. Open the bag into the free air; we can pull the sides apart to their fullest extent. Now connect the opened bag with the reservoir which has the air at the outside pressure, the condi- tions remain exactly as before, when the mouth of the bag was open to the outside air. Empty the bag and connect it with the reservoir. No change will take place, but the reservoir will vir- tually be connected with the outside air. Now gently force air Marcu 4, 1892.] into the reservoir; the connection of the bag with the outside air - will remain as before, and when the bag is full the only work ex- ternal to the reservoir will be that of lifting 2.4 ounces one foot. When a balloon rises into the atmosphere, then, the gas does not expand, and in so doing perform an enormous amount of ex- ternal work; but it simply displaces the air. The amount of work in this case would be very small indeed, and the consequent cool- ing of the gas slight. The conditions are precisely similar to what they were when we connected the bag with our reservoir having the air under pressure. In rising, the balloon continually arrives at a region in which the pressure is less and the expanding gas simply displaces the surrounding air. Every cubic foot expan- sion in the gas of the balloon at sea-level displaces a cubic foot of air at a pressure of thirty inches, If the pressure of the outside air were suddenly diminished to ten inches, the work done would be that of lifting a gas weighing one-third of the air at normal pressure, or about .4 ounces to each cubic foot. This would cause almost an imappreciable cooling in the gas. A very interesting point may be mentioned in this connection. “What became of the energy stored in the reservoir in the air com- pressed to two atmospheres, after the air had expanded to normal pressure in the reservoir and bag? PARADOX, February 26, 1892. The Loup Rivers in Nebraska. J AM gratified that my article of Jan. 29 possessed some interest for so able an authority as Professor W. M. Davis of Harvard, albeit, he is somewhat critical. My main propositions, and I think they will stand, notwith- standing the objections of my critic, are these: — 1. The Loup rivers were probably once ‘separate tributaries of the Platte, all independent of each other, as roughly indicated by the dotted lines on the map” (Fig. 1, p. 59, Science, Jan. 29, 1892). 2. Pliocene lacustrine deposition along the Platte ‘‘ crowded the mouths of these tributaries eastward and made them coalesce into a single large tributary.” 3. Headwater erosion ‘‘swept the upper courses westward by a series of captures.” Instead of my first proposition, Professor Davis ascribes to me the postulate “that at the beginning of the current cycle of river history the several branches of the Loup River all pursued inde- pendent courses to the Platte.”” He makes definite my indefinite * once,” but not in a way that Ican accept. The plain inference from my second proposition is that the period of separate existence of these tributaries was in the Miocene. Whether that is equivalent to the ‘‘ postulate” of Professor Davis depends upon the definition of ‘‘cycle.” The facts, as I have read them in the field, are these: In Miocene times tribu- taries of the Platte, now constituting the Loup system, were de- veloped only to the stage of young rivers, not mature rivers, as Professor Davis supposes. Then came submergence and partial obstruction of their valleys; partial only, because the Pliocene marls will not average more than fifty feet in thickness, not one- fourth of the depth of the valleys. When Lake Cheyenne retired, the rivers resumed business in their former channels, except near the Platte, where the excessive deposition turned them eastward. The silt in the Platte valley has been penetrated to the depth of five hundred feet without reaching the bottom. Here then is a cycle of river history interrupted in its infancy, and subsequently resumed. Its course was not half run when the rivers were drowned, and, even now, after their emergence and resurrection, they are still young rivers, with abundant vigor and abundant opportunities for headwater erosion and river piracy. If this series of events may be accounted a single cycle, notwith- standing the Lake Cheyenne episode, then I can adopt the ‘‘pos- tulate” as equivalent to my first proposition. If I understand him aright, Professor Davis does not raise any objections to my second proposition. He does indeed argue against a supposed contention of mine, which is not mine at all, namely, that the coalescence of the lower courses into one Loup River was due to headwater erosion. SCIENCE. 137 The effects which I did assign to head water erosion were limited to the “‘ upper courses,” as stated in the third proposition. Inspite of all objections, that proposition seems to be reasonable and valid. No region on this continent is more favorable for the study of simple, unobstructed headwater erosion than these western plains. The rivers are young. Great blocks of table lands lie yet unbroken by drainage lines, and into these fresh ravines are con- stantly eating back. The tertiary beds are soft and practically homogeneous, so far as resistance to erosion is concerned, so that no question need be raised about dip, strike, folds, or alternations of hard and soft strata. Upon such a terrane the Miocene rivers established themselves with a south east course consequent upon the slope to the south-east. The Rocky Mountain upheaval, to- gether with excessive deposition along the Platte, changed the slope to the north-east, transverse to the established direction of the rivers. Cross-cutting and captures of westerly headwaters was the natural result of this change of slope. The eastward tilt which the whole country got at the time the Rocky Mountains were elevated also affected the development of the main Loup. Without that upheaval the northern tributaries would have been dammed back by the silt along the Platte, and formed a series of swamps, instead of coalescing in a free-flowing stream. That objection of Professor Davis, which is based upon the “systematic location” of Prairie Creek ‘between two parallel and larger rivers in a district of horizontal beds,” is not serious. In the first place, I never dreamed of ascribing it to headwater erosion. It is obviously the result of Pliocene deposition crowding the Loup so far from the Platte that subsidiary drainage was de- veloped on the intervening space. In the second place, this latest product, appearing upon the surface of a great mass of Pliocene silt, cuts no figure in determining the primitive course of chan- nels lying at the bottom of that mass of silt. Further criticisms from Professor Davis will be most welcome L. E. Hicks. The Aboriginal North American Tea. In Science for Jan. 22, 1892, is an abstract of Bulletin No. 14, United States Department of Agriculture, on ‘‘The Aboriginal North American Tea,” Ilex cassine, which recalls to me that dur- ing our civil war, when the Confederate soldiers were encamped in the vicinity of the Rappahannock River, especially during the winter of 1862-3, that not only they, but also the inhabitants of that region, used freely the leaves of the American holly tree, Ilex opaca, in the preparation of a decoction as a substitute for China tea. This species of holly is not only abundant in that region, but grows to a large size, trees of eighteen inches in diameter and over being not uncommon in the thickets bordering the low grounds of the Rappahannock. I do not know how they came to begin the use of this decoction, whether from a local handing down of the Indian custom of using the cassena tea, as Wood styles the Ilex cassine, or whether it may not have been suggested by soldiers from Alabama, who were numerous in the Confederate army, and who would be more likely to know of the use the Creeks made of the leaves of the shrub holly. y In this connection the question arises as to whether any use was made during our civil war of the leaves of the New Jersey tea, Ceanot hus Americanus, which were used during the Revolution as a substitute for Chinese tea. JED. HOTCHKISS, Staunton, Va., Feb. 24. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THE laboratory course in psychology, by Dr. E. C. Sanford, which is being published in parts in the American Journal of Psychology, is to be issued at a later date in book-form. Itisthe only practical course ever published. — Messrs. J. Wiley & Sons, publishers of scientific works, New York City, have just issued the fourth edition of Thurston’s “ Manual of Steam-boilers,” and the fourth edition of his ‘‘ Fric- tion and Lost Work in Machinery and Millwork.” These works, like all others on their list, are kept under constant revision, and 138 : thus given continually increasing value. Each new edition shows the perfecting touch of theauthor’shand. Messrs. Baudry & Cie., the French correspondents of this firm, have completed a transla- tion into French of the “‘ Manual of Steam-engine and Boiler Tri- als,” by the same author, and will at once send it to press. They are also translating the ‘‘ Manual of the Steam-engine,” and ex- pect to bave that in type before the close of the year, under spe- cial arrangements with author and publishers. — The number for March begins the seventh year of The Forum, and for its seventh year several new enterprises in periodical work are announced: first and foremost. the Silver Question. The March number contains two papers on it — one by Mr. Bland, who makes his best argument for silver, and the other by Mr. Leech, director of the mint. In the following mouths The Forum will publish the most thorough discussion of this subject that has been made, by the foremost writers of both continents. These articles will be a special feature of forthcoming numbers. The Educa- tional Investigation into the work of the public schools in the sev- eral large cities of the Union has already been announced, and Dr. J. M. Rice, the special student of the most advanced school- work abroad, is now engaged in this task. His articles will begin in an early number. In the March number are two noteworthy educational articles — one by Mr. Clarence King, on *‘The Edu- cation of the Future,” wherein he shows tbe narrow limitations of all our teaching, and points out the yet undeveloped fields and SCIENCE [Vou. XIX. No. 474 methods, and the other by Professor John Earle on ‘‘The Study of English.” Another line of special work laid down by The Forum is an investigation and discussion of Municipal Govern- ment, which is confessedly the weak place in our whole govern- mental system. The present number contains an investigation made by Professor Peabody of Harvard into the municipal gov- ernment of Dresden. The Progress of the most Important Arts and Sciences will make a continuous feature of the coming vol- umes of The Forum, such as Music, Sculpture, Painting, Archi- tecture, the Practical Application of Electricity, the Advance of Preventive Medicine, the Progressof Astronomy. Another group of subjects — old subjects that scientific progress makes of per- petual interest — will be Good Country Roads, and How Well they Pay; Scientific Agriculture and its Possibilities; What the Coming Man will Eat and How He will.Cook it; and the like. The especial development of The Forum will be in the direction of original investigation by experts and authorities, into all classes of subjects of the greatest concern to readers who wish to keep abreast in their thought and lives with the world’s progress; and the aim is never to thresh over old straw. — A revised edition of Herbert Spencer’s ‘‘ Social Statics,” the book which has created such a stir among social reformers, will be issued shortly by D. Appleton & Co., simultaneously with its . publication in England. Having been much annoyed by the per- sistent quotation from this work, in the face of repeated warnings, CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. Philosophical Society, Washington. Feb. 27. —M. W. Harrington, Notes on the Climate of Death Valley; L. A. Bauer, Wilde’s Explication of the Secular Varia- tion Phenomenon of Terrestrial Magnetism; B. Pickman Mann, An Attempted Solution of a Social Problem. Society of Natural History, Boston. Mar. 2.—W. G. Farlow, Notes on Collec- tions of Cryptogams from tbe Higher Mountains of New England; G. Frederick Wright, Invasion of Eastern England by Norwegian Glaciers; Additional Evidence Concerning Human Remains under ‘the Sonora Table Mountain, California. The Numismatic and Antiquarian Society, Philadelphia. Mar. 3.— Daniel G.. Brinton, Medizeval and Aboriginal Dramas. METAL, MARBLE, AND MOSAIC WORK. 6\) MEMORIAL “ A AND \ |) HISTORICAL S| «TABLETS {if Oa Ee TABLETS EXECUTED IN METAL, OR MARBLE AND MOSAIC. PHOTOGRAPHS ON REQUEST. ILLUSTRATED HANDBOOK FREE. 4. &@ R. Lamb 59 Carmine St., New York. Wants. Any person seeking a position for which he is quali- fied by his scientific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF Cost, 7f he satisfies the publisher of the suit- able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any scientific question, the address of any scientific man, or whocanrin any way use this col- umn for a purpose consonant with the nature of the paper, ts cordially invited to do so. [Sree RAS in Chemistry is wanted by one who has had five years’ experience in that capacity. Would prefer to give instruction by lectures and experiments rather than by text-book methods. Would like a position in a college or uni- versity where there is a good student’s laboratory. Special points of strength claimed are: (1) Thorough control of a class and good order during lectures and recitations. (2) Accuracy in experimenting with chemicals and skill in the- manipulation of chemical apparatus. The permission of several dis- tinguished educators has been given to refer to them if required. Would not care to accept a po- sition paying Jess than $1,500. Address B. E., care of Science, 874 Broadway, New York. DDRESS WANTED.—Will some one please send the address of the Secretary of the American Philological Society. Also that of Herbert Spencer. “ADDISON,” Room 84, 164 Madison St., Chicago, Il. DDRESSES of Old Book Dealers wanted.—Wish- ing to obtain a number of old books out of print, I very much desire the addresses or catalogues of rare second-hand book dealers. Ifythere is a direc- tory or list of such dealers I should like to obtain possession of one. W. A. BLAKELY, Chicago, Ill. ANTED.—(1) A white man versed in wood and iron working, able to work from specifications and plans, suited for an instructor of boys; his bus- iness to have charge of shops of school, outline and direct the work for foremen and students; salary to bo $1,000 per annum (nine months). (@) A man (black preferred) to teach the colored, iron working and forging, subordinate to the preceding; salary, $720. @) A man (white) competent to take classes in engineering (assistant’s position), but with the ability to perform any of the work required in any of the ordinary engineering courses of our universi- ties; salary from $1,000 to $1,500. A. H. BEALS, Milledgeville, Ga. METAL, MARBLE, AND MOSAIC WORK. Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, if ofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] For exchange.—A fine thirteen-keyed flute in leather covered case, for a photograph camera suitable for mak— ing lantern slides. Flute cost $27, and is nearly new. U. 0. COX, Mankato, Minn. To exchange ; Experiment Station bulletins and reports for bulletins and reports not in my file. I will send list of what I have for exchange. P. H. ROLES, Lake City, Florida. Finished specimens of all colors of Vermont marble for fine fossils or crystals. Will be given only for valuable specimens because of the cost of polishing. GEO. W-. PERRY, State Geologist, Rutland, Vt. For exchange.—Three copies of ‘‘ American State Papers Bearing on Sunday Legislation,” 1891, $2.50, new and unused, for ““The Sabbath,”’ by Harmon Kingsbury, 1840; ‘‘The Sabbath,” by A. A. Phelps, 1842; ‘* History of the Institution of the Sabbath Day, Its Uses and Abuses,”’ by W. L. Fisher, 1859; **‘ Humorous Phases of the Law,” ie Irving Browne; or other works amounting to value of books exchanged, on the question of govern- mental legislation in reference to religion, personal liberty, etc. If preferred, I will sell ‘‘American State Papers,” and buy other books on the subject. WILLIAM AD- DISON BLAKELY, Chicago, Ill. Wanted, in exchange for the following works, any standard works on Surgery and on Diseases of Children: Wilson's ‘‘ American Ornithology,” 3 vols.; Coues’ “Birds of the Northwest’’ and ‘* Birds of the Colorado Valley,”’ 2vols.; Minot’s ‘‘ Land and Game Birds of New Eng- land; Samuels’ ‘‘ Our Northern and Eastern Birds;" all the Reports on the Birds of the Pacific R. R. Survey, bound in 2 vols., morocco; and a complete set of the Reports of the Arkansas Geological Survey. Please give editions and dates in corresponding. R. ELLSWORTH CALL, High School, Des Moines, Iowa. For sale or exchange, LeConte, ‘* Geology;”” Quain, “Anatomy,’’ 2 vols ; Foster, ‘‘Physiology,”’ Eng. edition; Shepard, Appleton, Elliott, and Stern, ‘* Chemistry ;” Jordan, ** Manual of Vertebr:tes;” ‘ International Scien- tusts’ Directory;” Vol. I. fournal of Morphology; Bal- four, ‘tEmbryology,” 2 vols.; Leidy, “* Rhizopods;”’ Science, 18 vols., unbound. C. T. McCLINTOCK, Lexington, Ky. To exchange Wright’s ‘‘ Ice Age in North America” and Le Conte’s ‘‘Elements of Geology’’ (Copyright 1882) for ‘‘Darwinism,”’ by A. R. Wallace, “Origin of Species,’” by Darwin, ‘‘Descent of Man,’’ by Darwin, ‘‘Man’s Place in Nature,’’ Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Ani- mals,”” by Romanes, ‘*Pre-Adamites,’’ by Winchell. No books wanted except latest editions, and books in good condition. C. S. Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g to 1-romg.), platinum dishes and crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part or whole. Also complete file of Sz//iman’s Fournal 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883; U. S. Coast Survey, 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. ae Makcu 4, 1892. | of views which he had abandoned, and by the misquotation of oth- ers which he still holds. Mr. Spencer some ten years ago stopped the sale of the book in England and prohibited its translation. But the rapid spread of communistic theories gave new life to these mis- - representations; hence Mr. Spencer decided to delay no longer a statement of bis mature opinions on the rights of individuals and the duty of the state. The volume includes also ‘‘ The Man ver- sus the State,” a series of essays on political tendencies heretofore published separately. Mr. Spencer has secured an American copyright for his new volume. — P. Blakiston, Son, & Co., announce ‘‘ A Manual of Autopsies, designed for the Use of Hospitals for the Insane and Other Public Institutions,” by I. W. Blackburn, M.D., pathologist to the Gov- ernment Hospital for the Insane, Washington, D.C. This subject has for several years engaged the attention of the Association of Medical Superintendents of American Institutions for the Insane, SCIENCE, 139 that the abundant material afforded the alienist may be system - atic: ly studied in all i's clinical as well as pathological aspects. A uniform method being desirable, this manual has been prepared by the direction of the association committee, with the co-opera- tion of Drs, Welch and Hurd of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, that by following the described routine in examination, pathologists, and even non-expert physicians, may prepare the most concise, graphic, and useful record of actual cases. It is fully illustrated from original drawings, sectional and regional, and as an adopted standard, should be in the hands of every examiner who can con- tribute to the valuable records thus established. —D. Appleton & Co. have just ready ‘‘ Moral Teachings of Science,” by Arabella B. Buckley, intended for readers who would not take up an elaborate philosophical work; and a ‘‘Manual of Chemical Technology,” by Randolph von Wagner, translated and edited by William Crookes. PROPRIETARY. PROPRIETARY. Sleeplessness, eh, Lihaustion Horsford’s Aci Phosphate, Impaired Vitality, Nervous Exhaus- _ tion and Debility destroy life. Take SGIENCE ADVERTISING RATES. Established January, 1892. INSIDE PAGES. Z are the causes of Per line, agate measure, 14lines to aninch 1r5c. a ** column, ey 140 lines, - $20.00 acute diseasesthat } “ page, three columns, 420 lines, - 50.00 LAST OUTSIDE PAGE AND PAGES FACING READING _A wonderful remedy, of the highest value in mental and nervous exhaustion. Overworked men and women, the nervous, weak and debilitat- ed, will find in the Acid Phos- phate a most agreeable, grate- ful and harmless stimulant, giv- ing renewed strength and vigor to the entire system. Dr. Edwin F. Vose, Portland, Me., says: ‘(T have used it in my own case when suffer- ing from nervous exhaustion, with gratifying results. I have prescribed it for many of the various forms of nervous debility, and it has never failed to do good.’’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘‘ Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never sold in bulk. CROSBY’S Vitalized Phosphites and prevent Debility and Ner- vous Prostration. Pamphlet free. Sold by leading Druggists. Sent by mail ($1) from 56 West 25th Street, New York. Avoid substitutes. REly G, None genuine without PENS AND PATENTS. ‘ this signature printed on the label [= STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN CO., Works: Oamden, N.J. 26 John St., New York. PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W.T.Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. MATTER. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to aninch, 20c. ** column, st 140 lines, - $25.00 ** page, three columns, 420 lines, - 60.00 FIRST OUTSIDE TITLE-PAGE. Double-column space at top next Contents, $30.00 Triple-column space, below Contents, - 50.00 SCALE OF DISCOUNTS. 10 percent. on 4times, 1 month, or onamount $100 “ 15 c GG Go Fag OG ‘ec 200 20 ce teyg «6 3° CG ‘ec 300 25 “ Cary 6 ¢ rr te 400 33%‘ 5g 8! yp tt ‘ec ce 600 20 per cent. advance for preferred positions. Nothing inserted for less than $1.00 a time. Reading Matter Notices, under that caption, 3oc. a count line, set in nonpareil. Copy should be in office not later than Wednes- day of the week of issue. Henry F. Taylor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. j THE CHEAPEST AND BEST! c oto ENGRAVING G-| ft O?. PARK PLACE ,NEW YORK’ +] ENGRAVING FOR ALL ILLUSTRATIVE AND - ADVERTISING PURFOSES -— Bava Aide pee Fe - Jad al Frihtects Uaiom, Rk houses. $3000. each, or $3.00 for the set. Sa DO YOU INTEND TO BUILD? If you intend to build, it will be a mistake not to send for **SENSIBLE LOW-COST HOUSES,” now arranged in three volumes. floor plans, descriptions, and estimates of cost for 105 tasteful, new designs for They also give prices for complete Working Plans, Details, and Specifications, which enable you to build without delays, mistakes or quarrels with your build- er, and which any one can understand. Vol. I. contains 35 copyrighted designs of houses, costing between $500 and $1800. Vol. Il. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $1800 to Vol. Ill. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $3000 to $9000. In them you will find perspective views, rice, by mail, $1.00 *COLONIAL HOUSES,” a yolume showing Perspectives and Floor Plans of houses arranged in the inimitable style of the Colonial Architecture, and having all modern arrangements for comfort. Price, $2.00 5 “¢ PICTURESQUE HOUSES FOR FOREST AND SHORE”’:—This show = Perspectives and Floor Plans of new designs for Summer Cottages, which are romanti¢e convenient, and cheap. Price $1.00, by mail. N. D, C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York 140 SCIENCE. (Vor, Xx Now age DRY GOODS, ETC. Joenold, Cawalle. As ( LACES, New and Choice Styles, Point Alencon, Gaze and Applique, Duchesse Point and Applique BRIDAL VEILS. POINT de GENE LOOM LACES, In Black,.White and Beige. Real Thread Lace Veils & Veilings, Paris Styles of Ladies’ Lace Neckwear. EMBROIDERIES Embroidered Flouncings and Edgings. Hemstitched, Embroidered and Lawn Handkerchiefs. Droadovay A 19th ot. NEW YORK. y, ly Yj yy UY ie YM IIGD oF WASTE Rmbroidery Silks. THE BRAINERD SILK CO., 625 Broadway, New York. or 621 Market St., Philadelphia, Pa. i For the names and addresses of 10 ladies nterested in Art Needlework we will send one book free. FINANCIAL. FINANCIAL. New Method of Protecting Property From Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller. Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. TACOMA cor wovcresioenrs TAYLOR & GUNSTON Take full charge of property for the EASTERN INVESTOR. City, Town, and Suburban Lots, Garden, Fruit, Hop and Timber Lands. 10°|, Guaranteed on all Investments. Houses for sale on the instalment plan, by which the purchaser can obtain an income sufficient to cover all payments, including taxes,insurance,etc. Information regarding any particular point in the State of Washington gladly furnished upon application. Personal attention given to all loans. Correspondence solicited. Refer, by permission, to the Pacific National Bank, Tacoma, Wash.; Geo. H. Tilley, Esq., Secretary and Treasurer of the Southern Express Co., and Frederick C. Clark, of Clark, Chapin & Bushnell, New York. Address 504 California Bl’k, Tacoma, Wash. Eastern Representative, H. F. TAYLOR, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. THE Anerean Bell Telephan COMPANY. 9) MILK ST., BOSTON, MASS. This \Company owns the Letters Patent granted to Alexander Gra- ham Bell, March 7th, 1876, No. 174,465, and January 30, 1877, No. 186,787. The Transmission of Speech by all known forms of ELECTRIC SPEAKING TELEPHONES in- fringes the right secured to this Company by the above patents, and renders each individual user of tel- ephones, not furnished by it or its licensees, responsible for such un-= lawful use, and all the conse- quences thereof and liable to suit therefor. 3 E SOUTH BEND TACOMA ‘rucercy’ INVESTMENTS I GUARANTEE 12 per cent per annum in any of the above cities. I have made from 40 to 50 per cent. per annum for non-residents. I also make first mortgage, improved real estate loans on unquestionable securities from 8 to :0 per cent. per annum net. Also have choice bargains in Farm, Hop, Hay and Garden Lands. Correspond- ence Solicited regarding Western Washington. All inquiries answered promptly. Address A. C. SICKELS, Tacoma, Washington PROTECTION FROM LIGHTNING. All the capital desired for the parent company to handle my patents on a new method of protect- ing buildings from lightning has been subscribed. Sub-companies and agencies to introduce the invention are forming, and any desirous of tak- ing State-rights should address The American Lightning Protection Co., Sioux City, Iowa. The English patent is for sale, and offers an excellent opportunity for the formation of a company now that the American company is so favorably started. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. A. WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES: PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. TENTH YEAR. SinGLE Coprss, TEN CENTS. Vou. XIX. No. 475. MARCH 11, 1892. $3.50 PER YEAR, In ADVANCE. NOW READY!! . . CONTENTS. AN ENTIRELY NEW ATLAS. Tue SCIENTIFIC ALLIANCE.......-.+.--- 141 By J. G. BARTHOLOMEW, F.R.GS., F.R.S.E. Actinism. ©. Staniland Wake......... 142 ale I 1 G A I | G As S THe PsycHoLoGicaL LABORATORY IN THE . E R P I A L A Unrversiry or Toronto. J. Mark And Gazetteer of the World. PDs 6 aac b0padscoboscoaun GEO 148 . sas szidwin With over 220 Maps, Charts, Plans of Cities, etc., Nores anD NEWS........... -.....+0-- 144 Current Notes on Anraropotocy.—I. ALE REVISED TO THE PRESENT DATE. Edited by D. G. Brinton......... 146 | Also Gazetteer with ner: ey places and neesltsrof. Reus Cereus: Quarto (size, 103 x ; 3 ches oroce! op, $7.00. Motion anp Heat. (Continued). Dan- ¢ per BGs entra ae ee P, $ : : : . ‘el S. Tro 147 Throughout the Atlas the countries of the world have been treated with fulness in proportion to their oe Es WoogonconcoDgene9 99070000 commercial importance and interest. 2 "s LETTERS TO THE EpITor. ene United States section a Separate Map is given of each of the States and Further Notes on the Loup and are (Gigeation PHOTOES are peau © Sgnlbe cee el ale aan ate s z . ese Maps have been specially compiled from the latest and best Government Survey Maps, an Platte Rivers. J. H. Todd....... 148 have Tan Rone local Porist@n for the yenifention of New Counties, Townships and Railways. P Estimates of Distance. J. H. Oliver. 149 Among the special features are Maps of the Hudson and Rhine Rivers, the Yosemite Valley, United States Railways, British Isles Railways, mean Annual Temperature, mean Annual Rainfall; also Maps Work and its Relation to Gaseous showing location of the World’s Fair, environs of New York, Chicago, Philadelphia, Boston, San Francis- & ; i eo, New Orleans, Montreal, Quebec, Toronto, Ottawa, Rio Janeiro, London, Liverpool, Manchester, Mo- Compression and Expansion. H. ville, Paris, Vienna, Rome, Constantinople, Cape Town, Jerusalem, etc., etc. ; ARP HOZCT in. wl eile -i-ejide = = - 150 ~The Gazetteer of the World is a valiable popure for such a book of TOnSEOnGe: It contains entries for ats, . about 55,000 places, is compiled from the latest authorities, and is specially complete in American names. Pyrite Tnerustations of the Creta- The results of the pew census have been incorporated. ceous Formations of Middlesex For compactness and portability this volume is, in proportion to its ample contents, quite unique County, N. J. D. T. Marshall... ili] |, eee Cees AMONG THE PUBLISHERS................ 151 THOMAS N ELSON & SONS, Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Publishers and Importers, Second-Class Mail Matter. 33 East 17th Street, Union Square, - - = = New York. 7% IMPROVEMENT BONDS. Secured by Real Estate worth Four Times the Amount of the Mortgage. The attention of investors having money to invest and wishing a little higher rate of interest than is usually realized from Eastern Securities, is invited to some bonds that bear 7 per cent. annual interest, and are so amply secured by real estate as to commend them to the most careful and conservative investor. These are Improvement Bonds of the Fort Worth and Arlington Heights Land and Invest- ment Co. which owns the beautiful suburban addition to Fort Worth, Texas, known as Arling- ton Heights. They are issued to the amount of $100,000.00, and are for the purpose of erecting a large and commodious Hotel at the Heights. 5 The site selected for the building is on very high ground; it is the most desirable tract in the addition, and includesa full block. Tho - hotel and site are mortgaged to secure the bonds, and 100 blocks, of forty lots each, are also included in the mortgage. Valuing the blocks at $3,000 each, a security is given of about four dollars’ worth of real estate to one dollar’s worth of bonds. Surrounding blocks of the same class have been sold for more than $3,000 per block, and the property is constantly increasing in value. With its improved and unimproved land, Electric Street Railway, Electric Light Plant, complete Water System, Mortgage Notes, etc., the company possesses assets over liabilities of more than one million of dollars. The bonds mature at the rate of $10,000 per year, beginning with January 1st, 1897. The Company has the privilege of calling them all in on and after January 1, 1902. They are issued in denominations of $250 and $500, with the interest payable July 1 and January 1, in coupon form. Each $1,000 worth of the bonds is secured by a specified block, which is released as the bond is retired; as the hotel and site remains a mortgage for all of the bonds, the security becomes even stronger as the bonds are paid off. The entire mortgaged property is held in trust for the bondholders, by the Franklin Trust Co., of Brooklyn, through whom the interest and principal will be paid. The Trust Company can foreclose in the event of default of interest or principal. The bonds bear interest from January 1, 1892. They are sold at par with accrued interest; a large proportion of them have already been sold; the hotel is already in course of construction. A few lots can be purchased in this addition which promise large returns after a few years’ holding. Further information given by letter or private interview. E. W. WATKINS, 156 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. SCIENCE. 11 AMUSEMENTS. PUBLICATIONS. AN TA anna Se Gal caiririMooe J. we OU oN , DA Entirely Remodelled. New Views AND x : WED repay, Magzitceutzenresemtation ot RARE AND STANDARD BOOKS, AT CARNEGIE MUSIC HALL In all Departments of Literature, fncient 8.15 P.M. 57th Street and 7th Avenue. and Modern. Mr. GARRETT P,SERVISS, Architecture, Fine Galleries of Engrav- Bia ae DAY, | tna tectuxer on astronomy, has ings and Illustrated Works. atinee sn en in t n 5 c 3 ae, ana'views 4s they pass before the | [uminated Missi, Early Printed Books, Bindings, et audience. eats o! {<) . UU. 8 West 28th Street p THE (Between Fifth Avenue and Broadway), GREAT TOWER NEW YORK. OF THE Libraries Purchased for Cash. MADISON SQUARE GARDEN NOW OPEN Daily from 9 A.M. until 10 P. i. s Admission, 25¢c. The most Perfect and Delightful View of New York ever witnessed. 22D PROCTOR’S THEATRE. ocheier. Proctor & TuRNER, Proprietors and Managers. EVERY EVENING AT 8.15. THE ENGLISH ROSE. By SIMS & BUCHANAN. Produced under the direction of Aubrey Boucicault. BRILLIANT CAST. COMPLETE ACCESSORIES. Special Prices and Children Half Price. MINERALOGY. Course of Mineralogy for Young People. Conducted by correspondence; minerals and books furnished. : : Collection and book, ‘‘First Grade,” one dollar; postage, 25 cents. Send for circulars to GUSTAVE GUTTENBERG, Central High School, Pittsburgh, Pa. PALS Cut ready for setting. Having pur- G E Mi 0 » chased a large lot at the Mexican lo- cality, we are offering them at about one-fifth jewelers prices; $0c., $1, $1.50, $2, $3. This is a rare opportunity to secure a fine gem very cheap. 100 pp. Mineral Catalogue 15c., in cloth 25c., Supplement 2c. GHO. L. ENGLISH & Co., Mineralogists, 733 and 735 Broadway, New York City. 20 GEMSTONES FREE as a premium with THE GREAT DIVIDE. These Gemstones are cut and polished ready for jewelry mounting, and are given free to each new subscriber sending $1, price of yearly subscription. Address THE GREAT DIVIDE, 1616 Arapahoe St., Denver, Colo. PUBLICATIONS. THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. Address PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Crawfordsville, ind. DON’T goto School TO LEARN BOOK-KEEPING When you ean learn it AT HOME, within 100 hours’ study, without the aid of a teacher, (| guaranteed /)from Goddwin’s Improved Book-keeping and Business Manual. Price, $3.00. 337 sold to date, each copy having insured success. 2913 testimonials received. Onesays: “Worth $500 133 ‘Another says: “I spent $200 fcr a course in a Business College and got more information out of your book inside of four weeks than in the entire course at that college.”—E. A. DEAN, book-keeper for Sinclair & Morrison, Lima, Ohio, Feb. 5, 1892. SEND for a Descriptive Pamphlet. SAVE this CARD. J. H. Goodwin, R.234,1215 B’dway, N.Y. Books ordered by Mail, selected with care and forwarded with promptness. Books out of print and scaree, will be searched for with thoroughness. Books not to be had, in this country, will be imported to order, CROTHERS & KORTH, (Room 22, Manhattan Building), 96 Fifth Avenue, New York City. JOHN IRELAND'S Bookstore, 1197 Broadway near 29th St., is convenient to the residence quarter of the city; itis a good place to drop into on the way wu or down town to select books or stationery. His stock is well selected and embraces all the new and standard books as soon as issued. Out-of-town purchasers can order by mail with every confidence that their wants will be as well supplied as if buying in person. . AMERICAN WOODS A book on Woods, containing actual and authentic specimens. PREPARATIONS OF WOODS FOR MICROSCOPE anp STERE- OPTICON, and WOODEN CARDS, for invita- tions, calling cards, etc. Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH. Lowville. N.Y. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- azines. Rates Zow. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N V The American Geologist for 1892. Edited by Pror. S. Catvin, University of Iowa; Dr. E. W. CLAYPOLE, Buchtel College; Joun EYERMAN, Lafayette College; Dk. Persiror Frazer, Franklin Institute; PRor. F. W. Cracin, Colorado College; Pror. Rop'r T. Hitt, U.S. Irrigation Survey; Dr. ANDREW C. Lawson, University of California; R. D. SALISBURY, University of Wisconsin; JosEPH B. TYRRELL, Geol. Sur. of Canada; E. O. UtricH, Minnesota Geological Survey; PRor. I. C. Wuite, University of West Virginia; Pror. N. H. WINCHELL, University of Minnesota. Now in its IXth volume. $3.50 per year. Sample copies, 20 cents. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING CO., Minneapolis, Minn, Minerals, ae j a z Stuffed Animals Rock, Ward’sNatural ScienceEstablishment) cane" Caste ot rossits, | Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. |anatomiem eological odels Retiermaps.| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N. Y. lipverteprates [Vor. XIX. No. 475 PROPRIETARY. Babies are always happy They are comfortable when well. when comfortable. They are apt to be well when fat; they worry and cry when thin. They ought to be fat; their nature is to be fat. If your baby is thin, we have a book for you-—CARE- FUL LIVING—free. Scott & Bowne, Chemists, 132 South sth Avenue, New York. Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil—all druggists everywhere do, §1, 49: ELECTRICAL BOOKS By T. O'CONNOR SLOANE, A.M., E.M , Pu.D-. Author of ‘‘ Arithmetic of Electricity,’’ ‘‘ Home Experiments in Science,”’ etc. JUST PUBLISHED. ELECTRICITY SIMPLIFIED This work is the simplest ever published on the subject of Electricity. Its object is to make the subject as plain as possible, to show why two plates of different metals immersed in acid can send a message around the globe; to explain how a bundle of copper wire rotated by asteam engine can be the agent in lighting our streets ; to tell what the volt, ohm, and ampere are and to answer the questions that perpetually arise in the mind in this age of electricity. By illustrations and mechanical analo- gies, the subject is made exceedingly simple. FULLY ILLUSTRATED, $1.00. ELECTRIC TOY MAKING, DYNAMO BUILDING AND GLECTRIC-MOTOR CONSTRUCTION, This work treats of the muking at home of elec- trical toys, electrical apparatus, motors, dynamos, and instruments in general, andis designed to bring within the reach of young and old the manu- facture of genuine and useful electrical appliances. It is specially designed for amateurs and young folks, VERY Fuxiy ILLusrraTtep, $1.00. ARITHMETIC OF ELECTRICITY A practical treatise on Electrical Calculations of all kinds, reduced to a series of rules, all of the sim- plest forms, and involving only ordinary arithmetic ; each rule illustrated by one or more practical prob- lems, with detailed solution of each one, including all kinds of units of measurement of electrical and mechanical work, energy and heat; relations of different systems of all kind of units; relation of different wire gauges, American and foreign ; elec- trical properties of wire of different sizes; specific resistances ; thermo-chemical and electro-chemical equivalents; useful factors, ete., ete. Price, $1.00. §2 These books have already had a large sale, and have been highly endorsed bythepress. No one interested in electrical science can afford to be without them. Our book catalogue sent free to all. Published by NORMAN W. HENLEY & C0., P.0. Box 3271. £50 Nassau St., N.Y. 4 NEW YORK, MARCH 11, 1892. THE SCIENTIFIC ALLIANCE. THe Scientific Alliance of New York was organized in March, 1891. It consists at present in a union of six soci- eties engaged in the promotion of scientific research. It is probable that this number will soon be increased to eight, and it is hoped that it may ultimately extend to at least ten. Membership in the Alliance is not confined to societies in New York City, but may include those in the neighborhood. The societies now composing the Alliance,— naming them in the order of their foundation,—are as follows: 1. The New York Academy of Sciences, 2. The Torrey Botanical Club, 3. The New York Microscopical Society, 4. The Lin- neau Society of New York, 5. The New York Mineralogical Club, 6. The New York Mathematical Society. The societies do not in any way sink their individuality or surrender any part of the management of their own affairs. Their union is merely in the way of co operation for the advancement of science and for mutual encouragement, car- vied out through a central representative body, known as the Council, having advisory powers only. The Council is made up of the president, ex-officio, and two other delegates from each society. A monthly bulletin is issued under the authority of the Council, announcing the proposed proceedings of all the so- cieties, and a copy of this bulletin is sent to every member. The bulletin contains an invitation to the members to attend the meetings of all the societies. } The Council issues an annual directory, containing the names and addresses of all the resident members of the soci- - eties, as well as general information as to the character and purposes of the several organizations. It is proposed to issue also a brief annual report of the work done by the societies as a whole. The first directory published by the Council (that for 1891) contained 499 names. That for 1892 will contain a considerably larger number, as the membership of the societies has increased materially during the past year. The New York Academy of Sciences was chartered as The . Lyceum of Natural History, April 20, 1818. It was reorgan- ized under its present name Feb, 21, 1876. It has a total membership of about 550, of waich nearly one-half are resi- dent members and fellows. It holds weekly meetings, on Monday evenings, from October to June. One evening of each month is devoted to a popular lecture. There are spe- cial sections of mineralogy and astronomy. Its place of meeting is now at Columbia College. The Academy pub- lishes both Annals and Transactions. The Lyceum of Natural History was the owner of a building and a valuable scientific collection, which were destroyed by fire. The Academy possesses a library of between 10,000 and 12,000 volumes, which is being continually augmented by periodicals and Proceedings of kindred societies received in exchange for its own publications. This is an exceedingly important collec- tion of scientific works, containing sets of the Proceedings of foreign bodies not to be found in any other library in New York, and in some cases not elsewhere in this country. At present the books are deposited in the library-building of Columbia College, but they may be withdrawn at any time. The Torrey Botanical Club was incorporated April 21, 1871. It has a total membership of nearly 300, of which about one- half are resident members. It holds meetings twice a month, at Columbia College, and field-meetings every Saturday from April to November. It publishes a Bulletin and Memoirs. It has an herbarium of nearly 20,000 specimens. Its botani- cal library is incorporated with that of Columbia College. Tt consists of periodicals and Proceedings of other scientific so- cieties, obtained by the exchange of publications, which are, for the most part, duplicated in the library of the Academy of Sciences. The New York Microscopical Society was incorporated in 1877. It has a total membership of about 100, of whom some 75 are active members, Its meetings are held twice a month, at the Mott Memorial Library, No. 64 Madison Ave- nue. It publishes a quarterly journal. Its library consists of about 2,000 volumes, and is deposited at its place of meet- ing. It bas also a collection of about 5,000 microscopical specimens. The Linnean Society of New York was organized March 7, 1878. It has a membership of 85, of which about half are resident members. Its meetings are held twice a month, at the American Museum of Natural History. It publishes Transactions and an Abstract of Proceedings. It has a library consisting of exchanges from publications. The New York Mineralogical Club was organized in 1887. It has a memberihip of about 60, It holds monthly meetings at various places. It owns the Chamberlain collection of New York Island minerals, which is deposited temporarily, with other strictly local minerals, in the American Museum of Natural History. The New York Mathematical Society was organized Nov. 24, 1888. It has a membership of over 200, including almost every mathematician of note in America, and some residing abroad. Its local membership is about 35. It publishes a monthly Bulletin. It will be seen from the foregoing summary that all of the societies included in the Alliance occupy only temporary quarters, and that their libraries and collections are widely scattered. It will be observed, however, that the latter are of sufficient size and importance to make a very creditable appearance if they could all be gathered in a single suitable place. It is confidently believed that the total amount of original scientific work brought out by the meetings of these societies is as great as that accomplished in any other city in America. Under proper conditions, however, the societies might not only become more helpful to one another, but might confer a greater benefit upon the community at large, by carrying on lines of work which they are now compelled to neglect from want of room and facilities. For example, all attempts at exciting popular interest in scientific subjects is now confined to a course of seven or eight lectures during the year, carried on by but one of the societies, when, in fact, if the Alliance were placed in possession of the neces- sary building and appliances, there is no reason why it 142 might not exert the same educational influence in New York asis put forth by the Royal Institution of Great Britain in London, in which a course of as many as eighty lectures of more or less popular interest has been given in a single season. The brief experience which the Scientific Alliance has already had has convinced the members that a still closer union of the societies is necessary to the most effective ac- complishment of their purpose, and this feeling has taken the form of an earnest movement for obtaining a permanent building as a home for all the societies. A building commit- tee was appointed in October last, and has held several meet- ings and done much towards developing plaus for the accom- plishment of the object mentioned. In the main these plans embrace the idea of the erection of a building, in the central part of the city, large enough to afford each society rooms for its ordinary meetings, for its library and collections, as well as facilities for research, and also to contain a lecture-ball, capable of seating twelve hundred people, to be used by all the societies in their public work. Itis part of the aim of the Council to obtain, ulti- mately, if not at once, in connection with the proposed build- ing, a fund for its maintenance and for the endowment of original research and publication. It is hoped and believed that at this time, when public spirit appears to be undergoing a revival in New York, and numerous worthy objects are receiving generous aid and es- tablishment by men of wealth, the cause of science will not be overlooked or neglected. Music and other fine arts and various charities have recently received munificent assistance in the very direction in which the Alliance is looking for aid,— namely, the erection of buildings suited to their par- ticular needs,— and it seems reasonable to think that the man, or men, will soon be found with sufficient appreciation of scientific research, for both its educational and its prac- tical value, to place it in a position as solid and substantial as that now likely to be occupied by the fine arts and by organized benevolence. ACTINISM. On studying the nature of the action of the blue, or rather the violet, ray of the spectrum, it appears to me to be a mis- nomer to refer to it as chemical. The absorption of heat attends chemical decomposition, and on the other hand the disengagement of heat is the accompaniment of chemical combination. We read in Professor Wurtz’s excellent treatise on ‘‘The Atomic Theory:” ‘‘It is heat which sets the atoms in motion; they have absorbed heat in separating from each other, since the rupture of the molecular equilibrium which marks the end of the state of combination has required the consumption of a certain quantity of heat. The heat thus absorbed has restored to the atoms the energy which they possessed before combination, and which represents affinity. This heat is lost again whenever the atoms, passing into the sphere of action of other atoms, fix the latter in some manner or are fixed by them so as to form new systems of equi- librium — that is, new molecules —in which henceforth their vibration and motion are preserved. This action is reciprocal.” If with this we compare what takes place in the so-called chemical action of the violet ray, we find a great difference. The latter process is usually referred to as one cf decomposition and not of combination, and, in fact, photography is*based on the property possessed by light of decomposing chemical compounds by its reducing action. SCIENCE, ~ [ VoL. XIX. No 475 It is true that this decomposition is supposed to be attended with certain chemical changes, as is the case also with the decomposition of amyl and other vapors in Dr. Tyndall’s very interesting experiments in cloud making, although there appears to be some doubt as to the nature of the changes. Moreover, in the action of the violet ray on a mixture of chlorine and hydrogen gases the formation of hydrochloric acid would seem to be due to the operation of chemical affin- ity. Nevertheless, when we consider the analogy between this case and that of the formation of water by the passage of a current of electricity through a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen gases, a question may be raised as to whether the former is due to strictly chemical action. The phenomenon of electrolysis, in which the electric current decomposes a molecular compound, is, moreover, analogous to that of the decomposition of chemical compounds by the actinic action of the violet ray. The latter phenomenon answers to the decomposing action of heat, and the former to the combina- tion of elemeats which attends chemical action; but they are not the same. This is evident from the fact that, while in ‘the one case the combination precedes the discharge of heat on which decomposition depends, in the other case it follows decomposition. Nevertheless, in all cases actinic action would seem to be attended with the aggregation of at least one element of the decomposed chemical compound. Thus, when on the ex- posure of chloride of silver to the action of light the chlorine is expelled, the silver is precipitated. The result depends on the instability of the equilibrium of chemical combination in the presence of certain light-rays, and it is thought that all substances are thus more or less affected by light. It is found that the red rays are chemically inactive, and of the others the absorbed rays are those which bring about the de- composition which is the basis of actinic action. The liquid nitrite of amyl allows the transmission of the yellow rays, and Dr. Tyndall states that the blue rays, as complementary to the yellow, are absorbed, and therefore that they produce the ‘‘chemical” effect. As a fact, however, the complemen- tary of yellow is violet, and the greatest actinic action is in the violet ray, and it extends far beyond into the invisible rays. This in itself would seem to prove that actinism is not chemical action, as the intimate relation between this force and heat would lead us to expect the association of chemical action with rays towards the red end of the spectrum. The vibrations of heat are atomic and not molecular, and possibly this fact may have influenced Dr. Tyndall in his opinion that the absorption of the actinic rays occurs in the main within the molecule, and are not the act of the molecule as a whole. There is no reason, however, why the absorption should not be of the whole molecular mass; that is, of the body of molecules that make up the mass, just as the absorp- tion of heat is that of the atoms which make up the mole- cule. Here would seem to be the real explanation of the phe- nomena of actinism, which is a distinct power of light due to its activity as a molar energy, just as heat is an atomic energy. The combination which follows the decomposition effected by actinic action has a similar relation to chemical combination. The latter is atomic, whereas the former is molar, as it affects the mass, and this through its molecules and not through the atoms of- which these are composed. From the fact that the electric light contains a large propor- tion of actinic rays, and that the electric spark in rarified air is diffused and of a violet color, it might be supposed that actinism is only a phase of electricity. That they are closely ~ Marca 11, 1892. ] related we may judge by what was said above, but there are reasons for believing them to differ from ‘each other as they both differ from heat, although all alike are forms of energy. Actinic absorption, like coloric absorption, is attended with decomposition, but so far as the former is attended with or followed by an aggregation or combination of elements, as with chemical affinity, it is also a force, but molar rather than molecular or atomic. In distinguishing between these forms of matter, I adopt the principle laid down by Mr. Grant Allen, although not all the applications be makes of R SS WEST EXAMINATION HALL . SCIENCE: 143 ogy at the instance of the writer. A suite of rooms, of which the accompanying cut gives the dimensions and arrange- ment, was set apart for the use of this department. The laboratory is located at the west end of the restored Univer- sity College building on the first (not the ground) floor. It is isolated entirely from the general work of the building, being over the rooms of the physical department. The rooms have light exposure from three sides. The room which is used for students’ demonstration and practical work (I. in the plan) is cut off from the research rooms, thus making _ fo $ °o 10 20 Scale F SEE feet. A, A, A, Windows. I. Demonstrating-room and work-room for undergraduates. G. Work-table; E. Book-cases; K. Black- board; F. Demonstration-table; e’. Students’ entrance; e. Professor’s entrance. II. Research-room. M, N. Work-tables; movable tables; R. Instrument-cases. incandescent light, lockers; S. Writing-desk. V. Private hall. them, and I believe that in the recognition of the truth of those principles will be found the solution of many scientific problems. C. STANILAND WAKE. . THE PSYCHOLOGICAL LABORATORY IN THE UNI- VERSITY OF TORONTO.* In the spring of 1891 an appropriation of $1,100 was made for the equipment of a laboratory for experimental psychol- 1 The accompanying plan is published at the suggestion of several psy- chologists who have borrowed and examined it; it is thought that the details may be of use to professors, boards, or trustees who are contemplating the providing of laboratories. B, C. Lockers, movable incandescent lights; I. Chart-case, . Professor’s Research-room. O. Work-table; D. Book-cases; H. Closet for tools, &c ; L. Movable . Dark-room. W. Sink; VY. Vestibule; P. Incandescent light. X. Stairs; e. Professor’s entrance; Y. Instrument-cases. interruptions to the latter from noise, etc., unlikely. For the same reason, the central hall is laid with cocoa matting. The work-tables of the research rooms (II. and III.) get light from the east, south, and west, a variety which is of great value, especially as the east exposure (Room III.) has re- flected light from the walls of the main building (this is also partly the case with the light from the west windows, Rooms I. and II.). The rooms are artificially lighted by combina- tion gas and electric chandeliers from the ceilings, and have besides movable incandescent lamps over the work-tables. The dark room is also furnished with incandescent lights. The floors throughout are carefully laid in hard wood. The 144 work-tables are braced diagonally from the wails by iron rods. The rooms are heated by steam radiators. The walls and ceilings are finished in dull white and the woodwork in dark walnut, colors being avoided in order to keep the physiological conditions of sight normal. Natural and col- ored light can be let into the dark room through the south wall. The central hall is lighted through glass panels in the doors. The fittings of the laboratory have cost about $450 —a grant additional to the appropriation of $1,100 for instru- ments. This does not include, however, the arrangements for lighting, heating, and the special flooring. It is probable that the cost would be slightly more in the United States. Of the original amount appropriated, moreover, $300 is an annual allowance for the maintenance of the laboratory. The writer hopes, also, to have soon a paid assistant, who will be constantly at work in the rooms. The laboratory will, it is hoped, serve two main purposes: First, it is used to illustrate the undergraduate courses in psychology in the university; and, second, it is designed to serve as a centre for advanced research in the new lines of experimental work. Being the only foundation of the kind in Canada," it will represent what we are doing in this line in the Dominion. The Department of Education of Ontario undertakes with great liberality to publish the researches of students who do work of real merit, and to distribute them generously. Publications issued from other such centres everywhere will be received in return with much gratitude; and new ideas in matters of technique, arrangement, etc., especially detailed notices of new pieces of apparatus, re- prints from the journals, and announcements of new discov- eries, will be welcome. J. Marx BaLpwin. NOTES AND NEWS. AT a meeting of the Royal Geographical Society on Feb. 22, Mr. Theodore Bent read before a large audience a paper on his recent exploration among the Zimbabwe and other ruins. The paper, says Natwre, was one of great interest. Mr. Bent said that, with his wife and Mr. Robert Swan, he went to Mashonaland primarily to examine the ruins of the Great Zimbabwe. These ruins, so named to distinguish them from the numerous minor Zimbabwes scattered over the country, were situated in south latitude 20° 16" 30", and east longitude 31° 10’ 10’, at an eleva- tion of 3,300 feet above the sea-level, and formed the capital of a long series of such ruins stretching up the whole length of the west side of the Sakz River. They covered a vast area of ground, and consisted \of the large circular building on a gentle rise with a network of inferior buildings extending into the valley below, and the labyrinthine fortress on the hill, about 400 feet above, naturally protected by huge granite bowlders and a precipice run- ning round a considerable portion of it. Mr. Bent gave a minute description of the ruins, drawing attention to evidence that their ancient inhabitants must have been given to the grosser forms of native worship. Perhaps the most interesting of their finds in one portion were those in connection with the manufacture of gold. Myr. Bent held that the ruins and the things in them were not in any way connected with any known African race; the ob- jects of art and the special cult were foreign to the country alto- gether, where the only recogaized form of religion was, and had been since the days when the early Portuguese explorers pene- trated into it and Kl Masoudi wrote, that of ancestor worship. It was also obvious that the ruins formed a garrison for the protec- tion of a gold-producing race in remote antiquity. So we must look around for such a race outside the limits of Africa, and it was in Arabia that we found the object of our search. All ancient authorities speak of Arabian gold in terms of extravagant praise. Little, if any, gold came from Arabia itself; and here in 1 The first in the British Dominion as far as my information goes. SCIENCE. [Vot. XIX. No. 475 Africa gold was produced in large quantities, both from alluvial and from quartz, from the remotest ages. A cult practised in Arabia in early times was also practised here; hence there was little room for doubt that the builders and workers of the Great Zimbabwe came from the Arabian peninsula, He had no hesi- tation in assigning this enterprise to Arabian origin, and to a pre- Mahommedan period. — The United States Hydrographic Office makes a report of the magnetic storm of Feb. 13-14, 1892, as recorded by the self-regis- tering magnetic instruments of the United States Naval Observa- tory, Washington, D.C. These records of this unusually severe magnetic storm are of especial interest as occurring at the same time as the fine displays of auroree and the appearance of a large ~ group of sun spots. The magnetic storm commenced suddenly at 12.40 a.M. (75th meridian time), Feb. 18, with a movement of the north end of the declination magnet to the westward and a rapid increase in the horizontal and decrease in the vertical components of the earth’s magnetic force. The north end of the declination magnet remained to the westward of its normal position until 10.30 A.M, when it crossed to the eastward, ail the time oscillating violently, and did not return to ils normal position until 8 P.M. of the 13th, after which it kept oscillating on each side of its mean position until the end of the storm. It registered a change of di- rection of 14°. The first increase in the horizontal force was fol- lowed by a rapid decrease, the force falling to much less than its usual strength, with rapid changes. Its change during the storm was 21 percent of its mean strength. The vertical force decreased so much that the sensitive balanced magnet used to record it was upset at 8 P.M. of the 13th, and its further record lost. The auroree were seen at Washington at about 2 A.M. and 7.30 P.M. of the 13th, the latter time being marked by an unusually disturbed condition of the magnets. — The usual monthly meeting of the Royal Meteorological So- ciety was held on Wednesday evening, the 17th of February. A paper on ‘‘The Untenability of an Atmospheric Hypothesis of Epidemics” was read by the Hon. Rollo Russell. The author is of opinion that no kind of epidemic or plague is conveyed by the general atmosphere, but that all epidemics are caused by human conditions and communications capable of control. In this paper he investigates the manner of the propagation of influenza, and gives the dates of the outbreaks in 1890 at a large number of islands and other places in various parts of the world. Mr. Russell says that there is no definite or known atmospheric quality or movement on which the hypothesis of atmospheric conveyance can rest, and when closely approached it is found to be no more availa- : ble than a phantom. Neither lower nor upper currents have ever taken a year to cross Europe from east to west, or adjusted their progress to the varying rate of human intercourse. Like other maladies of high infective capacity, influenza has spread most easily, other things being equal, in cold, calm weather, when ven- tilation in houses and railway cars is at a minimum, and when perhaps the breathing organs are most open to attack. But large and rapid communications seem to be of much more importance than mere climatic conditions. Across frozen and snow-cevered countries and tropical regions it is conveyed at a speed correspond- ing, not with the movements of the atmosphere, but with the movements of population and merchandise. Its indifference to soil and air, apart from human habits depending on these, seems to eliminate all considerations of outside natural surroundings, and to leave only personal infectiveness, with all which this im- plies of subtle transmission, to account for its propagation. *‘ The Origin of Influenza Epidemics” was the title of a paper by Mr. H. Harries. The author has made an investigation into the facts connected with the great eruption of Krakatoa in 1888, and the atmospheric phenomena which were the direct outcome of that catastrophe. He has come to the conclusion that the dust derived from the interior of the earth may be considered the principal -factor concerned in the propagation of the recent influenza epi- demics, and that, as this volcanic dust invaded the lower levels of the atmosphere, so a peculiar form of sickness assailed man and beast. A ‘Report on the Phenological Observations for 1891” was made by Mr. EH, Hawley. This report differs in many respects / * ~ Marcit 11, 1892.| from the previous reports on the same subject. Among other changes, the number of plants, etc., selected for observation has been greatly reduced, while the number of observers has consid- erably increased. The winter of 1890-91 proved in England very destructive to the root crops, as well as to green vegetables and tender shrubs. Birds also suffered severely. In Scotland and Treland, however, there was scarcely any severe weather until March. The flowering of wild plants was greatly retarded by cold in the spring, but during the summer the departures from the average were not so great. The harvest was late and its ingather- ing much interfered with by stormy weather. — Recent experiments by Messrs. W. Thomson and F. Lewis on the action of metals on india-rubber, according to Engineering, show that that of copper is the most deleterious. Platinum, palladium, aluminium, and lead act only very slightly, while magnesium, zine, cadmium, cobalt, nickel, iron, chromium, tin, arsenic, anti- mony, bismuth, silver and gold have no action whatever on this material. Of metallic salts, those of copper are very destructive, _ but nitrate of silver, manganese oxide, and several less common salts are equally so. The nitrates of iron, sodium, uranium, and ammonia have also a deleterious action, though less pronounced than in the case of the salts previously mentioned. — At the anniversary of the British Geological Society, held on the 19th of February, the retiring president, Sir Archibald Geikie, gave the annual address, which was devoted to a continuation of the subject treated of by him last year. He now dealt, according to. Nature, with the history of volcanic action in this country from the close of the Silurian period up to older Tertiary time. The remarkable’ volcanic outbursts that took place in the great lakes of the Lower Old Red Sandstone were first described. From different vents over central Scotland, piles of lava and tuff, much thicker than the height of Vesuvius, were accumulated, and their remains now form the most conspicuous hill-ranges of that district. It was shown how the subterranean activity grad- ually lessened and died out, with only a slight revival in the far north during the time of the Upper Old Red Sandstone, and how it broke out again with great vigor at the beginning of the Car- boniferous period. Sir Archibald pointed out that the Carbonif- erous volcanoes belonged to two distinct types and two separate epochs of eruption. The earlier series produced extensive subma- rine lava-sheets, the remains of which now rise as broad terraced | plateaux over parts of the lowlands of Scotland. The later series manifested itself chiefly in the formation of numerous cones of ashes, like the puys of Auvergne, which were dotted over the lagoons and shallow seas in central Scotland, Derbyshire, Devon- shire, and the south-west of Ireland. After a long quiescence, voleanic action once more reappeared in the Permian period; and numerous small vents were opened in Fife and Ayrshire, and far to the south in Devonshire. With these eruptions the long record of Paleozoic volcanic activity closed. No trace has yet been dis- covered of any voleanic rocks intercalated among the Secondary formations of this country, so that the whole of the vast interval of the Mesozoic period was a prolonged time of quiescence at last when the soft clays and sands of the Lower Tertiary de- posits of the south-east of England began to be laid down, a stu- dendous series of fissures was opened across the greater part of Scotland, the north of England, and the north of Ireland Into these fissures lava rose, forming a notable system of parallel dykes. Along the great hollow from Antrim northwards between the outer Hebrides and the mainland of Scotland, the Java flowed out at the surface and formed the well-known basaltic plateaux of ' that region. The address concluded with a summary of the more important facts in British volcanic history bearing on the investi- gation of the nature of volcanic action. Among these Sir Archi- bald laid special stress on the evidence for volcanic periods, during each of which there was a gradual change of the internal magma from a basic to an acid condition, and he pointed out how this cycle had been repeated again and again even within the same limited area of eruption. In conclusion, he dwelt on the segre- gation of minerals in Jarge eruptive masses, and indicated the im- portance of this fact in the investigation, not only of the constitu- tion and changes of the voleanic magma, but also of the ancient SCIENCE. 145 gneisses where what appear to be original structures have not yet been effaced. _ —Dr. L. Swift of Rochester, N.Y., discovered a bright comet on the morning of March 6. The object isin R.A. 18h. 59 m., Dec. south 31° 20’. It is moving easterly. — As bearing on the vital question of the exhaustion of the coal resources of Belgium Engineering states that, while the aver- age depth of the French coal mines is 1,056 feet, the average depth in Hainaut is 1,773 feet; that in the Mons Basin there is a pit now being worked of 2,988 feet in depth, and another un- worked pit in the same district of 3,801 feet; while in April last it was reported that in a Borinage pit, known as ‘‘ Sainte Henriette des produits,” at Flénu, a rich seam of coal had been discovered at the extraordinary depth of 4,120 feet. These figures tend to show that Belgium is rapidly exhausting the ‘‘ cream of the coal resources” of the country — that is, coal found within 2,000 feet of the surface. — A. Coppen Jones, writing from Davos Platz, Switzerland, to Nature, says: ‘In 1889 a French naval surgeon, M. Ledantec, published in the Annales de UV’ Institut Pasteur the result of some investigations he had made into the nature of the arrow poison of the natives of the New Hebrides. Wounds from these arrows give rise, as is well known, to tetanus, and M. Ledantec was able, by the subcutaneous injection of the scraped off poison, to kill guinea-pigs under typical tetanic symptoms. He learnt froma Kanaka that they are prepared by smearing the arrow-heads (which are made of human bone) first with tree gum and then with mud from a swamp, which mud he found to contain num- bers of Nicolaier’s tetanus bacillus. As far as lam aware, this has been recorded only of the natives of the New Hebrides and some of the neighboring groups (the arrow poison of Stanley’s dwarfs is certainly not the same), and I was therefore much in- terested some days ago by coming accidentally upon an old record which seems to show that the natives of the Cape Verd coast were accustomed, more than three hundred years ago, to get rid of their enemies in a similar manner. In Hakluyt’s ‘‘ Voyager’s Tales,” published in 1589 (I refer to the little reprint edited in 1889 by Henry Morley), is the narrative of one Miles Phillips, in which occurs the following passage: ‘Upon the 18th day of the same month (November, 1567) we came to an anchor upon the coast of Africa at Cape Verde, in twelve fathoms of water, and here our General landed certain of our men, to the number of 160 or thereabouts, seeking to take some negroes. And they, going up into the country for the space of six miles, were encountered with a great number of negroes, who with their envenomed arrows did hurt a great number of our men, so that they were enforced to retire to the ships, in which contest they recovered but a few negroes; and of these our men which were hurt with their en- venomed arrows, there died to the number of seven or eight in a very strange manner, with their mouths shut, so that we were forced to put sticks and other things into their mouths to keep them open.’ In the language of modern medicine, they suc- cumbed to tetanus traumaticus. The voyagers left the coast soon after, and there is no further mention of the natives or of the wounded. There is, of course, no proof that the arrows were poisoned with mud or earth, but the probability is considerable. The chief interest lies in the age of the record, which forms in some manner a pendant to the researches of M. Bossano (Comptes rendus, 1888), which showed the tetanus bacillus to have a very wide distribution in space. Jt is a curious consideration that this and the other famous arrow poison, curare, both kill by their ac- tion on the voluntary muscles, the action of one being diametri- cally opposed to that of the other.” — The Electrical Review, New York, the first electrical weekly published in this country, issued a decennial number dated Feb. 20, 1892, in commemoration of its tenth birthday. The past dec- ade of electrical progress is presented, and what may be expected in the future of this science is outlined. Articles specially con- tributed to this issue by leading electrical workers appear, with many portraits of interest. S@GiNGs: A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. €. HODGES, 874 BRoApway, New YorK. SuBSCRIPTIONS.—United States and Canada . ............- $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................. 4.50 a year. Communications will be weleomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientifi papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, panies the manuscript. but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants’’ column. All are invited to use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions, The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go direct tothem. The “‘ xchange’ column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to HENRY F. Tayior, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. CURRENT NOTES ON ANTHROPOLOGY. — I. [Edited by D. G. Brinton, M.D., LL.D.) Evolution of the Human Skull. - Dr. PauL TopinarD of Paris, whose studies in physical anthropology place him in the front ranks of that science, has summed up in a recent number of L’ Anthropologie the results of several years’ investigations concerning the trans- formation of the animal into the human skull. He demon- strates that this change is brought about by the gradual de- velopment of the brain, and the resulting mechanical pressure on the hard parts adjacent. The pressure exerted by the enlarging hemispheres on the occipital bone is in a direction backwards and downwards, so that what is its su- perior surface in ordinary mammals becomes the posterior in man, and its posterior face the inferior. The occipital foramen, instead of looking backwards, is in man turned downwards. The increase in size of the anterior lobes of the hemispheres brings about still greater changes in that portion of the cranium. The orbits are pressed from a lateral intoa frontal position, the face, instead of being in front and ob- lique, becomes vertical, and below the frontal lobes; and pumerous minor alterations in the anatomy of the parts are necessitated by these changes. Itis easy to arrange a per- fectly graduated series of skulls illustrating this development from the lowest mammals up to man. Next to him are the monkeys, below these the lemures, and then follow the infe- rior mammals. Everywhere the principle of harmonic ac- commodation of organ to function is strikingly shown. Al- though the general statement of this evolution has been frequently advanced, it has never before received so complete a demonstration. Physical Types in the Natives of South America. The effort has repeatedly been made to subdivide the na- tive tribes of South America on purely physical characters. It was attempted more than fifty years ago by Alcide D’Or- biguy, in his ‘‘ L’Homme Americain;” but his plan has not SCIENCE. ‘proved satisfactory. The latest scheme is that of Dr. Deni- vs [Vor. XIX. No. 475 ker, who accompanied the French scientific expedition to Cape Horn. He measured some eighty odd Yahgans, a tribe who live on the southern shore of Tierra del Fuego. He found them of short stature, head large and mesocheph- alic, prominent superciliary ridges and malar bones, fore- head narrow, low, and retreating, eyes small and horizontal, © orbits medium, mouth large, lips thick, slight prognathism. On the strength of these measurements, Dr. Deniker has urged in various scientific publications that we find in the Yahgaus a ‘‘race” quite different from the Patagonians and allied to the Botoeudos, the Coroados, and the Aymaras, as well as to the ancient Lagoa Santa peoples. This grouping, allowing that 1t is anatomically accurate, serves to illustrate how useless is an ethnographic classification based on small anatomical points. The Aymaras, Botecudos and Yahgans are as far apart in language, culture and character as any tribes which could be selected in Soith America. ~More- over, the Botucudos differ widely among themselves is phys- ical aspects, as Dr. Paul Ehrenreich has abundantly shown. In fine, it is high time to dismiss the anatomical subdivisions of the American race, and rely on language as, after all, when prudently employed, our best guide. Deniker’s theories will probably attract the more attention by being brought into relation with the interesting recent discoveries by Florentino Ameghino in the eocene beds of Patagonia. This eminent geologist has described, in a late number of the Revista Argentina de Historia Natural, the remains of four species of monkeys from what he believes to be the lower eocene — which would place them far more re- mote than any found in Eurasia, the oldest there exhumed being from the middle miocene. Ameghino therefore claims Patagonia as the cradle af the first Primates and of the im- mediate precursors of Man. Nor does he hesitate in this connection to add that in his opinion the very oldest relics of man’s activity have been found: in the same district. We must, however, temper this enthusiasm by some hesi- tancies. When Ameghino assigns these beds to the lower eocene, he does So entirely on palzeontologie grounds. The more cautious geologists are getting to rely less and less on these, and to demand more and more stratigraphic testi- mony. This is alone convincing. The native fauna of Aus- tralia to-day is much older in type than that of Hurasia; and similar instances no doubt existed in all ages of the world’s history. Moreover, the remains which Ameghino describes are strictly American in type. His Anthropops perfectus, although it had its teeth disposed in a semicircle, as in man, had nevertheless thirty-six teeth, as had all the American monkeys, both recent and fossil. His Homunculus Pata- gonicus was yet more Lemurian in type. The evidence is far from adequate, therefore, to substantiate the daring in- ductions which Ameghino draws from these finds. ~ The Question of the Celts. The latest contribution to the vexed question of the ethno- “graphic position of the Celts is from the pen of the veteran anthropologist of Bonn, Professor Schaaffhausen. It is pub- lished in the Festschrift zum Finfzigjéhrigen Jubiléum des Vereins von Alterthumsfreunden im Rheinlande. It includes a careful review of the classical authorities on the Celts and Gauls; in which one is surprised to find a denial that the bands who overran Italy in 393 B.C. were Celtic. Surely the title of their chiefs, brennuws, ‘‘ king,” is evidence enough that they spoke a Celtic dialect. The professor is also sadly out in attributing the North African blonds to immigration from Hurope. The blond type is essentially Marcu 1 I, 1892. | that of the Hamitic Berbers who have lived in the vales of the Atlas from the remotest times. In attributing the meg- alithic monuments of western Hurope and northern Africa exclusively to Celtic and Germanic peoples, he proceeds be- yond what archzologists have conceded. The difficult problem of the conflicting physical types among the Celtic nations —the one short in stature, brachycephalic, and brown, the other tall, dolichocephalic, and blond — he sum- marily solves by supposing either an intermixture with other types or a change in mode of life and climatic environment. The Celtic language he places, as do now all leading lin- euists, within the Aryan group and in that category most closely allied to the Italic stock. The same topic is discussed very ably by the French an- thropologist, Dr. R. Collignon, in one of the recent bulletins of the Société d’Anthropologie. After setting forth in strong lights the embarrassing nature of the evidence, he finally leans to Broca’s opinion, that the small, brown, brachyceph- alic Celts are a mixed type; while the true and primitive type, which we may call the Kymric, was one of tall stat- ure, with reddish or blond hair and dolichocephalic crania. An interesting portion of Dr. Collignon’s memoir is where he points out the persistency of various physical types in portions of Wrance for many centuries, even for thousands of years, aS an examination of anciert sepulchres has proved. MOTION AND HEAT. [Continued from p. 135.) But nature has other means of compensation for the molar motion converted into heat. Incalculable units of heat-en- ergy are stored up in vegetable and animal organisms; and in evaporation still more countless units of heat-energy are converted first into molecular, and then into molar motion, in its most terrific forms. Evaporation and the function it performs in the economy of nature are as yet little understood. It appears to be a form of expansion, and, like expansion, it increases with elevation of temperature; but it does not stop when expan- sion ceases, for it is well known that ice continues to evapo- rate below zero C. It is undoubtedly the great instrumentality for converting heat into motion. It is constantly acting, and in the trade wind region eleven feet of the ocean’s depth is annually lifted up and carried off by this silent process. Molecule by molecule the aqueous vapor is torn from the liquid mass, each one carrying or embodying so much heat and thus re- ducing temperature; in other words, each molecule moved in evaporation furnishes work in the form of motion for so much of the foree or energy which was dynamic in the form of heat. Molecular motion, evidenced by gaseous expansion in a closed: vessel, is governed by the general laws of motion;? and it seems incredible and anomalous to hold that the inert molecule moved in evaporation, which unites with its fel- lows as aqueous vapor, and comes down again as rain, is not governed by the same laws of the motion which this force or energy, in the form of heat, imparts to it in the atmos- phere. If these laws of motion do apply to the motion imparted by converted heat to evaporated molecules, we have an ori- gin for the trade winds far more simple than the generally supposed convection. The trade winds blow over the tropi- 1 “ Molecular Motion in the Radiometer,” etc., p. 16. SCIENCE. 147 cal water where convection is smallest, and not over tropical land, where it is greatest. But it is sufficient for the present purpose to show that heat is converted into motion in the process of evaporation; and that even if the force or energy which, in the form of molar motion, is directly converted into heat by resistance, cannot be directly reconverted from heat into molar motion, there is in terrestrial nature a law of compensation which tends to convert any surplus of dynamic heat into dynamic motion, and thus preserve the equilibrium which has been observed. Professor Tyndall has taught us how to trace radiant en- ergy from one body to another, and how the dark or heat rays may be concentrated into the more intense light rays, after they have left the body which sent them forth. And Faraday, Joule, Mayer, Grove, and others have taught us the law of conservation, by which we know that this energy, when it disappears, is not annihilated, and when it reappears it is not a new creation. We see its manifestation in mo- tion, molar and molecular; we feel it in heat, we see it in light and color, and hear it in sound. The motion may cease; light may be extinguished in darkness; colors may fade, and sound give place to profound silence; but the en- ergy or force which caused all these phenomena was the same before they appeared as during their continuance, and its potential existence remains after their disappearance with the same measurable units as when it was dynamic, and subject to observation. When the demon was cast out of the man and went into the swine, and they ran into the sea, it was the swine, and not the demon, who were drowned. He doubtless passed out into demon land, ready to again become dynamic when occasion offers. This force, or energy, we are trying to trace, while dy- namic, can only do so much work at one time. If it is en- tirely occupied in moving a mass, it cannot do other me- chanical work; and if entirely occupied in molecular motion it cannot elevate temperature, nor become radiant as heat or hight. And when rendered entirely potential, as when a ball thrown up is lodged on the roof of a house, or when heat becomes latent in liquefaction or evaporation, or when the sun’s energy is locked up in the molecular structure of vegetable and animal organisms, it can do no work at all until again rendered dynamic. Its power and capacity when released is identically the same, neither more nor less, than when it was locked up. This is true whether it was locked up as motion or locked up as heat. It has always seemed to me to be unfortunate and mis- leading that Professor Tyndall should have adopted ‘‘ Heat a Mode of Motion ” as the title of the book in which he gives to the world an account of his great and valuable researches in the delimitation of this foree. Like the term ‘‘ Mechani- cal Equivalent of Heat,” it results from mistaking the thmg done for the thing doing it, the effect for the cause. Heat is not a mode of motion, and it would be just as inaccurate to call gravity a mode of weight, or magnetism a mode of pull, and even less inaccurate to call motion a mode of heat. Motion and heat are forms or manifestations of the same force or energy, and when radiant, as heat and light, it is more nearly disconnected from ponderable matter than when it assumes the form of molar or molecular motion. Motion, in all its forms, is the transference of material substance, ponderable or imponderable matter, from one place or part of space to another; it is the state of pondera- ble matter in which the forces acting on it are not in equi- 148 | librium. Rest is the opposite of motion; it is the state of matter in which the physical forces acting on it are in equi- librium; that is when the force impelling motion in a given direction is counteracted by an equivalent force impelling motion in the opposite direction; or is resisted by a superior force. A stone rests on the surface of the earth because the force of gravity acting on the stone is resisted by the force of cohesion in solid matter; but the force continues although there is no motion resulting from it. The stone sinks in water, that is, it moves from the force of gravitation because the force of cohesion in the molecules of water is insufficient to counteract the force impelling motion; but when the force of cohesion in the molecules is sufficiently increased by con-— gellation, the stone rests on the surface of the ice. So atop “spun rapidly rests on its peg, because the force giving it hori- zontal motion counteracts the pull of gravity which causes it to fall when the rotation ceases. Dr. Mayer defines force as ‘‘ Something which is expended in producing motion; and this something which is expended is to be looked upon as a cause equivalent to the effect, namely to the motion produced.” * This is obviously too narrow to include even dynamic en- ergy. Two horses pulling a vehicle in opposite directions with the same force would produce no motion; divide the force by unhitching one of the horses, and the vehicle moves. Then, according to this definition, we have the absurdity that the whole force is nothing, but half of it is something. A correct definition of phpsical force is that it is some- thing producing the state of ponderable matter in which itis ‘subject to human observation. Whether the state be one of motion or rest, hot or cold, solid, liquid, gaseous, colored, etc., it is the result of force. We only know physical force from its effects on ponderable matter, and we only know ponderable matter as affected by force. The supposed difficulty in the concept of an element in nature entirely distinct from, but inseparably connected with, ponderable matter, is entirely, factitious. Time and space are such elements, entirely distinct from, and inseparably related to, ponderable matter; and the concept of force as above defined is as absolute and imperative as the concept of time, the concept of space, or the concept of matter itself. The progress of science in tracing a force through its various manifestations, as has been done tosome extent with gravity, confirms the primal concept of foree which comes with the very dawn of intelligence. The still more abstract concept of law by which any force 3s what it is, is also primal, absolute, and inevitable in every human intelligence. Whether all ponderable matter is one as claimed by some philosophers, or whether all force is one as claimed by other philosophers, are speculations which, with our present knowledge of these elements, are idle if not mischievous. It is undoubtedly from phenomena resulting from the ap- parent differences in ponderable matter, and the apparent differences in the forces acting on it, that real progress in unravelling nature has been made. We need a specific name for this force of which molar motion, molecular motion, heat, and light, are manifesta- tions. There scems to be no doubt that positive electricity is also one of its forms. Hlectricity, like heat, is developed by friction and by chemical reaction; and its mechanical equivalent, or, more accurately, the electric equivalent of molar motion, doubtless is the same as the heat equivalent of molar motion, or differs from it by some law which will : “Correlation and Conservation of Forces,” D. Appleton & Co., 1890, p, 335. SCIENCE. (VoL. XIX. No. 475 prove the identity of the force. Dr. Mayer suggested that whether friction, which of course is resisted molar motion, developed heat or electricity, depended on the character of the substances used in the friction, homogeneous substances developing heat and heterogeneous substances electricity. There appears to be no essential difference in the chemical reactions which develop heat and those which develop elec- tricity; the difference apparently being in the mode of ap- ~ plying the force or energy and the substances to which it is applied. Hlectricity passes from dynamic to potential under not precisely the same conditions as heat, but not more essen- tially different than the conditions under which motion passes from dynamic to potential, and its dynamic power is exhausted in doing work. This feature of electrical energy has been utilized by Mr. Hodges in his new lightning-rod, constructed of copper ribbon, so arranged that the copper will be dissipated by the electric current. But I must leave this branch of the subject to those better informed as to the phenomena. There may be still other forces, or rather forms of force, which may be found to have equivalence and mutual con- vertibility with heat. It is equivalence and mutual conver- tibility which warrants the assumption that motion and heat are phenomena resulting from, or, more aecurately, are manifestations of, the same: force. In speaking of the force itself, I have used the expression ‘‘ force or energy ” because these words have several mean- ings, and the sense in which they are synonymous comes nearer the expression of the concept sought to be presented than any other phrase that has occurred tome. Butit would facilitate induction if we could call it ‘‘ Hrgic Force,” or ““Ergism,” or give it some other specific designation to dis- tinguish it from other forces, or force generally, including under the term ‘‘Ergism” every manifestation of force for which a heat equivalent may be found. This name seems appropriate because it suggests the element in nature which is the basis of work. It enables us to grasp a concept of the force distinct from its manifestation in any one of its forms; and if the delimitation itself is correct we can class as ‘“ Antergic ” the forces, like cohesion, which have no heat equivalent, but which, under certain conditions, render dy- namic ‘‘ Hrgism” potential. DANIEL 8S. TROY. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. **, Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. The writer's name ts in all cases required as proof of good faith. ¥ On request in advance, one hundred copies.of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. Further Notes on the Loup and Platte Rivers. SEVERAL years since it was my privilege to spend several weeks studying the peculiar drainage of central Nebraska. I have there- fore been much interested in the papers of Professors Hicks and Davis in recent numbers of Science. 1 trust I shall not be intrud- ing if I call attention, at this time, toa few additional facts which seem to have a bearing on the discussion. 1. The streams north of the Platte, from Kearney to Fremont, have their courses first quite regularly south-east, then, as they near the Platte, they turn to the east-north-east, adopting the direction of thatstream. Not only is this true of the Loup system, as Professor Hicks has well shown, but also of Shell Creek and Maple Creek further east. 2. There are dry channels, but little above the streams, connect- ing the Loup with Shell Creek, and Shell Creek with the Maple, which are known as Lost Creek and Dry Creek. These lie in the . Marcu 11, 1892. ] same east-north-east direction, and are clearly analogous with the lower course of the Loup, where it connects its various branches. It seems not very improbable that the channel mentioned by Pro- fessor Hicks as connecting the South Loup with Wood River may be of the same sort. 3. The hills north of this compound channel, as it might be called, running parallel with the Platte, are of similar height and structure to those south of the Platte, but the hills south of the same channel are more than 100 feet lower, and of different struc- ture. Both are capped with yellow loam of almost the same texture, but underneath the former have a well defined stratum of northern drift east of the meridian of Columbus, while the latter have but a faint trace of it mixed with deep stratified sand. These lower hills, moreover, are less eroded, and are evidently an alluvian terrace formed since the deposition of the older drift and ‘the Loess. This terrace is seventy to ninety feet above the Platte, east of Columbus, and is more sandy and lower further west. The ancient north bank approaches the present Platte again, near Josselyn. 4, Corresponding in level to this high terrace, is an old channel crossing Saunders County along the valley of Sand Creek and in direct line with the upper course of the Maple. Hast of this is an area of higher land between it and the Platte, which has been recognized as an ‘‘ancient island.”’ It may be added, also, that this high terrace seems to be easily correlated with a terrace of #63) XD Loess "IQ Terrace a \,5 Alluvium, Map of Bastern Nebraska, Drainage similar height and structure, found at several points along the Missouri, which may be referred either to the ‘‘Second Glacial Epoch” or to the time of the second cluster of moraines of that epoch. The subjoined map exhibits most of the points mentioned above, as well as some knowledge of the drainage, and indirectly of the topography of the surrounding region. These facts point strongly to the efficiency of the second influ- ence mentioned by Professor Hicks, viz., ‘‘ Pliocene channel fill- ing,” as the principal and sufficient reason for the peculiar arrange- ment of the Loup channels, rather than a secondary influence. This has been already pointed out by Professor Davis. The Loups did formerly flow through to the Platte, but at a time when it or a portion of it occupied the north channel already described, and -when it was flowing on a level seventy-five to a hundred feet higher, relatively, than at present, somewhat as it now occupies the channel north of Grand Island, and probably not long ago occupied a portion of Prairie Creek. ‘The superabundant sedi- ment, the shifting of the Platte to the south in obedience to Ferrel’s law,— possibly reinforced by a tipping to the south, — and a deep- ening of its channel, which may have been partly due to a cutting through of a divide north of the ‘‘ancient island” into the lower channel of the Elkhorn, which, again, may have been accelerated by the recent eastward tipping of the region, are sufficient causes to explain the changes of the Platte, Loup, and associated streams since the disappearance of the waters which deposited the loess. The exceptional course of the Platte, however, from Kearney to SCIENCE. ae Fremont, which we conceive was first taken about that time, re- mains unexplained. The causes which may be surmised are the following: 1.°The position of a depression in the bottom of the Pliocene or Pleistocene lake, which may in some way have been produced by unequal deposition of its sediment, or the earlier un- equal erosion or deposition of the subjacent formations whose strike here is approximately north-east. 2. A slight fold in the plains a little south of this course of the Platte. Of such no dis- tinct trace has yet been found. There is a slight anticlinal axis crossing the Big Blue near Milford, but it is probably quite limited in extent. 3. This course may perhaps be a survival of a time when this region was tipped toward the north-east, because of the burden of ice which then rested upon Iowa, Minnesota, and eastern Dakota. This is but a conjecture, against which several objections arise, which it is needless to express. In this connection, it may be helpful to call attention to a similar bend in the Arkansas in central Kansas, and to note that in each case the exceptional direction is upon more recent beds near, and parallel to their junction with, the upper Carboniferous. This may be a straw which would indicate that our first surmise may have some truth in it. Concerning the efficiency of abstraction to change lines of super- ficial drainage, we may find considerable light from the study of this region. The remark of Professor Davis, that this rarely oc- curs where formations are nearly horizontal, seems well supported. Such is the slope of the country, and the porosity of the deposits, that the headwaters of the Big Blue rise a little below the level of the Platte adjacent, and the tributaries of Salt Creek rise below the level of the Big Blue near by, so that it is possible that water may leave the Platte between Kearney and Columbus, pass into the Blue, be drawn off into Salt Creek, and return to the Platte through the latter stream. And yet I know of no clear case of change of channel by abstraction in the whole region. The abundant sand, through the water flows underground, renders an open channel unnecessary. In fact, it may be argued that abun- dant sand tends to prevent the formation of superficial streams, unless there be first a velocity of flow sufficient to carry the sand easily, which cannot occur unless the flow is concentrated in some way. This is frequently noted in the sunken rivers of deserts. Possibly this may have had something to do with the exceptional course of the Platte before considered. Dunes form an important part of the divide between the Platte and the Little Blue south of Kearney. One word further, regarding the comparative slopes of the Loup and Platte, to which Professor Hicks has called attention. Do we not find here examples of the law that declivity varies in- versely as the quantity of water, as pointed out by Gilbert in his masterly paper on ‘‘ Land Sculpture,” in his report on the Henry Mountains? Although the Platte is much the more important river, by the time it has reached Kearney it is much reduced by evaporation and abstraction; then, because of its shutting off its tributaries by its abundant sediment, as before noticed, it is so reduced that it is often smaller than the Loup at their junction, even sometimes ceasing to flow above the surface, as I have been informed, while the Loup flows with a good current. On the other hand, the Loup is not so much exposed to evaporation, and has numerous tributaries, which having more frequently cut through the sand stratum, and on the lower side of its sloping basin, are more apt to be fed by springs than lose water by seepage. J. H. Topp. Tabor, Iowa, Feb. 29. Estimates of Distance. BESIDES the very interesting inferences drawn by Mr. Bostwick from his experiment (Science, Feb. 26, p. 118), one or two others should be suggested, in the hope that they may lead to some fur- ther investigation. 1. Is not an effect of fatigue shown in the eight or ten per cent by which the average observer’s ‘* mean deviation ” from his own “average” ig increased when the last ten of bis thirty estimates are compared with the first ten? Should not this effect be great- est,— perhaps both appearing earliest and increasing most rapidly 150 with the number of observations made,— when the observer is quite untrained; while good previous mental training in things more or less analogous to those tested by the experiment might enable the observer to utilize promptly the practice being got in the experiment itself, and so might for a time overbalance the effect of fatigue? Thus, in the present case, the deviation in- creased most with the child A. L. B. and one other person, and decreased most with the artist L. F. and one other, but the data are too few to be more than suggestive. It would seem that fur- ther experiments upon the relation of fatigue, and of the effective practice got during each experiment, to previous training, etc., might be quite varied in direction and have some educational in- terest; the best training, ceteris paribus, being presumably that which best enables the trained to utilize fresh opportunities for training of a kind somewhat new to him. _ 2. Tho probable error of an estimated distance is, of course, some function of the distance and of other data; but what func- tion of the distance, when the other data remain, as far as may be, constant? May it not be commonly taken as some low power of the distance whose exponent increases slowly with the dis- tance? In the present case the ratio of the two distances tried is 4.37:1; and the average odserver’s mean deviation in inches from the truth, and from his own average estimate, respectively, are 2.69 and 2 56 times greater for the long distance than for the short; so that the exponent here would not be far from 2 3: J. KE. OLIVER. Ithaca, N.Y., March 5. Work and its Relation to Gaseous Compression and Ex- pansion. Iv is quite well known that the fundamental, and perhaps the most important hypothesis in theoretical meteorology is this, that work is done by air in expanding, and that heat is evolved when- ever air is compressed. See ‘‘ Recent Advances in Meteorology,” p. 41. There is a most serious fallacy in this theory, however, in that it ignores the resistance against which the air expands, and coasiders that the mere diminution of the distance of the mole- cules of a gas, without the direct expenditure of exterual enetgy in chanying this distance, can evolve heat. An-illustration will serve to make this clear. _Take a cylinder one square foot in area and two feet high with a piston at the top and the air beneath it at atmospheric pressure. Place weights, pound by pound upon the piston, allowing all the heat developed to escape into the outside air. When we have added 2,160 pounds, the air beneath will be compressed to two atmospheres. Fasten the piston and its load, and connect the cylinder with another holding one cubic foot and containing air at normal pressure. An equilibrium will be quickly established and the pressure will be at 1.5 atmospheres in each cylinder. The potential energy re- mains the same as before; no work has been done and therefore there has been no change in temperature, except a slight chilling and heating due to the rush of the air from one into the other. Return to the cylinder with the air compressed to two atmos- pheres and having the same temperature as the outside air. Take off the weight from the piston pound by pound, and the air will gradual_y expand, and in doing so will lift a weight, thereby doing work which cools the air very greatly, about 50° F. if the initial temperature was 60°. Instead of taking off the weight pound by pound, however, suppose the- whole 2,160 pounds had been removed instantly. The only resistance which kept the air compressed has been entirely removed, and it is very evident that the air would expand without doing any work, if we consider that the piston moves back slowly; or, in other words, if we neglect the resistance of the air to the rapid motion of the piston, and hence there would be only a very slight chilling, owing to the work of im- parting a certain velocity to the particles rushing out. The same result would have been attained if we had fastened the piston and its load, and then had turned a stop-cock, allowing the air to es- cape into the atmosphere without making a noise. Iam well aware that the ordinary interpretation of this illus- tration is very different; for example, Tyndall, in his ‘‘ Heat as a Mode of Motion,” p. 64, in a somewhat similar discussion, says: SCIENCE “(Von XP No. 475 “The gas, in this experiment, executes work. In expanding it has to overcome the downward pressure of the atmosphere, which amounts to 15 pounds on every square inch, and also the weight on the piston itself. It is just the same as what it would accom- plish if the air in the upper part of the cylinder were entirely « abolished, and the piston had a weight of 4,320 pounds.” I do not see that this changes the aspect of the case at all. Suppose that the air were compressed to two atmospheres beneath the piston, anJ that that was loaded with 4,320 pounds, while a perfect vac- uum éxisted in the upper part of the cylinder, suppose that we suddenly remove 2,160 pounds from the piston. The piston, still having a load of 2,160 pounds, would fly to the top of the cylinder. How much work has the air done in expanding from two atmos- pheres to one? None atall. It looks very much as though the compressed air must have lifted that weight, but a little reflection will show that this is not the case. The best way to understand it, perhaps, would be to think of the weight after it reached within .001 of an inch of the top of the cylinder. Here isa weight of 2,160 pounds with the air under it at atmospheric pressure ; in one sense the air sustains the weight, but if the air at atmospheric pressure sustains the weight at this point (the top of the cylinder), then the air at the same pressure would have sustained it at the middle of the cylinder. In other words, if we had allowed the compressed air to escape when the piston was at the centre of the cylinder, still with its load of 2,160 pounds and with a perfect vacuum above, there would have been an equilibrium, and we could have pushed the weight up and down, allowing it to stand at any point so long as the outside air had a communication with the lower side of the piston. Does not all this show that the compressed air, considered by itself, did not support any part of the weight at the middle of the cylinder, but was free to expand without lifting any weight or doing any work? We are strictly taught that the old idea, ‘‘nature abhors a vacuum,” is not at all tenable; but if we lay aside strict analysis for a moment and resort to this view, I think it will make the situation plainer to us. To all intents and purposes, when our piston loaded with 2,160 pounds had a perfect vacuum above ib, we may say that it was sustained by that vacuum, or, at least, that the compressed air had nothing to do in supporting it or in moving it to the top of the vacuuin. This seems to be quite an intricate problem, but a little reflection will show that the piston loaded to 2,160 pounds, and having a perfect vacuum above it, with air having free access to its under side, is in precisely the condition it would be in if both ends of the cylinder were open to the air and the piston without weight were located at any point in the cylinder. In this case the piston may be pushed up and down without meeting any resistance except that to the flow of the air. Consider now the question of heated air rising in the atmos- - phere. We may simplify the problem slightly by taking a bal- loon, having an infinitely flexible envelope and without weight. Empty the balloon, and tie the neck so that no air can enter. It would require a pull of 15 pounds to the square inch to separate the sides of the balloon, owing to the pressure of the air. Incredi- ble as it may seem, this is the force which theoretical meteorology has introduced into every discussion of the dynamical heating and cooling of the air, and of the cooling and heating of masses of air as they ascend or descend in the atmosphere, —a force which it is no exaggeration to say is at least 25,000 times as great as that really exerted or developed. Inflate the balloon one-third full with hydrogen gas. The work required to do this is that needed. to displace a volume of air equal to the volume of gas which enters the balloon, or it would be that of lifting a weight equal to 1.2 ounces per cubic foot half the height of the balloon. It will probably be said that the outside air helps in this inflation, and I grant that for argument’s sake. Let the neck of the balloon remain open to the outside air, and suppose that the gas can just lift a weight attached to the balloon.” The balloon will rise in the atmosphere to a point where the pressure is 10”, or until the gas has expanded to fill the whole envelope. Since the work of the balloon is open to the air, the pressure inside will continue exactly the same as that outside. A little reflection will show, however, that the conditions would be Marcu 11, 1892. | x precisely the same whether the neck was opened or closed. The only work the gas would do in expanding would be that which it © did in inflating the balloon, or it would simply displace a volume of gas equal to the enlarged volume of the balloon. It is easy to see that this work would be almost inappreciable. It may help to clearness if we consider two balloons suspended by an endless rope passing over a pulley situated at the extreme height to which the balloon rises. This rope has no weight, and there is no friction at the pulley. One of the balloons is at the earth’s surface, and the other at the highest point. The system is in equilibrium, and it would require but the slightest weight at the topmost balloon or a diminution of weight in the balloon at sea-level to disturb the equilibrium and cause the balloons to change places. It is very evident that throughout this motion the air sustains both balloons, and the work of expansion in one bal- loon or the work done by the air in compressing the gas in the other balloon would be almost inappreciable. Instead of using hydrogen in our balloons we may use heated air and the results of the analysis would be exactly the same. Lastly, we may dispense with our envelope, and simply consider the heated air as rising in the atmosphere. As we have just seen, this air would do very little work, and the consequent cooling would be very slight; the converse would also be true, that the work of diminishing the distance between the molecules of the gas would be very slight, and the heating almost inappreciable so far as the compression was concerned. The application of these views, if they shall be sustained, to nearly all theories in meteorology is very obvious. It has been only after the most careful study and analysis of all the questions involved, and a taking up and explaining all the apparent contra- dictions between the older views and these, that I have felt justi- fied in presenting them so much in detail. I bespeak for them a most searching examination and criticism, hoping that thereby the whole truth may be established. H, A. HAZEN. March 2. Pyrite Incrustations of the Cretaceous Formations of Middle- sex County, N.J. OnE would scarcely expect to find beautiful mineralogical specimens in so uninviting a place as aclay pit. The specimens of pyrite incrusting wood and bark, that may be found in most of the clay pits of Middlesex County, N.J., are very beautiful, whether viewed zsthetically or as cabinet specimens. The in- erustations as found near Ford’s Corners occur in the black and dark-colored clays which usually overlie the lighter and better clays. This dark stratum of clay contains many remains of leaves, twigs, and bark, which have been partially changed into brown coal. Occasionally whole trunks are found which yield wood which "may be wrought into a variety of ornamental objects which are capable of taking a good polish. As waters containing ° sulphates of iron come in contact with this carbonaceous matter the carbon unites with the oxygen of the sulphates and sulphide of iron is left in its place. Im some specimens the pyrite is found covering the carbon, while in others the carbon has been com- pletely replaced by pyrite; at the same time the form of the wood is perfectly retained. : Specimens having the form of twigs not thicker than a lead pencil, and having a fine crystalline surface, are occasionally found. These make very pretty breast-pins when suitably mounted. Some specimens look as though the material of which they were formed had been poured out whilst hot, and had spread on cooling much as hot lead does when poured out on a flat plate. Many specimens occur in the shape of balls as large as hen’s eggs. These are made up of concentric layers of scale-like crystals formed about a nucleus at the centre. As these are exposed to the weather they scale off gradually, sometimes remaining bright until the balls disappear completely, while at other times they turn dark immediately. The pyrite weathers very quickly when left exposed to the ac- tion of the air, and the clay waters. If, however, the specimens are collected and washed as soon as they are removed from their native beds, they will remain bright indefinitely. SCIENCE. I51 Specimens are occasionally found weighing four or five pounds, When the pyrite is exposed to the weather in contact with sand or gravel, as the iron is changed to the ferric oxide it cements sand and gravel together so that very often the resulting conglomerate retains the form of the original lamp of wood. Your clay-pitter does not look with a favorable eye on the “sulphur balls,” as he calls them, for clay containing much sulphide of iron is worthless for brick-making. Of late years large amounts of clay containing iron have been used for making the so called mottled bricks. D. T. MARSHALL. Metuchen, N.J., March 2. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THE American girl is not slow to grasp a chance. Some time ago The Ladies’ Home Journal organized a free education system for girls, and the magazine is now educating some forty odd girls at Vassar and Wellesley Colleges, and at the Boston Conservatory of Music, all the expenses of the girls being paid by the Journal. — The March number of Bubyhood contains an article on ‘‘ Get- ting the Teeth — First and Second,” by the medical editor, Dr. L. M. Yale, which corrects certain misapprehensions as to the teething process and the troubles which are popularly supposed to accom- pany it. Similarly helpful medical articles are ‘‘The Care of Delicate Children,” by Dr. H. D. Chapin, and ‘‘Cuts and Scratches,” by Dr. H. Power. An alleged ‘‘ sure cure” for diph- theria is also discussed by a competent writer. Of most general interest, perhaps, is a curious article on ‘‘ What Shall be Done with Him?” —an account of a completely unmanageable though not at all vicious boy, which is sure to give rise to considerable discussion. — We have received a copy of the American edition of ‘‘ Long- mans’s New School Atlas,” the joint work of George G. Chisholm of the Royal Geographical Society and C. H. Leete of the Ameri- can Geographical Society. It contains thirty-eight double-page maps; but in many cases what is numbered as a single map is really a collection of two or three maps. The introductory maps illustrate the various physical and astronomical phenomena of the globe, the climates and vegetation of different regions and the distribution of races and religions, while the remainder of the book is mainly devoted to political geography. There are, how- ever, several special maps illustrating the climate, geology, and industry of the United States and Canada, and ove showing the several acquisitions of territory by the United States. Most of the maps are so colored as to show the elevation of the different sections of land above the level of the sea; which seems to us to be making too much of a very small matter. The selection of maps is very judicious, and the United States does not appear with such overweening importance as it does in most American atlases; though it receives as much attention as the British Empire, and much more than any other part of the world. The number of towns indicated on most of the maps is small; and though a school atlas ought not to be overburdened with town nameg, the present work would have been better if it had contained more of them. The maps are well engraved on excellent paper, and as a general atlas of the world for school use, the book is meritorious. It is published by Longmans, Green, & Co. of New York, at one dollar and a half. — Professor David Starr Jordan makes the inspiring influence of a great teacher of science strongly felt in the account of «* Agassiz at Penikese,”’ with which he is to open the April Popu- lar Science Monthly. The article contains many of Agassiz’s own words, which reveal the master’s spirit better than pages of de- scription. An authentic account of what treatment the Catholic Church actually gave to Galileo and his discoveries and writings will be given by Dr. Andrew D. White in one of his Warfare of Science papers. Attempts have been made to disprove or explain away mucb of this ecclesiastical persecution, but Dr. White’s statements are fortified by copious citations from authors of un- questioned orthodoxy, The same article tells just how far into 152 the present century the Catholic Church held to the notion that the earth does not move, and shows that certain Protestant sects displayed much less wisdom by clinging to the antiquated delusion even longer. ‘‘ Rapid Transit” is the subject of the sixth of Car- roll D. Wright’s Lessons from the Census. It contains much in- formation concerning operating expenses, relative economy of motive powers, growth of mileage, etc. An interesting study of ‘Involuntary Movements,” by Professor Joseph Jastrow, will appear. Experiments have been made in the psychological lab- oratory of the University of Wisconsin which show the reality and nature of the motions on which *‘muscle-reading ” depends. Professor Jastrow’s article is illustrated with tracings of such movements, and with a figure of the simple apparatus employed in taking them. ‘‘The Great Earthquake of Port Royal,” which took place in 1692, will be described by Colonel A. B. Ellis. This account corrects certain erroneous notions of the occurrence that have long prevailed, and shows that the arrangement of the pres- ent town invites a repetition of the catastrophe. The article is illustrated. The last of the articles on musical instruments in the series on the Development of American Industries will be pub- lished in the April number. It is by Daniel Spillane, and traces the evolution of the manufacture of ‘‘ Orchestral Musical Instru- ments” in America. The article is fully illustrated. — Charles Scribner’s Sons will publish at once Edward Whym- per’s long-expected book, ‘‘ Travels Amongst the Great Andes of SCIENEE: - unable to issue at that time. [Vor. XIX. No. 475 the Equator,” which was announced last fall, but which they were They have in press a new *‘ Hand- book of Great Archeology ” (profusely illustrated), dealing with vases, bronzes, gems, painting, sculpture, and architecture, by A. S. Murray, keeper of Greek and Roman antiquities, British Mu- seum. After a long delay Baedeker’s ‘‘ Upper Egypt ” has at last been published in English, and is imported by Charles Scribner’s Sons. It will be welcomed by all interested in that subject, whether travellers or students. — Houghton, Mifflin, & Co. have published a book by the the- osophist, Mr. A P. Sinnett, on ‘‘The Rationale of Mesmerism.” Mr. Sinnett is the author of ‘‘ Esoteric Buddhism” and other works on theosophy, and in the present volume he professes to account for the phenomena of mesmerism, or hypnotism, on the principles of so-called occultism. He begins by rebuking the physicians and other scientific men for their refusal until very lately to study the phenomena in question or even to admit their existence; and it mast be admitted that the rebuke is well de- served. The theories he advances to explain the phenomena are, however, of a very unscientific character. He asserts the exis- tence of a magnetic fluid and also of a third principle in the na- ture of man, intermediate between the soul and the body, which he calls the ‘‘astral” principle; and it is by these imaginary agencies that he attempts to account for mesmerism, He tells us that there is an astral body, which “‘ is quite visible when detached CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. Biological Society, Washington. March 5.—Fred V. Coville, Conditions affecting the Distribution of Plantsin North America; Charles Hallock, The Physiology of a Pocoson; Vernon Bailey, The Homes of Our Mammals; Theo. Holm, The Flora of Nova Zembla. Entomological Society, Washington. March 3.—C. W. Stiles, The Histology of Ticks; T. N. Gill, The Larval Condition of Insects an Intercalated Stage. Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston. March 9,—Isaac Y. Chubbuck, Up North Tripyramid on Snow Shoes; Percival Lowell, An Ascent of Fuji. Publications received at Editor’s Office. Armstrona & Norton. Laboratory Manual of Chemistry. New York, American Book Co. 8°. MEMORIAL AND ELSAORL CHE MA IBIEIS TES TABLETS EXECUTED IN METAL, OR MARBLE AND MOSAIC. PHOTOGRAPHS ON REQUEST. ILLUSTRATED HANDBOOK FREE. 4.& R. Lamb 59 Carmine St., New York. Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, if ofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] For exchange.—A fine thirteen-keyed flute in leather covered case, for a photograph camera suitable for mak- ing lantern slides. Flute cost $27, and is nearly new. U. ©. COX, Mankato, Minn. To exchange ; Experiment Station bulletins and reports for bulletins and reports not in my file. I will send list of what I have for exchange. P. H. ROLES, Lake City, Florida. Finished specimens of all colors of Vermont marble for fine fossils or crystals. Will be given only for valuable specimens because of the cost of polishing. GEO. W. PERRY, State Geologist, Rutland, Vt. For exchange.—Three copies of ‘‘ American State Papers Bearing on Sunday Legislation,”’ 1891, $2.50, new and unused, for ‘‘The Sabbath,” by Harmon Kingsbury, 1840; ‘‘The Sabbath,” by A. A. Phelps, 1842; ‘* History of the Institution of the Sabbath Day, Its Uses and Abuses,”’ by W. L. Fisher, 1859; “‘ Humorous Phases of the Law,” by Irving Browne; or other works amounting to value of books exchanged, on the question of govern= mental legislation in reference to religion, personal liberty, - etc. If preferred, I will sell ‘‘American State Papers,” and buy other books on the subject. WILLIAM AD- DISON BLAKELY, Chicago, III. MEMORIAL WINDOWS, Stained Glass for Dwellings CHARLES BOOTH. Wanted, in exchange for the following works, any standard works on Surgery and on Di.eases of Children: Wilson's ‘‘ American Ornithology,” 3 vols.; Coues’ ‘Birds of the Northwest’’ and “* Birds of the Colorado Valley,” 2 vols.; Minot’s ‘‘ Land and Game Birds of New Eng- 144p. 50 cents. Buair, J. A. The Organic Analysis of Potable Of Drinking Waters. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, ce Son & Co. 12°.) 120p. Churchman Bowser, Epwarp A. Academic Algebra. Boston, Rates D. C. Heath & Co. 12°. 366 p. $1.25. Building CHISHOLM AND-LreretTr. Longmans’ New School At- las. New York, Longmans, Green & Co. Imp. 47 8°. 388 Maps. $1.50. Iatavett Cornett University. Fourth Annual Report of | Lalayerte Agricultural Experiment Station, 1891. Ithaca, Place The University. 8°. 499p. i) Dorsey, JAMES O. Omaha and Ponka Letters. | New York. Washington, Government. 8°. Paper. 127 p. Karrer Fevix. Fiihrer durch die Baumaterial- Sammlungdes k. k. naturhistorischar Hofmu- CHURGH FURNISHINGS In Wood, Metal and Stone COMMUNION PLATE. CHAKLES F. HOGHMAN, 12 Minton Pl., Orange, N. J., U.S.A. y 115 Gower St., London W. C., Eng. land;’’ Samuels’ ‘‘ Our Northern and Eastern Birds;” all! the Reports on the Birds of the Pacific R. R. Survey, bound in 2 vols., morocco; and a complete set of the Reports of the Arkansas Geological Survey. Please give editions and dates in corresponding. R. ELLSWORTH CALL, High School, Des Moines, Iowa. For sale or exchange, LeConte, ‘t Geology;”” Quain, ‘*Anatomy,”’ 2 vols ; Foster, ‘‘Physiology,’’ Eng. edition; Shepard, Appleton, Elliott, and Stern, ** Chemistry ;” seums in Wien. Wien, Eigenthum des Heraus- gebers. 12°. Paper. 3855p. Orton, EpwarD. Report on the Occurrence of Petroleum, Natural Gas and Asphalt Rock in Western Kentucky. Frankfort, Geological Sur- vey. 8°. 2383p. RussELL, Stuart A. Electric Light Cables. Lon- BE ; don, Whittaker & Co. 12°. 3832p. Dll. $2.25. E bard ieigaea) Sinnetr, A.P. The Rationale of Mesmerism. Bos- ton, Houghton, Mifflin & Co. 16°. 2382p. $1.25. Taytor, J. TRAILL, The Optics of Photography and Photographic Lenses. New York, Macmil- lan & Co. 16°. 254p. $1. Bacanadey Jordan, ** Manual of Vertebrates;”’ ‘* International Scien- ; usts’ Directory;” Vol. I. Yournal of Morphology, Bal- is | | four, ‘*Embryology,” 2 vols.; Leidy, ** Rhizopods;’’ : Setence, 18 vols., unbound. C. T. McCLINTOCK, Lexington, Ky. 3 | To exchange Wright’s ‘‘ Ice Age in North America ’* ta 3 and Le Conte’s *‘Elements of Geology’’ (Copyright 1882) for ‘‘Darwinism,’’ by A. R.Wallace, “Origin of Species,”’ by Darwin, ‘‘Descent of Man,’’ by Darwin, ‘‘Man’s Place in Nature,’’ Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Ani- i mals,’ by Romanes, ‘‘Pre-Adamites,’? by Winchell. No Rie Se Tee books wanted except latest editions, and books in good Tuomas, Cyrus. Catalogue of Prehistoric Works East of the Rocky Mountains. Washington, Government. 8°. Paper. 246p. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. Riverside Addresses, 1891. Berkely, The University. 16°. Paper. 74 p. i=, Joun B. Electricity up to Date. New York, Frederick Warne & Co. 18°. Paper. 178 p. 75 cents. i Winstow, ArtHuR. Report on the Coal Deposits of Missouri. Jefferson City, The Geological Survey. 8°. 226p. ESTABLISHED 1858. H. H. UPHAM & CO., MEMORIAL TABLETS In Brass and Bronze, 54 So. Fifth Ave., near Bleecker St., N. Y. condition. C. S, Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g. to 1-romg ), platinum dishes and crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part or whole. Also complete file of Sz/zman’s fournad, 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883; U.S. Coast Survey. 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. Marcu 11, 1892.] from the physical body to those who are gifted in any high degree with clairvoyant vision,” and that “ the astral plane affords direct communion between the consciousness of the operator and the subject when the two are brought into true magnetic harmony.”’ This explanation, as our readers will see. is no explanation at all; yet it is not a whit worse than the theory of ‘‘ multiple personal- ity ”’ which is advocated by many French and German hypnotists. In our opinion the phenomena in question are far too intricate to be accounted for by any principles now known to us, and we be- lieve that much more investigation and far deeper thinking are necessary before the true explanation can be given. — The Cassell Publishing Company announce the “‘ Record of Scientific Progress for the year 1891,” exhibiting the most impor- tant discoveries and improvements in all the branches of engineer- ing, architecture and building, mining and metallurgy, the me- chanie arts, industrial technology, and the useful arts, photogra- SCIENCE. 153 phy, chemistry, medicine and surgery, printing, the generation, measurement, transmission, and application of electricity, the telegraph and telephone, meteorology and aeronauty, astronomy, ete. The editor is Professor Robert Grimshaw. — M. Camille Flammarion, the author of ‘‘ Uranie,” is too well known to need more than the announcement of a new volume from his pen to attract readers. His new story, ‘‘ Lumen,” an- nounced by the Cassell Publishing Company, is very much in the manner of ‘‘ Uranie,” a scientific romance. ‘It is a delightful thing in these prosaic days,” says a well-known critic, “to get away from the novels of realism and strike out into something of an entirely different order that lifts one into the clouds — the pun is unintentional —and takes him away from the earth. It is just this that M. Flammarion does and it is a rest to the weary brain to read his graceful stories.” Mrs. Serrano, who translate: ‘‘Uranie,” has translated this volume. PROPRIETARY. PROPRIETARY. Lhaustion Horsfird’s Acid Phosphate, A wonderful remedy, of the highest value in mental and nervous exhaustion. Overworked men and women, the nervous, weak and debilitat- ed, will find in the Acid Phos- phate a most agreeable, grate- ful and harmless stimulant, giv- ing renewed strength and vigor to the entire system. Dr, Edwin F. Vose, Portland, Me., says: “‘T have used it in my own case when suffer- ing from nervous exhaustion, with gratifying results. I have prescribed it for many of the various forms of nervous debility, and it has never failed to do good.’’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R, I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘** Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never sold in bulk, Sleeplessness, Impaired Vitality, Z Nervous Exhaus tion and Debility are the causes of acute diseases that destroy life. Take _ CROSBY’S Vitalized Phosphites and prevent Debility and Ner- vous Prostration. Pamphlet free. Sold by leading Druggists Sent by mail ($1) from 56 West 25th Street, New York. Ayoid substitutes. None genuine without this signature printed on the label [3 SEY PENS AND PATENTS. STERBROGK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.; 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers, THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN CO., Works: Oamden, N.J. 26 John St., New York. PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W.'T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. SCIENCE ADVERTISING RATES. Established January, 1892. INSIDE PAGES. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to aninch, 15¢. ** column, ss 140 lines, - $20.00 ‘« page, three columns, 420 lines, - 50.00 LAST OUTSIDE PAGE AND PAGES FACING READING MATTER. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to aninch, 2oc. “* column, ae 140 lines, - $25.00 ‘* page, three columns, 420 lines, - 60.00 FIRST OUTSIDE TITLE-PAGE. Double-column space at top next Contents, $30.00 Triple-column space, below Contents, - 50.00 SCALE OF DISCOUNTS. Io percent. on 4times, 1 month, oronamount$100 “ 15 oe CO : eG 2 “ce “e 200 20 “ Ob rey 06 3 ce ec te 300 25 ce “696 6 “ec ce ce 400 33% <“ CC pA OG sig e ce ce 600 20 per cent. advance for preferred positions. Nothing inserted for less than $1.00a time. Reading Matter Notices, under that caption, 30c. a count line, set in nonpareil. Copy should be in office not later than Wednes- day of the week of issue. Henry F. Taylor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. PVERTISING RUB POSES each, or $3.00 for the set. DO YOU INTEND TO BUILD? If you intend to build, it will be a mistake not to send for **SENSIRLE LOW-COST Hi USES,”°° now arranged in three volumes. floor plans, descriptions, and estimates of cost for 105 tasteful, new designs for houses. They also give prices for complete Working Plans, Details, and Specifications, which enable you to build without delays, mistakes or quarrels with your build- er, and which any ome cam understand. Vol. I. contains 35 copyrighted designs of houses, costing between $500 and $1800. f $3000. Vol. III. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $3000 to $9000. In them you will find perspective views, Vol. If. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $1800 to Price, by mail, $1.00 *°COLONIAL HOUSES,” a volume showing Perspectives and Floor Plans of houses arranged in the inimitable style of the Colonial Architecture, and haying all modern arrangements for comfort. Price, $2.00. *¢ PICTURESQUE HOUSES FOR FOREST AND SHORE??:—This show Perspectives and Floor Plans of new designs for Summer Cottages, which are romantic convenient, and cheap. Price $1.00, by mail.§ N. D, ¢. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York 154 SCIENCE. [Vor. XIX. No. 475 DRY GOODS, ETC, en Soe ae Cx SUMMER SILKS. REAL INDIA PONGEES. CORAHS. RONGEANT. Newest Changeable Effects. Stripe and Check India Silk Shirtings, New Colorings and Styles. Deoadevary K 19th ét. NEW YORK. SAVE MONEY BY PURCHASING Dry and Fancy Goods THROUGH KOCH & €Ors Illustrated Fashion Catalogue. “Koch & Co.'s Catalogue is a household necessity. It illustrates and describes everything useful as well as ornamental for the wear of either young or old and for the furnishing and beautifying of a home, and their goods are the cheapest without ever sacrificing quality to price. ’"—HERALD. Spring and Summer Edition ready March 10, 1892, and will be mailed free upon ap- plication to anyone residing out of town. feeb KOCH & Ca) West 125th St., Bet, henox & 7th Aves., (Formerly 6th Avenue and 20th Stree’.) NEW YORK. In writing please mention this magazine. The Fifth Avenue Linen Store, Our stock of Housekeeping Linen Goods is the most complete in America. We deal with manufac- turers only, and keep nothing but pure linen, Our patrons can always rely upon getting the best makes of Table Linen, Napkins, Towels, Handkerchiefs, etc., at_the very lowest price. A fine all linen initial Handkerchief, in both ladies’ and men’s sizes, at $3.00dozen. Extra large hemstitched Huck Towels, $3.00 dozen, Hand hemstitched linen Sheets, $5.00 a pair. Pillow Cases to match at $1.00 apair. We always have the latest novelties in linen table decorations. A visit to our store does not incur any obligation to buy. WM. S. KINSEY & CO., Near 36th St. 386 Fifth Avenue. FINANCIAL. LIFE INSURANCE, New Method of Protecting Property from Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller, Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. TACOMA INVESTMENTS FOR NON-RESIDENTS. | TAYLOR & GUNSTON Take full charge of property for the EASTERN INVESTOR. City, Town, and Suburban Lots, Garden, Fruit, Hop and Timber Lands. 10°\, Guaranteed on all Investments, Houses for sale on the instalment plan, by which the purchaser can obtain an income sufficient to cover all payments, including taxes,insurance,etc. Information regarding any particular point in the State of Washington gladly furnished upon application. Personal attention given to all loans. Correspondence solicited. Refer, by permission, to the Pacific National Bank, Tacoma, Wash.; Geo. H. Tilley, Esq., Secretary and Treasurer of the Southern Express Co., and Frederick C. Clark, ef Clark, Chapin & Bushnell, New York. Address 504 California BI’k, Tacoma, Wash. Eastern Representative, H. F. TAYLOR, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. WESLEY HEIGHTS WASHINGTON, D.C. A RARE OPPORTUNITY FOR AN INVESTMENT. This property isa part of Northwest Wash- Ington, and is situated opposite the site recently purchased by Bishop Hurst for the erection of the new e e e American University on which $10,000,000 will be expended in erecting superb buildings. Itis but 30 minutes drivefrom the White House, and issituated on one of the highest points in the District of Columbia. The average size lots, 25x150, cost from $425 to $750, one-fifth cash, balance in2, 8and4years. No better or safer induce- ments have ever been oftered spurchasers to make a profitable investment. Values are rap- idly increasing. Write for fll particulars, ref- erence, illustrated maps and full information. JOHN F. WAGGAMAN, 700 141TH St., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. SOUTH BEND TACOMA ‘rcercry INVESTMENTS I GUARANTEE 12 per cent per annum in any of the above cities. I have made from 40 to 50 per cent. per annum for non-residents. I also make first mortgage, improved real estate loans on unquestionable securities from 8 to 0 per cent. per annum net. Also haye choice bargains in Farm, Hop, Hay and Garden Lands. Correspond- ence Solicited reyardirg Western Washington. All inquiries answered promptly. Address A. C. SICKELS, Tacoma. Washington. tainable. THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY Stands to-day, as it has done for SO many years, in advance of all competitors. Its settlements of Tontine con- tracts taken ten years ago show 1891 surplus results of from 45 to 70 per cent. in excess of other companies. Its annual dividend-paying pol- icies are returning two, three, and in some cases nearly four times the dividends under similiar poli- cies of our chief competitors. The Northwestern’s investment contracts, affording the highest guaranteed incomes on the cost, far more profitable than any similar contract elsewhere ob- are The Northwestern also has by far the largest percent- age of real surplus excluding Ton- tine accumulations, over valuation of real estate, market value of securities over cost, etc. The charter of the Northwestern prevents investments in fluctu- ating securities, and absolutely provides against the misuse of proxies. If you care for an exact state- ment at your age, giving results and cost of policies, you can ob- tain same by requesting proposi- tion by mail for a policy combining cheap life insurance and invest- ment feature or income for old age, as an added value—naming yearly cost not to be exceeded on given age at nearest birthday. Address HENRY F. TAYLOR, Uptown Branch Agency of the Northwestern Mutual Life Insur- ance Company, MacIntyre Build- ing, No. 874 Broadway, New York. pees WEEK NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. TentH YEAR. Vou. XIX. No. 476. SINGLE Copiges, TEN Cents. $3.50 Per YEAR, IN ADVANCE. MARCH 18, 1892. CONTENTS. THE PERSISTENCY OF Famity TRAITS. An JDIGROTGS 3.9 ppb oink ODO OU BAOCOR SO 155 “« Screntiric’’ GENEALOGY—A REJOIN- PEEVE LEAS ca rsisselei- Mere | ays tete/ele iors 157 A COMPARISON OF THE DrsEeRTS OF NORTH AMERICA WITH THOSE OF NoRTH AFRICA AND NORTHERN INDIA....- Tur New Srar in AvRIGA. Geo. A T2DUBS Seg SSRN ees MOOR 160 Ture Timper TREES OF WEST VIRGINIA. Jed. Hotchkiss...........+e00000- 161 Tse Specrauist. Mrs. W. A. Keller- On «a Recent DiscovERY OF THE REMAINS or Extinct Brrps In NEw ZrEa- LAND. Henry O. Forbes.......... 165, 166 167 LETTERS TO THE EDITOR IBODEGREVIEWSi.. 235 Js 0005.08 sagt es Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class Mail Matter. TEIN RooK~Keepingyn = =< SS A 3} WHEN you can learn it at home, within 100 hours’ study without the aid of a teacher, from GOODWIN’S IMPROVED BOOK-KEEPING AND BUSINESS MANUAL. Guaranteed. ae ont the aid of a teacher I studied your sent my work to you for exami- ehtaining your “audit.” I ever having seen the a four weeks than in the entire course at that college.” |j/inside of. O . A. DEAN, book-keeper for Sinclair and Morrison, \}\a set of double-entr Lima, Ohio, Feb. 5, 1892. . . . ‘I learned the science of | ook kee Due enony your workin less than three weekg, | and am now keeping three different sets of books. What | I learned from your book in so short a time cost a friend | of mine $600 and over a year’s time.”’—THOMAS TAN- \f/a TISH, Skowhegan, Maine, March 29, 1890. . . . ‘‘ You} illustrate what I never saw in any other work of the|}} kind — practical _ book-keeping.” —E. H. WILDER, book-keeper for Pratt & Inman, iron and steel. Wor- cester, Mass. | ‘eet Size of book, 734 x 1014 inches; pages, 293; printed in red and black; richly bound ; 31,816 copies sold and 3,007 testimonials received up to Thursday, March 17, 1892. Price, $3,00. Thirteenth Edition published January 1892. 7" CUT THIS OLT AND SAVE IT, as you will probably never see it again. You will SURELY have to have this book SOME day if not AT ONCE. It is not a luxury, but a NECESSIT Y—particularly to the PROGRESSIVE! Send fora Descriptive Pamphlet. Address orders exactly as follows: J. H. GOODWIN, R.263,1215 Broadway, New York. Sele NCE ADVERTISING RATES. Established January, 1892. INSIDE PAGES. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines to aninch, 15c. $20.00 50.00 ** column, ee 140 lines, - ** page, three columns, 420 lines, - LAST OUTSIDE PAGE AND PAGES FACING READING MATTER. Per line, agate measure, 14 lines toaninch, 20c. ** column, ff 140 lines, - $25.00 ** page, three columns, 420 lines, - 60.00 ' FIRST OUTSIDE TITLE-PAGE. Double-column space at top next Contents, $30.00 Triple-column space, below Contents, - 50.00 SCALE OF DISCOUNTS. bas) per cent. on 4 times, i month, oronamount $100 “ec “ce e 15 re peat: apie 2 200 no “ “730 30 « ‘ 300 25 “ BGAG Gio y G “ “ 400 3346“ “ep © op fe “ “ 600 20 per cent. advance for preferred positions. Nothing inserted for less than $1.00 a time. Reading Matter Notices, under that caption, goc. a count line, set in nonpareil. Copy should be in office not later than Wednes- day of the week of issue. Henry F. Taylor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. SCIENCE The Illustrated Popular Science Weekly. TENTH YEAR. More than Two hundred of the lead- ing scientific men and women of Amer- ica have agreed to contribute to the paper during the coming year; and, as others are constantly joining in this move, to make the paper more valuable than ever, it cannot be long before there will be a body of five hundred competent users of this weekly me- dium of scientific discussion. Send 50 cents, in postage stamps if most con- venient, for 2 months’ trial subscription. [Ne DC“ HODGES. 874 Broadway, NEW YORK. il SCIENCE. x PUBLICATIONS. ‘ PUBLICATIONS. Houghton, Miflin & Co.'s} 1.200 mses ok $ 1.00 New Books. The S ‘pirit of Modern Philosophy. By Dr. JostaH Royce, Assis- tant Professor of Philosophy at Harvard Uni- versity, and author of ‘‘The Religious Aspect of Philosophy,” etc. 8vo, $2.50. A book of very great value, containing careful studies of some of the more important problems of modern thought, and discussing the views held by Spinoza, Kant, Fichte, Hegel, and Schopenhauer. Equatorial America. A book full of information, de- scribing a Visit to St. Thomas, Martinique, Barbadoes, and the Principal Capitals of South America. By Maturin M. BALLOU, author of ‘‘Due West,” ‘‘Due South,” ‘‘Due North,’’ ‘‘Under the Southern Cross,” ‘‘The New Eldorado,” ‘‘Aztec Land,’’ etc. Crown Svo, $1.50. The Rationale of Mes- merisne An interpretation of mesmeric phenomena, by A. P. SINNETT, author of ‘Phe Occult World,”’ ‘‘Esoteric Buddbism,”’ etc. 16mo, $1.25. The Rescue of an Ola Place. By Mary Carouineé Rossins. 16mo, $1.25. An interesting story of an experiment to restore an old farm to productiveness and beauty. Trees were planted, waste places cleared, a worn-out orchard rejuvenated, knolls leveled, and worms and other pests routed. : Sold by Booksellers. Sent, postpaid, by HOUGHTON, MIFFLIN & CO., Boston. _ AMERICAN WOODS A book on Woods, containing actual and authentic specimens. PREPARATIONS OF WOODS FOR MICROSCOPE anp STERE- OPTICON, and WOODEN CARDS, for invita- tions, calling cards, etc. Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH, Lowville, N. Y. S what the Publishers of THE AmErI- CAN QUEEN are giving their sub- scribers. This interesting Magazine, which is published monthly in Bridgeport, Conn., gives one hundred pages of solid litera- ture each month including illustrated articles on travel, historical and bio- graphical reviews of prominent men and places, startling stories of real and ad- venturous life, etc. Special depart- ments devoted to the household, fashion, book reviews, literature, scientific dis- coveries, facts and fancies, people of, Its fashion note, correspondence, etc. department is illustrated with cuts of the latest fashion and is conducted by one of the most eminent authorities in America. American Queen Publishing Co., Bridgeport, Conn. $t.oo per year, 50 cents, 6 months, or send postal note for 25 cents or 30 cents in stamps for 3 months’ trial. Books ordered by Mail, selected with care and forwarded with promptness. Books out of print and searce, will be searched for with thoroughness. Books not to be had, in this country, will be imported to order. CROTHERS & KORTH, (Room 22, Manhattan Building) , 96 Fifth Avenue, New York City. JOHN IRELAND'S Bookstore, 1197 Broadway near 29th St., is convenient to the residence quarter of the city; itisa ecodipiics to drop into on the way u or down town to select books or stationery. His stoc is well selected and embraces all the new and standard books as soon as issued. Out-of-town purchasers can order by mail with every confidence that their wants will be as well supplied as if buying in person. THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its-departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. ‘Address PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Crawfordsville, ind. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- B azines. Rates dow. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N V Edited by Pror. S. Cauvin, University of lowa; Dr. E. W. CLAYPOLE, Buehtel College; JoHN EYERMAN, Lafayette College; Dr. Prrsiror Frazer, franklin Institute; Pror. F..W. Cracin, Colorado College; Pror. Rop’t T. HILL, U.S. Irrigation Survey; Dr. ANDREW C. Lawson, University of California; R. D. SaLisBurRY, University of Wisconsin; JosrpH B. TyRRELL, Geol. Sur. of Canada; E. O. UtricH, Minnesota Geological Survey: Pror..]. C. Wars, University of West Virginia; Pror. N. H. WINCHELL, University of Minnesota. Now in its [Xth volume. $3 50 per year. Sample copies, 20 cents. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING CO., Minneapolis, Minn. Subscription’ [Vor. XIX. No. 476 PROPRIETARY. When you ask your gro- cer for Java, he does not offer you Maracaibo and say it is “just as good,” When you ask your drug- gist for Scott's Emulsion of cod-liver oil, if he is honest, he will not try to sell you something “just as good.” Why do you wantit? The answer is in a book on CaRE- FUL LIVING; we send it free. Scott & Bowne, Chemists, 132 South 5th Avenue, New York. Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil—all druggists everywhere do. §1. 4t AMUSEMENTS. : EVERY OURAN ITA TRIP TO. THE MGON. WDA DAY | Entirely Remodelled New Views ND A A Magnificent representation of WEDNESDAY : solar and lunar eclipses, ete. AT CARNEGIE MUSIC HALL 8.15 P.M. 57th Street and 7th Avenue. Mr. GARRETT P. SERVISS, the well-known and popular writer SATURDAY, and lecturer on astronomy, has Matinee been engaged to explain the scenes at 2. -and views as they pass before the audience.- Seats50 cents, $1.00. PROCTOR’S THEATRE, greitthr. Proctor & TURNER, Proprietors and Managers. EVERY EVENING AT 8.15. THE ENGLISH ROSE. By SIMS & BUCHANAN. Produced under the direction of Aubrey Boucicault. BRILLIANT CAST. COMPLETE ACCESSORIES. Special Prices and Children Half Price. EDEN MUSEE, | : 28d Street, near Broadway. DE KOLTA’S ASTONISHING PROBLEMS. DEFREGGER’S The MUNCZI LAJOS’S See albanie: Cocoon. | Hungarian Band. THE GREAT TOWER OF THE MADISON SQUARE GARDEN NOW OPEN Daily from 9 A.M. until 10 P.M. Admission, 25c. The most Perfect and Delightful View of New York ever witnessed. Minerals, 5 x . Stuffed Animals techs Ward’sNaturalScienceEstablishment uc"? casts ot Fowits, Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. |anaromiear Retiermaps.| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N.Y. |averteprater CIENCE NEW YORK, MARCH 18, 1892. THE PERSISTENCY OF FAMILY TRAITS. Nor long ago we met a young friend, a bright, charming fellow, who said he was a student of ancestry. Having a weakness in that direction ourselves, we soon became en- gaged in conversation upon subjects of mutual interest until we remarked upon the extraordinary persistency of peculiar traits in members of the same family for long periods of time. To our astonishment he immediately informed us that the notion that there is such a thing as ‘‘ family traits” had been consigned by all the leading genealogists to the realm of myths, and that there is positively no such thing to be met with in human experience. He proceeded to state that old people with active imaginations and defective sight and hearing thought they saw in their descendants the pe- culiar traits that in youth they had noted in their ancestors. Take from this, he says, the element of imagination, and there remains nothing but the recurrence of the traits of character common to humanity, and that once in a brief in- terval of time are emphasized in individuals. He then produced a genealogical chart that showed the ancestors of A. B. through nine generations. A. B. was a direct descendant from L. B., who came from England early in theseventeenth century, about 250 yearsago. The chart was of the usual semicircular form, with A. B. in the centre, and arranged in concentric semicircles, each semicircle devoted to a generation, with the right quadrant devoted to thé an- cestry on one side and the left quadrant cevoted to those on the other. Of course, if such a chart was complete, as they very seldom are, the second semicircle would contain the names of two parents, the third of four grandparents, the fourth of eight great-grandparents, the fifth of sixteen, the sixth of thirty-two, the seventh of sixty-four, the eighth of one hundred and twenty-eight, and the ninth of two hun- dred and fifty-six. The whole number is five hundred and eleven individual ancestors of both sexes in nine generations. Assuming that no marriages took place between parties of even remote relationship, which is not likely to occur when the nine generations remain locally in the same neighbor- hood, the chart would show five hundred and ten ancestors, among which the direct line of B. comprised nine individu- als, and occupied a perpendicular line in the centre of the chart. “Now,” says my friend triumphantly, ‘‘do you suppose that that line, mixed with nearly five hundred other lines, will preserve anything originally characteristic of it? The idea is preposterous.” He continued further, ‘‘ You will ad- mit that ancestry consists of two elements, heredity and en- vironment. In this case the environment has been the gen- eral conditions of New England farm and village life — practically the same; we can therefore leave that out. Now, heredity remains; do you suppose that anything peculiar re- mains in A. B. of any one of the two hundred and fifty an- cestors from whom he is descended in the eighth generation from his own?” We answered, most emphatically, ‘* Yes; and they would chiefly lie in the perpendicular line of B.” To this declaration he dissented with equal emphasis, and appealed to the chart to prove it. We admitted that, as a geometrical demonstration, the chart was unanswerable, and urged without avail the fallacy of submitting a problem in biology and psychology to mathematical proof. The chart was, he assured us, the genealogist’s compass and pole-star, from which there was no appeal. Further conversation led to numerous citations of exam- ples from our own knowledge and experience, which has been widely extended for many years among the descendants of John Doe. These examples, he assured us, were all mere coincidences that would cease to be examples beyond the range of the present generation; that, generally speaking, no man’s knowledge extended beyond his grandfather, and that so-called family traits were eliminated by ignoring the great mass of dissimilars, and exaggerating the importance of the few similars. Finally, he challenged us to show that our examples proved anything beyond the observation of a few coincidences. The problem briefly stated is this: Do persons bearing the same surname and remotely of the same family exhibit traits of character that are common, or in any sense to be consid- ered as ‘‘family traits?” The facts within our observation and knowledge we believe to be susceptible of explanation upon a purely scientific basis of well-established principles, without any recourse to either imagination or chance coinci- dence. John Doe settled in one of the New England colo- nies about 250 years ago. The name is common among the middle-class English and is very old, one of the name hav- ing held a high ecclesiastical position in the thirteenth cen- tury, and others appearing among the lesser nobility a few centuries later. John Doe had a numerous family, of which five sons married, and have descendants now living in local- ities not far apart in New England and in many localities west of the Hudson River. There are descendants of these different brothers living as neighbors in several instances who do not know that they share a common ancestry. Now, it is or is not a matter of fact and observation whether these people, bearing a common surname and descended through from five to eight generations from a commou ancestor, ex- hibit certain traits, or rather a combination of certain traits, which may be called in the aggregate a ‘‘ Doe character.” From our knowledge of the family taken as a whole, that is, the descendants of the five brothers taken together, we de- clare that there is an unmistakable ‘‘ Doe character.” If you ask us to describe this character we must decline to do so. Itis not necessary. Like all human character it is a mixture of good and bad. Moreover, it might be recog- nized, and we might be restrained from exhibiting our thesis with scientific clearness and precision. Again, there are subtle elements of human character that defy adequate ex- pression in words, and yet are quickly recognized. Never- theless, we will state how it has been proved to us as an individual: In the first place, by our own observation di- rected for several years by a knowledge of certain principles acquired in breeding animals; again by remarks made to us, neither solicited nor suggested by us, by members of the “Doe family,” who had no knowledge of each other’s exis- a 156 tence, and who were separated by from five to seven genera- tions; again, by similar judgments passed, not upon indi- vidual ‘‘ Does,” but upon the ‘‘ Does” as a whole, by women who had married ‘‘ Does,” having no knowledge of each other’s existence, and whose judgments had been passed upon different generations of ‘‘ Does.” Tf ‘‘ family traits” are a delusion to be explained away by the dilution of a geometrical chart amounting to one two hundred and fiftieth in eight generations, why can indepen- dent outside observers, the Does themselves and the women who marry Does, recognize a Doe character in the eighth generation? It is simply because heredity does not involve geometrical elements, in reality is only very inadequately represented by geometry. Of what, then, does heredity consist? Of a vast number of extremely subtle influences determined by laws as yet but dimly comprehended, but few of which have as yet found adequate expression. Among others there are three laws or principles for which we do not know any name, but which, in their effects, are generally recognized among breeders of animals. First among these may be named the influence of race, which among breeders of animals would be equiva- lent to ‘‘a breed” and the varieties within it. A genealog- ical register of a family bearing a surname found among the seventeenth century settlers of New England may be fitly compared to the pedigree of any family of thorough- breds, as, for instance, the St. Lamberts among Jerseys, or the Douglas among Ayrshires. It is often said that human beings are as to their breeding mongrels; but such astatement is not generally true, nor is it particularly true when applied to the better class of families who from the English middle class came to this country 250 years ago, and have here with a goodly showing of self-respect intermarried almost or quite exclusively in their own rank of social, religious, and political race. There has thus grown up under unwritten social cus- toms a race, or breed, of New England citizens of pure Eng- lish ancestry as carefully bred as to race and as to families within the race as any breed of thoroughbred cattle, a cen- tury older than the oldest breed in the world. Many of these families run back for several centuries in England be- fore they emigrated to this country. We may, therefore, expect to find, and do find if we know where to look for them, the same effects of race that are observed in thorough- bred cattle, namely, persistency of race types as to the whole and of family types as to families. This persistency in the race is maintained through the persistency of the family type, and the family type is perpetuated by breeders through conformity with biological principles that, so far as is known, are active among*all domesticated animals, and man con- sidered as an animal. It is a well-recognized fact that the first pregnancy of a female is of much greater importance as determining the character of her offspring than any and all others, and also that the influence of the male as determining the character of the offspring increases with each successive pregnancy of the female by the same male. Every breeder of cattle knows that a pure-bred heifer that is first coupled with a mongrel bull is ruined for breeding purposes, as the impression and characteristics of the first male will appear in the offspring of every succeeding pregnancy. A mare that is first coupled with a jack and gives birth to a mule will afterwards, when coupled with a stallion, give birth to horses with long ears and scant tails and saddle-marks across the shoulders and stripes upon the legs resembling mules. Horses marked in this way are very common in regions where mules are pro- SCIENCE. [Vor. XIX. No. 476 duced. A very handsome Morgan mare was once owned by an acquaintance of the writer that possessed unusual speed and great endurance. The condition of her udder showed that she had once borne a foal. She was coupled with a very fine thoroughbred stallion, and brought forth a perfectly worthless Canadian scrub, without a single characteristic of either parent. : Among human beings the infrequent marriage of widows as compared with the whole number of marriages renders a reference to examples in demonstration of this law of hered- ity somewhat difficult. Cases are not wanting, however, where women of high character have unfortunately married profligate first husbands, and have sought in a second mar- riage with men of honor to realize the happiness of which they had been deprived, only to see in bitterness the vices of the first husband return to curse them in the offspring of the second union. In less unfortunate marriages of this char- acter the father fails to recognize in the aliens around his board either the virtues or vices of his kindred, and the per- sonal appearance of his children is as foreign as their other characteristics. The conditions under which animals are bred offer but few opportunities to demonstrate the increasing influence of the same male through successive impregnation of the same female. Among human beings illustrations are very nu- merous. Certain aspects of this case — perhaps the lowest — the marriage of colored women with white men and col- ored min with white women, are the most remarkable. Among the children of such unions the influence of the white man upon the colored woman produces a series of types with more or less strongly marked negro features and a successively lighter skin until a nearly white negro is pro- duced, an example of which we once sawin Louisville, Ky., much more repulsive in appearance than a veritable negro. When a colored man marries a white woman a series of in- creasingly black children is the result. The children of such unions are in every sense mongrels, and are found to resem- ble in many respects mongrels among animals. In every family that can be studied in successive genera- tions the action of this principle explains many seemingly inexplicable facts. To go back to the descendants of John Doe, we have asserted without any fear of possible contra- diction that there are ‘‘ family traits” that may be observed among those who are separated from a common ancestor by | six or seven generations. In one case among them a most extraordinary personal likeness was preserved through three generations. They were the fifth, sixth, and seventh gen- erations from John Doe; they were the fifth, third, and fourth children of their respective parents. In the eighth generation the type was continued in the first child, but it is much less marked, and in the ninth generation, the son be- ing the second child, with the influence of the mother very strong. Still, in both the eighth and ninth generations the Doe traits are unmistakably present. In the ninth genera- tion the fourth child is a daughter, and generally admitted to be a Doe in every fibre of her being. Here is another case from the Does. In the sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth generations a daughter has appeared in the relations of niece, aunt, great-aunt, and great-great-aunt. We have known them all. In the sixth generation she was the second child, in the seventh the sixth child, in the eighth the fifth child, and in the ninth the third child. They were and are all lighter in complexion than the others of their respective families, with a peculiar cast of features, resembling each other more than they resemble their mothers or sisters. They Marcu 18, 1892. | also possessed in commov certain temperamental peculiari- . ties, and their voices would instantly remind the hearer of each other. , Now to go back to our friend’s chart, where the perpen- dicular line represents nine successive male Does. If every one of these eight male Does was a first child of each succes- sive marriage, the Doe influence would be at a minimum and the transmission of the peculiar trails of the Does most feeble and uncertain. If each one of the eight was the youngest child in a family of six, the persistency of Doe traits would become more intense with each successive gen- -eration. For some purposes the tradition of the seventh son of the seventh son becomes something more than a mere su- perstition. If, however, in the third or fourth generation the surname was transmitted by a son whose father was the second husband of a widow who had borne children by a former husband, the family traits of the Does would doubt- less be conspicuous by their absence. There have been no such marriages in the line of Does above mentioned for eight generations. Too little is known concerning this subtle and intricate question to enable one to venture an estimate of the percen- tage of tendency towards family traits along the line of nine Does as compared with any other line from any given indi- vidual of the two hundred and fifty of the first generation ' from the ninth; but we think the challenge of our friend has been accepted and met, and sufficient proof has been submitted to show to any candid mind that a vastly greater proportion than one two hundred and fiftieth may be ex- pected to flow along the line represented by the eight indi- viduals who transmit the surname from the first to the ninth generations. Indeed, we think we are treading on solid ground when we assert that in the letters written by the Doe who was an ecclesiastic of the thirteenth century, and which have come down through six hundred years to the present time, the ‘‘ Doé traits” are strikingly evident. We should be gratified to learn if others familiar with other families than the Does are not fully satisfied that ‘‘family traits” are very persistent along the line of the surname, AN ENQUIRER. “SCIENTIFIC” GENEALOGY — A REJOINDER. FRomM the commencement of interest in the history of old American families the marked tendency has been, and is, for the chronicler to depart from the strict records, and attempt to trace reputed traits and oftentimes marked physi- eal characteristics of the original emigrant ancestor and founder of the family through eight and nine generations, and connect the aforesaid qualities with the persons now bearing the surname descended from him. And apridein one’s ancestry is not reprehensible so far as these ancestors were healthy, energetic, honorable citizens, not less as honoring them than as taking satisfaction in the probably clear minds and strong constitutions we inherit, barring an untoward environment. But where the historian, considering a living person’s little tricks of habit, peculiarities of appearance, and the like, ascribes these as in fact undoubtedly inherited from the original ancestor of nine generations previous, it becomes necessary to direct the attention of the sincere seeker for truth to certain self-evident truths, which are none the less patent. and far-reaching, if comparatively unheeded and little studied in the past. To instance an average case: John Brown is a living person of the nintb generation from the ‘first James Brown, who, we will suppose, came to this coun- SCIENCE, NOV try about 1630. A simple mathematical computation shows that John Brown has had 510 distinct ancestors in these generations, of whom, at a liberal estimate, 50 may be dupli- cates owing to intermarriage of relatives. If there is a per- son in New England who can state his ancestry since 1630 completely with proofs, the writer, after some years careful research and acquaintance with men pursuing such study, has failed to discover him. As a matter of fact, the genealo- gist who has discovered and proved half his grandparents is exceedingly uncommon, and probably not one-twentieth of the persons who have chronicled the genealogy of a surname have known over 50 of their ancestors. They have paid, usually, almost their entire attention to the one surname in which they were interested and which filled their mind to the exclusion of the greater number. In the writer’s opinion he probably inherits from the 256 emigrant ancestors such a blending of qualities and physical characteristics, that to ascribe peculiar traits of any particular one of them to a living descendant is a fallacy, unsupported by reliable circumstantial evidence and persisted in in spite of the fact that the 255 other ancestors of the first American generation had qualities and traits of which he knows noth- ing, nor even the names of most; and probably, as far as the historian can surmise, each of the other 255 were fully as instrumental in bequeathing peculiar qualities, ete., as the one whose surname sexual distinction has given him. How does the matter look faced in the following manner? James Brown was one of 256 of John Brown’s original American ancestors; is it likely or probable or a desirable thing for a genealogist to prove that 54, part of the whole, when, as far as mortal can tell, all had probably much the same influence on the descendant, that this ;4; part has determined in a prominent and noticeable way the identity of the descendant ? If one of the 256 were a person of color, an African, in the fourth generation, much more the ninth, the scientists tell us the color trace is well-nigh obliterated as far as discovera- ble. The writer does not for a moment combat the well exhibited inheritance of peculiar appearance and traits of a man from his father or mother, his grandparents or great- grandparents, or in rare cases from great-great-grandparents, but beyond these limits the historian has little to encourage him in his attempt beyond uncertain and traditionary tales. The writer is descended from two ancestors, for both of whom the respective historians have claimed qualities and pronounced appearances of person, and remarked them prominently in all the living descendants; and the writer as yet fails to discover, after a candid if somewhat anxious self- examination, any of these characteristics. How often the mother’s relatives fondly see clearly her look, her habits and character in a child for whem the father’s family claim the self-same points; and the writer is familiar with the facts in a case where well-meaning friends have told parents of the strong likeness a child bore them, not knowing the cbild to be of entirely foreign parentage —adopted. My experience has been that a good part of the grounds for the side of the question I disbelieve in are as insecure as those just instanced. It is an old saying that one finds what he seeks for; that ts, he thinks he finds it, which answers the same purpose for him, To compare the human race to any of the brute creation -as regards this question is unjust and mistaken, as in selec- tion, cohabitation, and kindred vital processes, the cow — for instance, of Jersey or other strain — has the advantage of careful and long-continued selected inbreeding, where the human being is the result (even for nine generations) of over 158° four hundred different stocks as against a very few mated in the case of the cow. : Such deductions as the writer opposes are, in his opinion, misleading, rest on unstable bases, namely, imagination and tradition, and are better avoided and the time better spent in legitimate genealogical work. To eke out with such matter what is feared will otherwise prove dry and without interest is unscientific and wrong. With the belief that this review, though hasty, may appeal to the common sense of the conscientious reader the subject is left, the writer believ- ing a simple brief statement of fact preferable to a long and confusing rehash of unnecessary arguments. VERITAS. A COMPARISON OF THE DESERTS OF NORTH AMERICA WITH THOSE OF NORTH AFRICA AND NORTHERN INDIA. In a paper read before the Geographical Society of Berlin Jan. 2, Professor Johannes Walther made some interesting observations on the deserts of North America, North Africa, and Northern India. It was with the object of being able, from his own observations, to institute a comparison between these deserts that the author took the opportunity afforded by the meeting of the Fifth International Congress of Geol- ogists of visiting the North American deserts. The most striking contrast between the North American deserts and those of north Africa consists in the far greater wealth of vegetation which characterizes the former. In every direction the eye is met-by yellow blossoming halo- phytee, silver-gray artemisie, and prickly cacti; between the opuntias are found cushions of moss, and at the foot of the hills juniper-trees seven feet high with trunks a foot thick. Such are the features of the landscape of the deserts of Utah, where plant-growth has completely disappeared only in those places where the saline composition of the soil kills vegeta- tion. The Van Horn deserts in western Texas, the Gila deserts in California, are equally rich in vegetation; the altitude of those deserts above the sea level makes no impor- tant difference. Hither the mean rainfall in the American deserts is greater than in those of Africa, or else the flora of the American deserts is better adapted to a dry atmosphere. Although the deserts of the two continents present funda- mental differences as regards vegetation, there is a surprising similarity between them as regards certain important and characteristic desert phenomena, especially with regard to the topography of the country. There is the prevalence of plains, with mountains rising from them like islands, with no intervening heaps of débris passing from the plains to the steep mountain slopes. This phenomenon is the more striking as there are no rubbish deltas, even at the outlet of valleys 1,000 feet in depth. Another feature common to both is the large number of isolated ‘*island” mountains and of amphitheatre formations in the valleys; also the in- tensive effect of insolation, which splits the rocks and flints, and disintegrates the granite into rubbish. The denudating influence of the wind is visible not only in the characteristics | of the surface forms just mentioned, which differ in impor- tant points from erosion forms, but it can be directly observed in the mighty dust-storms wich rush through the desert. In North America, as in north Africa, four types of denudation - products are found — gravel beds, sand dunes, loam regions, and salt deposits. In view of such agreement of important and incidental geological phenomena in regions so remote from each other, SCIENCE, - * [Vot. XIX. No. 476 the phenomenon of desert formation must be considered to: be a tellurie process which runs its course according to law, just as the glacial phenomena of the polar zone or cumula- tive disintegration in the tropics. Water, which is such a predominating influence in temperate regions, destroying the rocks, dissolving them chemically, while the frost pounds them up mechanically, has in the deserts about sixty days in the course of the year to do its work of destruction among the rocks and to carry away débris. During the remaining 300 days of the year denudation in the desert is at a stand- still, but not entirely. Small and large stones are split by the heat, and huge granite blocks are severed in two by im- mense fissures; and thus the rocks are destroyed by dry heat at a time when denudation by means of water is reduced to aminimum. In this way the process of destruction goes on in one form or other uninterruptedly throughout the whole year. The disintegrated material is then carried away by the desert rains or by the storms, which whirl great masses of loose matter high into the air and transport it further. is clear, therefore, that dry denudation possesses an intensive power which, although not equal to the denuding effect of water, may be compared with it. NOTES AND NEWS. In the death of Thomas Hockley, which occurred on the 12th of March, in Philadelphia, the scientific institutions in that city have suffered a seriousloss. Mr. Hockley was a member of nearly all the local learned societies, and as an officer of many of them did much to promote scientific work. As treasurer of the Uni- versity Archzeological Association, the Department of Archeology of the University of Pennsylvania, the Numismatic and Anti- quarian Society, as well as of the Zoological Society and the Fair- mount Park Art Association, he gave his services without pecuniary profit or even the prominence which he deserved, and he will be remembered as one who did much to advance public interests through self-sacrificing devotion to the general good. — At the Berlin Geographical Society, on Jan. 2, Herr L. Cremer read a report upon the journey undertaken by him in the summer of 1891 to Spitzbergen, with the object of exploring the coal beds there. The author in the course of his six weeks’ journey travelled along the west coast as far as Magdalena Bay, and found, besides the coal beds in Ice Fjord and Bell Sound, which were discovered by Swedish explorers, various other coal- veins which appear to be well worth working. — In the second lecture of the Lecture Association of the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania’s course on ‘‘Harly Religious Ideas,” on Feb. 28, Mrs. Cornelius Stevenson spoke as follows: ‘‘ The primi- tive animism of the men of the age of stone always remained at the foundation of the religion of Egypt, and continued to develop its superstitious practices, whilst the national faith had assumed an ever-growing metaphysical character. At the opening of his- tory the Egyptians had already recognized the unity of the life- giving principle, but whatever may have been the ideas of their advanced thinkers with regard to the nature of the unity, there is no doubt that, to each local worshipper, the god he prayed to was strictly the god worshipped in his locality — and this did not. exclude the recognition of the other gods. The whole structure of the Egyptian religion rested upon a belief in the divine nature of life, and, in its immortality through transformation, man could attain his immortality, not (in early times) through his merits, but through physical means. Hence the precautions taken to pre- serve the remains, and the statues made in his image, on which the spirit might lean in case his body should be destroyed. Meta- physical speculation on the nature of the universal soul grew out: of solar worship, and, influenced by Aryan contact, at last super- seded it. But even then the primitive animism, preserved in the cultus of the sacred animals regarded as’ incarnations of the = It. divinity, although it assumed in the sanctuary a symbolic char- ~ Marcu 18, 1892.] acter, took a larger place than ever in the popular religion, and so it came to pass that fetishism was never more conspicuous in Heypt than at the time when the ideal absolute God, ‘self-be- gotten,’ had been realized in man’s most noble thoughts, and been fitly described in man’s most noble words.” —The death, on Feb. 20, of Professor Hermann Kopp is an- nounced by Nature. He died at Heidelberg, after a long and pain- ful illness, in the seventy-fifth year of his age. —The friends of the late Henry Edwards have subscribed $10,000 and the American Museum of Natural History has sub- scribed $5,000 for the purchase of the Edwards Entomological Collection, consisting of more than 350,000 beautiful specimens of insect life, and this scientific treasure goes to the American Museum. The widow of Mr. Edwards will receive $15,000. This enterprise has been carried through by A. M. Palmer, and is one of the many good works done by that energetic manager and pub- lic spirited citizen of New-York. — Two international scientitic congresses are to be held at Mos- cow in August, as we learn from Nature. One will relate to an- thropology and archeology, the other to zoology. There will be exhibitions in connection with both congresses, and appeals have been issued for the loan of objects which are likely to be useful and interesting. Among the things wanted for the Authropologi- cal Congress are phonograms of the language and songs of different races. French will be the official language of the two meetings. The more important papers will be printed before members come together, so that discussion may be facilitated. — The prevalent notion that the mistletoe. is injurious to the apple or other tree on which it grows is disputed, says Nature, by Dr. G. Bonnier, the professor of botany at the Paris Sorbonne, who maintains, not only that this is not the case, but that it is actually beneficial to its host, the relationship being not one of simple parasitism, but rather one of symbiosis. He determined from a series of observations on the increase in the dry weight of the leaves, that, while in summer the mistletoe derives a large por- tion of its nutriment from the host, in winter these conditions are reversed, and the increase in weight of the mistletoe is less than the amount of carbon which it has obtained from tbe atmosphere — in other words, that it gives up to its host a portion of its assim- ilated substance. — In order that the exhibition of weeds at the World’s Colum- bian Exposition may be large and representative of all sections of the country, Byron D. Halsted, New Brunswick, N.J., having _ this feature in charge, asks for specimens of the worst weeds from all States and Territories. It is suggested that each botanist or local collector who may be pleased to assist in the work secure at least three specimens each of the worst weeds in his State or sec- tion. In making the specimens it is important that the following points be considered: 1. Seeds are especially desired; 2. seed- lings are impvrtant in various stages of development; 3. the root system is essential, also, 4, the flower and flower cluster, and 5, the seed vessel. It may be necessary, therefore, to secure these vari ous essentials at different times during the coming season. If the weed is a large one, stress is laid upon the procuring of specimens while they are sma!l enough so that the whole plant, roots and all, can be mounted without bending upon an herbarian sheet of ordinary size; that is, not over a foot in length. They are not to be mounted, however, by the collector. That unnecessary dupli- » cation may be avoided, persons who contemplate collecting speci mens should signify their intention to Professor Halsted, and allotments will then be made, the assignments depending largely upon the locality. It is hoped that each State in the Union may be represented by specimens in this national exhibit of our worst weeds. The collecting must all be done during tbe present sea- son, and the specimens sent in for mounting, labelling, etc., by Dec. 1. —TheJanuary number of Petermann’s Mitteilungen contains an interesting map, by Dr. E. Habn, of the ‘‘ Kulturformen” of tbe earth, showing the areas within which different methods of get- ting a living out of the soil are employed. Dr. Hahn discards the old-fashioned division into hunters, fishermen, shepherds, and SCIENCE. 159 agriculturists as containing a fundamental error; for these three successive ‘‘ stages” he substitutes six ‘‘forms.” The simpler forms may have been more widely spread in the earlier periods of the world’s history, but all exist side by side at the present time, as methods of cultivation arising from the physical and climatic conditions of the regions in which each isemployed. The simplest form is hunting and fishing. The large area which Dr. Hahn as- signs to this form in North-eastern Europe and Asia is somewhat remarkable. Next comes what Dr. Habn calls Hackbau, which we may translate by hand-tillage. This form is characteristic of Central America, the basins of the Orinoco and Amazons, tropical Africa, Further India, and the Malay Archipelago, with the ex- ception of certain coast districts. Plantations, the third form, are found wherever coffee, rice, sugar, are grown on a large scale. Next comes what Dr. Lahn calls ‘‘our European and West Asia- tic agriculture,” characterized by the use of the plough, the em- ployment of oxen as beasts of burden, and the growing of corn, Originating in Mesopotamia, this form has spread with but slight changes over all the more civilised parts of the world. With regard to the fifth form, cattle farming, Dr. Hahn states that the ovly circumstance which was considered characteristic of the shepherd’s life was the fact of his being a nomad. This excluded all whose herds consisted of other animals than sheep or goats. Larger cattle require better food than could always be obtained onthe march. He therefore puts all owners of herds in one cate- gory, whether nomads or settlers. They are spread over all Cen- tral and Northern Asia, and are found in Arabia, on the borders of the Sabara, in South Africa, and in certain portions of North- ern Europe, America, and Australia. A curious feature is along, narrow strip extending from Somaliland into South Africa at vary- ing distances from the East Coast; by his own account, however, it should not have been reckoned to the cattle-farming regions, as the cowherds make little or no use of the milk given by their animals, which are looked upon as mere standards of value and wealth. The last is the elaborate form of cultivation in small plots. which is the only method by which the exhausted soil of China can be got to maintain its huge population. —Dr. Ira Remsen, professor of chemistry in Johns Hopkins University, Mar. 11, addressed a communication to President Harper of the Chicago University, declining his invitation to a professorship in that institution. Professor Remsen’s decision is the cause of great gratification in Baltimore university circles, — Dr. C. W. Stiles, medical zoologist of the U. 8. Department of Agriculture, has been elected foreign corresponding member of the Société de Biologie, Paris, France, to fill the vacancy caused by the death of Professor Juseph Leidy of the University of Penn- sylvania. — Joel Chandler Harris's new book. ‘‘ On the Plantation,” is said to contain fresh stories of Brer Rabbit, Brer Owl, Brer Buz- zard, and other characters immortalized in ‘‘ Uncle Remus.” Much of the book, however, is understood to be the stery of the author’s own life, and it is described as a singularly fascinating natrative. E. W. Kemble has illustrated the book, which is to be published immediately by D. Appleton & Co. —E &J.B. Young & Co. of New York have sent us a copy of the ‘‘Star Atlas,” for amateur astronomers, with explanatory text by Dr. Hermann J. Klein, and translated and adapted for English readers by Edmund McClure, M.A., M.R.I.A. It contains eighteen maps printed by E. A. Funke, Leipsic, and is published, under the direction of the Committee of General Literature and Education appointed by the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, London, at the low price of three dollars. The maps show all the stars from 1 to 6.5 magnitude between the North Pole and 34° south declination, and all nebule and star clusters in the same region which are visible in telescopes of moderate powers. The “Atlas” is an imperial 4°, strongly bound in cloth, with illumi- nated cover, and contains 72 pages of descriptive text, with 18 charts beautifully printed from heliographical reproductions of photographs. It is a model of its kind, being handy, compact, accurate, and of practical service to amateurs, comet-huuters, and students. 160 SCIENCE: A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY Ni DiGa EO DiGrEsr 87} BRoADWAY, NEw YorRK. SUBSCRIPTIONS.—United States and Canada................ $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................. 4.50 a year. Abstracts of scientifi papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. be mailed the author on request in.advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- vated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the “‘Wants” column. It is invaluable to those who use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go direct to them. The “Exchange” column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F. Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. THE NEW STAR IN AURIGA. On Feb. 2 of the present year Professor Copeland of the Edinburgh Observatory received an anonymous postal card upon which was written the following: ‘‘ Nora in Auriga, in Milky Way, about two degrees south of Chi Aurige, pre- ceding 26 Aurvigz; fifth magnitude, slightly brighter than Chi,” In No. 1,164 of Nature the discoverer of the new star es- tablishes his identity by a short notice of the manner in which he found the Nora. His name is Thomas D. Ander- son, and he lives in Edinburgh, Scotland. The following is an abbreviation of his statement : — ““It (the star) was visible as a star of the fifth magnitude for two or three davs, very probably even for a week, before Professor Copeland received my postal card. I am almost certain that at two o'clock on the morning of Sunday, Jan- uary 24, I saw a fifth magnitude star making a large ob- tuse angle with Beta Tauri and Chi Aurige, and I am posi- tive that I saw it at least twice subsequently during that week. Unfortunately, I mistook it on each occasion for 26 Aurigz, merely remarking to myself that 26 was a much brighter star than I used to think it. It was only on the morning of Sunday, the 31st of January, that I satisfied my- self that it was a strange body.” Mr. Anderson then, in a frank manner, speaks of bis knowledge of astronomy and the instrumental means at his disposal. Of the former he says, it is of meagrest descrip- tion, while the latter consist of a pocket telescope and a copy of Klein’s ‘‘Star Atlas.” Since discovery the new star has been very generally ob- served at all the prominent observatories in Europe aad America. The telegram announcing the discovery was re- ceived at the Naval Observatory on the afternoon of February 6. I observed the star the same evening with our 4-inch comet-seeker. To me it then appeared about half a magni- tude brighter than Chi, and was of a dark straw color. Using a low power eye-piece, I could bring both Chi and the SCIENCE \ (VoL. XIX. No. 476 new star into the field at the same time. With the meridian transit 1 observed the star for its Right Ascension, and Pro- fessor Frisby, with the 9-inch equatorial, decermined its declination. The large transit circle is now dismounted, undergoing repairs prior to its removal to the new Observa- tory. The place of the star for 1892.0 is, R.A. 5 h. 25 m. 3.4 s.; Dec. +-30° 21’ 41.0". The magnitude was 4.6. Professor Copeland, upon examining the star with a prism between the eye and the eye-piece of the 24 inch reflector, observed that it seemed to possess a spectrum very much like that of the Nora of 1886, the recognized variable, named Tau Corone. Z The star was photographed at Harvard College Observa- tory on Dee. 1, 10, and 20, two months before it was known to be a new star. This came about by Prosessor Pickering and his assistants photographing the region of the sky in which the Nora is located in the course of the photographic mapping of the stars and their spectra now being carried on at Harvard College Observatory. On the 1st of December, 1891, the Nora was faint, on December 10 bright, and on the 20th maximum. Spectrum unique. The above is a statement given out by Professor Pickering. From No. 3,076 of the Astronomische Nachrichten we glean the following interesting points relative to the new star. .At Bonn, Feb. 2, Professor Kustner made a careful comparison of the magnitude of the Nora with three neigh- boring stars. He estimated it as half a magnitude fainter than Chi, little, if any, brighter than 14 Aurigee, and de- cidedly brighter than 26 Aurige, the resulting magnitude being 5.5. The region of the sky in which the new star is located was examined for the Bonn Durchmusterung by Schonfeld, March 26, 1856, and Kreuger, Feb. 16, 1857; also again by Kreuger in the revision-zone, March 23, 1858, on which date he ob- served a star of the 9.5 magnitude distant from the place of the new star 2.5s. and 0.8’. This faint star has, however, been observed anew at Bonn and Hamburg. At Upsala on Feb. 2 its magnitude was estimated as 5.5, and its color as yellow. On observing its spectrum a very bright line was seen at the red end, and another in the blue- green. On Feb. 3 the star was almost as bright as Chi, but the next night it was fainter. At Kiel, Mr, Kroeger observed the spectrum on Feb. 2. It was brilliant and visible throughout all the colors from the red far into the violet. A broad, black band was seen near C. In the red and orange there were three groups of lines, separated by equal intervals and of nearly equal width and intensity, all wide, but faint. Mr. Yendell, living near Boston and an expert in variable star observing, is authority for the statement that between Feb. 9 and 22 the star appeared to him of a bluish white color with no tinge of red. This observation of the color of the star is directly opposite to that reported by the English and German observers, and also that of mine made on several ov- easions. The star has each time that I have observed it, ten or twelve times, always appeared to me of a dark straw color. I have observed it with two instruments, the 4 inch comet- seeker and the meridian transit. Mr. Lockyer, the English spectroscopist, has secured several photographs of the spec- trum. He estimated the color of the star as reddish with a purple tinge. Mr. Fowler, one of his assistants, estimates it as reddish yellow; while another, Mr. Baxaudall, estimates it as purplish. Mr. Lockyer, commenting upon the photographs taken on Feb. 7, says, ‘‘The bright lines K, H, h, and G are accom- | Marcu 18, 1892. | panied by dark lines on their more refrangible sides. With the 10-inch refractor and Maclean spectroscope, C was seen to be very brilliant, and there were four very conspicuous lines in the green. Several fainter lines were also seen, and a dark line was suspected in the orange. Mr. Lockyer noticed that some of the lines, especially the bright ones near F' on the less refrangible side, appeared to change rapidly in rela- tive brightness, and this was confirmed by Mr. Fowler. All the lines in the spectrum of the Nora are broad, although in a photograph of the spectrum of Arcturus, taken with the same instrumental conditions, the lines were perfectly sharp. It is also important to note that the broadening of the lines is not accompanied by any falling off of intensity at the edges, as in the Case of the hydrogen lines in such a star as Sirius. j Judging from the testimony here given, it is undoubtedly true that a new star has appeared to our vision, and given astronomers an opportunity to study its make-up. It cannot, however, be said that the object has suddenly come out to its present magnitude. The probability points to the fact that the new star is a variable of long period, and one that at its minimum sinks to invisibility. The verification of this statement must rest upon future observations. We have no record that indicates that a star as bright as the tenth mag- nitude has ever occupied the place in which the new star has been found. All speculation as to its future history is value- less, because we know nothing of its past history. The star is now being constantly watched by all the pow- erful telescopes and spectroscopes of the world, its image is almost nightly caught upon the photographic plate handled Dy men of experience, and it will not sink back into invisi- bility without leaving behind a record of great value. Gro. A. HILL. Washington, D.C., March 9. = THE TIMBER TREES OF WEST VIRGINIA. THE Guyandot Coal Land Association, which is the owner of over 200,000 acres of land in the basins of the Guyandot and Twelve-Pole Rivers, in the Counties of Wayne, Logan, and Lincoln, near the south-west corner of West Virginia, has recently had the large timber trees on about 9,000 acres of land counted and measured, thus securing reliable infor- mation as to the actual present condition of the Trans-appa- lachian forests of that region. The diameter of the trees was taken, with calipers, at about four feet above the ground; then the length of the trunks suitable for cutting into logs or for long timber was carefully estimated by the eye of the skilful timber measurer. No trees were measured that were Jess than eighteen inches in diameter, except the hickories amd locusts, which were measured from ten inches and up- ward. The detailed tables of this counting and measuring have been furnished me for inspection. mary of the detailed count of the results of the measure- ments on one single tract will be of interest to the readers of Science. For this purpose I select a tract of 655 acres on the top of the dividing ridge between the waters of the east and the west forks of Twelve-Pole River, two miles north- east of the new mining town of Dunlow on the Ohio exten- sion of the Norfolk and Western Railroad, about forty miles by rail south-east from the Ohio River at the new town of Kenova, one named from the abbreviafion names of the three States that are there adjacent. About one-half of this particular tract of land, say 325 acres, lies on the east side of the dividing ridge, slopes from the divide and faces to the north of east, and drains into SCIENCE. I think that a sum- | 161 East Twelve-Pole River. The other 325 acres lies on the west side of the divide, slopes to the south of west and drains into West Twelve-Pole River. The crest of the divide is not far from 1,000 feet above the level of thesea. The following statement shows the whole number of large timber trees now growing on this tract of 655 acres, by kinds and exposures. This tract was found to have growing on it, 16,989 trees; an average of about 26 large timber trees to the acre. | Trees of Each Kinds of Trees. | Western Slope. | Eastern Slope. | | Kind. White oaks................ 1,256 730 | 1,986 Chestnut 0aks..........++. 3,808 2,083 | 5,886 Black oaks................ 734 366 1,100 Redoaks seeps 494 242 | 736 Hickories.........000000-+. 1,556 gi 2,547 Chestnuts................- | 1,203 697 | 1,900 WOCUBtS teeter stclemteheletrtieistaie | 148 59 207 Maples: i. scoosessssasecs | 224 | 1°6 3380 Birchasuee pease eee | 159 174 333 Tulip-poplars.... ........ 386 472 858 Bins teenie. ae eee 563 376 939 Lindens......... 2.2.0... 93 “es | 167 10,619 16,989 6,370 | The proportionate percentage of the hardwood trees of the above table, all those named except the tulip-poplars, pines, and lindens, is quite remarkable. The softwood trees are: 1,042 on the westward slope and 922 on the eastward slope, a total of 1,964, or less than ten per cent of the whole number of trees on the western slope, over fourteen per cent of those on the eastern slope, and nearly twelve per cent of the whole number of trees, leaving over ninety per cent of the west- ward slope trees and near eighty-six per cent of the eastward slope ones as hardwoods. So these hardwood trees constitute eighty-nine per cent of all the large counted and measured trees now growing on this tract of land. The figures of the table indicate that the large hardwood trees are more abun- dant on the westward exposure of the dividing ridge. The record of the diameter and length of each of the trees embraced in the above list, that now lies before me, shows that most of these trees are of large size, the oaks ranging in diameter from eighteen to sixty inches, and in trunk length from twenty to sixty feet. The hickories range from ten to twenty-seven inches iu diameter, and from fifteen to sixty feet in trunk length; the pines from eighteen to forty inches in diameter, and twenty to seventy feet in trunk length; and the tulip-poplars from twenty to sixty-six inches in diameter, and from thirty to eighty feet in trunk length. JED. HOTCHKISS. Staunton, Va. THE SPECIALIST.* ‘‘Many scientific men of excellent reputation are to-day guilty of the crime of unnecessary and often premeditated and deliberately planned mystification; in fact, almost by “common consent this fault is overlooked in men of distin- guished ability, if, indeed, it does not add a lustre to the brilliancy of their attainments. It is usually regarded as a 1 A few thoughts suggested by the address of the retiring president of the American Ass)clation for the Advancement of Sclence, delivered at the In- dianapolis meeting, Augis:, 1890, from which the quotations here given ere taken. Pne2 high compliment to say of A, that when he read his paper in the mathematical section no one present was able to un- derstand what it was about; or of B and his book, that there are only three men in the world who can read it.” ... ‘“There is a strange and unwholesome prejudice against making science intelligible, for fear that science may become popular.” “There is an unfortuoate and perhaps a growing tendency among scientific men to despise the useful and the practical in science, and it finds expression in the by no means uncommon feeling of offended dignity when an innocent layman asks what is the use of some new dis- covery.” . . The progress of science during the last half-century has been especially remarkable. We are enjoying the product of the mental endeavor of all the past; one forward step has _ been followed by another, until, in scientific attainments, we are far in advance of the broadest views held a century ago. The age of the earth, its motion and gravitation no longer cause excited controversies. The existence of fossils now occasions no alarm; whether found upon the mountain- top or in the depths of the sea, the explanation is equally satisfactory. Geology, like the fabled giants of old, has taken wonder- ful strides; has stepped off, as it were, a thousand years ata pace, and the sermons inscribed on nature’s tablets have quickened the understanding and broadened human concep tions. Our knowledge of astronomy and geology has enabled us to cast out the coiled serpent of superstition, and given us truth in its stead. Can the most fertile imagination conceive of loftier heights than chemistry has reached when it is able to measure the five-millionth part of a grain of our far dis- tant sun ? The use of anzsthetics is almost entirely a growth of the last fifty years; like a beneficent angel, conquering pain, annihilating as with magic breath the sufferings of thousands of human beings. Witness now the electric light, and think in comparison of the feeble glimmer of tallow candles. Not many years ago even the lonely light-house tower afforded nothing better than tallow candles to guide the traveller on the storm-tossed sea. Until recently electricity has been like a wild ungovernable force, but skilful hands are bringing it more and more under subjection. It is taking the place of brawn and muscle. The courier is no longer needed to de- spatch our messages on land or by sea. Here and there it has been harnessed to the street railway, and its practical applications are numberless. It is but a few years since we have had any definite knowl- edge of bacteria, but who now is not familiar with at least the depredations ef these insidious foes? Foes we may well call them when it is estimated that four-fifths of all diseases of humanity are caused by these pathogenic microbes, and that they destroy more lives than war or famine, fire or ship- wreck. Who has enabled science, this second Hercules, to open nature’s doors and bring forth her treasures? Who is it that has gleaned her truths and read her laws, but he who has made a special study of them? There is not a practical application of a force of nature and scarcely a material sub- stance that we use which has not resulted from the experi- mental researches of specialists. has told us the story of the earth? Is it not the chemist who analyzes the sun, the biologist who unfolds for us the life histories of our invisible foes ? It is obvious that a geologist must have worked in geology, that a botanist must have done special work in botany; and SCIENCE Is it not the geologist who ~ in order to have taken up special work they must necessarily have done elementary work. There must be a foundation laid before the super-structure of special work can be reared— There is uo royal road to knowledge, and there is no short eut to special work. The disciplinary work which leads up to special work must be done by each individual for himself ; skill in manipulation cannot be acquired at second-hand, and judgment is gained through experience alone. The specialist does not simply devote a few years to his chosen work, and imagine his investigations cease when he takes his Ph.D.; not at all; the devotion of a lifetime is bestowed on his speciality, which broadens out before him, luring him on with the mysterious charm .of. unexplored labyrinths. The work of the specialist is to investigate, to find out the truth. He must divest himself of all prejudice, and with unbiased mind ‘‘read from the manuscripts of God” the truths there written, whether found on the granite rock or in the story of embryonic life In the simplest forms of life there is-no specialization of organs. Take, for example, the amceba, which is but a tiny speck of protoplasm — an undifferentiated mass; having no organs of locomotion, no mouth, no stomach, it yet moves about, finds its own food, appropriates and digests it. How does it accomplish these complex operations? It moves by pushing out a tiny slimy thread of protoplasm, and the whole mass flowing after it; when it comes in contaet with an ob- ject which will serve it as food, it flows over it, wraps itself around it, absorbs the nutritious parts, and flows away from the débris. Thus this little animal is at times all legs, again all. mouth, and still again all stomach, but possesses no differ- entiated specialized organs This we call the lowest type of animal life; the higher we ascend, the greater the specializa- tion, reaching its culmination in man. The stomach pre- ~ pares the food, the blood distributes it, the lungs take charge of ventilation, the liver looks to sanitation; the heart is gen- eral manager, aud the brain, if you please, cultivates ‘‘ social science.” It is plain to everyone that the work done by the amoeba is extremely rudimentary compared with that accom- plished by man. The amceba fulfils the two essential purposes of life, maintenance and reproduction; mankind does the same, but who can measure the difference in degree ? : Is not the work of the general student and that of the specialist in a measure comparable to that of the lowest and highest types of life? The general student who claims an equal familiarity with all branches of knowledge possesses. but the rudiments of each. And mark the interdependence of the most specialized organs! No one of them can earry on the work alone; and it is thus with the sciences, advance- ment in any one of them means general advancement of the whole commonwealth. : All organic life is built up of cells; take any herb, shrub or tree; its tissues are made up of_individual cells: each cell ‘is filled with protoplasm, and though the cell walls are ap- parently continuous, having no visible openings even under high powers of the microscope, it has nevertheless been found that infinitesmal streams of protoplasm extend from cell to cell, connecting the entire plant as with a sympathetic nerve into one continuous whole. And so there is an in- visible cord which binds all nature into one harmonious unity. There is a kinship, a brotherhood, a great sympa- thetic nerve whieh runs through all branches of natural science. To the general student they may appear independ- ent of each other, but the specialist digs down beneath the surface where the roots are found ramifying in all direc- tions; meeting, overlaping, interlocking with each other. ‘[ VoL. XIX. ‘No. 476 ~ Marcu 18, 1892. | What can the specialist in physiology do without some knowledge of physics and chemistry ? Geology, zoology and botany are hedged with problems whose solution are in- terdependent. If the sciences are united as with a network, a specialist in any one of them must have some knowledge of those which claim near kinship with his own. But the specialist is accused of couching his discoveries in language which is unintelligible, of being unpractical; of trying as it were to hide his light undera bushel. Are these accusations well-founded? Arethey true? Is it reasonable to suppose that one who studies in nature’s laboratories a lifetime should think it desirable to erect a wall about science lest it become popular? Are not specialists numbered among the world’s great leaders? To whom is due the great ad- vancement in medical science but to specialists, who in their laboratories patiently sought for answers to problems of whose importance the common mind has no conception? A few years ago a war of words waged high over the theory of spontaneous generation; who but the specialist was able to settle forever this formidable question. Did the world imagine for one moment that the investigations which re- sulted in the establishment of the ‘‘ germ theory ” would lead to practical results? Physicians, surgeons and boards of health but apply the principles elucidated by the specialist. Hnter a laboratory and behold a specialist in the midst of his bacteriological investigations. Would the observation be likely to call forth predictions of practical results? You would see ‘* cultures’ under bell-jars, microscopes, and vari- ous apparatus; ‘‘ but,’’ you exclaim, ‘‘ what bearing do they have on human welfare?” Under the supervision of the bacteriologist they touch the very heart of humanity, -bid- ding it look to its drains and sewers, to its drinking water, to the air it breathes and the purity of its food. Our knowl- edge of disinfection comes from the same source; who can measure the practical results ? Practical applications of in- vestigetious in fungi reach out to the horticulturist and the farmer, who anxiously look to the specialist. for remedies against their microscopic enemies. When the results of the investigations of specialists radiate like the rays of the sun to all humanity, offering balm for its wounds, remedies for its ills, shall they themselves be deemed unpractical, having no concern for human welfare ? When they stand face to face with nature and read the histories she has written on shell. and stone, on land and sea; when they recognize the bond of union in the division of labor, shall they be charged with *‘ deliberately planned mystification ” of the truths they would gladly sow broadcast over the land? Specialization is a law of nature which is stamped on every blade of grass, and on every flower that blooms. Heredity emphasizes this law in every phase and form of life. If it were not so, no individuality would exist. The oak tree does not take upon itself the production of roses, apples or grapes, nor does the rose ever dream of producing acorns or of elaborating materi- al which will ultimately form an oak tree. Hach individual cell in every plant contributes to the building up of its own special tissue. Suppose we take the musical notes of some grand sym- phony, and scatter them at random on the musical staff; rendition would create but jarring discords. Let a Mozart or a Beethoven place each note where it belongs, and the re- sulting harmony ‘‘ wakens in the soul a feeling earthly speech can ne’er declare.” May not mankind be compared to these musical notes, creating discord in society because the individuals are not so placed as to enable them to gratify their best and highest aspirations, to do their special work ? SCIENCE. — 6 Ts it utopian to hope that each individual, like each note in a musical conception, may some day swell the grand choral of the universe ? Mrs. W. A. KELLERMAN. Columbus, O. ON A RECENT DISCOVERY OF THE REMAINS OF EXTINCT BIRDS IN NEW ZEALAND.’ A DEPOSIT of moa bones, larger than has been found for many years, has just been discovered near the town of Oamaru, in the province of Otago, in the South Island of this colony. Their presence was indicated by the disinterring of a bone during the ploughing of a field, by the-proprietor of which the circumstance was communicated to Dr. H. de Lautour of Oamaru. This gentleman, who is well known through his papers on the diatomaceous deposits discovered by him in his district, at-once inspected the spot. Finding that the deposit was large, he first secured, through the kind- ness of the proprietor, the inviolability of the ground, and then telegraphed the information to the Canterbury Museum. I lost no time in proceeding to Oamaru with one of my as- sistants, and superintended the digging out of the bones in a systematic manner. The site of the deposit was at Enfield, some ten miles to the north-west of the town, on ground ele- vated several hundred feet above the level of the sea, in a shallow bayleted hollow, into which the unbroken surface of the expansive slope gently descending from the Kurow hills to the open vale of the Waireka (a stream that rises further to the west) has sunk here for some seven to eight feet below the general level, and which, proceeding with a gentle gradient valleywards, becomes a ‘ditch-like conduit for a tributary of the Waireka. In the centre of this depression, which does not exceed ten or twelve yards in width; the ground was of a dark brown color, damp and peaty. On removing the upper layer of soil for a depth of three to four inches round where the bones had first been brought to the surface, and whereon was strewn abundance of small crop- stones, a bed of-very solid peat was reached, and firmly im- bedded in it were seen the extremities of numerous Dinornis bones, most of them in excellent preservation, though dyed almost black. Further digging showed that certainly many of the skeletons were complete, and had been but slightly, if at all, disturbed since the birds had decayed. Owing, how- ever, to the close manner in which they were packed to- gether, and especially in which the limbs were intertwined, it was rarely possible to extricate the bones in the order of their relations, or to identify with certainty the various bones. of the same skeleton, each bone having to be extracted as the circumstances of the moment directed. In many cases, again, only the pelvis and femora could be traced in situ, the vertebree and remaining leg-bones being indistinguishable in the general agglomeration. It seemed evident that the birds had not died in an erect posture, but more probably with their limbs bent under them or in the same plane with the body. In some instances, beneath the sternum were found, lying quite undisturbed, the contents of the stomach,. consisting of more or less triturated grass mingled with crop- stones. The quantity of these smooth, rounded (chiefly white quartz) pebbles —in size from that of-a bean to that of a plum — mingled with the bones was enormous, and would, if collected, have formed more than a cart-load. Except where the bones were, there were no pebbles of any sort, no small stones, nor even sand, anywhere around. The nearest place where pebbles of the same composition are to Be found is, I was informed, several miles distant. 1 From Nature, 164 Four trenches, or pits, in all, were sunk. The dimensions of the first, which was excavated entirely in peat, did not exceed three feet square and three and a half to four feet in depth. When it was exhausted of its treasure, a second search was made about twenty to twenty-five feet higher up the hollow. The dimensions of this pit extended to about seven feet square and to the same depth as the first. Two more trenches, a few feet part, were dug at about thirty yards still further up the depression. They were not so large as the other two, but they extended down to about the same depth, three and a half to four feet, the bottom of both being (as it was in the second) a bluish clay, with which, in the pit furthest up, was sparingly mingled a small deposit of the finest silt. In the first pit portions of both Cnemiornis and Heepagornis bones were found in abundance, and remains of several hundreds of moas of allages. It was from the second pit, however, that the largest deposit of moa bones was ob- tained, and the most perfect specimen of food remains from beneath a sternum. Here, also, numerous bones of the giant buzzard and of the great extinct goose were exhumed, and a cranium as large as, if not slightly larger than, that of Cnemiornis, but of a species with complete bony orbits, as in the Cape Barren goose, and indistinguishable from Cereopsis. Bones from other parts of New Zealand now in my possession, which I hope shortly to describe, indicate with certainty that several species of Cnemiornis formerly existed in this colony. Some of these bones are remarkable for their slender ele- gance, and indicate species less in size and lighter in build than Cnemiornis calcitrans. Among the bones so far exam- ined, I have observed no remains of Aptornis, of Ocydromus, or of Notornis; but I possess an adult tibia of a rail smaller than Porpbyrio melanotus, yet larger than any other exist- ing New Zealand species. The tarso-metatarsus of a species of Anas, about the size of Anas finschi, the metatarsus and sternum of Apteryx Oweni, and crania of A.- australis, are among the bones recovered at Enfield, in addition to the metatarsus of a Biziura, somewhat larger than Biziura lobata, the musk duck of Australia, an interesting species for which I have proposed the name of Biziura de Lautouri, after the gentleman to whom I am indebted for the acquisition of these bones. There are still other bones which I have not yet been able to identify. The Dinornis remains belong chiefly to the species elephantopus (of unusually large pro- portions), to ingens, and to rheides. Very fine specimens of pelves and sterna have been obtained, with numerous crania more or less perfect. In this seeond trench the excavation penetrated through the peat into a bluish clay charged with water (which was, indeed, reached in all the diggings at about four feet below the surface), and into this clay the bones just protruded, but no more. The osseous remains dug from the last two holes belonged to the same species as those from the others. Digging and probing the ground be- yond the boundaries of the trenches showed us that we had exhausted their contents; while the probing of the ground in the neighborhood for a considerable radius around, and in other peaty spots not far off, failed to afford indications of other deposits. The number of perfect femora of Dinornis brought away exceeded 600; a large number were so decomposed as to fall to pieces in the handling; while a great many others disin- tegrated, after removal from the ground, on exposure to the atmosphere. I believe I do not over-estimate, therefore, in saying that from 800 to 900 moas at least were entombed in this shallow hollow. So many moas (leaving out of the reckoning the olher species of birds) could not by any possi- ? SCIENCE. (Vor. XIX. No. 476 bility have found standing-room, however crowded together, in the entire area of the depression. It would appear evi- dent, therefore, that they did not perish all at one time. To account for their burial in such numbers in areas so cireum- scribed seems to me at present impossible. That their bodies were entire when they were deposited is clear, from the ~ presence in such abundance of the crop-stones, from the posi- tion of the bones, and from the finding of the intact con- tents of the gizzard. No stream of any size could find origin — in the immediate neighborhood, and no stream which could have transported the entire carcasses of birds of such huge proportions as Dinornis ingens or D. elephantopus could ever have occupied this ravine-head without leaving traces of its action on the surface which would be visible to-day, or without washing away the very fine silt mixed with the clay on which the bones lie, in the bottom of the most upland of our excavations. None of the bones are waterworn. This little hollow was, in the early days of its present proprietor, very wet and boggy, and several springs have origin in it. If the moas made this a highway from one part of the country to another, it seems difficult to believe that birds so powerful of limb, and standing at least 10 to 12 feet in height, could stick fast in so shallow a bog; and to conjecture why eagles of powerful flight, slender rails, small ducks, and compara- tively light-footed kiwis also should become ensnared. Driven by fire in the surrounding bush — which may have covered the country then, for the plough has, I am informed, brought to light the stools of many large trees at no great distance, while logs of wood were found among the bones — did they, in a struggle for life in a narrow space, trample each other to Gcath? The presence of the strong-winged Harpagornis in considerable numbers seems to militate against this explanation, and no calcined bones haye been discovered. An explanation offered some years ago, to ac- count for the presence of a great number of moa and other bird bones in a somewhat similar situation in the Hamilton swamp — that during severe winters these birds congregated at the springs rising warmer from below, and were overtaken by a severe and fatal frost as they stood in the water — ap- pears unsatisfactory in the present case, as there are numer- ous springs and equally boggy ground near at hand, round which no remains can be found, and so close to the sea such excessive frosts are now unknown. ‘That these were individ- uals who, during an excessive drought, arrived at the springs too far exhausted to revive — an occurrence common enough in Australia—and that the water there was charged with poison, have also been offered asexplanations. But the per- manence of glacier rivers, highest in the hottest seasons, precludes the idea of animals dying of thirst in this island, or at all events in this locality so near to the great snow river Waitaki. Poisoned water-holes or exhalations of car- bonie acid might be a sufficient reason, yet in those springs elsewhere where bones have been found chemical analysis has failed to detect any substance harmful to life in their waters at the present day. Nota single indication of human intervention was observed. No bones were discovered which had been broken in their recent state; neither kitchen-mid- dens, nor remains of ovens or of native encampments, occur anywhere near the deposit. - One piece of egg-shell dug out of the highest trench is not sufficient evidence on which to base the supposition that the spot was frequented as a nesting-place. At Glenmark, in the north of this province, the historic spot where the original (somewhat larger than the present) find of Dinornis reliquize was dug out by my predecessor, Marcu 18, 1892.] the late Sir Julius von Haast, the bones of numerous species _ of birds besides moas were found. Their occurrence in the situations where they were discovered, and the way in which they were lying —entire bodies with their sterna covering - crop-stones in situ — have been explained by the supposition that the moas were overtaken by a fierce and sudden storm, and their entire carcasses piled by wind and flood into vast heaps, an explanation against which the presence here also of the same powerful buzzard and other flying birds rises as an objection. Yet there is nothing either in the situation or the disposition of the bones to make it impossible ; still I cannot help feeling that that cannot be the true explanation which satisfies only one instance out of so many assemblages of dead birds of nearly always the same species in situations almost similar. I hope, however, that when I have made a thorough examination of all the localities where, and the conditions under which, moa remains have been found, in the light of the personal experience gained in the exhuma- tion of the present deposit, and when I have completed the identification (on which I am now engaged) of the smaller bird bones associated in them with the moa bones, some light may have been gained on this at present mysterious episode in the history of the ancient Avians of New Zealand. Henry O. FORBES. Christchurch, New Zealand. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. **, Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. The writer's name is in all cases required as proof of good faith. On request in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. “ Need of Physiology and Anatomy in Psychological Training. In a recent article in Science, by Dr. E. W. Scripture of Clark University, some valuable and practical ideas-are advanced con- cerning ‘‘the need of psychological training,” in which the neces- sity of a practical knowledge of physics is made clear. But no less necessary is a like knowledge of physiology and anatomy. Physiological psychology isno misnomer for modern psychology, because it is as much if not more physiological than psychological. That, consequently, a somewhat extensive knowledge of physiol- ogy is a sine qua non for the thoroughly trained modern psy- chologist goes without saying; and this is as true whether there be sympathy or not with the modern view, for, in the latter case, the psychologist can hardly avoid discussing some of the results of physiology ; aud such discussions, to be trustworthy and valuable, must be based upon knowledge. And here is not meant mere book knowledge, but experimental knowledge gained in the physiological laboratory, otherwise when one speaks of sensations, reflex action, afferent and efferent nerves, etc., it is difficult to understand how he can have any adequate insight into the ob- jective reality of these phenomena. It is not intended that any large amount of time be required for purely physiological labora- tory work. A term’s course, say of six hours a week, might be the minimum; in this case it is assumed that the student hasa general knowledge of human and comparative physiology. If the above requirements are necessary for one who proposes to study physio-psychological questions, it may be inquired fur- ther as to anatomical knowledge. 'That a proper conception of physiology is not possible without anatomy is so obvious as to be commonplace, and yet there are some who are serious students of physiological psychology who have no practical knowledge of an- atomy. A general dissection of the body and special dissection of the sense-organs and brain, while it would require more time than the physiological course, would be well worth the extra 5 SCIENCE: 165 trouble, since it is preliminary foundation-work, and is also neces- sary for the investigation of pathological clinical cases, some of which are of the highest importance for the physiological psy- chologist. For this and other reasons an elementary course in practical histology is necessary. Thus it is not clear how any student without practical knowledge of coarser and finer anatomy can study and discuss intelligently questions concerning cerebral localization, cranial and spinal nerves, spinal column, medulla oblongata, etc. It may be objected that many of the facts learned in such a course of study would not be of direct utility, but this could be urged against almost any course of study. The value of such negative knowledge consists in serving as a sort of ballast in aiding the student in avoiding mistakes. = It may be said that if practical courses in anatomy and histology are requisites, why’not also similar courses in pathology and psychiatry. It is true that these would be valuable; but there must be a limit; perhaps the student could take up individual pathological cases as they came in the course of his work, provided he has the physiological and anatomical knowledge of normal man before mentioned. It is assumed that the specialist in physiological psychology will read the writings of specialists in physiology, anatomy, and pathology when they treat of topics that bear directly on his own studies. To read such literature, appre- ciate the points of discussion, and make decisions as to weight of evidence, requires at least a practical elementary knowledge of the subjects. ; But it may be objected that, with accurate book learning and good diagrams, one can gain sufficient insight without going to the trouble of taking the practical courses. This objection is more real practically than rationally, for many do not care for vivisec- tion, and much less dissection. It is a well-known difficulty, common to medical schools, to obtain faithfulness in dissection. There seems to be a natural disinclination, not of the nature of dread or disgust that may appear on first entering the dissecting room, but quite another feeling, that is easier experienced than described. The physiological psychologist who has had no medi- cal training is very liable to have a strong disinclination to prac- tical work in anatomy, even if he believes in its utility and neces- sity. Then there is sometimes the feeling that it isso much easier and saves time to git (uietly in one’s own room and study the books and diagrams. It may be said that some good workers in physiological psy- chology have never had this preliminary training, but this is rather in spite of such training. As is well-known, many stu- dents of philosophy, having become dissatisfied with its methods and results, have turned their attention to experimental psychology, and have neither time nor opportunity to return to preliminary work, which they could have done had they known beforehand the subsequent direction of their studies. The fact that the majority of leaders in the department of physiological psychology were previously physicians or students of medicine indicates the direction which the training in physio- logical psychology should take. A. MacDOoNALp, Washingion, D.C. Anthropology. THE science of anthropology has so far progressed that it is de- sirable to keep a satisfactory account not only of its operations but of its resources. Under this head should be included: 1. En- cyclopzedic works, general treatises, annual addresses, courses of lectures, dictionaries, general discussions, and classifications of the science as a whole. 2. Societies, their organization, scope, his- tory, enterprises, and publications, as well as annual assemblies, caucuses, congresses, national and international. 3. Periodicals, devoted as a whole or iu part to anthropology. 4. Museums and laboratories, public and private, expositions and loan exhibitions. 5. Libraries, galleries, portfolios, etc., including instructions to collectors. At this time it is desirable to know what is doing in each State along the line of anthropology. We all know pretty well the work doing in Massachusetts; but where should we look for the 166 archzological and anthropological resources of Maine, New Jersey, Kentucky, Oregon, etc. There are in all the States societies of natural history, and it would be pleasant to know whether they discuss anthropological topics. Many private collections of great value are to be found in the States; who knows about them? Now I shall be delighted to have the following questions answered with reference to every State in the Union: 1. Name of society, publi- cation, or collection, public or private, devoted to the whole ora part of anthropology. 2. The nature of this relation to the science with lists of printed books or references in print to these. 3. The name and address of the person who will be glad to give informa- tion. O. T. Mason. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., Mar. 11. The Aboriginal American Tea. ‘COMMENTING on my recent query as to any recent use of Ceano- thus Americanus as a substitute for China tea, Professor W. J. McGee of the United States Geological Survey writes me: — “Your little note in a current number of Science on aboriginal tea is before me. The eastern portion of the Great Plains, in- cluding Iowa, Illinois, and parts at least of Missouri, Minnesota, and Wisconsin, is a favorite habitat of the so-called ‘‘red root” or “‘red-root tea” (Ceanothus Americanus); and during war times, when the prices of tea and coffee were prohibitory, so far at least SCIENCE. [Vor. XIX. No 476 as first settlers in that country were concerned, many substitutes were employed. The common substitute for tea was the red-root, and it was very largely used in this way. Tbe commonest sub- stitute for coffee was rye, usually mixed with a small quantity of the coffee berry, both roasted and browned in the usual way. I should say, perhaps, that the identification of Ceanothus Ameri-. canus is partly my own and may possibly be erroneous.” I hope we may have other such interesting and valuable re- plies. JED. HOTCHKISS. Staunton, Va. The Date of Discovery of the Galapagos Islands. I am indebted to Dr. H. Wichmann, the editor of Petermann’s Mitteilungen, for an answer to my question in Science of Jan. 15, 1892: ‘‘ At what time were the Galapagos Islands discovered ?” Dr. H. Wichmann kindly calls my attention to a paper on the history of discovery of the Galapagos Islands, by Timénez de la Espada, published in Boletin de la Sociedad Geogr. de Madrid, Oct.—Dec., 1891., XXXI., Nos. 4-6. From this it is evident, Dr. Wichmann writes, that the discovery of the islands, ‘‘ Archipélago Encantado,” was made the 10th of March, 1535, by Fray Tomas de Berlanga, Bishop of Castilla del Oro, whose report is printed in the paper. G. Baur. Clark University, Worcester, Mass., Mar. 14. CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. Philosophical Society, Washington. Mar. 12.—B. Pickman Mann, An At- tempted Solution of a Social Problem; Alex. S. Christie, Remarks on the Diurnal Varia- tion of the Barometer; G. M. Searle, On a Simple Form of a Double Image Microme- ter. Society of Natural History, Boston. Mar. 16. —J. Walter Fewkes, The Moki Snake Dance. Oriental Club, Philadelphia. Mar. 17.—Cyrus Adler, An Account of his Recent Travels in the East. Publications received at Editor's Office. CouBerT, E, Humanity in its Origin and Early Growth. Chicago, Open Court Pub. Co. 12°. 409 p. $1.50. HooGEWERFF, J.A, Magnetic Observations at the U.S. Naval Observatory. Washington, Goyern- ment. 4°. Paper. 99 p. Marsu, C.C. Report upon some of the Magnetic Observatories of Europe. Washington, Govern- ment. 4°. Paper. 37 p. U.S. Nava OsseryaTory. Meteorological Obser- vations aud Results, 1883-1887. Government. 4°. Paper. 261 p. U. S. Coast AND GEODETIC SuRVEY. Results of Magnetic Observations at Los Angeles, Cali- fornia, 1882-1889. Part I. Washington, Govern- ment. 4°. Paper. 42p. —Early Expeditions to the Region of Bering Sea and Strait. Washington, Government. 4°. Paper. 14 p. ——International Geodetic Association, Ninth Con- perence: Washington, Government. 4°. Paper. 2p. —Notes on an Early Chart of Long Island Sound. Washington, Government. 4°. Paper. 4p. ——On an Approximate Method of Computing Prob- able Error. On the Determination by Least Squares of the Relation between two Variables. Washington, Government. 4°. Paper. 16p. --—On the Use of Observations of Currents for Pre- diction Purposes. Washington, Government. 4°. Paper. 12p. —The National Phototypes of the Standard Metre and Kilogramme. Washington, Government. 4°. Paper. 23p. —The Relation of the Yard to the Metre. Wash- ington, Government. 4°. Paper. 5p. —Tides at Sandy Hook. Observed and Predicted Times and Heights during the year 1889. Wash- ington, Government. 4°. Paper. 10p. “WHYMPER, EpwarD. Travels amongst the Great Andes of the Equator; with Supplementary Ap- pendix. New York; Charles Scribner’s Sons. 8°. 2yols. Pp. 486, 175. Washington, Business Department. Geo. L. English & Co., mineralogists, 733 and 735 Broadway, New York, have just re- ceived a large lot of fine cut Opals, which were secured by Mr. Niven in Mexico, and they are prepared to supply customers at un- precedently low prices. Read Advertisement. A Catalogue of an Exhibition of Studies, Drawings and Sketches by Turner, Gains- borough, Blake, and other contemporary English Masters just opened at the Keppel Gallery is published by Frederick Keppel & Co., 20 East Sixteenth Street, who will mail a copy to anyone mentioning ScIENCcE. "There are 145 drawings shown in pencil, ink and water-color memoranda, but little be- ing finished work, and consequently more interesting to the student. J. H. Goodwin’s Improved Bookkeeping and Business Manual, advertised on title page of this number, is all that the author claims for it. That more practical informa- tion about bookkeeping can be obtained from this book than from any college or school course is abundantly confirmed by the ex- perience of the writer with the earlier edi- tions, as well as that of his sons, now suc- cessfully established in business, and who gladly acknowledge their indebtedness to this one publication for the help it has given them unaided by ateacher. ‘he later edi- tions contain many improvements which make the publication increasingly valuable. —— Exchanges. [Freeof charge to all, ifofsatisfactory character, Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] For sale or exchange, Das Ausland, ro vols., 1882 to 1891, including 6 vols. bound, 4 in numbers, Wheeler Survey, vol. 1. Geog. Report; also yol. 6, Botany; Pro- duction of gold and silver in the Uniced States, 1880, ‘1, ’2, 3.5; Selfridge Isthmus of Darien. Will sell at very low prices: J. &. James, 1443 Corcoran St., Washing- ton, D.C. Chemical Library for sale. Fresenius Zeitschrift fiir Analytische Chemie. Complete 30 volumes, bound, at $4.50 per volume. Fehling’s Handworterbuch der Che- mie, 5 volumes, bound, and 5 parts of Vol. 6 (not yet completed), at $5 each for the bound volumes. and 40 cts. per part for the subsequent numbers. A list of other chemical and mineralogical works will be furnished on application. Address P. O. Box 477, Wauwatosa, Wis. For exchange.—A fine thirteen-keyed flute in leather covered case, for a photograph camera suitable for mak- ing lantern slides Flute cost $27, and is nearly new. U. QO. COX, Mankato, Minn. Wants. Any person seeking a postition for which he ts guali- hed by his scientific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, can have the ‘ Want’ inserted under this head at 1ocents a count line. Nothing inserted at less than 50 ceuts a time prepaid by stamps, if most convenient. RANSLATOR wanted to read German architec- tural works at sight (no writing). One familiar with technical terms desired. Address ‘“‘A.,” Box 149, New York Post Qffiee. ANTED.—A position in a manufacturing estab- lishment by a manufacturing Chemist of in- ventive ability. Address M. W. B, care of Science, 874 Broadway, N. Y \ ANTED.—Books on Anatomy and Hypnotism, Will pay cash or give similar books in ex- change. Also want medical battery and photo out- fit. DR. ANDERSON, 182 State street, Chicago, Ill. ANTED.—A college graduate with some normal training, to teach the sciences, at $1.800 per year, in a Southern college. A Baptist or a Method- ist preferred. Must also be a first-class Latin scholar. A. H. Beals, Box K, Milledgeville, Ga. qi cheese Cea in Chemistry is wanted by one who has had five years’ experience in that Capacity. Would prefer to give instruction by lectures and experiments rather than by text-book methods. Would like a position in a college or uni- versity where there is a good student’s laboratory. Special points of strength claimed are: (1) Thorough control of a class and good order during lectures and recitations. (2) Accuracy in experimenting with chemicals and skill in the manipulation of chemical apparatus. The permission of several dis- tinguished educators has been given to refer to them if required. Would not care to accept a po- sition paying less than $1,500. Address B. E., care of Science, Advertising Dept., 47 Lafayette Place, New York. [eee WANTED.— Will some one please send the address of the Secretary of the American Philological Society. Also that of Herbert Spencer. “ADDISON,” Room 84, 164 Madison St., Chicago, Il. DDRESSES of Old Book Dealers wanted.—Wish- ing to obtain a number of old books out of print, I yvery much desire the addresses or catalogues of Tare second-hand book dealers. I[f.there is a direc- tory or list of such dealers I should like to obtain possession of one. W. A. BLAKELY, Chicago, Ill. ANTED.—(1) A white man versed in wood ard iron working, able to work from specifications and plans, suited for an instructor of boys; his bus- iness to have charge of shops of school, outline and direct the work for foremen and students; salary to bs $1,000 per annum (nine months). (@) A man (black preferred) to teach the colored, iron working and forging, subordinate to the preceding; salary, $720. (3) A man (white) competent to take classes in engineering (assistant’s position), but with the ability to perform any of the work required in any of the ordinary engineering courses of our universi- ties; salary from $1,000 to $1,500. A. H. BEALS, Milledgeville, Ga. Marcu 18, 1892. ] BOOK-REVIEWS. A Manual of the Steam-Engine. and Operation. By R. H. THURSTON. 8°. $7.50. THE first part of the ‘‘Manual of the Steam-Engine” we have already noticed. Its purpose was twofold: (1) the development of the mathematical theory from the simple form applicable to - the Carnot engine to a form that would assist the mechanical engineer in following the flow of energy into the engine of practice and its conversion into power or loss in many ways; (2) the appli- cation of the principles of thermo-dynamics and the data obtained by experiment to the computation of the quantities of heat, steam, and fuel required for the production of power in a given engine, and the determination of the proportions of engine and distribu- tion of steam that would give the best result. But so much has been gained by experience, simply, in the de- design and construction of engines, aside from the progress based on theoretical considerations alone, that the author has preferred Part Il: Design, Construction, New York, Wiley. SCIENCE. 167 Part II. of his Manual to cover the more usual methods of design, construction, and operation of the steam-engine. Part I. contains the scholastic foundation; Part II., the practitioner’s super-struc- ture. Tbe two volumes already issued, it is proposed by the author, are to be followed by a third, which shall contain working draw- ings of the latest and best modern machinery of this class. The third part will, therefore, provide an atlas of such drawings, with concise accompanying text. After treating the portions of his subject which are recognized as belonging to mechanical engineering, our author, in the last chapter, treats of the financial element in the theory and practice of steam-engine construction. This is something quite novel, and Professor Thurston looks to his friends for such criticism as will lead to the further development of this branch of the subject. Designing for a minimum cost is a matter which every experienced member of the profession has constantly been compelled to con- sider; but scientific methods of computation of minima rarely have been known or practised. MINERALOGY. Course of Mineralogy for Young People. Lihaustion Horslort's Arid Phospliate, A wonderful remedy, of the highest value in mental and nervous exhaustion. Overworked men and women, the nervous, weak and debilitat- ed, will find in the Acid Phos- phate a most agreeable, grate- ful and harmless stimulant, giv- ing renewed strength and vigor to the entire system. Dr, Edwin F. Vose, Portland, Me., says: **T have used it in my own case when suffer- ing from nervous exhaustion, with gratifying results. I have prescribed it for many of the various forms of nervous debility, and it has never failed to do good.”’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. |. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘“‘ Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never soldin bulk. Conducted by correspondence; minerals and books furnished. Collection and book, ‘‘ First Grade,” one do‘lar; postage, 25 cents. Send for circulars to GUSTAVE GUTTENBERG, Centra! High School, Pittsburgh, Pa. G E M 0 PALS Cut ready for setting. Having pur- » chased a large lot at the Mexican lo- cality, we are offering them at about one-fifth jeweiers’ prices; S(c., $1, $1.50, $2, $3. This is a rare opportunity to secure a finegem very cheap. 100 pp. Mineral Catalogue 1éc., in cloth 25c., Supplement 2c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & Co., Mineralogists, 733 and 735 Broadway, New York City. 20 GEMSTONES FREE as a premium with THE GREAT DIVIDE. These Gemstones are cut and polished ready for jewelry mounting, and are given free to each new subscriber sending $1, price of yearly subscription. Address THE GREAT DIVIDE, 1516 Arapahoe St., Denver, Colo. STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN CO., Works: Oamden, N. J. 26 John St., New York. -BLACE, NEW YORK> ENGRAVING. FOR-ALL ILLUSTRATIVE A ADVERTISING PURPOSES: ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address 4 MEMORIAL AND HUIS RORL CALE. DABICEMS: TABLETS EXECUTED IN METAL OR MARBLE AND MOSAIC. PHOTOGRAPHS ON REQUEST. ILLUSTRATED HANDBOOK FREE. 4. @ R. Lamb 59 Carine St, New Vork. 9 ESTABLISHED 1858. H. H. UPHAM & CO., : @ MEMORIAL TABLETS PAT E NTS In Brass and Bronze, W. 'T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C.|54 So. Fifth Ave., near Bleecker St., N. Y. each, or $3.00 for the set, DO YOU INTEND TO BUILD? If you intend to build, it will be a mistake not to send for **SENSIBLE LOW-COST HOUSES,” now arranged in three yolumes. floor plans, descriptions, and estimates of cost for 105 tasteful, new designs for houses. They also give prices for complete Working Plans, Details, and Specifications, which enable you to build without delays, mistakes or quarrels with your build- er, and which any one can understand. houses, costing between $500 and $1800. Vol. Il. contains 35 copyrighted designs, $1800 to $3C00. Vol. II. contains 25 copyrighted designs, $3000 to $9000. Price, by mail, $1.00 In them you will find perspective views, Vol. I. contains 35 copyrighted designs of *©COLONIAL HOUSES,” a volume showing Perspectives and Floor Plans of houses arranged in the inimitable style of the Colonial Architecture, and haying all modern arrangements for comfort. Price, $2.00 ** PICTURESQUE HOUSES FOR FOREST AND SHORE” :—This show Perspectives and Floor Plans of new designs for Summer Cottages, which are romantic convenient, and cheap. Price $1.00, by mail. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York . 168 SCIENCE. | VOL. XIX, No. 476 DRY GOODS, ETC. FINANCIAL. LIFE INSURANCE, eSbenol, Constable ae 6. LYONS SILKS. Special attention is invited to an importation by last FRENCH STEAMER. TAFFETAS RAYE GLACE, MOIRE ANTIQUE RAYE, GLACE, CAMELEON AND FACONNE, SATIN GLACE. SILK AND WOOL FABRICS. ONDINE, Veloutine, Bengaline, Plain, Glace, and Barre. GRENADINE, Raye, Moire, Faconne. Gazes, Crepes. Broadway KH 9th ot. NEW YORK. SAVE MONEY BY PURCHASING Dry and Fancy Goods THROUGH KOCH & COS Illustrated Fashion Catalogue. “Koch & Co.’s Catalogue is a household necessity. It illustrates and describes everything useful as well as ornamental for the wear of either young or old and for the furnishing and beautifying of a home, and their goods are the cheapest without ever sacrificing quality to price.”—HERALD. Spring and Summer Edition ready March 10, 1892, and will be mailed free upon ap- plication to anyone residing out of town. HC F KOGH & CO- West 125th St., Bet, benox & 7th Aves., (Formerly 6th Avenue and 20th Street.) NEW YORK. In writing please mention ScreNncr. SHOPPING BAGS. A Lady in reduced circumstances would like to take orders for shopping bags of Superior workmanship Price, Address ‘‘RELIABLE,” Care of Taylor’s Advertising Office, 47 Lafayette silk and canvas. and choice material guaranteed. $6.00. Place, New York. THE Aenean Bell ‘Tolenhon COMPANY. 9) MILK ST., BOSTON, MASS. This Company owns the Letters Patent granted to Alexander Gra- ham Bell, March 7th, 1876, No. 174,465, and January 30, 1877, No. 186,787. The Transmission of Speech by all known forms of ELECTRIC SPEAKING TELEPHONES in- fringes the right secured to this Company by the above patents, and renders each individual user of tel- ephones, not furnished by it or its licensees, responsible for such un= lawful use, and all the conse- quences thereof and liable to suit therefor. New Method of Protecting Property From Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller, Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. TACOMA cor nowresioevrs TAYLOR & GUNSTON Take full charge of property for the EASTERN INVESTOR. City, Town, and Suburban Lots, Garden, Fruit, Hop and Timber Lands. Address 504 California BI’k, Tacoma, Wash. SOUTH BEND TACOMA ‘ucercty INVESTMENTS It GUARANTEE 12 per cent per annum in any of the above cities. I have made from 40 to 50 per cent. per annum for non-residents. I also make first mortgage, improved real estate loans on unquestionable securities from 8 to :0 per cent. per annum net. Also have choice bargains in Farm, Hop, Hay and Garden Lands. Correspond- ence Solicited regarding Western Washington. All inquiries answered promptly. Address A. C. SICKELS, Tacoma, Washington. THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY Stands to-day, as it has done for SO many years, in advance of all competitors. Its settlements of Tontine con- tracts taken ten years ago show 1891 surplus results of from 45 to 79 per cent. in excess of other companies. Its annual dividend-paying pol- icies are returning two, three, and in some cases nearly four times the dividends under similiar poli- cies of our chief competitors. The Northwestern’s investment contracts, affording the highest guaranteed incomes on the cost, are far more profitable than any similar contract elsewhere ob- tainable. The Northwestern also has by far the largest percent- age of real surplus excluding Ton- tine accumulations, over valuation of real estate, market value of securities over cost, etc. The charter of the Northwestern prevents in fluctu- ating securities, and absolutely provides against the misuse of proxies. investments If you care for an exact state- ment at your age, giving results and cost of policies, you can ob- tain same by requesting proposi- tion by mail for a policy combining cheap life insurance and invest- ment feature or income for old age, as an added value—naming yearly cost not to be exceeded on given age at nearest birthday. Address HENRY F. TAYLOR, Uptown Branch Agency ot the Northwestern Mutua! Life Insur- ance Company, MacIntyre Build- ing, No. 874 Broadway, New York. A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. Trento YEAR. ; Sinete Corims, Ten CEnts. Vou. XIX. No. 477. MARCH 25, 1892. $3.50 PER YEAR, In ADVANCE, CoNnTENTS. THE ONLY NAPHTHA LAUNCH. Over 1,000 in Successful Operation. THe Puma, oR AMERICAN Lion. Fred- erick W. True........... Be etavevs, scene OY) AstronomicaL Notrs. G. A. H........ 171 VENEZUELA AND COLOMBIA.............. 171 Notrs anp NEws...... TACT RDS OGRE Current Notes on ANTHROPOLOGY.—II. : Edited by D. G. Brinton......... 174 LETTERS TO THE EpIToR. na (ce i == The Question of the Celts. P. Max : ! =. Foshay....... Aipetesse eho ge) seca .. 175 The Color Question Again. Milton IBA OLey nie dci eae lomisiero ee eo elelsis ste LD Professor Alexander Agassiz on the Origin of the Fauna and Flora of the Galapagos Islands. G. Baur.. 176 The Scientific Alliance. Henry F. shorn 176 Especially Adapted for Professional Men Requiring Rest and Recreation. i Ger aap naiecs a Demonstrated by practical use and the experience of several years to be the safest, simplest, speedi- Boox REvIEWs. est, and cleanest power pleasure boat built. In short, the Travels Amongst the Great Andes of ONLY GENTLEMAN’S LAUNCH the Equator............ CES COR eras 1%6 There never has been an explosion of any, part of the machinery of a Naphtha Launch. Order in the Physical World and its $1,000 reward to the person who can explode boiler, engine, or any part of the mechanism under con- Fi CG 177 ditions subjected to in usage. irst Cause............-+..-s.0e. a large pesortmient of puiehed launches oniband, from which a purchaser may make selection. i one oats can be seen in operation at our works. Natural Law in the Spiritual World. 177} Boiiders of HIGH-CLASS STEAM YACHTS and LAUNCHES. Storage basin for yachts on the AMONG THE PUBLISHERS................ 177| Harlem River. Send 5-cent stamp for catalogue. GAS ENGINE & POWER CO., Morris Heights, on the Harlem River, New York City. Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y.,as | Reached via Hudson River Ry. from 42d St. Depot, or by N.Y. & Nor. R. R. from 155th St. Elevated Station. Second-Class Mail Matter. PACIFIC NAPHTHA LAUNCH CO., Tacoma, Washington, Agents for Pacific Coast, China and Japan. A NEW MONTHLY REVIEW OF SCIENTIFIC PROGRESS. NATURAL SCIENCE. Vol. I. MARCH, 1892. No. 1. PRICE, 25 CENTS EACH NUMBER. ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. CONTENTS. i. SOME RECENT OBSERVATIONS UPON MIMICRY. 7. THE EXPLORATION OF CORAL REEFS BY BORING. By FRANK E. BEDDARD. By J. W. Grecory, B.Sc., F.G.S. 2. DEEP-SEA DEPOSITS. A Review of the Work of the ‘‘Challenger”’ 8. SOME RECENT RESEARCHES ON INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS. Expedition. By J. J. H. TEAL, M.A,, F.R.S. By G. H. CARPENTER, B.Sc. 3. THE EVOLUTION OF FINS. By A. SmirH Woopwakp, F.L.S. g. THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE CARBONIFEROUS PLANTS 4. SOME SALIENT POINTS IN THE STUDY OF MAMMALS DUR- SIGILLARIA AND STIGMARIA, By Tuomas Hick, B.A., B.Sc. £ ING 18or. By R. LypEKKER, B.A., F.Z.S, 1o. THE MAMMALS OF INDIA. A Review. 5. ENGLISH LAKE DWELLINGS. By James W. Davis, F.S.A. By R. LypEKKER, B.A., F.Z.S. 6. MARINE SNAKES. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.Z.S. New Books. News of Universities and Societies. Obituary. HHE STORY OF THE HILLS. A Popular Account of Mountains and How They are Made. By the Rev. H. N. Hutchinson, author of ‘‘ The Autobiography of the Earth.” With numerous Illustrations. 12mo, cloth, $1.50. ‘‘The author aims to cultivate a sense of the beauty of the mountains. He touches upon the place they have held in sacred and profane literature ; he shows the influence of the mountains upon the lives and characters of the people that live among them, describes some of the natural phenomena of mountain regions, their plants and animals, etc., and without entering too deeply into theanysteries of geology, he gives much interesting information about the struc- ture of mountains, their origin, age, etc.” —Home Journal. GEOLOGICAL SKETCHES: At Home and Abroad. By Sir Archibald Geikie, F.R.S., LL.D., Director-General of the Geological Surveys of Great Britain and Ireland. New Edition With Illustrations. 12mo, $1.50. METHODS OF GAS ANALYSIS. By Dr. Walther Hempel. Translated from the Second German Edition by L. M. Dennis, Assistant Professor of Analytical Chemis- try in Cornell University. 16mo, cloth, $1.90. MACMILLAN & CO., 112 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK. ii SGIENCE, [Vor. XIX. No. 477 PUBLICATIONS. “THE ARENA gives : \ each subscriber for 1892 THE The regular subscription price of THE ARENA is the same as that of the other lead- ingreviews - - $5.00 The price of our _mag- nificent ART PORT- FOLIO of eminent per- a magnificent ART PORTFOLIO = sonages is - - - 4.00 of eminent personages, Butiwe send THE Tam o 5 ; an e Port- A the price of which is folio, bothfor - | $5.00 to all persons who sub- scribe for THE ARENA for FOR 1892. 1892, and remit 20 cts. extra to help pay postage and pack- ing on premium. The Leading Progressive Review of the World. Edited by B. 0. FLOWER. SOME POINTS WORTH REMEMBERING. I. Is recognized as the most liberal, progressive, and impartial great BECAUSE review published. Z II. Employs the boldest, ablest, and most authoritative thinkers in the HK A New World and the Old, to discuss all the great social, economic, he rena ethical, educational, and religious problems of the day. = TII. In its discussions of all the great living problems, strikes at the very root of the question, instead of wasting time on mere results or superficial as- pects of the same. Iv. Its contributors are largely among the vanguard of the world’s thinkers and reformers, hence it discusses problems six months to a year before the slow coaches reach them. SOME FACTS WORTH NOTING. I. Which monthly gives portraits of the world’s great thinkers. $4.00 —the most sump- tuous and attractive PREMIUM ever offered by a review. IT IS THE II. Which richly illustrates important papers calling for i‘lustrations. III. Which gives its readers a brilliant story by a strong American ONLY GREAT author each month. r : IV. Which regularly publishes critical and biographical sketches of REVIE gularly illustrious personages by the ablest writers of the age. Which in addition to its regular one hundred and twenty-eight pages of reading-mat- ter, monthly publishes from twelve to sixteen pages of critical review of books of the day by scholarly writers. | SOME THINGS WORTH CONSIDERING. Vv. (1.) One year’s subscription to Tam ARENA comprises TWO VOLUMES A LIBRARY OF || or over SEVEN HUNDRED AND FIFTY PAGES EACH. (2.) THE ARENA con- THE ABLEST tains the ablest contributions from the master brains of America and Europe on all the great Social, Religious, Educational, and Ethical THOUGHT ON || problems of the age. It is a compendium of the best thought on the ALL great living questions of the age that most intimately affect civilization, published in the New World. (3.) THe Arena gives all sides of every GREAT LIVING || great issue, presented by the strongest advocates, as the editor believes ISSUES that it is only in the crucible of free discussion that we find the gold of : truth. (4) Every subscriber to Toe Arn receives annually a library PROPRIETARY. We used to hear that con- sumption was curable if one took it in hand in time; but people in general had to re- gard it as fatal. Since we know more about it, we know how to fight it. Now we do begin in time. We begin before you suspect any danger. Our means are CAREFUL Livinc and Scott's Emulsion of cod-liver oil. Shall we send you a book on both? Free. Scott & Bowne, Chemists, 132 South sth Avenue, New York. Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil—-all druggists everywhere do. $1. 42 PUBLICATIONS. Books ordered by Mail, selected” with care and forwarded with promptness. Books out of print and scarce, will be searched for with thoroughness. Books not to be had, in this country, will be imported to order. CROTHERS & KORTH, (Room 22, Manhattan Building), 96 Fifth Avenue, New York City. JOHN IRELAND'S Bookstore, 1197 Broadway near 29th St., is convenient to the residence quarter of the city; it isa good place to drop into on the way w or down town to select books or stationery. His stoc’ is well selected and embraces all the new and standard books as soon as issued. Out-of-town purchasers can order by mail with every confidence that their wants. will be as well supplied as if buying in person. of the finest writings, condensed so as to meet the demands of a busy age, yet elaborate enough to give every reader a clear and comprehensive view of the various salient points, advanced by friends and foes, of the leading issues of the hour. More than fifteen hun- dred pages of the most profound, able, and advanced thought are received by every yearly subscriber to THE ARENA. THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. Aaaress PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Bloomington, Ind. Address all orders to ARENA PUBLISHING CO., Boston, Mass. AMERICAN WOODS A book on Woods, containing actual and authentic specimens. PREPARATIONS OF WOODS The American Geologist Pa 1892. Edited by Pror. S. CaLvin, University of Iowa; Dr. E. W. CLAYPOLE, Buchtel College; Joon EYERMAN, Lafayette College ; Dr. Persiror Frazer, Penn Hort. Soc.; Pror F..W. Craaiy, Colorado College; Pror. Ros’r T. Hitt, U.S. Irrigation Survey; Dk. ANDREW C. Lawson. University of California; R. D. SaLIsBuRY, University of Wisconsin; JosepH B. TYRRELL, Geol. Sur. of Canada; E O li~ricu, Minnesota Geological Survey; Pror. I. C. WHITE, University of West Virginia; Pror. N. H. WINCHELL, University of Minnesota. Now initsIXth volume. $350 peryear. Sample copies, 20 cents. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING CO., Minneapolis, Minn. FOR MICROSCOPE anp STERE- OPTICON, and WOODEN CARDS, for invita- tions, calling cards, etc. Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH, Lowville, N. Y. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- azines. Rates low. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N V - Minerals, 5 ce 4 2 = a Stuffed Animals mons | Ward’ SNaturalScisnce Establishment nome?" castsot Fost, | Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoclogy, Osteology, Anatomy. |anatomieat Relief Maps. Send for Circular. ROCH ESTE Re N. Y. eG eee Pee CIENCE NEW YORK, MARCH 25, 1892. THE PUMA, OR AMERICAN LION.* THE puma is the only large, unspotted, native American eat. The general color of the fur is tawny, but on the under surfaces of the body it is whitish. The color of the central line of the back is darker than that of the sides and the end of the tail is dusky brown. The ears are black externally, with a central whitish area. The upper lip is white from the nostrils to the middle of the mouth, and at the latter point is a prominent black spot. The nostrils are flesh-col- ored. Baird compares the color of the puma to that of the Virginia deer, and states that it varies with the seasons as it does in the deer; that is, the summer coat is reddish and the winter coat grayish. There is much variation in color among individuals ‘of this species, but it has not been proven that this is correlated with the varying climatic conditions of its range. The oc- currence of albino pumas in the Alleghany Mountains and in New Mexico has been reported, but not authoritatively. Burmeister remarks on this point: ‘‘ Very rarely individ- uals of this species of a brown, nearly black color have been found, while differences in color between yellowish-brown and yellowish-gray are-not rare. I am aware that individ- uals nearly white and others nearly black have been ob- served, but I have never seen such myself.” New-born pumas are very different in appearance from the adults. Instead of being of uniform color, the back and legs are covered with large blackish-brown spots, and the tail is ringed with the same color. According to Dr. W. A. Conklin these markings disappear in about six months after birth. ; The male puma in the National Museum is of the fol- lowing dimensions: Head and body, measured along the curves, 53 inches; tail, 264 inches; height at the shoulder; 224 inches. Audubon and Bachman give the following dimensions of a male killed by J. W. Audubon at Castroville, Tex., Jan. 28, 1846. From point of nose to root of tail (whether measured along curves, not stated), 5 feet 1 inch; tail, 3 feet 1 inch; height of ear posteriorly, 3 inches. The male puma measured by Azara was somewhat smaller, the head and body being 51¢ inches and the tail 29 inches. The system of measurement is not given. The average dimensions obtained from these three indi- viduals are: For the head and body, 55;!; inches, and for the tail, 304 inches; total, 85 inches. I have found no authentic record of any individuals measured before skinning of which the dimensions were gréater than those of Audubon’s specimen mentioned above. The total length in that case was 8 feet 2 inches. - There are, however, records of measurements of flat skins of greater size. I have myself measured a skin from Colorado in the National Museum, No. 19,906, of which the total length in a straight line is 8 feet 4 inches. Mr. Livingston Stone states that the skin of a puma killed on the McCloud River, Cali- fornia, ‘“‘ measured 84 feet when stretched.” The average 1 Abstract of a paper in the latest Report of the National Museum. total length of nine flat skins of adults in the possession of Mr. F. S. Webster of Washington is 7 feet 4 inches. The area over which the Puma ranges extends from New England and British Columbia to the Straits of Magellan. On the Atlantic coast of North America the species has appar- ently not been found in the States of New Hampshire, Rhode Island, New Jersey, or Delaware. On our northern boun- dary I find no mention of its having been found in Michigan or Indiana. In Ohio it was extirpated prior to 1838, and probably more recently in Illinois and Indiana. I find no record of its occurrence in Nevada, but as it has been found in the surrounding States it seems improbable that it should be entirely absent there. _ With these exceptions there are recorded instances, more or less numerous, of the occurrence of the puma in every State and Territory of the Union, dating from the beginning of the century. Like many other large American animals, however, the puma has retired before the advance of civili- zation, and in many of the more thickly populated States it is improbable that even stragglers could be found at the present day. The puma occurs throughout Central America and in all parts of South America to the Straits of Magellan. The first mention of the puma appears to be the remark in the letter of Columbus regarding his fourth yoyage in 1502. In the narrative of his exploration of the coast of Honduras and Nicaragua he writes: “‘I saw some very large fowls, the feathers of which resemble wool, lions [leones], stags, fallow-deer, and birds.” There are also references to the occurrence of the puma in North America of very early date in the narratives of Lau- donniére, Hariot, Coronado, Hawkins, and others. The puma, regarded as a species, possesses in a remarkable degree the power of adapting himself to varied surroundings. He endures severe cold in the winter in the Adirondack Mountains and other parts of our northern frontier, and tracks his prey in the snow. He is equally at home in the hot swamps and canebrakes along the river-courses of our southern States. In South America he inhabits the treeless, grass-covered pampas as well as the forests. In the Rael Mountains, as I am informed by Mr. William T. Hornaday, he ascends to the high altitudes in which the mountain sheep are found. Mr. Livingston Stone saw tracks of ihe puma on the summit of Mount Persephone in California, at an elevation of 3,000 feet. Similarly, Darwin states that he saw the footprints of the puma on the cordillera of central Chili, at an elevation of at least 10,000 feet. According to Tscliudi, the puma is found in Peru in the highest forests and even to the snow-line (though seldom here). A writer in the “‘ En- cyclopeedia Britannica” states that ‘‘in Ceutral America it is still common in the dense forests which clottiie moun- tain ranges as high as 8,000 or 9,000 feet above the sea- level.” In these different regions the puma always se!-cts for his abode such spots as afford some shelter, but we find him in the thickets and copses, rather than in the eveat forests. ‘““Those panthers that we have observed,” writes ove of the naturalists of the Mexican Boundary Survey, © were always 170 found in the most solitary places, generally where there were thick bushes, and in the vicinity of rocky spots, affording caverns for secure concealment, and in which to bring forth their young.” The puma seeks his prey chiefly at dawn and twilight and under cover of night, but he also sometimes hunts by day. The different species of American deer are his principal quarry, but he preys also upon smaller mammals. He will even feed upon the different species of American porcupines, despite their quills, which lacerate his mouth and _ face. Audubon and Bachman state that raccoons and skunks, as well as birds, form a part of his food, and that he will eat carrion when hard pressed by hunger. To this list Brehm adds the South American coati, agouti, and paca, and the rhea, or American ostrich. Dr. Coues and Yarrow state that in New Mexico and Arizona the puma kills hundreds of wild turkeys and has indeed broken up many of the former breeding-places. Pennant asserts that the wolf serves the puma for prey. This is improbable. Nevertheless, he re- ports that there was in the Museum of the Royal Society of London the skin of a puma which was shot shortly after it had killed a wolf. Of the larger domestic animals, such as the horse and cow, the puma attacks only the young, but he will carry off a full-grown sheep from the folc, and not unfrequently preys - upon the llama in South America. In the less settled portions of America the puma has proved at times a great hindrance to stock raising. Kennerly states that in Sonora, Mexico, it kills many colts and calves, and is poisoned with strychnine by the herdsmen. Mr. C. H. Townsend remarks, in 1887: ‘‘It is practically impossible to raise colts in the Shasta County hills, California, on account of these pests. They destroy many hogs and young cattle also, but do not present so serious an impediment to the keeping of these animals as in the case of horses.” I have recently received similar reports from other sources. The puma does not ordinarily attack men, but, on the con- trary, when surprised attempts to flee from them. Never- theless it seems probable that some individuals, when strongly pressed by hunger, or moved by other unusual circumstances, may be emboldened to make such attacks. Hensel affirms that such is the case. Darwin states that he had heard of two men and a woman who were killed by pumas in Chili. McMurtrie mentions that a woman was killed by a puma in Pennsylvania, January, 1830. That the puma sometimes kills the hunter who has wounded him is doubtless true, as any wounded animal is likely to turn upon its persecutor, but this is quite different from an unprovoked assault. It is the habit of the puma to spring upon his prey from an eminence, such as a ledge of rock or a slight rise of ground. If he fails to strike his victim, he seldom pursues it for any considerable distance. In northern regions, how- ever, he sometimes pursues the deer when they are almost helpless in the deep snow. It was reported to Darwin that the puma killed its prey by jumping upon the shoulder and turning the head back with its paw until the vertebre of the neck are broken or dislocated. Azara ascribes the same habit to the jaguar. The female brings forth her young in some secluded spot. In the Adirondacks, according to Dr. Merriam, ‘‘ the lair is usually in a shallow cavern on the face of some inaccessible cliff or ledge of rocks.” ‘‘In the Southern States,” says Audubon, ‘‘ where there are no caves or rocks, the lair of the cougar is generally in a very dense thicket or in a cane-brake. It is a rude sort of bed of sticks, weeds, leaves, and grasses SCIENCE [VoLt. XIX. No. 477 or mosses, and where the canes arch over it, as they are ever- green, their long pointed leaves turn the rain at all seasons of the year. : From two to five young are born ata time. Bartlett states that in captivity the number is usually two, but sometimes one. Their young are reared without difficulty. They are brought forth at the close of winter or early in spring in the northern parts of the United States, and at the beginning of summer in South America, that is at the end of December. The period of gestation is from thirteen to fourteen weeks. The young first open their eyes when nine or ten days old. Their total length when born is from 10 to 12 inches. Dr. Merriam is of the opinion that in the Adirondacks the puma does not breed oftener than once in two years. The age which the puma attains in the state of nature is unknown. It may be remarked, however, that one lived in the Zoological Garden at Frankfort. Germany, sixteen years, one month, and nine days. It died from injuries received by accident, Oct. 13, 1878. Dr. W. A. Conklin states that the various species of cats live in captivity fifteen or sixteen years, but show signs of decay at twelve years. Authoritative writers upon the habits of the puma in North America agree that the adults do not commonly or frequently make use of trees except when traversing precipitous cliffs or when pursued by dogs. Under the latter circumstances they do not climb into a tree, but jump upon the nearest branch, even though it be at a considerable distance from the ground. Rengger, in his ‘‘ Travels in Paraguay,” however, states that both the puma and the ocelot climb well, and that in the forest they make their flight not only on the ground, but also by springing from tree to tree. He tells us in another place that he once saw a puma chase a troop of monkeys through the forest by jumping from bough to bough among the trees. However incredible this may at first appear, it becomes less so when we consider the wonderful denseness of the South American forests, described by Hum- boldt and other writers. The puma, like the cat, has the habit of scratching the bark of trees with its claws, for the purpose of sharpening or smoothing them. Having mentioned this habit as possessed by the jaguar, Darwin writes: ‘‘Some such habit must also be common to the puma, for on the bare, hard soil of Pata- gonia I have frequently seen scores so deep that no other animal could have made them.” Many reliable authorities are agreed that the puma does not ordinarily emit loud cries or screams, but Kennerly, one of the naturalists of the Mexican boundary survey, states that-on one or two occasions the cry of the puma was heard at a distance, and Schott writes as follows: ‘‘ After dark his mournful note is heard resounding through the solitudes-of the deserts. The note, listened to once attentively, is apt to make a deep, lasting impression. The different native names, -aS pronounced in Spanish, sound very appropriately to the note, and it is likely that the ery of the animal forms the base of its names. The note itself is often several times re- peated, with intervals of from two to four minutes. As night advances the cry is heard but rarely.” He also writes: “4 puma was killed on the Rio Bravo, between Fort Dun- can and Laredo. During his struggle with the hunters and dogs he raised a terrible cry, twice or thrice, to express his rage, and perhaps also to give his family the notice of dan- ger.” Dr. J. A. Allen reports that he once heard the puma’s cry near his camp in Montgomery, Colorado. Eliot like- wise states that he heard the cry of the puma at night, while camping on the St. John’s River, Florida. He did not, how- Marcu 25, 1892. | ever, see the animal, Darwin states that the puma does not often utter cries. He writes: ‘‘It is a very silent animal, uttering no cry, even when wounded, and only rarely during the breeding season.” In captivity the puma purrs when pleased, after the man- ner of the cat, and the female has been heard to utter a mewing sound. The flesh of the puma is eaten by certain of the South American Indians, and was likewise eaten by the natives of North America, according to Catesby. Darwin, who tasted it himself, states that it is white in color and has the flavor of veal. Numerous other explorers and travellers make the same comment. Azara says on this point: ‘‘I have known ‘my peons to eat it in preference to beef, even when that meat was to be had in abundance.” The puma is known under a multiplicity of English names. Among these are panther, painter, cougar, catamount, wild cat, American lion, California lion, silver lion, mountain lion, and tiger. The word puma is the native Peruvian name, according to Garcilasso de la Vega, La Condamine, Tschudi, and other authors. Cougar is an English form of the word couguar, which Buffon derived by abbreviation from cuguacuara. This latter word, lengthened to cuguacuarana, is, according to Markgrave, the native Brazilian name. Azara, however, states that the ancient name, used by the Guarani Indi- ans of Paraguay was gé#azdard. Others called it yagtia- Pité, meaning red yagia, or yagtiati meaning white yagiia. The word ‘ painter” is a corruption of panther. It is unfortunate that this latter name bas gained general accept- ance in the United States, since the true panther is a spot- ted, Old World cat, very different in appearance from the . puma. The name mountain lion is not altogether inappropriate, as the puma somewhat resembles the female lion in color and general form. From the earliest days the puma has been called the lion (Zeon) by Spanish Americans and the name is still used. The names catamount, or catamountain, and wild cat have no special applicability to the puma. They have been used by English writers to designate the European wild cat (Felis catus) and lynxes, and by Americans have been applied to the lynxes of this country. Besides those names which are in common use, there are some which have been invented from time to time by various authors, and are known to zoologists as ‘‘ book-names.” Buffon’s name Couguar really belongs to this class, as do also the names Brazilian cat (die brasilianische Katze of Miiller), the brown tiger of Pennant, and the red tiger (Tigre Rouge of Barrére). As already stated, the puma is called the lion (Leon) by Spanish-Americans, while the jaguar is styled the tiger (Tigre). Early Spanish writers, however, did not always distinguish between the two, and sometimes mentioned the puma under the name of tiger, or used the name in some modified form, as red tiger, etc. Molina states that it is called Pagi in Chili, and according to Clavigero, it was known to the Mexicans as Mitzlt. The puma is the Felis concolor of Linnzeus. This name has been adopted by subsequent authors, almost without ex- ception. Schreber, however, has two figures of the species in his work on mammals, one of which is styled Felis dis- color. SCIENCE. 171 Molina, in 1782, gave it the name of Felis puma, and Lesson, that of Felis unicolor. FREDERICK W. TRUE. ASTRONOMICAL NOTES. A New Comet. A VERY faint comet was discovered by Denning of Bristol, England, on March 18. Its position is, R.A. 22h., 44 m., Dec. + 59°. The daily motion is north, preceding. The comet has been observed by Spetater of Vienna, and the fol- lowing is his position: March 19.4338 G.M.T., R.A. 22 h., 46 m., 47.18, Dec. + 59°, 17’, 43”. Winnecke’s Comet. Winnecke’s periodical comet has been found and observed. The observation is from Vienna, and the following is the position: March 18.4041 G.M.T., R.A. 12 h., 48 m., 27.5 s., Dec. + 30°, 35’, 88”. It is of the twelfth magnitude. : New Planets. A planet of the twelfth magnitude was discovered by Wolf on March 18. The following is the position: R.A. 11 h., 7. m., 20.6 s., Dec + 4°, 44’, 49”. A planet of the eleventh magnitude was discovered by Palisa on March 19. The following is the position: R.A. 13 h., 27 m., 0.0s., Dec. + 9°, 55’, 9”. G. A. H. VENEZUELA AND COLOMBIA.’ M. CHAFFANJON, in a paper read before the Paris Society for Commercial Geography (Bulletin, Tome xiii., No. 4), has given a description of these countries and a narrative of the journeys he made there during the years 1889-91. Vene- zuela has about 750 miles of coast line. From the mouth of the Essequibo to Guiria Point, known also as Cape Pefias, opposite Trinidad, the coast is low and sandy, whereas from this point westward to the Gulf of Maracaibo it is in general high and skirted by mountains rising in some places to a considerable elevation. The chief exports of the country are coffee, cocoa, and tobacco, cattle, copper and gold. Colombia is very favorably situated, possessing about 600 miles of coast on the Atlantic and nearly as much on the Pacific. Its harbors are certainly not very accessible, but Cartagena might be converted into a safe and important port. The coasts are low and dry, or else swampy. The Sierra Nevada produces excellent coffee and cocoa, and travellers speak very hopefully of its minerals. Gold, copper, nickel, mer- cury and coal have been found. In the neighborhood of Lake Maracaibo and the peninsula of Coro coal is abundant, and rich springs of petroleum exist. Ata distance from the coast the country consists of immense savannahs, on which grow here and there, like oases in the desert, clumps of the palms known in this part of America as moriches, which send down their roots perpendicularly into the soil, and by capillary action draw up the water to the surface, making the ground around them muddy and even dangerous. If from any cause these trees disappear, the soil soon becomes extremely arid. Large fortunes are made by cattle grazing, and the cultivation of sugar is also an important industry, herdsmen eating as much as three or four pounds daily of a kind of loaf made of sugar. On the high plateaus wheat, oats, maize, and potatuesare grown. Caoutchoucand resins of various kinds may be collected in the forests. 1 From the Scottish Geographical Magazlae. 172 NOTES AND NEWS. THE laboratory of experimental psychology of Columbia Col- lege is established in four rooms, occupying the upper floor of the president’s house. These include rooms for instruction and re- search, and a dark room for the study of vision. A collection of apparatus has been secured at a cost of about $2,500, and this will be further increased during the present year. The liberal regula- tion recently adopted by the trustees makes it possible for men of science not connected with the college to use the laboratory and apparatus for special research. —Mr. George W. Field of Johns Hopkins University has been appointed to the American table at the International Zoological Station at Naples for three months, beginning Sept. 1. The table is at present occupied by Professor Wilson of Columbia Univer- sity. The Americans at the station in 1891 were Dr. C. W. Stiles, Mr. W. L. Russell, and Miss Julia Platt. —Steps have been taken towards the organization of Alumni Associations of Johns Hopkins University in the North-west and on the Pacific Slope. Preliminary meetings were held on Feb. 22, at Madison, Wis., where nine graduates and fellows of the univer- sity, members of the faculty of the University of Wisconsin, were assembled, and at Berkeley, Cal., where eleven persons met. The graduates meeting at Madison were: C. H. Haskins (Ph.D., 1890), assistant professor of history; G. L. Hendrickson (A.B., 1887), pra- fessor of Latin; H. W. Hillyer (Ph.D., 1885), assistant professor of organic chemistry; W. H. Hobbs (Ph.D., 1888), assistant pro- fessor of mineralogy and metallurgy; C. F. Hodge (Ph D., 1889), instructor in biology; J. Jastrow (Ph,D., 1886), professor of ex- perimental psychology; H. B. Loomis (Ph.D., 1890), instructor in physics; F. J. Turner (Ph.D., 1890), professor in history; C. A. Van Velzer (fellow, 1878-81), professor of mathematics. The graduates meeting at Berkeley were: Henry Crew (Ph.D., 1887), Lick Observatory; F. G. Hubbard (Ph.D., 1887), instructor in English, University of California; A. C. Lawson (Ph.D., 1888), assistant professor of mineralogy and geology, University of Cali- fornia; F. Lengfeld (Ph.D.,-1888), instructor in chemistry, Uni- versity of California; W. H. Miller (A.B., 1888), instructor in mathematics, Leland Stanford, Jr. University; E. M. Pease (fel- low, 1884-85), professor of Latin, Leland Stanford Jr. University; G. M. Richardson (Ph.D., 1890), assistant professor of chemistry, Leland Stanford, Jr. University ; C. H. Shinn (A.B., 1884), Niles, Cal.; M. D. Stein (A.B., 1886), Oakland, Cal.; W. I. Stringham (Ph.D., 1880), professor of mathematics, University of California; H. A. Todd (Ph.D., 1885), professor of Romance languages, Leland Stanford, Jr. University. — Until the present century the policy of Europe, in dealing with crime and pauperism, was the best possible if the object had been to propagate and increase them both. The States of the New World ‘necessarily copied many of the methods of the old. Un- fortunately, along with much that was true and wise, they copied and perpetuated many old blunders. But with the advance of modern thought, especially with the enormous widening of the sphere of scientific knowledge, have come new and better ways of dealing with the defective, the criminal, and the pauper. To spread abroad and make popular the better ways in charity and reform is the object of the National Conference of Charities and Correction, which meets annually in one or other of our great cities, and will hold its Nineteenth Annual Session in Denver, Col., next June. It combines the best philanthropy of all creeds and all shades of political opinion upon the broad platform of humanity. Its programme for the year has just been issued, and is an interesting paper, its topics covering many of the social problems of the time. The membership of this conference is unique. It has no salaried officers and no selfish benefit to offer to anyone, so its doors are open to all the world; whosoever will may come in, on a footing of the most perfect equality. The fact that you are interested in its work, makes you a member, and entitles you to a seat and a voice in its discussions. Anyone de- siring further particulars as to reduced railroad fare, hotel accom- modations, etc., may address Alexander Johnson, secretary, In- Gianapolis, Ind., who will send circulars and answer inquiries. SCIENCE. * on their foreheads. [Vo.. XIX. No. 477_ — During the past two years a large number of variegated — plants have been examined with reference to the presence of parasitic fungi by Byron D. Halsted, New Brunswick, N.J., who presented a paper before the Torrey Botanical Club Feb. 9. Atten- tion was first called to the subject by a study of the foliage of a variegated ash, which had its leaves badly spotted with a species of Coniothyrium, while ordinary ash trees were free from the same fungus. Some of the variegated plants, both of the hardy sorts and those grown under glass, have been badly infested with leaf blights. Of the former may be named the delicate and popu- lar bedding plant called plantain lily (Funkia undulata, var. variegata), several sorts of variegated pelargoniums and alternan- theras. Among the most affected of the tender plants of the variegated class may be mentioned the Aspedistra lurida, var. variegata, Ficus elastica, var. variegata, Abutilon Thomsoni, Codiceum, sp. (crotons), Dieffenbachia, sp., Hydrangea hortensis, var. variegata, Phrynium variegatum, Draceena, sp., etc. There seems to be no question that the variegated leaves are more sus- ceptible, and that likewise the etiolated parts are the ones first attacked. The absence of green in a leaf, from this it is to be in- ferred, is a source of weakness, and upon this account the etiolated tissue is less able to resist the attacks of the fungus germs, Speak- ing generally, a variegated plant lacks capacity for tbe best work, and the gardener, in propagating a variegation, no matter how it may have originated, is propagating a weakened plant in so far as it has its normal amount of chlorophyll reduced. The fact that some sorts of the self-blanched celery have been found more sus- ceptible to blights and decay bears directly upon this point. It is a pity that so many of our choicest variegated plants blight easily ; it is, however, natural that they should do so. Even a fungus parasite will take the line of least resistance. — At the last meeting of the Numismatic and Antiquarian So- ciety of Philadelphia a number of the amulets recently presented to the Museum of the University of Pennsylvania by Mrs. John Harrison, who collected them during her recent journey in the East, were exhibited. Among others was a small stamped metal land with a Hebrew inscription, worn by Jewish koys in Cairo The inscription reads : Ben Porath Joséf, “a young branch is Joseph” (Gen. xxii., 49), Shaddai, and ‘ Jeru- salem the Holy City.” A green-stone talisman purchased at Jaffa bore an inscription in Arabic of Cufic type, reading ‘‘ God is High.” The hand gave rise to a discussion on the wide-spread use of the extended hand as a magical symbol. In Japan such a hand is frequently placed over the doorway as a charm, and its use in America was commented upon. The folk-lore collection com- prising charms, games and a variety of objects in the University, receives constant accessions and is growing in interest. — The Bol. dell Instituto Geogr. Argentino, Tomo xii. Cuad. v. y vi., contains a description of Tierra del Fuego by Dr. Polidoro A. Segers, who took part in an expedition in 1886, and since then has continued his observations during three consecutive years. The northern part of the island, explored by MM. Rousson and Willems, is covered with prairies, where no trees and few sbrubs are to be found (see vol. vii., p. 586). To the south, however, of the line from Useless Bay to Cape Pefias the surface is clothed with forest, which gradually becomes more dense towards the south. Here the coast is more rugged and the shore is encum- bered by rocks. harboring large numbers of sea fowl! and a variety of molluscs. Fish also and seals are more abundant on the south- ern coasts. This difference in the aniinal kingdom causes a cor- responding difference in the mode of life of the natives. Whereas in the north the Onas, or, according to Dr. Segers, Aonas, subsist on the guanaco and the tucu-tucu, a small rodent. the natives of the south, where these animals are seldom met with, are almost entirely dependent on the sea for their living. They catch seals with a decoy of seal skin stuffed with grass, which they draw through the water by a thong, imitating at the same time to great perfection the bellow of the animal. Birds they catch at night by torch-light, letting themselves down the cliffs by ropes of leather, and fish they take in nets made of sinews of the guanaco. In their dress and customs the southern Onas resemble their brethren of the north, with whom they are constantly at feud. Marcu 25. 189°.] \ Their number, in consequence of frequent battles with their more numerous enemies, has been much reduced, and is now, probably, very small. They are very skilful in the use of the bow, and show some dexterity in the manufacture of arrow-heads of flint and glass and needles of bone, but they never make any improve- ments in their utensils and are utterly ignorant of art of the rude description generally found among savages. Tierra del Fuego is inhabited by six tribes of Onas, each of which speaks a particular dialect, though men of different tribes are able to converse to- gether. Each man has his distinctive name, wherein the Onas differ from the Yaghan, who live on the Beagle Channel, and go out in their canoes to sell otter and seal skins to passing vessels. — Among the most singular cats which have been introduced into Europe of late years are those known as the Siamese. They are coming into favor, and half a dozen old cats and several young ones in the kitten classes were exhibited last fall at the Crystal Palace show. The ground color of one was pale cream, slightly darker on the hind-quarters, the color of the extremities, that is to say, the muzzle, ears, and tail, and the four feet, being a very dark chocolate, approaching black. — At a meeting of the board of directors of the American Asso- ciation to Promote the Teaching of Speech to the Deaf, held at Washington, D. C., Jan. 18, it was decided to hold the annual summer meeting either at Manitou, Col., Lake George, N. Y., or at Northampton, Mass., and Mr. A. L. E. Crauter was appointed a committee to ascertain the relative advantages of these points. He reported to a meeting of the executive committee at the Parker House last week. The committee decided, after due deliberation, to hold the meeting from June 22 to July 1 inclusive, at Crosby- side Hotel, Lake George, N. Y. This will in no wise conflict with the proposed conference of principals and superintendents of deaf and dumb institutions in Colorado. At the meeting last week, Dr. A. Graham Bell presided. Among those present were Miss C. A. Yale, principal of -the Clark Institution for the Deaf; Miss Sarah Fuller, principal of Horace Mann school, Boston; Prof. A. L. E. Crauter, principal of the Pennsylvania Institute for the Deaf, Philadelphia; Hon. John Hitz, superintendent of the Volta bureau, Washington, D. C., and others. The meeting adjourned subject to call of the president to hear the report of the committee of arrangements in regard to a programme. — Mr. William Sowerby, the veteran and distinguished Secre- tary of the Royal Botanical Gardens, writes to the British Medical Journal the following note on his suggestion for adding to the number of alkaloid beverages by the introduction of coffee-tea : ‘When walking in the Gardens of the Royal Botanical Society, Regent’s Park, and noting the extent of the collection of living Medicinal and economic plants of all climes and countries there brought together in one spot, it must have occurred to all of us how very small a number of plants, out of the vast store which Nature has provided, man has bound to his service, and the yet fewer he has taken the trouble to cultivate. During the march of the Jast half-century, in science, medicine, mechanics, steam, and electricity how little has been gained from Nature’s stores. The artificial culture of cinchona is, perhaps, the most noted of the few. Again, any step in eating, drinking, dress, is so gov- erned by habit or fashion that he must be a bold man who tries to turn the current. This is illustrated in tea drinking. Perhaps there is no one habit so universal; each peuple has its peculiar tea or closely allied beverage, and most of these have continued the Same for many ages. In one it is cocoa, in others, coffee, and in many, tea; in a few special quarters of the globe nothing .but maté is thought fit to drink, but in only one small district is coffee-leaf tea used. Now we all know that these beverages are found by man to be pleasant and agreeable to him by reason of their containing a peculiar principle called theine; but yet we do not always select for our use the part of the plant containimg the largest percentage of theine, or cultivate the special plant with a view to afford us the most valuable part. For example, in coffee the leaves are said to contain 1.26 of theine, and the berries only 1.0 per cent, and yet over 110,000,000 of men use the berries, and only 2,000,000 the leaves of coffee, although 500,000 000 use the leaves of tea. Now the cultivation of coffee berries is very try- SCIENCE, W73 ing, precarious, subject to attacks of blight and unfruitfulness; in fact it follows the gencral line that the produce of fruit by cul- tivation is far more open to accident than that of the leaves, and very probably good crops of coffee leaves could be obtained at small cost in countries and localties where it would be risky or even impossible to produce berries. Here is a case open to a vast variety of people to solve, for there can be so reason why coffee leaves may not become a valuable item of culture in our warmer colonies and many parts of the world. The one most difficult item to move is to create the demand. Once start the fashion for “ five o'clock coffee-leaf tea,” and the thing is done, and many a fortune made. As to the peculiar flavor of coffee-leaf tea much depends on the manipulation of the leaf after it is taken from the plant. At the Botanic Gardens a variety of flavors have by treat- ment been produced from leaves off one plant, the general flavor being a kind of combination of coffee and tea so as to get both in one cup. —The St. Petersburger Medicinische Wochenschrift gives a résumé of a paper by A. S. Ignatovski on the cause of death by hanging. He refers the rapid loss of consciousness after suspen- sion to the retarded or arrested circulation in the brain brought about by the increased intra-cranial blood pressure. The effect of this impediment to the circulation is the same as in cerebral aneemia, for in both the nutrition of the brain suffers. It is there- fore not, as Leofman teaches, an insufficient supply of blood to the brain, due to compression of the carotids, which interferes with the functional activity of the brain, but compression of the capil- laries by increase of the intra-cranial pressure, which has this effect, and which occurs whilst the supply of blood remains the same, or even increases. — We learn from Nature that a prize is offered by Schnyder von Wartensee’s Foundation, Ziirich, for the solution of the following problems in the domain of physics. ‘‘ As the numbers which rep- resent the atomic heats of the elements still show very considerable divergences, the researches conducted by Professor H. F. Weber on boron, silex, and carbon, regarding the dependence of the specific heats upon the temperature, are to be extended to several other elements, prepared as pure as possible, and also to combina- tions or alloys of them. Further, the densities and the thermic coefficients of expansion of the substances‘investigated are to be ascertained as carefully as possible.” The following are the con- ditions: the treatises handed in by competitors may be in German, French, or English, and must be sent in by Sept. 30, 1894. The examination of the treatises will be intrusted to a committee con- sisting of the following gentlemen: Professor Pernet, Ziirich; Pro- fessor A. Hantzsch, Ztirich; Professor E. Dorn, Halle-on-the Saale; Professor J. Wislicenus, Leipzig; Professor E. Schar, Zurich, as member of the committee offering the prizes. The Prize Com- mittee is empowered to award a first prize of two thousand francs, and minor prizes at its discretion to the amount of one thousand francs. The work to which the first prize is awarded is to be the ‘property of Schnyder von Wartensee’s Foundation, and arrange- ments will be made with the author regarding its publication. Every treatise sent in must havea motto on the title-page, and be accompanied with a sealed envelope bearing the same motto out- side and containing the author's name. The treatises are to be sent to the following address: ‘‘ An das Praesidium des Conventes der Stadtbibliothek, Zurich (betreffend Preisaufgabe der Stiftung yon Schnyder von Wartensee fiir das Jahr, 1894).” * — John Wilson & Son, Cambridge, announce “Selections Ilus- trating Economic History Siace the Seven Years’ War,” compiled by Benjamin Rand, Ph.D., assistant in philosophy, Harvard Uni- versity. Tliis is a second edition, revised and enlarged. The first edition of these selections was published as a text-book of required reading to accompany a course of lectures on economic history given at Harvard College. It was also adopted for a similar pur- pose by other American universities. A continued demand for the work has led to the preparation of the present edition. The design of the book has been to exhibit in a series of articles of permanent value different phases of economic thought, and to present in chronological order a narrative of some of the more im- portant events and influences of modern economic histery. 174 SCIENCE: A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEw YorK. SuBscRIPTIONS.—United States and Canada................ $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................. 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants”’’ column. It is invaluable to those who use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go direct to them. The “Exchange” column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F. Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. CURRENT NOTES ON ANTHROPOLOGY. — II. [Edited by D. G. Brinton, M.D., LL.D.) Prehistoric European Migrations. LITTLE by little the seemingly impenetrable veil which shrouded the wars and wanderings of European nations be- fore history began is lifting. Scientific methods undreamed of half a century ago now reveal. the secrets of ages too re- mote to date. We can trace man in western Kurope steadily advancing through the development of a continuous culture from the rudest period of chipped implements of stone to an - epoch when he learned to polish and bore that material, and finally threw it aside to arm his hand witha blade of glitter- ing bronze. The continuity of this development is one of the master generalizations from the long labors of Worsaae, Mortillet, and others. It has recently received further solid support in an excellent critical study by Dr. Sophus Miller, entitled “Tnstruments Tranchants de Ancien Age de Pierre,” pub- lished in the Mémoires de la Société Royale des Antiquaries du Nord. It is especially devoted to the use of the triangular stone celts found abundantly in Denmark. They are shown to be tools, and to belong to the earliest stone age of that portion of the continent. Neither they nor any of the relics from northern Europe carry us so far back in the past as some from France and the Iberian Peninsula. This fact leaves little room for doubt but that these latter regions were inhabited first. Hven there the advent of man must be placed as a post-tertiary event. This is the mature opinion of such authorities as Topinard, Cartailhac, and especially of M. Alexandre Ber- trand, whose excellent book, ‘‘ Nos Origines,” has recently appeared in a new edition. M. Bertrand is director of the National Archzological Museum at St. Germain-en-Laye, and a most conscientious student. From his and others’ ob- servations it appears that matters went smoothly enough in Europe down to Neolithic times; but then widespread migra- SCIENCE. [Vot. XIX. No. 477 tions began. More than 1200 years B.C., thinks M. Bertrand, — the Ligurians came down from somewhere up north, and conquered portions of the littoral of Spain, Gaul, Italy, and Sicily. The interior of France and the Iberian Peninsula was then peopled by ‘‘Tberians.” Not far from the date mentioned these were driven westward by inroads of the Celts. He acknowledges, however, that there are no relics positively attributable to either Ligurians or French Ibe- rians; and his theory therefore must be accepted as only one degree less unlikely than the purely gratuitous one of Virchow, who makes out the Ligurians to have been ‘‘ Tu- rapians.” In recent numbers of the Globus and Ausland, Karl Penka urges with renewed vigor his theory that Scandinavia was the original home of the Aryan stock; and that nct very long before the beginning of our era the whole of central Kurope was peopled by Celts. He has an earnest disciple in E. Krause, who lately issued a volume of nigh 700 pages on ‘““Tuisko-Land,” his name for Scandinavia, to which, with great wealth of learning, he traces both the myths of Hellas and the simple cults of pristine Rome. Another ethnologist with his own notions is Dr. Theodore Koppen, librarian of the Imperial Library at St. Petersburg. In a pamphlet reviewed at length in the Archiv fir Anthro- pologie (Band xx.) he insists that the Finnic and Aryan linguistic stocks are one in origin; that their ancestral home was somewhere about the region of the middle Volga; that the separation took place into eastern and western branches on the river Don; and that at that time arose the Aryan and Ugro-Finnic divisions. His arguments are principally lin- guistic, and he lays especial stress on the words for ‘* honey ” and ‘‘linden bast,” which he finds the same in the two stocks. His work is principally interesting as showing the growing tendency among scholars to discard the old theory that the Indo-Europeans began in Asia, in favor of an origin in Europe; but Képpen repeats the familiar error of attributing the theory of the origin of the white race in Europe to Dr. Latham; whereas, long before he mentioned it, it had been urged with clearness by Omalius D’Halloy, the distinguished Belgian anthropologist. Retrogressive Culture in Prehistoric Times. The general law of the continuity of development holds good throughout historic and prehistoric time; but the care- ful archeologist will always bear in mind that, in both, periods of retrogression have occurred in many localities; and he will not, therefore, assign to relics of man’s industry a later date solely on the ground of higher technical perfec- tion. Often a tribe or nation has been conquered or destroyed by one ruder though stronger, and for generations a lower has followed a higher degree of art-produce. Two or three examples of this in prehistoric times have recently been adduced. Mr. H. Stopes reports in the Pro- ceedings of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1890, a curious station in the Thames Valley, where some tribe in the Paleolithic condition had overwhelmed one with Neolithic culture; and not understanding the use of the polished stone implements of the latter had chipped them into reugh stone shapes! Not less remarkable was the dis- covery of the brothers Siret, in the caves and rock-shelters. near Almeria, Spain, that the most ancient Neolithic potteries. there are distinctly superior in make and ornament to those of later date. Something similar seems to be the case with the interesting series of potteries lately exhumed in the Neo- lithic station of Latinne, Belgium, by M. de Puydt. They Marcu 25, 1892.]| show a finish that we do not find in what appear to be later deposits. ~ Prehistoric Commerce Between Africa and Asia, The ancient relations which existed between Egypt and the east coast of Africa on the one side, and Mesopotamia and India on the other, are placed in strong light by two articles which have lately appeared in the Verhandlungen der Ber- liner Anthropologische Gesellschaft. The one, by G. Schweinfurth, undertakes to show the ex- ternal relations of ancient Hzypt by means of the origins of the earliest cultivated plants found in the tombs or men- tioned in the inscriptions. Their three earliest and most valuable cereals, wheat, barley, and spelt, he believes were introduced from Babylonia. The fig was imported from southern Arabia, its native home. From Persia were brought the pomegranate and the henna used as a cosmetic by the beauties of the earliest dynasties. From the remoter region of India came rice, sorghum, sesame, and the sugar-cane. As all these exotic plants were familiar to the Egyptians at the beginning of their history, they testify to an active and far-reaching commerce before the date of Menes. The second paper, by Mr. Merensky, is especially concerned with the culture influences of ancient India on eastern and central Africa. He adduces much historical evidence to illustrate this intercourse, and finds as the result of it the _ presence of Indian coral and pearls in central Africa, the shape of the hand axe, the musical instrument called the marimba, the use of the betel nut, the worship of fire, traces of a caste system, ete. Both articles confirm the growing belief in the wide ex- tension of prehistoric commerce. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. **, Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. The writer’s name ts in all cases required as proof of good faith. _ On request in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. The Question of the Celts. In ‘“‘Current Notes on Anthropology ” (Science, Mar. 11) Dr. Brinton reviews 2 late essay by Schaaffhausen upon the ethno- graphic position of the Celts. He states: ‘‘The difficult problem of the conflicting pbysical types among the Celtic nations — the one short in stature, brachycephalic, and brown, the other tall, dolichocephalic, and blond — he [Schaaffhausen] summarily solves by supposing either an intermixture with other types or a change in mode of life and climatic environment.” The first mentioned type is apparently that now represented by the Auvergnats and Savoyards, whose ancestors were the Celts of Czesar. Now Schrader has pretty well established the fact that this race has no claim to the name Celtic other than the fact that at one time they spoke a Celtic dialect. Rather they were Ligu- rians related socially to the Lapps and Finns; and their original language was that now represented by Basque, their Celtic dialect having been acquired from the tall, fair, brachycephalic race which conquered them, and drove them to the south of France. There should be no need to say that community of language does not necessarily imply identity of race; for one only has to look upon the Mexicans, who speak a Neo-Latin dialect, but whose race. type has almost wholly reverted to that of the Aztecs. The French inhabitants of Louisiana cannot now be distinguished by their language, and the speech of Jamaica is an English jargon, though the population is now almost wholly negro. The fact that French is a Neo-Latin language by no means proves any racial connection between the Latins and the French, who are descended from several distinct races. SCIENCE. 175 Now there is very good evidence that the tall, fair, brachy- cephalic people, whose remains are found in the round barrows of Britain and in the graves of Belgium, France, and Denmark, spoke the original Celtic tongue. They were the Belgic Gauls, and they overran France, conquering the short, dark, brachy- cephalic Ligurians and imposing their language upon them. The Ligurian tongue, ancestral to Basque, was a Euskarian dialect related to the Ural-Altaic group, which was ill,fitted to survive in contact with the Aryan speech of the northern race. The best modern representatives of the type of the conquering race are the Danes and Slavs, especially the Lithuanians. The tall, dolichocephalic and blond type is certainly represented now by the Swedes, and fair north Germans, and has been well called the Scandinavian type. The Anglo-Saxons and Teutonic tribes belonged to this race, and their speech was ancestral to the German and English. If this be true, and the facts seem well attested, it is hard to see how this tall, fair, dolichocephalic type can be logically drawn into the Celtic controversy. In conclusion, it would seem that the conflicting types among the Celtic nations are due solely to the application of the name Celtic to several distinct races, and if that name is restricted, as there is excellent ground for doing, to the tall, fair, brachycepha- lic race, the difficulty of conflicting types vanishes. P, Max FOSHAY. Rochester, March 15. The Color Question Again. I NOTICE in your issue of Feb. 26 an article by Professor Pills- bury of Smith College, in which my name is mentioned in connec- tion with a system of color instruction. Perhaps an explanation of the exact scope and intention of this scheme may avoid any misapprehension of the claims that are made for it. The sole object has been to apply, as far as possible, scientific facts of color to elementary instruction in color and the artistic use of color. While it is easy to find various indications that the old theory of Brewster has been abandoned by the scientists and the Young-Helmholtz theory of the three primaries, red, green, and violet, accepted in its place, no practical advance in the appli- cation of the latter theory to art instruction has been secured. The following quotation from the publishers’ notice of a valuable book, ‘Theory of Color,” by Dr. Wilhelm von Bezold, shows the ad- vanced ground regarding color taken by this scientist : — ‘The theory of three primary colors, red, yellow, and blue, has therefore been abandoned, and with them the whole system of so-called secondary and tertiary colors has fallen to the ground. It might be feared that anarchy would take the place of order in the realm of color after the overthrow of the old system of classi- fication. This is not the case, however, for the system of colors adopted by Professor von Bezold not only affords a ready means of classifying every sensation of color which may possibly affect the eye, but is exceedingly simple.” But experience has shown that this book, although the ablest attempt to unite the scientific theory of color with the practical use of colors ever offered at the time it was published, has, in the sixteen years since the English translation was printed, had no practical effect on the terms employed by the artists or on the methods employed in color instruction. Owing to the fact that the illumination and purity of all pig- mentary colors fall so far below the spectrum colors as found in sunlight, it it impossible with them to produce by the union of the three primaries, red, green, and violet, any reasonable ap- proximation to the colors seen in nature. Therefore it has been practically impossible for artists and art educators to avail them- selves of the scientific theories of color in their work. Right here is where we find the real value of the system to which Professor Pillsbury has alluded. It practically bridges the chasm between the science of color and the practice of color in the use of pigments. Instead of beginning with three primary colors seen in the spectrum we are content to select six. By choosing six colors, red, orange, yellow, green, blue, and violet, as they appear in the spectrum, making the best imitations of 176 them possible with pigments, and applying these to the Maxwell rotating disks, with the addition of black and white, we can make and accurately name a very large proportion of all the colors found in nature which also agree somewhat nearly with similar pigmentary compositions. § As above stated, this system of color instruction includes a prac- tical nomenclature of color never before advanced, which bas already been explained by Professor Pillsbury. Professor A. H. Church of the Royal Academy of Arts, in a series of lectures be- fore the Society of Arts, London, an account of which has been published in this country, urges a scientific consideration of color in its application to art, and near the close of one of his lectures he says :— ‘* We want an international color conference, in which artists, manufacturers, and scientists shall be represented. We want an agreement upon the name to be assigned to a number of different hues. We want representations of these hues reproduced in enamel, preserved like our standards of weights and measures, and distributed to every educational institution in the United King- dom. . . . The importanee of having a definite nomenclature of quite intelligible character at our disposal when we are talking or writing about the decorative employment of color is so important that I venture to make a few suggestions which may tend toward the attainment of this object.” After making a suggestion for a method of notation, Professor Church adds: — “The corresponding modifications in the five other principal series of colors would be expressed in a similar manner, the sym- bols, etc., being used exactly in the same way as in chemical no- tation. In order to obtain a scale in a concrete form I would recommend the use of Maxwell’s rotation method by which each step in the gradation could be matched.” This author next proceeds to give a nomenclature of colors, but as it is based on the three primary colors of the scientist, namely, red, green, and violet, and the introduction with them of such additional terms as sea-green for asymbol, it is neither as simple nor as definite as the one which has been described in your article to which I have referred. Thisnomenclature is based solely on nature's standards as found in the solar spectrum. Should we be favored with the international conference suggested by Professor Church, and should such a conference adopt the six standards and defi- nitely locate them in the spectrum by their wave lengths, the world would then have standards which are the same in one coun- try as in another, and would remain the same in the twentieth century as in the nineteenth. As a manufacturer of an extended line of colored papers I am constantly putting this proposed nomenclature to a severe test by ordering new colors by telephone. That is to say, we make the desired combinations on the wheel in our office and then telephone them to the factory, ten miles distant, where they are again made on the wheel and the papers are then manufactured to correspond with the results of these combina- tions. Under this plan we are liable to have occasion to ‘ tele- phone a color” frequently. In the same way we could cable colors to Europe should it be necessary. MILTON BRADLEY. Springfield, Mass., March 17. Professor Alexander Agassiz on the Origin of the Fauna and Flora of the Galapagos Islands. In the ‘‘ General Sketch of the Expedition of the ‘ Albatross’ from February to May, 1891” (Bull. Mus. Comp., Zocl., Harvard College, Vol. xxiii., No. 1, Cambridge, Feb., 1892) Professor Alex. ander Agassiz refers to my paper -‘ On the Origin of the Galapagos Islands” (Am. Nat., March-April, 1891). ‘There are some funda- mental misunderstandings of my statements in Professor Agassiz’s remarks, which need correction. Page 71, he says: ‘‘ He [Baur] speaks of the Galapagos as being connected with the mainland by the 4,000-meter line.”” Then he adds ‘‘ This [the connection of the Galapagos with South America] is an important fact; all the older maps showed the Galapagos separated from Central America’’(!). To this I have to reply, that I never expressed the opinion that the Galapagos were former- SCIENCE: [Vor. XIX. No 477 ly connected with South America. The same is repeated by Pro- fessor Agassiz in two other passages (p. 71). : In all my statements in regard to the land connections I was very cautious, as will be seen from p. 310: ‘‘In their general characters the fuana and flora of the Galapagos show resemblances to the great Mexican and Sonoran province, and.also to the West Indies, and it may be that the connection was with these regions (and it seems more probable than any other), but of course it is quite impossible to bring to-day any positive proof for this idea.” (The italics are mine.) - According to Professor Agassiz the proof of my subsidence theory ‘‘is based on no better evidence than the so-called alpine character of parts of the flora and upon the presumed former connec- tion of the Galapagos Islands with the Central American continent.” Professor Agassiz has completely overlooked the main point of my argument. This I considered the harmony in the distribution of fauna and flora, as will be seen by referring to my paper. I tried to show that this harmony was absolutely unexplainable by the theory of elevation. After this was done, I examined whether our present knowledge of the soundings showed any serious ob- stacle to the theory of subsidence, and I found that it did not. Professor Agassiz did not refer with one word to this harmony of distribution, which formed the basis of my whole ideas! When Professor Agassiz or any one else is able to explain this by the elevation theory, I shall be the first one to adopt it. But until this has been done, I believe in subsidence. The paper to which Professor Agassiz refers was written before my visit to the islands. My investigations have only more con- vinced me of the insufficiency of the elevation theory. In my final work I shall speak fully about this question aud about other points in Professor Agassiz’s article. G. Baur. Clark University, Worcester, Mass., March 15. The Scientific Alliance. I HEARTILY agree with your leading article of March 11, and trust that you will continue to press this subject. The further co-operation of the scientific societies in this city will result, I feel confident, in increased activity and effectiveness in each. The special needs of many branches of work now being carried on here are more funds for publication and for first-class illustra- tion. There is no national publication open to all papers of merit, like the Royal Society Transactions. The only journal I~ know of which provides liberally for illustration is Whitman and Allis’s Journal of Morphology, and this is now, I have learned, overstocked for two years to come with biological papers of a high class. HENRY F. OSBORN. Biol. Dept., Columbia College, March 18. BOOK-REVIEWS. Travels amongst the Great Andes of the Equator. WHyYMPER. New York, Scribner’s. 8°. $6. AMONG the fascinating books of Professor Tyndall’s is one on ‘ Hours of Exercise in the Alps,” in which, among other matter, he records the several unsuccessful attempts be made to ascend the Matterhorn, and how the rope left, by his party, hanging over a ridge of rocks enabled the next following party of climbers — headed by Edward Whymper to gain such advantage as to be able to reach the top. This first success was marred by a terrible tragedy, only three or four of the party of seven getting back to the foot of the mountain alive. . But Edward Whymper added another triumph to his record as a mountain climber in his being the first to reach the summit of Chimborazo in 1579. It is the account of his journey at that time that is now published. A hundred years ago the natives of the valley of Chamonix who took travellers up the mountain suffered as much as their employers from physical sensations ascribed, no doubt rightly, to the rarity of the air. They were unable to walk more than a few paces without halting. Last autumn travellers who walked in early morning from the hut under the Bosses (14,000 feet) to the top (15,780 feet) had the company of five Chamoniards. They By EDWARD Marcu 25, 1892.) went up at a fair pace without resting. Arrived on the top, with- out a moment’s pause, the men took their spades and shovels and began digging. They asserted that they did only about a third less work in the day than in the valley; and that they suffered no inconvenience from a prolonged stay in the Bosses hut; slept well, and ate largely. Their work was to excavate a tunnel in the sum- mit ridge about thirty feet below the top. The object of this tunnel was to reach rock, in which a shelter-cave might be ex- cavated. Mountain-sickness is a term which has been used during the nineteenth century to designate the ailments which come to men and beasts on reaching high elevations on mountains. Somesup- posed that the uncomfortable symptoms were the result of local causes, and did not depend solely on reduced atmospheric pressures, as is the opinion of Mr. Whymper. It was largely with a view to settle various questions in regard to mountain-sickness that the journey fo the Andes was under- taken. Mr. Whymper wished to learn: (1) at what pressure the symptoms would first appear; (2) what form the sickness would take; (3) whether one could become habituated to low pressures. To the first question the answer came at a pressure of 16.5 inches. Most of the party were simultaneously incapacitated for work and found themselves preoccupied by the paramount neces- sity of obtaining air. Precautions had been taken not to intro- duce complications in the way of physical exhaustion, Mr. Whymper maintaining ‘‘ that our ‘incapacity ’ was due neither to exhaustion nor to deficiency of bodily strength, nor to weakness from want of food, but was caused by the whole of our attention being taken up in efforts to get air.” This gasping for air was ac- companied with intense headache and an indescribable feeling of illness, pervading the whole body. The attack was sudden, but the recovery gradual; and even at the best it was only while at rest that sufficient air could be secured through the nostrils ; on exerting themselves it was necessary to breathe through the mouth as well, and the capacity for work was low. Tn reviewing the whole of their experiences, two different sets - of effects could be distinguished: those which were transitory, and those which remained so long as the party was exposed to low pressures. The transitory effects were acceleration of the cir- culation, and increase in temperature. The permanent ones were more rapid respiration, indisposition to take food, and lessening of muscular power. In the opinion of Mr. Whymper, the mountain-sickness is due to diminished atmospheric pressure, which operates in two ways: by lessening the value of the air inhaled, and by allowing the gases within the body to expand and seek partial escape. But aside from the value of the book as a record of investiga- tion on mountain-sickness, which is, by the way, made by no means prominent, we have in ‘‘ Travels amongst the Great Andes of the Equator ” a most valuable record of travel, well written. A “Supplementary Appendix,” to which some fifteen prominent naturalists contribute, is devoted to the collections made in the Andes, a very considerable part being on the coleoptera. The ample number of plates and illustrations make the whole work one of special value as a scientific record, and the account of the journey is most entertaining. Order in the Physical World and its First Cause According to ; Modern Science. From the French. New York, James Pott & Co. 12°. $t. Natural Law in the Spiritual World. By HENRY DRUMMOND. New York, James Pott & Co. 12°. 75 cts. THESE two works are eminently characteristic of the present time. The relations between science and religion have been the constant theme of comment and controversy for the past thirty years, and still excite extraordinary interest in certain classes of minds. Persons of an atheistical turn point to certain discoveries and theories of science as negativing the very idea of religion; de- fenders of Christianity repel the charge; while a third class of writers endeavor to reconcile the two conflicting systems of thought by finding some rational ground of agreement. The two works now before us belong to this last category. The first, which is translated from an anonymous French writer, is an adaptation of SCIEN CE: 177 the design argument to the present state of scientific knowledge: the discoveries of science themselves furnishing the basis on which the argument rests. It is not a profound work nor in any way original; and it will not satisfy minds thoroughly imbued with the skepticism so characteristic of the present time. But for those who think the design argument a.convincing one the book will have an interest. Unfortunately the English of the translation is imperfect and sometimes ungrammatical, especially in the earlier pages, and typographical blunders, such as ‘‘sideral” for sidereal, ‘‘Emmerson” for Emerson, etc., are altogether too fre- quent. The second volume before us is of a different character, and somewhat curious. The author, Mr. Drummond, as he tells us in his preface, had been employed for some years in teaching the natural sciences on week days and lecturing upon religious themes on Sundays. Naturally, and almost necessarily, he was led to a study of the relations between the two subjects and to seek some basis of agreement between them. The result appears in this book, in which he endeavors to show that the laws of biology, which are manifest in organic life, are no less manifest in religious, or, as he ealls it, spiritual life. Analogies between organic life and the mental and moral life of man have often been pointed out before; but Mr. Drummond maintains there is something more than analogy in the case, that the very same laws operate in these widely different spheres. We cannot think, however, that he proves his thesis, the resemblances that he points out between the natural and the spiritual world being, in spite of his disclaimer, nothing but mere analogies, and often remote and fanciful analo- gies. For instance, he speaks of the law of biogenesis, that life can only come from antecedent life, and argues that this is the same as the Christian doctrine that a man must ‘‘ be born of water and of thespirit” in order toenter the Kingdom of God. He even speaks of ‘spiritual protoplasm,” and declares that the difference between a Christian and a good man who is not a Christian is the difference between the living and the dead. As poetic analogies between natural and spiritual things, some of the resemblances that Mr. Drummond dilates upon have a certain interest, and serve well to illustrate moral and religious truth; but as the basis of scientific doctrine and as proving the reign of law in the spiritual world, they are of little value. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THE exclusive authorization to issue an Enelish translation of the ‘‘ Memoirs of the Baron de Marbot,” which have created unusual interest in Paris. has been acquired from the Baron’s representatives by Longmans, Green, & Co. They will publish the work immediately, both-in New York and London. — P. Blakiston, Son, & Co. have brought out a second edition of Blair’s ‘‘ The Organic Analysis of Potable Waters.” Consider- ing that the first edition was published but little over a year ago, this shows that the book has proved a good one. — Messrs. Eason & Son, Dublin, will issue in April the first number of the Zrish Naturalist, a monthly journal of general Irish natural history, and the official organ of all the natural history Societies in Ireland. The editors will be Mr. George H. Carpen- ter and Mr. R. Lloyd Praeger. — A new Physical Review has been started by the publisher, J. Engelborn, of Stuttgart. “The editor is L. Graetz. The object of this periodical will be to make German readers acquainted with the work being done by physicists in other countries. It is in- tended that it shall serve as a sort of supplement to the well- known Annalen der Physik und Chemie. — W.B. Saunders, 918 Walnut Street, Philadelphia, has pub- lished, as No. 22 of Saunders’s Question Compends, ‘‘ Essentials of Physics,” by Fred. J. Brockway, M.D. The book is arranged in the form of questions and answers prepared especially for stu- dents of medicine. The author is assistant demonstrator of anat omy at the College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York. The reasons assigned for the existence of the book are that Ganot is too large for the purposes of medical students and that some of the other text-books do not contain enough. - 178 — Natural Science is a new monthly review of natural history progress. The object of the editors will be ‘‘to expound and deal in a critical manner with the principal results of current research in geology and biology that appear to be of more than limited ap- plication.” Articles are contributed to the first number by Mr. F. E. Beddard, Mr. J. J. H. Teall, F.R.S., Mr. A. 8S. Woodward, Mr. R. Lydekker, Mr. J. W. Davis, Mr. G. A. Boulenger, Mr. J. W. Gregory, Mr. G. H. Carpenter, and Mr. Thomas Hick. The publishers are Messrs. Macmillan & Co. — Every teacher of physics will be glad to know that a tenth edition of Maxwell’s ‘‘ Theory of Heat” has just been issued by Longmans, Green, & Co. Lord Rayleigh is the editor, which is sufficient to make all physicists confident that the necessary re- vision has been well done. It is probable that no more suggestive work was ever produced in the whole science of physics. It is more than its name signifies, for a number of physical problems are discussed, which are not usually treated under the head of “heat.” But no one should take up the book unless he is prepared for some pretty intense study. It is not a popular work, but for those competent to understand even portions of it it stands with- out any equal as a guide to the study of physical science. —‘‘A Guide to the Scientific Examination of Soils: Compris- ing Select Methods of Mechanical and Chemical Analysis and Physical Investigation ” is the title of a book recently published by Henry Carey Baird & Co., Philadelphia, at $1.50. It is atrans- lation from the German of Dr. Felix Wahnschaffe, with additions, by William T. Brannt. Mr. Brannt is editor of ‘‘The Techno- chemical Receipt Book.” The ‘‘Guide to the Scientific Examina- tion of Soils” is a book for the agricultural chemist. There are introductory chapters on ‘‘ Derivation and Formation of the Soil,” and ‘ Classification of Soils”; but these are brief, and the main purpose of the work is shown in the chapters bearing more direct- ly on methods, mechanical and chemical, to be used in determin- ing the soil-constituents and their plant-nourishing value. This last depends, as is well known on more than mere chemical con- stitution, and due attention is given to the determination of the properties of the soil depending on physical as well as chemical causes. — The name of nearly every appliance on the English railway is different from the corresponding term applied on the American railroad, yet many of the problems involved in the working of rail transportation are the same. Only three or four years ago a lecture on ‘‘ The Working of an English Railway ” was delivered before the School for Military Engineering at Brompton Barracks, England, by George Findlay, who, in addition to holding certain rank in the volunteer service of England, is general manager of the London and Northwestern railway. This lecture was natural- ly devoted, to some extent at least, to the use of railways in mili- tary operations. It proved attractive, however, to a wider circle of readers than the army officers to whom it was first delivered, and the result was the first edition of ‘‘ The Working and Man- agement of an English Railway.” Additions to the scope of the original lecture were made to adapt it to its new public, with the result that we now have before us the fourth edition, published in this country by Macmillan & Co. The subjects treated range all the way from such as are purely mechanical—the permanent way. rolling stock, signals, telegraphs, etc. —to questions concern- ing the relation of the state to railways and the state purchase of railways, which are to some extent social. There are some im- perfections in the mechanical execution of the book, perhaps due to the large number of copies printed, but it is sure to interest all who want a popular exposé of the ways in which the modern rail- way has been brought into existence and the problems occupying the minds of those now managing them. —Fleming H. Revell Company, New York, are the American publishers of ‘‘Heroes of the Telegraph” ($1.40), by J. Munro, which is brought out in England by The Religious Tract Society. Mr. Munro has written a number of popular books on electricity and the lives of workers in this comparatively new science. As an Englishman, he gives first place to Sir Charles Wheatstone among the heroes of the telegraph, and no one will wish to with- SCIENCE. [VoLt. XIX. No. 477 hold any of the honors due that great pioneer in electrical science, especially as the author, in his second chapter devoted to S. B. F. Morse, does full justice to him whom we Americans are proud to consider as the inventor par excellence of the telegraph. But it is not with him that work on the telegraph ceased. Much work re- mained to be done before sub-marine cables and long and com- plicated land-lines were a possibility, and so there are chapters containing interesting accounts of the contributions to the tele- graph made by Sir Wm. Thomson, Sir Wm. Siemens, Fleeming Jenkin, Reis, Bell, Edison, Hughes, Gauss, Weber, Sir W. F. Cooke, Bain, Dr. Werner Siemens, Latimer Clark, Count du Moneel, and Elisha Gray. — So many ask for a really good elementary book in electricity and magnetism that we are inclined to hope much usefulness for ‘CA First-book of Electricity and Magnetism” (60 cents), by W. Perren Maycock, recently brought out by Macmillan & Co., on this side of the water. The book is an English one, the author being a member of the English Institute of Electrical Engineers. The author does not touch upon the modern electrical theories, which are attracting so much attention, but which would be ex- tremely unpromising subjects for popular exposition as they now stand; but he certainly seems to give a clear statement of the facts of electrical science in a way likely to be helpful to many who have not the training to use such excellent books as those by Silvanus Thompson or Fleeming Jenkin. — Another book intended to serve the same purpose as that mentioned above has been published by Norman W. Henley & Co., New York, entitled ‘‘ Electricity Simplified,” by T. O’Sloane. The author of this book has met with success as a writer of primers on scientific subjects, his ‘‘ Home Experiments in Science ’’ and ‘‘ The Arithmetic of Electricity ” being doubtless known to many of our readers. There is certainly a demand for an ele- mentary book that will tell the uninitiated something of the won- ders of electricity, and all seeking such information should ex- amine Sloane’s ‘‘ Electricity Simplified.” ($1.). —A notable literary article will appear in the April Forum by Mr. Philip G. Hamerton, who discusses the important subject of the Learning of Languages. Mr. Hamerton is one of the few men who are absolutely as much at home in French as in English, and his experience and observation make his article full of sug- gestiveness. The historian, Professor Klward A. Freeman, writes an autobiographical essay showing the growth of his opinions and method of work. Mr. R. L. Garner, the student of the speech of monkeys, contributes the most interesting paper that he has yet published on the results of his investigations. Other articles in this number will be on the German Emperor's policy of remoy- ing restrictions upon trade, by Mr. Poultney Bigelow, his personal friend; on German Colonization and Emigration, by Dr. Geffcken ; an explanation of the method of burial by the gzeat funeral monopoly in Paris, by Mr. Edmund R. Spearman, who has made a special study of it for the Forum. — ‘¢ Age of the Domestic Animals” is a treatise on the dentition of the horse, ox, sheep, hog, and dog, and on the various other means of determining the age of these animals, by Rush Shippen Huidekoper, M.D., veterinarian (Alfort, France); professor of sanitary medicine and veterinary jurisprudence, American Veter- inary College, New York. This work presents a study of all that has been written on the subject from the earliest Italian writers. The author has drawn much material from the ablest English, French, and German writers, and has given his own deductions and opinions, whether they agree or disagree with such investi- gators as Bracy Clark, Simonds (in English), Girard, Chauveau, Leyh, Le Coque¥ Goubaux, and Barrier (in German and French). The illustrations have been mainly taken from these authors, and it would be extremely difficult to improve upon them. There are, however, a large number of original illustrations on the horse, cattle, sheep, and pig. To quote from the preface, ‘‘ The author has attempted to prepare such a book as he feels would have been of interest and service to himself in his association with animals as a layman, and would have aided his studies and appreciation of the anatomy of the teeth, dentition, and means of determining VS fe ~ - Marcu 25, 1892. | the age. He hopes, also, that this work will furnish, to students ~ and veterinarians, knowledge which will aid in surgical operations on the mouth.” The publishers are, F. A. Davis & Co., 1231 Fil- bert Street, Philadelphia. — Maemillan & Co. will issue early in April an important work by Professor J. Henry Middleton on the “‘ Remains of Ancient Rome,” comprising two fully illustrated volumes. — Messrs. Gauthier-Villars have published a work entitled <‘Lecons de Chimie,” by Henri Gautier and Georges Charpy. It is intended mainly for the use of students of special mathematics. — Professor Geo. J. Romanes has arranged with the Open Court Publishing Co. to bring out the American edition of his latest work, ‘‘ Darwin and after Darwin.” It will be published simul- taneously with the English edition. — Mashonaland, in south Africa (called ‘‘ the future gold-fields of the world”), will be described in the April Scribner by Frank Mandy, a member of the Pioneer Corps which opened up the country for settlers. He has spent many years in that region, and is an acknowledged authority upon it. — An excellent series of ‘‘ Museum Hand-Books” is being issued by the Manchester Museum, Owens College. A ‘‘ General Guide to the Contents of the Museum” has been prepared by Mr. W. E. Hoyle, keeper of the Museum, and Professor Milnes Marshall has drawn up an ‘‘ Outline Classification of the Animal Kingdom,” and a ‘‘ Descriptive Catalogue of the Embryological Models.” — We learn from Nature that the first part will shortly be issued by Messrs. Dulau & Co. of a new botanical publication, to be ealled British Museum Phycological Memoirs, edited by Mr. George Murray. It will be devoted exclusively to original algo- logical papers, the records of research carried on in the Crypto- gamic laboratory of the British Museum in Cromwell Road, and is intended to be issued at about half-yearly intervals. The first part will be illustrated by eight plates, and will contain, among other articles, the description of a new order of Marine Algez. — There is evidently, in the opinion of one man at least, a per- fect climate in one portion of the United States. The man is P. C. Remondino, M.D., and the place is Southern California. The beauties of Southern California Dr. Remondino sets forth in ‘‘ The Mediterranean Shores of America,” just published by F. A. Davis & Co., Philadelphia. After speaking of the beautiful adjustment of humidity to.temperature, so that hot, muggy days are unknown, our author goes on to tell of the calm character of the weather, which is such that thunder-storms are almost unknown, and the signal office at San Diego, after eight years’ waiting, found the storm flags of no use and returned them to Washington. Southern California, our author maintains, has as varied a climate as that of the north of Italy, or even more extremes of condition, but, with these extremes, enjoys the anomalous condition of having these extremes alike favorable to health and long life — just the reverse of northern Italy. The book is, of course, intended to convey such information as those seeking a health resort desire. — The American Academy of Political and Social Science, with headquarters at Philadelphia, announce for early publication the following monographs on politicaland economic subjects: ‘‘ Ethical Training in the Public Schools,” by Charles DeGarmo, president of Swarthmore College, an essay which isintended to prove the necessity of moral instruction in our public schools, but toshow that it need not necessarily be religious; ‘‘ The Theory of Value,” by the Austrian economist, F. von Wieser, a scientific explanation of the views of the Austrian school on this subject; ‘‘ Basis of Interest,” by Dwight M. Lowrey, a reply to Henry George’s doctrines on this question. They will also publish at an early date a monograph on ‘‘ Party Government,” by Charles Richardson, which isa severe attack on the theory that devotion to party is a political virtue; and a pamphlet by J. R. Commons of Oberlin College on ‘ Pro- portional Representation,” in which a plan is disclosed which will prevent gerrymandering and secure minority representation. —‘‘ The Will Power: its Range in Action,” by J. Milner Fother- -gill, is a small book published by James Pott & Co. It is not a metaphysical essay, but a practical work on the importance in SCIENCE. 179 human life of strength of will, which the author regards as the principal thing in man’s character and the main source of one man’s influence over others. The different aspects of the subject, such as the will in relation to heredity, the willand circumstances, etc., are treated of, and some interesting anecdotes related to illustrate the author’s doctrine. From the doctrine itself, how- ever, we are obliged to dissent, because it puts strength of will above rightness of will, force above virtue. The highest principle in man is not will but conscience; conscience is the lawgiver, while the will’s business is to obey, but Mr. Fothergill shows no sufficient appreciation of this fact. He admits, indeed, that strength of will may be used for evil as well as for good, and in ‘many of the examples he adduces what he calls strength of will is merely selfishness or a domineering temper. Yet he expressly says: ‘‘ Mighty as the will is, the first numeral in character, the next is principle in this world; in the next world, we are told, principle will come first” (p. 181). Such a doctrine, if carried into practice, would lead directly to immoral conduct; and we cannot, therefore, recommend this book as a means of moral in- struction. — The American Academy of Political and Social Science has just published a monograph by Leo S. Rowe on ‘Instruction in French Universities.” This is the fifth of the monographs which they have issued treating of instruction in political science, etc., in various countries. Of the other four, two treated of German universities, one of the University of Oxford, and one of Italian universities. They also published a pamphlet on Jurisprudence in American Universities. The present essay gives a careful ex- position of the system of faculties in vogue in France, together with a brief history of the higher educational system from the time of Napoleon to the present. It also explains the new system of universities which is now being advocated. Mr. Rowe then discusses the courses in political science, etc., which are offered by the law faculties and the other institutions, such as the Ecole Libre and the Collége de France. The monograph concludes with some very valuable university statistics and a complete list of the instructors in political science and public law in the various insti- tutions of higher education in France. — The latest issue in the ‘‘ Contemporary Science Series,” pub- lished in England by Walter Scott and imported here by Charles Scribner’s Sons, is a work by Karl Pearson entitled ‘‘ The Gram- mar of Science.” It is a discussion of the scope and method of science and of some of its fundamental principles. The author sneers at metaphysics, declaring both metaphysics and natural theology to be pseudo-sciences; and yet his own book is meta- physical from beginning to end, only it is bad metaphysics. Mr. Pearson adopts the subjectivist, or ‘‘idealist” theory of knowl- edge, which denies the existence of a real material world and regards external objects as nothing but groups of sensations. He adopts Kant’s theory of space and time, though he derides Kant for being a metaphysician. His view of causation is borrowed of Hume; and he maintains that the business of science is merely to describe facts, not to explain them. ‘‘ Science,” he says, ‘‘ deals with the mental, the inside world,” and a law of nature is not an order of external facts but merely a ‘‘ routine of perceptions.” He alludes to Newton’s formula of gravitation, and then goes on to say: ‘‘The statement of this formula was not so much the dis- covery as the creation of the law of gravitation. A natural law is thus seen to be a résumé in mental shorthand, which replaces for us a lengthy description of the sequences among our sense- impressions. Law in the scientific sense is thus essentially a prod- uct of the human mind and has no meaning apart from man. It owes its existence to the creative power of his intellect There is more meaning in the statement that man gives laws to Nature than in its converse that Nature gives laws to man” (p. 104). Such is the burden of the whole book, and it is thrust forward on every possible occasion; and it shows, we think, with sufficient clearness the mental calibre of the author and the quality of his book. — The first number of the new Zeitschrift fiir Anorganische Chemie, edited by Professor Kriiss, of Munich, was issued on Feb. 27. As its title implies, the new journal is devoted exclusively to 180 the inorganic branch of chemistry, and the names of the distin- guished chemists throughout Europe and America whose co-opera- tion the editor has been fortunate in securing would appear to promise well for its value and success. The first number, says Nature, contains the following six original memoirs: ‘‘ Phosphorus Sulphoxide,” by T. E. Thorpe and A. E. Tutton; ‘‘The Double Acids of Heptatomic Iodine,” by C. W. Blomstrand; “The Action of Hydrogen Peroxide upon certain Fluorides,” by A. Piccini; “‘ Ammoniaca! Platinum Compounds,” by O. Carlgren and P. T. Cleve; “Preparation of Tungstates free from Molybdenum,” by C. Friedheim and R. Meyer; ‘‘A Lecture Experiment,” by C. Winkler. — ‘‘Humanity in its Origin and Early Growth,” by E. Colbert, is a work recently issued by the Open Court Publishing Company of Chicago. It is, of course, mainly historic in character, and much that it contains is familiar. The history of religion is the leading topic in it, but considerable space is also devoted to the origin and growth of language and the rise of the industrial arts. The book, however, is full of crude and often fantastic theories, the author being one of those men, by no means rare in these days, who have thrown off all traditional religious belief and taken an attitude of religious skepticism, but are, nevertheless, extremely credulous of new-fangled theories and alleged scientific discoveries. Thus Mr. Colbert tells us with an air of assured conviction that man originated at the North Pole, and also that some thousands SCIENCE. [Vot. XIX. No. 477 of years hence most of the land in the northern hemisphere will be submerged by the ocean, while a vast southern continent will arise from the waters. Religion, he thinks, originated in the worship of the heavenly bodies; and expressly says that the Greek and Roman Jupiter is nothing else than the planet of that name (p. 280). He thinks that religion was mainly the work of the priests, who used the popular belief in astrology and magic asa means of domineering over men; and he nowhere shows any con- ception of the grandeur of the religious sentiment nor any respect for the religious beliefs of mankind. Yet he is half inclined to believe in astrology himself, holding that ‘‘a great deal may be said in justification of the old fashioned idea of stellar and plane- tary rule over the affairs of men” (p. 390). Altogether the book is a curious one, especially as revealing the character of the author’s own mind. — Houghton, Mifflin & Co., have recently issued a large- paper. edition (of 250 copies) of ‘‘ The Discovery of America,” by John Fiske, a work in four volumes, forming the beginning of Mr. Fiske’s history of America, and the most important single portion yet completed, written upon original sources of informa- ~ tion regarding ancient America, the Spanish conquest, medizevak trade, questions about Columbus, the causes of the transfer of supremacy from the Spanish race to the English, etc. The work contains‘abundant foot-notes, which are the results of vast research. We understand that the whole of this large-paper edition has al- CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. Chemical Society, Washington. Mar. 10.—H. W. Wiley and Wm. H. Krug, The Solubility of some Inorganic Salts in Acetone and of Acetone in Dextrose Solutions; H. W. Wiley and K. P. McElroy, The Specific Gravity of Acetone and Mix- tures of Acetone and Water. Publications received at Editor’s Office. DrummMonpD, HENRY. Natural Law in the Spiritual World. New York, James Pott & Co. 12°. 4388p. 75 cts. FOTHERGILL, J. MILNER. The Will Power; its Range in Action. 8d.ed. New York, James Pott & Co. 12°. 184p. 60 cts. MaxweELL, J. CLuerK. Theory of Heat. 10th ed. New York, Longmans, Green & Co. 16°. 357 p. $1.50 Meyer, LorHar. Outlines of Theoretical Chemis- try. Trans. by D. Phillips Bedson and W. Car- leton Williams. New York, Longmans, Green & Co. 8°. 282 p. $2:50. ORDER in the Physical World, and its First Cause according to Modern Science. From the French. New Yorxr, James Pott & Co. 12°. vp. $1. Pearson, Karu. The Grammar of Science. London, Walter Scott. New York, imported by Charles Seribner’s Sons. 12°. 510 p. $1.25. TILLMAN, S. E. Elementary Lessons in Heat. 2d ed., revised and enlarged. New York, John Wiley & Sons. 8°. 172p. WSHITELEY, J. Luoyp. Chemical Calculations. New York, Longmans, Green & Co, 12°. 114p. 60 cts. Worruineton, A.M. Dynamics of Rotation. New York, Longmans, Green & Co. 12°. 167p. $1. FOR SALE. SCIENTIFIC INSTSUMENTS AND GEOLOGICAL SPECIMENS. The instruments are second-hand, in good condi— tion; prices fixed: are about one-half cost; they were owned by the late Dr. Wm. M. Herron, of Allegheny City, Pa. They will be sold separately or at a reduced price inalot. Offers respectfully re- quested. Information and detailed list furnished on application to JNO. H. HERRON, 1003 Penn Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa. 1 Large 4-prism Spectroscope, John Browning, Maker... edcerence ooo pdo0 oAnasgQG00 000000 «$175 1 Spectograph, for recording Spectra, same maker...... efelatetelereletayalatetn(atefelet= Sadoo00n0da.4000 AN 1 Six-inch spark, Ruhmkorff coil, same maker. 150 1 Two-mirror Heliostat..... cgagoage ap0909900090 - 50 1 Large Electric Lantern, automatic slip, for SPOCELUMEWOLE sy oewicieci tee cieiisieisisclsisleisielnialsterere 1 60° flint prism, $10; 1 concave grating, $20.... 10 Geissler tubes, with rotating apparatus... 10 1 Galvanic lamp, for use with platinum c 2 1 Case Mineral and Geological Specimens (p 00 haps) (00 PECs). ce is ce awciices vcviescisiee cee Exchanges. 2 [Freeofcharge to all, ifofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] For sale or exchange, Das Ausland, 10 vols., 1832 to 1891, including 6 vols. bound, 4 in numbers. Wheeler Survey, vol. 1, Geog. Report; also vol. 6, Botany; Pro- duction of gold and silver in the United States, 1880, ’1, ’2, 3,75; Selfridge Isthmus of Darien. Will sell at very low prices. J. kf. James, 1443 Corcoran St., Washing- ton, D. C. For exchange.—A fine thirteen-keyed flute in leather covered case, for a photograph camera suitable for mak- ing lantern slides. Flute cost $27, and is nearly new. U. O. COX, Mankato, Minn. AMUSEMENTS. EVERY UU RAN I A TRIP TO THE MOON. MONDAY Entirely Remodelled. New Views AND, Magnificent representation of WEDNESDAY solar and lunar eclipses, ete. AT CARNEGIE MUSIC HALL 8.15 P.M. 57th Street and 7th Avenue. Mr. GARRETT P, SERVISS, the well-known and popular writer SATURDAY, and lecturer on astronomy, has Matinee been engaged to explain the scenes at 2. and views as they pass before the audience. Seats50 cents, $1.00. PROCTOR’S THEATRE oph22y. Proctor & TURNER, Proprietors and Managers. EVERY EVENING AT 8.15. THE ENGLISH ROSE. By SIMS & BUCHANAN. Produced under the direction of Aubrey Boucicault. BRILLIANT CAST. COMPLETE ACCESSORIES. Special Prices and Children Half Price. EDEN MUSEE, 23d Street, near Broadway. DE KOLTA’S ASTONISHING PROBLEMS. DEFREGGER’S; The | MUNCZI LAICS’S Se ecleane Cocoon. Hungarian Band. THE GREAT TOWER OF THE MADISON SQUARE GARDEN NOW OPEN Daily from 9 A.M. until 10 P.M. Admission, 25c. The most Perfect and Delightful View of New York ever witnessed. | Wants. Any person seeking a posttion for which he ts quala— hed by his sctentijfic attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, can have the ‘ Want’ inserted under this head at iocents a count line. Nothing inserted at less than 50 ceuts a time prepaid by stamps, tf most convenient. PR ANSEATOR wanted to read German architec- tural works at sight (no writing). One familiar with technical terms desired. Address ‘A.,” Box 149, New York Post Offiee. ANTED.—A position in a manufacturing estab- lishment by a manufacturing Chemist of in- ventive ability. Address M. W. B, care of Science, 874 Broadway, N. Y W ANTED.—Books on Anatomy and Hypnotism. Will pay cash or give similar books in ex- change. Also want medical battery and photo out- fit. DR. ANDERSON, 182 State street, Chicago, Ill. ANTED.—A college graduate with some normal training, to-teach the sciences, at $1,800 per year, in a Southern college. A Baptist or a Method- ist preferred. Must also be a first-class Latin scholar. A. H. Beals, Box K, Milledgeville, Ga. NGeere con ene in Chemistry is wanted by one who has had five years’ experience in that. capacity. Would prefer to give instruction by lectures aud experiments rather than by text-book methods. Would like a position in a college or uni- versity where there is a good student’s laboratory. Special points of strength claimed are: (1) Thorough control of a class and good order during lectures and recitations. (2) Accuracy in experimenting with chemicals and skill in the manipulation of chemical apparatus. The permission of several dis- tinguished educators has been given to refer to them if required. Would not care to accept a po- sition paying Jess than $1,500. Address B. E., care of Science, Advertising Dept., 47 Lafayette Place, New York. A DDRESS WANTED.—Will some one please send the address of the Secretary of the American Philoloyical Society. Also that of Herbert Spencer. “ADDISON,” Room &4, 164 Madison St., Chicago, Ill. DDRESSES of Old Book Dealers wanted.—Wish- ing to obtain a number of old books out of print, I very much desire the addresses or catalogues of rare second-hand book dealers. If.there is a direc-— tory or list of such dealers I should like to obtain possession of one. W. A. BLAKELY, Chicago, Ill. ANT#HD.—(1) A white man versed in wood and iron workiug, able to work from specifications. and plans, suited for an instructor of boys; his bus- iness to have charge of shops of school, outline and direct the w rk for foremen snd students; salary to be $1,000 per annum (nipve months). (@) A,man (black preferred) to teach the colored, iron working and forging. subordinate to the preceding; salary, $720. (3) A man (white) competent to take classes in engineering (assistant’s position), but with the ability to perform any of the work required in any of the ordinary engineering courses of our universi- ties; salary frora $1,000 to $1,500. A. H. BEALS, Milledgeyilie. Ga Marcu 25, 1802. | ready been sold. The regular edition, in two volumes, will be ready on the 26th. —J. B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia, recently issued ‘‘ The Tannins,” by Henry Trimble. The author is professor of analyti- cal chemistry in the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. It isnow about one hundred years since tannin first became recognized.as a distinct substance. About twelve years ago the author com- menced to collect the literature of the subject, especially that re- ferring to the astringent value of certain tannin-bearing materials, with the methods involved in their estimation. As is always the case with one thoroughly interested in his subject, the work grew on Professor Trimble’s hands till he thought best to give to the pub- lic a work on the general subject, with gallotannic acid, and an index to the literature, leaving for a subsequent volume the re- maining individual tannins. It has been the author’s constant endeavor to make the book more than a mere compilation, and SCVUEN CE: 181 the results of much of his own experience have, therefore, been incorporated. It is the author’s hope that the present publication may lead others to aid in bringing together information on his subject. -—The American Book Company, New York, Cincinnati, and Chicago, has recently issued a ‘* Laboratory Manual of Chemistry,” by James E. Armstrong and James H. Norton. Mr. Armstrong is principal of Lake High School, Chicago; and Mr. Norton is principal of Lake View High School of the same city. The pur- pose of the manual is to aid the student in his laboratory work in such experiments as he can conduct himself, the experimental work to be supplemented by a course in some good text-book. We do not recall any other manual for use in chemical work in school laboratories which at all compares with the one now before us, and it seems to show that the interest in the best methods of sci- entific training in schools is making great progress. PROPRIETARY. PATENT;LIMBS AND SHOES. METAL, MARBLE, AND MOSAIC WORK. Lchausiion Horsford’s Atl Phosphate, A wonderful remedy, of the highest value in mental and nervous exhaustion. Overworked men and women, the nervous, weak and debilitat- ed, will find in the Acid Phos- phate a most agreeable, grate- ful and harmless stimulant, giv- ing renewed strength and vigor to the entire system. Dr. Edwin F. Vose, Portland, Me., says: ‘*T have used it in my own case when suffer- ing from nervous exhaustion, with gratifying results. I have prescribed it for many of the various forms of nervous debility, and it has never failed to do good.’’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R, I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘*‘ Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never sold in bulk. A perfect and practical Type Writing machine for only UNE DOLLAR. Exactly like cut; regular Remington type; does the same quality of work; takes a fools cap sheet. Complete with paper holder, automutle feed, perfect type wheel & inking roll; uses copying Ink, Size 3x4x9 inches; welght, 12 0z; Sat- Isfaction Suaranroen eiceulare free; AGENTS WANTED. Sent by express for $1. ard lie. extra for postage. R.H. INGERSOLL & Bso. 65CortlandtSt.N.Y. City. PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W. T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. ARTIFICIAL LIMBS WITH RUBBER FEET AND HANDS. Durable in Construction, Natural in Noiseless in Movement. And the MOST COMFORTABLE for the wearer. It is not unusual to see a farmer working in the flelds with an artificial leg, or a brakeman applying his brake on a fast running train, or an engineer with hand on the throttle, or a fireman, carpenter, mason, miner, in fact, men of every vocation at labor in the full ca: acity. of their employment,wearing one or two artificial legs with rubber feet, performing as much as men in possession of all their natural members, earning the same wages, in fact, experiencing little or no inconvenience. Action, Over 12,000 ar tiftcial limbs of the Marks’ ws in daily use. Established over 39 years. Indorsed and purchased by the United States and many foreign governments. By our formula applicants can supply us with all the data necessary tosecurea fit while they remain at home. One half of the legs and arms furnished by us are made from measurements and profiles without our seeing the wearers. Fit always guaranteed. A treatise of 430 pages | with 256 illustrations and a formula for measuring, sent free. Address A. A. MARKS, 701 Broadway, N. Y. BANDY LEGS PREVENTED. Send for Catalogue of PATENT CORSET SHOES, recommended by Physicians and Surgeons for Children learning to walk, and those troubled w: jee weak or sprained ankles: B. NAT HAN, 221 6 Ave., New Yor STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers, THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN GO., Works: Oamden, N.J. 26 John St., New York. Noro. Evens », O? PARK PLAC re 4 ENGRAVING FOR aur ku ‘rose sts : bay “ADVERZISIN'G: PUR: eg MEMORIAL AND TABLETS EXECUTED IN METAL, OR MARBLE AND MOSAIC. PHOTOGRAPHS ON REQUEST. ILLUSTRATED HANDBOOK FREE. &8 R. Lamb 59 Carmine St., New Vork. ESTABLISHED 1858. H. H. UPHAM & CO., MEMORIAL TABLETS In Brass and Bronze, | 54 So. Fifth Ave., near Bleecker St., N. Y- MINERALOGY. Course of Mineralogy for Young People. Conducted by correspondence; minerals and books furnished. Collection and book, ‘ First Grade,’ one dollar; postage, 25 cents. Send for circulars to GUSTAVE GUTTENBERG, Central High School, Pittsburgh, Pa. GE M C PALS Cut ready for setting. Having pur- » chased a large lotat the Mexican lo~ cality, we are o ffer = them at about one-fifth jewelers’ prices; Mc., $1, $2, $38. This is a rare oppormateita secure a fine £1 ry cheap. 100 pp. Mineral Catalo 15c., incloth 2 Supplement 2c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & 0., Mineralogists, 733 and 735 Broadway, New York City. 20 GEMSTONES FREE as a premium with THE GREAT DIVIDE. These Gemstones are cut and polished ready for jewelry mounting, and are given free to each new subseriber se nding $1, price sof yearly subscription, Address THE GREAT DIVIDE, 3516 Arapahoe St., Denver, Cole. 182 SCIENCE. DRY GOODS, ETC. eeu @ Constable. ee (G Men’s Spring Woollens, English, Scotch, and Irish Homespun and Cheviot Suitings, Fancy Cassimeres, Dress Cloths, Overcoatings. LADIES’ CLOTHS, New and Desirable Shades Adapted for STREET AND EVENING WEAR. Tweed, Homespun, and Mixed Suitings, Scotch and English Stripes and Checks, DIAGONALS, SERGES. eoadooay HA 19th ot. NEW YORK. SAVE MONEY BY PURCHASING Dry and Fancy Goods THROUGH KOCH. & COS Illustrated Fashion Catalogue. “Koch & Co.'s Catalogue is a household necessity. It illustrates and describes eve nyening useful as we)l as ornamental for the wear of either young or old and for the furnishing and beautifying of a home, and their goods are the cheapest without ever sacrificing quality to price.”—HERALD. Spring and Summer Edition ready March 10, 1892, and will be mailed free upon ap- plication to anyone residing out of town. HC. KOCH & U0: West 125th St., Bet. Lenox & 7th Aves., (Formerly 6th Avenue and 20th Street.) NEW YORK. In writing please mention SCIENCE. R. H. MACY ni 6TH AVE., 18TH TO MUTH ST., N. Y. SINCE MOVING INTO NEW BUILDING we have added 75,000 sguare feet to our Hoor area, thereby GREATLY ENLARGING ALL DE- PARTMENTS. OUR SPRING AND SUMMER CATALOGUE, the most complete of its kind ever Homa of 315_illus- rai WILL BE ISSUED ABOUT APRIL 1ST and mailed free to any address outside the city. CARPETS, ETC. ‘Vou. XIX. No. 477 CARPETS, ETC. Body Brussels, Tapestry Brussels, AND Ingrains. We offer a very large stock of these moderate-priced CARPETS. It includes all the newest designs and choice colorings in such variety that satisfactory furnishings can be secured most economically. Mail orders receive our prompt at- tention. W. & J. SLOANE, BROADWAY, 18th and 19th Sts. 33-35 E, 18th St. NEW YORK SHOPPING, By a lady of experience. Best of references. Send for circular. MRS, MW. W. KETCHUM, 106 W. 42d Street. HEALTH BETTER THAN WEALTH. Valuable information sent to all wearers of Artificial Teeth upon the receipt of pos W. E. DUNN, 331 Lexingtop e. : Ave., cor. 39th St., New York. Carpets. Spring Season 1892. New styles and colorings and at lower prices than ever before; a large assortment of the best quality at following prices. Axminsters - $1.20 Wilton - 81.50 Moquette = 1.10 Velvet <= $1.15 Tapestry = 60¢, Body Brussels 95c. [India Rugs & Carpets. In addition to our own large importation of these goods, we have added, (by recent pur- chase) the entire stock of two native importing houses, con- taining the finest specimens of an- tique and modern Oriental Art. We can sell some of these Rugs at evena lower price than we have heretofore been able to sell the same quality of goods, Lord& Taylor, Broadway & 20th St. N. Y. SCIENCE The Illustrated Popular Science Weekly. TENTH YEAR. More than Two hundred of the leat ing scientific men and women of Amer- ica have agreed to contribute to the paper during the coming year; and, as others are constantly joining in this move, to make the paper more valuable than ever, it cannot be long before there will be a body of five hundred competent users of this weekly me- dium of scientific discussion. Send 50 cents, in postage stamps if most con- venient, for 2 months’ trial subscription. N. De GC: M@bDGES: 874 Broadway, - - NEW YORK. \ * s J oN S \ ~ M3 ~ TentH YEAR. Vou. XIX. No, 478. Sis SCIE A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. APRIL 1, 1892. SinGLE Copies, Ten Cents. $3.50 Per YHAR, In ADVANCE. CoNnTENTS. ‘STORAGE OF STORM- W ATERS ON THE GREAT Prats. £: EH, Hicks............ THe SOPHISTICATED FRENCH WINES. Gerald McCarthy.............+5. A Boranicat Laporatory. Katherine PL BGoldeny nd. pees. - 180 THE DistRIBuTION oF FisHEs. S. Gar- MOTD DOS ISOLDE OH Oge ean oo riae aa 187 NorEs AND NEWS........... ceeceeeees 187 THE PATENT OFFICE BUILDING........... 188 THE STRUCTURE OF THE HEMIPTEROUS Movurs. John B. Smith.......... 189 Tue ErymMo.ocy or Two IRoguoran Com- POUND Stems. J. N. B. Hewitt... 190 FORTHCOMING SCIENTIFIC BOOKS......... 192 LETTERS TO THE HpiToR. The Bacillus of Influenza. George leh JO. INS se gaaeeen Naat deens 193 ‘The Question of the Celts. D. G YPC IDs sosdson ganda so00o0e 194 AMONG THE PUBLISHERS...........-.... 194 Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class Mail Matter. NOW READY; SAFE BUILDING. Volume;Two. By Louis DE Copper BERG. Square 8vo. Illustrated with numerous formulw, diagrams, and tables,: with complete Index, $5.00. This yolume completes this standard and invalu- able work, which furnishes every earnest student the opportunity to acquire the knowledge necessary to erect safely any building. "A New Edition of Volume One is Now Ready. Other Valuable Architectural Books: BUILDERS’ HARDWARE. A Manual for Architects, Builders, and House-Fur- nishers. By CLARENCE H, BLACKWELL, Architect. 1yol. 8vo. With over 500 Illustrations, $5.00. ANCIENT AND MODERN LIGHTHOUSES. By Major D. P. Heap. 1 vol, square 8yo, illustrated, $5.(0. MODERN PERSPECTIVE. A Treatise upon the Principles and Practice of Plane and Cylindrical Perspective, by WILLIAM R. Ware, Professor of Architecture in the School of Mines, Columbia College. 1 vol., 12mo, 321 pages, with 27 plates in a portfolio, $5.00. BUILDING SUPERINTENDENCE. A MANUAL: For young Architects, Students, and others interested in Building Operations as carried on at the present time. By T. M. Cuark, Fellow of the American Institute of Architects. 1 vol., 8vo. 336 pages, illustrated with 194 Plans, Dia- grams, etc. Price, $3.00. Sold by booksellers. Send post-paid, on receipt of price by the Publishers, TICKNOR & CO., Boston. Fully THE LABRADOR COAST. A JOURNAL OF TWO SUMMER CRUISES TO THAT REGION. WITH NOTES ON ITS EARLY DISCOV- ERY, ON THE ESKIMO, ON ITS PHY- SICAL GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY, TOGETHER WITH A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WORKS, ARTI- CLES, AND CHARTS RELATING TO THE CIVIL AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE LABRADOR PENINSULA. By ALPHEUS SPRING PACKARD, M.D., Ph.D. Sportsmen and ornithologists will be interested in the list of Labrador birds by Mr. L. W. Turner, which has been kindly revised and brought down to date by Dr. J. A. Allen. Dr. S H. Scudder has con- tributed the list of butterflies, and Prof. John Macoun, of Ottawa, Canada, has prepared the list of Labrador plants. Much pains has been taken to render the bibliog- raphy complete, and the author is indebted to Dr. Franz Boas and others for several titles and impor- tant suggestions; and it is hoped that this feature of the book will recommend it to collectors of Ameri- cana. It is hoped that the volume will serve as a guide to the Labrador coast for the use of travellers, yachtsmen, sportsmen, artists, and naturalists, as well as those interested in geographical and histori- cal studies. 513 pp., 8°, $3.50. N. D. C. HODGES, Publisher, 874 Broadway, New York. RACES AND PEOPLES. By DANIEL G, BRINTON, M.D. “The book is good, thoroughly good, and will long remain the best accessible elementary ethnography in our language.”—The Christian Union. “We strongly recommend Dr. Brinton’s ‘ Races and Peoples’ to both beginners and scholars. We are not aware of any other recent work on the science of which it treats in the English language.” —Asiatie Quarterly. “His book is an excellent one, and we can heartily recommend it as an introductory manual of ethnol- ogy.”—The Monist. “A useful and really interesting work, which de- serves to be widely read and studied both in Europe and America.”—Brighton (Eng.) Herald. “This volume is most stimulating. It is written with great clearness, so that anybody can under- stand, and while in some ways, perforce, superficial, grasps very well the complete field of humanity.”— The New York Times. “Dr. Brinton invests his scientific illustrations and measurements with an indescribable charm of nar- ration, so that ‘Races and Peoples,’ ayowedly a rec- ord of discovered facts, is in reality a strong stim- ulant to the imagination.’—Philadelphia Public Ledger. ‘ Price, postpaid, $1.75. THE AMERICAN RACE. By DANIEL G. BRINTON, M.D. ““The book is one of unusual interest and value,”— Inter Ocean. * Dr. Daniel G. Brinton writes as the acknowledged authority of the subject.”—Philadelphia Press. “The work will be of genuine yalue to all who wish to know the substance of what has been found out about the indigenous Americans.’’—Nature. “4 masterly discussion, and an example of the successful education of the powers of observation.” —Philadelphia Ledger. Price, postpaid, $2. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. SCIENCE The Illustrated Popular Science Weekly. TENTH YEAR. More than Two hundred of the lead- ing scientific men and women of Amer- ica have agreed to contribute to the paper during the coming year; and, as others are constantly joining in this move, to make the paper more valuable than ever, it cannot be long before there will be a body of five hundred competent users of this weekly me- dium of scientific discussion. Send 50 cents, in postage stamps if most con- venient, for 2 months’ trial subscription. Nee HODEES: 874 Broadway, NEW YORK. ii SCIENCE. [Vor. XIX. No. 478 PROPRIETARY. PUBLICATIONS. 4 The regular subscription THE ARENA gives price of THI RENA is the each subscriber for 1892 fae eromene pte oMenlead= a magnificent The price of our mag- nificent ART PORT- ART PORTFOLIG FOLIO of eminent per- : sonagesis - - - x of eminent personages, But we Bend ED zi the price of which is fol, BSUS Gre Ue ISOs ae to all persons who sub- seribe for THE ARENA for FOR 1892. 1892, and remit 20 cts. extra The Leading Progressive Review of the World. Edited by B&B. 0. FLOWER. SOME POINTS WORTH REMEMBERING. $4.00 —the most sump- tuous and attractive PREMIUM ever offered iG by a review. I. Is recognized as the most liberal, progressive, and impartial great BECAUSE : review published. II. Employs the boldest, ablest, and most authoritative thinkers in the Tt A New World and the Old, to discuss all the great social, economic, he rena ethical, educational, and religious problems of the day. III. In its discussions of all the great living problems, strikes at the very root of the question, instead of wasting time on mere results or superficial as- pects of the same. IV. Its contributors are largely among the vanguard of the world’s thinkers and reformers, hence it discusses problems six months to a year before the slow coaches reach them. I. Which monthly gives portraits of the world’s great thinkers. IT IS THE II. Which richly illustrates ipportant papers calling for illustrations. Ill. Which gives its readers a brilliant story by a strong American ONLY GREAT author each month. REVIEW TV. Which regularly publishes critical and biographical- sketches of | illustrious personages by the ablest writers of the age. V. Which in addition to its regular one hundred and twenty-eight pages of reading-mat- ter, monthly publishes from twelve to sixteen pages of critical review of books of the day by scholarly writers. SOME THINGS WORTH CONSIDERING. (1.) One year’s subscription to THz ARENA comprises TWO VOLUMES A LIBRARY OF || or over seVEN HUNDRED AND FIFTY PAGES EACH. (2.) THE ARENA con- THE ABLEST || tains the ablest contributions from the master brains of America and Europe on all the great Social, Religious, Educational, and Ethical THOUGHT ON|| problems of the age. It is a compendium of the best thought on the ALL great living questions of the age that most intimately affect civilization, published in the New World. (3.) TH ARENA gives all sides of every GREAT LIVING || great issue, presented by the strongest advocates, as the editor believes ISSUES. that it is only in the crucible of free discussion that we find the gold of truth. (4.) Every subscriber to THE ARENA receives annually a library of the finest writings, condensed so as to meet the demands of a busy age, yet elaborate enough to give every reader a clear and comprehensive view of the various salient points, advanced by friends and foes, of the leading issues of the hour. More than fifteen hun dred pages of the most pr ofound, able, and advanced thought are received by every yearly subscriber to THE ARENA Address all orders to ARENA PUBLISHING CO., Boston, Mass. -The American Geologist for 1892. Edited by Pror. S. Catvin, University of lowa; Dr. E. W. CLAYPOLE, Buchtel College; JoHn EYERMAN, Lafayette College ; Be Prrsiror FRAZER, Penn. Hort. Soc.; ; Pror. F. W. Craain, Colorado College; Pror. Rop’r T. “Hu, U.S. Irrigation Survey; Dr. ANDREW C. Lawson, University of California; R. “D. SALISBURY, University of Wisconsin; JOSEPH B. TYRRELL, Geol. Sur. of Canada; E. O. UtRicH, Minnesota Geological Survey: Pror. I. C. WHITE. University of West Virginia; Pror, N. ‘AL WINCHELL, University of Minnesota. NowinitsIXth volume. $350 per year. Sample copies, 20 cents. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING CO., Minneapolis, Minn. We think we value health; but are all the time making sacrifices, not for it, but of it, We do to-day what we must or like; we do what is good for us—when we have to, We could live in full health, do more work, have more pleasure, amount to more, by being a little careful. CaREFUL LIVING is the thing — to put first; let us send yeu a book on it; free. Scorr & Bowne, Chemists, 132 South stheAAvenue, New York. Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion ofscod-liver oil—all druggists everywhere do. $1, 43 PUBLICATIONS. INSECTS AND INSECTICIDES. A PRACTICAL MANUAL, Concerning Noxious Insects and the Methods: of Preventing their Injuries. By CLARENCE M. WEED, Professor of Entomology and Zoology, New Hampshire State College. ; WHAT IS SAID ABOUT IT. : “T think that you have gotten together a very useful and valuable little book.”—Dr. C. V. Riley, U.S. Entomologist, Washington, D. C. - “Tt is excellent.”’—James Fletcher, Dominion En- tomologist, Ottawa, Canada. “Tam well pleased with it.”—Dr. F. M. Hexamer, Editor American Agriculturist, New York. “Tt seems to me a good selection of the matter which every farmer and fruit grower ought to have at his immediate command.”’—Prof. S. A. Forbes, State Entomologist of Illinois, Champaign, Ill. “4 good book, and it is needed.”—Prof. L. H. Bailey, Cornell University. “Tt is ene of the best books of the kind I haye ‘ever seen.’’—J. Freemont Hickman, Agriculturist, Ohio Experiment Station, Columbus, Ohio. “T shall gladly recommend it.”—Prof. A. J. Cook; Michigan Agricultural College. : Price, $1.25. Sent postpaid to any address on receipt of price. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. JOHN IRELAND'S Bookstore, 1197 Broadway near 29th St., is convenient to the residence quarter of the city ; it isa Boo’ place to drop into on the way w or down town to select books or stationery. His stoc is well selected and embraces all the new and standard books as soon as issued. QOut-of-town purchasers can order by mail with every confidence that their wants will be as well supplied as if buying in person. > Minerals, j a a Stuffed Animals Rocks Ward’ sNatural Science Establishment ......2"°"""" Sento Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. |anaromiest eologica : Sas Reliermaps.| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N.Y. Itverteprates Pee OU IENCE NEW YORK, APRIL 1, 1892. STORAGE OF STORM-WATERS ON THE GREAT PLAINS. SOMEWHAT exaggerated expectations have been aroused by the speculations of certain theorists in regard to the possi- bilities of water storage on the high, wind-swept, treeless plains lying between the 98th meridian and the Rocky Moun- tains. These visionaries have virtually promised every farmer a reservoir on his land if he would only make the effort to secure it. The need of storage, if it can be made a success, is indis- putable. Rivers are few, and, as a rule, inadequate to the irrigation of more than the lands of their own valley. Arte- sian wells are limited to certain sharply defined basins. Other wells are generally too deep for profitable irrigation by pumping, except for small plats of fruit and garden vege- tables. If the mesas are to be extensively irrigated it must be by storage of storm-waters. Can it bedone? If there is any doubt about it we would better know the truth than to encourage delusive hopes. Let us seek some quantitative numerical expression for the possibilities and limitations of storage. The great robber of moisture on the plains is evaporation. The activity of the winds is so great and constant that more vapor is raised from exposed water surfaces than in many regions of greater heat. The annual evaporation is seldom, if ever, less than four feet, and may rise to eight feet. We may safely put the average as high as five feet. The rain fall varies from one to two feet. Its seasonal distribution is favorable, the late spring months and the summer months receiving the greatest amount. So far as the quantity and seasonal distribution of the rainfall are concerned the chances of impounding some of it look en- couraging. But it is not somuch the aggregate of precipita- tion as the percentage of -it which flows off on the surface, which determines the feasibility of storage. In a treeless region of great evaporation and porous soil and subsoil, the total run-off is always low, and much of that is subterranean. Humphreys and Abbott, in their report on the Mississippi River, estimate the total run-off of the Missouri valley at 15 per cent of the rain fall. This includes the springs which feed the rivers, as well as the superficial run-off. This sub- terranean factor is unusually large on the plains, because there are large areas on the mesas and among the sand hills, which have no surface streams. All moisture reaching the rivers from these areas percolates beneath the surface, and the superficial run-off is by so much diminished. Again, if the average for the whole Missouri valley is 15 per cent of the rain fall, it is less than that on the plains, because the whole basin includes wooded areas and steep mountain slopes, from both of which the run-off is more than the average. If we reckon 7.5 per cent as the superfi- cial run-off of the plains, that will certainly be as favorable as the considerations just presented will possibly admit. It is more likely to be too high than too low, for fully half, if not more, of the run-off is subterranean, and the total is less than 15 per cent, while we have allowed half of 15 per cent for surface flow which may be impounded. The third important consideration is seepage. A reservoir may be made absolutely water-tight, but it is not likely to be. Rather is it absolutely certain that for small storage on the farm, executed without the aid of professional engineer- ing, and under rigid conditions of economy, so that cement- ing, or puddling with clay, is out of the question on account of the expense, the loss by seepage will always be consider- able. The possible variations of such loss are so great that we can do no better than to make a somewhat arbitrary as- sumption of its amount, say two feet annually. If the site is so badly selected, and the dam so poorly built, that the water will be lowered more than two feet annually by per- colation, success is improbable; on the other hand, less than two feet would be too small a margin to allow for seepage under the circumstances. More would be fatal, and less is improbable. The fourth consideration is the ratio of catchment basin to reservoir surface. This factor is more under human control than the others. At first blush it might be thought to be wholly a matter of choice. And so it is if the reservoir is artificially excavated. It may be dug deep and narrow to prevent evaporation. Its surface may be made only one- millionth of the catchment basin, if that is desirable. But the economy of water storage for irrigation will not admit of more excavation than that required to procure earth for the dam. Aside from the cost of digging it, a deep pit would require a pump to raise the water. Natural depres- sions must be utilized. But these are always broad and shallow on the uplands. Deep cafions and valleys are ex- cluded because they are below the lands to be irrigated. They may answer for the valley lands below them, but not for the table-lands which we are considering. In the wide shallow basins of the uplands, if the waters have any con- siderable depth, they will spread abroad, cover much good land, and lose much by evaporation. But they must haye~ considerable average depth throughout the year for two" reasons. The maximum depth will occur after storms, the minimum during periods of drought. Unless the average is high it may readily happen that little or no water is avail- able just when the crops need irrigation. Furthermore, the depth should be considerable, or else the reservoir will flood ° nearly as much land as can be irrigated from it. E. §, Net- tleton, chief engineer of the Irrigation survey, U. 8. Dept. of Agriculture, estimates that an annual average of nine inches of water over the whole surface of the field will be required for successful irrigation on the plains. One acre of reservoir with an annual average depth of four and one-half feet will therefore irrigate six acres of land. The value of the flooded land will absorb the profits of the operation if the ratio is greater than that, that is, if the depth of water is less. It is evident that when water is impounded in natural de- pressions on the table-lands the reservoir will necessarily cover a considerable frattion of its catchment basin. Take 184 the proposition that every farm may have a reservoir, and see how it will figure out. For an average annual depth of four or five feet the water will spread over several acres, certainly not less than five acres. Ona farm of 160 acres the catchment basin cannot be more than 32 times as large as the reservoir. Drawing from the lands of one’s neigh- bors cannot be counted upon. Your neighbor below will be as likely to draw from your land as you are to draw from your neighbor above. The chances are even, and, in the general summing up of catchment areas, each can only count upon his own. Indeed he cannot count upon all of his own land, for, if itis alldevoted to gathering and storing the water, where is the field to be irrigated ? That must lie below the reservoir, as the catchment basin must lie above it. This simple matter of levels imposes another rigid limitation upon successful storage. Tillage of the catchment basin, causing greater absorption of the rainfall—possibly complete ab- sorption of it—is another contingency which may defeat storage. If the farmer owns a half section, 328 acres, and if we make due allowance for irrigated fields, and for slopes which face away from the reservoir, he may possibly get a ratio as high as 50:1. This is not enough for successful storage. On a section, 640 acres, it might be as high as 100:1, if the slopes were happily disposed. Instead, therefore, of a possible res- ervoir on every farm, it is clear that only very large farms having a favorable topography can enjoy this luxury. The ratio 100:1 probably represents the maximum of favor- able conditions which can ordinarily be realized on the plains. Hence we need not consider the possible results of any higher ratio. Nor need we go below the ratio 50:1, since that is already below the requirements of successful storage. It appears then that, instead of the ratio of catchment to the storage area being a matter of choice, it is subject to quite narrow limitations. We set out to seek quantitative results. By using data given above for evaporation, run-off, and seepage, which are believed to be fairly good approximations to the actual values of those factors, we may construct’ the following table: — Table showing the annual average depth of water for ratios varying from 50:1 to 100:1, and for rainfall varying from one to two feet, the annual evapora- tion pelng five feet, seepage two feet, and the run-off 7.5 per cent. Rawoor Catchment Depth cf Water for a Rainfall of to Reservoir Sur- | _ bats or ee SES pes face. 12 inches. | 15 inche3. 18 inches. | 21 inches. | 24 inches. 50:1 None. None. None. None. | .5 ft. 69:1 ff a ss -87 ft. 2. ft. WOr1 Se | sf 87 ft. 2.19 ft. 35 ft. 80:1 “ Bil, | 2 ie 3.5 ft. | 5. ft. 90:1 « 1.44 ft. 3.12 fs. 4 81 it. 6.5 ft. 100;1 <5 ft. 2.37 ft. 4.25 ft. GiSifty | eee tt. This table must not be taken to mean more than was in- tended. ‘‘None” does not mean that a reservoir under the given conditions would not contain water at any time in the whole year. It might be full after a storm, yet the aver- age expectation of finding water there at any date when it is needed for irrigation is correctly expressed by zero. LOSE! 1 The formula for computation is =a) (e+s)= D, in which R = rainfall, Sop = PUD off, 7/=ratio of basin to reservoir, e=evaporation, s= seepage, and D=annual average depth of wiateE resulting frcm the given conditions. SCIENCE. [Vot. XIX. No. 478 The table is intended merely for a quantitative expression of results which will follow if the assumed data are fairly correct. And, if they are somewhat erroneous, whoever knows’a more accurate value for any factor ean readily in- sert it, and correct the table. Quantitative expressions, even when based upon assumptions and hypotheses, are more in- structive than vague and speculative generalizations. This table, for instance, shows certain limitations of water storage so narrow and rigid that any errors which are likely to be detected in the assumed data will not overcome them. To specify some of these limitations, take the first column of the table. It means unmistakably that no storage can be made from a rainfall of one foot. The highest ratio, that of 100:1, a ratio which can seldom be realized, gives only six inches as the permanent average depth of water in the reservoir. None of the assumed data can very well be so far astray that its correction will raise the amount to a re- liable irrigation head of water. Possibly full at one time, but dry as a powder-horn at other times, such a reservoir would be useless, because it would be unreliable. Certainty —that most valuable feature of farming by irrigation as opposed to an enforced dependence upon the fickle goddess of weather in the rain-belt — would be lost. The farmer must have the water just when he needs it, not just when it happens to come. The figures for average annual depth show the maximum which can be relied upon with certainty at any given date. While it might sometimes be greater, there is no rational assurance of it. The seasonal distribution of the rainfall is so far favorable to a speedy use of stored waters, without serious loss by evaporation, as to make the case somewhat better than ap- pears in the table. But over against this is the neutralizing consideration that the greater rainfall of spring and summer is more fully absorbed than the lighter precipitation of win- ter upon frozen ground. Melting snows yield a greater run- off than summer rains. This increases the average period of storage before use, and correspondingly diminishes the chances of success. Tbese changes are still too slender to be at all reliable if the rainfall is fifteen inches. Indeed, it is not until we come to the column headed ‘‘18 inches” that we find any encour- agement. One result at the bottom of that column looks hopeful, but that calls for a catchment surface one hundred times as large as the reservoir —a condition which, when coupled with the further limitation of enough good irrigable land under the reservoir, not one farm in a hundred can fulfil. The promising figures are twice as numerous in the next column, and three times as numerous in the last. But even with two feet of rainfall the chances of failure and success are about even. The ratio must be at least 75:1, or a mean ~ between the lowest and highest in the table. For areas having a greater rainfall than two feet, where the impounded waters might be useful for other purposes, but would hardly be needed for irrigation, the possibilities of storage may be easily discovered by extending the table. Water storage upon the high mesas of the treeless belt is, if not wholly a delusion, at least somewhat delusive. More hopeful is the expedient of deep tillage, which is also a sort of storage. Hidden from sun and winds in the loose soil and sub-soil, the moisture will thus be preserved at the very spot where it is needed to sustain vegetation. L. E. Hicks. Dr. BaILion’s ‘‘ Dictionnaire de Botanique,” the publication of which was commenced in 1869, is now completed. \ APRIL 1, 1892.] THE SOPHISTICATED FRENCH WINES. Lovers of the glass that is alleged to exhilarate with mod- eration, and more especially those whose glances melt at the sight of French labels, will be interested in a report recently made to the French Academy of Science by three celebrated chemists. Our California vintners, too, whose machine-made wines by a chemical miracle become five years old within ten days from the press, will also find something to interest them. The report was made apropos of a question sub- mitted by the Paris Chamber of Commerce whether it was permissible to use the salts of strontium to precipitate the excess of plaster added to wine by vintners. The question was referred by the Academy to a committee composed of MM. Berthelot, Duclaux, and Gautier. These eminent savants made the following report: — “For above thirty years the employment of plaster in the manipulation of wines has been general throughout the south of France. A recent law has decreed that the maximum quan- tity of sulphate of potassium per litre in merchantable wine shall be two grams, and therefore the wine trade demands a method for reducing the quantity of sulphate in wines on hand to the legal limit. Some of these have already begun to use for this purpose a mixture of tartrate of strontium and tartaric acid. These substances added in the right proportion cause the precipitation of sulphate of strontium and the solu- tion in the wine of bitartrate of potassium. This operation replaces in the wine the tartrate of potassium removed by the plaster, but unfortunately the wine also retains in solu- tion more or less of tartrate of strontium. This salt is not a normal constituent of wine. It is not found in any food- -stuff, though it exists in some mineral springs, as, for in- stance, those of Vichy. When pure, these salts are not be- lieved to be poisonous in ordinary doses. “The question submitted by the Chamber of Commerce includes in effect a question of principle and one of fact. In principle one might say that, wine being a natural product, the addition of any chemical substance. whatever should be looked upon as a falsification, more especially is this the case when the purpose of the substance added is to mask the real character of the wine and deceive the purchaser as to the real nature of the merchandise he purchases. “Moreover, it appears to the committee that to furnish the Chamber of Commerce with a method for deplastering wines will in effect throw the authority of the Academy in favor of plastering, and will, furthermore, seem to promise a fur- ther scheme for destrontianizing the wine, to use a neologism, and so on, ad infinitum. ““Tt is necessary to define clearly the point where wine ceases to be a natural product and becomes a chemical fabri- cation. It is to the interest of no one, either among the vintners or among the merchants, to furnish grounds for pro- claiming to the world that French wines are artificial prod- ucts made, not by vintners, but by chemists. The authority of the Academy cannot be used for any such purpose. So much for the question of principle; nowas to the facts: Though strontium may not be a poison in ordinary doses, and even though it may serve as a useful medicine in certain cases, it is by no means certain that when used in sensible doses, as it must be if it becomes a constituent of an alimentary sub- stance in such common use as wine, it will be without effect upon the bodily functions. It is necessary to be not merely prudent but eveu timid in deciding whether or not to intro- duce into the bodily circulation mineral elements which normally do not exist there. Such substances, even when - apparently innoxious at first, may by their accumulation in SCIENCE. 185, the body produce at length very prave consequences, What may be innoxious to some persons may be ruinous to others, according to temperament or pre-existing maladies, The ex- _ periments of M. Soborde have shown that tartrate of stron- tium may produce congestion of the kidney in animals. Still, further, it must be remembered that therapeutic experi- ments with strontium have been conducted with a chemically pure salt. The strontium of commerce is always more or less mixed with salts of baryta, which are not easily separated, and which are very poisonous. The danger would be very great were these salts to become articles of ordinary com- merce, to be used without discrimination or control by vintners and wine merchants. These would buy their supplies in the cheapest markets without regard to purity. We know, too, how difficult it is to use such substances in such exact pro- portions as to get just the desired reaction among the ele- ments employed. ‘Hor these reasons the committee recommends that the Academy reply to the Chamber of Commerce that it declines to approve of the employment of salts of strontium for de- plastering wines, and reprobates such practices.” At a subsequent sitting of the Academy M. Quontin con- tributed the result of a study of deplastered wines. The process of deplastering is used only for the purpose of reduc- ing the contents of the wine in potassium sulphate to the legal limit. M. Quontin found in the course of his researches that not only are the chloride, nitrate, and carbonate of baryta commonly used, but also that the tartrate, acetate, and phosphate are employed for this purpose. M. Berthelot, in discussing M. Quontin’s paper, said that the facts brought to light by M. Quontin’s researches bore a character of very grave interest. The deplastering of wines by means of the salts of baryta was not merely a method of falsification of a common alimentary substance, but a real, wholesale manufacture of poisons. GERALD McCarty. North Carolina Experiment Station. A BOTANICAL LABORATORY. FORMERLY the botanical laboratories were given up al- most entirely to systematic and structural work, this being as much a matter of necessity as of choice, for the physio- logical and bacteriological work are comparatively new branches of the science of botany, requiring specially de- signed apparatus, which is often very costly. Of late years, however, the great scientific and economie value of the latter subjects is being realized, and laboratories are being equipped in which these lines can be pursued. One of the finely furnished physiological and bacterio- logical laboratories of this country is. that at Purdue Uni- versity Experiment Station, La Fayette, Ind., equipped by Dr. J. C. Arthur. The laboratory consists of five rooms be- side the greenhouse, these being a general laboratory in the centre, a library and herbarium to the west, a bacteriologi- cal room to the east, and a store-room and dark room to the north. The general laboratory has a large window, occupy- ing nearly the whole width of the south side of the room, furnished with light lower curtains and a dark heavy upper one. These can be adjusted so as to tone the light on a bright sunny day, and allow the entrance of all the licht possible on a gloomy day. In front of the window isa long table fastened to the wall to prevent vibration as much as possible; this is used for microscopic work. The walls are lined with wall cases and cases of drawers for reagents, 186 glass-ware, and apparatus in immediate use. There are tables with gas and water supply; a sink with hot water apparatus and cleated shelves for drying purposes; and dry- ing and constant-temperature ovens. Accompanying the reagent case is a card catalogue, which indicates very nearly the arrrngement of reagents, so that the time taken to find one is reduced to the minimum. Among the pieces of apparatus in the room are auxanom- eters, clinostats, electric and mercuric thermo-regulators, hot stages, dialyzers, pressure regulators, chemical, torsion, and ordinary balances, dynamometers, an electric motor, transpiration. tubes, ete. The bacteriological room has a south and east light, and is -HooD REFRIGERATOR ---TAQLES WITH DRAWERS. «.-APpanaTus Crees « GERMINATION CHAMBER <. Sweiwes, = SINKS « Rzaqgenr CASA. TABLES . AEABARIUM CAGE ». Boon Cases. -. BENncwes «+ FLooR TANK. ZATTSSVaaean~ = BaAcTEAia Room i 7 fal : @rorz= Room, fitted up with the latest appliances; such as steam and dry- air sterilizers, germination ovens, bulb and ordinary culture tubes, and all the various paraphernalia used in bacterio- logical work. There is a large table with sink, having a water supply, and cases of drawers for supplies of cotton, agar, gelatine, cages, etc., a case of stains, and a large hood with water supply in which the steam sterilizers are placed, The library and herbarium on the opposite side of the general laboratory to the bacteriological room contains the standard works, and as Dr. Arthur’s private library is kept here besides, there are many valuable and rare works to which one does not usually have the good fortune to have access. There is alsoa good supply of botanical journals both in English and foreign languages. The library is speci- ally well supplied with works on plant diseases, parasitic SCIENCE, Generac Laaonatony 20°x 20° [VoLt. XIX. No 478 fungi, and physiological subjects. The library is carefully catalogued. The herbarium contains both phanerogams and crypto- gams, parasitic fungi being specially well represented. In the store room are kept the supplies not in immediate use. Leading from the store-room is the dark room for photographie work; this room being supplied with gas, water, a specially arranged sink, and the chemicals and ap- pliances needed in the work. A small greenhouse extends south from the station, its main room opening directly from the laboratory and on the same level. This room is fitted up with tables and benches upon which apparatus can be placed when the student is House. GREEN “ianaany AnD Peabaniun, PALL ~ Wary. working with the living plants. The smaller room is on a lower level, and is kept at a lower temperature than the main room. Experiments can thus be carried on with plants at different temperatures. There are also in this room a floor tank for aquatic plants, and steam-heated cutting beds. Both rooms are heated by steam. The greenhouse forms a very useful adjunct to the laboratory. - The laboratory in the Station is entirely separate from the University laboratory, the latter being under the direction of Dr. Stanley Coulter; the work there is in systematic and structural botany. The students in Dr. Arthur's laboratory who do the physiological and bacteriological work are juniors and seniors who have elected botany and have done the sys- tematic and structural work previously. There are also post-graduate students who are doing original work. : KATHERINE E. GOLDEN, APRIL I, 1892.] THE DISTRIBUTION OF FISHES. A GooD illustration of the amount of change brought about by deep-sea investigations in our ideas of the distribution of the fishes is to be seen in the recent history of the Disccboli. A short time ago it was supposed all the representatives of this group —the Discoboles, disk-bearers, lump-fishes, sucking- fishes, or sea-snails, as they are variously called — were re- stricted to the Atlantic and Pacific, in their northern parts, and to the Arctic Ocean. This was previous to 1870. ‘At that date species were known of each of the families of the group. From the Atlantic section there were two species of the Cyclopteridze — Cyclopterus lumpus and Eumicrotremus spinosus — and five species of the Liparididee — Liparis mon- tagui, L. liparis, L. tunicatus, Careproctus major, and C. Reinhardi. And from the Pacific the list contained one species of the Cyclopteridze, Kumicrotremus orbis, two species of the Liparopside, Cyclopterichthys ventricosus and Liparops stel- leri, and five species of the Liparididee — Liparis mucosus, L. ealliodon, L. Agassizii, L. pulchellus, and Careproctus gela- tinosus. Between 1870 and 1891 the additions from the Atlantic _ were four species of the Liparididze — Careproctus micropus, s Paraliparis bathybius, P. liparinus, P. membranaceus. In this period the northern Pacific had yielded one species of the same family, Paraliparis rosaceus., But the more impor- tant additions im this time were from the southern end of the American continent, whence came one species of the Liparopsidz, Cyclopterichthys amissus, and three species of ~ Liparididze—Liparis antarctica, L. Steineni, and L. pallidus (one or more of which may yet prove to be young of Care- proctus). Previous to 1891 this was the state of our knowledge of the Discoboles; and the generally accepted idea of their distri- bution limited them to the far-north and to the far-south, and displaced them in the tropics by other disk-bearers belonging to very distinct families, the Gobiidz and the Gobiesocide. As such a number of the Discoboli were deep-sea forms, and as the anatomy in general was that of types adapted toa life far below the surface in low temperatures, there seemed to be no reason for supposing them absent from great depths under the torrid zone. These considerations induced me, in monographing the group for this museum, to predict that eventually the proper distribution would be found to extend from the northern to the most southern localities on the sea bottom (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XIV., No. 2). Since 1890 a new genus, Cyclopteroides, and new species lhaye been added to the number of Discoboles known from the North Pacific. They, however, did not affect the distri- bution previously determined. It remained for the United States Fishery Commission steamer ‘‘ Albatross,” under Commander Tanner, to supply what was needed to verify the prediction. Among the fishes collected by this vessel while dredging off the west coast of Central America, in charge of Professor Alexander Agassiz, I find representatives of two species which place the sub-equatorial distribution be- yond question. These specimens were secured within four degrees of the equator, at depths of more than 1,700 fathoms, in temperatures of about 36° F. They are figured and de- scribed in the forthcoming report on the fishes of these ex- plorations, under the names Careproctus longifilis and Para- liparis fimbriatus. By their capture the Artarctic are con- nected with the Arctic localities, and the range of the Discoboli is proved to be one of the most extensive among the fishes, though the affinities and habits of those we now know are such as indicate that the present list of the species Jacks much of being complete. SCIENCE: 187 But the modifications of our ideas by deep-sea exploration, as will be shown in a later writing, are not confined to a particular group. Our conclusions respecting numbers of the families with which we had supposed ourselves well ac- quainted have been affected directly, through new species and extended ranges, and indirectly, through peculiarities of ana- tomical or other relationships that appear as evidences of the existence of allied forms not yet known, and of yet to be discovered centres of distribution serving as sources of re- plenishment for the fisheries, retreats for recovery from de- pletion, or as possible new grounds for our fishermen. S. GARMAN. Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., Mar. 7. NOTES AND NEWS. A NEW ‘‘Jahrbuch der Chemie” is to be issued by the Ger- man publisher, H. Bechhold, Frankfort. It will be edited by Pro- fessor R. Meyer, who has secured the co-operation of many eminent men of science. The intention is that the progress of pure and applied chemistry shall be recorded every year in a connected series of articles. —Japan has no fewer than 700 earthquake-observing stations scattered over the Empire, and the Tokio correspondent of the London Times is of opinion that they are all needed. He points out that not only are the Japanese shaken up by fully 500 earth- quakes every year —some of them more or less destructive — but at intervals there comes a great disaster, amounting, as in the earthquake -of Oct. 28, 1891, to a national calamity. Japanese annals record twenty-nine such during the last 1,200 years. —The volcano of Kilauea is very active at present. The cavity produced by the last breakdown has not filled up, but there is an active lake two or three hundred feet below the general level of the floor and a quarter of a mile in diameter. Rey. S. E.. Bishop of Honolulu says the whole plateau of Halemanman is steadily rising. It is evidently being pushed up by lava working under- neath and not built up by overflows. Professor W. D. Alexander, in charge of the Trigonometrical Survey, writes that his assistant, Mr. Dodge, will probably re-survey the crater during the coming summer, for the purpose of comparing the present topography with that delineated in Science, vol. ix., p. 181, 1887. The Vol- cano Company is constantly improving the facilities offered to visitors for inspecting the crater. —It sometimes happens that peat bogs swell and burst, giving out astream of dark mud. Herr Klinge, as we learn from Nature, has made a study of this rare phenomenon (Bot. Jahrb.), of which he has found only nine instances in Europe between 1745 and 1883 (seven of these being in Ireland). Heavy rains generally occur before the phenomenon, and detonations and earth vibrations pre- cede and accompany it. The muddy stream which issues, of various fluidity, rolls along lumps of peat, and moves now more quickly, now more slowly. After the outbreak, the mud quickly hardens, and the bog sinks at the place it appeared, forming a funnel-shaped pool. The bogs considered by Herr Klinge have been almost all on high ground, not in valleys. He rejects the idea that the effects are due to excessive absorption of water by the bog. The peat layers, which often vary much in consistency, have each a certain power of imbibition, and the water absorbed does not exceed this limit. Excessive rain affects chiefly the upper layer not yet turned into peat and the cover of live vegetation, which ets saturated like a sponge, after which the water collects in pools, and runs off in streams. The theory of gas explosions is also rejected ; and the author considers the real cause to lie in land- slips, collapses, etc., of ground under the bog, permitting water or liquid mud to enter. This breaks up the bog mechanically, mixes with it and fluidifies it, and an outburst at the surface 1s the result. The limestone formations in Ireland, with their large caverns and masses of water, are naturally subject to those col- lapses, which, with the vibrations they induce, are more frequent in wet years. The heavy rains preceding the bog eruptions are thus to be regarded as only an indirect cause of these. 188 SCTE NCE: A WEERLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY Nz DG y HODGES), 874 BRoADWAY, NEw York. SUBSCRIPTIONS.—United States and Camada................ $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................. 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible’ for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘ Wants” column. use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. It is invaluable to those who The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go direct to them. The ‘‘Exchange”’ column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F. Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. THE PATENT OFFICE BUILDING. WE have recently referred to the condition of the United States Patent Office as revealed by the reports made at the meetings of the Association of Inventors and Manufactures. It will be remembered that it was stated that either a new and much larger building is required for the work of that department of the Government, or a great extension of the present building and quarters. Every commissioner of patents for many years past has endeavored to bring this matter before Congress in such manner as to secure some re- hef, but without avail; and the condition of things in the building has now become, in consequence of the supineness of those responsible for it, as testified by the speakers in the discussion in the Senate reported in part below, something shameful and almost indescribable. It will be remembered also that the Patent Office building was erected many years ago, and especially for its present uses, at a cost of about #3,000,000, all furnished by the inventors of the country; but it is now so utterly inadequate to its work that clerks and other officers in the office are actually in danger of asphyxia- tion. But this is not all; this building, built with the money of inventors thus taxed for the privilege of making this country the most prosperous and wealthy on the globe, money contributed by poor inventors usually, is not now even permitted to be appropriated to the use for which it was constructed or the purpose to which it was dedicated; but the Interior Department, organized since the formation of the Patent Office, has been permitted to enter its ‘‘ camel's nose ” into this tent, and has now succeeded in getting so much of its body in that it actually dispossesses the rightful pro- prietors, and it has even been suggested by at least one sec- retary of the interior that the Patent Office be dispossessed entirely. The Patent Office rightfully owns the building, which is paid for out of its own earnings at a cost of $3,000,000, and the accumulations of inventors’ money in the treasury SCIENCE: [-VoL. XD" No. 478 amount to about $4,000,000 more; nevertheless, itseems next to impossible to save the business of the country from further serious expense and enormous embarrassment through de- layed cases, or to preserve the employees of the government. from danger to health and life by the construction of a new building which might be, and should be, immediately con- structed. Itseems unfortunate enough that the present state of affairs should exist; but it seems doubly so when it is cof- sidered that poor inventors taxed for the benefit of a country which they have done so much to aid are not permitted to: even build for themselves a building in which their work can be carried on in a business-like way, promptly and effi- ciently and at their expense. We quote from the Washing- ton Star : — “There was an interesting debate on local public buildings in the Senate yesterday afternoon. Senator Carey offered a resolution, which was printed in The Star, in which the committee on public buildings and grounds was called upon to report upon the condition of government buildings, the necessity for new buildings, the probable cost of the latter and the amount now annually spent for rent by the govern- ment. “Senator Allison stated the rental expenditure as about $140,000 per annum. He did not object to the inquiry, but he thought it would dp very little good. Everybody knew that public buildings were needed. “Senator Hawley made several pertinent and forceful re- marks as to the structurally dangerous and generally un- healthy condition of the government printing office. “Senator Platt talked pointedly of the Patent Office. Said he: ‘It is now at least eight years since I called the atten- tion of the Senate to this matter. The difficulty has been increasing ever since. Although we have been taking busi- ness out of what is known as the Interior Department build- ing, the danger, the overcrowding, the unhealthiness of that building have been increasing all the time, notwithstanding the room that has been made for the Patent Office. I said then, and I repeat now, that if there was a factory in the State of Connecticut where the employes were obliged to work under as unfavorable conditions as to health as the clerks in the Patent Office, the proprietors would be prose- cuted and convicted under the laws of the State of Con- necticut.’ ; ‘*Senator Gray had been looking into the matteralso. ‘TI had occasion,’ said he, ‘as a member of the committee on patents of this body, to visit the portion of the Patent Office building to which are assigned the documents and records which have made the tremendous weight that is jeopardizing the safety of that building, and though I expected to find some inconvenience there and a state of things which was: very undesirable, I was not prepared to see what was ex- hibited to me, and I have felt ever since that there was a personal responsibility resting upon every member of this body and upon the co-ordinate body of Congress as long as that state of thing continues for the lives as well as for the health of those people who are compelled to labor there for their daily sustenance. I found a room there in which sev- enty or eighty ladies were performing their clerical duties that was so stifling that a half-hour’s visit to that room made me so glad to get into the fresh air that I should be very unwilling to go back there again and stay the same length of time. ‘“ «While we are waiting for the fire-proof building referred. to, there is danger that some of these people may be asphyxi- ated in the interval, and I think, among all of the important. « i Ae APRIL I, 1892. ] questions that are pressing upon the attention of Congress, there is none more important and exigent than attention to this matter which has been brought up by the senator from Connecticut. I do not believe we can afford to wait a single day in giving our attention to some method of relief. I un- derstand from the report made by the secretary of the in- terior that the quantity of air to each individual in the part of the building where these ladies worked is about 400 cubic feet, whereas Dr. Billings, the best authority perhaps in the United States or in the world on sanitary matters of this kind, says that human life cannot be healthfully continued without something like 4,000 cubic feet to the individual. I asked the gentleman who has charge of that room how they managed to get along at all, and he said that at intervals of _ about two hours or an hour and a half they had to ask all these people to go out of the room — in wibter time, of course —so that they might raise the windows in order to change the air; otherwise they could not get along as well as they do. That condition of things is shameful as well as deplora- ble, and I think some action ought to be taken at once in the imterest of the human beings who are compelled by their necessities to perform their duties under such circum- stances.’ ” _ THE STRUCTURE OF THE HEMIPTEROUS MOUTH. Our knowledge of the mouth parts of the Hemiptera is given by Professor Comstock in his valuable “‘ Introduction ” as follows: ‘‘The mouth parts are formed for piercing and sucking. Without dissection they usually appear as a slen- der, jointed beak, arising at the base of a shorter, pointed labrum. This beak consists of four bristles inclosed in a fleshy jointed sheath. Two of the bristles represent the Fie. 1. mandibles and two the maxille. The sheath is supposed to consist of the labium and grown-together labial palpi. This sheath is usually four jointed, and is never composed of more than that number of segments. The maxillary palpi are wanting.” The results of my studies in the Diptera, Hymenoptera and on the pupa of Cicada, lead me to disagree with this explanation, or homology, of the parts. The head of a Cicada pupa when softened and cleaned so that all the parts ave easily recognizable, shows four divis- ions, or selerites, forming the lateral margin of the head in- feriorly. In Fig. 1 the sclerites are shown, pried apart for convenience of recognition, and without attempt at any but diagrammatic result. The anterior of the sclerites is the labrum, covering the base of the mouth, and normally ap- pressed so close to the beak that the intervening structures are SCIENCE 189 not visible. Behind the labrum and normally closely united to- it is the mandibular sclerite, which has not been heretofore recognized, but which is exactly where it should be, com- pared witha mandibulate mouth. From the side this sclerite gives a mere indication of its character and from the firm- ness of the union shows that the mandibles are not mobile and therefore not functional. Cutting along the posterior suture of the mandible and then straight across so as to get the whole of the labrum, we get from behind the view shown in Fig. 2. Here the mandibles show as elongated flattened strips, quite chitinous in texture toward the tips, which lat- ter are acute and somewhat beak-like, divergent. The ex- tremities lie so close to the pointed tip of the labrum that they are invisible from the side. In the cavity between the mandibular sclerite and the front of the labrum there is at least one large gland, probably that secreting the irritating fluid which many bugs inject into the punctures made by the beak. From this gland a distinct duct leads to the pointed Fig. 3. tip of the labrum behind and between two chitinous wings giving muscular attachments. In Belostoma the labrum is extended so as to coyer the beak for half its length. Here there is a salivary gland behind the clypeus, the duct extend- ing to the tip of the labrum and then apparently discharging into the beak. In some species the labrum is set inwardly with a coating of very fine, dense hair, giving a velvety sur- face, and this, as Dr. Packard has shown is the epipharynx. It is not present in the Cicada pupa. The sclerite next be- hind the manibular ring is that from which arise the two bristles that are usually homologized with the mandible and 190 maxilla. That neither of them can be mandible follows from the fact that I have already demonstrated the true mandible. Removing the front rings altogether and spread- ing out flat the two posterior sclerites after removing the in- ternal structures, we have the appearance shown in Fig. 3. In this figure we see the intimate connection between the beak and the maxillary structures. The two bristles are seen to arise from one base, and attached to the same source is the remnant of the maxillary palpus. The organ is much re- duced, and probably not functional; but there is no doubt of its nature. By the pressure applied the base of the bristles is torn from the fastenings, which are distorted out of recog- nition. Figs. 4 and 5 give the true appearance. These two Fig. 4. bristles represent the lacinia and stipes of the maxilla, devel- oped in exactly the same way in which they are seen in the Diptera. In most species they are quite strongly modified _at the tip and: there is a permanent distinction in the charac- ‘ter of the armature of the two bristles which will be of as- ‘sistance ultimately in distinguishing the parts. : The remaining maxillary part, the galea, I identify with ‘the beak, denying thus its character as labium and grown- together labial palpi. No one has questioned the fact that the beak in the Hemiptera is the homologue of the similar structure in Diptera, and this I have shown is a galear devel- opment. The steps in the development are clearly shown by studying a series of the long-tongued Hymenoptera in con- nection with the piercing Diptera including Hrax and allies. Fia. 5. Exactly how the change to the normal Hemipterous struc- ture occurred, I have not yet been able to ascertain. In this view the basal segment of the beak through which it is at- tached to the other maxillary parts, represents the cardo; the second joint the subgalea; while tke third and fourth repre- sent the two joints of the galea. In the apparently taree- jointed beak the basal segment is so intimately connected with the head that it seems to form a part of it. Dissecting away all tissue from the head and leaving only the cardo of the maxilla and the other internal mouth structures at- tached thereto, we have the appearance from behind shown in Wig. 5. either side of which there is a flat chitinous plate with two leaf-like membranous processes attached. On each side of this central plate, and imbedded in the tissue, is one of the SCIENCE “Inde hoskenragetete. Centrally there is a boat-shaped structure, on. [Vor. XEX. No. 478 lancets. Seen from the side, as in Fig. 4, the boat-like form ~ of the central organ is more obvious as are also the maxillary base and the lancets issuing therefrom. This boat is formed of two parts closely united along a suture which is parallel to the line of the suture separating the labrum, the anterior portion belonging in the cavity behind the labrum, the re- mainder belonging to the central head cavity. That portion of the process belonging in the frontal portion of the head is shown in Fig. 2 superiorly. Through the centre of this boat on the inside is a thin membranous plate, longitudinally furrowed in its centre, and from this central furrow sending up long flat filaments, the nature of which I have not recog- nized. This boat-shaped process I homologize with the mentum in mandibulate insects, the fulerum of the Diptera. It is all that remains of the labium or second maxilla, if my interpretation of the structures is correct. Exactly at what point in the development the missing structures were lost, I cannot yet say; it will require close study in groups in which I have as yet no material at all. Iam confident, however, that the above explanation of the homology of the structures will prove the true one. : Joun B. SMITH. Rutgers College, N. Y. THE ELYMOLOGY OF THE TWO IROQUOIAN COM- POUND STEMS, -SKE’’-RA-KEQ’-TE’ AND -NDU- . TA-KEQ -TE’. STUDENTS of Iroquoian terms have made attempts to analyze these two interesting compound-stems, but in making these analyses they overlooked the force and exact meaning of the component elements of these two stems, and so the ety- mologies they have put forth are erroneous. Too much weight was given to so-called ‘‘ accepted authority,” and — indiscriminating compilation took the place of careful re- _ search. It appears from the evidence of language that hitherto all students who have attempted to analyze these two compound terms have been misled by a mistranslation of the noun Gaskenra, made by Father Bruyas in his work mentioned below. The writer will here cite what has been written by him ~ upon the two stems in question as well as what has been written upon them by other authors who have had access to his writings. This is done for the purpose of showing to what extent Bruyas’s erroneous translation has been an em- barrassment to all his copyists; for they invariably quote his wrong definition of the noun in question, and yet make remarks, the reasons for which should have led them to the true etymology and signification of the-elements and terms in question. Father Bruyas’ succinctly says, ‘‘ Gaskenra, la Guerre. S. 2ae conj. soldat.” Again, on page 83 of the same work, he writes, “‘ OnnSta, coton, duvet.” And immediately below this, ‘‘ Nond8tagete, la Guérre. Hotinnond8tagetete, les soldats.” Father Cuoq, following his predecessors in Iroquoian glot- tology, writes,” ‘‘Oskenra, vieux mot qui n’est plus guere usité qu’en cp. avec le vy. wakkehte, porter. I] devait signi- fier la guerre ou plutot qq. instrument de guerre. Ros- kenrakehte, au pl., rotiskenrakehte, homme de guerre, guer- rier, militaire, homme portant armes.” This citation may be translated thus: ‘‘ Oskenra [is] an old word which is not much in use now except in composition with the verb wak- - eo Radices Verborum Jroquzorum,”’ Neo-Eboracl, 1863, p. 98. 2 ** Lexique de la Langue Iroqulse,” Montreal, 1882, p. 36. APRIL I, I 892. ] kehte, to carry. It must have signified war, or rather some instrument of war. Roskenrakehte, rotiskenrakehte in the plural, a soldier, warrior, martial man, man bearing arms.” Again, on page 35 of the same work, we find, ‘‘ Onota, jone,” i.e., Onota, ‘“‘a rush or reed,” being the onn8ta of Father Bruyas. Following M. Cuog. Mr. Horatio Hale says," ‘‘ Oskenra is ‘an ancient word for war. Kakehte is to carry. The com- pound word, roskenrakehte, means ‘one who carries on war.’ ” Lafitau, although clearly pointing out the true origin of +he two compound sters in question, fails to deduce from it the exact etymology of either. stem. He was evidently misled by the mistranslation of gaskenra by la guerre, war, made by Father Bruyas, as cited hereinbefore, for Kka-ské” -r@ does not signify war. Before making an analy- ~sis of the terms at issue, the writer will here quote at length what Lafitau has written upon them. He says,’ ‘‘ Les Iro- quois et les Hurons, nomment Ja Guerre n’Ondoutagette et Gaskenrhagette. Le verbe final Gagetton, qui se trouve dans Ja composition de ces deux mots, et qui signifie Porter, marque bien qu’on y portoit quelque chose autrefois, qui en ‘toit tellement le symbole, qu’elle en avoit pris sa denomina- tion. Leterme Ondouta, signifie, le duvet qu’on tire de l’épy des Roseaux de Marais, et signifie aussi la plante toute en- tiere, dont ils se servent pour faire les nattes sur quoi ils couchent, de sorte qu’il y a apparence qu’ils avoient affecté ce terme pour la Guerre, parce que chaque Guerrier portoit avec soy sa natte dans ces sortes d’expeditions. En effet la natte est encore aujourd’huy le symbole qu’ils representent dans leurs peintures Hieroglyphiques pour désigner le nom- bre de leurscampagnes. Pource quiest du terme Gaskenrha, il est si ancien que les Sauvages eux-mémes n’en scavent plus la signification. Mais comme il seroit inutile de courir apres des étymologies, sur lesquelles les naturels du pais sont embarrassés eux-mémes, il me suffit de dire, que tout ce que les Sauvages portent dans leurs courses militaires, se reduit 4 leurs armes, 4 quelques ustenciles necessaires dans les campemens, et 4 quelques provisions de farine preparées de la maniere, dont je l’ai expliqué.”’ This quotation may be rendered thus: ‘‘The Iroquois and the Hurons call war wv Ondoutagette and Gaskenrhagette. The final verb Gaget- ton, which is found in the composition of these two words, and which signifies to bear or to carry, shows, verily, that heretofore something was borne to it [i.e., to war] which was a symbol of it [i.e., of war] to such a degree that it [war] had assumed its (the symbol’s] designation. The term On- douta signifies the down [the wool-like substance] which is taken from the ear [cat-tails] of marsh-reeds, and it also denotes the entire plant, which they use in making the mattresses (nattes) upon which they lie, so that it appears that they applied this term to war, because every warrior, in this kind of expeditions, carried with him his own mat- tress. In fact, the mattress is still to-day the symbol em- ployed in their hieroglyphic picture-writing to denote the number of their campaigns. As to the term Gaskenrha, it is so old that the Savages themselves no longer know its meaning. But as it would be profitless to run after etymol- -ogies concerning which the natives of the country themselves are perplexed; it suffices me to say that the entire equipage of the savages in their military expeditions consists of their arms, of some necessary utensils for the encampment, and of some provision of meal prepared in the manner which I 1 “ Transactions of the Buffalo Historial Society,” vol. 3, p. 72. 2 ‘Moe irs des Sauvages Ameriquains, Comparées aux Moours des Premiers Temps,” Tom3 I!., 191-5 pp. Paris, 1724. SCIEN GE. IQI have explained.” Again, on page 46 of the same Tome, while discussing the monogrammatice or hieroglyphic picture-writ- ing of the Indians, Lafitau says, “‘ Le nombre des expeditions est designé par des nattes. On distingue celles ot il s’est trouvé, et celles ot il a commandé, en ce que ces dernieres sont marquées par des colliers attachés 4 la natte.” This citation may be rendered thus: ‘‘ The number of expeditions is denoted by mats or mattresses (des nattes). There is a distinction made between those wherein one was merely a member and those wherein he commanded, in this, that the latter are designated by having wampum-strings attached to them.” It is only by a figure of speech,—by metaphor,— that either one of the compound stems, n’Ondoutagette or Gas- kenrhagette, signifies war or warfare, for neither of the com- ponent nouns of the two stems is denotive of war, nor does the verb-stem with which they are compounded signify war- ring or to make war. In the following lines, the alphabet used in the orthogra- phy of the Iroquoian terms and stems, other than those quoted, is that of the Bureau of Ethnology, Smithsonian In- stitution. The verb-stem -keq-te’, although having the form of the perfect tense of a simple verb, the present tense form of which is now not in use (being no longer a living form of the verb), has the force and meaning of a present tense; and it is for this reason that its personal or pronominal affixes are those of the perfect tense of regular verbs. It has a specific mean- ing only; namely, to bear or rather bearing [something] on the back [by means of the forehead strap]. Hence, for the purposes of etymology, to translate it simply by such general terms as ‘‘to bear,” ‘‘to carry,” and ‘‘ to carry on,” is a mere waste of time and a confession of the ignoring of its only and specific meaning which requires its composition with such nouns of things only which may be borne on the back. Indeed, the name of the forehead-strap, ka-keq -ta’, is derived directly from it, the initial ka- being only a gender sign, and the final -a@’ a nominal formative. In the compound stem n’Ondoutagette, cited by Lafitau, the initial m and apostrophe are used for the definitive ne pronounced as a proclitic. The noun in it is on-du -ta’ (Ondouta), which signified a reed or rush, the material for mat and mattress-making; the down, or cotton, of reeds, rushes, and plants; and, lastly, the war-mattress or war- mat. To confirm what has been advanced in support of the writer’s definition of the word on-dw-ta’, he will cite what is found in the ‘‘Huron Grammar” of Pere Pierre Potier, dated about 1750. Therein are to be found the following entries, ‘‘kandota, jonc 4 nattes,” i.e., reed or rush for mats; again, under ‘“‘ Meubles d’une Maison,” is to be found “ on- dota, natte de guerre, i.e., war-mat or war-mattress. This is conclusive evidence as to the early meaning of on-du -tv’ as pertaining to warfare. Hence, on-du-ta-keq’-ta’, the par- ‘ticipial form, signifies, etymologically, ‘‘bearing a war-mat or mattress on the back.” Replacing the initial gender-sign o- by the masculine pronoun of the singular third person of the anthropic gender, ho-, he, we have hon-du-ta-keq’-te’, ‘‘he bears a war-mattress on the back,” which was one of the customs of warriors on the war-path. It has been said elsewhere in this article that ka ske™’-ra’ (Gaskenrha) did not mean warring or warfare. Lafitau states, in the citation from his work aboye quoted, that, in his time, its meaning was unknown to the Indians themselves. But, misled by Bruyas’s mistranslation of it, he 192 doubtless asked them if the word meant war, and, receiving a negative reply, he at once inferred that as it must be an archaic word for war its signification had been forgotten by the Indians; for was it. not still the component element in a compound meaning war and warrior? This inference, how- ever, was erroneous. ; Since it is compounded with the verb-stem -keq-te’, it must like on dw’-tw signify something which had to be borne on the back by the warrior. Under the heading, ‘* Meubles, mesnages, outils,” i. e., ‘‘ Family or household goods, tools, etc.,” Fr. Gabriel Sagard, in his ‘‘ Dictionnaire de la Langue Huronne” (1632), wrote ‘‘ Ballet, Oscoera.” In the fifth edition of the ‘‘ Dictionnaire de Academie Francoise,” Paris, 1825, there are two forms of the word “‘ ballet” given; one of these is ‘‘balle,” signifying a large pack of goods, bound with cords, and wrapped in coarse linen cloth, and the other is ‘‘ ballot,” meaning a large pack or bundle of family or household goods. The word bale is evidently the correct rendering of this word. But it is very improbable that a bale as such formed a part of the family and household goodsand tools of theearly Hurons. It is likely, however, that oscoera signified a mat woven from the common Indian hemp (Apoeynum Cannabinum), and thus merely a form of the modern Mohawk, and perhaps proethnic, oska’ra’, flax, hemp, tow, the Tuskarora form of which is w’-ska-ré, meaning shawl, blanket, bedding, bed-cover, whatever is spread to lie upon; being found in yé-cka-re™-kua’, ‘‘one uses it to spread,” which is a descriptive name of a carpet. Father Bruyas (on page 115, op. cit.) has ‘‘ Gentskaron, estendre, mettre la natte,” i. e., to spread or lay the mat or mattress; and ‘““ Gentskare, S. natte, avoir une natte,” i. e., a mat, to have a mat, mattress. Pére Pierre Potier (op. cit.) has ‘‘kaskara, tout ce qui sert 4 coucher,”’i. e., all that which is used for bed- ding. It is thus seen that the noun-stem --skar- has the same meanings that -ndut-, the stem of on-dw'-tw has, but it has a wider application in the modern vocabulary. There is no attempt made here to connect these stems etymologically, but a similar sematologic development only is shown in the two stems. The stem of ka ske”'ra@’ is -ske”?-r- or better -ske”’r-. In the stems -skar- and -ske” 7, we have two generic noun-stems, having the same consonnatic sounds, sustaining one to the other the same positions in the two stems respectively, but differing in the interconsonantic vowel which vocalizes them. Nevertheless, it is assumed that these two stems are derived from one and the same proethnic source. It is clear that the stem -skar- is the older form, in that it is the simpler of the two. The change of the mid-stem vowel a@ to e” is ex- plained by the presence of the ‘‘interrupted explosive,” repre- sented by an apostrophe before a following r and by the presence of a k immediately before the vowel changed. The eause of the change was the ‘‘ interrupted explosive,” which became a part of the stem by analogic metathesis, a proced- ure which is not unknown in this language. So that there exists no formidable phonetic difficulty in the way of regard- ing the two stems -skar- and -ske”’7- as derivatives from one and the same proetlinic form, having the meanings possessed by the stem -skar-, already given above. Thus, it appears that ka-ske” ra’? meant a mat or mattress; and this is the meaning which is absolutely required by the verb stem -keq- te’ with which it is compounded. Thus, both the compound-stems -ske”’-ra keq-te’ and -ndu- ta-keq’-te’ were denotive of a custom of the Iroquoian war- rior when on the war-path. The pronominal] prefixes have been suppressed for brevity’s sake. Prefixing the pronoun SCIENCE: (VoL. XIX. No. 478 of the third person masculine singular of the anthropic gen- der, ro-, to the first, we have ro-ske” ’-ra-keq’-te’, ‘‘he bears a maton the back;” and ho-, a dialectic form of ro, to the: other we have ho ndu-ta-keq’-te’, he ‘‘bears a mat on the back.” So that in the baldest English a warrior was a ** mat — or mattress — bearer,” in the tongues of the Iroquoian peoples. J. N. B. Hewitt. Washington, D. C., March 15. FORTHCOMING SCIENTIFC BOOKS.! THE following is a list of scientific works which will be issued by various English publishers in the course of the spring: — Messrs. Macmillan & Co. — ‘‘ Essays on some Controverted Questions,” with a Prologue, by Professor Huxley ; ‘‘ The Beauties: of Nature,” by Sir John Lubbock, F.R.S., illustrated; ‘Island Life, or The Phenomena and Causes of Insular Faunas and Floras,”” including a revision and attempted solution of the problem of geo- logical climates,” by A. R. Wallace, with illustrations and maps, new and cheaper edition; ‘‘ The Apodide,” a morphological study, by Henry M. Bernard, illustrated (Nature Series) ; ‘‘ Experimental Evolution,” by Henry de Varigny; ‘‘ The Diseases of Modern Life,” by B. W. Richardson, F.R.S., new and cheaper edition; ‘‘ The: Geography of the British Colonies” — ‘‘ Canada,” by George M. Dawson, ‘‘ Australia and New Zealand,” by Alexander Sutherland (Macmillan’s Geographical Series) ; ‘‘ Scientific Papers,” by Oliver Heaviside; ‘‘The Algebra of Co-Planar Vectors and Trigonome- try,” by R. B. Hayward, F.R.S., assistant master at Harrow; «Key and Student’s Companion to Higher Arithmetic and Ele- mentary Mensuration,” by P. Goyen, inspector of schools, Dunedin, New Zealand; ‘‘ Arithmetic for Schools,” by Barnard Smith, late fellow and bursar of St. Peter’s College, Cambridge, carefully re— vised in accordance with modern methods by W. H. H. Hudson, professor of mathematics, King’s College, London; ‘‘ Blowpipe Analysis,” by J. Landauer, authorized English edition by J. Taylor and W. E. Kay of the Owens College, Manchester, new edition, thoroughly revised with the assistance of Professor Lan- dauer; “ Nature’s Story Books,” I., ‘‘ Sunshine,” by Amy Johnson,. — illustrated. The Clarendon Press. — ‘“‘ Mathematical Papers of the late Henry J. S. Smith, Savilian Professor of Geometry in the University of Oxford,” with portrait and memoir, two volumes; ‘‘ Plane Trigo- nometry without Imaginaries,” by R. C. J. Nixon; ‘‘A Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism,” by J. Clerk Maxwell, new edition; ‘* A Manual of Crystallography,” by M. H. N. Story-Maskelyne; ‘‘Blementary Mechanics,” by A. L. Selby; ‘‘ Weismann’s Lectures. on Heredity,” Vol. II., edited by E. B. Poulton, F.R.S; ‘‘ Epidemic. Influenza,” by F. A. Dixey. The Cambridge University Press. — ‘‘ A Treatise on the Mathe- matical Theory of Electricity,” by A. E. H. Love, fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge, two volumes, Vol. I. in the press; ‘‘The Origin of Metallic Currency and Weight Standards,” by W. Ridgeway, professor of Greek, Queen's College, Cork, and late: fellow of Gonville and Caius College; ‘‘ Solutions of the Examples in ‘A Treatise on Elementary Dynamics,” by 8. L. Loney, for- merly fellow of Sidney Sussex College, Cambridge. Messrs. Longmans & Co.—‘‘ Darwin and after Darwin: an Ex- position of the Darwinian Theory, and a Discussion of Po8t-Dar- winian Questions,” by George John Romanes, F.R.S., two vol- umes. Messrs. A. & C. Black.—‘ Life in Motion, or Muscle and Nerve,”’ a series of lectures delivered at the Royal Institution, Christmas, 1891, by John Gray McKendrick, F.RS., illustrated. Messrs. J. & A. Churchill. —‘‘ A Treatise on Hygiene,” edited by Thomas Stephenson and Shirley F. Murphy, in two volumes, with numerous illustrations, Vol. I. nearly ready; ‘‘ Chemical Technology, or Chemistry in its Applications to Arts and Manu- factures,’’ edited by Charles E. Groves, F.R.S., and William Thorp (with which is incorporated ‘‘ Richardson and Watts’s Chemical Technology”), Vol. Il. ‘Lighting: Fats and Oils, Candles, Stearine, Gas, Electric Lighting.” ‘‘ Materia Medica, Pharmacy, . 1 From Nature. APRIL I, 1892. | Pharmacology, and Therapeutics,” by W. Hale White; ‘‘ The Stu- dent’s Guide to Diseases of the Nervous System,” by J. A. Ormerod, with 66 illustrations; ‘‘A Dictionary of Psychological Medicine, giving the Definition, Etymology, and Synonyms of the Terms ‘used in Medical Psychology, with the Symptoms, Pathology, and Treatment of the Recognized Forms of Mental Disorder, together with the Law of Lunacy in Great Britain and Ireland,” in two volumes, edited by D. Hack Tuke. Messrs. Whittaker & Co.—New volumes of the Specialists’ Series—‘ Lightning Conductors and Guards,” by Oliver J. Lodge, F.R.S., with numerous illustrations; ‘‘The Dynamo,” by C. C. Hawkins and F. Wallis, with numerous original diagrams; ‘A Guide to Electric Lighting,” by S R. Bottone, for householders and amateurs, with 77 illustrations, Whittaker’s Manual Instruc- tion Series—‘‘ Manual Instruction: Woodwork,” by S. Barter, Organizer and Instructor for the London School Board, and to the Joint Committee on Manual Training of the School Board for London, the City and Guilds of London Institute, and the Wor- shipful Company of Drapers, with over 300 illustrations; ‘‘ Leather Work, Stamped, Moulded, and Cut, Cuir- Bouillé, Sewn, &c.,” by ‘Charles G, Leland, author of ‘‘ Wood Carving,” with numerous illustrations. Whittaker’s Library of Popular Science—‘‘ Mine- ralogy,”’ by Dr. F. Hatch, with numerous illustrations; ‘‘ Che- ‘“mistry,” by T. Bolas with many illustrations. Messrs. Sampson Low & Co.—‘‘ Answers to the Questions on Hlementary Chemistry, Theoretical and Practical (Ordinary Course), set at the Examinations of the Science and Art Depart- ‘ment, South Kensington, 1887 to 1891,” by John Mills, two vols., fully illustrated; ‘‘ Chemistry for Students, consisting of a Series of Lessons based on the Syllabus of the Science and Art Depart- ment, and specially designed to facilitate the experimental teach- ing of Elementary Chemistry in Schools,and Evening Classes,” by John Mills, numerous illustrations; ‘‘ Decorative Electricity,” by Mrs. J. E. H. Gordon, with a chapter on Fire Risks by J. E. H. Gordon, and numerous illustrations by Herbert Fell, engraved on wood by J. D. Cooper; ‘‘ Examination of Soils,” by W. T. Brannt. Messrs. George Philip & Son.—‘‘ Makers of Modern Thought; or, Five Hundred Years’ Struggle (A. D. 1200 to A. D. 1699) pecan Science, Ignorance, and Superstition,” by David Nasmitb, in two volumes; ‘‘Christopher Columbus,” by Clements R. Markham, Vol. VII. of ‘The World’s Great Explorers and Explorations”; «The Development of Africa,” by Arthur Silva White, new and cheap edition, revised to date, with fourteen colored maps; ‘© Philips’ General Atlas,” entirely new and revised edition, with several additional maps; ‘‘ Philips’ Systematic Atlas,” for higher schools and general use, a series of physical and political maps of all the countries of the world, with diagrams and illustrations of astronomy and physical geography, specially drawn by E. G. Ravenstein; ‘‘ Philips’ Atlas of Astronomy,” a series of seventy- two plates, with notes and index by Sir Robert Stawell Ball, F.R.5., Royal Astronomer of Ireland; ‘‘ Tourists’ Handy Volume Atlas of Europe,” a series of colored maps, with notes, plans of cities, and complete consulting index, by J. G. Bartholomew. Messrs. Swan Sonnenschein & Co.—‘‘ Animal Coloration,” by Frank Beddard, Prosector to the Zoological Society, with four colored plates by P. J. Smit, and numerous wood-cuts; ‘‘Text- book of Embryology: Man and Mammals,” by Dr. Oscar Hertwig, of the University of Berlin, translated and edited from the third German edition by Dr. HE. L. Mark, Professor of Anatomy in Harvard University, fully illustrated; ‘‘ Text-book of Embryology: Invertebrates,” by Drs. Korschelt and Heider, of the University of Berlin, translated and edited by Dr. E. L. Mark, Professor of Anatomy in Harvard University, and Dr. W. M. Woodworth, As- sistant Professor in Harvard University, fully illustrated; ‘* Text- book of Geology,” adapted from the work of Dr. Kayser, Profes- sor in the University of Marburg, by Philip Lake, of St. John’s College, Cambridge, fully illustrated; ‘‘ The Geographical Dis- tribution of Disease in England and Wales,” by Alfred Haviland, with several colored maps; ‘‘ A Treatise on Public Hygiene and its Applications in different European Countries,” by Dr. Albert Palmerg, translated, and the English portion edited and revised, by Arthur Newsholme, fully illustrated; ‘‘The Photographer’s Pocket-book,” by Dr. E. Vogel. ‘Introductory Science Text- SGIENCE: » (Jan. 14). 193 Books,” additions—introductions to the study of 4‘‘ Zoology,” by B. Lindsay, illustrated; ‘‘The Amphioxus,” by Dr. B. Hatschek, of the University of Vienna, and James Tuckey, of the University of Durham, illustrated; ‘‘ Geology,” by Edward B. Aveling, Fel- low of University College, London, illustrated; Physiological Psychology,” by Dr. Th. Ziehen, of the University of Jena, adapted by Dr. Otto Beyer, with twenty-two figures, Messrs. Crosby Lockwood & Son.—‘‘ A Hand-book of Brewing, a Practical Treatise for the use of Brewers and their Pupils,” by Herbert Edwards Wright; ‘“‘A Treatise on Earthy and other Minerals and Mining,” by the late D. C. Davies, third edition, re- vised and very considerably extended by his son, E. H. Davies; **Fuels: Solid, Liquid, and Gaseous, their Analysis and Valua- tion,” for the use of chemists and engineers, by H. J. Phillips, second edition, revised and much enlarged. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. «*« Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. is in all cases required as proof of good faith. On request in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. The writer's name The Bacillus of Influenza. IN consequence of the inaccuracy of two articles which have recently appeared in Science on the subject of the bacillus of influ- enza, the undersigned considers it necessary to give the following de- tailed abstract of the preliminary publications which have appeared this year in the Deutsche Medicinische Wochenschrift regarding the isolation and cultivation of this organism, and its relation to the disease. The bacillus of influenza was no doubt observed by Babes in 1890, but he describes a variety of other organisms as occurring in influenza, and his communications !? show no more evidence than those of other authors of his having proved this or any other organism, to be peculiar to the disease. To the simultaneously published observations of Pfeiffer,* Kitasato, and Canon,5 we must look for definite information on this subject, and to them most certainly is due the credit of discovery. Where the bacillus of influenza is found. The bacilli are found in large numbers in the sputa and bronchial secretion of those who are suffering from influenza, and also to a greater or less ex- tent in the blood. The bacilli in the sputa have been obtained in pure culture after a new method by Kitasato, and, according to Pfeiffer, their number in sputa bears a direct relation to the pro- gress of thé disease, the bacilli disappearing together with the purulent bronchial secretion. Pfeiffer suggests, in view of this fact, that the sputa be regarded as infectious material. This au- thor examined the purulent bronchial secretion of thirty-one cases of influenza, and in all found the bacillus, which will presently be described. In uncomplicated cases of influenza pure cultures of the organism were obtained. He reports six autopsies, in two of which he obtained pure cultures. The bacilli occur in enormous numbers and frequently are observed in the pus cells. The ex- amination of the lungs showed that the bacilli penetrate from the bronchi into the peri-bronchial tissue and may even attain the pleural surface, where, in two of the autopsies the bacilli were obtained in pure cultures from the exsudate on the surface of the pleura. In almost every one of twenty cases examined by Canon the characteristic bacilli were observed to be present in the blood (see further under staining). He usually found four to twenty isolated bacilli in each cover-glass preparation. In six cases where 1 Babes, V., Vorliiufige Mittheilungen ueber einige bel Influenza gefun- dene Bakterien (Feb. 17-May 3). Centralbl f. Bakteriol., 1890, vol. vil, pp. 233-241, 460-464, 496-502, 533-538, 561-568, 598-606 (with six photographs). 2 Babes, V., Ueber die bel Influenza gefundene feinen Bakterien (Feb. 11). Deutsche Med. Wochenschr., 1892, No. 6, pp. 113-115. 3 Pfeiffer, R., Vorliiufige Mittheilungen ueber die Erreger der Influenza Deutsche Med. Wochenschr., 1892, No. 2, p. 28. 4 Kitasato, S., Ueber den Influenzabacillus und sein Culturverfahren (Jan. 14). Deutsche Med. Wochenschr., 1592, No. 2, p. 28 (reported to the Society of Charité Physicians, Jan. 7). 5 Canon, P., Ueber einen Mikroorganismus im Blute yon Influenzakranken (Jan. 14). Deutsche Med. Wochenschr, 1892, No. 2, pp. 28-29. 194 the temperature of the patient had fallen, he found the bacilli in groups of five to fifty. In three of these six cases the temperature of the patient did not rise again after it had fallen, and the bacilli found at the time of the fall of temperature, or shortly after, dis- appeared after three to six days. The bacilli have not been ob- served in other conditions, as shown by many control observations made of the sputa in cases of bronchial catarrh, pneumonia, tuberculosis, etc., and they have never been demonstrated in the blood under other circumstances. ; Diagnosis of Influenza by the microscopical examination of the blood in obscure cases. Canon * has been able to diagnose obscure cases of influenza, especially where no cough or expectora- tion existed, by means of the microscopical examination of stained blood preparations. The reliability of the microscopical examination was demonstrated in six cases by culture control ex- periments — the bacilli in the cover-glass preparations being but few and isolated. Morphology. The bacilli are very minute non-motile rods, one- half as broad as they are long (of the same width as B. murisep- ticus. about 0.2 ~) and occur in chains of three to four individ- uals. Stuining. The bacilli are stained by means of dilute Ziehl solution (carbolic acid, five per cent solution in distilled water, 100 cubic centimetres; alcohol, 10 cubic centimetres; fuchsin, 1 gram) or heated L6ffler’s methylene-blue, and, in consequence of the fact that the ends of the bacilli take up the stain more intensely than the rest of the organism (polar staining), they present the appear- ance, unless deeply stained (Canon), of diplococci when single, or of streptococci when several bacilli are united to form a chain. The bacilli do not stain well with basic anilins and the Gram method (Pfeiffer). They may be demonstrated in the blood of influenza cases as follows: A drop of blood flowing from the pricked finger tip, is brought in contact with a cover-glass and spread by means of a second cover-glass which is placed over the first. The cover-slips are then drawn apart, and we have two films of blood covering the surface of each, which we proceed to dry at room temperature. Place the cover-glass thus prepared five mi- nutes in absolute alcohol, and from this into Czenzynke’s solution (concentr. methylene-blue solution, 40 grams; one-half per cent eosin solution, in 70 per cent alcohol, 20 grams; aq. dest., 40 grams) for three to six hours at 37° C. On removal from the stain, wash with water, dry, and mount in balsam. This stain shows the red blood corpuscles red, the leucocytes and bacilli blue (Canon). Cultivation of the bacillus of influenza. The bacillus requires 28° to 87° C. for its development. On 1.5 per cent sugar-agar Pfeiffer could not succeed in causing more than a second genera- tion to grow, though minute characteristic colonies at first devel- oped. On glycerine-agar Kitasato has succeeded in maintaining cultures alive up to the tenth generation. The colonies formed by the growth of the influenza bacillus on agar slant-cultures appear like minute watery drops, which are so small that they are easily overlooked. In a second culture, inoculated from the first, the tendency for the colonies to remain separate and distinct is more evident, this growth being regarded as perfectly characteristic. The colonies are observable by means of a hand-lens when 24 hours old, Tn bouillon the growth at the end of 24 hours is poor, appearing first in the form of small particles suspended in the perfectly clear fluid. These small bacterial masses gravitate, forming a flocculent deposit and leaving the supernatant fluid clear. This mode of growth, as we know, shows them to be non-motile organ- isms. Canon, in his first communication, stated that he had been un- able to obtain a growth of the bacilli derived from the blood, either in bouillon, plain agar, sugar or glycerin agar. In his second publication* he describes a successful method he has employed for the isolation of the organisms. On account of the diminutive size of the colonies formed by the growth of the bacillus, their 1 Canon, P., Ueber Ziichtung des Influenzabacillus aus dem Blute Influen- zakranken (Jan. 21). Deutsche Med. Wochenschr., 1892, No. 3, p. 48. 2 Canon, P., Ueber Ziichtung des Influenzsbacillus aus dem Blute Influen- zakranken (Jan. 14). Deutsche Med. Wochenschr., 1892, No. 3, p. 48. SCIENCE. [VoL. XIX. No. 473 comparatively small number in the blood, and the fact that the blood in coagulating prevents a proper isolation of the colonies, Canon proceeded as follows: The use of Esmarch roll cultures. was abandoned in favor of cultures on Petri dishes. Into the: latter, not only was it possible to introduce a larger amount of blood and thus increase the number of colonies obtained, but also such cultures offered the advantage of being readily examined for’ the minute colonies of the bacillus by means of the microscope. The blood of influenza patients was obtained in the usual way from the finger-tip, which had been sterilized with sublimate and dried with alcohol and ether, and pricked with a needle or pen- point previously sterilized in the flame. An assistant watches that the blood as it wells forth does not coagulate, but that the drops are spherical in form. Hight to ten drops are smeared over: the surface of the dish, and the latter placed at 37° C. The: colonies are best seen along the margins of the smeared blood (‘‘ Impfstrich”’), or in places where relatively little blood has been: smeared. p : Pathogenic qualities. Monkeys and rabbits are susceptible when. inoculated with thisorganism. Guinea-pigs, rats, pigeons (Pfeiffer), and mice (Pfeiffer, Canon) are refractory. . GrEorRGE H. F. Nutra, M.D., Ph.D. (Géttingen)., Assistant in Hygiene and Bacteriology.. Johns Hopkins University and Hospital, 7 _ Baltimore, Md. The Question of the Celts. Ir would interest me very much, and I believe it would many readers, if Dr. P. Max Foshay will adduce any positive evidence,. linguistic, craniological, or artistic, to show, 1, That we have any means of deciding about the language of the Ligurians; 2, That- the descendance of the Auvergnats from the Ligurians can be traced; or, 3, That the Euskarian dialects are related to the Ural-- Altaic group. According to Dr. Heinrich Winkler, probably the- highest living authority on the Ural-Altaic-languages, the Eus- karian or Basque language has absolutely no relation to any mem- ber of the group. D. G. Briyton, M.D. Philadelphia, March 29. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. In the}next number of The Illustrated American, No. 111, dated’ Saturday, April 2, will be commenced a series of illustrated arti-- cles by Professor Warren K. Moorehead, on the ancient and ex- tinct race of people known as the Cliff Dwellers, formerly inhab- iting that part of the country of the upper Colorado, the San Juan,,. and its tributaries. This scientific expedition has been sent out under the auspices of The Illustrated American. The progress and result of this expedition will be published from time to time in the columns of that excellent weekly. — F.A. Davis, Philadelphia, has recently issued a book, by Hart- vig Nissen, entitled ‘‘ A BC of the Swedish System of Educational Gymnastics.” Mr. Nissen is instructor of physical training in the: public schools of Boston, and has been connected in a similar capacity with many of the leading educational institutions of this country and Europe. Since the Swedish system of educational gymnastics has been introduced into the public schools of Boston, it has become a necessity to have a practical hand-book, both for the teachers and the many homes where gymnastics are practised. It is with the purpose of giving plain answers to the most frequent questions that this book has been written. — With the April number the Review of Reviews enters upon its second year. It has had an exceptional, if not an altogether unique, history. One year ago it was known only to a few dis- criminating readers, and its subscription list and news-stand sales: required only a few thousand copies. Its edition the present month is 70,000 copies, and it is eagerly read in every State and: Territory in the Union and in every part of Canada. No extraor- dinary efforts have been made to push the magazine. There has. been very little canvassing done for it; no chromos have been given to its subscribers; no special inducements, such as an ency- clypeedia or a parlor organ thrown in as a gratuity or offered at. half-price, have been offered by the publishers. The magazine ' APRIL 1, 1892. ] has grown to an enormous circulation and to commanding influ- Its ‘readers have liked it and there- It owes not a little to the newspapers of the country, which have appreciated the journalistic enterprise and vigor and the enormous amount of hard, honest labor put into every number, and which have most heartily recom- mended it to their readers. While working in the closest co-opera- tion with the English Review of Reviews, edited by Mr. W. T. Stead in London, the American Review is a distinct magazine, wholly and entirely edited, printed, and published in New York, and in the fullest sense of the word as much an American pcriodi- ence simply upon its merits. fore recommended it to their friends. SCIENCE. world. cal as Mr. Stead’s London edition is an English periodical. general aims and purposes, plans and methods, of the two maga- zines are identical, and each has the fullest access in advance to all the materials and illustrations prepared for the other. American Review, being somewhat larger and higher priced, is more profusely illustrated. each month than the London edition. ing the past year, are a history of current action and thought, and a portrait gallery containing the faces of seven or eight hun- dred, people of contemporary note, representing all parts of the 195 The The It has twenty or thirty more pages. Its bound volumes, cover-- ‘CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES, Philosophical Society, Washington. Mar. 26.—S. P. Langley, A Biographical Notice of General Meigs; Lester F. Ward, The new Psychology and what it Promises; T. Russell, River Stage Predictions. Publications received at Editor’s Office. ADAMS, OscAR Fay. The Presumption of Sex and other Papers. Boston, Lee & Shepard. 16°. 149p. $1. BERNHARDT, WILHELM. Anderson's Bilderbuch ohne Bilder, with notes and vocabulary. Boston, D. C. Heath & Co. 16°. paper, 127 p. 35 cts. BorrTone, S. R. A Guide co Electric Lighting. New York, Macmillan & Co. 160°. 189p. 75 cts. Bourier, N. M. The Place of Comenius in the His- tory of Education. Syracuse, C. W. Bardeen. 16°. paper, 20 p. CHENEY, SIMEON PEASE. Wood Notes Wild: Nota- tions of Bird Music. Edited by J. W. Cheney. Boston, Lee & Shepard. 12°. 276 p. $2. EVERETT, C. C. anD OTHERS. The New World: a Quarterly Review of Religion, Ethics and The- ology. Boston, Houghton, Mifflin & Co. Vol: I. - No.1. 8°. 200p. 75 cts. $3 a year. Storer, F.H. Agriculture in some of its relations With Chemistry. 4th ed. New York, Charles Scribner’s Sons. 2vols. 8°. pp. 561, 598. Syme, Davip. On the Modifications of Organisms. Melbourne, George Robertson & Co. 12°. 172p METAL, MARBLE, AND MOSAIC WORK. MEMORIAL TABLETS of any description erected in Schools, Colleges, Libraries, Chapels, Churches and Public Buildings. Send for illustrated hand-book. J. & R. LAMB, 59 Carmine St., N.Y. ESTABLISHED 1858. H. H. UPHAM & CO., MEMORIAL TABLETS In Brass and Bronze, 54 So. Fifth Ave., near Bleecker St., N. Y. MINERALOGY. Course of Mineralogy for Young People. Conducted by correspondence; minerals and books furnished. Collection and book, ‘“ First Grade,” one dollar; postage, 25 cents. Send for circulars to GUSTAVE GUTTENBERG, Central High School, Pittsburgh, Pa. GEM 0 PALS Cut ready for setting. Having pur- » chased a large lot at the Mexican lo- cality, we are offering them at about one-fifth jewelers’ prices; $0c., $1, $1.50, $2, $3. This is a rare DO to Secure a fine 2 gem very cheap. 100 pp. Minera’ Gatalorue ibc., in cloth 25¢c., Supplement 2c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & Co., Mineralogists, 733 and 735 Broadway, New York City. PROPRIETARY. PUBLICATIONS, Lchaustion Horslord’s Acid Phosplate, A wonderful remedy, of the highest value in mental and nervous exhaustion. Overworked men and women, the nervous, weak and debilitat- ed, will find in the Acid Phos- phate a most agreeable, grate- ful and harmless stimulant, giv- ing renewed strength and vigor to the entire system. Dr, Edwin F. Vose, Portland, Me., says: “*T have used it in my own case when suffer- ing from nervous exhaustion, with gratifying results, I have prescribed it for many of the various forms of nervous debility, and it has never failed to do good.”’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘‘ Hors- ford’s*®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never soldin bulk. STATIONERY, ENGRAVING, ETC. STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN GO., Works: Oamden, N.J. 26 John St., New York. THE CHEAPEST AND BEST! Wolo ENGRAVING G- », 67 PARK PLACE, NEW YORK ENGRAVING FOR ALL ILLUSTRATIVE AND - ADVERTISING PURPOSES. PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W. T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. 1,200 ices ror $ 1.00 S what the Publishers of THe Amert- CAN QUEEN are giving their sub- scribers. This interesting Magazine, which is published monthly in Bridgeport, Conn., gives one hundred pages of solid litera- ture each month including illustrated articles on travel, historical and bio- graphical reviews of prominent men and places, startling stories of real and ad- venturous life, etc. Special depart- ments devoted to the household, fashion, book reviews, literature, scientific dis- coveries, facts and fancies, people of note, correspondence, etc. Its fashion department is illustrated with cuts of the latest fashion and is conducted by one of the most eminent authorities in America. American Queen Publishing Co., Bridgeport, Conn. Subscription $1.00 per year, 50 cents, 6 months, or send postal note for 25 cents or 30 cents in stamps for 3 months’ trial. Books ordered by Mail, selected with care and forwarded with promptness. Books out of print and searee, will be searched for with thoroughness. ~ Books not to be had, in this country, will be imported to order. CROTHERS & KORTH, (Room 22, Manhattan Building), 96 Fifth Avenue, New York City. THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents’ a number, $2.50 a year. Adares= PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Bloomington, Ind. AMERICAN WOODS A book on Woods, containing actual _and authentic specimens. PREPARATIONS OF WOODS FOR MICROSCOPE anp STERE- OPTICON, and WOODEN CARDS, for inyita- tions, calling cards, etc. Send for circulars. R. B. HOUGH, Lowville, N. Y. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag-. azines. Rates low. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N.Y 196 SCIENCE: , VoL. XIX. No. 478 DRY GOODS, ETC. foe @) Constable hs ie HOUSEKEEPING GOODS Summer Blankets, Marseilles and Crochet Quilts, Specially Adapted for Furnishing ~ SUMMER RESIDENCES, AT POPULAR PRICES. Table Damask and Napkins, Linen Sheeting, Pillow Linen, Towels and Towellings. WHITE GOODS, Sheeting and Shirting Muslins, French Percales and Madapolams, White and Colored Piques. Broadway K 4 9th t. NEW YORK. Our stock of Housekeeping Linen Goods is the most complete in America. We deal with manufac- turers only, and keep nothing but pure linen. Our patrons can always rely upon getting the best makes of Table Linen, Napkins, Towels, Handkerchiefs, etc., at the very lowest price. A fine all linen initial Handkerchief, in both ladies’ and men’s sizes, at $3.00dozen. Extra large hemstitched Huck Towels, $3.00 dozen. Hand hemstitched linen Sheets, $5.00 a pair. Pillow Cases to match at $1.00 apair, We always have the latest novelties in linen table decorations, A visit to our store does not incur any obligation to buy. WM. S. KINSEY & CO., Near 36th St. 386 Fifth Avenue. R. H. MACY ae 6TH AVE., ISTH TO MTH ST., N. Y. SINCE MOVING INTO NEW BUILDING we have added 75,000 sguare feet to our Jioor area, thereby GREATLY ENLARGING ALL DE- PARTMENTS. QUR SPRING AND SUMMER CATALOGUE, the most complete of its kind ever issued, of 315 illus- trated pages, WILL BE ISSUED ABOUT APRIL 15TH and mailed free to any address outside the city. , UNDERWEAR, SCAREFS, ETC. DR. JAEGERSY’ Sanitary Woolen System Co. Ernest BEN@ER, VICE~PREGIDENT. | HERMANN SCHAEFFER, PRESIDENT; We ask attention to our Complete Assortment of DR. JAEGER’S Sanatory Woolen UNDERWEAR For Men, Women and Children. These Sanatory garments are guaran- teed to be all-wool of the finest quality; they are made under Dr. Jaeger’s su- 2 pervision. ; Send for Illustrated Catalogue. Garments made to order, a specialty. j Mail orders promptly attended to. 827 & 829 Broadway, New York, Wholesale Office, 454 Broome St., New York. DEPGTS: 153 B’way, below Cortlandt St., New York; 504 Fulton Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.; { 110! Chestnut St., Philadeiphia, Pa, ATERETALS for Cro- chet Scarf like this illus tration: 3 spools Brainerd & Armstrong’s Crochet Silk and a No. 2 Star Crochet Hook. The scarf can be made with two balls by making it a trifle narrower than the directions eall for. Other articles for which this silk is specially adapted are: Tidies, Umbrella Cases, Crocheted Beaded Bag, Lamp Shades, Hand- kerchief Cases, ete. Full directions for crocheting any or all of above mailed to any address on receipt of one cent stamp. Ladies,ask your storekeeper for Brainerd & Armstrong’s Crochet Silk. All colors war- ranted fast. The reliability and permanence of the dyes, the artistic coloring, large as- sortment of shades, together with the extensive variety of threads they produce, have placed this company far in advance of all other manufac- turers of silk thread for high- class needlework trade. THE BRAINERD & ARMSTRONG CO., 625 Broadway, New Work. 621 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pa. NEW YORK SHOPPING. By a lady of experience. Best of references. Send for circular. MRS. M. W. KETCHUM, 106 W. 42d Street. BANDY LEGS PREVENTED. Send for Catalogue of PATENT CORSET SHOES, recommended by Physicians and Surgeons for Children learning to walk, and those troubled with weak or sprained ankles. B. NATHAN, 221 6th Ave., New York. HEALTH BETTER THAN WEALTH. Valuable information sent to all wearers of Artificial Teeth upon the receipt of postage. Dr. W. EH. DUNN, 331 Lexington Ave., cor. 39th St., New York. y FINANCIAL. : THE Anenean Dell Telephone COMPANY. 95 MILK ST., BOSTON, MASS, This Company owns the Letters Patent granted to Alexander Gra- ham Bell, March 7th, 1876, No. 174,465, and January 30, 1877, No. 186,787. The Transmission of Speech by all known forms of ELECTRIC SPEAKING TELEPHONES in- fringes the right secured to this Company by the above patents, and renders each individual user of tel- ephones, not furnished by it or its licensees, responsible for such un- lawful use, and all the conse- quences thereof and liable to suit therefor. New Method of Protecting Property from Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller, Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy tof a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. TACOMA ror nowsesioenrs TAYLOR & GUNSTON Take full charge of property for the EASTERN INVESTOR. City, Town, and Suburban Lots, Garden, Fruit, Hop and Timber Lands. Address 504 California Bl’k, Tacoma, Wash. SOUTH BEND TACOMA Sucereny INVESTMENTS I GUARANTEE 12 per cent per annum in any of the above cities. I haye made from 40 to 50 per cent. per annum for non-residents. I also make first mortgage, improved real estate loans on unquestionable securities from 8 to 10 per cent. per annum net. Also have choice bargains in Farm, Hop, Hay and Garden Lands, Correspond- ence Solicited regarding Western Washington. All inquiries answered promptly. Address A. ©. SICKELS, Tacoma, Washington. 1 Vee f CAPR i3 1892 ae R i389 ? A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND-SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. RODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. TentH YEAR. Vou. XIX. No. 479. SineLe Copizs, TEN CENTS. $3.50 Per YEAR, IN ADVANCE. APRIL 8, 1892. CoNTENTS. Tue New Merton oF PROTECTING BUILD- Incs FRoM Licutninc. JN. D. C. PEO GES eater tate tleya)skaeusiols Gchpaieiy ais 197 Tox-ALBUMIN DIPHTHERIA.............- 198 DESCRIPTION OF A SUPPOSED NEW SPE- CIES OF STORERIA FROM FLORIDA, Srorerra Victa. O. P. Hay..... 199 THE HicHeER EDUCATION OF THE DEAF. Al, Joy IR (COT mo cic abolbdo oddD oor 199 NOTES AND NEWS..........- 0.0 -.eeees 200 Current Notes on ANTHROPOLOGY.—III. Edited by D. G.. Brinton......... 202 OstEoLoGicaL Notes. D. D. Slade..... 203 ATTEMPTED EXTERMINATION OF THE POCKET GopHEeR, GEomyYS Bursarius. Er- MID (2 LOO Sa wepe vee cocoa 204 Winp StorMS AND TREES, L. H. Pam- Aas BRE t oboe oer oe oer 205 Russian SUNFLOWER INDUSTRY......... 205 IRIIEXTB PE UBING. asec ec. else se erases ee 206 LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. Zoology in the Public Schools of Washington, D.C. &. W. Schu- jG obcanttons auead enpoasseaid Ge 207 The Question of the Celts. Henry = WHAREEEOMESE etic saesve e cieis etishe cat 207 AMONG THE PUBLISHERS...........-.... 207 Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class Mail Matter. FOR SALE. SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS AND GEOLOGICAL SPECIMENS. The instruments are second-hand, in good condi tion; prices fixed are about one-half cost; they were owned by the late Dr. Wm. M. Herron, of Allegheny City, Pa. They will be sold separately or at areduced price inalot. Offers respectfully re- quested. Information and detailed list furnished on application to JNO. H. HERRON, $ 1003 Penn Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa. 1 Large 4-prism Spectroscope, John Browning, 1 Six-inch spark, Ruhmkorff coil, sam: 1 Two-mirror Heliostat.... 1 Large Electric Lantern, Bpectrum WOrkeP cee cusesc sence cers cele 1 60° flint prism. $10; 1 concave grating, $20.... 10 Geissler tubes, with rotating apparatus PAPE CEOR GUDOS 2 eeiccin cisiee nisins sins eines +... By substitution we find } Ln j, a, 22 t + Se m2 > we? s S— St Qh Fn? F > = wa? For small values of ¢, i Jt is large, but at a certain period, s when 4; is still large the product on the left-hand side will rapidly increase over that on the right-hand side until a, begins to de- crease. It may be expected that in all cases when aq, is suffi- ciently large, i.e., the growth rapid, there must be a time when the variability of the growing series is greater than that of the adult series. M and yz are known by observation. computed according to the formula MP? = ay *W.* + bo * 1”, and we have, therefore, a means of determining the variability of period of the growing individuals. By means of this value we can also determine how many individuals of any given age will have reached the adult stage. This theory holds good for statistics of all kinds of development, whatever the cause of the development may be: for. physical measurements as well as for psychical; for growth as well as for the effects of practice. FRANZ BOAS. Clark University, Worcester, Mass., April 25. Therefore 2 may be G. P. Putnam’s Sons will publish immediately ‘“‘ New Chap- ters in Greek History,” based upon the latest archzeological dis- coveries, by Professor Percy Gardner of Oxford, and ‘‘ The Test Pronouncer,” by W. H. P. Phyfe, a companion to the author's ‘©7000 Words Often Mispronounced,” containing the same list of words, differently arranged, for convenience in recitations. They also announce new supplies of Phyfe’s books on pronunciation : ‘©7000 Words Often Mispronounced,” ‘‘How Should I Pro- nounce,” and ‘‘The School Pronouncer.” 258 SCIPNGE: A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY Nig IDs (Sh Ist ©) 10) (E18 Si, 874 BRoADWAY, NEw York. SUBSCRIPTIONS.—United States and Canada................ $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................. 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants” column. It is invaluable to those who use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions, The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go direct to them. The ‘‘Exchange”’ column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F., Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. AN INSTRUMENT FOR MAPPING HOT AND COLD SPOTS ON THE SKIN. Preliminary Note. Various defects and inconveniences in the apparatus em- ployed by Blix, Goldscheider and Donaldson led to the deter- mination to produce an instrument that would present a metal point of any desired temperature at any point of the skin. The temperature must be accurately known and must not vary. A registering apparatus was also to be provided, and the old system of testing till a spot was found and then marking it with ink was to be done away with. In the present instrument the hot or cold stimulus is applied by water running through a small copper box that comes to a point at one end. The constant stream of water keeps the point at the temperature desired, and a thermometer projecting from the top of the box indicates this temperature. To prevent sudden changes resulting from the application to the skin, the sides of the box are rather thick, thus providing a mass of copper of great conductivity ; a change of tempera- ture at any one point is at once compensated by conduction without any measurable effect on that of the whole box. To apply this box to the skin, an arm has been constructed which can be placed in any position and which by means of rack and pinion gives a motion to the box in the three planes of space. The arm is supported by a ball-joint so arranged that it can be clamped anywhere toa table or a chair ina manner that will bring the point of the litttle box near the skin-surface to be examined. Finer adjustments are made by the screws of the rack and pinion. The point is now ap- plied to the skin, and is moved forward by one of the screws for a short distance, e.g., one centimeter, the person noticing the temperature spots as the point passes over them. Then the point is moved sideways one millimeter, and drawn back again. In this way the whole surface can be gone over with the greatest accuracy. SCIENCE: _ such a thing as the smaller half. [VoLt. XIX. No. 483 On the part of the arm moving with the point is a small electro-magnet carrying a pencil which descends when the circuit is completed. On the part that does not move with the point is a litttle flat plate, on which a piece of millimeter paper is fastened. The circuit is closed by a key in the hand of the person experimented upon whenever he feels a hot spot or a cold spot, as the case may be. Since the pencif executes the same motion as the point the result is an accurate map of the spots directly on the millimeter paper, E. W. Scripture, Pu.D. (Leipzig). Clark University, Worcester, Mass. f SOME USES OF BACTERIA.! Every farmer, of course, appreciates the value of keeping stock, and you all know that you cannot run a farm without your cows, your horses, your sheep, your hens, and your pigs. You do not appreciate, however, that it is just as necessary to keep a stock of bacteria on hand, on your farm, to carry on your farming opera- tions. The farmer has learned to-day that he must keep a good breed of cows and a good breed of stock in general, but farmers. generally do not appreciate that it is equally necessary to keep a good breed of bacteria. You cannot make butter or cheese with- out cows; you cannot make butter or cheese satisfactorily without bacteria. You cannot cultivate your fields without your horses to help you, but all the cultivation that you might give your fields would be useless were it not that these little creatures of which I shall speak this morning come in after you get through and com- plete the process which you have begun. i Now, probably many of you have never particularly thought that your farm is stocked with bacteria, but they are there. They are in your brooks, in your springs, in your wells, in your rivers; they arein your dairy, in your milk, in your butter, in your cheese, in your barn. They are in the air, they are in the soil, and your manure heap is a paradise for them. Bacteria are in rather bad odor in the minds of most people, and we are all inclined to look with horror upon them. We have a sort Of shrinking when any one speaks to us of the number of bacteria in the milk which we drink. The reason for this, how- ever, is simply an historical one. When bacteria were first dis- covered it was early noticed that they had a causal relation to dis- ease, and scientists went to work from the very first to investigate diseases in relation to bacteria. The result was that after a few years a great deal of information had accumulated showing that bacteria caused diseases. The so-called ‘‘ epidemics ” are usually the result of bacteria, and with minds intent upon this side of the question scientists did not pay much attention to the good that. bacteria might doin the world. It was more interesting to study disease. People are very much interested when you begin to tell them why it is that they have small-pox, why it is that they have yellow-fever; the other side of the matter, however, is not so interesting. But the fact is that the bacteria story has only been half told, and thus far it is the smaller half that has been told, if there is It is true that bacteria are occa- sionally injurious to us, but it is equally true that they are of direct benefit to us. Hitherto we have looked upon bacteria as belonging to the medical profession; we think the doctors ought to know about them because they produce disease, but ordinary people do not need to bother themselves with these things. But I think, before I get through with my talk this morning, you will see that bacteria have a very much closer relaticn to you as. farmers than they do to the doctors. Itis the farmer to-day who ought to understand bacteriology. It is well enough for the medi- cal man to understand the subject also, but bacteriology has already become a medical subject, while the agriculturist has. generally neglected it. I propose in my talk this morning to point out to you a few of the benefits which you as farmers derive from the agency of these microscopic organisms. I shall divide thesubject into four 1 An address by Dr. H. W. Conn, Wesleyan University, Middletown, Conn. May 6, 1892, } heads. First, miscellaneous: At the very outset 1 am going to say a word or two in regard to yeasts. Now, yeasts are not bacteria, but they are microscopic plants closely related to bacteria, and their agency in nature is very similar to that of bacteria in some respects; so I shall say a word or two in regard to them. What is the function of yeasts? Yeasts are plants which have the power of growing in sugar solutions, and while growing there they break the sugar to pieces and produce from it two com- pounds; one of them is alcohol, and the other one is the gas which we commonly call carbonic acid (CO,). We make use of yeasts for various purposes along two directions. We may use them either for the purpose of getting the alcohol or for the purpose of getting the carbonic acid. For instance, you want to bake a loaf of bread; you take your dough, you plant yeast in it and set it in a warm place; now, there is always a little sugar in the dough, and the yeast begins to grow, breaking the sugar to pieces as I have just stated, and producing from it alcohol and carbonic acid. The carbonic acid is a gas, and as the yeast grows and the car- bonic acid makes its appearance in the bread, little bubbles are seen in the dough until presently it becomes filled with these little bubbles of carbonic acid gas which render it lighter. Of course, as the gas accumulates the dough swells, or, as we say, it “crises.” Then you bake it, and when you take it out of the oven and cut it open you find that the bread is full of little holes. Those little holes are the remains of the bubbles of carbonic acid gas which the yeasts produced, and the object of growing the yeast was simply to make those holes in the bread. The bread is light, and the object of the introduction of the yeast is thus ac- complished. You cannot bake a loaf of bread, then, without the agency of microscopic organisms. In the baking of bread we have an instance of the use of carbonic acid alone. In the manufacture of wine the object of the vintner is to get the other product of yeasts, namely, the alcohol. He grows yeasts in his grape juice, usually depending upon those from the air. and the carbonic acid in this case passes off into the air during the fermentation, while the alcohol remains behind; when the fer- mentation has continued long enough a considerable amount of alcohol remains in the grape juice, and thus produces the wine. Similarly in the manufacture of alcohol or of any of the other alcoholic liquors, such as rum or whisky, thesame process is made use of; that is, the little yeasts are planted in some sort of sugar solution, it may be molasses, it may be barley; they grow there; there they produce carbonic acid and alcohol; the carbonic acid is allowed to go off into the air, and the alcohol remains behind. Then by the processes of distillation the alcohol is separated from the fermenting mass. The carbonic acid is all given off into the air in these cases. Tn the manufacture of beer the attempt is made to get both products of the yeast growth. In the making of beer the yeast is cultivated in the same way in the malt; alcohol and carbonic acid both are produced. After some fermentation the beer is put into bottles. A certain amount of fermentation takes place after the bottling. The carbonic acid thus produced is dissolved in the liquid and soon accumulates so as to produce considerable pressure. When the bottle is opened it is this gas which causes the froth at the top of the beer. It is the alcohol which produces the intoxi- cating quality in the beer, but it is the carbonic acid chiefly which gives the beer its sharp, pungent taste. The alcohol aids, of course, to a certain extent, but the carbonic acid is the chief fac- tor in the taste of beer. It may bea little question whether it is proper to use yeasts in this way, to produce rum, whisky, alcohol and beer, with the untold miseries which they involve; nevertheless, veasts are at the foundation of the gigantic indus- tries connected with distilling and brewing operations. The farmer makes use of them in the manufacture of cider. Yeast from the atmosphere is planted in his apple juice; it at- tacks the sugar that it finds there, breaks the sugar to pieces, and produces carbonic acid and alcohol as before. The carbonic acid accumulates during the first day or two, and gives the sharp, pungent taste that is noticeable in sweet cider. Later on the alcohol accumulates in larger quantities, and that gives the taste tohard,sourcider. After the cider has fermented for several days SCIENCE. Again there is carbonic acid and alcohol produced’ 259 the carbonic acid is of second importance; the alcohol accumu- lates until you get the strong, sharp, intoxicating hard cider, So much, then, for the uses to which we put yeasts. Now, leaving yeasts, turn for a moment to the consideration of a few miscellaneous phenomena connected with bacteria. I may take as a starting point this very product that I mentioned last, namely, hard cider. Your yeasts produce alcohol in your cider. You let your cider stand in a barrel for several months, and little by little a change takes place in it; little by little the oxygen is taken out of the air and handed over to the alcohol, and when the alcohol gets hold of the oxygen it is no longer alcohol; it becomes acetic acid, and your cider is changed into vinegar. Now, it has been determined that it is through the agency of bacteria that the alcohol succeeds in getting hold of the oxygen. Bacteria grow on the surface of hard cider, forming a sort of scum, producing indeed, what we call ‘‘ mother of vinegar.” These bacteria grow- ing on the surface in some way take oxygen out of the air, pass it down into the fluid, give it to the alcohol, and when the alcohol gets hold of it, it becomes acetic acid, and you get vinegar where you originally had cider. The manufacture of vinegar, then, isa process dependent upon the growth of bacteria. The manufacture of lactic acid is a process somewhat of the same character. Lactic acid is not a commercial article of very great importance, but still there are some factories in this country that manufacture it and put it upon the market to be sold for certain purposes. In the making of lactic acid the manu- facturer makes constant use of bacteria. By the cultivation of bacteria in mill the milk sugar is changed into lactic acid, which the manufacturer separates from the milk and puts upon the market. So you see that the manufacturer of lactic acid is wholly dependent upon bacteria; he could never produce it without their aid. : Perhaps, under this head of ‘‘ Miscellaneous,’’ I may just refer to a matter which is of considerable practical importance, and that is the matter of ensilage. We do not know very much about the theory in regard to the management of a silo at the present time, but we do know that the whole process of procuring proper and sweet ensilage is a process of properly managing bacteria growth. If you manage the bacteria growth correctly your ensilage will remain sweet and will become a food which is very desirable for your cattle; but if you do not manage the bacteria growth cor- rectly your ensilage will decay, it will become sour, undergo fer- mentations, and you will sufferfrom it. It is, then, to bacteria that the farmer owes his new process of obtaining food through a silo. I will pass now to the consideration of the second topic, and that is, the relation of bacteria to dairy matters. I have already once or twice before in your meetings brought up this question of the relation of bacteria to the dairy. At the meeting a year ago some of you may remember that we considered the subject of the fermentations of milk, when we saw that all of these fermenta- tions, most of which are very undesirable, are connected with the growth of micro-organisms. Now, so far as milk is concerned, bacteria are pretty much of a nuisance. The milkman does not want them; they produce the souring of his milk; they make his milk bitter or slimy; sometimes they make it blue, and they pro- duce all sorts of abnormal fermentations which a milkman does not want. But I am not to consider that side of the question this morning, and I will pass the stbject of milk and turn for a moment to a consideration of the relation of bacteria to butter- making and cheese-making. Every butter-maker is acquainted with the fact that in the normal process of making butter, the cream is collected from the milk and then is allowed to ripen. It is put in some sort of vessel and allowed to stand in a warm place for a day or so, and during that time immense changes are taking place init. At the end of the time the cream has become slightly soured, it has acquired a rather peculiar, pleasant, indescribable odor, and it has reached the proper condition for churning. During that time, our microscope tells us that bacteria have been multiplying with absolutely inconceiv- able rapidity. They multiply so that they increase during a day, perhaps, five to six thousand-fold. Each bacterium with which you start when you begin to ripen your cream, produces at least 260 six thousand by the end of twenty-four hours, and usually they will produce a much larger number than that. So that bacteria are growing in this ripening cream with absolutely incredible rapidity. Now, you butter-makers know that you gain some advantage from ripening the cream, or, at least, you think you do. You think your butter churns a little easier and that you get a little more butter from a given quantity of cream if you ripen it, and, above all (and this, perhaps, may be regarded as the chief value of ripening), the butter acquires that peculiar, delicate, pleasant aroma which is essential to a first-class quality of butter, that peculiar aroma which is not acquired if you do not properly ripen your cream before churning it. Now, the explanation of the production of that aroma is simply this: These bacteria are agents of decomposition. Bacteria, as they grow in any solution, tend to decompose it or pull it to pieces. If they grow in an egg, they decompose the egg and cause it to putrefy and decay, and when they begin to grow in your cream they begin the same process of decomposition. If you should let your cream ripen for a week or two, you would very readily see that the process of decomposition had taken place, and your cream would become very offensive. The moment you begin to ripen your cream, the bacteria begin to decompose it. Now, as the re- sult of decomposition, a great many chemical products are pro- duced, and they have all sorts of smells and tastes. If you should let decomposition go far enough, you would get the bad odor of decay, but you do not get that odor when decomposition begins. The first of the decomposition products are rather pleasant in odor, and pleasant in taste, and if you churn your cream at that stage of decomposition, your butter is flavored with the early decom- position products. This flavor is the aroma of good butter, this is what fancy butter-makers sell in the market and get a high price for. They get a high price, then, for the decomposition products of bacteria, for a proper tasting butter brings a higher price than that which does not have this aroma, and the aroma is the gift of bacteria. You may ask, What becomes of the bacteria? Itreally makes little difference what becomes of them. Some go into the buttermilk, some go off in water used in washing, some go into the butter and the salt kills them. It isno matter where they go. After the butter is churned they are no longer of any importance to you or any one else; their career,so far as the dairy is con- cerned, is ended. If the butter-maker owes something to bacteria, the cheese- maker owes everything to them. The butter-maker cannot get the proper aroma without the agency of bacteria, but the cheese- maker cannot get anything. Of course you all know that fresh cheese is very inane and tasteless. Nobody likes fresh cheese. It has a sort of curdy taste and is quite unpalatable. You know, however, that after cheese is made, it is set aside for a number of weeks to ripen. It may ripenseveral weeks, or, perhaps, months. Sometimes in the case of the best cheeses, it may be ripened a year or more. Now, during that ripening process, exactly the same changes are taking place that Ihave mentioned in cream. The bacteria are growing, are attacking the casein, and pulling it to pieces. They produce many changes in it, and cause an accumu- Jation of all sorts of materials which have peculiar tastes, and little by little the cheese is ripened. After a while the cheese begins to have a pleasant taste and then a strong taste, and if you leave it long enough, you get avery strong cheese: The longer you ripen a cheese, the stronger its taste becomes. An old cheese is always a strong cheese, a fresh cheese is always a mild cheese. The shorter the time you cultivate bacteria in it, of course the slighter will be the changes which they produce; the longer you cultivate the bacteria, the stronger becomes the cheese. Now, in the ripening of cheese, we find the cheese manufac- turer’s greatest difficulty. Every cheese manufacturer knows that, under conditions which seem to be exactly alike, he may get good cheese and he may get bad cheese. His cheese may become tainted, it may become spotted with little red spots or some other abnormal conditions may appear which he cannot account for. It would be the greatest boon possible to the cheese-maker if we could, in some way, enable him to correct his abnormal ripening processes, and be able always positively to insure the proper sort of ripen- ing. Now, this is plainly a matter which is connected with the SCIENCE. [VoL. XIX. No. 483 planting of the proper kind of bacteria in a cheese and planting them under proper conditions. Different kinds of cheeses are on our markets. We have the Edam cheese, we have the pineapple cheese, we have the Neufchatel cheese, we have the Limburger cheese, and many other kinds. Of course, we all know that these different cheeses have very different flavors. Now, in the pro- duction of these different kinds of cheeses, there are different methods used. Forinstance, in the manufacture of Edam cheese, the cheese-maker puts a little slimy milk into the milk that he is going to make into his cheese. That slimy milk contains a cer- tain species of bacteria, and that peculiar species connected with that slimy milk produces the peculiar flavor which we get in the Edam cheese. Sometimes cheese is allowed to ripen soft fora few days before it is pressed, and when thus ripened, different kinds of bacteria grow in it, and grow in it more rapidly and pro- duce different odors. Experiments have just been begun along this direction which show that it is possible artificially to ripen cheese abnormally. You can take certain species of bacteria and grow them in cheese, and you get a very atrociously tasting cheese, and you can take others and get avery good cheese. Now, in the use of yeasts, we have learned to plant yeast in our bread; we have learned to plant yeasts in our material that we want to fer- ment, if we are going to make alcohol, or, if we are going to make beer. The brewer has learned that he must use an artifi- cially prepared yeast. He has learned that if he simply allows the malt to ferment naturally through the agency of atmosphere yeasts, he does not know what he will get. It will ferment, un- doubtedly, but it will be likely to ferment in an abnormal manner. He, therefore, plants a pure culture of the proper yeasts. But we have not yet learned to plant bacteria in the same way. The cheese-maker has not yet learned to cultivate bacteria as the brewer has learned to cultivate his yeasts. Some day, I think we may say in the not far distant future, after our Experiment Sta- tions have had time to work upon this matter a little longer, the cheese-maker is going to be told of some way in which he can cultivate bacteria as the brewer does his yeast, and then he will know what kinds of bacteria will produce a badly-ripened cheese, and what kinds will produce an exceedingly good cheese. The time is coming, it has not come yet, but when it does come, we can see that there will be a tremendous development of the cheese industry in this country. We know there are four or five hundred species of bacteria in the world. They all produce different sorts of decomposition, they all produce different odors and different flavors, and when our scientific stations have taught our cheese-makers to cultivate their bacteria and plant particular kinds of bacteria in the milk of which they are going to make cheese, perhaps we are going to have four or five hundred different kinds of cheese. For aught we can see, it may be that the various species of bacteria will pro- duce different flavored cheeses, and perhaps fifty years from now, perhaps in less time, a man may go to the store and order a partic- ular kind of cheese that was made by a peculiar kind of bacteria, and another one made by another kind. We cannot tell what possible development there may be of the cheese industry in the future, and whereas now the cheese-maker must depend very largely upon accident for the particular kind of flavor he is going to get in his product, then he will be able to tell absolutely what he must use in order to be able to produce the flavor that he wants. The result will be a great development of the cheese industry, if such time ever comes. There will be another advantage in this development when it comes. We all know that once in a while cheese becomes poison. Everyone has read in the newspapers accounts of people who have been poisoned by eating cheese. Under certain conditions, cheese is very distinctly poisonous, and has produced very many cases of sickness and many cases of death. Now, our chemists have studied this poisonous cheese. They have found that it is poisonous because of the production of a peculiar chemical sub- stance in it which they have called ‘‘tyrotoxicon.” They have found, further, that this tyrotoxicon is a poison produced by a certain species of bacteria. Once in a while that poisonous kind of bacteria gets into milk. The cheese manufacturer is entirely innocent; he cannot help it, because he has no means of knowing ‘May 6, 1892. ] anything about it. But occasionally they get in and his cheese is ripened then under the agency of these injurious bacteria. The result is, that his cheese becomes poisonous, and while he is per- fectly innocent of any intentional wrong, the evil is done. Now, when our cbeese-makers have learned to apply to the manufacture of cheese the processes which our brewers have learned in the manufacture of beer, these troubles can be prevented. Twenty years ago, a Frenchman, Pasteur, undertcok to make an investi- gation of the diseases of beer, and he found that they could be prevented by the use of a few simple remedies which prevented the growth of the wrong kinds of yeasts or the wrong kinds of bacteria in it. His methods were soon applied to the whole brewery industry in France, and also to the manufacture of wine, and the result has been that those diseases which used to be so common and so troublesome to the vintners and the brewers have practically disappeared. So, then, when we in the future learn to apply similar methods in the manufacture of cheese, we may hope for the disappearance of all diseases of cheese, including the red specks in cheese, tainted cheeses of all sorts, and also the dis- ease which makes cheese poisonous, as just mentioned. You see, then, that to the dairy interests bacteria are of distinct value. They give the aroma to your butter, and they give the whole flavor to your cheese, or at least, the chief flavor. Without them your butter would not command so good a price in the market; without them your cheese would not command any price. I may now pass to the third branch of my subject and speak of the use of bacteria as scavengers in the world. A tree in the forest falls to the ground and it lies unmolested. It is at first hard, solid, and impervious to all of the normal agencies. No in- sects can touch it; they cannot bite the hard wood to any extent. It lies there month after month. Little by little it begins to soften. First the bark begins to get soft and finally falls off. By-and-by the wood gets quite soft, so that you can easily cut it, and perhaps run a pointed stick into it. Then insects can get hold of it, and they begin to eat it; they bore tunnels and begin to crawl through it. The tree grows softer and softer, and finally, as you all know from observation many times, the trunk of this tree becomes softened into a mass of brown powder which sinks down into the soil and disappears. What has become of that tree? A bird dies and falls on to the ground, and unless some animal comes along to eat the bird, you will notice that the tissues of the bird very soon begin to undergo changes; they begin to soften; gases rise from them; the flesh of the bird undergoes the process which we call putrefaction, and that putrefaction results in the gradual decomposition of the tissues. Little by little part of the material passes off into the air as gas, and the rest of it sinks down into the soil, and the bird disappears. What has produced all of these changes? Did it ever occur to you to ask what the condition of the surface of the earth would be at the present time if it were not for these processes which we call the processes of decay ? Suppose there were no agencies which caused the gradual soften- ing and destruction of trees and the dead bodies of animals. Long since the vegetable and animal life of this world would have disappeared, and we should have had the surface of the earth coy- ered with the accumulations of the growth of forests in past ages that would have tumbled upon each other until there would be such an accumulation of dead trees and dead leaves and dead vegetation of all kinds on the surface of the earth, that plants would not be able to grow. The dead bodies of all the animals that have lived in the past would have been piled up until the whole surface of the world would have been so covered by the dead bodies of animals and plants that life would have become impossible. These scavengers, these bacteria, are absolutely nec- essary tous. It is through the agency of certain bacterial organ- isms that the tree is softened so that insects can get at it. It is through the agency of bacteria that the tissues of the bird are de- composed and gases produced which pass off into the air. It is these bacteria which cause all the changes in the bodies of ani- mals and vegetables, decomposing them until they gradually sink down into the soil and disappear. So it is through their agency and this alone, that the surface of the earth is kept in a condition SCIENCE. 261 which renders it possible for life to continue to exist. Of course you have all had experience of the value of bacteria as scavengers inremoving bad odors. We speak of scavengers as of value in removing decaying material, but it is the bacteria which produce the decay, and it is through their agency that all of these dead bodies are broken to pieces and brought into a condition in which they can be either incorporated into the soil, or passed off into the air. Perhaps I may here also say a word in regard to the agency of bacteria as scavengers in the human body. We look upon bac- teria in our bodies as causes of disease rather than things which are of any value, and yet a healthy person always has bacteria in large quantities in his mouth, in his stomach, and in his intestines. The bacteria are always migrating in the body to places of abnor- mal growths, and there is considerable reason for thinking that to a certain extent these bacteria act as scavengers in the human body. Some of them unquestionably act as producers of disease, but, to a certain extent, it seems that these bacteria are of value in assisting in the decomposition of tissues that should be decom- posed, and there is reason for thinking that they assist in the digestion of food. There is no question that bacteria may assist in the process of digestion and it is doubtless a fact that the bac- teria which we take into our alimentary canal are not wholly in- jurious. They may be possibly beneficial to us either in the line of scavengers in removing material which ought not to remain in our bodies, or in assisting digestion. This point, however, is not yet demonstrated, and I merely allude to it as a possibility. This may lead us to the fourth topic of my lecture, which I may call the Agency of Bacteria in Plant Life. Did it ever occur to you to ask why nature is perpetual? You know animals and plants have continued to live on the surface of the earth for hundreds and hundreds of centuries. The vegetation that has been growing on the surface of the earth has been con- stantly taking food out of the air and taking food out of the soil, and animals have been constantly feeding upon the plants. But the process seems to be a never-ending one. It would seem that the material for plant food and animal food would sometime be used up; and yet nature is perpetual. Now, the reason that na- ture is perpetual is, because animals and plants are enabled, by certain processes of nature, to use the same material over and over and over again. They can use material for food, and eventually that same material gets in a condition in which they can use it for food once more. Let me take a single illustration, one that you are probably all familiar with. Plants, as the result of their life, use up carbonic acid of the air, and, in return, send off into the air an equivalent amount of oxygen. Now, animals in their life, take out of the air a considerable amount of oxygen and send off from their bodies an equivalent amount of carbonic acid. You see here one of the adjustments of nature. Animals use the excre- tions of plants, plants use the excretions of animals. Theanimals take oxygen and give off carbonic acid, and the plants take car- bonic acid and give off oxygen. The process goes on continually, and thus the condition of the atmosphere, so far as oxygen and carbonic acid are concerned, is kept in the same normal state. Thus, so far as these gases are concerned, nature is enabled to be perpetual by the constant use of the same material over and over again. Now, this is not only true in regard to oxygen and carbonic acid, but it is true also that all the other foods of animals and plants are capable of being used over and overagain. Plants live upon phosphates, sulphates, and nitrates chiefly, as well as carbonic acid. Animals live upon such things as albuminoids and starches and sugars. Now, plants cannot live on the food of animals, and animals cannot live on the food of plants. You and I cannot live upon sulphates and phosphates and potassium salts and nitrates and carbonic acid. These are what we call inorganic compounds in nature. Animals cannot feed upon them, but plants can do so. The plants can take those materials and manufacture out of them the starches and sugars and fats and albuminoids, and then we can take the starches and sugars and fats and albuminoids which have thus been manufactured for us and feed upon them. You see, therefore, that the plants serve as a medium of communication between animals and nature. The world is made up chiefly of * the fertilizer is in a condition fit for the fields. 262 inorganic compounds like these phosphates and sulphates and potassium salts, etc.,and the plants serve asa means of communi- cation between animals and the inorganic world, for the plants take these inorganic materials and make them into something which we can use as food. Plants, then, are the means which we have of making use of inorganic nature; or, in other words, the whole animal kingdom is parasitic upon plants. But plants are in their turn utterly unable to live upon animal foods. A plant cannot feed upon albumen, a plant cannot eat starch, a plant can- not eat sugar, a plant cannot eat fat; plants are unable to use the foods that animals use, and when the body of a plant dies, although it is in a condition to be used as food by animals, it is not ina condition to be used again as food for plants. The dead body of the bird is in a condition in which plants cannot make use of it at all. A plant cannot use the albumen of the bird’s tissue; a plant cannot use the fats in an animal; a plant cannot feed upon the sugars that are in the dead sugar-canes; a plant cannot feed upon the starches or the cellulose that is in the body of the dead tree. Nevertheless, the plants do succeed in getting hold of this food, and it is through the agency of these bacteria that we are speaking of this morning that they doit. Just as soon as the body of an animal or plant dies, the bacteria get into it, begin to grow in it, decomposing it, and pulling it to pieces. They pull the starch to pieces, they pull the sugar to pieces, and albumens and fats share the same destruction. Little by little they take those compounds which plants cannot feed upon, and, by shaking them to pieces, bring them down to simple combinations which plants can feed upon. Of special importance is one particular kind of organism known as ‘‘ the nitrifying organism,” which produces nitric acid. Plants, as I have said, cannot feed upon such things as albumen. The putrefying bacteria can decompose albumen and break it up into certain simple compounds, but ordinary putrefying bacteria are not able to break that albumen down far enough for plants to get hold of it. Plants have got to live upon such things as nitrates and salts of nitric acid. Now, there is one sort of bacteria living in the soil which gets hold of the albuminous compounds and forms nitric acid. This is the nitrifying organism, and the nitri- fication is the last stage in the decomposition process by which an albuminoid is converted into a condition in which plants can get hold of it. One practical application of this you are all familiar with in the ripening of fertilizers. You know that green manure is of absolutely or of practically no use asa fertilizer on your fields. You know that it must first stand for a while and ripen, or ‘‘ rot.” as you call it. Now, what is taking place in that fertilizer while it is ripening? Simply the series of ccanges that have been men- tioned. That fertilizer contains chemical compounds of a high degree of complexity, compounds that the plants cannot feed upon; they are too highly complex for plants to use as food. Bacteria, however, get into that heap and begin to grow in it; and, as the fertilizer becomes ripened, these high chemical compounds are pulled to pieces, they become converted into simpler decomposition products, and eventually, if the ripening is continued long enough, Now, when put upon the fields, the plants can get hold of the material. You will see now what I meant when I stated at the beginning of my lec- ture that in spite of all the cultivating that you and your horses might do in the fields, it would be useless without the agency of these organisms. You might put on your fertilizer; but, if that fertilizer is not acted upon by bacteria, it will be of no use, and thus the bacteria come in to complete the operation which you began. You do your duty and the bacteria do theirs, and the consequence is, the fertilizers which you are using are brought into a condition in which the plants can get hold of them, and thus the food of plants is produced. You see, then, that in this way plants and animals are able to use over and over again the same material. The plant gets this material out of the soil and out of the air; the animal comes along then and feeds upon the plant; then the animal dies, and the plant dies, and the bacteria get into the body of the animal or plant, pull it to pieces and pro- duce from it decomposition products, and they get into the soil in the form of nitrates and nitric acid compounds; or they go off into the air in the form of ammonia and carbonic acid. The bodies of SCIENCE. [VoL. XIX. No. 483 these animals and plants are thus reduced to simple conditions, and now the plants once more get hold of them, and use as food the same material that previous generations used. Thus over and over again the same material is used, and thus nature is kept per- petual. This is the explanation of the constant, perpetual growth in nature. This is the reason that nature does not exhaust itself. This is the reason that animals and plants have been enabled to grow upon the surface of the earth for the past hundreds and hun- dreds of centuries. But this is not the end of the agency of bacteria in plant life. They are not only of value in ripening your fertilizers and in keeping up this constant growth of nature, but we have learned within the last two or three years that at the very foundation the growth of plants is absolutely dependent upon these organisms, and similarly in the future the continuance of the vegetable world must be also dependent upon them. I have stated that nature is perpetual because the same material can be used over and over again. That is true in a sense, but not true completely, for you will see with a little thought that little by little the soil is being drained of its food, little by little the materials in the soil are being turned into the ocean. A tree grows, takes out of the soil its food, and finally dies. If it falls on to the ground, as I have described, the bacteria get at it and grow there until the tree eventually becomes wholly incorporated into the soil so that it can be used once more as plant food. But it may be that the tree instead of falling in the forest falls into a river, drifts down the river, begins to decay, and eventually goes into the ocean. After the products of decomposition are passed into the ocean, there is no getting them back to the soil. ‘‘The sea will not give up its dead,” and the ocean does not give up the nitrogen and the other salts that are gradually being carried to it by this process. Or, again, a plant grows and produces wheat, produces fruit, produces nuts, and the grain, the fruit, and the nuts are taken to the city to be used as food for men. The food is used by men, and most of it eventually gets into the sewage of the city, is carried down to the river, and from the river it is carried into the ocean. So here again through the sewage of our cities the foods which are sup- plied to our cities are being thrown into the ocean, and thus the soil is being drained of its foods. This process is not a rapid one. It is only slowly that the foods are being taken out of the soil and carried to the ocean. Nevertheless, it is the constant dropping that wears away the rock, and it is easy for us to see that if this process goes on age after age, our soils are inevitably doomed to exhaustion. You know that many fields have become sterile, that many farms have been worn out, that many gardens are becoming infertile. You cannot cultivate your fields as you used to without furnishing them food. In the Old World this is quite noticeable. Although the constant draining of the soil by these agencies is a slow one, it is a sure one, and if there is no way of getting nitro- gen and other salts back from the ocean to the soil, it would seem tbat the life of all vegetation is inevitably doomed to exhaustion, and with the life of vegetation the life of animals must cease, the whole living world must end. When the scientist observed this fact, he immediately looked around to see if there was not a remedy for it. Now, as far as some of the plant foods are concerned, there does not seem to be any occasion for fear. The phosphates, the sulphates, and the potassium salts, which are plant foods, seem to exist on the sur- face of the earth in almost unlimited quantities. There have been immense amounts of these salts found in certain parts of the world, and they can be mined at very small expense; they can be taken all over the world and put directly upon the soil, so that the sul- phates, phosphates, and potassium salts are in practically unlimited quantities. We have no fear so far as they are concerned. For an indefinite number of ages to come there is plenty of this sort of food on the surface of the earth for us to supply to the soil. But that is not true of the nitrogenous foods. Of course, every farmer knows to-day that nitrogenous food is one of the very essential foods of plants, and it is not true that there is an un- limited quantity of nitrogenous salts anywhere in the world. There are few sources of nitrogen other than the soil. The chief one is the guano beds in the South Pacific. These are sources of nitro- geneous compounds, and upon these sources the agricultural in- May 6, 1892. | dustry of the world has been drawing for years, and will continue to draw until they are exhausted. But these sources are far away. The nitrogen that we get from them is very expensive, and the store is very limited in quantity. Wecan see in the not very dis- tant future the complete exhaustion of all these nitrogen beds. This has led scientists to look with a considerable degree of dis- may upon the future of the vegetable world. What is going to happen when all the available nitrogen is used up? If we are going to continue to take the nitrogen from the soil. and throw it into the ocean, we will soon exhaust the soil, and if there is no store of nitrogen anywhere for our plants to draw upon, what are our plants going to do in the future ? Now, there is a store of nitrogen in the world which is abso- lutely unlimited, and that is in the air that surrounds us. The air that we breathe is made up of four parts of nitrogen and one part of oxygen. There are quantities of nitrogen everywhere if the plants could only get hold of it, but it has been thought that plants cannot feed on the nitrogen in the air at all. Experiments have been carried on for a great many years to find out whether plants could not in some way or other get hold of the nitrogen of the air. If we could only prove that our plants can get hold of the nitrogen in the air then the problem is solved. But the experi- ments which have been carried on year after year have seemed to demonstrate that plants cannot use the nitrogen of the air for food, that it is not in a condition in which they can get hold of it. About ten years ago, however, certain experimenters in this country and in Europe found that in some of their experiments plants did in some way get hold of nitrogen from some source when it was not fed to them; that a plant could be grown in sand absolutely free from nitrogen, and yet in some way that plant got hold of nitrogen; the only source for it was out of the air. That led to further experimentation until within the last four or five years the results have all been pointing in one direction. They seem to show us that there is one family of plants, at least, which is capa- ble of getting hold of nitrogen out of the air. This is the plant family to which the pea, the bean, and the clover belong. It is, in general, the pea family —the Leguminose family of plants. This family of plants in some way does succeed in getting nitro- gen from some source when we do not give it to them as food, and it must be that they get it from the air. And yet those ex- periments are entirely contradictory to the earlier experiments, which seemed to show that plants could not get hold of nitrogen in the air. The explanation was not found until a few years ago. ‘Two or three years ago some experiments were performed in Ger- ’ many which have finally led to the solution of the problem, at least in part, and, curiously enough, we find that the whole secret -of the matter is connected with these organisms which I am dis- cussing this morning. It is to bacteria that we owe this power which is possessed by plants of the pea family to get hold of nitrogen. If you plant peas in soil containing a certain species of ‘bacteria, or at least certain species of micro-organisms, these micro-organisms crawl into the roots of the pea, and then begin to multiply inside the roots. The little roots begin to swell and there appear upon them a lot of minute nodules, which have re- ceived the name of ‘‘ root tubercles.” If I am not mistaken, some of those little root tubercles were shown to the meeting here last -evening. These root tubercles, as I say, make their appearance, -and it is found that wherever these root tubercles do make their appearance the plant gets hold of nitrogen and grows well. Where these root tubercles do not make their appearance the plants are unable to get hold of nitrogen unless it is fed to them. Now, ‘these root tubercles are produced by bacteria, and these root tuber- cles are the agencies by which, in some as yet unexplained way, the pea gets nitrogen out of the air. Thus you see that in the final analysis of the life of a plant, in the assimilation of nitrogen from the air, we are brought to the -conclusion that it is the agency of these minute microscopic organ- isms that is the source of the assimilation of nitrogen from the air by plants. Thus we owe the growth of these plants to bac- teria. How the bacteria get the nitrogen out of the air has not yet been explained. Even before the scientists made this discovery, the farmer had ‘made the discovery practically on his farm. You have known SCIENCE. 263 that you could, in some, to you inexplicable, way, rejuvenate an old worn-out soil by cultivating clover upon it, or by cultivating beans. That has been the practice of farmers for years. It has been found that in some way the cultivation of clover, instead of exhausting your soil as the cultivation of some plants does, really increases the fertility of the soil. You cultivate your clover for one season, then the next season you plow the roots into your soil, and you find the field will produce a better crop than before. This result is brought about through the agency of these organ- isms. The clover belongs to the family of peas, and clover is one of the plants that this particular species of bacteria that I am speaking of can attack. The bacteria in the soil get into these roots, grow in them, produce these root tubercles, and by means of these the clover gets nitrogen out of the air and stores it up in its roots. The next season you plow the roots into the soil, and then come the nitrifying bacteria which pull the roots to pieces and decompose them into the condition of nitrates, and then the next season the plant which you sow gets hold of the nitrates which came from the roots of the clover and which has been brought there through the agency of these bacteria. You see, then, that the farmer owes everything to the bacteria. I think you will find that I am justified in the statement I made at the beginning, that the study of bacteriology to-day is even more truly a department of agriculture than of medicine. The bacteria belong to the farmer more truly, or at least as truly, as they be- long to the physician. Now, I must draw my remarks to a close. Let me, in conclu- sion, say that we must not think too hardly of bacteria. It is true they are the causes of evil, it is true that they produce disease, but it is also true that they do good. It is true that they are our enemies, but it is also true that they are our closest allies. It is true that without them we could not have our small-pox nor our yellow-fever, we could not have our diphtheria or our scarlet-fever, neither could we have the epidemic which is at present going over this country, nor, in fact, should we have any of our epidemics, were it not for the bacteria. But when we remember that it is through the agency of these organisms that we bake the loaf of bread that comes on to our table, that it is through their agency that the immense brewing industries are able to exist, that it is through their agency that the industries connected with the manu- facture of alcoholic liquors are possible; that without them we could not get our vinegar or our lactic acid; that without them we could not make our ensilage; when we remember that these bac- teria give the butter-maker the aroma of his butter; when we re- member that it is the decomposition products of the bacteria that the cheese manufacturer sells in the market; when we remember their agency as scavengers, how it is that they keep the surface of the earth clean and fresh and pure and in a constant condition for the continued growth of plants; when we remember their value to the soil in decomposing the dead bodies of animals and plants, and thus enabling the same material to be used over and over again for the support of life, and hence making possible a constant, per- petual condition of nature; and when we remember, lastly, that it is only through their agency that plants were originally enabled to get hold of nitrogen at all, and that it is only through the agency of these bacteria that we may hope for a continuance of a supply of nitrogen to the soil,— when we remember all these things, I think we will recognize that the power of the bacteria for good far out- weighs their power for evil. Without them we should not have our epidemics, but without them we should not exist. Without them it might be that some individuals would live a little longer, if we could live at all. It is true that bacteria, by the produc- tion of diseases once in a while, cause the premature death of an individual; once in a while they will sweep off a hundred or a thousand individuals, but it is equally true that if it were not for them, plant life and animal life would be absolutely impossible on the face of the world. THE Grand Honorary Walker Prize of the Boston Society of Natural History, a sum of one thousand dollars, has just been pre- sented to Professor J.D. Dana of New Haven. Previous recipients of the prize have been Dr. Joseph Leidy, Mr. Alexander Agassiz, and Professor James Hall. 264 LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. #*x Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. The writer's name ts in all cases required as proof of good faith. On request in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. The Color Question, A FEW weeks ago (Science, March 25) Mr. Milton Bradley wrote to you on this subject, which unfortunately is still in an unsatis- factory state, notwithstanding the researches of Helmholtz and Maxwell. Mr. Bradley is, do doubt, quite right in treating, for the purposes of his system, all the colors of the spectrum as of equal value, but it is by no means as clear as he supposes that the three colors, red, green, and violet, are entitled to be considered primaries in preference to red, yellow, and blue, if any colors are to be thus treated. The fact that Maxwell found the cross-section of a cone of color to be approximately triangular with red, green, and violet at the three corners, proves little as to the real relation between the various colors. It is very easy by means of a prism so to condense a spectrum as that only red, green, and violet shall be visible, and my impression is that some such explanation will be found of Maxwell’s supposed elementary green at least. I read with suspicion such statements as that most natural yellows and blues when analyzed by a prism show a large quantity of green SCIENCE. [VoL. XIX. No 483 in their composition, and that yellow can be produced by mingling green and violet. In the former case the green is due probably to an overlapping of the yellow and the blue, notwithstanding the belief, which is erroneous, that the yellow and blue of the prism will not produce green. Anyone on looking through a prism at different objects can easily devise a mode of causing two spectra to overlap, and thus convince himself that the blue and yellow do actually thereby give rise to green. He can, moreover, make the red and violet rays overlap, and thus form shades of purple. Such being the case, green, although sometimes in overlapping spectra observed by looking through the prism it appears to obliterate the blue, is no more entitled to be called a primary color than purple itself. For all practical purposes all the colors should be regarded as primary, the question of their actual relation being left to be set- tled by further investigation. C. STANILAND WAKE. ~ 349 North Clark Street, Chicago, Ill. Family Types. CaN I ask one or two questions about Mr. Williams’s note in the issue of April 15? Does the mother in placental mammals tend to assimilate in respect to blood to the father? Does the result of a study for twenty-five years of one family offer more than the slightest evidence on the point in question? Does the mother frequently acquire diseases belonging to the father indirectly through the child she is carrying? Does each child in a family CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. } Women’s Anthropological Society of America, Washington. April 30.—Miss Annie T. Smith, Report of the Committee on the Investigation of Directive Forces in Society ; Mrs. York, Medi- cal Inspection of Schools; Miss Sickles, The Ghost Dance. Biological Society, Washington. April 30.—The principal paper of the evening was: The Distribution of Land, Water, and Ice on this Continent in Later Geological Periods, by Professor W. J. Mc- Gee; Communications: Erwin F. Smith, The Relation of Plants to the Soil; Charles Hallock, Where Salt-Water Fishes Hide: Results of Deep-Water Seining. Society of Natural History, Boston. May 4.—J. 8. Kingsley, Notes on the An- atomy of Amphiuma. Publications Received at Editor’s Office. BauscH, Epwarp. Manipulation of the Microscope. Rochester, Bausch and Lomb Optical Co. 16°. 128p. I. CATHCART GEORGE R. Literary Reader; A Manual of English Literature. New York, American Book Co. 12°. 560p. $1.15. CuapmaAn, C. H. An Elementary Course in Theory of Equations. New York, John Wiley & Sons. 12°. 98p. $1.50. CuurcuH, Irvine P. Notes and Examples in Me- chanics. New York, John Wiley & Sons. 8°. 144p., plates. $2. Gorman, S. The Discoboli. Cambridge, Museum Comp. Zoél. 4°, paper. 96p., plates. GREELY, A. W. Irrigation and Water Storage in the Arid Regions. Report to the Sec. of War. Washington, Government. 4°, paper. 356 p. Maps. Hurst, G.H. Silk Dyeing, Printing and Finishing. With numerous colored patterns. New York, Macmillan & Co. 16°. 1384p. $2. LANDAUER, J. Blowpipe Analysis. Trans. by James Taylor. 2d ed. New York, Macmillan & Co, 16°. 190p. $1.10. Morris, R. ANNA. Physical Education in the Pub- lic Schools. New York, American Book Co. 8°. 192p. $1. Business Department. The Providence and Stonington Steamship Company’s new steel steamer New Hamp- shire made a record for phenomenal speed on her trial trip at Wilmington, Del., on April 21, 1892. Loaded with 600 tons dead weight, she made time over the measured mile, two minutes fifty-nine seconds, an average of over twenty miles per hour. The New Hampshire is a sister ship to the Maine, recently built at Wilmington, for the Provi- dence and Stonington Steamship Company, which has also proven a great success, both as a fast sailer and a most comfortable and luxurious boat for passengers. Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, ifofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] For sale or exchange, Das Ausland, ro vols., 1882 to 1891, including 6 vols. bound, 4 in numbers. Wheeler Survey, vol. 1, Geog. Report; also vol. 6, Botany; Pro- duction of gold and silver in the United States, 1880, ’1, ’2, 73,5; Selfridge Isthmus of Darien. Will sell at very low prices. J. #. James, 1443 Corcoran St., Washing- ton, D. C. For exchange.—A fine thirteen-keyed flute in leather covered case, for a photograph camera suitable for mak- ing lantern slides. Flute cost $27, and is nearly new. U. O. COX, Mankato, Minn. To exchange ; Experiment Station bulletins and reports for bulletins and reports not in my file. I will send list of what I have for exchange. P. H. ROLES, Lake City, Florida. Finished specimens of all colors of Vermont marble for fine fossils or crystals. Will be given only for valuable specimens because of the cost of polishing. GEO. W. PERRY, State Geologist, Rutland, Vt. For exchange.—Three copies of ‘‘ American State Papers Bearing on Sunday Legislation,’’ 1891, $2.50, new and unused, for *‘The Sabbath,” by Harmon Kingsbury, 1840; ‘‘The Sabbath,” by A. A. Phelps, 1842; ‘* History of the Institution of the Sabbath Day, Its Uses and Abuses,”’ by W. L. Fisher, 1859; ** Humorous Phases of the Law,” by Irving Browne; or other works amounting to value of books exchanged, on the question of govern- mental legislation in reference to religion, personal liberty, etc. If preferred, I will sell ‘American State Papers,” and buy other books on the subject. WILLIAM AD- DISON BLAKELY, Chicago, III. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g. to r-romg.), platinum dishes and crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part orwhole. Also complete file of S7/2iman’s Fournad, 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883; U. S. Coast Survey. 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. Wants. Any person seeking a posttion for which he is quali- hed by his scientific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF COST, 7/ he satisfies the publisher of the suit-= able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any scientific question, the address of auy scientific man, or who can in any way use this column for a purpose consonant with the nature of the paper, ts cordial y invited to do so. RANSLATOR wanted to read German architec- tural works at sight (no writing). One familiar with technical terms desired. Address ‘A.,”” Box 149, New York Post Offiee. Nae position in a manufacturing estab- lishment by a manufacturing Chemist of in- ventive ability. Address M. W. B, care of Science, 874 Broadway, N. Y V ANTED.—Books on Anatomy and Hypnotism. Will pay cash or give similar books in ex- change. Also want medical battery and photo out- fit. DR. ANDERSON, 182 State street, Chicago, Ill. \ K J] ANTED.—A college graduate with some normal training, to teach the sciences, at $1,800 per year, in a Southern college. A Baptist or a Method- ist preferred. Must also be a first-class Latin scholar. A. H. Beals, Box K, Milledgeville, Ga. A een in Chemistry is wanted by one who has had five years’ experience in that capacity. Would prefer to give instruction by lectures and experiments rather than by text-book methods. Would like a position in a college or uni- versity where there is a good student’s laboratory. Special points of strength claimed are: (1) Thorough control of a class and good order during lectures and recitations. (2) Accuracy in experimenting with chemicals and skill in the manipulation of chemical apparatus. The permission of several dis- tinguished educators has been given to refer to them if required. Would not care to accept a po- sition paying less than $1,500. Address B, E., care of Science, 874 Broadway, New York. DDRESS WANTED.—Will some one please send the address of the Secretary of the American Philological Society. Also that of Herbert Spencer. “ADDISON,” Room 84, 164 Madison St., Chicago, Il. DDRESSES of Old Book Dealers wanted.—Wish- ing to obtain a number of old books out of print, I very much desire the addresses or catalogues of rare second-hand book dealers. If.there is a direc- tory or list of such dealers I should like to obtain possession of one. W. A. BLAKELY, Chicago, Ill. POPULAR MANUAL OF VISIBLE SPEECH AND VOCAL PHYSIOLOGY. For use in Colleges and Normal Schools. Sent free by post by N.D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N.Y. Price 50 cents May 6, 1892. ] find the mother more impregnated with the blood of the paternal house? And if so, does this impregnation seriously tend to make the children favor the family that gives them the name? Is the fact of parental influences — the influences here alluded to being those suggested by Mr. Williams, sympathy or antipathy for peo- ple frequently seen — thoroughly established? In a love-match is the face of the father more commonly reproduced? If there are reversions to a primitive type, what is the type — one lying on the maternal or the paternal side? Do family portraits show a uniformity? If they do, is not the question settled? How, then, can the fact that family portraits show a uniformity — that being the point in question —be cited to prove the point in question, that family portraits do, or do not, show a uniformity ? J. C. Dana. - SCIENCE. 265 AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THOMAS WHITTAKER has just published ‘‘The Story of the Dis- covery of the New World,” by Frederick Saunders of the Astor Library, illustrated by C. A. Bobbett. —A. C. McClurg & Co. announce a volume entitled «Direct Legislation by the People,” by Nathan Cree. The author gives a brief review of direct government from the earliest times, and of the rise and development of popular representation. He then considers the advantages of combining direct popular legislation with representative institutions, in which direction, he believes, lies emancipation from political corruption. In this connection he examines two remarkable features of the Swiss Government, viz., the Referendum and the Popular Initiative. The author’s stand- Denver, Col., April 27. point is said to be conservative. Exhaustion Horstirds Acid Phosphate, A wonderful remedy, of the highest value in mental and nervous exhaustion. Overworked men and women, the nervous, weak and debilitat- ed, will find in the Acid Phos- phate a most agreeable, grate- ful and harmless stimulant, giv- ing renewed strength and vigor to the entire system. Dr. Edwin F. Vose, Portland, Me., says: “‘T have used it in my own case when suffer- ing from nervous exhaustion, with gratifying results. I have prescribed it for many of the yarious forms of nervous debility, and it has never failed to do good.”’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R, |. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word “‘ Hors- ford’s*? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never sold in bulk. WORLD-ENGLISH. 25 Cents. HANDBOOK OF WORLD-ENGLISH. 25 Cents. Ex- President Andrew D. : White, of Cornell University, says: ‘‘I believe that the highest interests of Chris- tian civilization and of humanity would be served by its adoption.” ““So set down, our tongue is the best for the world to unite upon.”—Brooklyn Eagle. “The idea of Mr. Bell has much to recommend it, and the presentation is charmingly clear.” —Ameri- can, Phila. “The result is a language which cannot fail to meet with acceptance. ’—Boston Traveller. “World: English deserves the careful consideration of all serious scholars.”— Modern Language Notes. Sent, postpaid, on receipt of price. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. New Method of Protecting Property from Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller. Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. STERSROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN GO., Works: Oamden, N. J. 26 John St., New York. RINT aT SEN GRAVING FOR, ALCTILLUSTRATIVESAND 22 VADVERTI SINIGSBUR EOS ES, G E M 0 PA L S Cut ready for setting. Having pur- = » chased a large lot at the Mexican lo- cality, we are offering them at about one-fifth jewelers’ prices; S0c., $1, $1.50, $2, $3. This is a rare opportunity to secure a fine gem very cheap. 100 pp. Mineral Catalogue lc., in cloth 20c., Supplement 2c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & Co., Mineralogists, 733 and 735 Broadway, New York City. PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W. T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. THE WEEKLY BULLETIN OF NEWSPAPER AND PERIODICAL LITERATURE. Catalogues and Classifies Each Week THE PRINCIPAL CONTENTS OF THE PERIODICAL PRESS. That huge mass of material heretofore inaccessible to the eager student is now rendered available. Special attention is invited to the Bulletin’s INDEX OF TECHNICAL LITERATURE Send for a free sample copy and learn how The Bulletin Supplies The Articles Catalogued. Address THE WEEKLY BULLETIN, 5 Somerset Street, = = Boston, Mass, NEO-DARWINISM AND NEO-LAMARCKISM. By LESTER F. WARD. Annual address of the President of the Biological Society of Washington delivered Jan. 24, 1891. A historical and critical review of modern scientific thought relative to heredity, and especially to the problem of the transmission of acquired characters, The following are the several heads involved in the discussion Status of the Problem, Lamarckism. Darwinism, Acquired Characters, Theories of He- redity, Views of Mr. Galton, Teachings of Professor Weismann, A Critique of Weismann, ,Neo-Darwin- ism, Neo-Lamarckism, the American “School,” Ap- plication to the Human Race. Inso far as views are expressed they are in the main jn line with the general current of American thought, and opposed to the extreme doctrine of the non-transmissibility of acquired characters. Price, postpaid, 25 cents. N. D. ¢. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. A TEMPORARY BINDER for Sczence is now ready, and will be mailed postpaid on receipt of 75 cents. This binder is strong, durable and elegant, has gilt side-title, and al- lows the opening of the pages per- fectly flat. Any number can be ‘taken out or replaced without dis- turbing the others, and the papers are not mutilated for subsequent permanent binding. Filed in this binder, Sczenceis always convenient for reference. ANDY cere N. D. C. HODGES, Publisher, 874 Broadway, New York. 266 SCrEINGE: DRY GOODS, ETC. The Fifth Avenue Linen store, Our stock of Housekeeping Linen Goods is the most complete in America. We deal with manufac- turers only, and keep nothing but pure linen. Our patrons can always rely upon getting the best makes of Table Linen, Napkins, Towels, Handkerchiefs, | etc., at the very lowest price. A fine all linen initial Handkerchief, in both ladies’ and men’s sizes, at $3.00dozen. Extra large hemstitched Huck Towels, $3.00 dozen. Hand hemstitched linen Sheets, $5.00 a pair. Pillow Cases to match at $1.00 apair. We always have the latest novelties in linen table decorations. A visit to our store does not incur any obligation to buy. WM. S. KINSEY & CO., Near 36th St. New Yorr. 386 Fifth Ave. QUERY. Can any reader of Sczence cite a case of lightning stroke in which the dissipation of a small conductor (one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter, say,) has failed to protect between two horizon- tal planes passing through its upper and lower ends respective- ly? Plenty of cases have been found which show that when the conductor is dissipated the build- ing is not injured to the extent explained (for many of these see volumes of Philosophical Trans- actions at the time when light- ning was attracting the attention of the Royal Society), but not an exception is yet known, al- though this query has been pub- lished far and wide among elec- tricians. First inserted June 19. to date. No response N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. (Vor, XEX: No. 483 Te THE VREADENS OF" SUM els PUBLISHER'S ANNOUNCEMENT. OUR PLANS. WITHIN the past six months the use of Science by scientific men and women as a medium for prompt publication and weekly discussion, has increased very materially, so that the pages are now well filled each week with original matter. As the num- ber of those promising contributions is increasing at the rate of three cr four each day, it cannot be long before Science at its present size will be too small for the amount of matter offered. We have under consideration therefore an enlargement of the paper by one-half, but must first learn the tem- per of our constituency as to an advance in price to $5.00, which was the subscription price from the start for four years, up to June 30, 1887. Further, to carry out the proposed enla-gement, we shall need five hundred additional subscribers. If you are not already a subscriber, are you willing to aid in mak- ing Science more worthy of American scientific work by becoming one? It goes without saying, that the demand for scien- tific literature is limited, when compared with that for literature which is more to the public taste, so that the receipts of most of the Scientific Journals, in this country, do not pay quite for their printing and paper, to say nothing of the other items of ex- pense. We say this merely to emphasize the fact, that generous and prompt support must be ac- eared! this ..ove if it is to succeed. Titles of Some Articles Published in Science since Jan. 1, 1892. Aboriginal North American Tea. Actinism. Amenhotep, King, the tomb of. Anthropology, Current Notes on. e Arsenical Poisoning from Domestic Fabrics. Anatomy, The Teaching of, to Advanced Medical Students. Astronomical Notes. Botanical Laboratory, A. Brain, A Few Characteristics of the Avian. Celts, The Question of the. Collection of Objects Used in Worship. Deaf, Higher Education of the. Diphtheria, Tox-Albumin. Etymology of two Iroquolan Compound Stems, Eye-Habits. Family Traits, Persistency, of. Fishes, The Distribution of. Fossils, Notice of New Gigantic. Grasses, Homoptera Injurious to. ‘Healing, Divine.” Hemipter: us Mouth, Structure of the. Hypnotism among the Lower,Antimals. Hypnotism, Traumatic. Indian occupation of New York. Influenza, Latest Details Concerning the Germs of. Infant’s Movements. Inventors and Manufacturers, the American Associ- ation of. Iowa Academy of Sciences. Jargon, The Chinook. Klamath Nation, Linguistics. Lightning, The New Method of Protecting Buildings from. Lissajou’s Curves, Simple Apparatus for the Produc- tion of. Maize Plant, Observations on the Growth and Chemi- cal Composition of. Mineral Discoveries, Some Recent, in the State of Washington. Museums, The Support of. Patent Office Building, The. Pocket Gopher, Attempted Extermination of. Psychological Laboratory in the University of To- ronto. Psychological Training, The Need of. Rain-Making. Rivers, Evolution of the Loup, in Nebraska. Scientific Alliance, The. Star, The New, in Auriga. Storage of Storm-Waters on the Great Plains. Teaching of Science. Tiger, A New Sabre-Toothed, from Kansas. Timber Trees of West Virginia. Traches of Insects, Structure of. Vein-Formation, Valuable Experiments in. Will, a Recent Analysis of. Wind-Storms and Trees. Wines, The Sophisticated French. Zoology in the Public Schools of Washington, D.C. Some of the Contributors to Science Since Jan. I, 1892. Aaron, Eugene M., Philadelphia, Pa. Allen, Harrison, Philadelphia, Pa. Baldwin, J. Mark, University of Toronto, Canada. Barnes, Charles Reid, Madison, Wis. ; Baur, G., Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Beal, W. J., Agricultural College, Mich. Beals, A. H., Milledgeville, Ga. Beauchamp, W. M., Baldwinsville, N.Y. Boas, Franz, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Bostwich, Arthur E., Montclair, N.J. Bradley, Milton, Springfield, Mass. Brinton, D. G., Philadelphia, Pa. Chandler, H., Buffalo, N.Y. Comstock, Theo. B., Tucson, Arizona. Cragin, F. W., Colorado Springs, Col. Davis, W. M., Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass. Dimmock, George, Canobie Lake, N.H. Farrington, E. H., Agricultural Station, Champaign, Ill. Ferree, Barr, New York City. Flexner, Simon, Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, Md. Foshay, P. Max, Rochester, N.Y. Gallaudet, E. M., Kendall Green, Washington, D.C. Garman, S., Museum of Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. Golden, Katherine E., Agricultural College, Lafay- ette, Ind. Hale, Edwin M., Chicago, Ill. Hale, George 8., Boston, Mass. Hale, Horatio, Clinton, Ontario, Canada. Hall, T. Proctor, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Halsted, Byron D., Rutgers College, New Bruns- wick, N.J. Haworth, Erasmus, Oskaloosa, Iowa. Hay, O. P., Irvington, Ind. Haynes, Henry W., Boston Mass. Hazen, H. A., Weather Bureau, Washington, D.C. Hewitt, J. N. B., Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D.C. Hicks, L. E., Lincoln, Neb. Hill, E. J., Chicago, Ill. Hill, Geo. A., Naval Observatory, Washington, D.C. Hitchcock, Romyn, Washington, D.C. Hotchkiss, Jed., Staunton, Va. Howe, Jas. Lewis, Louisville, Ky. Hubbard, Gardiner G., Washington, D.C. James, Joseph F., Agricultural Dept., Washington, D.C. Johnson, Roger B., Miami University, Oxford, O. Kellerman, Mrs. W. A., Columbus, O. Kellicott, D. S., State University, Columbus, O. Macloskie, G., Princeton, N.J. McCarthy, Gerald, Agricultural Station, Raleigh, N.C. MacDonald, Arthur, Washington, D.C. Marshall, D. T., Metuchen, N.J. Mason, O. T., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Nichols, C. F., Boston, Mass. Nuttall, George H. F., Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. Oliver, J. E., Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Osborn, Henry F., Columbia College, New York City. Osborn, Herbert, Agricultural Coliege, Ames, Iowa. Pammel, L. H., Agricultural Station, Ames, Iowa. Pillsbury, J. H., Smith College, Northampton, Mass. Ruffner, W. H., Lexington, Va. Schufeldt, R. W., Washington, D.C. Scripture, E. W., Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Se D. D., Museum Comp. Zool., Cambridge, ass. eee John B., Rutgers College, New Brunswick, Stevenson, S. Y., Philadelphia, Pa, Stone, G. H., Colorado Springs, Col. Thurston, R. H., Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Todd, J. E., Tabor, Iowa. True, mrederick W., Natlonal Museum, Washing- ton, D.C. Turner, C. H., University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, oO. Ward, R. DeC., Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Ward, Stanley M., Scranton, Pa. Warton Roper B., Howard University, Washing- ton, D.C. Welch, Wm. H., Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, M.D. West, Gerald M., Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Willlams, Edward H., Lehigh University, Bethle- hem, Pa. SCIE A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. Trento YEAR. Vou. XIX. No. 484. MAY 13, 1892. Sincere Copius, Ten Cents. $3.50 Per Year, In ADVANCE. CONTENTS. Tae New CHEMIcAL LABORATORY OF THE Case ScHoot oF APPLIED SCIENCE. Charles F. Mabery.............++ 267 THe Status oF EXPERIMENTAL AGRI- cuLTURE. H. L. Bolley.......... 270 Notes AND NEWS.........2+ see eeeeees 271 THE POSSIBILITY OF A REALIZATION OF Four-Foup Space. T. Proctor Hall. 272 THe TusKALoosA Formation. E. A. S.. 274 AstronomicaL Notes. Edited by George Als JEU ooo bacenoNOd Dee Bh oOOu Oe 275 Is rr DanGERovuS TO SPRAY FRuIT-TREES WITH SOLUTIONS OF POISONOUS SUB- STANCES IN ORDER TO PREVENT DEPREDATIONS FROM DESTRUCTIVE HIN SH OUSBorernichyeyvecleheisiclcvelels siefere 275 LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. The Ancestry of Chalicotherium. Henry F. Osborn..........--+++-- 276 Detection of Artificial Gems. George EMIRATE pee Sect Ge RiaNe Re Se | 276 Artificial Production of Variation of Types. C. O. Whitman. ..... 277 The ‘‘ Hongote’’ Language. D. G BirintOn wey eiteeieee shy eustavene sashes, 277 AMONG THE PUBLISHERS................ 277 Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class Mail Matter. THE American Dell Telephone COMPANY. 95 MILK ST., BOSTON, MASS. This Company owns the Letters Patent granted to Alexander Gra- ham Bell, March 7th, 1876, No. 174,465, and January 30, 1877, No. 186,787. 4 The Transmission of Speech by all known forms of ELECTRIC SPEAKING TELEPHONES in- fringes the right secured to this Company by the above patents, and renders each individual user of tel- ephones, not furnished by it or its licensees, responsible for such un- lawful use, and all the conse- quences thereof and liable to suit therefor. New Method of Protecting Property From Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller. Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company, United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. Speech Reading and Articulation Teaching. By A. MELVILLE BELL. Price, 25 Cents, Practical Instructions in the Art of Reading Speech from the Mouth; and in the Art of Teaching Articulation to the Deaf. (This Work—written at the suggestion of Miss Sarah Fuller, Principal of the Horace Mann School for the Deaf, Boston, Mass.—is, so far as known, the first Treatise published on ‘‘Speech Reading.’’| From Principals of Institutions for the Deaf. “‘ Admirable in its conciseness, clearness and free -dom from technicality.” C2 The simplicity and perfection of this little book. “Full of exact and helpful observations.” ** A very interesting and valuable work.”’ “The rules are clearly given and will be of great utility.” “Every articulation teacher should study it.” “& model of clearness and simplicity, without having any of the puzzling symbols that trouble the common mind.. . . The exercises given inspeech- reading from the lips are especially interesting, and of great importance for the student of phonetics.” — Modern Language Notes. *,* The above work may be obtained, by -order, through any bookseller, or post-free -on receipt of price, from SCIENCE CLUBBING RATES. 10% DISCOUNT. We will allow the above discount to any “subscriber to Science who will send us an order for periodicals exceeding $10, counting «each at its full price. N. D, C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. INSECTS AND INSECTICIDES. A PRACTICAL MANUAL, Concerning Noxious Insects and the Methods of Preventing their Injuries. By CLARENCE M. WEED, Professor of Entomology and Zoology, New Hampshire State College. WHAT IS SAID ABOUT IT. “T think that you have gotten together a very useful and valuable little book.’—Dr. C. V. Riley, U.S. Entomologist, Washington, D. C. “Tt is excellent.”—James Fletcher, Dominion En- tomologist, Ottawa, Canada. “Tam well pleased with it.”—Dr. F. M. Hexamer, Editor American Agriculturist, New York. “It seems to me a good selection of the matter which every farmer and fruit grower ought to have at his immediate command.”—Prof. S. A. Forbes, State Entomologist of Illinois, Champaign, Ill. ‘““A good book, and it is needed.”—Prof. L. H. Bailey, Cornell University. “Tt is one of the best books of the kind I have ever seen.’’—J. Freemont Hickman, Agriculturist, Ohio Experiment Station, Columbus, Ohio. **T shall gladly recommend it.’"—Prof. A. J. Cook, Michigan Agricultural College. Price, $1.25. Sent postpaid to any address on receipt of price. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. THE RADIOMETER, By DANIEL S. TROY. This contains a discussion of the reasons for their action and of the phenomena pre- sented in Crookes’ tubes. Price, postpaid, 50 cents. N. D, C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. QUARTERLY. THE INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MICROSCOPY AND NATURAL SCIENCE. THE JOURNAL OF THE Postal Microscopical Society. Edited by ALFRED ALLEN. $1.75 Per Year. To Science subscribers, $1.00 for one year, N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. 328 MICKLE ST., CAMDEN, N. J oft August 22nd, 1889. The pictures have come, and the 6 large seated and body é please me perfectly—as well as any I ever sat for (& that’s saying a good deal, for I have sat to all the dons in New York—and in all the cities too from Boston to New Orleans). But I want a dozen of them, not 6 as you sent. | Please print mesix more, same style, on the large plain cards, and I will send over for them in about a week. Walt Whitman. To F. Gutekunst, Photographer, 712 Arcu St., Pama. Fine Pictures at Moderate Prices. HIGH-CLASS ErcHiInGs, ENGRAVINGS, AND WATER CoLors. FREDERICK KEPPEL & CO., Parts, and 20 HE. 16th St., bet. Union Square & Fifth Ave. AUTHORS AND PUBLISHERS. Material arranged and compiled for all kinds of works, excepting fiction. Statistics a specialty. Indexing and cataloguing. Address G. E. BIVER, 835 N. 16th Street, Philadelphia. PUBLICATIONS. SCIENCE. PUBLICATIONS. THE LABRADOR COAST. A JOURNAL OF TWO SUMMER CRUISES TO THAT REGION. WITH NOTES ON ITS EARLY DISCOV- ERY, ON THE ESKIMO, ON ITS PHY- SICAL GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY, TOGETHER WITH A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WORKS, ARTI- CLES, AND CHARTS RELATING TO THE CIVIL AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE LABRADOR PENINSULA. By ALPHEUS SPRING PACKARD, M.D., Ph.D. Sportsmen and ornithologists will be interested in the list of Labrador birds by Mr. L. W. Turner, which has been kindly revised and brought down to date by Dr. J. A. Allen. Dr. S. H. Scudder has con- tributed the list of butterflies, and Prof. John Macoun, of Ottawa, Canada, has prepared the list of Labrador plants. Much pains has been taken to render the bibliog- raphy complete, and the author is indebted to Dr. Franz Boas and others for several titles and impor- tant suggestions; and it is hoped that this feature of the book will recommend it to collectors of Ameri- cana. It is hoped that the volume will serve as a guide to the Labrador coast for the use of travellers, yachtsmen, sportsmen, artists, and naturalists, as Well as those interested in geographical and histori- cal studies. 513 pp., 8°, $3.50. RACES AND PEOPLES. By DANIEL G, BRINTON, M.D. “The book is good, thoroughly good, and will long remain the best accessible elementary ethnography in our language.’’—The Christian Union. ‘We strongly recommend Dr. Brinton’s ‘ Races and Peoples’ to both beginners and scholars. We are not aware of any other recent work on the science of which it treats in the English language.” —Asiatic Quarterly. “His book is an excellent one, and we can heartily recommend it as an introductory manual of ethnol- ogy.”"—The Monist. “A useful and really interesting work, which de- serves to be widely read and studied both in Europe and America.”—Brighton (Eng.) Herald. “This volume is most stimulating. It is written with great clearness, so that anybody can under- stand, and while in some ways, perforce, superficial, grasps very well the complete field of humanity.”— The New York Times. “Dr. Brinton invests his scientific illustrations and measurements with an indescribable charm of nar- ration, so that ‘Races and Peoples,’ avowedly a rec- ord of discovered facts, is in reality a strong stim- ulant to the imagination.”—Philadelphia Public Ledger. “The work is indispensable to the student who re- quires an intelligent guide to a course of ethno- graphic reading.” —Philadelphia Times. Price, postpaid, $1.75. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. THE MODERN MALADY ; or, Suf- fevers from ‘ Nerves,’ An introduction to public consideration, from a non-medical point of view, of a con- dition of ill-health which is increasingly prevalent in all ranks of society. In the first part of this work the author dwells on the errors in our mode of treating Neuras- thenia, consequent on the wide ignorance of the subject which still prevails; in the sec- ond part, attention is drawn to the principal causes of the malady. The allegory forming the Introduction to Part I. gives a brief his- tory of nervous exhaustion and the modes of treatment which have at various times been thought suitable to this most painful and try- ing disease. By CYRIL BENNETT. 12°, 184 pp., $1.50. THE WINNIPEG COUNTRY; ? ROUGHING IT WITH AN ECLIPSE PARTY. i BY A. ROCHESTER FELLOW. (S. H. SCUDDER.) With thirty-two Illustrations and a Map. 12°. $1.50. “The story is a piquant, good-humored, entertain ing narrative of a canoe voyage. A neater, prettier book is seldom seen.”—Literary Wayrld. “This is a sprightly narrative of personal inci- dent. The book will be a pleasant reminder to many of rough experiences on a frontier which is rapidly receding.”"—Boston Transcript. “The picture of our desolate North-western terri- tory twenty-five years ago, in contrast with its civilized aspect to-day, and the pleasant features of the writer’s style, constitute the claims of his little ‘ book to present attention.”—The Dial. THE AMERICAN RACE. By DANIEL G. BRINTON, M.D. | “The book is one of unusual interest and value.” — Inter Ocean. “Dr. Daniel G. Brinton writes as the acknowledged authority of the subject.”—Philadelphia Press. “The work will be of genuine value to all who wish to know the substance of what has been found out about the indigenous Americans.”—WNature. “A masterly discussion, and an example of the successful education of the powers of observation.” —Philadelphia Ledger. Price, postpaid, $2. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. The American Geologist for 1892. Edited by Pror. S. CAtviy, University of Iowa; Dr. E. W. CLAYPoLE, Buchtel College; JOHN EYERMAN, Lafayette College ; DR. PERSIFOR FRAZER, Penn. Hort. Soc.; PRor. F, W. Craain, Colorado College; Prof. Ros’r T. Hr1tu, U.S. Irrigation Survey; Dr. ANDREW C. Lawson, University of California; R. D. SaLisBuRY, University of Wisconsin; JosepH B. TYRRELL, Geol. Sur. of Canada; E. O. ULRicH, Minnesota Geological Survey; Pror. I. C. WHITE, University of West Virginia; Pror. N. H. WINcCHELL, University of Minnesota. Now in its [Xth volume. $3.50 per year. Sample copies, 20 cents. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING CO., Minneapolis, Minn. [Vor. XIX. No. 484 PROPRIETARY. Your druggist does not spread his plasters or gela- tine-coat his pills. He knows that such work is better done in a factory. Some try to make an Emul- sion of cod-liver oil; but they cannot make one like Scott’s Emulsion—they'll find it out some day. There is no secret in what it is made of; there is a knack in making it. That knack is Scott’s Emulsion. There is a book on CARE- FUL LIVING that you ought to read. Shall wesendit? Free. Scorr & Bowne, Chemists, 132 South 5th Avenue, New York. Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil—ali druggists everywhere do, $1. 49 PUBLICATIONS. THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. Adaress PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Bloomington, ind. JOHN IRELAND'S Bookstore, 1197 Broadway near 29th St., is convenient to the residence quarter of the city; itis a good place to drop into on the way u or down town to select books or stationery. His stoc is well selected and embraces all the new and standard books as soon as issued. Out-of-town purchasers can order by mail with every confidence that their wants will be as well supplied as if buying in person. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- azines. Rates low. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N_Y SUMMER STUDY. SEASIDE STUDY OF BIOLOGY. THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS & SCIENCES at Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, will open its Third Season on Wednesday, July 6, and will close to students on Aug. 30. Applications for admission or for circulars should be addressed to Pror. HERBERT W. Conn, Ph.D., Director, care of Brooklyn Institute, Brooklyn, N. Y Amherst Summer School of Languages, Art, Literature, Chemistry, Mathe mat- ics, Library Work, History, and Political Economy. Sixteenth session opens July 4, 1892. For program address Prof. W. L. MONTAGUE, Amherst, Mass, —— Stuffed Animals Minerals, 5 a a a Ward’sNatural Science Establishment cues" ae of rows, | Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy, ae, i e RelierMaps.| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N.Y. liverteprates fF SCIENCE NEW YORK, MAY 13, 1892. THE NEW CHEMICAL LABORATORY OF THE .CASE SCHOOL OF APPLIED SCIENCE. Wire the rapidly increasing attendance in all institutions of learning, it is hazardous to plan buildings for educational purposes with only sufficient room for present needs or for prospective growth in the immediate future. Hvery pros- perous institution has abundant evidence of this fact in the necessity for enlarging buildings that a dozen years ago or less were regarded as ample in their accommodations, or in Laboratory Case School Buff Amherst Stone. the overcrowded condition of those that do not admit of extension. This is especially true of the chemical labora- tory, in which within fifteen years the demand for practical instruction has increased several fold. In some respects provision for prospective enlargement is not consistent with the best construction of a laboratory, yet with the necessity of providing for elementary laboratory training of large freshmen classes still rapidly increasing in numbers, it would be unwise not to include ample provision for future growth. In devising plans for this laboratory, while I felt that it was not good economy toconstruct a building several times larger than present needs demanded, I was impressed with the importance of providing for the possibility of unlimited extension, especially in the earlier years of a school of science. The building was therefere given a plain, rectangular form, and it was found that extension of the main hall into a wing of any size would not interfere with a convenient arrange- ment of the rooms for present use. As shown in the plans two stories are included beside a high basement and an attic floor. Hach story is 16’ high, and. the attic is the equivalent of another story, through the aid of large dormer windows, leaving still an ample space: above for general storage. The basement is 13’ high, and the floor 4’ 6” below grade. An elevator, capable of carrying’ a load of several hundred pounds, connects with all the floors above the basement. Applied Science, Cleveland,* Ohio. S. R. Badgley, Architect, Cleveland, Ohio. The outside walls of the building are of Amherst sand- stone, with all inside surfaces of stock brick laid in red mor- tar, except within the hoods a special form of vitrified brick is laid. The basement floor is of Portland cement through- out, and the quantitative and general laboratories have floors of asphalt laid 1}” thick. All flues for hood ventila- tion are built into the cross-partition walls, the outside wall carrying the inlet fiues for room ventilation to the basement, where they are connected by a 14” iron pipe, shown by the dotted lines near the outside wall, to the blower in the motor room. The position of the three horse-power motor, blower, counter-shaft, and a steam coil for heating the air when necessary are shown in this room, A large tubular boiler 268 supplies steam for laboratory uses, beside heating the build- ing. It isinclosed in brick, and air is brought into the en- closed space through an outside flue and carried to the quan- titative laboratory above, which is sufficiently warmed by this means even in the coldest weather without the aid of SCIENCE. {Vor. XIX. No. 484 doors of the adjacent rooms are glazed. Three gas tanks, each with a volume of 50 cubic feet, supply gases to the com- bustion-room directly above and to the lecture-room. The quantitative laboratory on the first floor has 48 desks covered with porcelain tiles, like the other working tables on Th | rates LABORATORY Mt ee LABORATORY @ 314%28 Noas TANKs : ORONO)! “EE DISTILLATION ! Room eee ee 12218 s 25, SOFA B Conc lanl NfoscaxcoRs ae ca Lh] Morer at DyAAMo, BLOWER Room CU =-9-4-=16*25 BoJLeR ime * BOILER RooM Ar Sto BA) a © om] oO He PREPARATION i 18*22 BASEMENT. steam. The smaller boiler is for high-pressure steam, and it iis connected into the pipe supplying steam to the laboratories. In the preparation room, on this floor, the janitor pre- ‘pares solutions and other material in general use throughout the laboratory. A large steam sink, a, with holes of sufficient ‘size to admit a three-litre flask, is extremely convenient for OFFICE 1218 A steam hood has separate cups for evaporation, it hasa In this floor. and the space beneath is enclosed for drying closets; metallic lining with a large steam coil and wire shelves. the general hood are two copper plates, each 18” by 20”, above long burners for temperatures higher than 100°. The smaller hood contains the air-baths. Hydric sulphide is de- ABQRATORY, ; 3858 FIRST STORY. making solutions. The tank, b, supplies hydric sulphide through lead pipes to the larger working-rooms. under the entrance steps is enclosed in masonry and iron doors for the storage of inflammable material. Distillations are conducted on slate tables in a room with the wood-work covered with sheet-iron. For lighting the ¢entral hall the The space- livered from the lead pipe directly beneath a flue-opening. All hoods are glazed throughout with sashes running between a stationary inner and an outer sash, to protect the cord and to extend the efficiency of the hood to the lower level of the running sash. To avoid obstructing the space with pillars, the ceiling of this laboratory is supported on a heavy iron May 13, 1892.] plate-girder thickly covered with asphalt paint. The organic laboratory has accommodations for twenty students, and as in most of the working tables on this floor and the basement there is an abundant supply of steam, water, and waste pipes for distillations and other uses. The general laboratory on the second story contains ninety- six desks capable of accommodating oue hundred and ninety- SCIENCE. 269 by a spiral stair with the office and with the room above, which serves for storage of lecture apparatus. The large dormer windows render the rooms on the third floor as: serviceable for certain uses as they would be on a lower floor.. A large amount of available room is thus secured without extending the outside walls to form a third story. A sec- tion of this floor devoted to photography contains two rooms, SECOND S'TORY. two students, and the light and ventilation* are all that could be desired. At either end of the outside aisle is a case of drawers beneath a table for material in sufficient quanti- ties for large classes, and several shelves contain large bot- tles for solutions. The blast lamps in this laboratory and in the other principal rooms are supplied with air by a small pressure blower driven by the motor in the basement. In the lecture-room 200 persons can be seated comfortably. Class Room 1g x27 CLass Room 19*27 SPECTROSCOPE t PHOTOMETER Roam nx 38 ‘LECTURE APPARATUS 7 258 one with two dark closets for students and instructors, the other with a large skylight for general work. Extension of the roof without interruption affords sufficient height to the: flues to ensure good draught. The tops of the flues are: eighty feet from the basement floor. Within the space en- closed in brick for the elevator, a stand-pipe is carried to the attic floor, with an opening, on each story, to which is at- tached a hose of sufficient length to reach every room. PHOTOGRAPHY PHOTOGRAPHY 1 Sky LicHT|| —S— THIRD STORY. The lecture-table is supplied with gas, water, steam, oxygen, hydrogen, blast, suction, and an excellent draught. In front of the hood are suspended two blackboards, one supporting the other, and a curtain falls from a spring-roller for lantern illustrations. In the rear of the lecture-room are the cabinet for collections and a preparation room, which is connected A description of the ventilation of this laboratory will appear in the American Journal of Analytical and Applied Chemistry. Excavation for this building was begun June 1, 1891, and by the middle.of February, 1892, all the working-rooms were in use. In the preparation of the working-plans, the archi- tectural features, and in the substantial construction the trustees were fortunate in securing the skill, good judgment, and faithful service of the architects, Messrs Coburn and Barnum. Of the illustrations in this paper, the excellent view of the building is due to the courtesy of the Cleveland 270 Stone Company, who furnished the Amherst stone, and the reproductions of the floor plans to the kindness of the archi- tects. CHARLES F. MABERY. THE STATUS OF EXPERIMENTAL AGRICULTURE. THE average farmer is eminently conservative when about his routine of work. He dislikes innovations as to methods and distrusts ways and means not clearly ‘‘ practical.” This obtains naturally from his life work. His maintenance de- pends upon the precarious lives of plants and animals, which in turn, in so far as they as beings are concerned, thrive or perish according to the fiat of life principles, of the working conditions of which, he, in common with the rest of humanity, knows comparatively little. Experiments are costly on the farm, time is cash in hand, and new methods or added work, either apparent or real, must be backed by necessity or success, else the usual method or condition will remain unchanged — ‘‘ The good old way, good enough.” Because of this general conservatism, held principally in position by the abstruse nature of the principles of life, principles and practice of agriculture advance to place, gain permanence of character, recognition slowly, indeed, in comparison with development of other occupations, even with that of the adoption of farm conveniences, would at first thought seem almost at a standstill, so that, ease of work, convenience, better machinery and appliances, yet seem to leave the yield of labor much on an old-time basis. This is the dark side of the prospect of agriculture; that, after all the years of man’s efforts on the soil, virgin lands still predominate in yield, and regions once prosperous are no longer up to the standard of the new. Belief that such should of necessity have occurred, or that the present new shall eventually become as the old, need not here be dis- claimed,— conditions differing much from those of old mili- tate against such retrogression. The true agriculturist no longer rushes blindly along with or against working princi- ples of nature, — taking all or getting nothing according as her resources yield to methods used, — but stands in many aspects master of principles which, under rational control, constantly tend toward lasting improvement, greater returns in every field of labor. Aside from that which accrues from rapid general en- lightenment, many factors unite in this country to place principles of agricultural pursuits upon a higher plane, amongst which may be named the rapid occupation of availa- ble wild lands — the removal of a strong incentive to those of most changeful mood as to locality. But by far the most hopeful aspect, the condition most distinctive of agricultural development, is the recognition of the idea of experiment and the value of such effort upon the farm. Many, indeed it may be said almost all of the most enlightened, successful farmers spend a great part of their individual time in work of an experimental nature, such work as a few years since would have been spoken of as “‘ puttering boy-play.””. While, as previously noted, agriculture as an occupation has in gen- eral, from the beginning, made less definite systematic ad- wance as to principles of action than that noted in other pro- fessions, this can scarce be said of its later years. Indeed, atis hardly to be questioned that in the last decade greater progress has been made in agriculture as a science, more definite principles of procedure gone into test than in all other occupations of the country. Never before has the farmer been so willing to accept, try new methods, acquiesce SCIENCE. [VoLt. XIX. No. 484 in scientific theories and demonstrations ; questions that never broke through the cloud of sadness mantling the face of the fate-beridden agriculturists of yore are handled, dis- cussed, and worked upon in the light of experimental effort, often with results most pleasing and not without pleasure even in case of economic failure; for, with men who compile results, negative ones are no longer considered as not to be counted. Questions concerning effect of crop on soil, soil on crop, crop on that which follows are in test by every culti- vator of enterprise; stock-breeding is made to follow definite laws of development, desert lands made to yield, and dis- eases of plants and animals, that of old were pests sent by chance or the Evil One, not to be availed against, meet a man actively prepared to resist according to the dictates of reason and direction of those who have previously succeeded or may authoritatively advise. While the average farmer is thus markedly in an experi- mental mood, willing to test as is best known, few have time or bases of fact for initiation of experiments. Herein lies the legitimate work, duty of the experiment station, and with wise provision of the general government, every State and Territory in the country is possessed of such an institu- tion. From the first establishment of these institutions, the impetus given to proper agricultural investigation has been most noteworthy. While more has generally been expected of them than has been forthcoming, yet in this connection it is to be remembered that experimental facts are established only after a proper lapse of time. Nevertheless, much of the work, as shown in the published reports and bulletins, is more fragmentary and less indicative of efficient experimental effort than an enthusiast would wish. There are numerous reasons for the anexperimental indi- cation of many station publications pertinent to anyone con- versant with such work. But, aside from all such apparent elements as may vex the ultra-scientific mind, none bears heavier upon the future usefulness of the experiment station than the varying ideas within the stations themselves as to the true mission of the experiment station. Is it primarily educational for the dissemination of facts not commonly known, or is it experimental —to delve after that which is unknown? Among the stations, types of both are to be found, but many are hybrid. Few publications outlining attempts at pure experimentation are open to harsh criticism, but many most lamentable conglomerates appear as the re- sult of the other two ideas. Perhaps attempt at methods ““nractical” and writings ‘‘ popular” is an zgnis fatwus. Closely associated with this indecision of purpose is the point of how much should be undertaken. In general, it may be said of the individual stations that too broad a field is attempted, considered from the standpoint of the whole force, and with few exceptions with reference to individual work. Only such an expansive (more properly, perhaps, filling) effort, or a disregard of the literature of the subject, could result in a résumé upon ‘‘ Wheat Rust (Uredinec),” appending a recommendation of same preventive applied to smuts of small grains. In this connection remarks upon the effect of unfortunate recommendations upon experimental ardor of the farmer are unnecessary. With the possible exception of experiments directly rela- tive to the soil, results of scientific worth reached at any one station will commonly be found generally applicable. In order to attain something like systematic effort, and to pre- vent useless, costly repetition, it may yet be found effectual, necessary, to league the experiment stations of the country. Each station could support one or two departments of inves- May 13, 1892. | tigation without materially curtailing effort in either; it cannot do all. _ Though waning, much evil to true experiment is centred about an idea based upon the much abused words practical and popular, i.e., the farmer should see from the results, good crops, fine stock, etc., that the station is practical — it must be popular. Such a condition is well, but may be a delusion so far as experiment is concerned. Itis notenough for an experiment station to show that it has been able to raise an average of forty bushels of No. 1 hard wheat per acre, fora period of ten successive years. Itis not enough to compile facts merely for educational (popular) effect. The farmer who is looking for properly initiated experiments, the man who is able to appreciate such and profit by them to the enlightenment of his less able, less active neighbors, while he may be interested in such evidences of capability, right- fully expects more. The station management which, after a decade, has only succeeded in well accomplishing work similar to that indicated will nevertheless be in logical posi- tion to answer the question: In how much have you aug- mented the aggregate of working principles of agriculture ? H. L. Bowery. Government Experiment Station, Fargo, N D. NOTES AND NEWS. Miss AMELIA B. EDWARDS, who died recently, has in her will endowed a Chair of Egyptology. Her library, which is very valuable, she has bequeathed to Somerville Hall, Oxford. — Professor Liversedge, of Sydney, in a recent paper, states that iron rust is usually considered to be an hydrated sesquioxide of iron; but, on examining a very large number of specimens of rust from many different places and formed under a great variety of conditions, he found that in almost every instance the rust con- tained more or less magnetic oxide, in fact, in some cases the rust, though presenting the usual rust-brown color and appearance, was, when powdered, wholly attracted by a magnet. — In addition to the Grand Honorary Prize placed at the disposal of the Boston Society of Natural History, by the late Dr. William J. Walker, ‘‘ for such investigation or discovery as may seem to de- serve it, provided such investigation or discovery shall have been made known or published in the United States at least one year previous to the time of award,” which has been unanimously awarded to Professor James D. Dana, referred to in Science of April 29, the Society has awarded, from the annual Walker Prizes, a first prize of one hundred dollars to Baron Gerard de Geer of Stockholm, for an essay entitled ‘‘ On Pleistocene Changes of Level in Hastern North America,” and a second prize of fifty dollars, to Professor William M. Davis of Cambridge, for an essay on ‘‘ The Subglacial Origin of Certain Eskers.” —Mr. James M. Macoun of the Canadian Geological Survey Staff, who accompanied the British Commissioners to Behring Sea last year as secretary, has left Ottawa en route for Alaska, to ob- serve the habits of the fur seal during the present season. It is proposed that he shall go over the same ground which the Com- mission traversed last year, to examine specially whether there is _ any variation in the numbers of the seals. Last year the photog- rapher of the expedition succeeded in obtaining a large number of excellent views of the rookeries, which will furnish a good basis for comparison with a similar set to be taken this summer. Mr. Macoun expects to spend the early part of the season on the Aleutian Islands, proceeding to the Pribyloff Islands only when the seals gather there for the summer. —It is well known that serious loss is caused in the various Australian colonies by the ravages of the rust fungus in wheat. An Intercolonial Conference, as we learn from Nature, met to consider the subject in 1890, and this body has since held two SCIENCE. 271 other meetings, the third having taken place at Melbourne last month. Many experiments have been made, and it has been clearly shown that there are several varieties of wheat which, ex- cept under very unusual circumstances, are never seriously at- tacked by rust. It has also been shown that in many districts early sown wheats of a rust-liable kind generally escape damage by rust, when the same wheats sown late suffer seriously. In view of these facts the Conference has directed attention mainly to en- couraging the growth of varieties less liable to be attacked by rust, and also to early sowing. At the March meeting it was recommended that a practical system for the production and dis- tribution of rust-resisting wheats suitable to different districts should be immediately established, and that this system should, subject to modifications needed by each colony, be conducted on the following lines: A central station for each colony for the preliminary testing of new wheats introduced into the colony; for the production of new varieties by cross-fertilization and by selection; and for the distribution of suitable wheats thus obtained to representative districts of the colony, to be there subjected toa sufficient test, and, if necessary, fixed in their characters by far- mers and others competent for the work; and thatsuch wheats as pass satisfactorily this test should then be distributed to the far- mers around in such a manner and by such agency as would be most suitable to the conditions of each colony. A committee was appointed to take steps for the proper naming of the different varieties of wheat. — At the meeting of the Royal Meteorological Society, the 20th of April, a paper was read on ‘‘ Anemometer Comparisons,” by Mr. W. H. Dines. This was a report on a valuable series of ex- periments which have been carried out at the request of the Coun- cil of the Society with the view of obtaining a direct comparison of the various anemometers in common use, so that some opinion might be formed as to which type of instrument is the most suit- able for general purposes. The Meteorological Council have de- frayed the cost of the work. The anemometers which were com- pared were: 1, Kew-pattern Robinson; 2, self-adjusting heli- coid; 3, air-meter; 4, circular pressure-plate (one foot in diame- ter), and 5, a special modification of tube anemometer. Most of these instruments are of the author’s own invention, as well as the apparatus for obtaining automatic and simultaneous records from all the instruments upon the same sheet of paper. It ap- pears that the factor of the Kew-pattern Robinson is practically constant and must lie between 2.00 and 2.20. The helicoid anemometer is quite independent of friction for all excepting light winds, and different sizes read alike, but it is not so simple in con- struction as the cup form. The air-meter consists of a single screw- blade formed of thin aluminium, and made as nearly as possible into the exact shape of a portion of a helicoid. A similar instru- ment with a larger blade and with the dial protected from the weather would probably form a useful and correct anemometer. It would be light and offer a very trifling resistance to the wind. The oscillations of the pressure-plate must have been considerably damped by the action of the floating weight, but as it was they were sufficiently violent. It seems probable that the remarkably high values sometimes given by the Osler pressure-plate may be due to the inertia of the moving parts. The tube anemometer ap- pears to possess numerous advantages. The head is simple in construction, and so strong that it is practically indestructible by the most violent hurricane. The recording apparatus can be placed at any reasonable distance from the head, and the connecting pipes may go round several sharp corners without harm. The power is conveyed from the head without loss by friction, and hence the instrument may be made sensitive to very low veloci- ties without impairing its ability to resist the most severe gale. —In The Studio for May 7, Mr. Gaston L. Feurardent has an article reviewing the one written by Mr. Edward Robinson of the Museum of Fine Arts of Boston, Mass., and published in the Century Magazine for April: ‘‘ Did the Greeks Paint their Sculp- tures?” Mr. Feurardent, while giving Mr. Robinson full credit for the research and learning so amply shown in his article, finds bim- self unable to accept bis conclusions so far as they relate to the painting of marble statues of the higher class. 272 SCIEINGE: A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. . PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEw York. SuBSCRIPTIONS.—United States and Canada................ $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................. 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘Wants” column. It is invaluable to those who use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go direct to them. The ‘‘Exchange”’ column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F. Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. THE POSSIBILITY OF A REALIZATION OF FOUR- FOLD SPACE." ANY magnitude that is a function of a single variable may be represented geometrically by a straight line. Functions of two variables are represented by curved lines or by plane areas; and functions of three variables by either twisted curves, curved surfaces, or volumes. The conceptions of length, area, and volume when used in this way are evidently independent of any of the properties of matter except exten- sion. The question now before us is this, Can we develop and use in a similar way a space-concept which can fully represent a function of four independent variables ? Perhaps most of us can remember times in the course of our education when new conceptions of quantity entered into our conscious life, conceptions which correspond in a general way with those of length, area, and volume, in that they enable us to find at once such relationships as are most frequently required for practical purposes by a general, synthetic, instinctive method. A medical student, instead of memorizing the exact amount of each dose under all possi- ble conditions of the patient. fixes in his mind as in a frame work the medicinal outline of each drug. The student of chemistry does something similar with the elements; the architect has such a concept of structural beauty; the hunter, of the most likely place for game. ‘The sense of propriety, the sense of honor, and numberless other ‘‘inbred” or ‘ in- stinctive” concepts are examples of this mental tendency. There is therefore nothing inherently absurd or improbable in the supposition that any of us may attain to a conception of four-fold space, ‘‘as clear as the designer and the draughts- man have of three-fold space.” * Such a conception would be of great value to all classes of scientists. The biologist 1 Digest of a paper read before the Canadian Club of Clark University by T. Proctor Hall, Ph.D 2“ A New E a ot Thought,” by C. H. Hinton, M.A. SCIENCE. [VoLt. XIX. No. 484 could set in this four-fold framework a complete picture of genetic or race relationships; the theologian could use it for the world of spirits; the physicist for forces, ete. By this means ordinary men may become able to see and to develop easily new truths, such as are now revealed only to men of genius and inspiration. It may be objected that our conception of three-fold space is derived directly from sensations in three fold space, and that the conception of four-fold space cannot be derived in a similar way, nor yet from sensations in three-fold space. But it is evident that from any sense, from sight, for in- stance, we get at most a two-dimentional sensation, and it is only by the kind of changes that occur in the sensation that we can infer that a given retinal picture represents extension in two or in three dimensions. In other words, granting, for the sake of the argument, that in sight we perceive di- rectly the existence of two dimensions, it is clear that the existence of a third dimension is solely a matter of inference. It is the simplest hypothesis we can get to explain our sen- sations. It is conceivable that the hypothesis of a fourth dimension, if it could be made as real to us, might be found of nearly equal value in the simplification of ordinary phe- nomena. This would be the case if ordinary phenomena involve motion in four independent directions, or if some of the relations of things in the universe, relations not in space, are capable of complete representation in four-fold space. But before we can decide whether or not space and objects of four dimensions exist we must have our ideas of four- fold space developed sufficiently to know what sensations, what visible and tangible phenomena, would be obtained from objects of four dimensions. Up to this time discussions on the reality of four-fold space have been (necessarily) characterized by the absence of evidence for or against. To develop a clear conception of four-fold space only one course seems to be open, namely, the synthetical study of four-fold geometric figures in the same way that we now study geometric solids. Having given the number and form of the boundaries of a solid we can, by the process of visuali- zation, find more or less easily its appearance (plane projec- tion) in various positions, the possible plane sections, the distance between any two of its points, and soon. In the study of a tessaract (four-fold figure) we should deal simi- larly with its solid boundaries, finding the possible solid sec- tions, solid projections, and so forth, studying the tessaract by means of conceptions already familiar (length,area, vol- ume), but in new relations. It this way may be developed gradually such a knowledge of the properties of tessaracts as will enable us to ‘‘see” them clearly, and to comprehend quickly a new shape. Models of the solid projections and sections are indispensible to rapid progress. Difficulties may, in general, be overcome by considering the analogous diffi- culties an imaginary plane being, that is to say, a being who has no conception of volume, would have in trying to understand a geometric solid. The First Lesson. A point moving in one direction traces a straight line. A line moving perpendicular to itself, in one plane, traces a square; and a square moving similarly traces a cube. How could a plane being learn the number and relations of the faces of a cube ? He could readily understand that as the square moves in a direction perpendicular to all of its sides each side traces a new square, and that the moving square in its first and last positions forms the remaining pair of opposite faces. In this way he could count up the six faces, twelve edges, and eight corners of the cube, and might pro- May 13, 1892. ] ceed to make models of the faces as follows (Vig. 1). The side ab of the original square abcd traces the square abfe, which he places, as in the figure, in the only position known to him subject to the condition that ab is one of its sides. The three other squares are similarly placed as in the figure, and now five of the six squares are shown in positions which are correct with reference to their generating lines. But the corner @ is in this figure represented as the generator of two lines ae, which is evidently incorrect. The outer squares Fia@. 1. are therefore to be turned through 90° about their generating lines until the two lines ae become one and the four spaces between ee, ff, gg, hh, disappear. He cannot imagine how this is to be done, but he can suppose the central square to move away and disappear in the to him unknown direc- tion, carrying with it the outer squares which would then appear to sink into the centre and disappear as they reached their generating lines until at last the lines ef, fg, gh, he reach the position now occupied by the sides of the square abcd and become in the picture, what they are really, the sides of the sixth square efgh. Supposing, in the next place, that the square abcd as it moves away is still visible, but smaller by perspective, the plane being could construct a model which is to us a perspective view of a cube and which would represent to him fairly well the relations of the boun- daries of a cube (Fig. 2). Let us proceed in the same way. A cube moving ina direction perdendicular to all of its faces traces out a rectangu- lar tessaract. Hach face traces a new cube, each line a square, each point a line. Counting up we find the tessaract Fie. 2. is bounded by 8 cubes; has 24 squares, which do not enclose the tessaract, but appear here and there as lines do upon a cube, interfaces, not surfaces; 32 lines or edges, and 16 angular points. A little calculation now shows that each face is common to two cubes, each line to three faces, and each point to four lines. All this seems very abstract, but it becomes real and evident when we make a model. Placing a cube on each face of the original cube, after the analogy of the plane being’s squares, we have these six cubes in the only positions known to us which satisfy their genetic con- SCIENCE. 273 ditions (see Fig. 3). The eighth cube is represented by the outer faces of the six cubes, and it is evident that the three lines marked cC are really one, the two faces 0C are one face, and so on. We may now imagine the central cube to move away in the fourth dimension and the others sink in- ward and disappear as they reach the present boundaries of the central cube, where they turn at a right-angle into the new direction. Finally all the outer faces will meet as the boundaries of the eighth cube DF. Supposing the cubes elastic, we may stretch their outer faces and diminish the inner until we obtain the perspective view of a tessaract, as shown in Fig. 4, where the relations of the various boun- daries of the tessaract are more easily studied. Incidentally we have learned also that a solid section of the tessaract, when taken parallel to a cube-boundary, is a cube. The Second Lesson. Turning again to our imaginary plane being for sugges- tions, let us see how motion in the third dimension would appear to him. If a cylinder were passing perpendicularly through his plane he would see only a stationary circle, or if it were oblique, a moving ellipse. A cone would appear as a growing or diminishing circle, a beaded rod as an oscil- lating circle, a corkscrew as an ellipse moving in a circular orbit, and so forth. The stem of a dichotomous tree would be to him a wooden circle which, as the branches approach, Fie 3. widens out, becomes constricted, and finally divides into two circles, which repeat the process indefinitely. We may im- agine a plane philosopher who, after watching this process for some time, constructs a theory of the evolution of circles. But his idea that all these circles have been developed from one is hardly more than a caricature of the truth. Every person who has watched the self-division of in- fusoria under the microscope must be struck with the analogy of these two processes. A little reflection enables us to see that race-unity may be more than a figure of speech or a creation of the fancy; that the organic forms that existed for us yesterday and those that will exist for us to-morrow may be but parts of larger units of which the forms we see to-day are only solid sections. ‘True, this is only a suggestion; but it is a suggestion that carries with it an unavoidable sense of freedom, of fetters loosed, of largeness, and of reality, te any- one who will for a time yield himself to its influence. It is a step toward the poet’s view, ‘¢ All are but parts of one stupendous whole, Whose body Nature is, and God the soul.’’ If four-fold space exists, it is evident that it must contain an infinite variety of three-fold spaces, of which we know only one. It must also be everywhere possible for a four- fold being to step out of our space at any point and re-enter 274 it at any other point; for his relation to our space is nearly the same as our relation toa plane. If ghosts are four-fold beings, the erratic nature of their movements may become more comprehensible in the course of time. An ordinary knot could in four-fold space be readily untied by carrying one loop out of our space and bringing it back in a different place. In fact, a knot in our space would be simply a loop or coil in four-fold space. A flexible closed shell could be turned inside out as easily as a thin hoop can with us; and many other apparent impossibilities become mere child’s play. But the realization of four-fold space cannot be learned by giving attention to such little curiosities as these. Only a systematic and continued study of the figures and motions of higher space can be expected to give results of Fig. 4. educational value. And when (or, if) our conception of four-fold space becomes clear, we shall be ready to recognize the existences and motions of the fourth dimension if there be such. THE TUSKALOOSA FORMATION. PROFESSOR LESTER F'’. WaRD has recently spent a couple of weeks in Alabama in making a study of the Tuscaloosa for- mation, both as to its stratigraphy and its fossil plants. While in Alabama the professor made Tuscaloosa his headquarters, and from there made a number of short excursions in com- pany with Dr. Eugene A. Smith to places of interest. At Cottondale, some eight miles east of Tuscaloosa, there is a fine locality for the collection of fossils, chiefly well-pre- served leafimpressions. Professor W. M. Fontaine, a number of years ago, spent some time here and collected a great number of these leaves, which are now in the hands of Pro- fessor Ward for study and description. Between Cottondale and Woodstock there are many occur- rences of the Tuscaloosa sands and clays, which are now only outlying remnants, upon the rocks of the Coal Measures, of what was once probably a continuous mantle. Although there are many places where excellent clays for economic purposes are to be seen, none of them thus far examined have been found to contain the leaf impressions. From their position, these beds, occurring between Cottondale and Woodstock, appear to be the oldest of the Tuscaloosa series, and the leaf-bearing beds thus appear to be tolerably well up in the formation, although wherever seen, at Cottondale, Tuscaloosa, Snow’s, Shirley’s Mill, Glen Allen, etc., the leaf-bearing clays rest directly and unconformably upon the SCIENCE, [ Vor. XIX. No 484 Coal Measures, usually within thirty or forty feet of the lin” of contact of the two formations. The other localities mentioned above, except Glen Allen, being away from the railroad lines, had to be reached by private conveyance. Snow’s, about seven or eight miles west of Tuscaloosa, was first examined by Dr. Smith seme years ago, and Professor Fontaine made a large collection here also. In the gullies near Snow’s there is fine opportunity for seeing the strata of the Tuscaloosa formation, in vertical section. One of these is more than one hundred feet deep. Shirley’s Mill, eleven miles south-east of Fayette Court House, was first made known as a plant-bearing locality by Dr. George Little, who visited it last year while making an examination of the Tuscaloosa clays, for the Geological Survey of the State. Dr. Little brought back a few fine leaf impressions from here, but Pro- fessor Ward was the first to make a systematic collection of the fossil plants. Glen Allen, on the Kansas City, Mem- phis, and Birmingham Railroad, was first examined and a small collection made by Dr. Smith several years ago, but here again Professor Ward was the first to collect on a large scale. The leaves are in a dark colored clay that at certain stages of wetness is tough and intractable, but when prop- erly dry yields beautiful specimens at every stroke of the hammer. The same is true of the clays near Shirley’s Mill, and at both these places one can in a few hours load a wagon with fine cabinet specimens. . The Tuscaloosa formation is now generally considered a member of the lower Cretaceous, in part at least equivalent to the Potomac of McGee. While the fossils have not yet been sufficiently studied to decide their exact equivalence, many of the leaves appear to be identical with those occur- ring in the Amboy clays of New Jersey. While in Tuscaloosa Professor Ward had an opportunity also of collecting some rare living plants. Upon the banks of the Warrior River, a few miles above the town, under the guidance of Drs. Bondurand and Hall, he was able to obtain Neviusia Alabamensis, Sedum Nevii, Croomia pauci- flora, all comparatively rare, the first named having been found only in this locality. In Dr. Smith’s yard is growing the Croton Alabamensis, recently discovered on the banks of the Cahaba River, and of interest as being the only shrubby Croton in our North American flora. This one grows to the height of eight or ten feet and makes almost impenetrable thickets. When slightly bruised the leaves and stems give out a fragrance somewhat like that of the flowers of the crab-apple. An excursion was also made by Dr. Smith and Professor Ward to a little village, Havana, some twenty-five miles south of Tuscaloosa, long known to the former as an inter- esting locality, where, in a rocky glen under overhanging cliffs, grow two rare ferns, Asplenium ebenoides and Trichomanes radicans. The former has been noted from only three other localities, all in different States of the Union. Near Havana there are some great gullies, locally known as ‘‘ The Caves,” in which the micaceous sands of the uppermost of the Tuscaloosa formation are laid bare. These sands are remarkable for their brilliant colors, red, pink, purple, and yellow. In this respect they called to mind the similar bright hues of Gay Head in Massachusetts. IDG ANG. {Sh Mr. W. J. Hussry of the Ann Arbor Observatory has re- ceived an appointment as astronomer at the Leland Stanford, Jr., University. May 13, 1892.] ASTRONOMICAL NOTES. [Edited by George A.§Hill.] Comet a, 1892. THE following ephemeris of comet a, 1892, is from a hyper- bolic orbit computed by Father G. W. Searle of the Catholic University, and is based upon observations made on March 10, March 29, and April 22, and represents very closely an observation made by Father Searle on the morning of May 6. The epoch is for Greenwich midnight: — R.A. Dec. log A. Br. h. m. s. oi i May 12 23, 5 17 +28 5.3 0.1270 0.61 13 3 28 39.9 14 10 42 29 13.7 0.1829 0.58 15 13 22 29 46.9 16 16061 30 19.4 0.1387 0.55 17 18 38 30 51.3 18 21 14 81 22.5 0.1444 0.52 19 23 48 31 53.1 20 26 20 32 23.2 0.1499 0.49 21 28 50 32 52.7 22 31 19 33 21.6 0.1553 0.46 23 33 47 33 49.8 24 36 «13 34 17.4 0.1606 0.44 25 38 37 34 44.6 26 40 59 35 «11.3 0.1657 0.42 27 43 19 35 387.4 28 45 38 3633.0 0.1707 0.40 29 47 55 36 28.1 30 23 50) 11 + 36 52.7 0 1756 0.38 Winnecke’e Perodic Comet. Hphemeris continued from No. 482 of Science: — R.A. Dee h m. 5s © ; May 17 a0) 3 +44 29 18 8 50 44. 27 19 39 44 24 20 6 28 44 21 21 By al) 44 17 22 4 9 44 13 23 3 © 44 9 24 1 50 44 5 25 J1 OO 40 44 0 26 10 59 30 43 55 27 58 18 43 49 28 57 5 43 44 29 55 50 43 38 30 54 33 43 32 31 pi 113} +43 25 Bright Streaks on the Moon. Professor Holden in No. 22 of the Publications of the As- tronomical Society of the Pacific calls attention to an inter- esting question in regard to the system of bright streaks on the moon, which radiate from the craters Tycho, Copernicus, Kepler, and others. These streaks, as he says, are well known objects, and are depicted upon the maps of the moon made by Lohrmann, Beer, and Maedler and Schmidt. Pro- fessor Holden offers to place at the disposal of any one who has the time to devote to the research, glass-positives of the moon taken with the great telescope. What is desired is to compare the photographs with the best maps to see if these bright streaks shift as the moon’s age varies, or if they are SCIENCE. 275 fixed. Professor Holden’s kind offer should be accepted by some one who has the time to give the subject careful con- sideration, as it is not at all difficult and only needs a good supply of patience. Astronomy and Astro-Physics for May. Astronomy and Astro-Physics for May contains some very interesting papers. Professor W. H. Pickering describes the mountain station of the Harvard College observatory at Arequipa, Peru, at an attitude of 8,055 feet above the sea. Professor Pickering states that a power of 1,140 on tue 13- inch telescope has been used upon Venus in the daytime, that power showing the planet to a decidedly better advan- tage than 812. The phases of Jupiter’s satellites are readily observed as they enter the shadow of the planet, a phenome- non very seldom seen in lowaltitudes. Professor Pickering sums up the advantages derived from his station in these words, ‘‘ What we see here depends not, as elsewhere, upon the condition of the air, but only upon the size and quality of the telescope employed.” Mr. J. A. Brashear gives a sketch of the life of G. B. Clark, the great optician. Mr. T. J. J. See links together the his- tory of the color of Sirius. Professor Barnard gives the re- sult of his successful attempt to photograph Swift’s comet. Mr. Monck writes on the Spectra and Proper Motion of Stars, and Professor Vogel, on the Motion of Nova Aurigeze in line of sight. Mr. Cortie has Some Recent Studies on the Solar Spectrum. Solar Photography at the Kenwood Astro-Physi- cal Observatory is treated by Professor Hale, and Professor Pickering writes on The Noyain Aurigz. Other interesting papers follow, besides news and notes of interest to astrono- mers. Professor Payne and Professor Hale have made a most interesting number in the one that is now before us, and we hope that their endeavors will not be abridged in the future. Is IT DANGEROUS TO SPRAY FRUIT-TREES WITH SOLUTIONS OF POISONOUS SUBSTANCES IN ORDER TO PREVENT DEPREDATIONS FROM DESTRUCTIVE INSECTS ? THE following report of experiments made to determine the amount of copper and arsenic adhering to fruit that had been sprayed with Bordeaux mixture and other compounds is taken from Bulletin 17 of the Hatch Experiment Station of the Massachusetts Agricultural College at Amherst. Grapes. During the early autumn the Board of Health of New York City condemned several carloads of grapes as danger- ous to the public health and ordered them destroyed, because they were slightly disfigured with the Bordeaux mixture which had been used by the growers to prevent mildew and rot. This caused a ‘‘scare” among the dealers and con- sumers and a serious fall in prices, which affected the market more or less for the rest of the season. To determine posi- tively the amount of copper adhering to the grapes grown in the college vineyard, two lots of fruit, of ten pounds each, were selected, one from vines sprayed with the Bordeaux mixture throughout the season, and which were very badly disfigured, and the other from vines that were treated with the Bordeaux mixture up to the middle of June, then with two applications of the ammoniacal carbonate of copper, and which were not in the least disfigured. An analysis of these two samples was made at the State Experiment Station. In the first, sample No. 1, there was 276 found only 7;%;5 of 1 per cent of oxide of copper, an amount so small that one would need to eat from one-half to one ton of these grapes, stems, skins, and all, to obtain the least in- jurious effect, and that, notwithstanding the fact that the bunches were selected from those havivg the largest amount of the copper mixture adhering to them. Tn sample No. 2 not a trace of copper could be found. It would seem from the above that, even under the most care- less use of the copper solutions, no injurious effects need be feared, and that when properly applied there will not be a trace of copper left upon the fruit at harvesting. Apples. Karly in December, the Pall Mall Gazette of London, England, published an article headed ‘* American Apples. Alarming Allegations — Are They Doctored with Arsenic ?” Then the statement is made ‘‘that American orchardists use arsenic in such large quantities to protect their fruit from insects as to completely saturate it, and that the bloom or white powder found on American apples is arsenic, brought to the surface by evaporation, and, if the fruit is eaten, this should be wiped off to avoid injurious effects. That the delicate, unnatural (?) bloom of the American apples is due to arsenic, a drug that is largely used by people, especially the fair sex in America, to make the complexion fair,” and other statements equally absurd and without a shadow of foundation. These statements were undoubtedly made in the interest of speculators for the purpose of injuring the sale of American apples in the English market. To determine the amount of copper and arsenic adhering . to the surface of apples (for it could not have been absorbed into the substance of the fruit) which had been sprayed three times with the Bordeaux mixture and Paris-green, twenty apples, measuring one peck, were taken to the State Experi- ment Station for analysis. The amount of copper oxide found on these apples was twenty-two thousandths (.022) of one grain. This equals about five ten-thousandths (.0005) of one ounce to the barrel, or requiring two thousand barrels to yield one ounce of copper oxide. The specimens selected for this analysis were those with the roughest surface, to which would adhere more of the copper solution of Paris- green than to the average apples. Not a trace of arsenic could be detected in this analysis, as Paris-green (average samples of Paris-green contain about thirty-three parts of oxide of copper and sixty-one parts of arsenious oxide) was not used after July 1, but it was proba- bly all washed off during the three months following, before the apples were gathered, which was Oct. 1. When we consider the fact that probably not one fruit- grower in one hundred throughout the country used Paris- green at all, and that not one barrel in thousands came from sprayed trees, the absurdity of the ‘‘scare” becomes still more apparent. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. a*,x Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. ts in all cases required as proof of good faith. On request in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. The writer's nume The Ancestry of Chalicotherium. CHALICOTHERIUM is a genus which appears in the lower Miocene simultaneously in Europe and America, where it has been very recently discovered. It extends into the Pliocene and then dis- appears. It has attracted unusual attention of late, owing to the SCIENCE. [ Vor. XIX. No. 484 discovery by Filhol and independently by Forsyth Major that the foot-bones of Macrotherium, which has been considered an Edentate, really belong to Chalicotherium. As the teeth are wholly different from those of the Edentates, and similar to those of the Ungulates, this genus represents a very aberrant and unique family. The only known Ungulates which present a dentition at all similar are Palcosyops and Meniscotherium. The latter is from near the base of the Eocene, and last year in analyzing its denti- tion I found so many very striking resemblances to that of Chali- cotherium that I was led to suggest that Meniscotherium might be the long-sought ancestral form, reserving final judgment until the feet were discovered. Marsh has very recently figured the feet of Meniscotheriwm (Hyracops), and, upon the whole, I think they sustain the supposition that the Chalicotheriide were derived from the Meniscotheriide. There are some profound differences, but these are mainly such as separate primitive from highly modified forms. The resemblances consist in the tridactylism of both genera and the marked similarity in tooth structure. I will dis- cuss these points in more detail in the American Naturalist for June. Henry F. OSBORN. New York, May 5. Detection of Artificial Gems. I was much interested in reading an article by Mr. W. G. Miller on the ‘* Detection of Artificial (Imitation) Gems,” that ap- peared in your issue of April 29. The writer states that, 1, hard- ness is no test for cut stones, because cutting softens the surface; 2, that specific gravity is no test in polished stones, because polish- ing affects the specific gravity, and because imitation-gem manu- facturers made them with a specific gravity as near that of the real gem as possible; 3, that the examination of the optical prop- erties of cut stones is difficult (and therefore presumably imprac- ticable) because of the many facets; 4, that fusibility is the only reliable test. I desire to advert briefly; but first let me say that the title of the article, ‘‘The Detection of Artificial (Imitation) Gems,” is misleading, and confounds two totally distinct things. Artificial gems, such as the rubies of Fremy or the emeralds of Hautefeille, are constitutionally identical with real gems, but are the product of a chemical process, and not the work of nature; whereas imitation gems, such as paste or glass or the so-called doublets, are gems only in appearance, consisting of two or three layers of quartz or garnet and one or more layers of glass of such intensity of color as to tone down or change the quartz or garnet to the red color of the ruby or the green color of the emerald or the blue of the sapphire, according as it is intended to counterfeit one or the other of these. The same confusion is also apparent in the statement that ‘‘the ancient Egyptians and Greeks were well versed in the manufacture of artificial stones.” That they produced remarkable glass imitations is indisputable, — witness the marvellous collections of antique pastes in the museums of Europe, — but it is safe to say that the ancients never produced an artificial precious stone of any kind. So much for the title. Now, second, as to hardness as a test, let me say that I differ entirely from Mr. Miller when he states that the hardness of a precious stone is reduced by cutting or polishing. The hardness is not affected in any way, and so far from cutting impairing the test for hardness it can in point of fact be more delicately given if made on cut and polished stones with properly prepared points made of the various gem minerals than when made on the rough uneven surfaces of uncut and natural. minerals. That polishing reduces the hardness by one-tenth is ambiguous. Though in the Mohs scale of hardness the sapphire is placed at 9 and the diamond at 10, it would be more in keeping with fact when the abrasive quality or hardness of a diamond is considered to rate the diamond at 100 or even 1,000, so great is the difference between the two. Surely the writer does not mean to imply that, simply by polishing, the hardness of the diamond is reduced to 9 (the hardness of the sapphire), or that the sapphire is reduced to 8 (the hardness of topaz), or that topaz is reduced to 7 (the hardness of quartz). It is well known that imitation (not artificial) gems will scratch glass, and there is no reason why they should not. Their hardness is May 13, 1892. ] not even as great as that of feldspar, never that of quartz. Popu- lar beliefs are not scientific facts, and it is a scientific fact that nothing but the natural edge of a diamond crystal will cut glass (frequently with very little visible scratching), but everything having the hardness of feldspar will scratch it, as well as glass itself. Popular errors are numerous, and these errors are fre- quently extensively copied. For instance, a statement appeared some years ago in one of our large magazines that if a precious stone could not be scratched by quartz it would surely be a dia- mond, and that any jeweller who would object to having a diamond tried with a file should be condemned as a fraud. Polishing the surface of a precious stone can in no way affect its specific gravity if the stone is properly cleaned, and if the operator has a delicate balance and sufficient experience. In these circumstances it is surprising what exact results the various colors of the various precious stones give us. Further, I may say that, after visiting nearly all the known gem-cutting centres and the chief seats of the manufacture of imitation gems, I have never yet known of an instance where the manufacturer cared the slightest what the specific gravity of his product was, providing it had the desired color, or, if it were to imitate a diamond, it had a greater amount of brilliancy than the material made by one of his most successful competitors. The majority neither know nor care what the specific gravity of the gems is any more than does the regular jeweller. As regards the optical properties of gems no mention is made of the dichroscope, with the use of which the facetting in no way interferes. The polariscope is also of considerable value. In fact, in the determination of rubies, sapphires, and emeralds, their pronounced optical properties, as shown by the dichroscope, or the polariscope and the spectroscope, together with their specific gravity and their hardness, which is so much greater than that of quartz, willreadily distinguish them from everything *‘ imitation.” By means of the spectroscope we obtain the red band for the ruby, the absorption bands for the garnet, at D, E, and F in the spec- trum, or the series of black absorption bands for the zircon. To distinguish glass from a real ruby requires but a glance; to detect the difference between rubies, spinels, garnets, and rubellite is not 80 easy, and in these cases fusibility is of no value. I think the experience of those who have given attention to this matter is, first, that the specific gravity of the various precious Stones is remarkably constant according to their color, seldom varying more than one in the second place of decimals, and, sec- ond, that the hardness of the gem is also remarkably constant, and that lines can be more clearly drawn in cut than in natural crystals, which are frequently not transparent, owing to impuri- ties; namely, placing the sapphire at 9, the ruby at 8.8, the aqua- marine at 8, and the emerald at 7.8. I should not want to be responsible for the consequences if, at a jeweller’s, anyone tried heating a gem in the flame of a spirit lamp or in the flame of a Bunsen burner, any more than I should if a buyer started to try a diamond with a file. Norshould I care to be responsible for the heating in a Bunsen burner of a fine ruby or sapphire, which frequently contains fluid-cavities, or of an emerald, which, if of a fine color, is seldom perfect, owing to in- ternal strize and fluid-cavities, or the topaz, which is affected by heat, and nearly always contains many minute fluid-cavities. The fusibility of the edges of the gems would not distinguish the arti- ficial rubies of Fremy from those of the true ruby, as both are in- fusible. Nor would the test of heating in a Bunsen burner be practicable if Mr. Miller were called upon to examine in a few hours from one thousand to fifty thousand gems, and at the same time be perfectly sure that there were no imitation gems in the lot. Such testing needs the experience of the expert, who, before he opens a paper marked ‘“‘ blue or green aquamarine,” can tell simply by the weight that the stone in the paper is a blue or green topaz, or who, if the stone is labelled ‘‘ yellow topaz,’’ can, with- out looking at it, but simply by the facility with which it slips through the fingers, determine that it is citrine (decolored smoky quartz) or the true mineral topaz; or who, if one hundred stones mounted as rings were placed before him in a tray, without sup- posing the presence of an imitation stone, could at once detect the single imitation present. Nor would fusibility be of any value in SCIENCE. 277 the examination of that class of imitations which are made by dipping heated quartz in green, red, or blue solutions, a common variety of which is known as Mount Blanc, or Alpine ruby. Finally, few mountings which secure gems are improved by heating them to any extent, and generally the owners do not wish the settings disturbed. As to imitation diamonds there is surely not a jeweller worthy the name who cannot tell a true diamond from a paste one at the first glance, by its adamantine lustre. If it scratches sapphire he may be sure it is a diamond, whereas putting the gem into the flame would not distinguish the diamond from the white topaz or the white zircon or the white sapphire or the white tourmaline or any other white stone that is not fusible. In conclusion, let me suggest to Mr. Miller the simple test for diamonds, of drawing the stone sharply over a piece of unpainted board ina dark room. Every diamond phosphoresces by friction. GEORGE F. Kunz. New York, May 11. Artificial Production of Variation in Types. In reply to your request for a few words on the question of arti- ficial production of variations, as presented by Mr. West in Science of April 22. I may say that I quite agree with Mr. West in think- ing that all attempts to produce new species by mutilations of the parents are foredoomed to failure. The idea that the embryo is in any sense a reflected image of the parent, and consequently that any particular loss or modification of an organ in the parent dur- ing adult life must impress itself upon the embryo, has not a shadow of a basis in embryology. Mr. West asks, ‘‘ Would it not seem the proper and only method to study the laws governing the modifications of the em- bryo?’’ If we substitute germ-cells for ‘‘embryo,” the question may be answered affirmatively. If the question, as it stands, im- plies that modifications received during embryonic life, as the result of external influences, would be any more likely to repeat them- selves in the next generation than if acquired during adult life, I should say that the assumption is entirely unwarranted. The form and features of the adult are predetermined in the constitution of the germ-cell. No one denies that external condi- tions and influences may affect more or less the course of develop- ment; but the specific form of the adult is already settled in the germ before development begins. These are mere truisms in em- bryology. C. O. WHITMAN. Clark University, Worcester, Mass. The ‘‘Hongote” Language. IN a series of ten studies of South American Languages, princi- pally from MS. sources, which I published in the last num- ber of the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, one was partly devoted to the ‘‘ Hongote” language, a vocabulary of which I found in a mass of documents in the British Museum stated to relate to Patagonia. I spoke of it as an independent stock, not related to other languages of that locality. In a letter just received from Dr. Franz Boas, he points out to me that this ‘*Hongote” is certainly Salish, and must have been collected in the Straits of Fuca, on the north-west coast. How it came to be in the MSS, referred to, I cannot imagine, but I hasten to an- nounce the correction as promptly as possible. D. G. Brinton, M.D. Philadelphia, May 4. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THE number of the American Journal of Psychology which is about to appear will contain an article on the variations of the knee-jerk by Dr. Noyes, which contains the results of experiments on a case of dementia, Mr. Bolton contributes a digest of the ex- periments on memory made by Dr. Boas in the Worcester schools. Mr. Fraser shows the psychological origin of the naive realism of the unthinking man and of the philosophic realism of the Scottish school; both are due to a postulate of the sensations of touch as the ultimate realities. The old philosophers have before this 278 served as subjects for clinical investigation or as ‘* Versuchsthiere,” but they have seldom been so correctly diagnosed as in Mr. Fraser’s last two articles. The Journal continues its digests of psychologi- cal literature, to which it devotes much care. Such a careful re- view of the contributions to psychology in its various aspects by specialists in the various lines is believed to be presented by no other periodical; several of the most prominent names of special- ists in America will appear as the editors of the different sections, e.g., Professor Donaldson (Nervous System), Professor Cattell (Association, Reaction), Professor Jastrow (Hypnotism), etc. — The American Book Company have issued a new and revised edition of ‘‘ Cathcart’s Literary Reader,” a book of selections from English literature which was first published under the editorship of George R. Cathcart some seventeen years ago. The selections are arranged in periods beginning with the age of Elizabeth and ‘coming down to the present day. No attempt is made to givea complete compendium of English literature, only the leading authors, or those whom the compiler regards as such, being repre- sented; but brief mention is made of many others and of their principal works, so that the volume will serve to a certain extent as an introduction to literary history. The writers of the nine- teenth century are accorded the larger share of the space, on the ground that they are more interesting to us than those of earlier times, which is undoubtedly true; but we cannot think the editor’s SCIENCE. [Vot. XIX. No. 48 lows the general judgments of critics, giving prominence to those writers who are usually deemed the greatest; but in dealing with contemporaries, as he himself remarks, the guidance of established criticism is less available, and his choice, it seems to us, is not always to be commended. The selections in verse are far more numerous than their importance warrants; such verses as those of Poe on ‘‘ The Bells” and many others that might be mentioned being unworthy of a place in such a collection; while, on the other hand, some of our greatest and most influential prose writers, in- cluding John Stuart Mill, John Henry Newman, and Matthew Arnold, are not represented at all. Nevertheless, there is much in the book that is valuable, and it is certainly superior to the ordinary ‘‘reading books,” which may indeed teach the pupil to read, but which seldom teach anything of the history of literature or inspire a taste for literary excellence. — The manuscript of Part II. of the ‘‘ Index to the Literature of Explosives,” by Charles E. Munroe, is now ready for printing, and, provided a sufficient number of subscriptions are obtained in advance to warrant doing so, it will be issued in pamphlet form, of approximately 150 octavo pages, at $1 per copy. Part I., issued in 1886, contains the titles of all articles relating in any way to explosives that appear in the American Journal of Arts and Sci- ence, 1819-1886 ; Philosophical Transactions of Royal Society, 1665- 1882; Journel of Royal United Service Institution, 1857-1885; Pro- choice in all cases a judicious one. CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES, Philosophical Society, Washington. May 7.—J. P. Iddings, On the Origin of Igneous Rocks; J. HK. Watkins, John Stevens and his Sons, Early American Engineers; H. A. Hazen, Scientific Ballooning. Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston. May 11.—J. R. Edmands, Some New Paths and Camps on Mount Adams; W. M. Davis, The Relation of Mount Monadnock to Mount Tom. FOSSIL RESINS. This book is the result of an attempt to collect the scattered notices of fossil resins, exclusive of those on amber. The work is of interest also on account of descriptions given of the insects found embedded in these long- preserved exudations from early vegetation. By CLARENCE LOWN and HENRY BOOTH $1. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. 12, JUST READY. THE LABRADOR COAST. A Journal of two Summer Cruises to that region; with notes on its early discovery, on the Eskimo, on its physical geography, geology and natural history, together with a bibliography of charts, works and articles relating to the civil and natural history of the Labrador Peninsula. -By ALPHEUS SPRING PACKARD, M.D., Ph.D 8°, 513 pp., $3.50. N. D.C, HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. In the earlier periods he fol- Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, ifofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] For sale or exchange, Das Ausland, 10 vols., 1882 to 1891, including 6 vols. bound, 4 in numbers. Wheeler Survey, vol. 1, Geog. Report; also vol. 6, Botany; Pro- duction of gold and silver in the United States, 1880, ’1, ’2, 3,75; Selfridge Isthmus of Darien. Will sell at very low prices. J. #. James, 1443 Corcoran St., Washing- ton, D. C. For exchange.—A fine thirteen-keyed flute in leather covered case, for a photograph camera suitable for mak- ing lantern slides. Flute cost $27, and is nearly new. U. O. COX, Mankato, Minn. To exchange ; Experiment Station bulletins and reports for bulletins and reports not in my file. I will send list of what I have for exchange. P. H. ROLES, Lake City, Florida. Finished specimens of all colors of Vermont marble for fine fossils or crystals. Will be given only for valuable specimens because of the cost of polishing. GEO. W. PERRY, State Geologist, Rutland, Vt. For exchange.—Three copies of ‘‘ American State Papers Bearing on Sunday Legislation,” 1891, $2.50, new and unused, for “‘The Sabbath,” by Harmon Kingsbury, 1840; ““The Sabbath,” by A. A. Phelps, 1842; ‘* History of the Institution of the Sabbath Day, Its Uses and Abuses,”’ by W. L. Fisher, 1859; *‘ Humorous Phases of the Law,” by Irving Browne; or other works amounting to value of books exchanged, on the question of govern- mental legislation in reference to religion, personal liberty, etc. If preferred, I will sell ‘‘American State Papers,’’ and buy other books on the subject. WILLIAM AD- DISON BLAKELY, Chicago, Ill. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g. to 1-romg.), platinum dishes and _ crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part orwhole. Also complete file of S2//iman’s Fournal, 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883; U.S. Coast Survey. 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. Wanted, in exchange for the following works, any standard works on Surgery and on Diseases of Children: Wilson's ‘‘ American Ornithology,” 3 vols.; Cques’ ‘*Birds of the Northwest’’ and ‘* Birds of the Colorado Valley,” 2vols.; Minot’s ‘‘Land and Game Birds of New Eng- land;”’ Samuels’ ‘‘ Our Northern and Eastern Birds;”’ all the Reports on the Birds of the Pacific R. R. Survey, bound in 2 vols., morocco; and a complete set of the Reports of the Arkansas Geological Survey. Please give editions and dates in corresponding. R. ELLSWORTH CALL, High School, Des Moines, Iowa. To exchange Wright’s ‘‘ Ice Age in North America ”’ and Le Conte’s ‘‘Elements of Geology’’ (Copyright 1882) for ‘‘Darwinism,” by A. R. Wallace, “Origin of Species,” by Darwin, ‘‘Descent of Man,’’ by Darwin, ‘‘Man’s Place in Nature,’’ Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Ani- mals,” by Romanes, ‘*Pre-Adamites,’? by Winchell. No books wanted except latest editions, and books in good condition. o Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashyille, Tenn. ceedings U. 8. Naval Institute, 1874-1885; Revue D’Artillerie, Wants. Any person seeking a position for which he ts qualz- fied by his scientific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this, character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF COST, 7 he satisfies the publisher of the suit- able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any scientific question, the address of auy scientific man, or who can in any way use this column for a purpose consonant with the nature of the paper, ts cordially inutted to do so. RANSLATOR wanted to read German architec- tural works at sight (no writing). One familiar with technical terms desired. Address ‘A.,” Box 149, New York Post Offiee. ANTED.—A position in a manufacturing estab- lishment by a manufacturing Chemist of in- ventive ability. Address M. W. B., care of Science, 874 Broadway, N. Y. = VN Rae on Anatomy and Hypnotism. Will pay cash or give similar books in ex- change. Also want medical battery and photo out- fit. DR. ANDERSON, 182 State street, Chicago, Ill. ANTED.—A college graduate with some normal training, to teach the sciences, at $1,800 per year, in a Southern college. A Baptist or a Method- ist preferred. Must also be a first-class Latin scholar, A. H. Beals, Box K, Milledgeville, Ga. Atiece teenies in Chemistry is wanted by one who has had five years’ experience in that capacity. Would prefer to give instruction by lectures and experiments rather than by text-book methods. Would like a position in a college or uni- versity where there is a good student’s laboratory. Special points of strength claimed are: (1) Thorough control of a class and good order during lectures and recitations. (2) Accuracy in experimenting with chemicals and skill in the manipulation of chemical apparatus. The permission of several dis- tinguished educators has been given to refer to them if required. Would not care to accept a po- sition paying less than $1,500. Address B. E., care of Science, 874 Broadway, New York. DDRESS WANTED.—Will some one please send the address of the Secretary of the American Philological Society. Also that of Herbert Spencer. “ADDISON,” Room 84, 164 Madison St., Chicago, Ill. DDRESSES of Old Book Dealers wanted.—Wish- ing to obtain a number of old books out of print, I very much desire the addresses or catalogues of rare second-hand book dealers. If,jthere is a direc- tory or list of such dealers I should like to obtain possession of one. W. A. BLAKELY, Chicago, Ill. POPULAR MANUAL OF VISIBLE SPEECH AND VOCAL PHYSIOLOGY. For use in Colleges and Normal Schools. Sent free by post by Price 50 cents. IN D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N.Y. May 13, 1892. ] 1871-1884; H. M. Inspectors of Explosives Reports, 1873-1885. Part II. continues the Index for the above periodicals up to 1891, and contains the following in addition: Dingler’s Polytechnisches Journal, 1820-1890; Proceedings American Chemical Society, 1879-1890; Nicholson’s Journal, 1797-1813; Popular Science Monthly, 1871-1890; Edinburgh Journal of Science, 1824-1832; Brande’s Journal of Science, 1816-1830. This index has been made by a careful search of each page of each of the 984 volumes included in it and is believed to be complete from the date of first issue of each of the periodicals named. Subscriptions should be sent to Charles E. Munroe, Torpedo Station, Newport, Rhode Island, U.S.A. —Lord Randolph Churchill’s account of his African journeys and adventures is to be published immediately by D. Appleton & Co. in a lavishly illustrated volume, entitled ‘‘ Men, Mines, and Animals in South Africa.” The book contains picturesque and humorous descriptions of scenes in the diamond-mines and gold- SCIENCE. : 279 fields, of hunting in Bechuanaland and life in Mashonaland, and adventures with lions and elephants are interspersed among many characteristic comments upon people, manners, and customs, and practical resources. The book contains a portrait of the author, sixty-five illustrations, and a map. — An article of especial value to teachers in the May number of the Atlantic Monthly is by James J. Greenough of Cambridge, a successful teacher in one of the most famous of the secondary schools in New England, which fit boys for Harvard, entitled ‘The Present Requirements for Admission to Harvard Univer- sity.’ In this paper the writer speaks of the faults of the old system of entrance examinations and gives the history of the growth of the present system. He describes clearly the kind of instruction which is required to meet such examinations, in which the college requires each student who is admitted not only to have a large amount of useful knowledge, but at the same time to know how to use this knowledge to the best advantage. Lchaustion Horsford’s Acid Phosphate, A wonderful remedy, of the highest value in mental and nervous exhaustion. Overworked men and women, the nervous, weak and debilitat- ed, will find in the Acid Phos- -phate a most agreeable, grate- ful and harmless stimulant, giv- ing renewed strength and vigor to the entire system. Dr. Edwin F. Vose, Portland, Me., says: ‘‘T have used it in my own case when suffer- ing from nervous exhaustion, with gratifying results. I have prescribed it for many of the various forms of nervous debility, and it has never failed to do good.”’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘** Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never soldin bulk. WORLD-ENGLISH. 25 Cents. HANDBOOK OF WORLD-ENGLISH. 25 Cents. Ex- President Andrew D. White, of Cornell University, says: ‘‘I believe that the highest interests of Chris- tian civilization and of humanity would be served by its adoption.” “So set down, our tongue is the best for the world to unite upon.” —Brooklyn Eagle. “ The idea of Mr. Bell has much to recommend it, and the presentation is charmingly clear.”—Ameri- can, Phila. “The result is a language which cannot fail to meet with acceptance.’—Boston Traveller. “ World-English deserves the careful consideration of all serious scholars.""—Modern Language Notes. Sent, postpaid, on receipt of price, N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York, Fact and Theory Papers) THE WEEKLY BULLETIN I. THE SUPPRESSION OF CON- SOME TION: By GODFREY W. HAMBLETON, M.D. Dae IC. Il. THE SOCIETY AND THE “FAD.” By APPLETON MorG@AN, sq. 12°. 20 cents. Ill. PROTOPLASM AND LIFE. C.F. Cox. 12°. 75 cents. IV. THE CHEROKEES IN PRE-CO- LUMBIAN TIMES. By CYRUS THOMAS. 12°. $1, V. THE TORNADO. By H. A. Hazen. 12°. $1. VI. TIME-RELATIONS OF MENTAL PHENOMENA. By JOSEPHJASTROW. 12°. 50c. VII. HOUSEHOLD HYGIENE. By MARY TAYLOR BISSELL. 12°. 75 cents. In Preparation. VIII THE FIRST YEAR OF CHILD- HOOD. By J. Mark BALDWIN. N.- D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York, N. Y. "STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROGK STEEL PEN S@., Works: Oamden, N. J. 26 John St., New York. By G E M 0 PAL Cut ready for setting. Having pur- » chased a large lot at the Mexican lo- cality, we are offerin, = them at about one-fifth jewelers’ prices; f0c., $1, $1.50, $2, $3. This is a rare opportunity to secure a fine gem very. cheap. 100 pp. Mineral Catalo; que 15c.,. in cloth 25c., Supplement 2c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & Mineralogists, 733 and 735 Broadway, New York City. PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W. T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. OF NEWSPAPER AND PERIODICAL LITERATURE. Catalogues and Classifies Each Week THE PRINCIPAL CONTENTS OF THE PERIODICAL PRESS. That huge mass of material heretofore inaccessible to the eager student is now rendered available. Special attention is invited to the Bulletin’s INDEX OF TECGHNIGAL LITERATURE Send for a free sample copy and learn how The Bulletin Supplies The Articles Catalogued. Address THE WEEKLY BULLETIN, 5 Somerset Street, = = Boston, Mass. NEO-DARWINISM AND NEO-LAMARCKISH. By LESTER F. WARD. Annual address of the President of the Biological Society of Washington delivered Jan. 24, 1891. A historical and critical review of modern scientific thought relative to heredity, and especially to the problem of the transmission of acquired characters, The following are the several heads involved in the discussion Status of the Problem, Lamarckism. Darwinism, Acquired Characters, Theories of He- redity, Views of Mr. Galton, Teachings of Professor Weismann, A Critique of Weismann, Neo-Darwin- ism, Neo-Lamarckism, the American ‘‘School,” Ap- plication to the Human Race. Inso far as views are expressed they are in the main jn line with the general current of American thought, and opposed to the extreme doctrine of the non-transmissibility of acquired characters. Price, postpaid, 25 cents. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. A TEMPORARY BINDER for Sczezce is now ready, and will be mailed postpaid on receipt of 75 cents. This binder is strong, durable and elegant, has gilt side-title, and al- lows the opening of the pages per- fectly flat. Any number can be taken out or replaced without dis- turbing the others, and the papers are not mutilated for subsequent permanent binding. Filed in this binder, Scvence is always convenient for reference. N. D. C.SHODGES, fPublisher, 874 _Broadway,:New York. 280 SCIENCE. DRY GOODS, ETC. The Fifth Avenue Our stock of Housekeeping Linen Goods is the most complete in America. We deal with manufac- turers only, and keep nothing but pure linen. Our patrons can always rely upon getting the best makes of Table Linen, Napkins, Towels, Handkerchiefs, ete., at the very lowest price. A fine all linen initial Handkerchief, in both ladies’ and men’s sizes, at $3.00dozen. Extra large hemstitched Huck Towels, $3.00 dozen. Hand hemstitched linen Sheets, $5.00 a pair. Pillow Cases to match at $1.00 apair. We always have the latest noveltiesin linen table decorations. A visit to our store does not incur any obligation to buy. WM. S. KINSEY & CO., Near 36th St. New York. 386 Fifth Ave. QUERY. Can any reader of Sczence cite a case of lightning stroke in which the dissipation of a small conductor (one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter, say, ) has failed to protect between two horizon- tal planes passing through its upper and lower ends respective- ly? Plenty of cases have been found which show that when the conductor is dissipated the build- ing is not injured to the extent explained (for many of these see volumes of Philosophical Trans- actions at the time when light- ning was attracting the attention of the Royal Society), but not an exception is yet known, al- though this query has been pub- lished far and wide among elec- tricians. First inserted June 19. to date. No response N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. (Vor. XIX. No. 484 TO PAE READERS” Ole SUIETEr PUBLISHER'S ANNOUNCEMENT. OUR PLANS. WITHIN the pa-t six months the use of Science by scientific men and women as a medium for prompt publication and weekly discussion, has increased very materially, so that the pages are now well filled each week with original matter. As the num- ber of those promising contributions is increasing at the rate of three cr four each day, it cannot be long before Science at its present size will be too small for the amount of matter offered. We have under consideration therefore an enlargement of the paper by one-half, but must first learn the tem- per: f our constituency as to an advance in price to $5.00, which was the subscription price from the start for four years, up to June 30, 1887. Further, to carry out the proposed enlargement, we shall need five hundred additional subscribers. Ifyou are not already a subscriber, are you willing to aid in mak- ing Science more worthy of American scientific work by becoming one? It goes without saying, that the demand for scien- tific literature is limited, when compared with that for literature which is more to the public taste, so that the receipts of most of the Scientific Journals, in this country, do not pay quite for their printing and paper, to say nothing of the other items of ex- pense. We say this merely to emphasize the fact, that generous and prompt support must be ac- corded this ir.ove if it is to succeed. Titles of Some Articles Published in Science since Jan. 1, 1892. Aboriginal North American Tea. Actinism. Amenhotep, King, the tomb of. Anthropology, Current Notes on. Arsenical Poisoning from Domestic Fabrics. Anatomy, The Teaching of, to Advanced Medical Students. Astronomical Notes. Botanical Laboratory, A. Brain, A Few Characteristics of the Avian. Celts, The Question of the. Collection of Objects Used in Worship. Deaf, Higher Education of the. Diphtheria, Tox-Albumin. Etymology of two Iroquoian Compound Stems. Eye-Habits. Family Traits, Persistency of. Fisbes, The Distribution of. Fossils, Notice of New Gigantic. Grasses, Homoptera Injurious to. ‘Healing, Divine.” Hemipterc us Mouth, Structure of the. Hypnotism among the Lower Animals. Hypnotism, Traumatic. Indian occupation of New York. Influenza, Latest Details Concerning the Germs of. Infant’s Movemeuts. wi Inventors and Manufacturers, the American Associ- ation of. Iowa Academy of Sciences. Jargon, The Chinook. Klamath Nation, Linguistics. Lightning, The New Method of Protecting Buildings from. Lissajou’s Curves, Simple Apparatus for the Produc- tion of. Maize Plant, Observations on the Growth and Chemi- cal Composition of. Mineral Discoveries, Some Recent, in the State of Washington. Museums, The Support of. Patent Office Building, The. Pocket Gopher, Attempted Extermination of. Psychological Laboratory in the University of To- ronto. Psychological Training, The Need of. Rain-Making. Rivers, Evolution of the Loup, in Nebraska. Scientific Alliance, The. Star, The New, in Auriga. Storage of Storm-Waters on the Great Plains. Teaching of Science. Tiger, A New Sabre-Toothed, from Kansas. Timber Trees of West Virginia. Traches of Insects, Structure of. Vein-Formation, Valuable Experiments in. Will, a Recent Analysis of. Wind-Storms and Trees. Wines, The Sophisticated French. Zoology in the Public Schools of Washington, D. C. Some of the Contributors to Science Since Jan. I, 1892. Aaron, Eugene M., Philadelphia, Pa. Allen, Harrison, Philadelphia, Pa. Baldwin, J. Mark, University of Toronto, Canada. Barnes, Charles Reid, Madison, Wis. Baur, G., Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Beal, W. J., Agricultural College, Mich. Beals, A. H., Milledgeville, Ga. Beauchamp, W. M., Baldwinsville, N.Y. Boas, Franz, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Bostwich, Arthur E., Montclair, N.J. Bradley, Milton, Springfield, Mass. Brinton, D. @., Philadelphia, Pa. Chandler, H., Buffalo, N.Y. Comstock, Theo. B., Tucson, Arizona. Cragin, F. W., Colorado Springs. Col. Davis, W. M., Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass. Dimmock, George, Canobie Lake, N.H. Farrington, E. H., Agricultural Station, Champaign, Ill. Ferree, Barr, New York City. Flexner, Simon, Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, Md. Foshay, P. Max, Rochester, N.Y. Gallaudet, E. M., Kendall Green, Washington, D.C. Garman, S., Museum of Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass, d Golden, Katherine E., Agricultural College, Lafay- ette, Ind. Hale, Edwin M., Chicago, Ill. Hale, George S., Boston, Mass. Hale, Horatio, Clinton, Ontario, Canada. Hall, 1. Proctor, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Halsted, Byron D., Rutgers College, New Bruns- wick, N.J. Haworth, Erasmus, Oskaloosa, Iowa. Hay, O. P., Irvington, Ind. Haynes, Henry W., Boston Mass. Hazen, H. A., Weather Bureau, Washington, D.C. Hewitt, J. N. B., Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D.C. 5 Hicks, L. E., Lincoln, Neb. Hill, E. J., Chicago, Ill. Hill, Geo. A., Naval Observatory, Washington, D.C. Hitchcock, Romyn, Washington, D.C. Hotchkiss, Jed., Staunton, Va. Howe, Jas. Lewis, Louisville, Ky. Hubbard, Gardiner G., Washington, D.C. James, Joseph F., Agricultural Dept., Washington, D.C. Johnson, Roger B., Miami University, Oxford, O. Kellerman, Mrs. W. A., Columbus, O. Kellicott, D. S., State University, Columbus, O. Macloskie, G., Princeton, N.J-. McCarthy, Gerald, Agricultural Station, Raleigh, N.C. MacDonald, Arthur, Washington, D.C. Marshall, D. T., Metuchen, N.J. Mason, O. T., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Nicbols, C. F., Boston, Mass. Nuttall, George H. F., Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. Oliver, J. E., Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Osborn, Henry F., Columbia College, New York City. Osborn, Herbert, Agricultural College, Ames, Iowa. Pammel, L. H., Agricultural Station, Ames, Iowa. Pillsbury, J. H., Smith College, Northampton, Mass, Ruffner, W. H., Lexington, Va. Schufeldt, R. W., Washington, D.C. Scripture, E. W., Clark University. Worcester, Mass. Bsag: D. D., Museum Comp. Zool., Cambridge, ass. eee John B., Rutgers College, New Brunswick, Stevenson, S. Y., Philadelphia, Pa. Stone, G. H., Colorado Springs, Col. Thurston, R. H., Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Todd, J. E., Tabor, Iowa. True, secretes W., Natlonal Museum, Washing- ton, D.C. Turner, C. H., University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, 2 oO. Wierd, R. DeC., Harvard University, Cambridge, ass. Ward, Stanley M., Scranton, Pa. harder, Robert B., Howard University, Washing- ton, D.C. Welch, Wm. H., Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more. M.D. i West, Gerald M., Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Willems: Edward H., Lehigh University, Bethle- hem, Pa. SC I A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE A PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW AND SCIENCES. TrentH YEAR. Vou. XIX. No. 485. MAY 20, 1892. In ADVANCE. CONTENTS. GROWTH OF Curritpren.—II. UZ OSH etelsta ciel cisitiesciciete once aes THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE AND POLITICAL THE SCINCING Gooo leo deo Woes onecD ome 282 PREPARATION FOR THE STUDY OF MEDI- cinE. HE. L. Holmes Rusk........ 282 NOTES AND NEWS. J22...i5..0 02. e cece ee 284 CurRENT Notes on ANTHROPOLOGY.—VI. Edited by D. G. Brinton.. : Norzs on Locat Jassipa. una ‘B SOUM MIG o gaaasasgoudys euOORGaes LETTERS TO THE HDITOR. Readjustments of the Loup Rivers. E. L. Hicks.. Subs So" Clete! Sistrurus and Chdbianhee. Ss. COTFDCTOESOR OO OOO OE ao ee 290 ‘Scientific?’ Genealogy, Rejoinder. GS WEAOD Lollasialaulc ope a pasrbooone es eed!) Book REVIEWS. EVelonwkelllen:-aejacciscioeictocie eerie 291 Bacteriological Diagnosis.......... 291 AMONG THE PUBLISHERS................ 293 Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class Mail Matter. New Method of Protecting Property from Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller. Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. | useful and valuable little book.”’—Dr. INSECTS AND INSECTICIDES. A PRACTICAL MANUAL, Concerning Noxious Insects and the Methods of Preventing their Injuries, By CLARENCE M. WEED, Professor of Entomology and Zoology, New Hampshire State College. WHAT Is SAID ABOUT IT. “T think that you have gotten together a very Cc. V. Riley, U.S. Entomologist, Washington, D. C. “Tt is excellent.”—James Fletcher, Dominion En- tomologist, Ottawa, Canada. “Tam well pleased with it.”.—Dr. F. M. Hexamer, Editor American Agriculturist, New York. “Tt seems to me a good selection of the matter which every farmer and fruit grower ought to have at his immediate command.”’—Prof. S. A. Forbes, State Entomologist of Illinois, Champaign, Ill. ““A good book, and it is needed.”—Prof. L. H. Bailey, Cornell University. “It is one of the best books of the kind I have ever seen.”—J. Freemont Hickman, Agriculturist, Ohio Experiment Station, Columbus, Ohio. / ‘shall gladly recommend it.’”’—Prof. A. J. Cook, Michigan Agricultural College. Price, $1.25. Sent postpaid to any address on receipt of price. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. Speech Reading and Articulation Teaching. By A. MELVILLE BELL. Price, 25 Cents. Practical Instructions in the Art of Reading Speech from the Mouth; and in the Art of Teaching Articulation to the Deaf. [This Work—ywyritten at the suggestion of Miss Sarah Fuller, Principal of the Horace Mann School for the Deaf, Boston, Mass.—is, so far as known, the first Treatise published on ‘‘Speech Reading.”’] From Principals of Institutions forthe Deaf. *« Admirable in its conciseness, clearness and free dom from technicality.” “The simplicity and perfection of this little book. ” “Full of exact and helpful observations.” “A yery interesting and valuable work.” “The rules are clearly given and will be of great utility.” us ey articulation teacher should study it.” “A model of clearness and simplicity, without having any of the puzzling symbols that trouble the common mind. The exercises given in speech- reading from the lips are especially interesting, and of great importance for the student of phonetics.” — Modern Language Notes. *,* The above work may be obtained, by order, through any bookseller, or post-free on receipt of price, from SCIENCE CLUBBING RATES. 10% DISCOUNT. We will allow the above discount to any subscriber to Science who will send us an order for periodicals exceeding $10, counting each at its full price. N. D, C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. €; a SCIENCE The Illustrated Popular Science Weekly. TENTH YEAR. More than Two hundred of the lead- ing scientific men and women of Amer- ica have agreed to contribute to the paper during the coming year ; and, as others are constantly joining in this move, to make the paper more valuable than ever, it cannot be long before there will be a body of five hundred competent users of this weekly me- dium of scientific discussion. Send 50 cents, in postage stamps if most con- venient, for 2 months’ trial subscription. Ne DC T1ODGES:, 874 Broadway, - NEW YORK. SCIENGE, PUBLICATIONS. THE LABRADOR COAST. A JOURNAL OF TWO SUMMER CRUISES "TO THAT REGION. WITH NOTES ON ITS EARLY DISCOV- ERY, ON THE ESKIMO, ON ITS PHY- SICAL GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY, TOGETHER WITH A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WORKS, ARTI- CLES, AND CHARTS RELATING TO THE CIVIL AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE LABRADOR PENINSULA. By ALPHEUS SPRING PACKARD, M.D., Ph.D. Sportsmen and ornithologists will be interested in the list of Labrador birds by Mr. L. W. Turner, which has been kindly revised and brought down to date by Dr. J. A. Allen. Dr. S H. Scudder has con- tributed the list of butterflies, and Prof. John Macoun, of Ottawa, Canada, has prepared the list of Labrador plants. Mes Much pains has been taken to render the bibliog- raphy complete, and the author is indebted to Dr. Franz Boas and others for several titles and impor- tant suggestions; and it is hoped that this feature of the book will recommend it to collectors of Ameri- cand. It is hoped that the volume will serve as a guide to the Labrador coast for the use of travellers, yachtsmen, sportsmen, artists, and naturalists, as well as those interested in geographical and histori- cal studies. 513 pp., 8°, $3.50. RACES AND PEOPLES. By DANIEL G, BRINTON, M.D. “The book is good, thoroughly good, and will long remain the best accessible elementary ethnography in our language.”—The Christian Union. “We strongly recommend Dr. Brinton’s * Races and Peoples’ to both beginners and scholars. We are not aware of any other recent work on the science of which it treats in the English language.” —Asiatic Quarterly. “His book is an excellent one, and we can heartily recommend it as an introductory manual of ethnol- ogy.”’—The Monist. “A useful and really interesting work, which de- serves to be widely read and studied both in Europe and America.”—Brighton (Eng.) Herald. “This volume is most stimulating., It is written with great clearness, so that anybody can under- stand, and while in some ways, perforce, superficial, asps very well the complete field of humanity.” — The New York Times. “Dr. Brinton invests his scientific illustrations and measurements with an indescribable charm of nar- ration, so that ‘Races and Peoples,’ ayowedly a rec- ord of discovered facts, is in reality a strong stim- ulant to the imagination.”—Philadelphia Public Ledger. “The work is indispensable to the student who re- quires an intelligent aude to a course of ethno- graphic reading.” —Philadelphia Times. Price, postpaid, $1.75. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. PUBLICATIONS. THE MODERN MALADY ; or, Suf- fevers from ‘ Nerves,’ An introduction to public consideration, from a non-medical point of view, of a con- dition of ill-health which is increasingly prevalent in all ranks of society. In the first part of this work the author dwells on the errors in our mode of treating Neuras- thenia, consequent on the wide ignorance of the subject which still prevails; in the sec- ond part, attention is drawn to the principal causes of the malady. The allegory forming the Introduction to Part I. gives a brief his- tory of nervous exhaustion and the modes of treatment which have at various times been thought suitable to this most painful and try- ing disease. By CYRIL BENNETT. 12°, 184 pp., $1.50. THE WINNIPEG COUNTRY; OR, ROUGHING IT WITH AN ECLIPSE PARTY. A. ROCHESTER FELLOW. (S. H. SCUDDER.) With thirty-two Illustrations and a Map. 12°. $1.50. “The story is a piquant, good-humored, entertain ing narrative of a canoe voyage. A neater, prettier book is seldom seen.”—Literary World. “This is a sprightly narrative of personal inci- dent. The book will be a pleasant reminder to many of rough experiences on a frontier which is rapidly receding.”’—Boston Transcript. “The picture of our desolate North-western terri- tory twenty-five years ago, in contrast with its civilized aspect to-day, and the pleasant features of the writer’s style, constitute the claims of his little book to present attention.”’—The Dial. THE AMERICAN RACE. By DANIEL G. BRINTON, M.D. “ ) A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE: ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. TentTH YEAR. Vou. XIX. No. 486. MAY 27, 1892. SinexLe Corres, Ten Cents. $3.50 Per YEAR, In ADVANCE. CONTENTS. A Key To THE MYSTERY OF THE Maya Copices. Cyrus Thomas......... 295 Dr. D. H. StoRER’s WORK ON THE FISHES. ‘Ss GORDA 66 Sh Saceee soeoenoDE ae 295 THE RELATION OF BUSINESS TO COLLEGE Epucation. Franklin A. Becher.. 297 Tue System or Atcou. Miss A. M. (Cin Na Riad Gan 8 oon HBC EOr a nese 298 epicistere savas 300 How to Protect INVENTIONS IN FoREIGN Countries WitHout Errect UPon THE TERM OF UNITED STATES Pat- ENT. Edward P. Thompson......- THe CHANGE AT CORNELL. LETTERS TO THE HDITOR. The General Circulation of the At- mosphere J. A. Bereman...... Four-Fold Space. W. P. Preble.... 304 H. Carvill Lewis’s Work on the Glacial Phenomena Mrs. Julia F. ILE Sa dae aseO ODO GROONee ae Entered at the Post-Office of New York, N.Y., as Second-Class Mail Matter. THE American Dell Telephone COMPANY. 95 MILK ST., BOSTON, MASS. This Company owns the Letters Patent granted to Alexander Gra- ham Bell, March 7th, 1876, No. 174,465, and January 30, 1877, No. 186,787. The Transmission of Speech by all known forms of ELECTRIC SPEAKING TELEPHONES in- fringes the right secured to this Company by the above patents, and renders each individual user of tel- ephones, not furnished by it or its licensees, responsible for such un- lawful use, and all the conse- quences thereof and liable to suit therefor. | New Method of Protecting Property from Lightning. The Lightning Dispeller. Price, $20 to $30.—According to size. The Patent Lightning Dispeller is a conduc- tor specially designed to dissipate the energy of a lightning discharge,—to prevent its doing harm,—placing something in its path upon which its capacity for causing damage may be expended. No recorded case of lightning stroke has yet been cited against the principle of the Dispeller. So far as known, the dissipation of a conductor has invariably protected under the conditions employed. Correspondence solicited. AGENTS WANTED. The American Lightning Protection Company. United Bank Building, Sioux City, lowa. Speech Reading and Articulation Teaching. By A. MELVILLE BELL. Price, 25 Cents. Practical Instructions in the Art of Reading Speech from the Mouth; and in the Art of Teaching Articulation to the Deaf. [This Work—written at the suggestion of Miss Sarah Fuller, Principal of the Horace Mann School for the Deaf, Boston, Mass.—is, so far as known, the first Treatise published on ‘‘Speech Reading.”’] From Principals of Institutions for the Deaf. “* Admirable in its conciseness, clearness and free dom from technicality.’ “The simplicity and perfection of this little book. 0 ** Full of exact and helpful observations.” ““A very interesting and yaluable work.” “The rules are clearly given and will be of great utility.” “«Eyery articulation teacher should study it.’ ““A model of clearness and simplicity, without having any of the puzzling symbols that trouble the common mind.. . . The exercises given in speech- reading from the lips are especially interesting, and of great importance for the student of phonetics.” — Modern Language Notes. *,* The above work may be obtained, by order, through any bookseller, or post-free on receipt of price, from SCIENCE CLUBBING RATES. 10% DISCOUNT. We will allow the above discount to any subscriber to Science who will send us an order for periodicals exceeding $10, counting each at its full price. N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. SCIENCE The Illustrated Popular Science Weekly. TENTH YEAR. More than Two hundred of the lead- ing scientific men and women of Amer- ica have agreed to contribute to the paper during the coming year; and, as others are constantly joining in this move, to make the paper more valuable than ever, it cannot be long before there will be a body of five hundred competent users of this weekly me- dium of scientific discussion. See last page of this number. Send 50 cents, in postage stamps if most con- venient, for 2 months’ trial subscription. NS Dee HODGES: 874 Broadway, NEW YORK. Il PUBLICATIONS. THE LABRADOR COAST. A JOURNAL OF TWO SUMMER CRUISES TO THAT REGION. WITH NOTES ON ITS EARLY DISCOV- ERY, ON THE ESKIMO, ON ITS PHY- SICAL GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY, TOGETHER WITH A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WORKS, ARTI- CLES, AND CHARTS RELATING TO HE CIVIL AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE LABRADOR PENINSULA. By ALPHEUS SPRING PACKARD, M.D., Ph.D. Sportsmen and ornithologists will be interested in the list of Labrador birds by Mr. L. W. Turner, which has been kindly revised and brought down to date by Dr. J. A. Allen. Dr. S H. Scudder has con- tributed the list of butterflies, and Prof. John Macoun, of Ottawa, Canada, has prepared the list of Labrador plants. Much pains has been taken to render the bibliog- raphy complete, and the author is indebted to Dr. Franz Boas and others for several titles and impor- tant SURE SHON, and it is hoped that this feature of the book will recommend it to collectors of Ameri- cana. It is hoped that the volume will serve as a guide to the Labrador coast for the use of travellers, yachtsmen, sportsmen, artists, and naturalists, as well as those interested in geographical and histori- cal studies. 513 pp., 8°, $3.50. RACES AND PEOPLES. By DANIEL G, BRINTON, M.D. “The book is good, thoroughly good, and will long remain the best accessible elementary ethnography in our language.”—The Christian Union. “We strongly recommend Dr. Brinton’s ‘ Races and Peoples’ to both beginners and scholars. We are not aware of any other recent work on the science of which it treats in the English language.” —Asiatic Quarterly. “His book is an excellent one, and we can heartily recommend it as an introductory manual of ethnol- ogy.”’—The Monist. “A useful and really interesting work, which de- serves to be widely read and studied both in Europe and America.” —Brighton (Eng.) Herald. “This volume is most stimulating. It is written with great clearness, so that anybody can under- stand, and while in some ways, perforce, superficial, grasps very well the complete field of humanity.”’— The New York Times. “Dr. Brinton invests his scientific illustrations and measurements with an indescribable charm of nar- ration, so that ‘Races and Peoples,’ avowedly a rec- ord of discovered facts, is in reality a strong stim- ulant to the imagination.”—Philadelphia Public Ledger. “The work is indispensable to the student who re- quires an intelligent pulde to a course of ethno- graphic reading.’’—Philadelphia Times. Price, postpaid, $1.75. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. SCIENCE. (VoL. XIX. No. 486 PUBLICATIONS. PROPRIETARY. THE MODERN MALADY ; or, Suf- ferers from ‘ Nerves,’ An introduction to public consideration, from a non-medical point of view, of a con- dition of ill-health which is increasingly prevalent in all ranks of society. In the first part of this work the author dwells on the errors in our mode of treating Neuras- thenia, consequent on the wide ignorance of the subject which still prevails; in the sec- ond part, attention is drawn to the principal causes of the malady. The allegory forming the Introduction to Part I. gives a brief his- tory of nervous exhaustion and the modes of treatment which have at various times been thought suitable to this most painful and try- ing disease. By CYRIL BENNETT. 12°, 184 pp., $1.50. THE WINNIPEG COUNTRY; ? ROUGHING IT WITH AN ECLIPSE PARTY. BY A. ROCHESTER FELLOW. (S. H. SCUDDER.) With thirty-two Illustrations and a Map. 12°. $1.50. “The story is a piquant, good-humored, entertain ing narrative of a canoe voyage. A neater, prettier book is seldom seen.”—Literary World. “This is a sprightly narrative of personal inci- dent. The book will be a pleasant reminder to many of rough experiences on a frontier which is ‘rapidly receding.”—Boston Transcript. “The picture of our desolate North-western terri- tory twenty-five years ago, in contrast with its civilized aspect to-day, and the pleasant features of the writer’s style, constitute the claims of his little book to present attention.”—The Dial. THE AMERICAN RACE. By DANIEL G. BRINTON, M.D. “The book is one of unusual interest and value.”— Inter Ocean. “Dr. Daniel G. Brinton writes as the acknowledged authority of the subject.”—Philadelphia Press. ““The work will be of genuine value to all who wish to know the substance of what has been found out about the indigenous Americans.’’—Nature. ‘““A masterly discussion, and an example of the successful education of the powers of observation.” —Philadelphia Ledger. Price, postpaid, $2. (N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. The American Geologist for 1892. Edited by Pror. S. CaLyIn, University of lowa; Dr. E. W. CLAYPOLE, Buchtel College; JoHN EYERMAN, Lafayette College ; Dr. PERsIFoR FRAZER, Penn. Hort. Soc.; PRor. T. Aru, U.S. Irrigation Survey; Dr. ANDREW C. Lawson, University of California; R. D. Pror. Rop rT F. W. Craain, Colorado College; SaLisBuRY, University of Wisconsin; JosepH B. TYRRELL, Geol. Sur. of Canada; E. O. ULricu, Minnesota Geological Survey; Pror. I. C. WHITE, University of West Virginia; Pror. N. H. WINCHELL, University of Minnesota. Now inits [Xth volume. $3.50 per year. Sample copies, 20 cents. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING CO., Minneapolis, Minn. We cannot explain how a man gains a pound a day by taking an ounce a day of Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil—it happens sometimes. It is food that he can di- gest; we understand that. But it must be more than food to give more than the whole of itself. He has been losing flesh because he did not get from his food the fat he needed. Scott’s Emulsion sets his machinery working again. Shall we send you a book On CAREFUL LIVING? Free. Scott & Bowne, Chemists, 13e South sth Avenue, New York. Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oil—all druggists everywhere do. $1. 5 PUBLICATIONS. FOSSIL RESINS. This book is the result of an attempt to collect the scattered notices of fossil resins, exclusive of those on amber. The work is of interest also on account of descriptions given of the insects found embedded in these long- preserved exudations from early vegetation. By CLARENCE LOWN and HENRY BOOTH. 129. $1. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N, Y. THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. 25 cents a number, $2.50 a year. aaaress PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Bloomington, Ind. JOHN IRELAND'S Bookstore, 1197 Broadway near 29th St., is convenient to the residence quarter of the city ; itis a good place to drop into on the way w or down town to select books or stationery. _His stoc is well selected and embraces all the new and standard books as soon as’issued. Out-of-town purchasers can order by mail with every confidence that their wants will be as well supplied as if buying in person. ACK NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- azines. Rates low. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Schoharie N V EDUCATIONAL. ROSE POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE, Terre Haute, Ind. A College of Engineering. Well_ endowed, well-equipped. Courses in Mechanical, Electrical, Civil Engineering and Chemistry. Exten_ sive Machine Shops, Laboratories, Drawing Rooms Library. Expenses low. Address H.T. EDDY, Pres’. Minerals, ) 7 . Stuffed Animals Rocke Ward's Natural Science Establishment,...,...2°°" caxtsot rows, | Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. Pn Retiermaps.| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N. Y. _ |ivertenratce SCIENCE NEW YORK, MAY 27, 1892. A KHY TO THE MYSTERY OF THE MAYA CODICES. I wisH to announce through Sczence to those interested in the subject, that I have fortunately discovered, at last, the key which will unlock the mystery of the Maya Codices and, probably, of the Central American inscriptions. The progress of decipherment will be slow, but, the clue having been ob- tained, it will ultimately be accomplished. I have already determined the signification of some dozens of characters and in several instances ascertained the general sense of a group forming a sentence. This discovery settles at the same time several other points. First, if shows that the direction in which the Codices are to be read is as assumed by me in the ‘‘Study of the Manu- script Troano,” pp. 136-141. Second, that the parts of the compound characters are to be read chiefly in the same way ; that is, from left to right and from the top downward. It shows, in the third place, that, although there are a number of conventional symbols, yet the great majority of the char- acters are truly phonetic, and the writing of a higher grade than has been hitherto supposed. Last, it shows that, after all, Landa’s statements in regard to the mode of writing and the letters and characters are, to a large extent, correct. For example, his second 6 is correct if a central dot is in- serted, giving five instead of four. His ¢ is also correct, as _ are his e, 7, and ca, his k, ku, z, ha, ma, and sign of aspira- tion. The Jas given in his example of the mode of writing is correct. His first x (dz), if placed horizontally and slightly modified, is the symbol for ch’. Landa’s trouble as to the Maya mode of spelling, where he assumes that Je is written thus, ele, arises from the fact that the beginning of the symbol for / is so nearly like that for e, that he has mistaken one for the other, thus considering the first part of the2asane. This can be shown, as symbols for the same word, having the same meaning, are found at one point in the Codex Troano. ’ As one result of this discovery, I will introduce here an example, with illustration from page 32 of the Cortesian Codex. In the figure here shown the reader will observe a character in the hand of the human being represented as grasped in the mouth of the serpent and also one from which the serpent seems to rise. The latter is the symbol for cab, which in the Maya language signifies both earth and honey, here undoubtedly earth. The one in the hand of the human figure is a compound symbol for yeb or yeeb, signifying mist, dew, or humidity. We also observe in the eye of the human head a cross, which, like the serpent, is a rain or moisture symbol; thus agreeing with the view which has been advanced in regard to the signification of these sym- bols. Without further reference at present to the discovery, I may say that I am preparing specimens of my interpreta- tions and explanations, to be submitted to some of our lead- ing archeologists and linguists. In coneluding, allow me to say that if I am correct in the above deductions, which have been reached after careful ex- amination and tests, the Bureau of Ethnology, of which I have the honor to be a member, may claim to have rendered probable the solution of two important questions relating to the pre-Columbian times of oar continent, to wit: Who were the mound builders ? and, What is the significance of these curious Central American inscriptions and Maya writings ? Cyrus THOMAS. Washington, May 17. DR. D. H. STORER’S WORK ON THE FISHES. Sucu of Dr. Storer’s papers as have come to my notice, some of the minor articles possibly being overlooked, indi- cate that his activity as an ichthyologist extended over a period of about thirty years, beginning about 1836. His list of publications on the fishes is not a long one, and his stand- ing amongst the workers of his own period, or of later peri- ods, in this department of science, may be determined en- tirely from the latest, bis greatest work, ‘‘ The History of the Fishes of Massachusetts.” 1. The earliest paper noted is entitled ‘‘ An Examination of the ‘Catalogue of the Marine and Fresh-Water Fishes of Massachusetts,’ by J. V. C. Smith, M.D.,” in Professor Hitch- cock’s ‘‘Report on the Geology, Mineralogy, etc., of Massa- chusetts.” This appeared in Vol. I. of the Boston Journal of Natural History, pp. 347-365, pl. vili., occupying some eighteen pages, and bearing date of May, 1836. 2. In July. 1889, he published his ‘‘Remarks on the ‘Natural History of the Fishes of Massachusetts,’ by J. V. C. Smith, M.D.,” in Vol. XXXVI. of Silliman’s American Journal of Science and Arts, pp. 337-349, previously read before the Boston Society of Natural History at its meeting on March 20 of the same year. 3. His Reports on the Ichthyology and Herpetology of — Massachusetts make an octavo of 253 pages and three plates. This was issued in connection with the report on the Birds, by Mr. Peabody. The Report on the Fishes was also pub- 296 lished in the Boston Journal of Natural History, Vol. I1., pp. 289-558, where it differs very little from the separate. This report well represents the best American work done in ichthyology up to 1840. 4, In 1841 he published a short ‘‘Supplement to the Ich- thyological Report,” in the Boston Journal of Natural History, Vol. III., and in 1844, in the fourth volume of the same journal, his ‘‘ Additional Descriptions of, and Observa- tions on, the Fishes of Massachusetts.” 5. The year 1846 saw the appearance of ‘‘ A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America,” an extensive work, mainly compilation, published in the Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and reprinted separately, with different title-page, paging, and index, making a quarto volume of about 300 pages. In this work there are evidences that compiling was not so much to the author’s liking as original: work, in which he certainly attained a greater de- gree of success. 6. The ‘‘ Catalogue of the Fishes of South Carolina” in Tuomey’s Report on the Geology of South Carolina, of 1848, is a list of nominal species occupying several pages, for which dependence was placed on literature rather than on specimens. 7. In the fifth volume of the Memoirs of the American Academy ot Arts and Sciences, 1853-55, Dr. Storer put forth the first, second, and third instalments of ‘‘ A History of the Fishes of Massachusetts.” The fourth part appeared in Vol. VI., 1858, the fifth in Vol. VIII., 1863, and the last in Vol. IX., 1867. The whole was published separately as a hand- some quarto of 287 pages and 39 plates. This work contains descriptions and drawings taken from specimens of more than 130 species, together with a great mass of detail concerning habits, capture, economic value, and the like. To show how the author regarded his own work we may quote the following, the opening paragraphs of the History: ‘As one of the Commissioners on the Zoology of Massa- chusetts, in the year 1839, I prepared a Report on the Ichthy- ology of the State. From the brief time occupied in its preparation, it was necessarily imperfect, and, not being accompanied by figures, was comparatively useless, except to scientific men. Since the appearance of that communi- cation, much information has been obtained respecting several of the most common and valuable fishes, and quite a number of new species have been ascertained to exist in our waters. “Having carefully re-described all the species, I trust the following paper will present an accurate history of the fishes of our State. Considering this as the completion of my former report, I have kept in view the primary object of the commission,— to ascertain the value of our fauna in an economical point of view, rather than to prepare labored scientific descriptions.” The estimate placed by the author on his work in the re- port of 1839 may leave an imperfect idea of its real value. As he was engaged in revising and enlarging it, it was but natural for him to consider it not what it should be; yet for many years it was the standard work on our fishes, and was only supplanted in New England esteem by the revised, extended, and fully illustrated work completed in 1867. It is through this last our author should be judged, all of the others being preparatory. Comparing the records in- cluded in its pages with the other records of the period, we shall have to rank it with the best. At the present, details are valued more highly, but to a considerable extent the de- tails are supplied in the excellent drawings from nature, by SCIENCE: [Vor. XIX. No. 486 the pencil of the artist, Sonrel, so long and so happily em ployed by Professor Agassiz. If we place this work on our own fishes by the side of those devoted to the fishes of other . | States; Mitchell’s New York, 1818; Rafinesque’s Ohio, 1819-20; | Dekay’s New York, 1842; Thompson’s Vermont, 1842; Kirt- land’s Ohio, 1839-44; Baird ’sNew Jersey, 1855; Holbrook’s South Carolina, 1860; or Holmes’s Maine, 1862, we find but one or two that approach it and none that surpass. The excellence of the descriptions and illustrations is generally admitted. Taking up economic considerations, the work is readily seen to be in advance of any of the others. Being a forerunner of the fishery commissions, of either the general government or of the different States, Dr. Storer had to gather his statistical or other information directly from the markets or from the fishermen. One who has not engaged in similar work can hardly realize the magnitude of such an undertaking. In the evidence that accumulates there is apt to be so much that is more positive than accurate that at times it seems an almost hopeless endeavor to discover the truth. The Doctor, however, has acquitted himself admira- bly. He seems to have been especially fortunate in selecting the men on whom he depended most for assistance. Such names as those of Captain N. E. Atwood of Provincetown or Captain Nathaniel Blanchard of Lynn are often cited as authorities for statements of fact, and I have never yet been able to learn of a single instance in which their testimony has proved other than absolutely trustworthy. The ‘‘History of the Fishes of Massachusetts” is a Classic in North American ichthyology that must serve as the basis for | the future histories of New England’s fishes. In the quarter of a century that has passed since its publication we have changed our ideals of names; and discoveries of new genera or species, or in the anatomy, have compelled changes in the arrangement. The nomenclature of the book has become somewhat antiquated, and the systematic arrangement is not entirely suited to the present time, yet we must say the same of all the contemporaneous ichthyological literature, and it will not be long before a similar characterization will be equally applicable to the works of today. But it matters comparatively little to this book how much the names are changed, how radically the classification is modified, the things are described here, the illustrations are here, the facts are here, and these give the work a permanent value. It would be difficult to point out a work of greater accuracy in detail, or one that left less doubt in regard to the identity of the different forms to which attention is directed. Dr. Storer was not led astray by desire for novelty; he used little of his energy in searching for generalizations; he appears rather to have given himself up to the careful prepa- ration of a good record of what he could gather during years of collection and study. Most will admit that in this his judgment was good. Yor, though it sometimes happens that science is benefitted and fame is brought to an author by a revolutionary change in classification, or through a brilliant generalization or theory, the result most often is only an evanescent notoriety that soon dies away. It is through the patient elaboration of facts and success in recording them that one is most certain of contributing to the advancement of science. In this way Dr. Storer has made a contribution to ichthyology of lasting importance. In the amount of in- formation given, its accuracy, and style of presentation, he has established his claim to present and future gratitude and has proved his right to rank amongst the foremost of Ameri- can ichthyologists. S. GARMAN. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. May 27, 1892.| THE RELATION OF BUSINESS TO COLLEGE EDU- CATION. : THE question of the benefit and advantage of a college education in relation to business was some time ago freely discussed in some of our leading magazines. Many of the articles were not without a grain of truth, yet in some of them the authors seemed to disregard certain essential ques- tions. ; It is not the purpose so much of higher education to fill the mind with knowledge as it is to discipline and develop the mind, and it is not so much the object of the college to make professional men as it is to prepare the student for a professional career. ; An inquiry into the psychical constitution of normal beings will show some marked general characteristics. For exam- ple, some possess great executive powers associated with marked powers of application and execution; others possess great reflective powers associated with slight powers of exe- cution and little or no executive ability; and others again may possess all these powers equally strong, or they may be variously combined in individuals as to degree and quality. The intention is not to enumerate any more char- acteristics than such general ones as come into use in busi- ness. All these powers admit only of a certain degree of development. It is conceded that every normal being is endowed with certain natural abilities to acquire knowledge. The degree of the development of these abilities and the direction in which they run are often difficult to determine; and here it is where the largest number and most serious mistakes are made. Hvery individual, no matter what his abilities are, must receive a certain amount of training and education, and these may come to him in one form or another, either practical, theoretical, or both. The acquisition of knowledge through personal experience alone will prove both good and bad, and it is through a theoretical training and education that the bad may be avoided. In discriminating between all the degrees of natural abilities supplemented with prac- tical training and natural abilities supplemented with book learning, an important element will be found which can only be acquired through systematic book training and proper schooling, and that is discipline. Discipline gives discrimi- nating powers and quickness to the perception, lends ac- curacy to the conception, aids the reason to draw proper conclusions from a series of facts, and thereby sharpens the judgment, develops the memory, controls the will, and sub- jects the emotions. In connection with this, the attention may be called to the fact that a methodical mind is not al- ways a well disciplined mind. Again, there is a distinguishing element common only to natural ability, and which does not depend upon knowledge alone or any higher psychical organization called knack. This is generally noticeable in powers of execution. For example, if we observe a number of mechanics working at the same job, it will appear that a few of them show excep- tional facility in the execution of. their work, while others with all their training and practice cannot attain this facility. The degree of difference in the work may not be great, yet it is noticeable; and the man who is the happy possessor of this particular gift is the man most sought for. A comparison of various individuals within the different classes in which men may be classified from the standpoint of vocation will show similar results. As an illustration we need only to take two orators. Suppose them as nearly as SCIENCE. 297 possible to be equally equipped mentally, morally, and physi- cally, yet when addressing an assembly there will be seen a marked difference in the effect produced upon the audience. To the one they will listen with indifference; to the other they will appear as if they drank in every word that fell from his lips. So again, if two orators unequal in education and training address an audience, it is not infrequent that the one possessed of the lesser education and training will hold his audience spell-bound, while the other will leave his audience cold and unaffected. The question will now arise, To what can this difference be attributed ? The solution un- doubtedly lies in the peculiar, fascinating influence exer- cised over the listeners through the method, the style. It is this which inspires truthfulness, conviction, and confi- dence, and may be considered a quality of executive ability. In every vocation of life we may trace this quality as essen- tial to success. The author, the poet, the lawyer, the actor, the politician, the merchant —all of whatever class will profit by possessing this quality. True, this quality may be developed to a limited extent, yet the possessor of it by. nature need have hardly any schooling or training, and he will succeed. The questions, which will now present themselves for con- sideration, are, Why is it that so many men of very inferior mental capacity and in some instances of marked natural ability, though uneducated, are so successful in accumulating large fortunes, and why is it that so few college-bred men are successful in the commercial world and become possessors of large fortunes? It is not infrequent where men equally equipped mentally, either educated or uneducated, start out in the world both having the same habits of thrift and economy, of industry and energy, of perseverance and endurance, and both having equally good opportunities for making money, that one of them succeeds in accumulating a large fortune, while the other gets along but moderately. The statement is quite gen- erally admitted that a person who is economical, prompt, re- liable, honest, and accommodates himself to the cireum- stances, and does not meet with any misfortune, may acquire sufficient means to live fairly well, but to acquire a large fortune something more is requisite. ¥ To what this difference may be ascribed is the question. Surely, it cannot be maintained that one has more brains than the other or that te possesses better advantage by what- ever means, for the assumption is that they are equal in these respects. Then the only factor to which this can be attributed is unquestionably the style or peculiar influence they exercise over others, and by which they inspire confi- dence and enlarge their circle of patrons. As an argument in favor of this view a reference fo cases where men are totally unworthy of confidence needs only tobe made. How often does it happen that men morally perverted are capable of inspiring confidence in people, and this not only in the unwary and ignorant but in men of brains and education. How often do men of inferior intellect exercise much influ- ence among the educated and ignorant. To attribute this to any other power than the peculiar fascinating influence that many men have over others is absurd. The average business man, however great his success may be, and who has received no college training, is narrow, emotional, ex- acting, and will often resort to means in accomplishing his purposes which a college educated man would hesitate to do, and most college-bred men of this stamp will possess these traits inherently. That the school of experience quickens self-reliance, that 298 it gives positiveness to one’s opinions and conduct, that one more readily forms his final conclusions from first impres- sions, and that a well disciplined mind might avert many sad experiences, which an undisciplined mind is obliged to go through, is undisputed. That the college graduate has many edges to round off when he enters upon the struggle for ex- istence is manifest. During his entire college course he has only heard of the highest standards of the intellect and of morality. Although he has been taught to deal with things as they are, yet a large portion of his instruction has been devoted to things as they should be; and therefore when he starts in life he must adjust himself to life asitis.) Whether this is a fault in that the training is not held within the limits of the practical may be an open question. But on the other hand, that a college education has the tendency to make one more humane, to broaden one’s views of life, to make one more liberal, to quicken one’s perception, to lend accuracy to the judgment, and insure more logical thinking, cannot be denied. FRANKLIN A. BECHER. THE SYSTEM OF ALGOL.’ THE steady advance of exploratory research in the system of Algol promises to furnish one of the most curious and instructive episodes in the history of science. Vague hy- pothesis, determinate theory, and triumphant verification have already played their logically sequent parts in the dis- covery of the eclipsing satellite. Goodricke’s conjecture, however, had to wait nearly a century for Pickering’s for- mulization, while this was ratified within a decade by Vogel’s disclosure of the anticipated tell-tale spectroscopic effects. Progress has, indeed, of late notably quickened its pace; and we may therefore hepe for a prompt and effective appli- cation of the Ithuriel-spear of adapted observation to the latest creation of speculative intelligence in the lately organ- ized department of ‘‘dark stars.” Since Argelander’s time it has been tolerably evident that Algol had other attendants besides the agent in producing its periodical eclipses. For their recurrence was shown by him to be subject to minute irregularities in point of time, and these irregularities are of such a nature as to demand for their explanation the pres- ence of at least one disturbing mass. A highly complex piece of mechanism could plainly be seen to be at work; yet the penetration of its intricacies presented a task so formidable that astronomers of, at any rate, the present generation might well have despaired of its accomplishment. It has, nevertheless, been undertaken by Dr. Chandler, and his labors have been rewarded with an encouraging measure of success.” They have been necessarily of a more or less tentative character, and their result must be looked upon as merely provisional; but there is much reason to suppose that it at least approximates to the truth. It is, moreover, perfectly plain and straightforward; there is nothing of the obscurum per obscurius about it; the consequences it involves are defi- nite, and admit of definite verification. The new and enticing hypothesis now presented for the consideration of astronomers is mainly founded upon certain well-ascertained inequalities in Algol’s period of variation. These were shown by Dr. Chandler’s discussion some little time since® to be slowly compensatory. They are oscillatory, not progressive. Consistently in advance of their due time down to about the year 1804, the obscurations of the star 1 From Knowledge for May. 2 Astronomical Journal, Nos, 255, 256. 3 Ibid,’vol. vil., pp. 165-183. SCIENCE. [Vot. XIX. No. 486 then began to fall behind it, and the delay had accumulated in 1843 to 165 minutes. A gradual process of restoration thereupon set in, and the normal epoch was reached near the beginning of 1873. It was quickly, however, transcended, for acceleration is still going forward, and is likely to ccn- tinue operative during some years to come. These irregularities are evidently comprised in a cycle con- siderably exceeding one hundred years, and for that very reason it is difficult to account for them on gravitational principles; since a third body, exterior to the close pair, should, in order to produce any marked purturbational effects, revolve much nearer to them than would be consistent with so long a period. Another mode of explanation is, accord- ingly, resorted to by Dr. Chandler. The varying intervals needed for the transmission of light from different parts of a large orbit described by Algol and its dark satellite round a remote primary, are. in his view, the fundamental cause of the alternate anticipations and retardations in the occur- rence of Algol’s eclipses. They are, in fact, apparently shifted backwards and forwards in time, just in the same way as are the eclipses of Jupiter’s satellites through the orbital move- ment of the earth. Algol may, then, be regarded as the solitary luminous number of a multiple combination of opaque masses. The common centre of gravity, round which the pair hitherto known revolves in a period of about 131 years, lies by the present hypothesis at a distance from it. just equal to that of Uranus fromthe sun. The path thus traced out is, we are further informed, sensibly circular, and its plane is inclined 20° to our line of vision. Obviously, however, during the whole time occupied in travelling over its remoter half, the light-minima of the star must be re- corded somewhat later than if we saw them in the precise order of their actual occurrence; and this remoter half was swept over between the years 1804 and 1869, when the ob- served phases were always in arrear of calculation. Now, on the other hand, that the star is on the hither side of its orbit, the epochs of its eclipses are apparently anticipated, and will not coincide with their true times until the passage of the ‘‘ascending node,” about 1934. The dimensions of Algol’s orbit, with its inclination, of course prescribe the amplitude of the oscillations by which its periodicity appears to be disturbed; and this ‘‘light-equation,” as we may call it, proves to be 149 minutes. This should be the maximum ex- tent, whether of acceleration or of retardation ; but in point of fact, as we haye seen, delay mounted up in 1843 to 165 mi- nutes. Hence the theory cannot be said to represent the ob- servations as satisfactorily as could be desired. The devia- tions, indeed, are large enough to suggest to Dr. Chandler further complications, the unravelment of which may chal- lenge the utmost skill and patience of investigators. Mean- time, a touchstone of the general truth of his hypothesis will soon be at hand; for it involves a cessation within the next ten or twelve years, and a subsequent reversal of the shorten- ing process at present affecting the star’s period of luminous. change; and the fulfilment of this prediction will serve as a hall-mark of its genuine quality. An additional test may be derived from the spectrographic evidence. The velocity of Algol in the large orbit attributed to it is 2.7 miles per second; but of this, less than one-half, or about one mile per second, is at present directed towards the earth. It con- stitutes, however, a goodly proportion of the 2.3 miles of continuous approach determined from the Potsdam plates; but which should in the course of a score of years, if the new theory be true, completely disappear, neutralized by the altered direction of the star’s orbital motion. It remains, May 27, 1892. ] indeed, to be seen whether the whole of its supposed trans- latory speed may not really be of a circulatory character. Dr. Chandler’s theory does not rest wholly on the cyclical inequalities of Algol’s light-changes. He alleges also in its support periodical disturbances of proper motion, brought to view by a careful discussion of all the observations of the star, from 1753 to the present time, and indicating, in his opinion, a combination of elliptical travelling with a pro- gressive advance. But the average proper motion of Algol is so very small—less than 2” of are a century—that varia- tions or irregularities in it can at present be regarded only as an interesting possibility. They would give, if confirmed, 2.7” for the longest diameter of the ellipse into which the wide orbit traced out by Algo] round its unseen primary is projected upon the sky. And since this little span repre- sents an actual expanse of 38 earth-to-sun distances, or ‘‘as- tronomical units,” it implies a parallax for the star of 0.07”, corresponding to a distance of nearly 47 light-years—a statement that is in many ways worth thinking about. Although claiming only qualified credence, it nevertheless conveys the upshot of assuredly the most promising attempt yet made to determine, by indirect means, the parallax of a star. In itself, too, it seems probable enough. Assuming its accuracy, we gain the information that Algol emits 63 times as much light as the sun, which, in its place, would show with little more than the brightness of a seventh-mag- nitude star. The famous variable, moreover, according to Dr. Vogel, is just one million miles in diameter, so that it presents only once and a third the solar radiating surface; yet it is, as a light-giver, 63 times more effective. The re- markable conclusion follows, that Algol is intrinsically 47 times more brilliant than the sun. The emissions from its photosphere are, per unit of area, 47 times more powerful. And should its parallax eventually—as seems not unlikely —prove to be smaller than 0.7”, this disparity will be still further enhanced. By means, accordingly, of investigations of this nature, more fully and securely carried out, the question as to com- parative stellar brilliancy may finally obtain a sufficiently satisfactory answer. It is a very important one. The pro- cess by which photospheric light is manufactured is still largely enigmatical, but the ideas commonly entertained about it are not easily compatible with the existence of con- siderable differences in the shining faculty of photospheric shells presumably identical in point of chemical composition. Reliable evidence of such differences has not hitherto been available. That light-power in stars bore no fixed propor- tion to mass was patent in numberless examples; but the density, consequently the dimensions of the emitting bodies remaining unknown, it could not be determined whether distension of substance, or innate strength of incandescence, was more concerned in producing a great sum-total of light relative to quantity of matter. The indications, however, now derived from Algol are overwhelmingly in favor of the latter alternative. The primary member of its system, even if illuminated solely by the borrowed rays of its brilliant neighbor, may not, Dr. Chandler thinks, be out of reach of telescopic dis- covery. But his hopes, in this case, appear somewhat chi- merical. It is not difficult to show that, under the circum- stances supposed, a body of planitary constitution could not possibly be disclosed by any optical means at present avail- able. Its position-angle relative to Algol is just now, we are told, 32°, while its distance from the same star is in the inverse ratio of its mass. This is considered by our author SCIENCE. 299 to be indeterminate; but it is not so, unless we reject Dr. Vogel’s value for the combined mass of the close pair form- ing the variable. Assuming its approximate correctness, and that Algol and its immediate attendant accordingly contain two-thirds the solar quantity of matter, and admit- ting, further, that they revolve together, at a distance of nineteen astronomical units, in a period of 131 years, round their common centre of gravity with another body, it follows that the mass of that body is about equal to that of the sun, and that it circulates at twelve units of distance from the gravitational centre of the system. It should be found, this being so, if found at all, at an apparent interval of rather less than 2” from Algol. The real gap of spece separating them—the radius, that is to say, of Algol’s relative orbit— would be measured by thirty-one radii of the earth’s orbit; and the effectiveness for visual purposes of a still problem- atical body, shining by reflected light alone, can hence be estimated. If of the same density with Algol, it presents a dise of five-fold area, which, endowed with Jupiter’s high reflective power, or au albedo of 0.62, would possess a total lustre ss9¢,p09 that of the original source of its radiance. This is equivalent to saying that it should be fainter by six- teen stellar magnitudes. Yet the suppositions introduced above are perhaps unduly favorable to conspicuousness. Evidently, however, an eighteenth-magnitude star, in the close vicinity of one of the second, is far below discernment with any telescopic or photographie powers likely to be in use for a considerable time, if ever;.so that visual confirma- tion of Dr. Chandler’s theory can only be looked for if the unknown mass it bas brought ideally into existence be in some degree self-luminous. That theory, as he remarks, ‘‘ has a much wider cosmolo- gical meaning than the mere explanation of the phenomena” of a single star. Most ‘‘ eclipse-variables”” exhibit irregu- larities of the same type with those of Algol, and which will doubtless prove amenable to a similar explanation. Moreover, an incalculable number of stars which, from our point of view, escape eclipse, unquestionably belong to sys- tems organized on the same general plan. One such, in- deed, is already known in @ Virginis, a first-fruit of discovery in this particular branch; and Procyon, perhaps, is one of many others essentially resembling it, although inaccessible to spectrographic research, because revolving in planes nearly perpendicular to the line of sight. Thus the intimate association of dark and bright bodies of the same order of mass would appear to be no exception in the universal order. And this scarcely allows us any longer to regard a sun-like condition as representing simply and solely a stage in the condensation of a primitively nebulous mass. Some further conditions are plainly needed to produce the brilliant and concentrated evolution of light characteristic of ‘‘ suns.” Dr. Chandler concludes his valuable paper with an appeal for micrometrical measures of Algol stars, adapted to detect and determine possible systematic disturbances of their proper motions. Measures of the kind might, in bis opinion’ lead to highly significant results, which would probably, in the case of Y. Cygni, be reached with particular promptitude. ““Tf the researeh gaye favorable results in this instance,” our author continues, ‘‘it could then be extended to A Tauri, which appears to be also a promising candidate.” It is to be hoped that the suggestion will not remain unheeded. Owners of heliometers could hardly turn them to better ac- count than by applying thissimple criterion to an hypothesis which opens yet one more road through the daily widening field of sidereal discovery. Miss A. M. CLERKE, 309 SCIENCE: 4 WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEw York. SUBSCRIPTIONS.—United States and Canada ........,...... $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................. 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific Papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the, author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinious expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘ Wants” column. It is invaluable to these who use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go direct to them. The ‘‘Exchange”’ column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to Henry F. Taytor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. THE CHANGE AT CORNELL. THE resignation of Dr. Charles Kendall Adams, president of Cornell University, dated May 5, the acceptance of that resignation by the Trustees at a special meeting called for that purpose May 18, and the immediate election of Dr. J. G. Schurman, Dean of the Sage School of Philosophy at Cornell, to fill the vacancy thus arising at the end of the current col- lege year, are events of supreme importance to that institu- tion, and, we are inclined to think, to the cause of education, and especially of scientific and technical education, gener- ally. President Adams states, as the reason for his with- drawai, that differences of opinion in matters of essential im- portance in the management of the institution divide the authorities, and finding himself out of harmony with the majority of the managing body—the local Executive Com- mittee, presumably—he feels it his duty to turn the office over to the Trustees. What are the details of these differences is not stated by him, nor are they publicly known, and conjecture in so im- portant a matter is only harmful; it is sufficient that they must be radical, to bring about such a change. Meantime Dr. Adams has been at the head of that great University seven years, and has seen the most extraordinary develop- ment in the course of its always remarkable and striking his- tory. It is to be sincerely hoped that the new administra- tfon will be equally fortunate with that just closing. The student-body has increased in these last seven years to be- tween two and three times the number present the year be- fore the accession of President Adams. New departments have been created, new schools formed, and the whole system of organization greatly changed, usually in the direction of advancement. The Trustees, in accepting the resignation, as- sert that the retiring officer has exhibited wisdom, know- ledge, and admirable discretion in his choice of professors, as well as in his general management of affairs, and tender hima year’s salary as a testimonial—a very practical one— SCIENCE. [VoL. XIX. No. 486 of their indebtedness to him, and also request that he sit for his portrait as an addition to the gallery representing the al- ready long list of benefactors of the University. He has certainly a most satisfactory period to review in his final re- port. From correspondence in our columns, during the first year of President Adams’s administration, and from other sources, we might have had reason to anticipate anything but satisfactory encouragement of Cornell’s leading objects. Cornell, it will be remembered, is a ‘‘land-grant college” for technical education and sientific work. But the results do not at all encourage that idea. The scientific departments have continued strong, and have grown fully as rapidly as the classical and the literary; in fact, in some directions their growth has been even more extraordinary than that of the latter. The courses in arts and in civil engineering have substantially the same number of students; in architecture the growth has been continuous and rapid; and Sibley College, the departments of which are mainly devoted to instruction in the main lines prescribed by the foundation and by the foun- ders of the University as a school of mechanical engineering and the mechanic arts, has gained, according to the figures of its monthly journal, one thousand per cent. In physics, and especially in the physics of engineering and of electric light and power distribution, and in chemistry, especially in chemistry applied in agriculture, the work performed in re- search as well as in instruction has attracted general attention, and has done much to place the University among theleading institutions of its class. Its leading objects have been pro- moted as remarkably as those presumably much nearer the heart of the outgoing president. There is, however, consid- erable discrimination against the technical courses at Cor- nell; the charges for tuition being about fifty per cent high- er than in the general courses, and their progress has been the more remarkable for this fact. Whatever the reason for his surrender of his charge, there is no question that President Adams has the privilege of looking back upon a most enyi- able period of great opportunity well-availed of. Dr. Schurman, the new president, is a very young man to carry such responsibilities— but 38 years of age; but he is re- ported to have the strength, the energy, and the good-tem- per of healthful youth, to be capable and even a genius in ad- ministration; to be in full sympathy with the work which his acceptance of the position pledges him to carry out in ac- cordance with the terms of the Law of Congress, the Char- ter of the University, and the explicitly stated wishes of its greatest benefactors; and to be liberal enough to give satis- faction to the officers charged with the conduct of the princi- pal departments of the University. He has the confidence of the Trustees, as was evident from their unanimous agree- ment in his selection; and it may probably be safely antici- pated that Cornell will, under his administration, continue to grow with a rapidity only limited by the magnitude and permanence of her income. Like all great institutions of her class, she always has larger demands than her purse can meet, and her opportunities grow faster than her income. New York State is an exception to the rule in this matter. Nearly all the States, especially those west of New England, make permanent and liberal provision for their land-grant colleges; but New York has never, we understand, done any- thing for her now flourishing but yet needy State University. One of the opportunities of the Schurman administration may perhaps be the establishment of closer relations with the State, for which his charge is doing so much, and from which it is receiving so little. May 27, 1892.] HOW TO PROTECT INVENTIONS IN FOREIGN COUN- TRIES WITHOUT EFFECT UPON THE TERM OF UNITED STATES PATENT. ACCORDING to late articles in daily, and even certain elec- trical and other scientific papers, and according to current remarks of inventors, a prevalent idea seems to exist to the effect that it is detrimental to the inventor’s interest to ob- tain foreign patents, because the duration of his domestic patent will be shortened. This inaccurate and misleading understanding of the law is employed as an argument in favor of the revision of the patent statute relating to the maxi- mum and minimum terms of patents. The object of this article is not to argue concerning such a revision, but it may be stated that the writer is greatly in favor of revision, but would emphasize that misrepresentations of the present law will rather hinder than further revision. To say, in general, that a United States patent expires with the term of the patentee’s foreign patent, is misleading, because it is true only in some instances. Such statements are made, and the con- clusion arrived at by the ordinary inventor is such as to ap- parently convince him that foreign patents are very danger- ous and had better be left alone. It is probably impossible to compose one sentence which will convey the exact relations of the terms of patents, be- cause of the multitude of variations or differences among the patent laws of the numerous countries in which inven- tions may be protected with profit. Classifications somewhat as follows will, it is thought, make the matter so plain that the ordinary inventor may easily use the same for reference, although he could not, probably, remember them very ac- curately from one reading. All important phases are set forth, because it is not enough to know simply the effect of foreign patents upon the term of the United States patent, but upon one another’s terms. In order to be brief, the language is intended to be such as to convey concise and practical information to inventors, independently of historical developments, irrelevant conjectures as to future decisions, and other matters valuable only to the mere student and patent attorney. In each list which follows, the countries are named alpha- betically to facilitate reference. The term 17 years of a United States patent is not short- ened : — By any simultaneous, or subsequent foreigu patent; Nor by a prior patent in Belgium, United States of Colum- bia, Liberia, or Spain, provided the foreign patent is not over three years old; Nor by a prior caveat in Argentine Republic, British Guiana, British Honduras, Canada, Great Britain, Sand- wich Islands, Leeward Islands, Queensland, Russia, South Australia, Switzerland, Tasmania, Trinidad, Victoria; Nor by an application filed, within seven months of the United States application, in Belgium, France, Great Britain, Guatemala, Italy, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Servia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and Tunis; Nor by an application filed, within six months of the United States application, in Brazil or San Domingo. The maximum amount of reduction of the term of a United States patent by a prior foreign patent is equal to the difference of the term of 17 years and that remaining term which the foreign patent has to run. The maximum terms of patents in foreign countries (leaving out those of longer term than 17 years) are: Argentine Republic, 15 years; Austria, 15 years; Barbadoes, 14 years; Brazil, 15 years; SCIENCE. 301 British Guiana, 14 years; British Honduras, 14 years; Canada, 15 years; Cape of Good Hope, 14 years; Ceylon, 14 years; Chili, 10 years; United States of Columbia, 10 years; Den- mark, 5 years; Ecuador, 15 years; Fiji Islands, 14 years; Finland, 12 years; France, 15 years; Germany, 15 years: Great Britain, 14 years; Guatemala, 15 years; Sandwich Islands, 10 years; Hong Kong, 14 years; India, 14 years: Italy, 15 years; Jamaica, 14 years; Leeward Islands, 14 years; Luxumburg, 15 years; Mauritius, 14 years: Mexico, 10 years; Natal, 14 years; Newfoundland, 14 years; New South Wales, 14 years; New Zealand, 14 years; Norway, 15 years; Para- guay, 10 years; Peru, 10 years; Portugal, 15 years; Queens- land, 14 years; Russia, 10 years; South Australia, 14 years; St. Helena, 14 years; Straits Settlements, 14 years; Sweden, 15 years; Switzerland, 15 years; Tasmania, 14 years; Trini- Cad, 14 years; Turkey, 14 years; Uruguay, 9 years; Vené- zuela, 15 years; Victoria, 14 years; West Australia, 14 years. A valid patent is not obtainable in Ecuador, France, Germany, Leeward Islands, Luxumburg, Peru, Sandwich Islands, South Australia, Switzerland, Turkey, or Venezuela, after a prior patent has been issued in the United States, except in the case of France and Switzerland, under the con- dition that the application is filed within seven months after the United States application was filed. A valid patent is obtainable, in Canada, if applied for within 1 year after issue of United States patent; in Italy, within 15 years; in Spain, within 2 years; in Argentine Re- public, within 10 years; in Victoria, within 1 year; and in Western Australia, within 17 years. In countries not named in the two paragraphs preceeding, valid patents are obtainable, as a general rule, if the inven- tions are not well known, or in use, within the territory of those countries. From the foregoing facts, it is evident that, by planning the times of application, valid and useful protection may be obtained throughout the world without in any way shorten- ing the full term in any country. The point of law to be considered for revision, is the pro- vision of a right of the American citizen to obtain a seven- teen years’ patent whether he has previously patented it abroad or not. EDWARD P. THOMPSON. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. «*« Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. :s in all cases required as proof of good faith. On request in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. The writer's name The General Circulation of the Atmosphere. THE question concerning the origin of the winds, or the general circulation of the atmosphere, has been a perplexing one for many years, and is not yet completely and fully settled. There are so many factors entering into the question, that its solution is difficult to comprehend off-hand. Instead of a broad, flat plane, upon which idea some conclusions seem to be based, we have a globe, and the atmosphere is a complete envelope thereof, having almost the same spheroidal shape as the earth, wpon which it rests. This envelope is made to adhere to the surface of the earth by means of gravitation, but not so rigidly that it may not be set in motion by the application of heat. The earth revolves on its axis . daily, and the air revolves with it, although it does not always travel at the same rate. A body of air at rest for some time, or moving only with a very slow motion, will soon acquire the direction of motion of those parts of the earth with which it comes in contact. When such a 302 body of air moves to the north or south near the surface, it soon acquires an eastern or western component of motion; and if the same body of air returns as the upper strata, the eastern or western component of motion is reversed. If the temperature of the entire body of atmosphere from pole to pole and from top to bottom, were the'same, it is believed there would be no motion whatever of the air. Heat, therefore, or difference in the temperature, is the prime factor in the gen- eration of air currents. It is maintained by some writers, how- ever, that the rotation of the earth upon its axis, from the west to the east, would propagate a current of air, in the opposite direc- tion, at or near the equator. But this has not been demonstrated to the satisfaction of all. So also it is believed that as aqueous vapor gives buoyancy to the air, this might produce some gentle breezes. As the sun is the source of all heat, we must look to that luminary as the producer of all winds and air currents. If the earth’s surface were all water, or all land with a homogeneous topography, the air currents of the earth would. remain almost constant and uniform. This continuity and uniformity are broken up and interfered with by the various divisions of continents, oceans, mountains, sandy plains, etc., and also by the variations of the temperature at the same locality at different periods in the year. As the earth revolves upon its axis. one-half of its surface is always in the sunlight and the other half at the same time in darkness. The temperature of the former therefore is always higher than that of the latter; and the atmosphere tends to flow from the one to the other at the surface, and in the upper strata to flow in the opposite direction. This is in obedience to the known laws of dynamics: 1. That heated air will rise, and the vacuum which this tends to produce will be filled up by cold air flowing in at the bottom. 2. As gravity tends to keep the air in equilibrium, when a current of air is observed to be moving in any direction, either horizontally or perpendicularly, a like current will somewhere be found flowing in the opposite direction, to re- store the equilibrium. Let us liken the two hemispheres of air (one in the light and the other in the dark) to two great thin metallic cups or bowls, each enveloping one-half of the earth, their edges touching each other and coinciding with a great circle or meridian of longitude. Let them be pivoted at the poles, so that they may slide around the earth, one following the other. The one in the sunlight we will paint white, and the other black; and they follow each other as the earth revolves, the white being always turned towards the sun. Again, as the sun always shines perpendicularly to the earth’s surface between the tropics, we find here a broad belt abnormally heated; and we will represent this heat on the white bowl by a broad band of bright red, and on the black bow] by a similar band of dark brown. Further, in examining the air along the edges of the two bowls, we find but little difference in the temperature of the two, the air growing colder as we recede from the edge towards the centre of the black, and warmer in the direction of the centre of the white bowl. We will therefore shade these edges, at first both nearly alike, but gliding into a dark gray, and then black towards one, and a light gray and then white towards the centre of the other. Still further, as the sun is annually perpendicular at each of the tropics, so the two poles will alternately be in light and shade — heat and cold. We must therefore give some slight shading to these parts of the bowls, to represent the different amounts of sun energy employed to heat the earth at these points. We have now before us, therefore, most of the factors that enter into the production of air currents, or the circulation of the at- mosphere. If. the air could be seen with the naked eye, as we have here colored and shaded these two enveloping bowls, and if we could stand upon the moon or some inter-stellar planet and look upon the earth, what a grand and magnificent kaleidoscopic panorama would be presented to our view ! The theory of the general circulation of the atmosphere most generally accepted is shown in the following extract, taken from Buffon’s ‘‘ Natural History,” which he quotes approvingly from Maclaren: ‘‘The unequal distribution of heat over the surface of the Jand and water necessarily disturbs the equilibrium of the SCIENCE. [Vor. XIX. No. 486 atmosphere, and produces currents of air, or winds. These cur- rents, however various, have been supposed to result from two general movements, pervading the whole mass of the atmosphere. The heavy and cold air of the temperate regions, having a ten- dency to displace the warm and rarified air of the torrid zone, generates a current in each atmosphere” (hemisphere?) ‘‘ towards the equator. To replace the air abstracted from the higher lati- tudes. an upper and counter current flows back from the equator to the pole; and thus the atmosphere, while it performs a constant revolution, tempers the extremes of climate, by transporting the cold of the frigid zone to the equator, and carrying back the heat of the equator to the frigid zone.” A writer on the article‘ Winds” in ‘“‘Chambers’s Encyclopzedia” says: ‘‘ When the part of the earth’s surface which is heated is a whole zone, as in the case of the tropics, a surface wind will set in towards the heated tropical zone from both sides, and uniting will ascend, and, there sepa- rating, will flow as upper currents in opposite directions. Hence a surface current will flow from the higher latitudes towards the equator, and an upper current towards the poles.” Professor William Ferrel, author of a ‘‘Popular Treatise on the Win1s,” published in 1889, practically adopts the above views. This is an elaborate work, containing about 500 pages, and is considered one of the best authorities on the subjects treated. In Chapter III., from page 89 to 162, he gives a detailed and graphic account of the ‘‘ general circulation of the atmosphere.” He frequently refers to the upper strata flowing ‘‘ from the equator to the poles,” and the surface currents flowing ‘‘ from the poles to the equator,” etc. On page 154 he gives a ‘‘ graphic summary,” as follows: ‘‘In the preceding part of this chapter it has been shown that if all parts of the atmosphere had the same temperature there would be a complete calm over all parts of the earth’s surface. But that in consequence of the difference of temperature between the equa- torial and polar regions of the globe, and the consequent tempera- ture gradient, there arise pressure gradients and forces, which give rise to and maintain a vertical circulation of the atmosphere, with a motion of the air of the upper strata of the atmosphere from the equator towards the poles, and a counter current in the lower part from the poles toward the equator, as represented by the arrows in the following figure, and that this of course requires a gradual settling down of the air from the higher to the lower strata in the middle and higher latitudes, and the reverse in the lower latitudes. It has also been shown that, in case the earth had no rotation on its axis, this would be exclusively a vertical circulation in the planes of the meridians, without any east or west components of motion in any part; but that, in consequence of the deflecting forces arising from the earth’s rotation, the atmos- phere at the earth’s surface has also an east component of motion in the middle and higher latitudes, and the reverse in the lower latitudes; and that the velocities of the east components increase with increase of elevation, so that, at great altitudes, they become very much greater than those at the earth’s surface; while those of the west components decrease with increase of altitude up to a certain altitude, where they vanish and change signs and become east velocities, now increasing with increase of altitude to the top of the atmosphere.” Now the foregoing theory seems to me not to be sustained by the facts. It may seem presumptuous in a layman to question the conclusions of such great and confessed authorities; but if I am to follow what seems to me to be the truth, I must dissent. I have a profound admiration for the untiring labors and great researches of Professor Ferrel; he has placed the world under many obligations for his valuable suggestions; yet I fear he has fallen into the same error which has characterized the reasoning of all his predecessors. This is not strange or unexpected; for we all know that sometimes grave errors will for generations run through the writings of the most astute and learned men, unde- tected. Witness, for example, Lord Bacon’s ‘‘ Wisdom of the Ancients,” where his ‘‘explanations” need explaining, and are more abstruse and muddled than the mythology of the Greeks and Romans. I do not know that what I may here offer as the true theory of the circulation of the atmosphere is new to the sci- entific world, as I have not kept full pace with all the new dis- coveries. I know, however, that it is not recognized by Professor May 27, 1892. } Ferrel, even by a reference; and if it had been proposed, before the publication of his book in 1889, I have full confidence that he would have known it, and either endorsed it or attempted to re- fute it. But no lover of truth should blindly follow any leader, however great; if his reasoning does not convince his understand- ing, he should mark out a course for himself, if that be to him the truth. Any theory of the physical universe, or of any of its parts, which will account for the greatest number of known facts in- volved, will be most satisfactory and acceptable; and such theory will be held and entertained until another is discovered which will account for more, or all, of the facts. Now any theory of the general circulation of the atmosphere may be accepted tentatively, as a true theory, which will fully explain and account for the following facts :— 1. The trade-winds of the tropics. 2. The belt of calms at the equator. 3. The ascent of the trades to the upper strata at the equator. 4. Their flow as upper strata toward the temperate latitudes. 5. The belt of calms near the 30th parallel of north latitude. 6. The high barometric pressure at this calm belt. 7. The prevailing south-west winds in the north temperate zone. 8. The source of supply of the trades. 9. The source of supply of the constant (or prevailing) south- west winds in the north temperate latitudes. 10. The limit of range of the return trades of the tropics and the same limit of the upper strata in the north temperate lati- tudes. 11. The calm belt about the 60th parallel of north latitude, if there be one, as alleged by some writers. 12. The location of a calm at the north pole, if there be one, as Professor Ferrel believes. Now it will require but slight reasoning to prove that a body of air starting from the equator can never reach the pole. Take, for example, the amount of air included between any two meridians of longitude; at the equator, the distance between these lines is about or near 70 miles. This body of air, as a return trade or upper .current, starts moving toward the north. Concede fora moment that the earth does not rotate upon its axis. This air in its northern flight cannot veer to the right or left beyond these lines, for there is always another body of air there on either side to prevent it. As the meridians continually approach each other, and at the pole unite, it will be readily seen that if the air should ever reach the pole under these circumstances, it must be squeezed into space where there is no space. The length of the equatorial line is about 25,000 miles. The air starts all along this line to move northward simultaneously; can it keep on converging, until the entire 25,000 miles of air shall be forced into a space repre- sented by a dot? It is physically impossible. A million cubic miles of air cannot be compressed into a pint cup. Conversely, a cubic foot of air can cover the north pole; if this amount should endeavor to reach the equator, it must, when it arrives there, ex- pand to the extent of 25,000 miles. The theory of Professor Fer- rel — the interchange between the poles and the equator — requires that the air at the earth’s surface in all northern latitudes should move southerly with a western component of motion, similar to the trades; but the fact is, as everyone knows, and as he himself admits, that in the north temperate zone the surface winds move northward with an eastern component of motion; that is, from the south-west. This motion is shown by the arrows in the figure on _ page 155 of his book, referred to in the above quotation. Further- more, the arrows in the same figure indicate that he would have the motion of all surface winds except the trades at the tropics, and all the upper strata, without exception, towards the east, the surface winds moving north-east, and the upper strata moving nearly east, but a little north of east; and he endeavors to prove this to be true, by elaborate reasoning and mathematical formule, extending over many pages. But this easterly motion of nearly the entire atmosphere is directly opposed by another principle which he recognizes on page 117, where he says: ‘‘ This principle was recognized by Hadley in his theory of the trade-winds, for he states that ull motions in any direction must have their counter- SCIENCE. 393 motions, else the effect upon the earth’s surface would be to change the earth’s rotation upon its axis.” If it be objected that this reasoning is intended only to apply to surface winds, it may be stated that Professor Ferrel, on pages 93 and 94, seems to recog- nize the broad principle that all motions must have their counter- motions, which he terms the ‘‘condition of continuity.” It is difficult to conceive how it is possible that all the upper strata, from pole to pole, should move in one direction, and that direction east, and so rapidly as to get ahead of the motion of the earth in its rotation upon its axis. Where are the counter-currents to all these easterly winds? Nowhere, except the surface trade-winds within the tropics. What force, what energy is it that causes all the winds to flow in one direction, and at so rapid a rate? What is their source of supply? and what is their limit of range or destination? Since their motion, as alleged, is not directly east, but a little north and south, in the respective hemispheres, of an east and west parallel, will they not ultimately fly off from the earth at the poles? The western component of motion of the trades, he says, is balanced by the corresponding eastern com- ponent of the winds in the more northern latitudes. and there is kept up and maintained his ‘‘ condition of continuity,”’ so far. But as there are no counter-currents alleged to correspond to the easterly motion of all the upper strata, it seems that his ‘‘ condi- tion of continuity ” is thus destroyed. Now to follow the air in all its motions, let us begin at the be- ginning of motion; that is, at the point where the greatest amount of energv is expended to produce motion,— at the equator,— and follow it in its flight, if we can. Here, as everyone can readily understand, the air is heated and rarified by the sun’s rays, and rises up to the higher altitudes. This necessitates the inflowing of colder air from the north and south to prevent a vacuum. When the sun’s energy has raised the column of air to the limit in height, it will then separate in two parts, one flowing north and one south, because of the descent of the temperature gradients in those directions. These motions and these causes are recog- nized by all authorities (except those who attribute everything to electricity), and we thus readily account for the trade-winds, the belt of calms at the equator, —the meeting of the two trades de- stroying motion, —the ascent of the trades to the upper strata, and their flow towards the temperate latitudes. As the subsequent motions of the atmosphere are similar in the two hemispheres, let us confine our further pursuit to those of the northern. When the upper stratum begins moving northward, it has acquired the eastern motion of the earth near the equator, and soon coming over portions of the earth with slower motion, it will- get ahead of the earth and veer to the north-east, making the return trades,— the cause being the reverse of that which produced the south-west motion of the trade-winds. As the parallels of latitude grow shorter and the meridians of longitude approach each other as we go north from the equator, it is evident that this body of air will soon become confined into narrower limits than it had at the equator; and it will sometime and somewhere happen that it will become so heaped up and crowded that its northern motion will be retarded, and finally cease entirely. When this happens, it will find the line of least resistance down towards the surface, where it will go to keep up the supply of the trades, and will then return to the equator again. So it may be inferred that this body of air will thus continue to make its eternal round in this grand cycle, unless changed from i:s course by local causes, topography, un- equal distribution of temperature, etc. Its most northern limit is believed to be about the parallel of 30°, and its heaping up and downpour will cause both a calm and a high barometric pressure at this parallel. Turning our attention next to the atmosphere in the north tem- perate latitudes, we discover that the air to the north of the above- named calm belt has a north-east motion at the surface of the earth. This eastern component of motion is doubtless produced by the same causes that operated to give a north-east motion to the upper strata of the tropics. When this body of air has proceeded for some distance to the northward, it will also be con- fined by the shortening of the parallels of latitude and the nearer approach of the meridians of longitude; and, thus meeting with resistance in front, it seeks the line of least resistance in the upper 304 air, whither we follow it in an ascending current. It being per- ceived that its departure from the 30th parallel tended to produce a vacuum on that line, this current of air flows back again as upper strata in a south-west direction, obeying the same law which gives a western component of motion to the trades; .when it reaches the parallel of 30° and then meets the other body from the equator, its further progress in that direction ceases, and it pours down to the surface and begins its circuit again. The northern limit of this motion is believed to be about the 60th parallel. So here we have another body of air, similar to that within the tropics, moving in a continuous circuit, but in opposite directions. For similar reasons, the atmosphere between !atitude 60° and the pole will also move in a circuit between those points, only the direction of motion will be the reverse of that in the temperate zone. The coldest air in this northern zone being pre- sumably at the pole, and therefore heaviest, will sink down to the surface and move southward with a western component, obeying the same laws heretofore given. When it reaches latitude 60°, it will meet the current from the south, rise to the upper strata, and flow back to the pole. These several motions and the entire circulation in the northern hemisphere may be better understood by reference to the follow- ing figure: — N.POLE 7. 80° N.LAT. EQUATOR N The arrows at the right hand show the direction of the surface flow, and those at the left indicate the direction of the upper Strata, in the several zones. It is to be understood, of course, that the foregoing theory is based upon the assumption of an earth with a homogeneous sur- face in both hemispheres; and that any variations from these re- sults are due to differences of temperature, topography, ete. The existence of these three zones of air currents, with motions as here proposed, seems to furnish a full explanation of most of the facts known and observed up to date. That there is a belt of calms at the 30th parallel, and also a high barometer, seems to be so well established that no one can be found with the temerity to deny it. If there be an interchange of air between the poles and the equator, by a surface flow southward and upper strata flowing north, as proposed by Professor Ferrel and others, it seems impossible to explain the existence of this calm belt and high barometric press- ure at parallel 30, or at any other place between the equator and the pole. The air flowing horizontally across any particular locality cannot produce a calm or a high pressure at that locality, whatever the velocity may be. A calm is produced by the meet- ing or parting of winds; a high pressure is produced by a down- pour, and a low pressure by an up-pour of the air. So, also, the prevailing winds in the north temperate latitudes, from the south-west to the north-east, are so well established, that it is deemed no evidence is required here to prove their existence. Their direction and motion cannot be explained on Professor Fer- rel’s theory of a southward tendency of the air in that zone at the surface. A calm at the pole might be reasonably deducible from his theory; but one at the 60th parallel is impossible. T. A. BEREMAN. Moun: Pleasant, Ia, May, 1892. SCIENCE. [VoLt. XIX. No 486 Four-Fold Space. In the May 13 number of Science, I find a very interesting discussion of ‘‘The Possibility of a Realization of Four Fold Space,” being a digest of a paper by Dr. T. Proctor Hall. As I have not had the pleasure of reading Dr. Hall’s paper, and as I have not read any fourth-dimensional literature for quite a while, what I am about to say may be old. If not, and you find it wor- thy of publication, you may use it. All modern thinkers about the Kantian philosophy of the fourth dimension of space, have, I suppose, dipped more or less into Professor Zéllner’s Transcendental Physics. It looks as if Dr. Hall had done so, as his discussion of the knotted-string question and the ‘‘plane being” as distinguished from an ordinary three-di- mensional mortal, is quite similar to certain illustrations used by Professor Zéllner. 5 I think Dr. Hall’s idea of trying to get a clear concept of fourth- dimensional space, by initial projections from three-dimensional space, and then modifying those projections as best we can, is very ingenious, and may become a very useful factor in the study of the possibilities of four-dimensional space and four-dimensional be- ings; and I think he is entitled to great credit for his clear and effective start made in that direction. I have only one criticism to make about it, which is that such a process would be exceedingly slow, as slow as the building up of the science of mathematics, or chemistry, or any other science which had to start with wholly unknown premises. I do not think that the study of four-fold space absolutely requires treat- ment of this elementary character. This opinion is based upon the following thoughts and inferences, which I have from time to time drawn with regard to this fourth dimension, and made use of in private conversation with regard thereto. ‘The so-called universe of matter, as has been repeatedly said, is known to us only because there is an unknown & (whether force or substance we cannot tell), which successfully resists our attempts to penetrate it, whether the attempt be made by the sight, the touch, or such power of projectile force as we think we have suc- ceeded in bringing under our control. Outside of this resistance there is absolutely nothing but inference, an_inference which some philosophers regard as amounting to conviction, and others, not. When we say a block of granite is impervious or impenetrable, we simply announce an inference mentally drawn from impressions received by our various organs; and the point which I am now raising is simply this: that the same impressions might be ‘re- ceived, and hence the same inference drawn, under a totally differ- ent state of affairs, provided we assume — and we have no reason for not assuming —that our standards, such as a foot of twelve inches, an inch of three barley-corns, etc., are simply relative, and compared with the infinite universe mean absolutely nothing, in other words, are not standards at all. Not to make this too long, but to illustrate hurriedly where I have thought, for some years, a starting point for the practical demonstration of four-dimensional space may be found, let me use an illustration. Let us call our granite block a ten-footcube. Standing in front of it we can only see one side; at a certain angle we can see two sides. From an elevated point we can see two sides and the top; but we can never see, except by the aid of reflectors, more than three of the six sides at once: We can easily walk around and under it, and see the other sides. In other words, and this is the key of the whole situation, we can see the whole of the cube suc- cessively but never simultaneously; and this applies to the inside as well as the outside. If this granite block were magnified so that each dimension was a thousand times what we have assumed it to be, it might be a very porous and loosely-jointed structure; yet if our eye were placed with increased faculties at a proper dis- tance, the phenomenon presented to that eye would be exactly that which now shines forth in the ten-foot block of granite, and our inference as to its size and structure would be identical with our first assumption. As we have no difficulty in believing that, owing to the revolu- tion of the earth combined with its motion around the sun, we have been carried many miles through space in the fraction of a second which elapses, as we think, between dropping a coin and May 27, 1892.] picking it up again, why should we regard it as an incredibly ex- travagant assumption that a correspondingly large space is uncon- sciously travelled over when we walk from one side to the other of our granite block? As the glimpse which we get of some of the fixed stars is merely a ray of light which has taken many hun- dred years to reach us, why should it be an altogether unreasona- ble assumption that the light-ray from our granite block may take a good deal longer to reach us than we are aware of? As we know, from experiments with birds, that there are sounds too high-pitched for our ear to detect, is it not in every way natural to expect that there are dimensions which the eye cannot de- tect ? To sum up: As our inferences with regard to the material world are rather the result of the limitations of our faculties than limitations of so-called matter itself, are we not likely to get ahead faster in the effort to broaden our concepts, and with them our ability to form concepts, by modifying our inferences than by trying to project our inferences into an unknown dimension ? W. P. PREBLE. New York, May 23. H. Carvill Lewis’s Work on the Glacial Phenomena. THE following communication from the wife of the late Professor Lewis seems to me worthy of publication, both out of respect to the writer and for the considerable amount of valu- able information which it contains upon a subject that is now uppermost in the minds of a considerable portion of the geological world. Ihave no doubt tnat a large circle of your readers will read it with great interest. G. F. WRIGHT. Oberlin, Ohio, May 23. PROFESSOR G. FREDERICK WRIGHT, LL.D. Dear Sir :— YOuR valuable reprint from the Journal of Science for January, 1892, on ‘‘ The Theory of an Inter-Glacial Submer- gence in England” was duly received this morning, and after a careful perusal of its contents I hasten to thank you for your cour- tesy in sending it. The many questions relative to the causes and extent of the great glacial epoch have, with its accompanying phenomena, oc- cupied a large share of my thoughts during the past twelve years, first, because of its surpassing interest and close connection with the solution of some of the most important physical and astro- nomical problems of the day; and, second, because I had the pleasure of sharing all my husband’s ideas and plans and much of his field-work, from the day when he first made your ac- quaintance at the Boston meeting of the American Association, in August, 1880, to July 17, 1888, when, knowing the pre- carious nature of the malady which had attacked him, he gave all his unfinished manuscripts into my care, with the re- quest, that, as I knew his inmost wishes in regard to them, I would see that they were all completed and published as they ought to be. The MS. for my husband’s ‘‘ Observations on the Glacial Phenomena of Great Britain”’—so ably edited by the Rev. Dr. Crosskey of Birmingham, and covering 1,100 pages of foolseap, has been in Washington since July last awaiting publi- cation. Had it been printed before the paper which you have so kindly sent me was written, I think you would have obtained a slightly different impression of my husband’s later views from that expressed in the closing paragraphs. As the importance of clear definition in scientific work of all kinds can hardly be overestimated, and as my husband’s one wish was to learn the truth irrespective of theories, which he regarded merely as tentative hypotheses, to be thrown aside when they no longer served the purpose for which they had been constructed, I think that the term, ‘‘ Correction of some of Professor Lewis’s earlier working hypotheses,” would give a clearer impression of the real state of the case than the phrase, ‘‘ Correction of Professor Lewis’s personal equation,” which to the world in general implies a con- stant and known element of error in all that an observer sees or does, and which must be strictly accounted for in the sum-total of his work. As no one could be more anxious than I am (except my husband himself) thatall errors of whatever sort shall be promptly eliminated SCIENCE. 395 from his life work, and as I have only too good reason for know- ing the endless and varied misconceptions with regard to his views, which have naturally arisen from the fragmentary reports of his European observations that have hitherto been published, I think that it may aid not only yourself but the scientific world gener- ally if I send you a short synopsis of his later opinions. These are briefly as follows :— With regard to the terminal moraine in Pennsylvania, over the last third of which he enjoyed the great pleasure and advantage of your companionship, his opinion remained unchanged, that a well-defined moraine had throughout the State defined the line of the solid ice-front. The varying line of bowlders, scattered about as plums over a pudding, found considerably south of the moraine at different points in the western portion of the State, and which you both decided to name ‘‘ The Fringe,” he at first suggested (see Report Z) bad been caused by a projection of the upper layers of ice — which move more rapidly than those beneath them — over the lower layers, which, as the ice rose hundreds of feet higher than the moraine at its base, would naturally and in accordance with its proper motion project the bowlders on the surface lying beyond the moraine line. This view, however, was merely a tentative one, as he himself confessed (see Report Z), and he abandoned it in 1886, as his in- vestigation of the English glacial deposits drew toward a close. From many similar instances of ‘‘fringe” observed in Great Britain, and also in Switzerland and northern Italy, he was thor- oughly convinced that the phenomena in each case that he himself examined had been caused by the damming back of streams flow- ing toward the ice-front and forming bodies of water of varying size and depth, which he called ‘‘ extra-moraine lakes.” Full details and diagrams relating to his studies of these will be found in the forthcoming volume, and also his application of them to the phenomena observed in western Pennsylvania, where like features occur. The deposit of bowlders over the beds and along the edges of these extra-moraine lakes he held to be largely due to the drifting and melting of detached bergs, or cakes of ice, from the foot of the glacier, in which the débris had been frozen, or on whose surfaces the bowlders had been perched. I do not remember my husband at any time thinking that “the fringe was the remnant of an earlier and distinct glacial period,” though in the Old World he found in many places very clear evi- dence of there having been an advance or retreat, and a second advance of the isolated or coalescing streams, which together gave rise to the phenomena of the great glacial period. I do, however, recall his frequent statement that never in any of his personal observations in America, Ireland, Great Britain, Switzerland, or Italy had he found a single instance of a glacier, ancient or modern, which had not at the time of its greatest ex- tension been marked by a moraine at the foot of the solid ice, though these moraines often showed the greatest variety of form, from a low, flat deposit of gravel, sand, or till, from a few feet to a mile in width, and from a tiny ridge over which a man could easily step to the gigantic drift hills of northern Italy. Exceptions to these observations occurred in cases where the ice moved from the land into the sea, as on the south side of the Killarney ice-centre, on the west side of the Clare Mountains, and in other instances, of which he himself has left a full description. The moraine in some portions of western England was much dis- turbed by the alternate elevation, depression, and re-elevation of that section of the country during the period of maximum glacia- tion, which caused a mingling and interbedding of morainic and marine deposits. Special stress should here be laid upon my husband’s qualifying expression, ‘‘in my own experience,” for he never at any time denied that a glacier ever had existed, did now exist, or could exist in the future without being bounded by a terminal moraine; he simply said, ‘‘I, personally, have been un- able to find one.” With regard to your own admirable work in the State of Ohio, and beyond it toward the Mississippi valley, where the ice-front had not been marked by any definable moraine,— owing toits hav- ing gradually lost momentum and become very much attenuated in passing over a long, wide, and gently sloping plain till practi- 306 cally nothing remained of it,— my husband was fully prepared to accept the conclusions to which you had been led for that par- ticular section of the country, as you will see from the notes ap- pended to his English work. In Ohio a set of conditions occur wholly unlike anything which my husband himeelf had seen in his glacial work, and making the allowance for a different glacial behavior, such as these conditions demanded, he felt that your own opinion with regard to them was the most logical he could reach at that time. In England, Wales, and Ireland a terminal moraine everywhere bounded the absolute ends of the separate or coalescing tongues of ice, except, as I have stated, where the ice had passed off to sea, or the mo- raine deposits had been disturbed by contemporary or subsequent water action, of which, in either case, there was always more or less distinct evidence. The moraine lines mentioned in your paper are all given in full in my husband’s sketch of ‘‘ The Terminal Moraines of the Great Glaciers of England,” published for the Mecting of the British Association in Manchester in September, 1887; and his later opinions as to the origin of the ‘‘ fringe” will be found in a similar article on ‘‘Some Great Extra-Morainic Lakes in England and North America at the Time of Maximum Glaciation.” My husband distinctly held that the maximum submergence in the West of England had attained a depth of from 450 to 500 feet, but had not reached that of 1,000 feet or more, as claimed by SCIENCE. [VoL. XIX. No. 486 Another point to be emphasized is that in my husband’s mind a terminal moraine showed the halting-place of the solid ice only at the time of its greatest extension, and did not define or limit the irregular drift-covered areas in many instances found lying beyond it, which were due to the action of drainage-streams, ice- bergs or the deposits in temporary lakes. As I have elsewhere stated, the first and only instance my hus- band ever saw which led him to believe in the existence of a large ice-stream (whether local or otherwise remains to be deter- mined), between which and the glacial epoch as vast an interval of time had elapsed as that which separates the glacial period from the present day, was found in the deposits on Frankley Hill, near Birmingham. It was his intention, had he remained in this world, to make a thorough re-examination of all England, lest similar deposits had elsewhere escaped his notice; but he never at any time associated the Frankley Hill till and gravel with the “fringe” of the glacial period, from which it was wholly distinct. Permit me to say in closing that the unlimited courtesy and generosity shown me by Dr. Crosskey and many others among the English geologists—some of whom are entirely opposed to my husband’s conclusions—are beyond all praise and any acknowl- edgment which it is in my power to give. If, when I have in future to turn to my own countrymen for aid in finishing my husband’s MSS. relating to the geology of the New World, I ex- perience even a fraction of the kindness which has surrounded some of the leading British geologists. me in England, I shall have nothing left to desire. CALENDAR OF SOCIETIES. Philosophical Society, Washington. May 21.—H. A. Hazen, Scientific Bal- Jooning; Alexander S. Christie, The Method Employed to Find the Latitude-Variation Tide. Publications Received at Editor’s Office. AppoTT, LyMAN. The Evolution of Boston, Houghton, Mifflin & Co. $1.25. Battey, L. H. Cross-Breeding and New York, Rural Pub. Co. 12°, paper. 40 cts. Hoxusroon, M.L. The Hygienic Treatment of Con- sumption. New York, M. L. Holbrook & Co. 1225219 \pe LLYDEKKER, R. Phases of Animal Life Past and Present. New York, Longmans, Green & Co. 12°. 248p. $1.50. New JERSEY. Annual Report of the State Geologist for 1891. Trenton, J. L. Murphy Pub. Co., printers. 8°, paper. 270 p. Christianity. 12°. 266 p. Hybridiging. 44 p. Societas Entomologica. International Entomological Society, Zu- rich-Hottingen, Switzerland. Annual fee, ten francs. The Journal of the Society appears twice a month, and consists entirely of original ar- ticles on entomology, with a department for advertisements. All members may use this department free of cost for advertisements relating to entomology. The Society consists of about 450 members in all countries of the world. The new volume began April 1, 1892. The numbers already issued will be sent to new members. For information address Mr. Fritz Rust, President of the Societas Hntomologica, Zurich-Hottingen, Switzerland. POPULAR MANUAL OF VISIBLE SPEECH AND VOCAL PHYSIOLOGY. For use in Colleges and Normal Schools. Sent free by post by N.D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. Price 50 cents Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, if ofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] Taxidermist going out of business has quantity of finely-mounted specimens of North American birds, mammals and reptiles and skias of birds for sale, including a full local collection of bird skins, show- ing some great variations of species; also quantity of skulls with horns of deer and mountain sheep, and mounted heads of same. Will give good ex- change for Hawk Eye camera with outfit. Apply quickly to J. R. Thurston, 265 Yonge St., Toronto, Canada. For exchange.—A fine thirteen-keyed flute in leather covered case, for a photograph camera suitable for mak- ing lantern slides. Flute cost $27, and is nearly new. U. O. COX, Mankato, Minn. To exchange; Experiment Station bulletins and reports for bulletins and reports not in my file. I will send list of what I have for exchange. P. H. ROLBS, Lake City, Florida. Finished specimens of all colors of Vermont marble for fine fossils or crystals. Will be given only for valuable specimens because of the cost of polishing. GEO. W. PERRY, State Geologist, Rutland, Vt. For exchange.—Three copies of ‘‘ American State Papers Bearing on Sunday Legislation,” 1891, $2.50, new and unused, for “‘The Sabbath,’”’ by Harmon Kingsbury, 1840; ‘‘The Sabbath,”’ by A. A. Phelps, 1842; ‘* History of the Institution of the Sabbath Day, Its Uses and Abuses,”’ by W. L. Fisher, 1859; ‘‘ Humorous Phases of the Law,” by Irving Browne; or other works amounting to value of books exchanged, on the question of govern- mental legislation in reference to religion, personal liberty, etc. If preferred, I will sell ‘‘American State Papers,’” and buy other books on the subject. WILLIAM AD- DISON BLAKELY, Chicago, IIl. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g. to 1-1omg.), platinum dishes and crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part or whole. Also complete file of Sziman’s fournal, 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883; U.S. Coast Survey, 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. Wanted, in exchange for the following works, any standard works on Surgery and on Diseases of Children: Wilson's‘ American Ornithology,”’ 3 vols.; Coues’ ‘*Birds of the Northwest ’’ and ‘* Birds of the Colorado Valley,” 2 vols.; Minot’s ‘‘ Land and Game Birds of New Eng- land;”’ Samuels’ ‘t Our Northern and Eastern Birds;”’ all the Reports on the Birds of the Pacific R. R. Survey, bound in 2 vols,, morocco; and a complete set of the Reports of the Arkansas Geological Survey. Please give editions and dates in corresponding. R. ELLSWORTH CALL, High School, Des Moines, Iowa. To exchange Wright’s ‘‘ Ice Age in North America”’ and Le Conte’s ‘‘Elements of Geology’’ (Copyright 1882) for “‘Darwinism,”’ by A. R. Wallace, “Origin of Species,’’ by Darwin, ‘‘Descent of Man,’’ by Darwin, ‘*Man’s Place in Nature,’’? Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Ani- mals,” by Romanes, ‘*Pre-Adamuites,’’? by Winchell. No books wanted except latest editions, and books in good condition. C. S, Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. Wants. Any person seeking a position for which he ts quali- hed by his scientific attainments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF COST, 7/ he satisfies the publisher of the suit- able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any scientific question, the address of auy scientific man, or who can in any way use this column for a purpose consonant with the nature of the paper, ts cordial y invited to do so. ANTED.—By a young man, a Swarthmore Col- lege junior, a position as principal of a public high school in one of the Gulf States, or as instructor in botany, physiology, and geology in an academy or normal school. Address B., care of Librarian, Swarthmore College, Penn. ANTED.—A teacher of Geology who is familiar with the fossils of the Hamilton Group, as instructor of Geology during July next at the Natu- ral Science Camp on Canandaigua lake. Apply to ALBERT L. AREY, Director, 229 Averill Aye., Rochester, N. Y. ANTED.—To act as correspondent for one or two daily or weekly papers. Have worked on paper for abouttwo years Wouldlikea position on editorial staff of humorous paper. Address GEO. C. MASON, 14 Elm St., Hartford, Conn. RANSLATOR wanted to read German architec: tural works at sight (no writing). One familiar with technical terms desired. Address ‘A.,”’ Box 149, New York Post Office. WA position in a manufacturing estab- lishment by a manufacturing Chemist of in- ventive ability. Address M. W. B, care of Science, 874 Broadway, N.Y. ANTED.—Books on Anatomy and Hypnotism. Will pay cash or give similar books in ex- change. Also want medical battery and photo out- fit. DR. ANDERSON, 182 State street, Chicago, Ill. ANTED.—A college graduate with some normal training, to teach the sciences, at $1.800 per year, in a Southern college. A Baptist or a Method- ist preferred. Must also be a first-class Latin scholar. A. H. Beals, Box K, Milledgeville, Ga. PROFESSORSHIP in Chemistry is wanted by one who has had five years’ experience in that capacity. Would prefer to give instruction by lectures and experiments rather than by text-book methods. Would like a position in a college or uni- versity where there is a good student’s laboratory. Special points of strength claimed are: (1) Thorough control of a class and good order during lectures and recitations. (2) Accuracy in experimenting with chemicals and skill in the manipulation of chemical apparatus. The permission of several dis- tinguished educators has been given to refer to them if required. Would not care to accept a po- sition paying less than $1,500. Address B. E., care of Science, 874 Broadway, New York. DDRESS WANTED.—Will some one please send the address of the Secretary of the American Philological Society. Also that of Herbert Spencer. “ADDISON,” Room $4, 164 Madison St., Chicago, Il. May 27, 1892.] As the publication of this letter may serve to elucidate my hus- band’s views and to explain what his exact position was with regard to the leading questions of the day in glacial geology, pending the publication of his own work, I shall be greatly in- debted if you will insert it at such a place in your detailed defense of his views as your own greater wisdom shall direct. Again thanking you for your interesting and valuable paper, believe me to be, with regard, Faithfully yours, JuLIaA F, LEwIs. Hotel Lang, Heidelberg. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THE fourth number of the ‘“‘Columbia College Studies in Political Science,” completing the first volume of that series of monographs, is entitled ‘‘ The Financial History of Massachusetts from the Organization of the Massachusetts Bay Company to the American Revolution,” by Charles H. J. Douglas, Ph.D., Selig- man Fellow in Political Science in Columbia College. Doctor Douglas, before he returned East some four or five years ago to take charge of the work in history and English literature in the Brooklyn Boys’ High School, was proprietor and managing editor of the University, a weekly literary and critical journal of Chica- go, since merged in Unity, the well-known liberal religious weekly of that city. The University, during the two or three years of its separate existence, gained a high position as an inde- SCIENCE. 307 pendent medium of scholarly discussion. Besides Doctor Doug- las, then an instructor in the University of Wisconsin, its editor- ial staff included the late Professor Alexander Winchell, of the University of Michigan; Professor William H. Payne, now chan- cellor of the University of Nashville; Professor Charles K. Adams, lately president of Cornell University, and Professor George W. Knight, now of the Ohio State University, all of whom contrib- uted to each number. Complete volumes of the University are now excessively rare, —The next annual meeting of the Royal Society of Canada will be held at Ottawa on May 31 and following days, and will be opened with the usual inaugural address by the President, the Reverend Abbé Laflamme. Amongst the papers to be presented the following are of scientific interest: In the section of English literature a vocabulary of the language of the Beorhicks, or Red Indians of Newfoundland, by the Rev. Dr. Patterson, and a gram- mar and dictionary of the language of the Haida Indians of the Queen Charlotte Islands, by Rev. Chas. Hamilton of British Col- umbia; in the Physical section, ‘‘The Fundamental Hypothesis of Abstract Dynamics,” by Professor J. G. MacGregor; ‘‘ Long Columns,” by Professor Bovey; and ‘‘On a New Form of Appli- cation Goniometer,” by Professor Chapman; and in the Geological and Biological section, ‘‘ The Fossils of the Hudson River For- mation in Manitoba,” by J. F. Whiteaves, and “On the Correla- tion of Karly Cretaceous Floras in Canada and the United States, and on Some New Plants of this Period,” by Principal Sir William Dawson. Lchaustion Horstonl’s Aci Phosphate, A wonderful remedy, of the highest value in mental and nervous exhaustion. Overworked men and women, the nervous, weak and debilitat- ed, will find in the Acid Phos- phate a most agreeable, grate- ful and harmless stimulant, giv- ing renewed strength and vigor to the entire system. Dr. Edwin F. Vose, Portland, Me., says: *‘T have used it in my own case when suffer- ing from nervous exhaustion, with gratifying results. I have prescribed it for many of the various forms of nervous debility, and it has never failed to do good.’’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R, I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘* Hors- ford’s*? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never soldin bulk. THE CHEAPEST AND. BEST:! Doro Earaving G- », 67 PARK PLACE, NEW YORK» 7 ENGRAVING. FOR, ALL ILLUSTRATIVE AND »- ADVERTISING PURPOSES. ARTIFICIAL LIMBS WITH RUBBER FEET AND HANDS. Durable in Cunstruction, Natural in Action, Noiseless in Movement. Over 12,000 artificial limbs of the Marks’ patent in daily use. Established over 39 years. Indorsed and purchased by the United States and many foreign governments. By our formula applicants can supply us with all the data necessary to secure a fit while they remain at home. One half of the legs and arms furnished by us are made from measurements and profiles without our seeing the wearers. Fit always guaranteed. A treatise of 430 pages with 256 illustrations and a formula for measuring, sent free. Address A. A. MARKS, 701 Broadway, N. Y. STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN CO., Works: Oamden, N.J. 26 John St., New York. G EM 0 PALS Cut ready for setting. Having pur- » chased a large lot at the Mexican lo- Cakity, we are offering them at about one-fifth jewelers’ prices; f0c., $1, $1.50, $2, $3. This is a rare opportunity to secure a finegem very cheap. 100 pp. Mineral Catalogue léc., in cloth 25c., Supplement 2c. GEO. L. ENGLISH & Co. Mineralogists, 733 and 785 Broadway, New York City. THE WEEKLY BULLETIN OF NEWSPAPER AND PERIODICAL LITERATURE. Catalogues and Classifies Each Week THE PRINCIPAL CONTENTS OF THE PERIODICAL PRESS. That huge mass of material heretofore inaccessible to the eager student is now rendered available. Special attention is invited to the Bulletin’s INDEX OF TECHNICAL LITERATURE Send for a free sample copy and learn how The Bulletin Supplies The Articles Catalogued. Address THE WEEKLY BULLETIN, 5 Somerset Street, - = Boston, Mass. A THSTITTLE THrEWITER © EL UES TRE SAME DURLATY OF Wok d practical Type W R. Exactly lik r ne quality of wo with paper holder, a perfect type wheel re ing Z x9 inches; weight, A perfect DOLI THE LATEST. IMPROVEMENT -: for. STEREOP TICONS. our Patent. MULTI-FOCAL ATTACHMENT ~ PRODUCES. PICTURES FRomI2 1020 FEET AT ANY DISTANCE WITHOUT: CHANGING THE OBJECTIVE DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULARTS QUEEN&Co. PHILA. PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address ‘' W.T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C. 308 SCIENCE. QUERY. Can any reader of Sczence cite a case of lightning stroke in which the dissipation of a small conductor (one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter, say, ) has failed to protect between two horizon- tal planes passing through its upper and lower ends respective- ly? Plenty of cases have been found which show that when the conductor is dissipated the build- ing is not injured to the extent explained (for many of these see volumes of Philosophical Trans- actions at the time when light- ning was attracting the attention of the Royal Society), but not an exception is yet known, al- though this query has been pub- lished far and wide among elec- tricians. First inserted June 19. No response to date. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. JUST READY. THE LABRADOR COAST. A Journal of two Summer Cruises to that region; with notes on its early discovery, on the Eskimo, on its physical geography, geology and natural history, together with a bibliography of charts, works and articles relating to the civil and natural history of the Labrador Peninsula. By ALPHEUS SPRING PACKARD, M.D., Ph.D 8°, 513 pp., $3.50. N. D.C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, WN. Y. THE RADIOMETER. By DANIEL 8S. TROY. This contains a discussion of the reasons for their action and of the phenomena pre- sented in Crookes’ tubes. Price, postpaid, 50 cents. N. D, C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. AUTHORS AND PUBLISHERS. Material arranged and compiled for all kinds of works, excepting fiction. Statistics a specialty. Indexing and cataloguing. Address G. E. BIVER, 835 N. 16th Street, Philadelphia. ; Vor. XIX. No. 486 TO-THE “READERS OF SCTENG i: PUBLISHER'S ANNOUNCEMENT. OUR PLANS. WITHIN the past six months the use of Science by scientific men and women as a medium for prompt publication and weekly discussion, has increased very materially, so that the pages are now well filled each week with original matter. As the num- ber of those promising contributions is increasing at the rate of three cr four each day, it cannot be long before Science at its present size will be too small for the amount of matter offered. We have under consideration therefore an enlargement of the paper by one-half, but must first learn the tem- per of our constituency as to an advance in price to $5.00, which was the subscription price from the start for four years, up to June 30, 1887. Further, to carry out the proposed enlargement, we shall need five hundred additional subscribers. Ifyou are not already a subscriber, are you willing to aid in mak- ing Science more worthy of American scientific work by becoming one? It goes without saying, that the demand for scien- tific literature is limited, when compared with that for literature which is more to the public taste, so that the receipts of most of the Scientific Journals, in this country, do not pay quite for their printing and paper, to say nothing of the other items of ex- pense. We say this merely to emphasize the fact, that generous and prompt support must be ac- corded this 1v-ove if it is to succeed. Titles of Some Articles Published in Science since Jan. 1, 1892. Aboriginal North American Tea. Actinism. Amenhotep, King, the tomb of. Anthropology, Current Notes on. Arsenical Poisoning from Domestic Fabrics. Anatomy, The Teaching of, to Advanced Medical Students. Astronomical Notes. Botanical Laboratory, A. Brain, A Few Characteristics of the Avian. Celts, The Question of the. Collection of Objects Used in Worship. Deaf, Higher Education of the. Diphtheria, Tox-Albumin. Etymology of two Iroquoian Compound Stems. Eye-Habits. Family Traits, Persistency of. Fishes, The Distribution of. Fossils, Notice of New Gigantic. Grasses, Homoptera Injurious to. “Healing, Divine.” Hemiptercus Mouth, Structure of the. Hypnotism among the Lower;Animals. Hypnotism, Traumatic. Indian occupation of New York. Influenza, Latest Details Concerning the Germs of. Infant’s Movements. eee Inventors and Manufacturers, the American Associ- ation of. Iowa Academy of Sciences. Jargon, The Chinook. Klamath Nation, Linguistics. Lightning, The New Method of Protecting Buildings from. Ligsajou’s Curves, Simple Apparatus for the Produc- tion of. Maize Plant, Observations on the Growth and Chemi- cal Composition of. Mineral Discoveries, Some Recent, in the State of Washington. Museums, The Support of. Patent Office Building, The. Pocket Gopher, Attempted Extermination of. Psychological Laboratory in the University of To- ronto. Psychological Training, The Need of. Rain-Making. Rivers, Evolution of the Loup, in Nebraska. Scientific Alliance, The. Star, The New, in Auriga. Storage of Storm-Waters on the Great Plains. Teaching of Science. Tiger, A New Sabre-Toothed, from Kansas. Timber Trees of West Virginia. Traches of Insects, Structure of. Vein-Formation, Valuable Experiments in. Will, a Recent Analysis of. Wind-Storms and Trees. Wines, The Sophisticated French. Zoology in the Public Schools of Washington, D. C. Some of the Contributors to Science Since Jan. I, 1892. Aaron, Eugene M., Philadelphia, Pa. Allen, Harrison, Philadelphia, Pa. Baldwin, J. Mark, University of Toronto, Canada. Barnes, Charles Reid, Madison, Wis. Baur, G., Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Beal, W. J., Agricultural College, Mich. Beals, A. H., Milledgeville, Ga. Beauchamp, W. M., Baldwinsville, N.Y. Boas, Franz, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Bostwich, Arthur E., Montclair, N.J. Bradley, Milton, Springfield, Mass. Brinton, D. G., Philadelphia, Pa. Chandler, H., Buffalo, N.Y. ~ Comstock, Theo. B., Tucson, Arizona. Cragin, F. W., Colorado Springs, Col. Davis, W. M., Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass. Dimmock, George, Canobie Lake, N.H. Farrington, E. H., Agricultural Station, Champaign, Ih. Ferree, Barr, New York City. Flexner, Simon, Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, Md. Foshay, P. Max, Rochester, N.Y. Gallaudet, E. M., Kendall Green, Washington, D.C, Garman, S., Museum of Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. Golden, Katherine E., Agricultural College, Lafay- ette, Ind. Hale, Edwin M., Chicago, Ill. Hale, George S., Boston, Mass. Hale, Horatio, Clinton, Ontario, Canada. Hall, T. Proctor, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Halsted, Byron D., Rutgers College, New Bruns- wick, N.J. Haworth, Erasmus, Oskaloosa, Iowa. Hay, O. P., Irvington, Ind. Haynes, Henry W., Boston Mass. Hazen, H. A., Weather Bureau, Washinerom D.C. Hewitt, J. N. B., Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D.C. Hicks, L. E., Lincoln, Neb. Hill, E. J., Chicago, Ill. Hill, Geo. A., Naval Observatory, Washixgton, D.C. Hitchcock, Romyn, Washington, D.C. Hotchkiss, Jed., Staunton, Va. Howe, Jas. Lewis, Louisville, Ky. Hubbard, Gardiner G., Washington, D.C. James, Joseph F., Agricultural Dept., Washington, D.C. Johnson, Roger B., Miami University, Oxford, O. Kellerman, Mrs. W. A., Columbus, O. Kellicott, D. S., State University, Columbus, O. Macloskie, G., Princeton, N.J- McCarthy, Gerald, Agricultural Station, Raleigh, N.C. MacDonald, Arthur, Washington, D.C. Marshall, D. T., Metuchen, N.J. Mason, O. T., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Nichols, C. F., Boston, Mass. Nuttall, George H. F., Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. Oliver, J. E., Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Osborn, Henry F., Columbia College, New York City. Osborn, Herbert, Agricultural College, Ames, Iowa. Pammel, L. H., Agricultural Station, Ames, Iowa. Pillsbury, J. ita Smith College, Northampton, Mass, Ruffner, W. H., Lexington, Va. Schufeldt, R. W. , Washington, D.C. Scripture, E. W., Clark University. Worcester, Mass. rede D. D., Museum Comp. Zool., Cambridge, ags. Sree John B., Rutgers College, New Brunswick, Stevenson, S. Y., Philadelphia, Pa. Stone, G. H., Colorado Springs, Col. Thurston, R H., Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Todd, J. E., Tabor, Iowa. True, Frederick W., Natlonal Museum, Washing- ton, D.C. aria C. H., University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ward, R. DeC., Harvard University, Cambridge, Ward, Stanley M., Scranton, Pa. Warder, 1 Robert B., Howard University, Washing- ton, D.C Welch, Wm. H., Johns Hopkins University, Balti— more, M.D. West, Gerald M., Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Wena Edward H., Lehigh University, Bethle- em, SCI A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. TENTH YEAR. Vou. XIX. No. 487. JUNE 38, 1892. Since Copies, Ten Cents. $3.50 Per YEAR, In ADVANCE. ContTENTS. An ARCHITECTURAL SCHOLARSHIP FOR PHILADELPHIA. Barr Ferree..... 309 ARTESIAN WELLS IN Iowa. EL. Ellsworth CEU SS a BOOt SD DORE OOD OOo O ce Oe 310 REVIEW OF THE ORIGIN OF THE BASINS OF THE GREAT LAKES............. 312 NODES WAND INGE WStia< ROUGHING IT WITH AN ECLIPSE PARTY. BY g A. ROCHESTER FELLOW. (S. H. SCUDDER.) With thirty-two Illustrations and a Map. 12°. $1.50. “The story is a piquant, good-humored, entertain ing narrative of a canoe voyage. A neater, prettier book is seldom seen.”—Literary World. “This is a sprightly narrative of personal inci- dent. The book will be a pleasant reminder to many of rough experiences on a frontier which is rapidly receding.’’°—Boston Transcript. “The picture of our desolate North-western terri- tory twenty-five years ago, in contrast with its civilized aspect to-day, and the pleasant features of ‘the writer’s style, constitute the claims of his little book to present attention.”—The Dial. THE AMERIGAN RACE. By DANIEL G. BRINTON, M.D. “The book is one of unusual interest and value.”— Inter Ocean. “Dr. Daniel G. Brinton writes as the acknowledged authority of the subject.”.-—Philadelphia Press. “The work will be of genuine value to all who wish to know the substance of what has been found out about the indigenous Americans.’’—Nature. “A masterly discussion, and an example of the successful education of the powers of observation.” —Philadelphia Ledger. Price, postpaid, $2. N. D. G. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. The American Geologist for 1892. Edited by Pror. S. Catyiy, University of Iowa; Dr. E. W. CLAYPOLE, Buchtel College; JOHN EYERMAN, Lafayette College ; Dk. PeRSIFOR FRAZER, Penn. Hort. Soc.; PRor. F. W. Craaiy, Colorado College; Pror. Rop’r T. Hit, U.S. Irrigation Survey; Dr. ANDREW C. Lawson, University of California; R. D. SALISBURY, University of Wisconsin; JosmPH B, TYRRELL, Geol. Sur. of Canada; E. O. Utricu, Minnesota Geological Survey; Pror. I. C. WaITE, University of West Virginia; Pror. N. H. WINCHELL, University of Minnesota. Now in its [Xth volume. $3.50 per year. Sample copies, 20 cents. Address THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING CO., Minneapolis, Minn. {Vot. XIX. No. 487 PROPRIETARY. Cod-liver oil is useful be- yond any praise it has ever won; and yet few are wil- ling to take it—the taste is so vile and it lasts so long. Some stomachs cannot take it, and some are burdened with it. Scott's Emulsion of cod- liver oil is not offensive ; it is pleasant to some, especial- ly children. It is not often a tax on digestion. Scott’s Emulsion is cod- liver oil made far more ef- fectual. There is a little book on CAREFUL LIVING; sent free. Scorr & Bowne. Chemists, 132 South sth Avenue, New York. Your druggist keeps Scott’s Emulsion of cod-liver oi!—all druggists everywhere do, $1. 52 PUBLICATIONS. THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE. A monthly illustrated journal of botany in all its departments. a5 cents a number, $2.50 a year, Acaress PUBLISHERS BOTANICAL GAZETTE, Bloomington, ind. JOHN IRELAND'S Bookstore, 1197 Broadway near 29th St., is convenient to the residence quarter of the city ; itis a good place to drop into on the way wu or down town to select books or stationery. His stoc’ is well selected and embraces all the new and standard books as soon as issued. Out-of-town purchasers can order by mail with every confidence that their wants will be as well supplied as if buying in person. azines. Rates dow. AM. MAG. EXCHANGE, Baca NUMBERS and complete sets of leading Mag- Schoharie N.V EDUCATIONAL. School of Apphed Ethics. Plymouth, Mass., July 7-Aug, 17, 1892. Daily lectures in ECONOMICS, HISTORY OF RELIGIONS, and ETHICS. For Program, giving full particulars, apply to the Secretary, S. BURNS WESTON, 118 South 12th St., Philadelphia. Amherst Summer School of Languages, Art, Literature, Chemistry, Mathemat- ies, Library Work, History, and Political Economy. Sixteenth session opens July 4, 1892. For program address Prof. W. L. MONTAGUE, Amherst, Mass. ROSE POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE, Terre Haute, Ind. A College of Engineering. Well_ endowed, well-equipped. Courses in Mechanical Electrical, Civil Engineering and Chemistry. Exten’ sive Machine Shops, Laboratories, Drawing Rooms Library. Expenses low. Address H. T. EDDY, Pres’ Minerals, | J a a Stuffed Animals Rock Ward's Natural Science Establishment.,....2"°™ cats ot Fowits, | Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology, Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy. | anatomiear Relieraps.| Send for Circular. ROCHESTER, N.Y. |tverteprates BpOrENCE NEW YORK, JUNE 3, 1892. AN ARCHITECTURAL SCHOLARSHIP FOR PHILA- DELPHIA. THE attempt now being made in Philadelphia to found an Architectural Travelling Scholarship in connection with the University of Pennsylvania is a most interesting incident in architectural education. The value of travelling scholar- ships for study abroad has long been recognized in the older architectural schools of the country. Boston has two, and so has New York, in both of which cities they form not only the richest prizes for the student, but are the climax to the scheme of education. In Philadelphia rather a different tack has been taken. Though the Architectural Schoo! of the University of Pennsylvania is one of the youngest in the country, it has, within a few years, become so firmly established as to be able to make an appeal to the people of Philadelphia for the endowment of this most important enterprise. The success of this movement will mean much more than the addition of one more attraction to the already rich list brought to the University through the energy and tact of the provost, Dr. William Pepper. Important as it is for the future of the architectural school, it is much more im- portant in indicating a new and healthy growth of archi- tectural appreciation in a city which has long been a by-word among architectural critics. However great may be the merits of some Philadelphia buildings, its architecture, as a whole, is much below the standard of other American cities. That the large amount necessary to found a Travelling Scholarship should be raised there, shows an increased ap- preciation of the esthetic side of architecture, which the buildings of the city scarcely indicate. This movement, however, shows that at foundation the status of Philadelphia architecture has been greatly underestimated. It shows that, though Philadelphia architecture may not always be what it should be, the architectural ideas prevalent in that city are just what might be expected in any cultured community. It shows an interest in the art that will work wonders in de- termining the future architectural standing of the city. And this is what the scholarship is hoped to accomplish, though in another way. Limited to draughtsmen of Phila- delphia and Pennsylvania, the year devoted to foreign study cannot but be highly beneficial to the city and State. The training in the architectural schools is wholly preliminary to professional work. Unlike the medical schools, they do not undertake to turn out finished graduates, ready for busi- ness, and prepared to design great monuments of art and genius. The architectural graduate, on leaving his school, is only prepared to begin his professional studies. Not only has his preliminary work been directed towards this point, but it has afforded him perhaps the only opportunity in his life to become acquainted with the relative merits and forms of every style of architecture. Every day architects are specializing their work more and more, and limiting their activity to some one particular style, or perhaps to some one phase of a style. The draughtsman in the office has, there- fore, no opportunity to become acquainted with any style save that upon which his employer is engaged. His ideas centre in one direction; like the partly-educated man, his horizon is limited, and possibly in the most unfortunate manner. It is here the value of the school training in the history of architecture comes in, for by this means the student is enabled to review the entire history of architecture under an intelligent and unprejudiced guide. He does not learn to design in every style,— at least he should not,— he does not learn the minutiz of every school, nor practise eclecticism, the most barbarous of all architectural sins. He is simply storing his mind with images of great and beautiful build- ings, just as the student of literature — to make a somewhat unnecessary comparison — stores his mind with the beautiful thoughts and styles of the master poets. Now if to this is added a year of foreign study, in which the best architectural products of man can be studied in the monuments them- selyes, in which practical problems of great magnitude can be seen in their actual solution, in which the realities of architecture can be appreciated in a-more real manner than is possible from photographs and descriptions, and the stu- dents see and study architecture in its monumental aspect, the benefits from such a course may be readily seen. There results a broadening of mind, and a keener appreciation of architectural art than can be had by other means. This is the value of architectural travelling scholarships, and this is why the movement by the University of Pennsylvania means so much for that city and the State. It must not be inferred that study abroad will make dreamers of our architects, or instil foreign ideas in place of native conceptions. Wemay not build cathedrals or palaces or great monumental structures, but these edifices show how very great architecture can be, and illustrate methods and forms which can be studied in no other way. Refreshed from a study of foreign architecture, the American student is better able to grasp the conditions which surround the art at home. He has seen what architects in ages less rich in knowledge and mechanical appliances have accomplished, and though his own problems may be different, the example of former work spurs him on to better attempts. We hear a good deal about American art for Americans, and the futility of sending American artists to Paris to study. For- tunately, we hear less of this than formerly, and we shall hear less as the value of foreign study is appreciated. There is no cry for American architecture for America, but the value of foreign study to the architect is quite as valuable, quite as useful, quite as necessary, as it is to the painter or the sculptor. A year abroad is not for the purpose of learn- ing how to copy foreign buildings, but to see and study architectural masterpieces. To borrow a previous illustra- tion, the student of literature does not study Shakespeare with the hope or thought of imitating him, but of gaining some helpful insights into the masterpieces of literature. It is on this principle the architectural scholarships are founded. And it is on this the University of Pennsylvania makes its appeal for a Travelling Scholarship. BARR FERREE. New York. 310 ARTESIAN WELLS IN IOWA. THE demand for artesian waters in the State of Iowa is not to be connected with unfavorable climatal conditions. The State is well watered; a considerable number of rather large streams and innumerable smaller ones combine to make it, from a hydrographic standpoint, unique among prairie States. The annual rainfall is a little more than thirty-five inches, and chiefly comes at a time of year when every crop- necessity is fully supplied. The main grounds upon which artesian waters are sought, therefore, are, first, the con- venience of such flows for farm and urban use, and, second, the supposed purity of such waters. These are the prime reasons which have induced exploratory drilling, the chief results of which it is the purpose of this notice to record. About four-fifths of the area of Iowa has now been demon- strated to possess artesian conditions. Most of this area lies northward of a line which may be drawn across the State, in a north-westerly direction, from near Keokuk to Sioux City, except in the igneous area indicated below. South of this somewhat arbitrary line but one or two artesian flows are known; these appear to be connected with the Nebraska artesian area, and are in the immediate neighborhood of the cities of Omaha and Council Bluffs. By reference to the sketch-map accompanying, it will be seen that the greater number of the wells lie along the DesMoines River or its tributaries; this distribution, which is well marked, is to be correlated with the distribution of the great terminal mo- raine, within which most of these wells are situated. This peculiarly interesting feature is further discussed beyond. The very deep and permanent artesian wells lie mainly east and north of the line above mentioned; or, better still, east of a line drawn north and south through the city of Ottumwa, No. 169 on the map. With but a single exception, that at Washington, No. 54 of the map, these deeper borings furnish abundant flows of water. But there are also, east of this north and south line, two smaller areas of shallow wells whose characters are essentially identical with those exhibited by the wells within the terminal moraine. One of these lies along the Iowa River (see map, Nos. 60-66, etc.); the other, and by far the smallest single artesian area in the State, is in the valley of the Wapsipinnicon River, in Bremer County (see map, Nos. 11, 12, and 42). The shallow wells, there- fore, constitute well-defined groups; the deep wells are widely scattered. It has been found convenient to classify the Iowa artesian wells in terms of the geological structure which they exhibit. To the shallow wells, those that form groups and which present similar geological sections, the term ‘‘ glacial wells,” or wells of the first class, has been applied. To all others, no matter what may be the geological age of the strata into which they may pass or in which they end, the term ‘‘ deep wells,” or wells of the second class, may be appropriated. There is no distinguishing mnemonic on the map, by which these wells may be differentiated. A few important deep borings have been made, in various parts of the State, but more particularly in the north-western and south-western portions, in which artesian waters were not found. But, in the greater number of these borings, the water rose to constant heights, always, however, some distance below the top of the boring. These are called on the map ‘‘deep wells not artesian,” and are indicated by a specific mnemonic, as in the Glenwood well, in south-western Towa (see map, No. 120). SCIENCE [Vor. XIX. No: 487 In depth the glacial wells range from forty feet to two hundred and fifty feet in a few cases; this feature is depen- dent on the relations of the borings to pre-glacial drainage, on the one hand, and to the thickness of the morainie mate- rials, which is a variable, on the other. A generalized sec- tion may be given as follows from the sequence disclosed in Hancock and Wright Counties: — IS Ol ereretelelefeleletele nicest leteisietelsteleteterertssiets sap0g0 SepagDONDDOODODO 1-5 feet. Bowldery clay, with water..............ce.seceeeeeenveee 10-50 feet. Bluish, bowldery glacial clays... -.-- 30-12: feet. Sandlandieravelscccaetmcctetiemacriiseaeletecsciiieiri-sieeerr 8-20 feet. Sand and gravel, with water...............,...00---.ecee 15-25 feet. These materials are irregularly distributed over the surface of the State, and exhibit a variable relation. However, whenever the gravels and sands of the lower series are reached, especially in the valleys of the larger streams within the terminal moraine, flowing wells are likely to be obtained. The deeper artesian wells, or those which present the char- acteristic feature of penetrating the country rock, are typified by the following section, which is that of the deep artesian well at Cedar Rapids: — rs) ° iy ® ® rt LE Dark-SrayellMOStONe setcleloleleleleleleletelateteteleeistaleleleraielcloleleleisteistotelaietetetats 50 LIS Nt- SLA ysllM OSCOMO scicleleleiseleleleleleteleleleietalsicletelstere iste tclalteerateteterelsta 85 8. Gray limestone. .5. 2. (ccc cee cee ce ccen vie noe 40 14. Coarse-grained, reddish-brown limestone.... 65 15. Coarse, brown, and very porous limestone.................. 6) §. Coarse, light-brown limestone, mixed with shale............ 30 ie FANE, o50nocdbecdobodsoas) 05) ‘eeogandade AodeoKodandMONODOTOOSS 20 8. Coarse, dark-gray limestone..............-- eee eee ee eee a6 BE 9. Coarse, light-gray limestone... 2.2... ue. owen eee ew nce LOMMTOuUghs sb1UWercl aypeemiasteletelatselofelertet=ietelees etetetsteletelelelelieteteteleisteetstete 11. Reddish-brown sandstone... 2.21.12. isis eee eee eee eeee ee Ob VEN GHraySAMAStOMO)s/=l-i-leleisl=telelaieiclelelalelselelslelelvelslalalelelele\eielelalolslel=lalalelsistete 117. Brownish sandstone......... ...seeeeee eee 118. Coarse-grained, porous, brown sandstone . O Lose htisandstonemeseeerrctcislemectesielalaciiitlsteeiesielaictseetetetelststereiets 20. Dark-colored and hard sandstone...............--eeeeeeeee ee 21. Brown, very close-grained and hard sandstone.............. 14) PRE LIK GIES a5 oo cboHepadoSaK Ono DSGGOGQKoERO ba SSCHObtO Haden costoce 100 23. Sott, reddish-brown sandstone.........-.... ssc sane eee eens oe 16) 24. Potsdam sandstone...... Petal sfetetelafatetafersiavalefeleistalofara(eiseielseetststteteieiats 209 Qo-MRECISANAStONC)ecteleleleee ee csiscleiseieeeiiciesiseeielsiceeeneeeeeeae v6) 1 Contains water. Over the eastern third or more of Iowa, east and north of the line drawn from Keokuk to the vicinity of Sioux City, as above mentioned, thence north-easterly to Worth or Mitchell Counties, the St. Peter’s Sandstone may be reached in deep wells, and flowing water found. North of that part of the line which extends north-easterly from Sioux City flowing water will not be found, if the indications of the strata penetrated in the Hull, Sioux County, wells are re- liable. From that place igneous rocks, presenting a volcanic facies, have been submitted to us. The south-western part of the State, that is, all that part of Iowa which lies south of the first arbitrary line above in- dicated, will not furnish artesian waters. The section, which is given elsewhere, of the Glenwood deep-boring furnishes the most complete vertical section of the carboniferous rocks, which is exhibited in Iowa. It further affords no hope that artesian waters will be reached at reasonably profitable depths in that portion of the State. Readers of Science who may be interested in the details of an investigation, of which this notice is a brief abstract, may receive the full paper on addressing the Iowa Weather and Crop Bureau, DesMoines, Iowa, under whose auspices the work has been done. HK. ELLSwortH CALL. 311 SCIENCE. JUNE 3, 1892, | he uch ep oF BY ARTISIRARIS @ARTUSIAK WHS | \} yu tO .DecP wes. a . a: ie ee ee G < s | : ae AVE SEDC TESS ig” OWA R LUSWORTH CALL. eer6 212 REVIEW OF THE ORIGIN OF THE BASINS OF THE GREAT LAKES.* THE origin of such prominent features as the Great Lakes has a general interest to others as well as to geologists; but even phenomena so commonplace are not always readily ex- plained. The delay in this case has been largely due to the want of information that could only be obtained by numerous borings, accurate levelling, and other data obtainable in regions where few active workers in surface geology have been carrying on their investigations. To these causes may be added a quasi satisfaction with favorite theories, to which facts are often moulded. A score of years ago the mysterious agent which formed the lake basins assumed the guise of glaciers digging out new troughs or fashioning older ones. This plausible hy- pothesis received consideration, as it was championed by Dr. J. S. Newberry and other eminent men. At that time, and i ars uae Cans for years after, the extraordinary erosive power of glaciers, in scooping out basins, was an article of faith; but to-day few observers of existing glaciers, or of real extinct ones, have not modified this old creed, as observations do not support it. Apart from the question of the ability of ice to plough out great basins, the direction of the ice scratches about the Great Lakes is oblique, or often at right angles, to the es- carpments or rock walls which bound the lakes, or are sub- 1“ fMfigh Continental Elevations Preceding the Pleistocene Period (in America),” with map. Read before Geo]. Soc. Am., Aug., 1889. Bull. of Soc., yol.i. Geological Magazine (London), dec. iii., vol. vil., 1890. “Origin of the Basins of the Great Lakes,” with map of the Anclent St. Law- rence River and Tributaries. Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc. (London), vol. xlvi., 1890. Reprinted in American Geologist, vol. iv., 1891. “ Deformation of the Iroquois Beach and Birth of Lake Ontario,” with map and illustrations. Am. Jour. Sci., vol. xl., 1890. “Deformation of the Algonquin Beach and Birth of Lake Huron,” with map and illustrations. Am. Jour. Scl., vol. xli., 1891. “ High-Level Shores in the Region of the Great Lakes, and their Deforma- tion,” with map. Am. Jour. Sci., vol. xli., 1891. “ Post-Pliocene Continental Subsidence,” with map of deserted Short-Lines ni the region of the Great Lakes. Read before Geol. Soc. Am., Dec., 1890. Bull. of Soc., vol. fi. SCIENCE. [Vor. XIX. No. 487 merged in them These phenomena were first emphasized in America by Dr. J. W. Spencer, and were sufficient to disprove the hypothesis, even if no other had been available. The amount of glacial erosion demanded was more than could be accepted by many glacialists. Accordingly Dr. T. C. Chamberlin accounted in part for the lake basins as due to depressions produced by glaciers accumulating to a greater thickness over preglacial valleys, but that with the retreat of the glacier the waters left in the basins still de- pressed the earth’s crust. The demonstration of such a theory could scarcely be hoped for. It not only begged the question, but in doing so it did not consider that the pre- vious removal of the hundreds of feet of rock, in forming the accepted valleys, ought to have permanently produced the opposite effects upon the earth’s crust to that of the small quantity of water left in the basins, especially as the basins were sometimes shallow and sometimes channel-like. These theoretical explanations showed the necessity for ons CGE SCALE ft 20 40 60 60 100 Miles further research, which has been made by Dr. Spencer with results announced from time to time for more than a decade, and may be summarized as follows: The lake basins are simply valleys of erosion, formed during periods of high continental elevation lasting long enough for the excavation of broad, deep valleys. This elevation amounted to 3,000 feet above the present altitude, as shown by the submerged channels upon the coast; and temporarily the continent ap- pears to shave reached even 6,000 feet. Some of the lakes now descend to nearly 500 feet below sea-level. The basins of the lakes were just such broad valleys as that of the mod- ern St. Lawrence River north of the Adirondacks or farther seaward. During the later geological times, and reaching down to the modern days, the physical revolutions of the Ice Age converted the old valleys of the St. Lawrence (Law- rentian) River and its tributaries into basins, in which the modern lake waters are held. The phases of the physical revolutions which fashioned the basins were partial obstruc- tion of the old waterways by drift accumulations, a general JUNE 3, 1892. | subsidence of the region, and a re-elevation of the land, ris- ing most rapidly towards the north-east, whereby rock bar- riers, in fact, were formed across the old valleys. The drainage by the ancient Laurentian River from Lake Michigan is shown by the remains of channels 600 feet deep, in the otherwise shallower north-eastern end of the lake. It crossed the Huron Basin at the foot of a high but now sub- merged escarpment. It passed into Georgian Bay by a sub- merged channel between the islands, also now partly buried by drift. The waterway through the shallow Georgian Bay is still left open 1o a depth of nearly 600 feet below the sur- face of the water along the edge of the Indian Peninsula. Thence to a point about twenty miles east of Toronto, where the deep river channel is seen near the shore in the shallower portions of Lake Ontario; this ancient valley is deeply buried by drift accumulations. The chain of borings reveal it to a depth of hundreds of feet beneath the rocky floor of the country through which it passes. Through Lake Ontario it is seen at the foot of a submerged escarpment, extending eastward to the point where the recent warp- ings, recorded in the shore lines, bring up the old channel to near the surface. This warping, recorded in the beaches north of the Adirondacks, is sufficient to account for the rocky barrier between Lake Ontario and the sea, the rise being five or six feet per mile towards the north-east. The warping east of Georgian Bay is 4 feet per mile; at the out- let of Lake Huron, 2 feet; at the eastern end of Lake Hrie, 2 feet; and at the head of the lake it diminishes to zero. Across the Peninsula of Michigan an ancient tributary (Huronian River) flowed through a valley now buried by 500 feet of drift, or 350 feet beneath the lake, and through Saginaw Bay to join the Laurentian River. Through Lake Erie, and buried beneath the mud upon its floor, the ancient Hrigan River drained the valley, and passed through the buried channel at the head of Lake Ontario. Such was the ancient drainage of the youthful lake basins, which date back only as far as the later Pleistocene period, since changed, owing to drift accumulations obstructing the valleys and to warpings of the earth’s crust. No phenomena of the Pleistocene period rests upon more substantial evidence, which very slowly appeared. The history of every great natural problem presents the same story. The literature of the older writers was not useless, but awakened an interest and gave suggestion, as the data had not been collected. Such, however, is the record of pro- gress that much of every observer’s work is only a means, which must be modified before reaching the end. NOTES AND NEWS. THE Italian Geographical Society has been authorized by the Municipality of Genoa to convoke a geographical congress to be held in that city, in-commemoration of the fourth centenary of the discovery of America. No historical event is more deserving of celebration by geographers throughout the world. It was this idea that inspired the International Geographical Congress, held at Bern in 1891, when it decreed that to the commemoration in Genoa and in Spain, all geographical societies should be in- vited to send delegates. The congress will take place about the middle of next September. The precise date of its inauguration will he made known as early as possible. —The Jury of Awards of the International Exposition at Paris, 1889, has awarded the Grand Prize to the United States Department of Agriculture for ‘‘ Organization Methods and Material for Agricultural Instruction.’ In the award, Professors Atwater and Taylor are particularly distinguished, Professor Atwater, for his exhibit of maps and photographs on agricultural colleges, and Dr. Taylor. microscopist, for his collection of photo- graphs and drawings of the microscopic analysis of food adultera- SCIENCE. 313 tions, especially butter. Hach of these gentlemen is awarded a silver medal. — Australians have had bitter experience of the mischief which rabbits are capable of doing, and now they seem likely to have trouble of a similar kind from the introduction of foxes. An Australian journal, quoted in the May number of the Zoologist, says that foxes have already spread over a wide area, and are most destructive both to lambs and poultry. They attain greater size and strength in Australia than in England, and the mild climate is highly favorable to the increase of their numbers. ‘‘ It must be very disheartening,” says the writer, ‘‘ to all who have stock of any kind to lose, to find themselves con- fronted by some new enemy introduced by thoughtless or selfish persons. If some energetic steps are not soon taken, nothing can prevent the spread of foxes over the whole continent.” — The Civil Service Commission will hold examinations on the 28th of June, continuing through the 29th, to fill two vacancies in the position of computer in the Coast and Geodetic Survey at $1,000 a year, and one in the position of draftsman at $900. Ar- rangements may be made to hold the examinations in some of the large cities outside of Washington if there should be applicants. The subjects of the computer’s examination will be orthography, penmanship, letter-writing, algebra, trigonometry, geometry, geodesy, practical astronomy, and differential and integral calcu- lus. The subjects of the drafting examination will be letter- writing, geography, arithmetic, algebra, geometry, descriptive geometry, plane and spherical trigonometry, shades and shadows, and drawing. Application blanks may be had of the Civil Ser- vice Commission. Residents of the District of Columbia are in- eligible. Applicants will be required to furnish the necessary implements for drawing. —The new professor in physiological psychology at Yale is announced to be E. C. Scripture of Clark University. He has been chosen by the faculty, but his choice will not be confirmed until the meeting of the corporation. Mr. Scripture is one of the most brilliant disciples of the noted German philosopher, Professor Wundt. He is at present a valued assistant of President Hall of Clark University. Professor Scripture will enter upon his duties at Yale at the opening of the next college year. His selection involves the opening of an entirely new department at Yale, that of scientific physiological investigation in mental philosophy and psychology. This line of work is entirely new in American universities, the department at Yale being the third or fourth to be put into practical operation in this country. A new psychological laboratory will be built for the use of Professor Scripture and his assistants. It will contain all the latest appliances for scientific work. Work upon it will be commenced at once, and it will be ready for occupancy by the first of October. — At the eighth annual meeting of the Kansas University Science Club held in Snow Hall, on Friday, May 27, 1892, the following papers representing original research were presented: Notes on Magnetic Declination, F. O. Marvin; Constants for the Fauth Alt-azimuth, No. 296, A. O. Ridgeway; Examination of Stramonium Seed, L. E. Sayre; On the influence of Parapeptones on Digestion, L. E. Sayre and H. Day; The Coffee Bean, L. E. Sayre and F. C. Combs; On Parachlormetanitrotoluene, E. C. Franklin; Analysis of a Mineral Water from Nemaha County, Kansas, BE. H. S. Bailey and J. F. Noble; Analysis of the Alca- loid of Solanum rostratum, C. E. McClung; On the Affinities of the Phryganide and the Lepidoptera, V. L. Kellogg; On the Taxonomic Value of the Scales in Lepidoptera, V. L. Kellogg; A Graphic Method for Angle Blocks in the Howe Truss, A. S. Riffle, Portland, Oregon; Viaduct on the T. A. A. and N. M. R. R. at Ann Arbor, Mich., H. E. Riggs, Chief Engineer; A New Method for Extinguishing Fires in Dwellings, L. I. Blake; On MacCullagh’s and Salmon’s Methods of Generating Quadratic Surfaces, H. B. Newson; Maximum Moment in an Arch-rib, E. C. Murphy; Kansas Pterodactyls, Part I, S. W. Williston and E. C. Case; Kansas Mosasaurs, Part II, S. W. Williston; The Analysis of some Kansas Building Stones, E. C. Case; The Diseases of Grasses, W. C. Stevens; A Method of Trisecting an Angle, A. L. Candy; Brazilian Diptera, Part II, 8. W. Williston. 314 SCIENCE: A WEEKLY NEWSPAPER OF ALL THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEw York. SUBSCRIPTIONS.—United States and Canada..............-. $3.50 a year. Great Britain and Europe................. 4.50 a year. Communications will be welcomed from any quarter. Abstracts of scientific papers are solicited, and one hundred copies of the issue containing such will be mailed the author on request in advance. Rejected manuscripts will be returned to the authors only when the requisite amount of postage accom- panies the manuscript. Whatever is intended for insertion must be authenti- cated by the name and address of the writer; not necessarily for publication, but as a guaranty of good faith. We do not hold ourselves responsible for any view or opinions expressed in the communications of our correspondents. Attention is called to the ‘‘ Wants” column. It is invaluable to those who use it in soliciting information or seeking new positions. The name and address of applicants should be given in full, so that answers will go direct to them. The “Exchange” column is likewise open. For Advertising Rates apply to HENRY F, Tayor, 47 Lafayette Place, New York. AUGUST WILHELM VON HOFMANN. On May 6, 1892, the New York papers announced the death of this great chemist, in a brief despatch from Berlin; and thecomments upon hislifeand works took an equally brief form. Yet there was probably no German professor whose name was dear to so many American pupils, no foreigner who viewed American science so sympathetically, no con- temporary who had left so deep an impress upon one of the cardinal branches of human knowledge and industry. Chemi- cal journals will bring to every laboratory eloquent tributes to the memory of the deceased master; but I am glad that this paper, which appeals to the general scientific public of the United States, opens its columns to a testimonial, how- ever trifling and inadequate, from one of the departed mas- ter’s pupils. August Wilhelm Hofmann wes born April 8, 1818, in the Hessian town of Giessen, in which his father lived asan architect. Giessen was an obscure town, harboring the equally insignificant University of the Grand Duchy of Hesse-Darmstadt. But six years after the birth of Hofmann an event occurred which was to have a curiously analogous effect upon his own career and that of his native town, the installation of Justus Liebig in the chairof chemistry. From a torpid medieval village, Giessen became a centre of intel- lectual activity; its university achieved imperishable renown as the first to establish a laboratory devoted primarily to instruction. Equally beneficent was Liebig’s influence upon young Hofmann: after devoting his attention successively to philology and to law, the example of Liebig drew him irresistibly toward chemistry, and he became one of his most enthusiastic and successful pupils. His first connection with Liebig was of a personal nature, since the erection of the University Laboratory, which was entrusted to the elder Hofmann, brought the two families into intimate relations. Later he married a niece of Liebig’s wife. His first apprenticeship as teacher, after the formal comple- SCIENCE. [VoLt. XIX. No 487 tion of his studies, was likewise passed under Liebig’s eye; but in 1845 he established himself as privat docent in Bonn, although he was not destined to remain there long. Late in the same year he accepted an invitation to become the head of the Royal College of Chemistry, then newly estab- lished in London by Prince Albert, the Consort of the Queen. This institution was avowedly intended to be a reproduction, on British soil, of the Giessen Laboratory, and the choice of its director could not have been a happier one. The English pupils found in their teacher not the traditional German pedagogue, narrow, pedantic and awkward, visionary and incapable of adapting himself to his surroundings; but a brilliant lecturer, an energetic executive officer, a polite gen- tleman, a kind and encouraging teacher, and a sympathetic friend. During the seventeen years of his life in London he seemed to have completely assimilated himself to his sur- roundings, and the English world of science, ordinarily so nativistic, seems to have admitted him unreservedly within its fold. In fact, there was nothing upon which his energy and sagacity might be brought to bear, with which he was not entrusted, If there was a question to be solved in the manufactures, if the Treasury wanted advice in excise matters, if a competent judge were needed in international exhibitions of science and arts, if learned societies were in search of a representative head, recourse was always had to Hofmann. In fact, he received what was for many years the highest scientific reward in the bestowal of the Crown, the Mastership of the Mint. In England his greatest and most lasting work was doubtless accomplished. It was there that he and his pupils first investigated the organic com- pounds of phosphorus, the complicated ammonia bases, the cyanides, the isonitrils, and the mustard oils. In his labora- tory the aniline dyes and the azo-dyes were discovered by himself and his pupils Perkin and Peter Griess. From all parts of the world pupils came to work under him, and I have heard him relate with pardonable pride how he was always sure in his extensive travels to find old pupils, be it in the extreme west and south of the United States or on the outskirts of European civilization in Egypt and Asia Minor. The Royal College of Chemistry became a place of pilgrimage for the young chemist, similar to Liebig’s laboratory in Giessen, or to Berzelius’s house in Stockholm, or Gay-Lus- sac’s in Paris, in earlier times. Nevertheless, he acceptod a call in 1862 to found a Univer- sity Laboratory at Bonn, and actually planned and superin- tended the erection of the building. Before he could enter upon his duties as director, however, he received an invita- tion to a still larger field. He was to become the successor in Berlin of two recently deceased chemists of great renown, Mitscherlich and Heinrich Rose. A new University Labora- tory was to be built in what was rapidly becoming the metropolis of Germany; the Royal Academy was anxious to provide additional facilities for private research. So it hap- pened that Hofman really went straight from London to Berlin, in 1865; Kekulé filled the vacancy in Bonn, while Williamson assumed charge of the Royal College of Chem- istry. Until his death, Hofmann remained at the head of chemi- cal affairs in Berlin. The laboratory was built in 1867, and at once was completely filled with students; in a short while it became rather uncomfortably crowded, and has remained so until now. It has always harbored numerous foreigners, especially Americans. As member of the Prussian Academy, he was entitled to a research laboratory ane a dwelling, which were so connected with the Students’ Laboratory that no time 7 JUNE 3, 1892. | was lost in passing from one to the other; even at times when he was not passing through the laboratory, a student requiring an answer to a serious question was always at liber- ty to seek him in his private laboratory or his library. He re- stricted his personal instruction, however, to a fourth of the students who were at work in the laboratory building, turn- ing over the rest completely to his assistants. He lectured three to five times a week for two consecutive hours, always on elementary .subjects. In winter the course was upon general inofganic chemistry; in summer upon organic chem- istry. These lectures were profusely illustrated, very enter- taining, and remarkably lucid. But their purpose was evidently much more to interest the beginner and to show him the beauties of the treasures within reach, than to pre- sent an actual key to these treasures, or, in other words, to deeply impress facts upon his mind. For eloquence and noble enthusiasm no speaker could surpass him. As a teacher in the laboratory he was painstaking to the last degree. Restricting himself to a favored few and prac- tically limiting the range of their instruction to organic synthesis, he endeavored to visit each at his desk once or twice a day, and would give him all the time he needed. Each new comer was put, for a longer or shorter period, at the preparation of well-known compounds, merely for the sake of practice. It was delightful to see the interest which he took in this routine work, the manner in which he made each tyro feel as if something depended upon the careful completion of these tasks. He would hail each carefully prepared specimen as if it were the most novel thing in the world to himself, and if it happened to be a substance upon which he had worked in former years, he would take especial pleasure in exhibiting all its properties. After a certain time, the student would be put upon an “‘original” investiga- tion. As a general thing, it must be confessed, the results of these investigations did not show too much originality. He generally assigned subjects closely allied to work that was being done or had been done in his own private laboratory, the work of his students generally presenting corroborative evidence to results already obtained. But he always en- couraged original thought, and was very ready to give credit for it. Whether the student was dull or bright, whether his investigation proved interesting or not, Hofmann was always helpful and encouraging; the only thing he could not stand was laziness. Asa matter of fact, in spite of the freedom from disciplinary control in German universities, few Ameri- can college laboratories could show so constant an attendance at all hours. He always took the greatest interest in the personal welfare of his students, and, especially if they were foreigners, would treat them as if they were instrusted to his personal care. In his own work, he was indefatigable, and his private assistants, of whom there were four or more, certainly had arduous duties to perform; he would frequently work with them from 8 A.M. until11 P.M. When he was a younger man, there were times when work was continued in relays, without any intermission, until it was completed. But there was never a lack of volunteers to fill any vacancy on his staff of assistants, even though the pay was very moderate. In re- turn, he was kindness itself in looking out for their future and in providing for their relaxation in vacation time, so that they were always his enthusiastic followers. As to his scientific achievements, the present writer is not sufficiently presumptuous to even hint a personal opinion; he believes, however, that it is the general judgment among those best qualified to speak, that Hofmann’s great success SCIENCE: 315 was due to his great energy, his marvelous dexterity of manipulation and observation, and careful deductive rea- soning, rather than to any startling brilliancy of invention, such as that of his master, Liebig. Hofmann’s contributions both to pure and to industrial chemistry are those of the investigator, not of the inventor. He neither invented the “type”? theory of Laurent and Gerhardt; nor did he first discover the production of coloring matter from aniline; in the various discussions of the fundamental structural for- mule, he rarely took part. But, the type theory once given, it was he who did the most to elucidate the ‘‘am- monia-type;” when rosaniline had been produced, it was his privilege to clearly explain the reasons that had brought about this happy accident and to show how the whole gamut of colors could be produced in a similar manner. The com- plicated ureides, the innumerable benzol derivatives, the natural and artificial alkaloids were all manipulated by him in a manner to make them more accessible to further study and more useful to mankind. Generalizations and meta- physical speculations were entirely foreign to his nature. A peculiarly apt illustration of this bent of his mind may be found in the manifold apparatus he invented for the purposes of demonstration or investigation. While it never involved the application of new principles, as did those of Lavoisier, Gay-Lussac, Davy, Faraday, or Victor Mayer, it always showed the most thorough knowledge and most ingenious applications of all established methods of physics and of chemistry. For elegance and for the unfailing certainty of success in working, the apparatus invented by him will always stand pre-eminent. To illustrate his energy and power of self-sacrifice, I would instance the occurrences after a serious illness which befell him at the age of 68, in the spring of 1886. He had been confined to his room for several weeks, and was not allowed to see anyone; barely recovered, he sent for his assistants, to hear their reports and sketch out new work; before he was allowed to leave his own house he sent for his students, day by day, to talk over their progress. As soon as the physician grudgingly assented, he resumed his lectures, not only speaking for two hours a day, at the regular hours, but actually striving to make up for lost time by giving an additional lecture three times a week from 6 to 8 a.M.! Such a tax upon the strength of an old man, weakened by sick- ness, seems tremendous. But he seemed not to mind it in the least. As a traveller, too, he was untiring: fatigue which com- pletely overcame younger men, did not seem to exist for him; as a matter of fact, the extreme Orient and Australia were the only civilized regions which he did not visit, and these he would surely have sought to reach, if his conscien- tiousness had not prevented his seeking a sufficiently pro- tracted leave of absence. He always spoke with special pleasure of his visit to the United States in 1883, and seemed greatly to appreciate the cordiality of his reception here. Probably he had a better understanding of the limitation imposed upon scientific research in America than do most foreigners; for he has always praised what has been done, without churlishly demanding the perfection reached at older and more firmly established centres of knowledge. In his private life, he was greatly beloved by all who knew him, and he certainly was able to make and maintain the warmest friendships. In his later years, he devoted much of his time and ability to the bitter-sweet task of seal- ing this intimacy with an eloquent testimonial to the worth 316 and renown of the ‘‘Friends who had gone before.” For such memorial biographies the world owes him additional gratitude ; for the lives of Liebig, Wohler, Dumas, and Graham, as described by him, will surely arouse the latent enthusiasm in many a youthful mind, and thus serve to ’ pass on the torch of learning to new bearers. His personal magnetism had much to do with the unpre- cedented success of the German Chemical Society, which was founded by him in 1868, and which is now in point of membership and influence the most important scientific body of the world. A society embracing men of every nation could only have been founded by a man who had no petty narrowness himself, who could impartially recognize and assimilate what was good wherever he found it. As a cos- mopolitan, Hofmann could bring to London the thoroughness of the German schools of learning and imbue his surroundings with it, bringing back in return to Berlin the breadth of po- litical views, the openness of social intercourse, the tolerance for opposing views, which existed in the English capital. While Hofmann shunned every form of altercation and was rarely drawn into political or social discussions, it was well known that his views were always democratic and for tolera- tion of every sort. The only time he ever incurred the enmity of a class was during his rectorate at the Berlin University, when he took stern measures to prevent the introduction of political and religious intolerance in the student circles. I do not doubt that he was a patriotic German in every respect, but no other German has ever written words so appreciative of the French character, as it showed itself during the terrible siege of Paris, so hearty in deprecation of the fact that political jealousies have strained scientific relations—as are to be found in Hofmann’s eu- Jogies on Dumas and Wurtz. In Hofmann the world has lost the model of a scientific man: a lover of science, both for its own beauties and for the benefits it confers upon mankind, a deyoted teacher, a shining example of the rewards to be obtained by industry, integrity, and singleness of purpose. Those who have en- joyed the privilege of his personal contact will always be grateful for the view he opened to them of the beautiful and the true. Morris LOEB. University of the City of New York. CURRENT NOTES ON ANTHROPOLOGY. — VII. [Edited by D. G. Brinton, M.D., LL.D.) Laws of Variation and Fixity in Species. It is well observed by Dr. C. Dareste, in a recent lecture, that the fundamental question in anthropology is the origin of the differences in the human species. These differences begin with those visible in every individual, and extend up to those broad and permanent traits which distinguish the sub- species of man from each other. Beyond this they nowhere yo; that is to say, no ‘‘missing link” exists which con- nects in an uninterrupted chain the human with any other vertebrate. In explanation of this phenomenon of indefinite variation within fixed limits, M. Ch. du Pasquier has published an ingenious theory in theBulletin de la Société d@ Anthropolo- gie de Paris (1891). He suggests that the fixity of the species, instead of being an argument against the theory of evolution, is the natural corollary of its two great factors, 1. The law of constant variation, and 2. The law of fixed SCIENCE: [Vor. XIX. No. 487 heredity. These act with like mechanical inflexibility as the motions of a pendulum, always moving but unfailingly self- limiting, and thus determining the invariability of the specific type, while leaving a wide range for racial and individual variability. His argument is lengthy and ingenious, and well worth close reading. In such a study, where especially the characteristics of races are the chief topics of investigation, the anthropologist will act wisely if he follows closely the track of the general zoologist. With a few easily explained exceptions, the areas of characterization of the species man are identical with those of the higher living vertebrates; and it is very significant that zoologists acknowledge that no two of these regions are of equal rank in their capacity for the development of organic forms. This has direct bearing on the deep-seated differences between races, and explains how they can be radically diverse and yet members of the same species. The Criminal Anthropology of Woman. It is a fact that in all countries there are fewer convictions for crimes of women than of men. lHuropean statistics vary from the highest, 37 per cent, in Scotland, to the lowest, rather less than 6 per cent, in Italy. It is also noted that there is a very wide difference between city and country. The proportion of female criminals is always higher in rural districts, sometimes reaching nearly to that of the males. Various explanations of these facts have been suggested. Some are complimentary to the sex, as that women are not given to intoxicants, nor to gambling, nor to roving; they are more timid, more religious, more tender-hearted, and their sexuality is more passive. There is something in all these reasons, but they do not satisfy Dr. G. Ferrero, who discusses the subject in the Revue Scientifique, March 26. He points out that the females of the ants, bees, and spiders are particularly cruel because they are particularly intelli- gent, and he reaches the ungallant conclusion that the woman of to-day is less criminal because less intelligent than the man. This difference is less in country districts than in cities; and, moreover, in cities a woman can obtain a living at less risk than by criminal acts, par complaisance vers Vhomme. Her struggle for life is less desperate; she is less an egotist because she is protected more than men; she is less disturbed by new ideas because she is slow to perceive them. When she is bad, however, she is ‘‘ very, very bad,” surpassing men in callous cruelty and absence of pity or re- morse. In support of these assertions he cites instances both from history and the courts of criminal procedure. Buddhism in the Occident. The position of the anthropologist in the study of religions should be altogether a judicial one, and not that of a disci- ple. One cannot regard it other than a mistake, therefore, that in Paris there has grown out of the scientific study of Buddhism a school of ‘‘ Kelectic Buddhism,” whose disciples are pledged to obey the principles of the school, to carry out the*moral obligations it imposes, and are liable to expulsion if they transgress the ‘‘ rule of conduct.” The ‘‘Master” is apparently Professor Leon de Rosny, whose lectures on Buddhism at the Sorbonne have excited much attention, and who is widely and favorably known in American as well as general ethnology. Last year he issued. a brochure entitled ‘‘ La Morale du Bouddhisme,” which is probably the text-book of the school. No one will doubt the solid ethical ground-work which JUNE 3, 1892.] underlies all the ‘‘ world-religions,” Buddhism, Islam, and Christianity. It is in their religious philosophy that their sharp contrast is seen; and nothing could be more remote from the highest thought of modern Europe than the phi- losophy of Buddhism. This is well shown by what Bar- thelemy Saint Hilaire says of it in his ‘Life of Eugéne Burnouf,” published last year (p. 43), ‘‘ At bottom, Buddhism is nothing more than the fanaticism of nothingness. It is the destruction of the individual carried remorselessly out to his last legitimate hopes.” The science of religion is as yet altogether too novel a branch of study to become creative or directive. It has be- fore it a long period of analysis before it should presume to be synthetic. So this Parisian effort must be considered premature Physical and Mental Correlation. That veteran anthropologist, Professor Schaaffhausen of Bonn, obseryes in his ‘‘Anthropologisehe Studien” (p. 646), ““One of the weightiest doctrines of anthropology is that of the constant correspondence between the development of the physical organization and the intellectual capacity.” So far as the relation between brain-structure and mental ability is concerned, probably no one who has himself studied the facts will deny this. But, in another direction, scientists are less in unison, and that is, where the question of per- sonal beauty is concerned. Even so competent a physical anthropologist as Topinard repeats in his last work the asser- tion that there is no fixed canon or norm of human beauty; that it is merely a local and factitious notion, and is devoid of weight as a general factor of evolution. This narrow opinion has, it is true, the sanction of Darwin, Humboldt, and the whole school of association philosophers ; but how erroneous it is will readily be seen by reflecting on the application of the law of correspondence above quoted. Leaying aside obviously aberrant and morbid forms, such as mutilations and artificial deformities, it will be found that the underlying motive of the beautiful is that of highest function,— which is inseparable from highest capacity. The conditions required for such result are health, physical de- velopment, corporeal symmetry, and the culture of that which is peculiarly human as distinguished from what is merely animal. When nations have ideals of beauty contrary to these principles, it is an indication of low culture and capacity. As they advance in these their ideals steadily near a definite and the same conception of the perfect human form: though it is not to be expected that the species will ever unite on any one fixed canon, because it is in the very nature and essence of the ideal that it can never become cabined, cribbed, confined within the material fetters of the real. One of the few anthropologists who have recognized and pointed out this gradual evolution of the ideal of beauty in the history of the species is Professor Gerland of Strasburg. in his trea- tise on general ethnography. Relics of Glacial Man. It has been shown by Chamberlain and Salisbury (Amerv- can Journal of Science, May, 1891) that the Loess of the Mississippi valley basin overlies the glacial drift and so-called Orange Sand south of the limit of glaciation, and where it occurs north of this limit its relations are to the first glacial deposits. This identification lends especial importance to the finding of flint chips and arrow-heads in the Loess at Muscatine, Towa, as related by F. M. Witter in the Ameri- SCIENCE. 317 can Geologist, April, 1892. The evidence is not so direct or clear as one would like, but it should be enough to stimulate a thorough search in the locality. A find of equal interest is reported from France. M.§. Meunier relates in Le Natwraliste, March 15, that near Mon- tereau, in the Department of Seine ef Marne, below five meters of quaternary gravels, a workman exhumed a piece of sawed horn of the extinct Megaceros hibernicus, and im- mediately adjacent to it a vase of very rude pottery, about three inches in diameter. The Megaceros belonged to the period of glacial cold, called by De Mortillet the Mousterien, and the association of pottery with the art of man in that early time is novel, but not at all incredible. ASTRONOMICAL NOTES. (Edited by George A. Hill.] Winnecke’s Comet, WINNECEE'S periodic comet is now an easy object in a three-inch telescope, and, as it is very favorably placed for observations, it is hoped that those who have the instru- mental equipment will include this object in their work. We continue the ephemeris of the comet by Dr. Haerdtl: — R.A Dec. It tl, ea May 31 OM DOme lc + 43 25 June 1 bil tai) 43) 9 2 50 28 2B} 112) 3 48 52 43 5 4 47 16 42 57 5 45 35 42 49 6 43 46 42 41 7 41 51 42 33 8 39 47 42 24. 9 37.34 42 14 10 35 12 AQ 5 11 32 «38 41 54 12 29 52 41 43 13 26 52 41 32 14 10 28 37 +41 19 e Swift’s Comet The following is an ephemeris of Swift’s comet. It is based upon a parabolic orbit computed by Dr. Berberich of Berlin. The epoch is for Berlin midnight : — R.A. Dec. in, TR & une! May 31 23 52 24 + 37 16 June 1 54 36 37 =—-380 2 56 46 Soe 3 23 58 54 38 26 4 0 i 1 38 48 5 OeowaaG 39 10 6 0 By | 1K0) 39 «382 7 7 12 39 «5b 8 ¢) saul 40 14 9 11 9 40 34 10 13 5 40 54 11 14 59 41 14 12 Udi byt 41 34 13 18 41 41 52 318 NOTES ON LOCAL BYTHOSCOPIDA AND CERCO- PID. In the Bythoscopidee, Podiopsis viridis Fitch is a rare insect with me, of which I have never taken more than a dozen specimens. Professor J. B. Smith mentions Fitch’s P. trimaculatus as occurring in New Jersey, but as yet I have never been able to discover it, although it may be se- eurely hidden among a lot of undetermined material so common to many entomological collections, and so detri- mental to the science in not being recorded. As no list of the Hemiptera of this locality has ever been published, I have used Professur Smith’s as a basis on which to establish the possible occurrence of many species, although the only species I am responsible for are those I have collected, many of which have been determined by Professor Van Duzee. In Bythoscopus I have taken pallidus Fitch, now known as Idiocerus pallidus Fitch; this is not a common species, but is represented in my collection by a dozen specimens. Bythoscopus seminudus Say I have not taken, but it is no doubt a resident species, and is given from New Jersey. Agallia is represented by two species, A. sanguinolenta Prov. and A. quadripunctata Prov., the latter species be- ing quite common, and the former rare. Idiocerus alternata Fitch, I. lachrymalis Fitch, I. macu- lipennis Fitch, and I. suturalis Fitch are all recorded from New Jersey, and are Fitch’s types. So they should occur with us also, but I have never taken any of them as far as I know. In the Cercopide we have quitea number of species, strong in character and abundant in numbers. j In the sub family Cercopine I have never taken a single representative species; but Professor Smith records Monec- phora bicincta Say as occurring in New Jersey, and it no doubt occurs here also. In the sub-family APHROPHORIN 2, Lepyronia quadrangu- laris Say is very common on grasses and weeds (so-called). Aphrophora parallela Say and A. quadrinotata Say are rare, the first being the most common of the two species. Fitch’s Aphrophora sarogotensis, now known as Philaenus sarogotensis Fitch, I have never found, although it should be with us. Philenus bilineatus Say, P. lineatus Linn., and P. Spu- maria Germ. are recorded from New Jersey, and will no doubt be found to occur here also. Clostoptera is represented in my collection by two species, C. proteus Fitch and C. obtusa Say, the former species being the mostcommon. Professor Smith gives C. achatina Germ., C. pint Witch, C. testacea Witch, and C. xanthocephala Germ. as occurring in New Jersey. In the sub-family Leprina I have not as yet found a single representative species, although Ledra perdita is re- corded from New Jersey, and should occur here also. In the sub-family GyPontn three species are represented: Gypona 8 lineata Say being the largest and most beauti- ful of the series. This insect varies in color from a delicate yellowish green to those who have the entire veining of the wings a brilliant scarlet, which suffuses the entire head and thorax also. These were taken from young, vigorous sprouts of Platanus occidentalis Linn. and also from the trunks of Ulmus americana Linn.; the latter were taken during a severe and protracted rain-storm, when they were apparently driven from tke foliage, and sought shelter in the crevices of the rough bark. My experience has shown that such a time is very advantageous for collecting rare and new species SCIENCE. [Vot. XIX. No. 487 of Hemiptera, as very many species taken then have never been found by me in any other situation, and many can in this way be taken, which the sweep-net will fail to reach. Gypona flavilineata Fitch is slightly greener in colorand without the scarlet veining in the fore-wings. In size it is a trifle smaller. Many of these were taken from the trunks of elms with S. lineata, and also at electric lights. There is great difficulty (in collecting Hemiptera) in know- ing just where a certain species comes from. If one sweeps the grass, a myriad of weeds and plants are covered, and it is impossible to tell from which food-plant the species may come, or, if it is maintained by different plants, which one it is the most partial to. The third species of Gypona is new, or at least is not known to Professor Van Duzee; this is much greener than the last, with a suggestion of brown on the inner edges of the fore- wings. Xerophloea viridis Fobr., recorded from New Jersey, I have never taken here, nor have I seen Paropholis peltata Uhler, nor the two species of Penthimia P. atra Fabr., nor P. americana Fitch. : In the sub-family TETTIGONIN2Z we are quite well repre- sented. What we have before known as Proconia undata Fobr. is now referred to Oncometopia and known as O. un- data Fobr. Professor Smith records Proconia costalis Fabr. as occurring in New Jersey, and also Oncometopia obtusa Fobr. and O. orbona Fobr. These also will no doubt prove to be resident species with us also. Homalodisca coagulata Say, recorded from New Jersey, Thave never taken. Aulacizes irrorata Fobr. is represented by twospecies, but they are without data, and I do not know if they were even taken in the State. Ido not remember ever having taken this species. Diedrocephala coccinea Forst. is very commou with us, but shows such diversified markings that there appear to be two species, while still allowing ample color distribution. They occur from a pale green to a brilliant red, the red ones showing a fine green line on their fore-wings, and the green ones a fine red line. Diedrocephala mollipes Say is also common; it is more uniform in coloration. D. novebora- censis Witch is of a brilliant green, and with me it is quite rare. Another species of Diedrocephala is new to Professor Van Duzee. This is much darker than either mollipes or noveboraceusis. Dr. C. V. Riley’s Diedrecephala floviceps I have never taken, although it is recorded from New Jer- sey. Helochara communis Fitch is by no means common here, but is represented by a dozen specimens. Evacanthus orbitalis Fitch I have never collected, but no doubt it will be found here. Tettigonia is represented by two species, bifida Say and tripunctata Fitch, the former being the most common of the two species. T. trifasciata Say I have never found, but it is recorded from New Jersey, and no doubt occurs with us also. In the sub-family ACOCEPHALIN I have three representa- tive species. Acocephalus mixtus Say is represented by about half a dozen specimens. Parabolocratus vittilinus Fitch is very rare indeed, and Platymetopius frontalis Van Duzee is represented by three specimens. Professor Smith also records in this sub-family Hecalus fenestratus Uhl., Acocephala solidaginis Harr., Platymetopius acutus Say, P. albono- tatus Fitch, and Selenocephalus vittilinus Fitch, now re- ferred to Parabolocratus as above. After extended examination and research, I am inclined to believe with Professor Osborn that what is known as JUNE 3, 1892. ] ““Silver Top” in grass is caused by the working of leaf- hoppers, and that the Jasstde furnish many of the insects as well as those in the families named inthis paper. In our Park meadows, some of which are left to develop hay, ‘silver top” is very common, especially on the earlier grasses, and throughout the season a weakening and deform- ing of grass stalks are everywhere noticeable, which in most cases, no doubt, is due to the extraction of the juices by these insects. The node of the grass, especially on the upper side and for an inch or more, is very tender and succulent; but as we traverse the internode, we find it becomes more firm and woody, as it were. Every boy knows where to find the succulent portion of a grass-stem, and proceeds to pull it out, when it breaks just above the node at the tenderest place. This succulent feeding ground is soon discovered by the “‘hoppers ” in their tours of prospecting up and down the stem; veritable ‘‘ sappers, if not miners,” they are often seen in numbers in such situations, and the punctures can also be noticed. The exhausted stems of the dead part of the grass culm show every sign of having been pumped dry by these creatures, as at that point nothing seems to be left but a bundle of woody fibres, and the internode for some distance diminishing in size from the loss of sap, and that loss occur- ring before the cells had been sufficiently developed to stand without collapsing. My success in finding Thrips, or Mero- myza, in the stems or under the leaf-sheaths has been no better than Professor Osborn’s. As I am working on a list with food-plants and habits of Hemiptera for New York State, I should be glad to receive from collectors information in regard to those found here and their distribution elsewhere, so that the list can be made as complete as possible; for all ‘local lists” are of the great- est value, not only to local students but to students of North American entomology also. EDMUND B. SOUTHWICK. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. «*,» Correspondents are requested to be as brief as possible. ts in all cases required as proof of good faith. On request in advance, one hundred copies of the number containing his communication will be furnished free to any correspondent. The editor will be glad to publish any queries consonant with the character of the journal. The writer's nume Four-Fold Space and Two-Fold Time. ANY attempt at expounding popularly the recent developments of the old idea of space should be prefaced by the explanation that their tremendous value to mathematics is utterly indepen- dent both of their external reality and of the possibility of their realization. For example, had either M’Clelland or Preston ever glanced through Bolyai’s ‘‘Science Absolute of Space,” we would not to-day read in their excellent ‘“‘ Treatise on Spherical Trigonometry,” p. 10, ‘‘ The student must be careful, however, not to regard a solid angle as an area, but as a mere number, like the circular measure of a plane angle. ... and the solid angle subtended at O by the a part of the surface of the sphere is n 4 da ="_| which is thus a mere number.” a A solid angle isa magni- n' tude as different from a mere number as is the current of elec- tricity which kills a man. Though its scientific unit, the steradian, is American, yet they could have found it in the ‘‘Encyclopeedia Britannica, in William Thomson’s article ‘‘ Men- guration.” Because these magnitudes, solid angles, have a natural unit, the steregon, and a scientific subsidiary unit, the steradian, therefore mathematicians, unused to the idea of a natural unit, blunder about them. To Bolyai belongs the honor of show- ing that each geometric magnitude has its natural unit, which never could have been discovered in Euclidean space, since SGIENCE: 319 homaloidal, parabolic space appears as a limit in which the na- tural unit for length becomes indefinitely great, so calling, in practice, for an artificial unit for length, a finite sect, as the centimeter. The fundamental importance of the pseudospheric hyperbolic space of Bolyai and Lobatschewsky in no wise depends on whether C. S. Peirce is right in maintaining that such is the real space in which we live. It has already enriched us eternally by the gift of the Science of Comparative Geometry, and so of pure spherics. Now, m his beautiful paper in Crelle, on ‘‘Single Elliptic Geometry,” Professor Newcomb has used, unnecessarily we think, space of four dimensions. Elliptic space, though finite, is un- bounded. But there is a sense in which hyperbolic space, though infinite, is bounded, and so its realization is naturally connected with that of four-fold space. For this the most fruitful idea has ever been Professor Sylvester’s, of working up from two-dimen- sional beings. And here let me say that thinkers must not confine themselves as in the past to ‘‘an imaginary plane being,” but must likewise draw from two dimensional spherics and pseudo- spherics. Not only must we think of a flexible closed shell turned inside out, as we turn a glove; we must try if we can realize that as the flexibility of the ‘‘thin hoop” mentioned by Dr. Hall is only needed because the hoop has as many dimensions as the space in which we wish to turn it, therefore can we not turn an inflexible closed shell, an unbroken eggshell, inside out, without flecure ? The corresponding generalizations for time are harder, because in time’s domain we are one-dimensional beings; therefore our best space-method fails us. Cannot genius give us a next-best almost as good ? GEORGE BRUCE HALSTED. University of Texas, Austin, Tex., May 22. Family Traits, In your issue of May 20, ‘‘ Veritas” again combats the proposi- tion that family traits are areality. The statement was made in my original communication that questions of descent were ques- tions of heredity and environment, and that heredity, consisting as it does of questions relating to the reproduction of the race as an animal, must be referred to biology. The results of all de- partments of research for the last fifty years refer man to his place in nature as an animal, and as an animal a fit subject for biological investigation. Will Veritas please explain how, if it be admitted that a man may resemble his father and grandfather, that with the great- grandfather the resemblance must cease? Is not every man the son of his father, and is his father not also the son of his grand- father, and sc on from generation to generation back in an infinite series? If a man may or does resemble his father, that is the limit of the question, and further argument is unnecessary. I freely admit that the Does of the present know, of their own knowledge, nothing of 100 per cent of the traits of John Doe the first. I was not referring to any positive knowledge held in this generation of the ninth generation from the present. Neverthe- less John Doe of the seventeenth century had personal traits, and if the oldest Doe now living has seen and known 100 Does in per- haps five generations, and affirms that, out of the almost infinite diversity of traits that constitute human character, a few have been observed in all these generations common to a large majority of the 100 Does, I assert that there are ‘‘ Doe” traits or “ family traits,” and in my former article I-gave a scientific explanation of the occurrence of such traits, with a number of illustrations that were neither a figment of the imagination nor a delusion. If these are not facts, what are facts ? Moreover, in your issue of April 15, Ed. H. Williams Jr. gave a number of other reasons why family traits should descend on the male side strongest, that are either ‘“‘facts” or delusions. Facts are established by observation of the repeated recurrence of identical phenomena under like conditions. What fact is developed by speculation concerning a man’s ancestor of the seventeenth century relative to the occurrence of traits common to forty people now living, who all bear his sur- name, and who are likewise his descendants? Suppose these 320 forty people are cousins to the entire population of Boston; does that relation either prove or disprove their possession of traits in common that do not appear among 40 other cousins of 40 different names ? ENQUIRER. The Systematic Position of the Diptera. In reply to the article, by Professor J. M. Aldrich, in Science of April 26, I will say that the Diptera are undoubtedly the most highly specialized order of insects. Professor Hyatt deserves credit for apparently being the first one to call attention to this idea and offer proofs to sustain it. His idea of what constitutes specialization is correct, from my standpoint. I realize the force of Professor Aldrich’s remark, when he says that this line of reasoning will apparently lead us to the conclusion that the Pupipara are the highest insects; but I am inclined to believe that the higher families of Cyclorrhapha will be found to exhibit greater specialization. Everything points to their being of the most recent origin. If anything has been published on the the embryology of the Pupipara, I am not aware of it. Embryo- logical research alone will clear up this point, and there is no reason in the world why it should not show that the Pupipara have long ago passed through stages now occupied by apparently more highly developed Diptera, but it is improbable, to say the least. If it can be demonstrated, I shall be glad to accept the Pupipara as SCIENGE: (Vor. XIX. No. 487 A Botanical Congress aad Botanical Nomenclature. I HAVE read your note of May 20, with reference to the action of the Botanical Club of Washington upon the questions of a botanical congress and botanical nomenclature. It has always seemed to me wise for American botanists first to agree among themselves in reference to this matter, and then they will be in a better position to come to an understanding with the rest of the world. There is no more representative body of American bot- anists than the Botanical Club of the American Association. It is perfectly democratic; every botanist in the country can join it and take part in its discussions. It may be questioned whether its boundaries are not too ill-defined to make it a fit body to decide such important questions; but it is surely a capital place for their discussion. JOHN M. COULTER. Bloomington, Ind., May 25. AMONG THE PUBLISHERS. THE first number of the Yale Review, a quaterly journal of history and political science, has just been issued for the month of May. It is edited by Professor George P. Fisher and others of Yale University, but will welcome contributions from every quarter and from every school. The papers in this opening number are on ‘‘German Tariff Policy, Past and Present,” by Henry Villard and Henry W. Farnam; on ‘‘ The Demarcation the highest insects. C. H. TYLER TOWNSEND. Las Cruces, N. M., May 26. Line of Pope Alexander VI,” by E. G. Bourne; on ‘‘ Legal Societas Entomologica. International Entomological Society, Zu- tich-Hottingen, Switzerland. Annual fee, ten francs. The Journal of the Society appears twice a month, and consists entirely of original ar- ticles on entomology, with a department for advertisements. All members may use this department free of cost for advertisements relating to entomology. The Society consists of about 450 members in all countries of the world. The new volume began April 1, 1892. The numbers already issued will be sent +0 new members. For information address Mr. Frrrz Ruagt, President of the Societas Entomologica, Zurich-Hottingen, Switzerland. Exchanges. [Freeofcharge to all, if ofsatisfactory character. Address N. D. C. Hodges, 874 Broadway, New York.] Taxidermist going out of business has quantity of finely-mounted specimens of North American birds, mammals and reptiles and skias of birds for sale, including a full local collection of bird skins, show- ing some great variations of species; also quantity of skulls with horns of deer and mountain sheep, and mounted heads of same. Will give good ex- change for Hawk Eye camera with outfit. Apply quickly to J. R. Thurston, 265 Yonge St., Toronto, Canada. For exchange.—A fine thirteen-keyed flute in leather covered case, for a photograph camera suitable for mak- ing lantern slides. Flute cost $27, and is nearly new. U. O. COX, Mankato, Minn. Te exchange ; Experiment Station bulletins and reports for bulletins and reports not in my file. will send list of what I have for exchange. P. H. ROLES, Lake City, Florida. NEO-DARWINISM AND NEO-LAMARCKISM. By LESTE F. WARD. Annual address of the President of the Biologica Soeiety of Washington delivered Jan. 24, 1891. A histérical and critical review of modern scientific thought relative to heredity, and especially to the problem of the transmission of acquired characters, The following are the several heads involved in the discussion Status of the Problem, Lamarckism. Darwinism, Acquired Characters, Theories of He- redity, Views of Mr. Galton, Teachings of Professor Weismann, A Critique of Weismann, Neo-Darwin- ism, Neo-Lamarckism, the American ‘‘School,” Ap- plication to the Human Race. Inso far as views are expressed they are in the main jn line with the general current of American thought, and opposed to the extreme doctrine of the non-transmissibility of acquired characters. Price, postpaid, 25 cents. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. A TEMPORARY BINDER for Sczence is now ready, and will be mailed postpaid on receipt of 75 cents. This binder is strong, durable and elegant, has gilt side-title, and al- lows the opening of the pages per- fectly flat, Any number can be taken out or replaced without dis- turbing the others, and the papers are not mutilated for subsequent permanent binding. Filed in this binder, Sczezceis always convenient for reference. N. D. C. HODGES, Publisher, 874 Broadway, New York. Finished specimens of all colors of Vermont marble for fine fossils or crystals. Will be given only for valuable specimens because of the cost of polishing. GEO. W. PERRY, State Geologist, Rutland, Vt. For exchange.—Three copies of ‘‘ American State Papers Bearing on Sunday Legislation,” 1891, $2.50, new and unused, for ‘The Sabbath,” Harmon Kingsbury, 1840; ‘The Sabbath,” by A. A. Phelps, 1842; ‘* History of the Institution of the Sabbath Day, Its Uses and Abuses,”’ by W. L. Fisher, 1859; ‘‘ Humorous Phases of the Law,” by Irving Browne; or other works amounting to value of books exchanged, on the question of govern- mental legislation in reference to religion, personal liberty, etc. If preferred. I will sell ‘‘American State Papers,” and buy other books on the subject. WILLIAM AD- DISON BLAKELY, Chicago, Ill. For Sale or Exchange for books a complete private chemical laboratory outfit. Includes large Becker bal- ance (200g. to 1-romg.), platinum dishes and crucibles, agate motors, glass-blowing apparatus, etc. For sale in part or whole. Also complete file of SiZiman’s fournal, 1862-1885 (62-71 bound); Smithsonian Reports, 1854-1883: U.S. Coast Survey, 1854-1869. Full particulars to en- quirers. F. GARDINER, JR., Pomfret, Conn. Wanted, in exchange for the following works, any standard works on Surgery and on Diseases of Children: Wilson’s ‘‘American Omithology,” 3 vols.; Coues’ ‘*Birds of the Northwest’’ and ‘* Birds of the Colorado Valley,” 2 vols.; Minot’s “‘ Land and Game Birds of New Eng- land;’’ Samuels’ ‘‘ Our Northern and Eastern Birds;” all the Reports on the Birds of the Pacific R. R. Survey, bound in 2 vols., morocco; and a complete set of the Reports of the Arkansas Geological Survey. Please give editions and dates in corresponding. R. ELLSWORTH CALL, High School, Des Moines, Iowa. To exchange Wright’s ‘‘ Ice Age in North America’”’ and Le Conte’s ‘‘Elements of Geology’”’ (Copyright 1882) for ‘“‘Darwinism,”’ by A. R.Wallace. “Origin of Species,”’ by Darwin, ‘‘Descent of Man,’’ by Darwin, ‘Man’s Place in Nature,’’ Huxley, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Ani- mals,’”’ by Romanes, ‘**Pre-Adamites,’’ by Winchell. No books wanted except latest editions, and books in good condition. C. S. Brown, Jr., Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. Wants. Any person seeking a position for which he is quali- fied by his scientific attainxments, or any person seeking some one to fill a position of this character, be it that of a teacher of science, chemist, draughtsman, or what not, may have the ‘Want’ inserted under this head FREE OF COST, tf he satisfies the publisher of the suit- able character of his application. Any person seeking information on any sctentific question, the address of auy scientific man, or who can in any way use this column for a purpose consonant with the nature of the paper, ts cordially invited to do so. AV ANEEY ie want any and 211 of the following providing we can trade other books and maga zines or buy them cheap for cash: Academy, Lon don, vol. 1 to 28, 35, Jan. and Feb., 89; Age of Steel, vol. 1 to 66; American Antiquarian, vol. 1, 2; Ameri- can Architect, vol. 1 to 6,9; American Art Review, vol. 3; American Field, vol. 1 to 21; American Geol- ogist, vol. 1 to 6; American Machinist, vol. 1 to 4; Art Amateur, vol. 1 to 7, Oct., °4; Art Interchange, vol. 1 to 9; Art Union, vol. 1 to 4, Jan., 44, July, °45; Bibliotheca Sacra, vol.1 to 46; Godey’s Lady’s Book, vol. 1 to 20; New Englander, vol. 11; Zoologist, Series 1 and 1, Series 8 vol. 1 to 14; Allen Armendale (a novel). Raymer’s ‘‘Old Book”? Store, 248 4th Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. \ \ JANTED.—By a young man, a Swarthmore Col- lege {pier a position as principal of a public high school in one of the Gulf States, or as instructor in botany, physiology, and geology in an academy or. normal school. Address B., care of Librarian, Swarthmore College, Penn. ANTED.—A teacher of Geology who is familiar with the fossils of the Hamilton Group, as instructor of Geology during July next at the Natu- ral Science Camp on Canandaigua lake. Apply to ALBERT L. AREY, Director, 229 Averill Ave., Rochester, N. Y. ANTED.—To act as correspondent for one or two daily or weekly papers. Have worked on paper for abouttwo years. Would like a position on editorial staff of humorous paper. Address GEO. C. MASON, 14 Elm St., Hartford, Conn. deepens wanted to read German architec- tural works at sight (no writing). One familiar with technical terms desired. Address ‘‘A.,” Box 149, New York Post Offiee. ANTED.—A position in a manufacturing estab- lishment by a manufacturing Chemist of in- ventive ability. Address M. W. B, care of Science, 874 Broadway, N. Y. Wie Naieeecon on Anatomy and Hypnotism. Will pay cash or give similar books in ex- change. Also want medical battery and photo out- fit. DR. ANDERSON, 182 State street, Chicago, Ill. ANTED.—A college graduate with some normal training, to teach the sciences, at $1,800 per year, in a Southern college. A Baptist or a Method- ist preferred. Must also be a first-class Latin scholar. A. H. Beals, Box K, Milledgeville, Ga. DDRESS WANTED.—Will some one please send the address of the Secretary of the American. Philological Society. Also that of Herbert Spencer. “ADDISON,” Room 84, 164 Madison St., Chicago, Dl_ JUNE 3, 1892. | Theories of Price Regulation,” by Arthur T. Hadley; on ‘‘ Massa- chusetts and the Saybrook Platform,” by Williston Walker; and on ‘‘ Labor Troubles between 1834 and 1837,” by Evans Woollen, to- gether with a few pages of comment and a number of book reviews. The articles are essentially of the same quality as those that have appeared on similar topics elsewhere in this country during the past ten or twenty years, but we fail to find in them anything new or striking. The appearance of thisnew Review, indeed, raises the question whether this subject of political science is not in danger of being run into the ground by our young and ambi- tious writers. The Review is published by Ginn & Co., of Boston, at 75 cents a number or $3 a year. — Professor W. O. Atwater, in an instructive article in The Forum for June, points out the curious fact, that, in the extraor- dinary applications of science to practical problems in recent years, one of the most important fundamental problems has been strangely overlooked, viz., the scientific study of food. The coming man will avoid four mistakes that are now largely made: (1) he will not buy as expensive kinds of food as are now gen- erally bought, because some of the least expensive foods are the most nutritive and palatable; (2) with further scientific informa- tion the coming man will value foods in proportion to their SCIENCE. 321 nutritive qualities; (8) ifjfoods are bought and eaten with refer- ence to their nutritive qualities, and not to mere fashion or habit, it would require a much less quantity to keep a man in his best working condition than is now generally consumed; (4) there will be a revolution wrought in the present way of cooking, which is both wasteful and primitive and far behind our ad- vancement in almost every other art. Professor Atwater gives the results of practical studies in diets made to show these con- clusions. And he asks: ‘‘Has man yet reached his highest de- velopment? The poorer classes of people — and few of us realize how numerous they are —the world over are scantily nourished. The majority of mankind live on a nutritive plane far below that with which we are familiar. We may hope for the best culture, not of the intellectual powers, but of the higher Christian graces in the minds and hearts of men, in proportion as the care of their bodies is provided for. Happily, with advance of knowledge comes the improvement of material conditions. May we not hope that the future development of our race will bring that pro- vision for physical wants which is requisite for the best welfare of mind and soul?” President Dwight, in his article, also in the June Forum, on the recent action of Yale College in admitting women to its advanced courses, makes an eloquent discussion of the higher education of women in the United States. Lchaustion: Horsford’s Aeid Phosphate, A wonderful remedy, of the highest value in mental and nervous exhaustion. Overworked men and women, the nervous, weak and debilitat- ed, will find in the Acid Phos- phate a most agreeable, grate- ful and harmless stimulant, giv- ing renewed strength and vigor to the entire system. Dr. Edwin F. Vose, Portland, Me., says: ‘*T have used it in my own case when suffer- ing from neryous exhaustion, with gratifying results. I have prescribed it for many of the various forms of neryous debility, and it| has never failed to do good.’’ Descriptive pamphlet free. Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. I. Beware of Substitutes and Imitations. CAUTION.—Be sure the word ‘°° Hors- ford’s®? is on the label. All others are spurious. Never soldin bulk. FOSSIL RESINS. This book is the result of an attempt to collect the scattered notices of fossil resins, | exclusive of those on amber. The work is of interest also on account of descriptions given of the insects found embedded in these long- preserved exudations from early vegetation. By CLARENCE LOWN and HENRY BOOTH. UPS G ERE N. D. €. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. LITERARY OUTFIT FREE.| THE WEEKLY BULLETIN OF NEWSPAPER AND PERIODICAL LITERATURE. Catalogues and Classifies Each Week Anyore sending us $1.00 at once and mentioning ““Science,’’ will receive a copy of ‘‘ Historical Sketches and Events in the Colonization of Ameri- ca,” by G@. B. Hall. A square 8vo. book (616x9 inches), 223 pages, illustrated. This is a regular $2.00 book and a b in at that price........ 2 200 Private Librars Labels: they should be | THUE PRINCIPAL CONTENTS OF used by all who own books... .......-......--- 50 THE PERIODICAL PRESS, “The Library,” a 100-page b: ok containing a brief list of most important standard and mis- cellaneous books in every department of lit era- ture. Intended for those who are about form- ing alibrary. Hints about what bocks toread and how HO) 1A, WNC. Soodsee pagsogsoone 50 1 year’s subscription to the ‘Literary Light, i) a monthly magazine of Ancient, Medieval and Modern Literature............ ....2...22---200 That huge mass of material heretofore inaccessible to the eager student is now rendered available. Special attention is invited to the Bulletin’s INDEX OF TECHNIGAL LITERATURE Send for a free sample copy and learn how The Bulletin Supplies The Articles Catalogued. $4 00 $4.00 actual value for $1.00. Sample copy of “‘ Lit- erary Light,” 10 cents (postal card won't do). Address, Literary Light, 243 4th Ave. S. Minneapolis,. Minn. STERBROOK’S STEEL PENS. OF SUPERIOR AND STANDARD QUALITY. Leading Nos.: 048, 14, 130, 135, 239, 333 For Sale by all Stationers. THE ESTERBROOK STEEL PEN CO., Works: Oamden, N.J. 26 John St., New York. Address THE WEEKLY BULLETIN, 5 Somerset Street, = = Boston, Mass. WORLD-ENGLISH. 25 Cents. HANDBOOK OF WORLD-ENGLISH. 25 Cents. Ex - President Andrew D. White, of Cornell University, says: ‘‘I believe that the highest interests of Chris- tian civilization and of humanity would be served by its adoption.” “So set down, our tongue is the best for the world to unite upon.’—Brooklyn Eagle. ‘The idea of Mr. Bell has much to recommend it, and the presentation is charmingly clear.’—Ameri- can, Phila. “The result is a language which cannot fail to meet with acceptance.”—Boston Traveller. “‘ World. English deserves the careful consideration of all serious scholars.” —Modern Language Notes. Sent, postpaid, on receipt of price. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, New York. THe LATEST IMPROVEME FOR. STEREOPTICONS. OUR -AT TA PRODUCES PICT URES: ‘FROMI2 To20 FE ANY. DISTANCE WITHOUT CHANGING THe OBJECT! SEND FoR DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULART QU EEN&Co:PH POPULAR MANUAL OF VISIBLE SPEECH AND VOCAL PHYSIOLOGY. For use in Colleges and Normal Schools. Sent free by post by N.D.C, HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. ¥. GEM 0 PALS Cut ready for setting. Having pur- « chased a large lot at the Mexican lo- catity, we are offering them at about one-fifth jewelers’ prices; A0c., $1, $1.50, $2, $3. This is a rare opportunity to secure a fine gem very cheap. 100 pp. Mineral Catalogue 15c., in cloth 25c., Supplement 2c. Gro, L. ENGLISH & Co., Mineralogists, 733 endl 735 Broadway, New York City. Price 50 cents OR PADVERTISIN GS BURFO SES PATENTS ForINVENTORS. 40-page BOOK FREE. Address W. T. Fitzgerald, Attorney at Law, Washington, D.C 322 SCIENCE. VoL. XIX. No. 487 QUERY. Can any reader of Sczence cite a case of lightning stroke in which the dissipation of a small conductor (one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter, say, ) has failed to protect between two horizon- tal planes passing through its upper and lower ends respective. ly? Plenty of cases have been found which show that when the conductor is dissipated the build- ing is not injured to the extent explained (for many of these see volumes of Philosophical Trans- actions at the time when light- ning was attracting the attention of the Royal Society), but not an exception is yet known, al- though this query has been pub- lished far and wide among elec- tricians. First inserted June 19. No response to date. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. JUST READY. THE LABRADOR COAST. A Journal of two Summer Cruises to that region; with notes on its early discovery, on the Eskimo, on its physical geography, geology and natural history, together with a bibliography of charts, works and articles relating to the civil and natural history of the Labrador Peninsula. By ALPHEUS SPRING PACKARD, M.D., Ph.D 8°, 513 pp., $3.50. N. D. C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. THE RADIOMETER. By DANIEL 8. TROY. This contains a discussion of the reasons for their action and of the phenomena pre- sented in Crookes’ tubes. Price, postpaid, 50 cents. N. D, C. HODGES, 874 Broadway, N. Y. AUTHORS AND PUBLISHERS. Material arranged and compiled for all kinds of works, excepting fiction. Statistics a specialty. Indexing and cataloguing. Address G. E. BIVER, $35 N. 16th Street, Philadelphia. TOCTHE "READERS Obs Sein Oe PUBLISHER'S ANNOUNCEMENT. OUR PLANS. WITHIN the past six months the use of Science by scientific men and women as a medium for prompt publication and weekly discussion, has increased very materially, so that the pages are now well filled each week with original matter. As the num- ber of those promising contributions is increasing at the rate of three cr four each day, it cannot be long before Science at its present size will be too small for the amount of matter offered. We have under consideration therefore an enlargement of the paper by one-half, but must first learn the tem- per of our constituency as to an advance in price to $5.00, which was the subscription price from the start for four years, up to June 30, 1887. Further, to carry out the proposed enlargement, we shall need five hundred additional subscribers. If you are not already a subscriber, are you willing to aid in mak- ing Science more worthy of American scientific work by becoming one? It goes without saying, that the demand for scien- tific literature is limited, when compared with that for literature which is more to the public taste, so that the receipts of most of the Scientific Journals, in this country, do not pay quite for their printing and paper, to say nothing of the other items of ex- pense. We say this merely to emphasize the fact, that generous and prompt support must be ac- corded this 1r.ove if it is to succeed. Titles of Some Articles Published in Science since Jan. 1, 1892. Aboriginal North American Tea. Actinism. Amenhotep, King, the tomb of. Anthropology, Current Notes on. Arsenical Poisoning from Domestic Fabrics. Anatomy, The Teaching of, to Advanced Medical Students. Astronomical Notes. Botanical Laboratory, A. Brain, A Few Characteristics of the Avian. Celts, The Question of the. Collection of Objects Used in Worship. Deaf, Higher Education of the. Diphtheria, Tox-Albumin. Etymology of two Iroquoian Compound Stems. Eye-Habits. Family Traits, Persistency of. Fishes, The Distribution of. Fossils, Notice of New Gigantic. Grasses, Homoptera Injurious to. “Healing, Divine.” Hemiptercus Mouth, Structure of the. Hypnotism among the Lower, Animals. Hypnotism, Traumatic. Indian occupation of New York. Influenza, Latest Details Concerning the Germs of. Infant’s Movements. Inventors and Manufacturers, the American Associ- ation of. Towa Academy of Sciences. Jargon, The Chinook. Klamath Nation, Linguistics. Lightning, The New Method of Protecting Buildings from. : Lissajou’s Curves, Simple Apparatus for the Produc- tion of. Maize Plant, Observations on the Growth and Chemi- cal Composition of. Mineral Discoveries, Some Recent, in the State of Washington. Museums, The Support of. Patent Office Building, The. Pocket Gopher, Attempted Extermination of. Psychological Laboratory in the University of To- ronto. Psychological Training, The Need of. Rain-Making. Rivers, Evolution of the Loup, in Nebraska. Scientific Alliance, The. Star, The New, in Auriga. Storage of Storm-Waters on the Great Plains. Teaching of Science. Tiger, A New Sabre-Toothed, from Kansas. Timber Trees of West Virginia. Traches of Insects, Structure of. Vein-Formation, Valuable Experiments in. Will, a Recent Analysis of. Wind-Storms and Trees. Wines, The Sophisticated French. Zoology in the Public Schools of Washington, D. C. Some of the Contributors to Science Since Jan. I, 1892. Aaron, Eugene M., Philadelphia, Pa. Allen, Harrison, Philadelphia, Pa. Baldwin, J. Mark, University of Toronto, Canada. Barnes, Charles Reid, Madison, Wis. Baur, G., Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Beal, W. J., Agricultural College, Mich. Beals, A. H., Milledgeville, Ga. Beauchamp, W. M., Baldwinsville, N.Y. Boas, Franz, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Bostwich, Arthur E., Montclair, N J. Bradley, Milton, Springfield, Mass. Brinton, D. G., Philadelphia, Pa. Chandler, H., Buffalo, N.Y. Comstock, Theo. B., Tucson, Arizona. Cragin, F. W., Colorado Springs, Col. Davis, W. M., Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass. Dimmock, George, Canobie Lake, N.H. Farrington, KE. H., Agricultural Station, Champaign, Il. Ferree, Barr, New York City. Flexner, Simon, Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, Md. Foshay, P. Max, Rochester, N.Y. Gallaudet, E. M., Kendall Green, Washington, D.C. Garman, S., Museum of Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. Golden, Katherine E., Agricultural College, Lafay- ette, Ind. Hale, Edwin M., Chicago, Ill. Hale, George S., Boston, Mass. Hale, Horatio, Clinton, Ontario, Canada. Hall, T. Proctor, Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Halsted, Byron D., Rutgers College, New Bruns- wick, N.J. Haworth, Erasmus, Oskaloosa, Iowa. Hay, O. P., Irvington, Ind. Haynes, Henry W., Boston Mass. Hazen, H. A., Weather Bureau, Washington, D.C. Hewitt, J. N. B., Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D.C. Hicks, L. E., Lincoln, Neb. Hill, H. J., Chicago, Il. Hill, Geo. A., Naval Observatory, Washixgton, D.C. Hitchcock, Romyn, Washington, D.C. Hotchkiss, Jed., Staunton, Va. Howe, Jas. Lewis, Louisville, Ky. Hubbard, Gardiner G., Washington, D.C. James, Joseph F., Agricultural Dept., Washington, D.C. Johnson, Roger B., Miami University, Oxford, O. Kellerman, Mrs. W. A., Columbus, O. Kellicott, D. S., State University, Columbus, O. Maclosktie, G., Princeton, N.J. McCarthy, Gerald, Agricultural Station, Raleigh, N.C. MacDonald, Arthur, Washington, D.C. Marshall, D. T., Metuchen, N.J. ' Mason, O. T., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Nichols, C. F., Boston, Mass. Nuttall, George H. F., Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. -! Oliver, J. E., Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Osborn, Henry F., Columbia College, New York City. Osborn, Herbert, Agricultural College, Ames, Iowa. Pammel, L. H., Agricultural Station, Ames, Iowa. Pillsbury, J. H., Smith College, Northampton, Mass. Ruffner, W. H., Lexington, Va. Schufeldt, R. W., Washington, D.C. Scripture, E. W., Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Slade: D. D., Museum Comp. Zool., Cambridge, ass. Smith John B., Rutgers College, New Brunswick, Stevenson, S. Y., Philadelphia, Pa. Stone, G. H., Colorado Springs, Col. Thurston, R. H., Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Todd, J. E., Tabor, Iowa. True, aces W., Natlonal Museum, Washing- ton, D.C. Turner, C. H., University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, oO. Wace. R. DeC., Harvard University, Cambridge, ass. Ward, Stanley M., Scranton, Pa. Nyataer, FRapert B., Howard University, Washing- ton, D.C. Welch, Wm. H., Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, M.D. West, Gerald M., Clark University, Worcester, Mass. Wiles, Edward H., Lehigh University, Bethle- em, Pa. AG SIGE YN WS PAPE ROOF ALE THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. PUBLISHED BY N. D, C. HODGES, 874 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. TentH YEAR. Vou. XIX. No. 488. JUNE 10, 1892. SINGLE Copizs, Ten Cents. $3.50 Perr YEAR, IN ADVANCE. CONTENTS. Direct REFLECTING POLARISCOPES. Proctor Hall....... BORO HO.C6 ED Daa Notes ON THE FertTiniry or PHYSA HETEROSTROPHA Say. W. L, Pot- COlgpa mem iron ahayersreny s . Farrington, E. H., Agricultural Station, =a Tu. Re Ferree, Barr, New York City. a | Flexner, Simon, Johns Hopkins Untyersity, Balti more, Md. oy Foshay, P. Max, Rochester, N.Y. ? Gallaudet, E. M., Kendall Green, Washington, D.C. Garman, S., Museum of Comp. Zool., Cambridge Mass. : Golden, Katherine E., Agricultural College, Lafay- ette, Ind. Hale, Edwin M., Chicago, Il. Hale, George S., Boston, Mass. Hale, Horatio, Clinton, Ontario, Canada. Hall, T. Proctor, Clark University, Worcester, Ma: Halsted, Byron D., Rutgers College, New Bruns wick, N.J. Haworth, Erasmus, Oskaloosa, Iowa. Hay, O. P., Irvington, Ind. Haynes, Henry W., Boston Mass. Hazen, H. A., Weather Bureau, Washington, D. Hewitt, J. N. B., Bureau of Ethnology, Washing D.C. Hicks, L. E., Lincoln, Neb. Hill, E. J., Chicago, 01. ’ Hill, Geo. A., Naval Observatory, Washizgton, D. Hitchcock, Romyp, Washington, D-C. Hotchkiss, Jed., Staunton, Va. Howe, Jas. Lewis, Louisville, Ky. Hubbard, Gardiner G., Washington, D.C. James, Joseph F., Agricultural Dept., Washing D.C. Johnson, Roger B., Miami University, Oxford, O. Kellerman, Mrs. W. A., Columbus, O. ae Kellicott, D. S., State University, Columbus,O. Macloskie, G., Princeton, N.J- J McCarthy, Gerald, Agricultural Station, Ralelg. N.C. MacDonald, Arthur, Washington, D.C. eos Marshall, D. T., Metuchen, N.J. ; 7 g Mason, O. T., Smithsonian Institution, Washing D.C. 5 Nichols, C. F., Boston, Mass. : Nuttall, George H. F., Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. BS Oliver, J. E., Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. 4 Osborn, Henry F., Columbia College, New York City. Ay Osborn, Herbert, Agricultural College, Ames, Iow: Pammel, L. H., Agricultural Station, Ames, Iowa, — Pillsbury, J. H., Smith College, Northampton, Mass. Rufiner, W. H., Lexington, Va. Schufeldt, R. W., Washington, D.C. Scripture, E. W., Clark University, Worcester, Mass Slater D. D., Museum Comp. Zool., Cambridge 4) 5 Sub John B., Rutgers College, New Brunswick Stevenson, S. Y., Philadelphia, Pa. Stone, G. H., Colorado Springs, Col. : Thurston, R. H., Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Todd, J. E., Tabor, Iowa. True, elon W., Natlonal Museum, Washing- ton, D.C. Turner, C. H., University of Cincinnat!, Cincinnati, Oo. Ward, R. DeC., Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. fs Ward, Stanley M., Scranton, Pa. = A Ee B., Howard University, Washin; ton, D.C. = Welch, Wm. H., Johns Hopkins University, Balt more, M.D. ‘ West, Gerald M., Clark University, Worcester. Mass, WAS Edward H., Lehigh University, Bethie- hem, Pa. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES ST 3 9088 01301 4105 tt | —S]S | |